File: | clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp |
Warning: | line 2123, column 24 Called C++ object pointer is null |
Press '?' to see keyboard shortcuts
Keyboard shortcuts:
1 | //===--- SemaOverload.cpp - C++ Overloading -------------------------------===// | ||||||
2 | // | ||||||
3 | // Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions. | ||||||
4 | // See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information. | ||||||
5 | // SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception | ||||||
6 | // | ||||||
7 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | ||||||
8 | // | ||||||
9 | // This file provides Sema routines for C++ overloading. | ||||||
10 | // | ||||||
11 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | ||||||
12 | |||||||
13 | #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" | ||||||
14 | #include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h" | ||||||
15 | #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" | ||||||
16 | #include "clang/AST/DependenceFlags.h" | ||||||
17 | #include "clang/AST/Expr.h" | ||||||
18 | #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" | ||||||
19 | #include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h" | ||||||
20 | #include "clang/AST/TypeOrdering.h" | ||||||
21 | #include "clang/Basic/Diagnostic.h" | ||||||
22 | #include "clang/Basic/DiagnosticOptions.h" | ||||||
23 | #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h" | ||||||
24 | #include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h" | ||||||
25 | #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" | ||||||
26 | #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h" | ||||||
27 | #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h" | ||||||
28 | #include "clang/Sema/Overload.h" | ||||||
29 | #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h" | ||||||
30 | #include "clang/Sema/Template.h" | ||||||
31 | #include "clang/Sema/TemplateDeduction.h" | ||||||
32 | #include "llvm/ADT/DenseSet.h" | ||||||
33 | #include "llvm/ADT/Optional.h" | ||||||
34 | #include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h" | ||||||
35 | #include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h" | ||||||
36 | #include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h" | ||||||
37 | #include <algorithm> | ||||||
38 | #include <cstdlib> | ||||||
39 | |||||||
40 | using namespace clang; | ||||||
41 | using namespace sema; | ||||||
42 | |||||||
43 | using AllowedExplicit = Sema::AllowedExplicit; | ||||||
44 | |||||||
45 | static bool functionHasPassObjectSizeParams(const FunctionDecl *FD) { | ||||||
46 | return llvm::any_of(FD->parameters(), [](const ParmVarDecl *P) { | ||||||
47 | return P->hasAttr<PassObjectSizeAttr>(); | ||||||
48 | }); | ||||||
49 | } | ||||||
50 | |||||||
51 | /// A convenience routine for creating a decayed reference to a function. | ||||||
52 | static ExprResult | ||||||
53 | CreateFunctionRefExpr(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *Fn, NamedDecl *FoundDecl, | ||||||
54 | const Expr *Base, bool HadMultipleCandidates, | ||||||
55 | SourceLocation Loc = SourceLocation(), | ||||||
56 | const DeclarationNameLoc &LocInfo = DeclarationNameLoc()){ | ||||||
57 | if (S.DiagnoseUseOfDecl(FoundDecl, Loc)) | ||||||
58 | return ExprError(); | ||||||
59 | // If FoundDecl is different from Fn (such as if one is a template | ||||||
60 | // and the other a specialization), make sure DiagnoseUseOfDecl is | ||||||
61 | // called on both. | ||||||
62 | // FIXME: This would be more comprehensively addressed by modifying | ||||||
63 | // DiagnoseUseOfDecl to accept both the FoundDecl and the decl | ||||||
64 | // being used. | ||||||
65 | if (FoundDecl != Fn && S.DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Fn, Loc)) | ||||||
66 | return ExprError(); | ||||||
67 | DeclRefExpr *DRE = new (S.Context) | ||||||
68 | DeclRefExpr(S.Context, Fn, false, Fn->getType(), VK_LValue, Loc, LocInfo); | ||||||
69 | if (HadMultipleCandidates) | ||||||
70 | DRE->setHadMultipleCandidates(true); | ||||||
71 | |||||||
72 | S.MarkDeclRefReferenced(DRE, Base); | ||||||
73 | if (auto *FPT = DRE->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { | ||||||
74 | if (isUnresolvedExceptionSpec(FPT->getExceptionSpecType())) { | ||||||
75 | S.ResolveExceptionSpec(Loc, FPT); | ||||||
76 | DRE->setType(Fn->getType()); | ||||||
77 | } | ||||||
78 | } | ||||||
79 | return S.ImpCastExprToType(DRE, S.Context.getPointerType(DRE->getType()), | ||||||
80 | CK_FunctionToPointerDecay); | ||||||
81 | } | ||||||
82 | |||||||
83 | static bool IsStandardConversion(Sema &S, Expr* From, QualType ToType, | ||||||
84 | bool InOverloadResolution, | ||||||
85 | StandardConversionSequence &SCS, | ||||||
86 | bool CStyle, | ||||||
87 | bool AllowObjCWritebackConversion); | ||||||
88 | |||||||
89 | static bool IsTransparentUnionStandardConversion(Sema &S, Expr* From, | ||||||
90 | QualType &ToType, | ||||||
91 | bool InOverloadResolution, | ||||||
92 | StandardConversionSequence &SCS, | ||||||
93 | bool CStyle); | ||||||
94 | static OverloadingResult | ||||||
95 | IsUserDefinedConversion(Sema &S, Expr *From, QualType ToType, | ||||||
96 | UserDefinedConversionSequence& User, | ||||||
97 | OverloadCandidateSet& Conversions, | ||||||
98 | AllowedExplicit AllowExplicit, | ||||||
99 | bool AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit); | ||||||
100 | |||||||
101 | static ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind | ||||||
102 | CompareStandardConversionSequences(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, | ||||||
103 | const StandardConversionSequence& SCS1, | ||||||
104 | const StandardConversionSequence& SCS2); | ||||||
105 | |||||||
106 | static ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind | ||||||
107 | CompareQualificationConversions(Sema &S, | ||||||
108 | const StandardConversionSequence& SCS1, | ||||||
109 | const StandardConversionSequence& SCS2); | ||||||
110 | |||||||
111 | static ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind | ||||||
112 | CompareDerivedToBaseConversions(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, | ||||||
113 | const StandardConversionSequence& SCS1, | ||||||
114 | const StandardConversionSequence& SCS2); | ||||||
115 | |||||||
116 | /// GetConversionRank - Retrieve the implicit conversion rank | ||||||
117 | /// corresponding to the given implicit conversion kind. | ||||||
118 | ImplicitConversionRank clang::GetConversionRank(ImplicitConversionKind Kind) { | ||||||
119 | static const ImplicitConversionRank | ||||||
120 | Rank[(int)ICK_Num_Conversion_Kinds] = { | ||||||
121 | ICR_Exact_Match, | ||||||
122 | ICR_Exact_Match, | ||||||
123 | ICR_Exact_Match, | ||||||
124 | ICR_Exact_Match, | ||||||
125 | ICR_Exact_Match, | ||||||
126 | ICR_Exact_Match, | ||||||
127 | ICR_Promotion, | ||||||
128 | ICR_Promotion, | ||||||
129 | ICR_Promotion, | ||||||
130 | ICR_Conversion, | ||||||
131 | ICR_Conversion, | ||||||
132 | ICR_Conversion, | ||||||
133 | ICR_Conversion, | ||||||
134 | ICR_Conversion, | ||||||
135 | ICR_Conversion, | ||||||
136 | ICR_Conversion, | ||||||
137 | ICR_Conversion, | ||||||
138 | ICR_Conversion, | ||||||
139 | ICR_Conversion, | ||||||
140 | ICR_Conversion, | ||||||
141 | ICR_OCL_Scalar_Widening, | ||||||
142 | ICR_Complex_Real_Conversion, | ||||||
143 | ICR_Conversion, | ||||||
144 | ICR_Conversion, | ||||||
145 | ICR_Writeback_Conversion, | ||||||
146 | ICR_Exact_Match, // NOTE(gbiv): This may not be completely right -- | ||||||
147 | // it was omitted by the patch that added | ||||||
148 | // ICK_Zero_Event_Conversion | ||||||
149 | ICR_C_Conversion, | ||||||
150 | ICR_C_Conversion_Extension | ||||||
151 | }; | ||||||
152 | return Rank[(int)Kind]; | ||||||
153 | } | ||||||
154 | |||||||
155 | /// GetImplicitConversionName - Return the name of this kind of | ||||||
156 | /// implicit conversion. | ||||||
157 | static const char* GetImplicitConversionName(ImplicitConversionKind Kind) { | ||||||
158 | static const char* const Name[(int)ICK_Num_Conversion_Kinds] = { | ||||||
159 | "No conversion", | ||||||
160 | "Lvalue-to-rvalue", | ||||||
161 | "Array-to-pointer", | ||||||
162 | "Function-to-pointer", | ||||||
163 | "Function pointer conversion", | ||||||
164 | "Qualification", | ||||||
165 | "Integral promotion", | ||||||
166 | "Floating point promotion", | ||||||
167 | "Complex promotion", | ||||||
168 | "Integral conversion", | ||||||
169 | "Floating conversion", | ||||||
170 | "Complex conversion", | ||||||
171 | "Floating-integral conversion", | ||||||
172 | "Pointer conversion", | ||||||
173 | "Pointer-to-member conversion", | ||||||
174 | "Boolean conversion", | ||||||
175 | "Compatible-types conversion", | ||||||
176 | "Derived-to-base conversion", | ||||||
177 | "Vector conversion", | ||||||
178 | "SVE Vector conversion", | ||||||
179 | "Vector splat", | ||||||
180 | "Complex-real conversion", | ||||||
181 | "Block Pointer conversion", | ||||||
182 | "Transparent Union Conversion", | ||||||
183 | "Writeback conversion", | ||||||
184 | "OpenCL Zero Event Conversion", | ||||||
185 | "C specific type conversion", | ||||||
186 | "Incompatible pointer conversion" | ||||||
187 | }; | ||||||
188 | return Name[Kind]; | ||||||
189 | } | ||||||
190 | |||||||
191 | /// StandardConversionSequence - Set the standard conversion | ||||||
192 | /// sequence to the identity conversion. | ||||||
193 | void StandardConversionSequence::setAsIdentityConversion() { | ||||||
194 | First = ICK_Identity; | ||||||
195 | Second = ICK_Identity; | ||||||
196 | Third = ICK_Identity; | ||||||
197 | DeprecatedStringLiteralToCharPtr = false; | ||||||
198 | QualificationIncludesObjCLifetime = false; | ||||||
199 | ReferenceBinding = false; | ||||||
200 | DirectBinding = false; | ||||||
201 | IsLvalueReference = true; | ||||||
202 | BindsToFunctionLvalue = false; | ||||||
203 | BindsToRvalue = false; | ||||||
204 | BindsImplicitObjectArgumentWithoutRefQualifier = false; | ||||||
205 | ObjCLifetimeConversionBinding = false; | ||||||
206 | CopyConstructor = nullptr; | ||||||
207 | } | ||||||
208 | |||||||
209 | /// getRank - Retrieve the rank of this standard conversion sequence | ||||||
210 | /// (C++ 13.3.3.1.1p3). The rank is the largest rank of each of the | ||||||
211 | /// implicit conversions. | ||||||
212 | ImplicitConversionRank StandardConversionSequence::getRank() const { | ||||||
213 | ImplicitConversionRank Rank = ICR_Exact_Match; | ||||||
214 | if (GetConversionRank(First) > Rank) | ||||||
215 | Rank = GetConversionRank(First); | ||||||
216 | if (GetConversionRank(Second) > Rank) | ||||||
217 | Rank = GetConversionRank(Second); | ||||||
218 | if (GetConversionRank(Third) > Rank) | ||||||
219 | Rank = GetConversionRank(Third); | ||||||
220 | return Rank; | ||||||
221 | } | ||||||
222 | |||||||
223 | /// isPointerConversionToBool - Determines whether this conversion is | ||||||
224 | /// a conversion of a pointer or pointer-to-member to bool. This is | ||||||
225 | /// used as part of the ranking of standard conversion sequences | ||||||
226 | /// (C++ 13.3.3.2p4). | ||||||
227 | bool StandardConversionSequence::isPointerConversionToBool() const { | ||||||
228 | // Note that FromType has not necessarily been transformed by the | ||||||
229 | // array-to-pointer or function-to-pointer implicit conversions, so | ||||||
230 | // check for their presence as well as checking whether FromType is | ||||||
231 | // a pointer. | ||||||
232 | if (getToType(1)->isBooleanType() && | ||||||
233 | (getFromType()->isPointerType() || | ||||||
234 | getFromType()->isMemberPointerType() || | ||||||
235 | getFromType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() || | ||||||
236 | getFromType()->isBlockPointerType() || | ||||||
237 | First == ICK_Array_To_Pointer || First == ICK_Function_To_Pointer)) | ||||||
238 | return true; | ||||||
239 | |||||||
240 | return false; | ||||||
241 | } | ||||||
242 | |||||||
243 | /// isPointerConversionToVoidPointer - Determines whether this | ||||||
244 | /// conversion is a conversion of a pointer to a void pointer. This is | ||||||
245 | /// used as part of the ranking of standard conversion sequences (C++ | ||||||
246 | /// 13.3.3.2p4). | ||||||
247 | bool | ||||||
248 | StandardConversionSequence:: | ||||||
249 | isPointerConversionToVoidPointer(ASTContext& Context) const { | ||||||
250 | QualType FromType = getFromType(); | ||||||
251 | QualType ToType = getToType(1); | ||||||
252 | |||||||
253 | // Note that FromType has not necessarily been transformed by the | ||||||
254 | // array-to-pointer implicit conversion, so check for its presence | ||||||
255 | // and redo the conversion to get a pointer. | ||||||
256 | if (First == ICK_Array_To_Pointer) | ||||||
257 | FromType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(FromType); | ||||||
258 | |||||||
259 | if (Second == ICK_Pointer_Conversion && FromType->isAnyPointerType()) | ||||||
260 | if (const PointerType* ToPtrType = ToType->getAs<PointerType>()) | ||||||
261 | return ToPtrType->getPointeeType()->isVoidType(); | ||||||
262 | |||||||
263 | return false; | ||||||
264 | } | ||||||
265 | |||||||
266 | /// Skip any implicit casts which could be either part of a narrowing conversion | ||||||
267 | /// or after one in an implicit conversion. | ||||||
268 | static const Expr *IgnoreNarrowingConversion(ASTContext &Ctx, | ||||||
269 | const Expr *Converted) { | ||||||
270 | // We can have cleanups wrapping the converted expression; these need to be | ||||||
271 | // preserved so that destructors run if necessary. | ||||||
272 | if (auto *EWC = dyn_cast<ExprWithCleanups>(Converted)) { | ||||||
273 | Expr *Inner = | ||||||
274 | const_cast<Expr *>(IgnoreNarrowingConversion(Ctx, EWC->getSubExpr())); | ||||||
275 | return ExprWithCleanups::Create(Ctx, Inner, EWC->cleanupsHaveSideEffects(), | ||||||
276 | EWC->getObjects()); | ||||||
277 | } | ||||||
278 | |||||||
279 | while (auto *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(Converted)) { | ||||||
280 | switch (ICE->getCastKind()) { | ||||||
281 | case CK_NoOp: | ||||||
282 | case CK_IntegralCast: | ||||||
283 | case CK_IntegralToBoolean: | ||||||
284 | case CK_IntegralToFloating: | ||||||
285 | case CK_BooleanToSignedIntegral: | ||||||
286 | case CK_FloatingToIntegral: | ||||||
287 | case CK_FloatingToBoolean: | ||||||
288 | case CK_FloatingCast: | ||||||
289 | Converted = ICE->getSubExpr(); | ||||||
290 | continue; | ||||||
291 | |||||||
292 | default: | ||||||
293 | return Converted; | ||||||
294 | } | ||||||
295 | } | ||||||
296 | |||||||
297 | return Converted; | ||||||
298 | } | ||||||
299 | |||||||
300 | /// Check if this standard conversion sequence represents a narrowing | ||||||
301 | /// conversion, according to C++11 [dcl.init.list]p7. | ||||||
302 | /// | ||||||
303 | /// \param Ctx The AST context. | ||||||
304 | /// \param Converted The result of applying this standard conversion sequence. | ||||||
305 | /// \param ConstantValue If this is an NK_Constant_Narrowing conversion, the | ||||||
306 | /// value of the expression prior to the narrowing conversion. | ||||||
307 | /// \param ConstantType If this is an NK_Constant_Narrowing conversion, the | ||||||
308 | /// type of the expression prior to the narrowing conversion. | ||||||
309 | /// \param IgnoreFloatToIntegralConversion If true type-narrowing conversions | ||||||
310 | /// from floating point types to integral types should be ignored. | ||||||
311 | NarrowingKind StandardConversionSequence::getNarrowingKind( | ||||||
312 | ASTContext &Ctx, const Expr *Converted, APValue &ConstantValue, | ||||||
313 | QualType &ConstantType, bool IgnoreFloatToIntegralConversion) const { | ||||||
314 | assert(Ctx.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "narrowing check outside C++")(static_cast <bool> (Ctx.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "narrowing check outside C++") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Ctx.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && \"narrowing check outside C++\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 314, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
315 | |||||||
316 | // C++11 [dcl.init.list]p7: | ||||||
317 | // A narrowing conversion is an implicit conversion ... | ||||||
318 | QualType FromType = getToType(0); | ||||||
319 | QualType ToType = getToType(1); | ||||||
320 | |||||||
321 | // A conversion to an enumeration type is narrowing if the conversion to | ||||||
322 | // the underlying type is narrowing. This only arises for expressions of | ||||||
323 | // the form 'Enum{init}'. | ||||||
324 | if (auto *ET = ToType->getAs<EnumType>()) | ||||||
325 | ToType = ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); | ||||||
326 | |||||||
327 | switch (Second) { | ||||||
328 | // 'bool' is an integral type; dispatch to the right place to handle it. | ||||||
329 | case ICK_Boolean_Conversion: | ||||||
330 | if (FromType->isRealFloatingType()) | ||||||
331 | goto FloatingIntegralConversion; | ||||||
332 | if (FromType->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType()) | ||||||
333 | goto IntegralConversion; | ||||||
334 | // -- from a pointer type or pointer-to-member type to bool, or | ||||||
335 | return NK_Type_Narrowing; | ||||||
336 | |||||||
337 | // -- from a floating-point type to an integer type, or | ||||||
338 | // | ||||||
339 | // -- from an integer type or unscoped enumeration type to a floating-point | ||||||
340 | // type, except where the source is a constant expression and the actual | ||||||
341 | // value after conversion will fit into the target type and will produce | ||||||
342 | // the original value when converted back to the original type, or | ||||||
343 | case ICK_Floating_Integral: | ||||||
344 | FloatingIntegralConversion: | ||||||
345 | if (FromType->isRealFloatingType() && ToType->isIntegralType(Ctx)) { | ||||||
346 | return NK_Type_Narrowing; | ||||||
347 | } else if (FromType->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType() && | ||||||
348 | ToType->isRealFloatingType()) { | ||||||
349 | if (IgnoreFloatToIntegralConversion) | ||||||
350 | return NK_Not_Narrowing; | ||||||
351 | const Expr *Initializer = IgnoreNarrowingConversion(Ctx, Converted); | ||||||
352 | assert(Initializer && "Unknown conversion expression")(static_cast <bool> (Initializer && "Unknown conversion expression" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Initializer && \"Unknown conversion expression\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 352, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
353 | |||||||
354 | // If it's value-dependent, we can't tell whether it's narrowing. | ||||||
355 | if (Initializer->isValueDependent()) | ||||||
356 | return NK_Dependent_Narrowing; | ||||||
357 | |||||||
358 | if (Optional<llvm::APSInt> IntConstantValue = | ||||||
359 | Initializer->getIntegerConstantExpr(Ctx)) { | ||||||
360 | // Convert the integer to the floating type. | ||||||
361 | llvm::APFloat Result(Ctx.getFloatTypeSemantics(ToType)); | ||||||
362 | Result.convertFromAPInt(*IntConstantValue, IntConstantValue->isSigned(), | ||||||
363 | llvm::APFloat::rmNearestTiesToEven); | ||||||
364 | // And back. | ||||||
365 | llvm::APSInt ConvertedValue = *IntConstantValue; | ||||||
366 | bool ignored; | ||||||
367 | Result.convertToInteger(ConvertedValue, | ||||||
368 | llvm::APFloat::rmTowardZero, &ignored); | ||||||
369 | // If the resulting value is different, this was a narrowing conversion. | ||||||
370 | if (*IntConstantValue != ConvertedValue) { | ||||||
371 | ConstantValue = APValue(*IntConstantValue); | ||||||
372 | ConstantType = Initializer->getType(); | ||||||
373 | return NK_Constant_Narrowing; | ||||||
374 | } | ||||||
375 | } else { | ||||||
376 | // Variables are always narrowings. | ||||||
377 | return NK_Variable_Narrowing; | ||||||
378 | } | ||||||
379 | } | ||||||
380 | return NK_Not_Narrowing; | ||||||
381 | |||||||
382 | // -- from long double to double or float, or from double to float, except | ||||||
383 | // where the source is a constant expression and the actual value after | ||||||
384 | // conversion is within the range of values that can be represented (even | ||||||
385 | // if it cannot be represented exactly), or | ||||||
386 | case ICK_Floating_Conversion: | ||||||
387 | if (FromType->isRealFloatingType() && ToType->isRealFloatingType() && | ||||||
388 | Ctx.getFloatingTypeOrder(FromType, ToType) == 1) { | ||||||
389 | // FromType is larger than ToType. | ||||||
390 | const Expr *Initializer = IgnoreNarrowingConversion(Ctx, Converted); | ||||||
391 | |||||||
392 | // If it's value-dependent, we can't tell whether it's narrowing. | ||||||
393 | if (Initializer->isValueDependent()) | ||||||
394 | return NK_Dependent_Narrowing; | ||||||
395 | |||||||
396 | if (Initializer->isCXX11ConstantExpr(Ctx, &ConstantValue)) { | ||||||
397 | // Constant! | ||||||
398 | assert(ConstantValue.isFloat())(static_cast <bool> (ConstantValue.isFloat()) ? void (0 ) : __assert_fail ("ConstantValue.isFloat()", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 398, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
399 | llvm::APFloat FloatVal = ConstantValue.getFloat(); | ||||||
400 | // Convert the source value into the target type. | ||||||
401 | bool ignored; | ||||||
402 | llvm::APFloat::opStatus ConvertStatus = FloatVal.convert( | ||||||
403 | Ctx.getFloatTypeSemantics(ToType), | ||||||
404 | llvm::APFloat::rmNearestTiesToEven, &ignored); | ||||||
405 | // If there was no overflow, the source value is within the range of | ||||||
406 | // values that can be represented. | ||||||
407 | if (ConvertStatus & llvm::APFloat::opOverflow) { | ||||||
408 | ConstantType = Initializer->getType(); | ||||||
409 | return NK_Constant_Narrowing; | ||||||
410 | } | ||||||
411 | } else { | ||||||
412 | return NK_Variable_Narrowing; | ||||||
413 | } | ||||||
414 | } | ||||||
415 | return NK_Not_Narrowing; | ||||||
416 | |||||||
417 | // -- from an integer type or unscoped enumeration type to an integer type | ||||||
418 | // that cannot represent all the values of the original type, except where | ||||||
419 | // the source is a constant expression and the actual value after | ||||||
420 | // conversion will fit into the target type and will produce the original | ||||||
421 | // value when converted back to the original type. | ||||||
422 | case ICK_Integral_Conversion: | ||||||
423 | IntegralConversion: { | ||||||
424 | assert(FromType->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType())(static_cast <bool> (FromType->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType ()) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("FromType->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType()" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 424, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
425 | assert(ToType->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType())(static_cast <bool> (ToType->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType ()) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("ToType->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType()" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 425, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
426 | const bool FromSigned = FromType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType(); | ||||||
427 | const unsigned FromWidth = Ctx.getIntWidth(FromType); | ||||||
428 | const bool ToSigned = ToType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType(); | ||||||
429 | const unsigned ToWidth = Ctx.getIntWidth(ToType); | ||||||
430 | |||||||
431 | if (FromWidth > ToWidth || | ||||||
432 | (FromWidth == ToWidth && FromSigned != ToSigned) || | ||||||
433 | (FromSigned && !ToSigned)) { | ||||||
434 | // Not all values of FromType can be represented in ToType. | ||||||
435 | const Expr *Initializer = IgnoreNarrowingConversion(Ctx, Converted); | ||||||
436 | |||||||
437 | // If it's value-dependent, we can't tell whether it's narrowing. | ||||||
438 | if (Initializer->isValueDependent()) | ||||||
439 | return NK_Dependent_Narrowing; | ||||||
440 | |||||||
441 | Optional<llvm::APSInt> OptInitializerValue; | ||||||
442 | if (!(OptInitializerValue = Initializer->getIntegerConstantExpr(Ctx))) { | ||||||
443 | // Such conversions on variables are always narrowing. | ||||||
444 | return NK_Variable_Narrowing; | ||||||
445 | } | ||||||
446 | llvm::APSInt &InitializerValue = *OptInitializerValue; | ||||||
447 | bool Narrowing = false; | ||||||
448 | if (FromWidth < ToWidth) { | ||||||
449 | // Negative -> unsigned is narrowing. Otherwise, more bits is never | ||||||
450 | // narrowing. | ||||||
451 | if (InitializerValue.isSigned() && InitializerValue.isNegative()) | ||||||
452 | Narrowing = true; | ||||||
453 | } else { | ||||||
454 | // Add a bit to the InitializerValue so we don't have to worry about | ||||||
455 | // signed vs. unsigned comparisons. | ||||||
456 | InitializerValue = InitializerValue.extend( | ||||||
457 | InitializerValue.getBitWidth() + 1); | ||||||
458 | // Convert the initializer to and from the target width and signed-ness. | ||||||
459 | llvm::APSInt ConvertedValue = InitializerValue; | ||||||
460 | ConvertedValue = ConvertedValue.trunc(ToWidth); | ||||||
461 | ConvertedValue.setIsSigned(ToSigned); | ||||||
462 | ConvertedValue = ConvertedValue.extend(InitializerValue.getBitWidth()); | ||||||
463 | ConvertedValue.setIsSigned(InitializerValue.isSigned()); | ||||||
464 | // If the result is different, this was a narrowing conversion. | ||||||
465 | if (ConvertedValue != InitializerValue) | ||||||
466 | Narrowing = true; | ||||||
467 | } | ||||||
468 | if (Narrowing) { | ||||||
469 | ConstantType = Initializer->getType(); | ||||||
470 | ConstantValue = APValue(InitializerValue); | ||||||
471 | return NK_Constant_Narrowing; | ||||||
472 | } | ||||||
473 | } | ||||||
474 | return NK_Not_Narrowing; | ||||||
475 | } | ||||||
476 | |||||||
477 | default: | ||||||
478 | // Other kinds of conversions are not narrowings. | ||||||
479 | return NK_Not_Narrowing; | ||||||
480 | } | ||||||
481 | } | ||||||
482 | |||||||
483 | /// dump - Print this standard conversion sequence to standard | ||||||
484 | /// error. Useful for debugging overloading issues. | ||||||
485 | LLVM_DUMP_METHOD__attribute__((noinline)) __attribute__((__used__)) void StandardConversionSequence::dump() const { | ||||||
486 | raw_ostream &OS = llvm::errs(); | ||||||
487 | bool PrintedSomething = false; | ||||||
488 | if (First != ICK_Identity) { | ||||||
489 | OS << GetImplicitConversionName(First); | ||||||
490 | PrintedSomething = true; | ||||||
491 | } | ||||||
492 | |||||||
493 | if (Second != ICK_Identity) { | ||||||
494 | if (PrintedSomething) { | ||||||
495 | OS << " -> "; | ||||||
496 | } | ||||||
497 | OS << GetImplicitConversionName(Second); | ||||||
498 | |||||||
499 | if (CopyConstructor) { | ||||||
500 | OS << " (by copy constructor)"; | ||||||
501 | } else if (DirectBinding) { | ||||||
502 | OS << " (direct reference binding)"; | ||||||
503 | } else if (ReferenceBinding) { | ||||||
504 | OS << " (reference binding)"; | ||||||
505 | } | ||||||
506 | PrintedSomething = true; | ||||||
507 | } | ||||||
508 | |||||||
509 | if (Third != ICK_Identity) { | ||||||
510 | if (PrintedSomething) { | ||||||
511 | OS << " -> "; | ||||||
512 | } | ||||||
513 | OS << GetImplicitConversionName(Third); | ||||||
514 | PrintedSomething = true; | ||||||
515 | } | ||||||
516 | |||||||
517 | if (!PrintedSomething) { | ||||||
518 | OS << "No conversions required"; | ||||||
519 | } | ||||||
520 | } | ||||||
521 | |||||||
522 | /// dump - Print this user-defined conversion sequence to standard | ||||||
523 | /// error. Useful for debugging overloading issues. | ||||||
524 | void UserDefinedConversionSequence::dump() const { | ||||||
525 | raw_ostream &OS = llvm::errs(); | ||||||
526 | if (Before.First || Before.Second || Before.Third) { | ||||||
527 | Before.dump(); | ||||||
528 | OS << " -> "; | ||||||
529 | } | ||||||
530 | if (ConversionFunction) | ||||||
531 | OS << '\'' << *ConversionFunction << '\''; | ||||||
532 | else | ||||||
533 | OS << "aggregate initialization"; | ||||||
534 | if (After.First || After.Second || After.Third) { | ||||||
535 | OS << " -> "; | ||||||
536 | After.dump(); | ||||||
537 | } | ||||||
538 | } | ||||||
539 | |||||||
540 | /// dump - Print this implicit conversion sequence to standard | ||||||
541 | /// error. Useful for debugging overloading issues. | ||||||
542 | void ImplicitConversionSequence::dump() const { | ||||||
543 | raw_ostream &OS = llvm::errs(); | ||||||
544 | if (isStdInitializerListElement()) | ||||||
545 | OS << "Worst std::initializer_list element conversion: "; | ||||||
546 | switch (ConversionKind) { | ||||||
547 | case StandardConversion: | ||||||
548 | OS << "Standard conversion: "; | ||||||
549 | Standard.dump(); | ||||||
550 | break; | ||||||
551 | case UserDefinedConversion: | ||||||
552 | OS << "User-defined conversion: "; | ||||||
553 | UserDefined.dump(); | ||||||
554 | break; | ||||||
555 | case EllipsisConversion: | ||||||
556 | OS << "Ellipsis conversion"; | ||||||
557 | break; | ||||||
558 | case AmbiguousConversion: | ||||||
559 | OS << "Ambiguous conversion"; | ||||||
560 | break; | ||||||
561 | case BadConversion: | ||||||
562 | OS << "Bad conversion"; | ||||||
563 | break; | ||||||
564 | } | ||||||
565 | |||||||
566 | OS << "\n"; | ||||||
567 | } | ||||||
568 | |||||||
569 | void AmbiguousConversionSequence::construct() { | ||||||
570 | new (&conversions()) ConversionSet(); | ||||||
571 | } | ||||||
572 | |||||||
573 | void AmbiguousConversionSequence::destruct() { | ||||||
574 | conversions().~ConversionSet(); | ||||||
575 | } | ||||||
576 | |||||||
577 | void | ||||||
578 | AmbiguousConversionSequence::copyFrom(const AmbiguousConversionSequence &O) { | ||||||
579 | FromTypePtr = O.FromTypePtr; | ||||||
580 | ToTypePtr = O.ToTypePtr; | ||||||
581 | new (&conversions()) ConversionSet(O.conversions()); | ||||||
582 | } | ||||||
583 | |||||||
584 | namespace { | ||||||
585 | // Structure used by DeductionFailureInfo to store | ||||||
586 | // template argument information. | ||||||
587 | struct DFIArguments { | ||||||
588 | TemplateArgument FirstArg; | ||||||
589 | TemplateArgument SecondArg; | ||||||
590 | }; | ||||||
591 | // Structure used by DeductionFailureInfo to store | ||||||
592 | // template parameter and template argument information. | ||||||
593 | struct DFIParamWithArguments : DFIArguments { | ||||||
594 | TemplateParameter Param; | ||||||
595 | }; | ||||||
596 | // Structure used by DeductionFailureInfo to store template argument | ||||||
597 | // information and the index of the problematic call argument. | ||||||
598 | struct DFIDeducedMismatchArgs : DFIArguments { | ||||||
599 | TemplateArgumentList *TemplateArgs; | ||||||
600 | unsigned CallArgIndex; | ||||||
601 | }; | ||||||
602 | // Structure used by DeductionFailureInfo to store information about | ||||||
603 | // unsatisfied constraints. | ||||||
604 | struct CNSInfo { | ||||||
605 | TemplateArgumentList *TemplateArgs; | ||||||
606 | ConstraintSatisfaction Satisfaction; | ||||||
607 | }; | ||||||
608 | } | ||||||
609 | |||||||
610 | /// Convert from Sema's representation of template deduction information | ||||||
611 | /// to the form used in overload-candidate information. | ||||||
612 | DeductionFailureInfo | ||||||
613 | clang::MakeDeductionFailureInfo(ASTContext &Context, | ||||||
614 | Sema::TemplateDeductionResult TDK, | ||||||
615 | TemplateDeductionInfo &Info) { | ||||||
616 | DeductionFailureInfo Result; | ||||||
617 | Result.Result = static_cast<unsigned>(TDK); | ||||||
618 | Result.HasDiagnostic = false; | ||||||
619 | switch (TDK) { | ||||||
620 | case Sema::TDK_Invalid: | ||||||
621 | case Sema::TDK_InstantiationDepth: | ||||||
622 | case Sema::TDK_TooManyArguments: | ||||||
623 | case Sema::TDK_TooFewArguments: | ||||||
624 | case Sema::TDK_MiscellaneousDeductionFailure: | ||||||
625 | case Sema::TDK_CUDATargetMismatch: | ||||||
626 | Result.Data = nullptr; | ||||||
627 | break; | ||||||
628 | |||||||
629 | case Sema::TDK_Incomplete: | ||||||
630 | case Sema::TDK_InvalidExplicitArguments: | ||||||
631 | Result.Data = Info.Param.getOpaqueValue(); | ||||||
632 | break; | ||||||
633 | |||||||
634 | case Sema::TDK_DeducedMismatch: | ||||||
635 | case Sema::TDK_DeducedMismatchNested: { | ||||||
636 | // FIXME: Should allocate from normal heap so that we can free this later. | ||||||
637 | auto *Saved = new (Context) DFIDeducedMismatchArgs; | ||||||
638 | Saved->FirstArg = Info.FirstArg; | ||||||
639 | Saved->SecondArg = Info.SecondArg; | ||||||
640 | Saved->TemplateArgs = Info.take(); | ||||||
641 | Saved->CallArgIndex = Info.CallArgIndex; | ||||||
642 | Result.Data = Saved; | ||||||
643 | break; | ||||||
644 | } | ||||||
645 | |||||||
646 | case Sema::TDK_NonDeducedMismatch: { | ||||||
647 | // FIXME: Should allocate from normal heap so that we can free this later. | ||||||
648 | DFIArguments *Saved = new (Context) DFIArguments; | ||||||
649 | Saved->FirstArg = Info.FirstArg; | ||||||
650 | Saved->SecondArg = Info.SecondArg; | ||||||
651 | Result.Data = Saved; | ||||||
652 | break; | ||||||
653 | } | ||||||
654 | |||||||
655 | case Sema::TDK_IncompletePack: | ||||||
656 | // FIXME: It's slightly wasteful to allocate two TemplateArguments for this. | ||||||
657 | case Sema::TDK_Inconsistent: | ||||||
658 | case Sema::TDK_Underqualified: { | ||||||
659 | // FIXME: Should allocate from normal heap so that we can free this later. | ||||||
660 | DFIParamWithArguments *Saved = new (Context) DFIParamWithArguments; | ||||||
661 | Saved->Param = Info.Param; | ||||||
662 | Saved->FirstArg = Info.FirstArg; | ||||||
663 | Saved->SecondArg = Info.SecondArg; | ||||||
664 | Result.Data = Saved; | ||||||
665 | break; | ||||||
666 | } | ||||||
667 | |||||||
668 | case Sema::TDK_SubstitutionFailure: | ||||||
669 | Result.Data = Info.take(); | ||||||
670 | if (Info.hasSFINAEDiagnostic()) { | ||||||
671 | PartialDiagnosticAt *Diag = new (Result.Diagnostic) PartialDiagnosticAt( | ||||||
672 | SourceLocation(), PartialDiagnostic::NullDiagnostic()); | ||||||
673 | Info.takeSFINAEDiagnostic(*Diag); | ||||||
674 | Result.HasDiagnostic = true; | ||||||
675 | } | ||||||
676 | break; | ||||||
677 | |||||||
678 | case Sema::TDK_ConstraintsNotSatisfied: { | ||||||
679 | CNSInfo *Saved = new (Context) CNSInfo; | ||||||
680 | Saved->TemplateArgs = Info.take(); | ||||||
681 | Saved->Satisfaction = Info.AssociatedConstraintsSatisfaction; | ||||||
682 | Result.Data = Saved; | ||||||
683 | break; | ||||||
684 | } | ||||||
685 | |||||||
686 | case Sema::TDK_Success: | ||||||
687 | case Sema::TDK_NonDependentConversionFailure: | ||||||
688 | llvm_unreachable("not a deduction failure")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("not a deduction failure", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 688); | ||||||
689 | } | ||||||
690 | |||||||
691 | return Result; | ||||||
692 | } | ||||||
693 | |||||||
694 | void DeductionFailureInfo::Destroy() { | ||||||
695 | switch (static_cast<Sema::TemplateDeductionResult>(Result)) { | ||||||
696 | case Sema::TDK_Success: | ||||||
697 | case Sema::TDK_Invalid: | ||||||
698 | case Sema::TDK_InstantiationDepth: | ||||||
699 | case Sema::TDK_Incomplete: | ||||||
700 | case Sema::TDK_TooManyArguments: | ||||||
701 | case Sema::TDK_TooFewArguments: | ||||||
702 | case Sema::TDK_InvalidExplicitArguments: | ||||||
703 | case Sema::TDK_CUDATargetMismatch: | ||||||
704 | case Sema::TDK_NonDependentConversionFailure: | ||||||
705 | break; | ||||||
706 | |||||||
707 | case Sema::TDK_IncompletePack: | ||||||
708 | case Sema::TDK_Inconsistent: | ||||||
709 | case Sema::TDK_Underqualified: | ||||||
710 | case Sema::TDK_DeducedMismatch: | ||||||
711 | case Sema::TDK_DeducedMismatchNested: | ||||||
712 | case Sema::TDK_NonDeducedMismatch: | ||||||
713 | // FIXME: Destroy the data? | ||||||
714 | Data = nullptr; | ||||||
715 | break; | ||||||
716 | |||||||
717 | case Sema::TDK_SubstitutionFailure: | ||||||
718 | // FIXME: Destroy the template argument list? | ||||||
719 | Data = nullptr; | ||||||
720 | if (PartialDiagnosticAt *Diag = getSFINAEDiagnostic()) { | ||||||
721 | Diag->~PartialDiagnosticAt(); | ||||||
722 | HasDiagnostic = false; | ||||||
723 | } | ||||||
724 | break; | ||||||
725 | |||||||
726 | case Sema::TDK_ConstraintsNotSatisfied: | ||||||
727 | // FIXME: Destroy the template argument list? | ||||||
728 | Data = nullptr; | ||||||
729 | if (PartialDiagnosticAt *Diag = getSFINAEDiagnostic()) { | ||||||
730 | Diag->~PartialDiagnosticAt(); | ||||||
731 | HasDiagnostic = false; | ||||||
732 | } | ||||||
733 | break; | ||||||
734 | |||||||
735 | // Unhandled | ||||||
736 | case Sema::TDK_MiscellaneousDeductionFailure: | ||||||
737 | break; | ||||||
738 | } | ||||||
739 | } | ||||||
740 | |||||||
741 | PartialDiagnosticAt *DeductionFailureInfo::getSFINAEDiagnostic() { | ||||||
742 | if (HasDiagnostic) | ||||||
743 | return static_cast<PartialDiagnosticAt*>(static_cast<void*>(Diagnostic)); | ||||||
744 | return nullptr; | ||||||
745 | } | ||||||
746 | |||||||
747 | TemplateParameter DeductionFailureInfo::getTemplateParameter() { | ||||||
748 | switch (static_cast<Sema::TemplateDeductionResult>(Result)) { | ||||||
749 | case Sema::TDK_Success: | ||||||
750 | case Sema::TDK_Invalid: | ||||||
751 | case Sema::TDK_InstantiationDepth: | ||||||
752 | case Sema::TDK_TooManyArguments: | ||||||
753 | case Sema::TDK_TooFewArguments: | ||||||
754 | case Sema::TDK_SubstitutionFailure: | ||||||
755 | case Sema::TDK_DeducedMismatch: | ||||||
756 | case Sema::TDK_DeducedMismatchNested: | ||||||
757 | case Sema::TDK_NonDeducedMismatch: | ||||||
758 | case Sema::TDK_CUDATargetMismatch: | ||||||
759 | case Sema::TDK_NonDependentConversionFailure: | ||||||
760 | case Sema::TDK_ConstraintsNotSatisfied: | ||||||
761 | return TemplateParameter(); | ||||||
762 | |||||||
763 | case Sema::TDK_Incomplete: | ||||||
764 | case Sema::TDK_InvalidExplicitArguments: | ||||||
765 | return TemplateParameter::getFromOpaqueValue(Data); | ||||||
766 | |||||||
767 | case Sema::TDK_IncompletePack: | ||||||
768 | case Sema::TDK_Inconsistent: | ||||||
769 | case Sema::TDK_Underqualified: | ||||||
770 | return static_cast<DFIParamWithArguments*>(Data)->Param; | ||||||
771 | |||||||
772 | // Unhandled | ||||||
773 | case Sema::TDK_MiscellaneousDeductionFailure: | ||||||
774 | break; | ||||||
775 | } | ||||||
776 | |||||||
777 | return TemplateParameter(); | ||||||
778 | } | ||||||
779 | |||||||
780 | TemplateArgumentList *DeductionFailureInfo::getTemplateArgumentList() { | ||||||
781 | switch (static_cast<Sema::TemplateDeductionResult>(Result)) { | ||||||
782 | case Sema::TDK_Success: | ||||||
783 | case Sema::TDK_Invalid: | ||||||
784 | case Sema::TDK_InstantiationDepth: | ||||||
785 | case Sema::TDK_TooManyArguments: | ||||||
786 | case Sema::TDK_TooFewArguments: | ||||||
787 | case Sema::TDK_Incomplete: | ||||||
788 | case Sema::TDK_IncompletePack: | ||||||
789 | case Sema::TDK_InvalidExplicitArguments: | ||||||
790 | case Sema::TDK_Inconsistent: | ||||||
791 | case Sema::TDK_Underqualified: | ||||||
792 | case Sema::TDK_NonDeducedMismatch: | ||||||
793 | case Sema::TDK_CUDATargetMismatch: | ||||||
794 | case Sema::TDK_NonDependentConversionFailure: | ||||||
795 | return nullptr; | ||||||
796 | |||||||
797 | case Sema::TDK_DeducedMismatch: | ||||||
798 | case Sema::TDK_DeducedMismatchNested: | ||||||
799 | return static_cast<DFIDeducedMismatchArgs*>(Data)->TemplateArgs; | ||||||
800 | |||||||
801 | case Sema::TDK_SubstitutionFailure: | ||||||
802 | return static_cast<TemplateArgumentList*>(Data); | ||||||
803 | |||||||
804 | case Sema::TDK_ConstraintsNotSatisfied: | ||||||
805 | return static_cast<CNSInfo*>(Data)->TemplateArgs; | ||||||
806 | |||||||
807 | // Unhandled | ||||||
808 | case Sema::TDK_MiscellaneousDeductionFailure: | ||||||
809 | break; | ||||||
810 | } | ||||||
811 | |||||||
812 | return nullptr; | ||||||
813 | } | ||||||
814 | |||||||
815 | const TemplateArgument *DeductionFailureInfo::getFirstArg() { | ||||||
816 | switch (static_cast<Sema::TemplateDeductionResult>(Result)) { | ||||||
817 | case Sema::TDK_Success: | ||||||
818 | case Sema::TDK_Invalid: | ||||||
819 | case Sema::TDK_InstantiationDepth: | ||||||
820 | case Sema::TDK_Incomplete: | ||||||
821 | case Sema::TDK_TooManyArguments: | ||||||
822 | case Sema::TDK_TooFewArguments: | ||||||
823 | case Sema::TDK_InvalidExplicitArguments: | ||||||
824 | case Sema::TDK_SubstitutionFailure: | ||||||
825 | case Sema::TDK_CUDATargetMismatch: | ||||||
826 | case Sema::TDK_NonDependentConversionFailure: | ||||||
827 | case Sema::TDK_ConstraintsNotSatisfied: | ||||||
828 | return nullptr; | ||||||
829 | |||||||
830 | case Sema::TDK_IncompletePack: | ||||||
831 | case Sema::TDK_Inconsistent: | ||||||
832 | case Sema::TDK_Underqualified: | ||||||
833 | case Sema::TDK_DeducedMismatch: | ||||||
834 | case Sema::TDK_DeducedMismatchNested: | ||||||
835 | case Sema::TDK_NonDeducedMismatch: | ||||||
836 | return &static_cast<DFIArguments*>(Data)->FirstArg; | ||||||
837 | |||||||
838 | // Unhandled | ||||||
839 | case Sema::TDK_MiscellaneousDeductionFailure: | ||||||
840 | break; | ||||||
841 | } | ||||||
842 | |||||||
843 | return nullptr; | ||||||
844 | } | ||||||
845 | |||||||
846 | const TemplateArgument *DeductionFailureInfo::getSecondArg() { | ||||||
847 | switch (static_cast<Sema::TemplateDeductionResult>(Result)) { | ||||||
848 | case Sema::TDK_Success: | ||||||
849 | case Sema::TDK_Invalid: | ||||||
850 | case Sema::TDK_InstantiationDepth: | ||||||
851 | case Sema::TDK_Incomplete: | ||||||
852 | case Sema::TDK_IncompletePack: | ||||||
853 | case Sema::TDK_TooManyArguments: | ||||||
854 | case Sema::TDK_TooFewArguments: | ||||||
855 | case Sema::TDK_InvalidExplicitArguments: | ||||||
856 | case Sema::TDK_SubstitutionFailure: | ||||||
857 | case Sema::TDK_CUDATargetMismatch: | ||||||
858 | case Sema::TDK_NonDependentConversionFailure: | ||||||
859 | case Sema::TDK_ConstraintsNotSatisfied: | ||||||
860 | return nullptr; | ||||||
861 | |||||||
862 | case Sema::TDK_Inconsistent: | ||||||
863 | case Sema::TDK_Underqualified: | ||||||
864 | case Sema::TDK_DeducedMismatch: | ||||||
865 | case Sema::TDK_DeducedMismatchNested: | ||||||
866 | case Sema::TDK_NonDeducedMismatch: | ||||||
867 | return &static_cast<DFIArguments*>(Data)->SecondArg; | ||||||
868 | |||||||
869 | // Unhandled | ||||||
870 | case Sema::TDK_MiscellaneousDeductionFailure: | ||||||
871 | break; | ||||||
872 | } | ||||||
873 | |||||||
874 | return nullptr; | ||||||
875 | } | ||||||
876 | |||||||
877 | llvm::Optional<unsigned> DeductionFailureInfo::getCallArgIndex() { | ||||||
878 | switch (static_cast<Sema::TemplateDeductionResult>(Result)) { | ||||||
879 | case Sema::TDK_DeducedMismatch: | ||||||
880 | case Sema::TDK_DeducedMismatchNested: | ||||||
881 | return static_cast<DFIDeducedMismatchArgs*>(Data)->CallArgIndex; | ||||||
882 | |||||||
883 | default: | ||||||
884 | return llvm::None; | ||||||
885 | } | ||||||
886 | } | ||||||
887 | |||||||
888 | bool OverloadCandidateSet::OperatorRewriteInfo::shouldAddReversed( | ||||||
889 | OverloadedOperatorKind Op) { | ||||||
890 | if (!AllowRewrittenCandidates) | ||||||
891 | return false; | ||||||
892 | return Op == OO_EqualEqual || Op == OO_Spaceship; | ||||||
893 | } | ||||||
894 | |||||||
895 | bool OverloadCandidateSet::OperatorRewriteInfo::shouldAddReversed( | ||||||
896 | ASTContext &Ctx, const FunctionDecl *FD) { | ||||||
897 | if (!shouldAddReversed(FD->getDeclName().getCXXOverloadedOperator())) | ||||||
898 | return false; | ||||||
899 | // Don't bother adding a reversed candidate that can never be a better | ||||||
900 | // match than the non-reversed version. | ||||||
901 | return FD->getNumParams() != 2 || | ||||||
902 | !Ctx.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FD->getParamDecl(0)->getType(), | ||||||
903 | FD->getParamDecl(1)->getType()) || | ||||||
904 | FD->hasAttr<EnableIfAttr>(); | ||||||
905 | } | ||||||
906 | |||||||
907 | void OverloadCandidateSet::destroyCandidates() { | ||||||
908 | for (iterator i = begin(), e = end(); i != e; ++i) { | ||||||
909 | for (auto &C : i->Conversions) | ||||||
910 | C.~ImplicitConversionSequence(); | ||||||
911 | if (!i->Viable && i->FailureKind == ovl_fail_bad_deduction) | ||||||
912 | i->DeductionFailure.Destroy(); | ||||||
913 | } | ||||||
914 | } | ||||||
915 | |||||||
916 | void OverloadCandidateSet::clear(CandidateSetKind CSK) { | ||||||
917 | destroyCandidates(); | ||||||
918 | SlabAllocator.Reset(); | ||||||
919 | NumInlineBytesUsed = 0; | ||||||
920 | Candidates.clear(); | ||||||
921 | Functions.clear(); | ||||||
922 | Kind = CSK; | ||||||
923 | } | ||||||
924 | |||||||
925 | namespace { | ||||||
926 | class UnbridgedCastsSet { | ||||||
927 | struct Entry { | ||||||
928 | Expr **Addr; | ||||||
929 | Expr *Saved; | ||||||
930 | }; | ||||||
931 | SmallVector<Entry, 2> Entries; | ||||||
932 | |||||||
933 | public: | ||||||
934 | void save(Sema &S, Expr *&E) { | ||||||
935 | assert(E->hasPlaceholderType(BuiltinType::ARCUnbridgedCast))(static_cast <bool> (E->hasPlaceholderType(BuiltinType ::ARCUnbridgedCast)) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("E->hasPlaceholderType(BuiltinType::ARCUnbridgedCast)" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 935, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
936 | Entry entry = { &E, E }; | ||||||
937 | Entries.push_back(entry); | ||||||
938 | E = S.stripARCUnbridgedCast(E); | ||||||
939 | } | ||||||
940 | |||||||
941 | void restore() { | ||||||
942 | for (SmallVectorImpl<Entry>::iterator | ||||||
943 | i = Entries.begin(), e = Entries.end(); i != e; ++i) | ||||||
944 | *i->Addr = i->Saved; | ||||||
945 | } | ||||||
946 | }; | ||||||
947 | } | ||||||
948 | |||||||
949 | /// checkPlaceholderForOverload - Do any interesting placeholder-like | ||||||
950 | /// preprocessing on the given expression. | ||||||
951 | /// | ||||||
952 | /// \param unbridgedCasts a collection to which to add unbridged casts; | ||||||
953 | /// without this, they will be immediately diagnosed as errors | ||||||
954 | /// | ||||||
955 | /// Return true on unrecoverable error. | ||||||
956 | static bool | ||||||
957 | checkPlaceholderForOverload(Sema &S, Expr *&E, | ||||||
958 | UnbridgedCastsSet *unbridgedCasts = nullptr) { | ||||||
959 | if (const BuiltinType *placeholder = E->getType()->getAsPlaceholderType()) { | ||||||
960 | // We can't handle overloaded expressions here because overload | ||||||
961 | // resolution might reasonably tweak them. | ||||||
962 | if (placeholder->getKind() == BuiltinType::Overload) return false; | ||||||
963 | |||||||
964 | // If the context potentially accepts unbridged ARC casts, strip | ||||||
965 | // the unbridged cast and add it to the collection for later restoration. | ||||||
966 | if (placeholder->getKind() == BuiltinType::ARCUnbridgedCast && | ||||||
967 | unbridgedCasts) { | ||||||
968 | unbridgedCasts->save(S, E); | ||||||
969 | return false; | ||||||
970 | } | ||||||
971 | |||||||
972 | // Go ahead and check everything else. | ||||||
973 | ExprResult result = S.CheckPlaceholderExpr(E); | ||||||
974 | if (result.isInvalid()) | ||||||
975 | return true; | ||||||
976 | |||||||
977 | E = result.get(); | ||||||
978 | return false; | ||||||
979 | } | ||||||
980 | |||||||
981 | // Nothing to do. | ||||||
982 | return false; | ||||||
983 | } | ||||||
984 | |||||||
985 | /// checkArgPlaceholdersForOverload - Check a set of call operands for | ||||||
986 | /// placeholders. | ||||||
987 | static bool checkArgPlaceholdersForOverload(Sema &S, | ||||||
988 | MultiExprArg Args, | ||||||
989 | UnbridgedCastsSet &unbridged) { | ||||||
990 | for (unsigned i = 0, e = Args.size(); i != e; ++i) | ||||||
991 | if (checkPlaceholderForOverload(S, Args[i], &unbridged)) | ||||||
992 | return true; | ||||||
993 | |||||||
994 | return false; | ||||||
995 | } | ||||||
996 | |||||||
997 | /// Determine whether the given New declaration is an overload of the | ||||||
998 | /// declarations in Old. This routine returns Ovl_Match or Ovl_NonFunction if | ||||||
999 | /// New and Old cannot be overloaded, e.g., if New has the same signature as | ||||||
1000 | /// some function in Old (C++ 1.3.10) or if the Old declarations aren't | ||||||
1001 | /// functions (or function templates) at all. When it does return Ovl_Match or | ||||||
1002 | /// Ovl_NonFunction, MatchedDecl will point to the decl that New cannot be | ||||||
1003 | /// overloaded with. This decl may be a UsingShadowDecl on top of the underlying | ||||||
1004 | /// declaration. | ||||||
1005 | /// | ||||||
1006 | /// Example: Given the following input: | ||||||
1007 | /// | ||||||
1008 | /// void f(int, float); // #1 | ||||||
1009 | /// void f(int, int); // #2 | ||||||
1010 | /// int f(int, int); // #3 | ||||||
1011 | /// | ||||||
1012 | /// When we process #1, there is no previous declaration of "f", so IsOverload | ||||||
1013 | /// will not be used. | ||||||
1014 | /// | ||||||
1015 | /// When we process #2, Old contains only the FunctionDecl for #1. By comparing | ||||||
1016 | /// the parameter types, we see that #1 and #2 are overloaded (since they have | ||||||
1017 | /// different signatures), so this routine returns Ovl_Overload; MatchedDecl is | ||||||
1018 | /// unchanged. | ||||||
1019 | /// | ||||||
1020 | /// When we process #3, Old is an overload set containing #1 and #2. We compare | ||||||
1021 | /// the signatures of #3 to #1 (they're overloaded, so we do nothing) and then | ||||||
1022 | /// #3 to #2. Since the signatures of #3 and #2 are identical (return types of | ||||||
1023 | /// functions are not part of the signature), IsOverload returns Ovl_Match and | ||||||
1024 | /// MatchedDecl will be set to point to the FunctionDecl for #2. | ||||||
1025 | /// | ||||||
1026 | /// 'NewIsUsingShadowDecl' indicates that 'New' is being introduced into a class | ||||||
1027 | /// by a using declaration. The rules for whether to hide shadow declarations | ||||||
1028 | /// ignore some properties which otherwise figure into a function template's | ||||||
1029 | /// signature. | ||||||
1030 | Sema::OverloadKind | ||||||
1031 | Sema::CheckOverload(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *New, const LookupResult &Old, | ||||||
1032 | NamedDecl *&Match, bool NewIsUsingDecl) { | ||||||
1033 | for (LookupResult::iterator I = Old.begin(), E = Old.end(); | ||||||
1034 | I != E; ++I) { | ||||||
1035 | NamedDecl *OldD = *I; | ||||||
1036 | |||||||
1037 | bool OldIsUsingDecl = false; | ||||||
1038 | if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) { | ||||||
1039 | OldIsUsingDecl = true; | ||||||
1040 | |||||||
1041 | // We can always introduce two using declarations into the same | ||||||
1042 | // context, even if they have identical signatures. | ||||||
1043 | if (NewIsUsingDecl) continue; | ||||||
1044 | |||||||
1045 | OldD = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)->getTargetDecl(); | ||||||
1046 | } | ||||||
1047 | |||||||
1048 | // A using-declaration does not conflict with another declaration | ||||||
1049 | // if one of them is hidden. | ||||||
1050 | if ((OldIsUsingDecl || NewIsUsingDecl) && !isVisible(*I)) | ||||||
1051 | continue; | ||||||
1052 | |||||||
1053 | // If either declaration was introduced by a using declaration, | ||||||
1054 | // we'll need to use slightly different rules for matching. | ||||||
1055 | // Essentially, these rules are the normal rules, except that | ||||||
1056 | // function templates hide function templates with different | ||||||
1057 | // return types or template parameter lists. | ||||||
1058 | bool UseMemberUsingDeclRules = | ||||||
1059 | (OldIsUsingDecl || NewIsUsingDecl) && CurContext->isRecord() && | ||||||
1060 | !New->getFriendObjectKind(); | ||||||
1061 | |||||||
1062 | if (FunctionDecl *OldF = OldD->getAsFunction()) { | ||||||
1063 | if (!IsOverload(New, OldF, UseMemberUsingDeclRules)) { | ||||||
1064 | if (UseMemberUsingDeclRules && OldIsUsingDecl) { | ||||||
1065 | HideUsingShadowDecl(S, cast<UsingShadowDecl>(*I)); | ||||||
1066 | continue; | ||||||
1067 | } | ||||||
1068 | |||||||
1069 | if (!isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldD) && | ||||||
1070 | !shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(*I, New)) | ||||||
1071 | continue; | ||||||
1072 | |||||||
1073 | Match = *I; | ||||||
1074 | return Ovl_Match; | ||||||
1075 | } | ||||||
1076 | |||||||
1077 | // Builtins that have custom typechecking or have a reference should | ||||||
1078 | // not be overloadable or redeclarable. | ||||||
1079 | if (!getASTContext().canBuiltinBeRedeclared(OldF)) { | ||||||
1080 | Match = *I; | ||||||
1081 | return Ovl_NonFunction; | ||||||
1082 | } | ||||||
1083 | } else if (isa<UsingDecl>(OldD) || isa<UsingPackDecl>(OldD)) { | ||||||
1084 | // We can overload with these, which can show up when doing | ||||||
1085 | // redeclaration checks for UsingDecls. | ||||||
1086 | assert(Old.getLookupKind() == LookupUsingDeclName)(static_cast <bool> (Old.getLookupKind() == LookupUsingDeclName ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Old.getLookupKind() == LookupUsingDeclName" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 1086, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
1087 | } else if (isa<TagDecl>(OldD)) { | ||||||
1088 | // We can always overload with tags by hiding them. | ||||||
1089 | } else if (auto *UUD = dyn_cast<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(OldD)) { | ||||||
1090 | // Optimistically assume that an unresolved using decl will | ||||||
1091 | // overload; if it doesn't, we'll have to diagnose during | ||||||
1092 | // template instantiation. | ||||||
1093 | // | ||||||
1094 | // Exception: if the scope is dependent and this is not a class | ||||||
1095 | // member, the using declaration can only introduce an enumerator. | ||||||
1096 | if (UUD->getQualifier()->isDependent() && !UUD->isCXXClassMember()) { | ||||||
1097 | Match = *I; | ||||||
1098 | return Ovl_NonFunction; | ||||||
1099 | } | ||||||
1100 | } else { | ||||||
1101 | // (C++ 13p1): | ||||||
1102 | // Only function declarations can be overloaded; object and type | ||||||
1103 | // declarations cannot be overloaded. | ||||||
1104 | Match = *I; | ||||||
1105 | return Ovl_NonFunction; | ||||||
1106 | } | ||||||
1107 | } | ||||||
1108 | |||||||
1109 | // C++ [temp.friend]p1: | ||||||
1110 | // For a friend function declaration that is not a template declaration: | ||||||
1111 | // -- if the name of the friend is a qualified or unqualified template-id, | ||||||
1112 | // [...], otherwise | ||||||
1113 | // -- if the name of the friend is a qualified-id and a matching | ||||||
1114 | // non-template function is found in the specified class or namespace, | ||||||
1115 | // the friend declaration refers to that function, otherwise, | ||||||
1116 | // -- if the name of the friend is a qualified-id and a matching function | ||||||
1117 | // template is found in the specified class or namespace, the friend | ||||||
1118 | // declaration refers to the deduced specialization of that function | ||||||
1119 | // template, otherwise | ||||||
1120 | // -- the name shall be an unqualified-id [...] | ||||||
1121 | // If we get here for a qualified friend declaration, we've just reached the | ||||||
1122 | // third bullet. If the type of the friend is dependent, skip this lookup | ||||||
1123 | // until instantiation. | ||||||
1124 | if (New->getFriendObjectKind() && New->getQualifier() && | ||||||
1125 | !New->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() && | ||||||
1126 | !New->getDependentSpecializationInfo() && | ||||||
1127 | !New->getType()->isDependentType()) { | ||||||
1128 | LookupResult TemplateSpecResult(LookupResult::Temporary, Old); | ||||||
1129 | TemplateSpecResult.addAllDecls(Old); | ||||||
1130 | if (CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(New, nullptr, TemplateSpecResult, | ||||||
1131 | /*QualifiedFriend*/true)) { | ||||||
1132 | New->setInvalidDecl(); | ||||||
1133 | return Ovl_Overload; | ||||||
1134 | } | ||||||
1135 | |||||||
1136 | Match = TemplateSpecResult.getAsSingle<FunctionDecl>(); | ||||||
1137 | return Ovl_Match; | ||||||
1138 | } | ||||||
1139 | |||||||
1140 | return Ovl_Overload; | ||||||
1141 | } | ||||||
1142 | |||||||
1143 | bool Sema::IsOverload(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, | ||||||
1144 | bool UseMemberUsingDeclRules, bool ConsiderCudaAttrs, | ||||||
1145 | bool ConsiderRequiresClauses) { | ||||||
1146 | // C++ [basic.start.main]p2: This function shall not be overloaded. | ||||||
1147 | if (New->isMain()) | ||||||
1148 | return false; | ||||||
1149 | |||||||
1150 | // MSVCRT user defined entry points cannot be overloaded. | ||||||
1151 | if (New->isMSVCRTEntryPoint()) | ||||||
1152 | return false; | ||||||
1153 | |||||||
1154 | FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplate = Old->getDescribedFunctionTemplate(); | ||||||
1155 | FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = New->getDescribedFunctionTemplate(); | ||||||
1156 | |||||||
1157 | // C++ [temp.fct]p2: | ||||||
1158 | // A function template can be overloaded with other function templates | ||||||
1159 | // and with normal (non-template) functions. | ||||||
1160 | if ((OldTemplate == nullptr) != (NewTemplate == nullptr)) | ||||||
1161 | return true; | ||||||
1162 | |||||||
1163 | // Is the function New an overload of the function Old? | ||||||
1164 | QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType()); | ||||||
1165 | QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); | ||||||
1166 | |||||||
1167 | // Compare the signatures (C++ 1.3.10) of the two functions to | ||||||
1168 | // determine whether they are overloads. If we find any mismatch | ||||||
1169 | // in the signature, they are overloads. | ||||||
1170 | |||||||
1171 | // If either of these functions is a K&R-style function (no | ||||||
1172 | // prototype), then we consider them to have matching signatures. | ||||||
1173 | if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(OldQType.getTypePtr()) || | ||||||
1174 | isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewQType.getTypePtr())) | ||||||
1175 | return false; | ||||||
1176 | |||||||
1177 | const FunctionProtoType *OldType = cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldQType); | ||||||
1178 | const FunctionProtoType *NewType = cast<FunctionProtoType>(NewQType); | ||||||
1179 | |||||||
1180 | // The signature of a function includes the types of its | ||||||
1181 | // parameters (C++ 1.3.10), which includes the presence or absence | ||||||
1182 | // of the ellipsis; see C++ DR 357). | ||||||
1183 | if (OldQType != NewQType && | ||||||
1184 | (OldType->getNumParams() != NewType->getNumParams() || | ||||||
1185 | OldType->isVariadic() != NewType->isVariadic() || | ||||||
1186 | !FunctionParamTypesAreEqual(OldType, NewType))) | ||||||
1187 | return true; | ||||||
1188 | |||||||
1189 | // C++ [temp.over.link]p4: | ||||||
1190 | // The signature of a function template consists of its function | ||||||
1191 | // signature, its return type and its template parameter list. The names | ||||||
1192 | // of the template parameters are significant only for establishing the | ||||||
1193 | // relationship between the template parameters and the rest of the | ||||||
1194 | // signature. | ||||||
1195 | // | ||||||
1196 | // We check the return type and template parameter lists for function | ||||||
1197 | // templates first; the remaining checks follow. | ||||||
1198 | // | ||||||
1199 | // However, we don't consider either of these when deciding whether | ||||||
1200 | // a member introduced by a shadow declaration is hidden. | ||||||
1201 | if (!UseMemberUsingDeclRules && NewTemplate && | ||||||
1202 | (!TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(NewTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), | ||||||
1203 | OldTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), | ||||||
1204 | false, TPL_TemplateMatch) || | ||||||
1205 | !Context.hasSameType(Old->getDeclaredReturnType(), | ||||||
1206 | New->getDeclaredReturnType()))) | ||||||
1207 | return true; | ||||||
1208 | |||||||
1209 | // If the function is a class member, its signature includes the | ||||||
1210 | // cv-qualifiers (if any) and ref-qualifier (if any) on the function itself. | ||||||
1211 | // | ||||||
1212 | // As part of this, also check whether one of the member functions | ||||||
1213 | // is static, in which case they are not overloads (C++ | ||||||
1214 | // 13.1p2). While not part of the definition of the signature, | ||||||
1215 | // this check is important to determine whether these functions | ||||||
1216 | // can be overloaded. | ||||||
1217 | CXXMethodDecl *OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old); | ||||||
1218 | CXXMethodDecl *NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New); | ||||||
1219 | if (OldMethod && NewMethod && | ||||||
1220 | !OldMethod->isStatic() && !NewMethod->isStatic()) { | ||||||
1221 | if (OldMethod->getRefQualifier() != NewMethod->getRefQualifier()) { | ||||||
1222 | if (!UseMemberUsingDeclRules && | ||||||
1223 | (OldMethod->getRefQualifier() == RQ_None || | ||||||
1224 | NewMethod->getRefQualifier() == RQ_None)) { | ||||||
1225 | // C++0x [over.load]p2: | ||||||
1226 | // - Member function declarations with the same name and the same | ||||||
1227 | // parameter-type-list as well as member function template | ||||||
1228 | // declarations with the same name, the same parameter-type-list, and | ||||||
1229 | // the same template parameter lists cannot be overloaded if any of | ||||||
1230 | // them, but not all, have a ref-qualifier (8.3.5). | ||||||
1231 | Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), diag::err_ref_qualifier_overload) | ||||||
1232 | << NewMethod->getRefQualifier() << OldMethod->getRefQualifier(); | ||||||
1233 | Diag(OldMethod->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); | ||||||
1234 | } | ||||||
1235 | return true; | ||||||
1236 | } | ||||||
1237 | |||||||
1238 | // We may not have applied the implicit const for a constexpr member | ||||||
1239 | // function yet (because we haven't yet resolved whether this is a static | ||||||
1240 | // or non-static member function). Add it now, on the assumption that this | ||||||
1241 | // is a redeclaration of OldMethod. | ||||||
1242 | auto OldQuals = OldMethod->getMethodQualifiers(); | ||||||
1243 | auto NewQuals = NewMethod->getMethodQualifiers(); | ||||||
1244 | if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && NewMethod->isConstexpr() && | ||||||
1245 | !isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewMethod)) | ||||||
1246 | NewQuals.addConst(); | ||||||
1247 | // We do not allow overloading based off of '__restrict'. | ||||||
1248 | OldQuals.removeRestrict(); | ||||||
1249 | NewQuals.removeRestrict(); | ||||||
1250 | if (OldQuals != NewQuals) | ||||||
1251 | return true; | ||||||
1252 | } | ||||||
1253 | |||||||
1254 | // Though pass_object_size is placed on parameters and takes an argument, we | ||||||
1255 | // consider it to be a function-level modifier for the sake of function | ||||||
1256 | // identity. Either the function has one or more parameters with | ||||||
1257 | // pass_object_size or it doesn't. | ||||||
1258 | if (functionHasPassObjectSizeParams(New) != | ||||||
1259 | functionHasPassObjectSizeParams(Old)) | ||||||
1260 | return true; | ||||||
1261 | |||||||
1262 | // enable_if attributes are an order-sensitive part of the signature. | ||||||
1263 | for (specific_attr_iterator<EnableIfAttr> | ||||||
1264 | NewI = New->specific_attr_begin<EnableIfAttr>(), | ||||||
1265 | NewE = New->specific_attr_end<EnableIfAttr>(), | ||||||
1266 | OldI = Old->specific_attr_begin<EnableIfAttr>(), | ||||||
1267 | OldE = Old->specific_attr_end<EnableIfAttr>(); | ||||||
1268 | NewI != NewE || OldI != OldE; ++NewI, ++OldI) { | ||||||
1269 | if (NewI == NewE || OldI == OldE) | ||||||
1270 | return true; | ||||||
1271 | llvm::FoldingSetNodeID NewID, OldID; | ||||||
1272 | NewI->getCond()->Profile(NewID, Context, true); | ||||||
1273 | OldI->getCond()->Profile(OldID, Context, true); | ||||||
1274 | if (NewID != OldID) | ||||||
1275 | return true; | ||||||
1276 | } | ||||||
1277 | |||||||
1278 | if (getLangOpts().CUDA && ConsiderCudaAttrs) { | ||||||
1279 | // Don't allow overloading of destructors. (In theory we could, but it | ||||||
1280 | // would be a giant change to clang.) | ||||||
1281 | if (!isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(New)) { | ||||||
1282 | CUDAFunctionTarget NewTarget = IdentifyCUDATarget(New), | ||||||
1283 | OldTarget = IdentifyCUDATarget(Old); | ||||||
1284 | if (NewTarget != CFT_InvalidTarget) { | ||||||
1285 | assert((OldTarget != CFT_InvalidTarget) &&(static_cast <bool> ((OldTarget != CFT_InvalidTarget) && "Unexpected invalid target.") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("(OldTarget != CFT_InvalidTarget) && \"Unexpected invalid target.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 1286, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||
1286 | "Unexpected invalid target.")(static_cast <bool> ((OldTarget != CFT_InvalidTarget) && "Unexpected invalid target.") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("(OldTarget != CFT_InvalidTarget) && \"Unexpected invalid target.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 1286, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
1287 | |||||||
1288 | // Allow overloading of functions with same signature and different CUDA | ||||||
1289 | // target attributes. | ||||||
1290 | if (NewTarget != OldTarget) | ||||||
1291 | return true; | ||||||
1292 | } | ||||||
1293 | } | ||||||
1294 | } | ||||||
1295 | |||||||
1296 | if (ConsiderRequiresClauses) { | ||||||
1297 | Expr *NewRC = New->getTrailingRequiresClause(), | ||||||
1298 | *OldRC = Old->getTrailingRequiresClause(); | ||||||
1299 | if ((NewRC != nullptr) != (OldRC != nullptr)) | ||||||
1300 | // RC are most certainly different - these are overloads. | ||||||
1301 | return true; | ||||||
1302 | |||||||
1303 | if (NewRC) { | ||||||
1304 | llvm::FoldingSetNodeID NewID, OldID; | ||||||
1305 | NewRC->Profile(NewID, Context, /*Canonical=*/true); | ||||||
1306 | OldRC->Profile(OldID, Context, /*Canonical=*/true); | ||||||
1307 | if (NewID != OldID) | ||||||
1308 | // RCs are not equivalent - these are overloads. | ||||||
1309 | return true; | ||||||
1310 | } | ||||||
1311 | } | ||||||
1312 | |||||||
1313 | // The signatures match; this is not an overload. | ||||||
1314 | return false; | ||||||
1315 | } | ||||||
1316 | |||||||
1317 | /// Tries a user-defined conversion from From to ToType. | ||||||
1318 | /// | ||||||
1319 | /// Produces an implicit conversion sequence for when a standard conversion | ||||||
1320 | /// is not an option. See TryImplicitConversion for more information. | ||||||
1321 | static ImplicitConversionSequence | ||||||
1322 | TryUserDefinedConversion(Sema &S, Expr *From, QualType ToType, | ||||||
1323 | bool SuppressUserConversions, | ||||||
1324 | AllowedExplicit AllowExplicit, | ||||||
1325 | bool InOverloadResolution, | ||||||
1326 | bool CStyle, | ||||||
1327 | bool AllowObjCWritebackConversion, | ||||||
1328 | bool AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit) { | ||||||
1329 | ImplicitConversionSequence ICS; | ||||||
1330 | |||||||
1331 | if (SuppressUserConversions) { | ||||||
1332 | // We're not in the case above, so there is no conversion that | ||||||
1333 | // we can perform. | ||||||
1334 | ICS.setBad(BadConversionSequence::no_conversion, From, ToType); | ||||||
1335 | return ICS; | ||||||
1336 | } | ||||||
1337 | |||||||
1338 | // Attempt user-defined conversion. | ||||||
1339 | OverloadCandidateSet Conversions(From->getExprLoc(), | ||||||
1340 | OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Normal); | ||||||
1341 | switch (IsUserDefinedConversion(S, From, ToType, ICS.UserDefined, | ||||||
1342 | Conversions, AllowExplicit, | ||||||
1343 | AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit)) { | ||||||
1344 | case OR_Success: | ||||||
1345 | case OR_Deleted: | ||||||
1346 | ICS.setUserDefined(); | ||||||
1347 | // C++ [over.ics.user]p4: | ||||||
1348 | // A conversion of an expression of class type to the same class | ||||||
1349 | // type is given Exact Match rank, and a conversion of an | ||||||
1350 | // expression of class type to a base class of that type is | ||||||
1351 | // given Conversion rank, in spite of the fact that a copy | ||||||
1352 | // constructor (i.e., a user-defined conversion function) is | ||||||
1353 | // called for those cases. | ||||||
1354 | if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor | ||||||
1355 | = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(ICS.UserDefined.ConversionFunction)) { | ||||||
1356 | QualType FromCanon | ||||||
1357 | = S.Context.getCanonicalType(From->getType().getUnqualifiedType()); | ||||||
1358 | QualType ToCanon | ||||||
1359 | = S.Context.getCanonicalType(ToType).getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||||
1360 | if (Constructor->isCopyConstructor() && | ||||||
1361 | (FromCanon == ToCanon || | ||||||
1362 | S.IsDerivedFrom(From->getBeginLoc(), FromCanon, ToCanon))) { | ||||||
1363 | // Turn this into a "standard" conversion sequence, so that it | ||||||
1364 | // gets ranked with standard conversion sequences. | ||||||
1365 | DeclAccessPair Found = ICS.UserDefined.FoundConversionFunction; | ||||||
1366 | ICS.setStandard(); | ||||||
1367 | ICS.Standard.setAsIdentityConversion(); | ||||||
1368 | ICS.Standard.setFromType(From->getType()); | ||||||
1369 | ICS.Standard.setAllToTypes(ToType); | ||||||
1370 | ICS.Standard.CopyConstructor = Constructor; | ||||||
1371 | ICS.Standard.FoundCopyConstructor = Found; | ||||||
1372 | if (ToCanon != FromCanon) | ||||||
1373 | ICS.Standard.Second = ICK_Derived_To_Base; | ||||||
1374 | } | ||||||
1375 | } | ||||||
1376 | break; | ||||||
1377 | |||||||
1378 | case OR_Ambiguous: | ||||||
1379 | ICS.setAmbiguous(); | ||||||
1380 | ICS.Ambiguous.setFromType(From->getType()); | ||||||
1381 | ICS.Ambiguous.setToType(ToType); | ||||||
1382 | for (OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Cand = Conversions.begin(); | ||||||
1383 | Cand != Conversions.end(); ++Cand) | ||||||
1384 | if (Cand->Best) | ||||||
1385 | ICS.Ambiguous.addConversion(Cand->FoundDecl, Cand->Function); | ||||||
1386 | break; | ||||||
1387 | |||||||
1388 | // Fall through. | ||||||
1389 | case OR_No_Viable_Function: | ||||||
1390 | ICS.setBad(BadConversionSequence::no_conversion, From, ToType); | ||||||
1391 | break; | ||||||
1392 | } | ||||||
1393 | |||||||
1394 | return ICS; | ||||||
1395 | } | ||||||
1396 | |||||||
1397 | /// TryImplicitConversion - Attempt to perform an implicit conversion | ||||||
1398 | /// from the given expression (Expr) to the given type (ToType). This | ||||||
1399 | /// function returns an implicit conversion sequence that can be used | ||||||
1400 | /// to perform the initialization. Given | ||||||
1401 | /// | ||||||
1402 | /// void f(float f); | ||||||
1403 | /// void g(int i) { f(i); } | ||||||
1404 | /// | ||||||
1405 | /// this routine would produce an implicit conversion sequence to | ||||||
1406 | /// describe the initialization of f from i, which will be a standard | ||||||
1407 | /// conversion sequence containing an lvalue-to-rvalue conversion (C++ | ||||||
1408 | /// 4.1) followed by a floating-integral conversion (C++ 4.9). | ||||||
1409 | // | ||||||
1410 | /// Note that this routine only determines how the conversion can be | ||||||
1411 | /// performed; it does not actually perform the conversion. As such, | ||||||
1412 | /// it will not produce any diagnostics if no conversion is available, | ||||||
1413 | /// but will instead return an implicit conversion sequence of kind | ||||||
1414 | /// "BadConversion". | ||||||
1415 | /// | ||||||
1416 | /// If @p SuppressUserConversions, then user-defined conversions are | ||||||
1417 | /// not permitted. | ||||||
1418 | /// If @p AllowExplicit, then explicit user-defined conversions are | ||||||
1419 | /// permitted. | ||||||
1420 | /// | ||||||
1421 | /// \param AllowObjCWritebackConversion Whether we allow the Objective-C | ||||||
1422 | /// writeback conversion, which allows __autoreleasing id* parameters to | ||||||
1423 | /// be initialized with __strong id* or __weak id* arguments. | ||||||
1424 | static ImplicitConversionSequence | ||||||
1425 | TryImplicitConversion(Sema &S, Expr *From, QualType ToType, | ||||||
1426 | bool SuppressUserConversions, | ||||||
1427 | AllowedExplicit AllowExplicit, | ||||||
1428 | bool InOverloadResolution, | ||||||
1429 | bool CStyle, | ||||||
1430 | bool AllowObjCWritebackConversion, | ||||||
1431 | bool AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit) { | ||||||
1432 | ImplicitConversionSequence ICS; | ||||||
1433 | if (IsStandardConversion(S, From, ToType, InOverloadResolution, | ||||||
1434 | ICS.Standard, CStyle, AllowObjCWritebackConversion)){ | ||||||
1435 | ICS.setStandard(); | ||||||
1436 | return ICS; | ||||||
1437 | } | ||||||
1438 | |||||||
1439 | if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { | ||||||
1440 | ICS.setBad(BadConversionSequence::no_conversion, From, ToType); | ||||||
1441 | return ICS; | ||||||
1442 | } | ||||||
1443 | |||||||
1444 | // C++ [over.ics.user]p4: | ||||||
1445 | // A conversion of an expression of class type to the same class | ||||||
1446 | // type is given Exact Match rank, and a conversion of an | ||||||
1447 | // expression of class type to a base class of that type is | ||||||
1448 | // given Conversion rank, in spite of the fact that a copy/move | ||||||
1449 | // constructor (i.e., a user-defined conversion function) is | ||||||
1450 | // called for those cases. | ||||||
1451 | QualType FromType = From->getType(); | ||||||
1452 | if (ToType->getAs<RecordType>() && FromType->getAs<RecordType>() && | ||||||
1453 | (S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromType, ToType) || | ||||||
1454 | S.IsDerivedFrom(From->getBeginLoc(), FromType, ToType))) { | ||||||
1455 | ICS.setStandard(); | ||||||
1456 | ICS.Standard.setAsIdentityConversion(); | ||||||
1457 | ICS.Standard.setFromType(FromType); | ||||||
1458 | ICS.Standard.setAllToTypes(ToType); | ||||||
1459 | |||||||
1460 | // We don't actually check at this point whether there is a valid | ||||||
1461 | // copy/move constructor, since overloading just assumes that it | ||||||
1462 | // exists. When we actually perform initialization, we'll find the | ||||||
1463 | // appropriate constructor to copy the returned object, if needed. | ||||||
1464 | ICS.Standard.CopyConstructor = nullptr; | ||||||
1465 | |||||||
1466 | // Determine whether this is considered a derived-to-base conversion. | ||||||
1467 | if (!S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromType, ToType)) | ||||||
1468 | ICS.Standard.Second = ICK_Derived_To_Base; | ||||||
1469 | |||||||
1470 | return ICS; | ||||||
1471 | } | ||||||
1472 | |||||||
1473 | return TryUserDefinedConversion(S, From, ToType, SuppressUserConversions, | ||||||
1474 | AllowExplicit, InOverloadResolution, CStyle, | ||||||
1475 | AllowObjCWritebackConversion, | ||||||
1476 | AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit); | ||||||
1477 | } | ||||||
1478 | |||||||
1479 | ImplicitConversionSequence | ||||||
1480 | Sema::TryImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, | ||||||
1481 | bool SuppressUserConversions, | ||||||
1482 | AllowedExplicit AllowExplicit, | ||||||
1483 | bool InOverloadResolution, | ||||||
1484 | bool CStyle, | ||||||
1485 | bool AllowObjCWritebackConversion) { | ||||||
1486 | return ::TryImplicitConversion(*this, From, ToType, SuppressUserConversions, | ||||||
1487 | AllowExplicit, InOverloadResolution, CStyle, | ||||||
1488 | AllowObjCWritebackConversion, | ||||||
1489 | /*AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit=*/false); | ||||||
1490 | } | ||||||
1491 | |||||||
1492 | /// PerformImplicitConversion - Perform an implicit conversion of the | ||||||
1493 | /// expression From to the type ToType. Returns the | ||||||
1494 | /// converted expression. Flavor is the kind of conversion we're | ||||||
1495 | /// performing, used in the error message. If @p AllowExplicit, | ||||||
1496 | /// explicit user-defined conversions are permitted. | ||||||
1497 | ExprResult Sema::PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, | ||||||
1498 | AssignmentAction Action, | ||||||
1499 | bool AllowExplicit) { | ||||||
1500 | if (checkPlaceholderForOverload(*this, From)) | ||||||
1501 | return ExprError(); | ||||||
1502 | |||||||
1503 | // Objective-C ARC: Determine whether we will allow the writeback conversion. | ||||||
1504 | bool AllowObjCWritebackConversion | ||||||
1505 | = getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && | ||||||
1506 | (Action == AA_Passing || Action == AA_Sending); | ||||||
1507 | if (getLangOpts().ObjC) | ||||||
1508 | CheckObjCBridgeRelatedConversions(From->getBeginLoc(), ToType, | ||||||
1509 | From->getType(), From); | ||||||
1510 | ImplicitConversionSequence ICS = ::TryImplicitConversion( | ||||||
1511 | *this, From, ToType, | ||||||
1512 | /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false, | ||||||
1513 | AllowExplicit ? AllowedExplicit::All : AllowedExplicit::None, | ||||||
1514 | /*InOverloadResolution=*/false, | ||||||
1515 | /*CStyle=*/false, AllowObjCWritebackConversion, | ||||||
1516 | /*AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit=*/false); | ||||||
1517 | return PerformImplicitConversion(From, ToType, ICS, Action); | ||||||
1518 | } | ||||||
1519 | |||||||
1520 | /// Determine whether the conversion from FromType to ToType is a valid | ||||||
1521 | /// conversion that strips "noexcept" or "noreturn" off the nested function | ||||||
1522 | /// type. | ||||||
1523 | bool Sema::IsFunctionConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, | ||||||
1524 | QualType &ResultTy) { | ||||||
1525 | if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromType, ToType)) | ||||||
1526 | return false; | ||||||
1527 | |||||||
1528 | // Permit the conversion F(t __attribute__((noreturn))) -> F(t) | ||||||
1529 | // or F(t noexcept) -> F(t) | ||||||
1530 | // where F adds one of the following at most once: | ||||||
1531 | // - a pointer | ||||||
1532 | // - a member pointer | ||||||
1533 | // - a block pointer | ||||||
1534 | // Changes here need matching changes in FindCompositePointerType. | ||||||
1535 | CanQualType CanTo = Context.getCanonicalType(ToType); | ||||||
1536 | CanQualType CanFrom = Context.getCanonicalType(FromType); | ||||||
1537 | Type::TypeClass TyClass = CanTo->getTypeClass(); | ||||||
1538 | if (TyClass != CanFrom->getTypeClass()) return false; | ||||||
1539 | if (TyClass != Type::FunctionProto && TyClass != Type::FunctionNoProto) { | ||||||
1540 | if (TyClass == Type::Pointer) { | ||||||
1541 | CanTo = CanTo.castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); | ||||||
1542 | CanFrom = CanFrom.castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); | ||||||
1543 | } else if (TyClass == Type::BlockPointer) { | ||||||
1544 | CanTo = CanTo.castAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); | ||||||
1545 | CanFrom = CanFrom.castAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); | ||||||
1546 | } else if (TyClass == Type::MemberPointer) { | ||||||
1547 | auto ToMPT = CanTo.castAs<MemberPointerType>(); | ||||||
1548 | auto FromMPT = CanFrom.castAs<MemberPointerType>(); | ||||||
1549 | // A function pointer conversion cannot change the class of the function. | ||||||
1550 | if (ToMPT->getClass() != FromMPT->getClass()) | ||||||
1551 | return false; | ||||||
1552 | CanTo = ToMPT->getPointeeType(); | ||||||
1553 | CanFrom = FromMPT->getPointeeType(); | ||||||
1554 | } else { | ||||||
1555 | return false; | ||||||
1556 | } | ||||||
1557 | |||||||
1558 | TyClass = CanTo->getTypeClass(); | ||||||
1559 | if (TyClass != CanFrom->getTypeClass()) return false; | ||||||
1560 | if (TyClass != Type::FunctionProto && TyClass != Type::FunctionNoProto) | ||||||
1561 | return false; | ||||||
1562 | } | ||||||
1563 | |||||||
1564 | const auto *FromFn = cast<FunctionType>(CanFrom); | ||||||
1565 | FunctionType::ExtInfo FromEInfo = FromFn->getExtInfo(); | ||||||
1566 | |||||||
1567 | const auto *ToFn = cast<FunctionType>(CanTo); | ||||||
1568 | FunctionType::ExtInfo ToEInfo = ToFn->getExtInfo(); | ||||||
1569 | |||||||
1570 | bool Changed = false; | ||||||
1571 | |||||||
1572 | // Drop 'noreturn' if not present in target type. | ||||||
1573 | if (FromEInfo.getNoReturn() && !ToEInfo.getNoReturn()) { | ||||||
1574 | FromFn = Context.adjustFunctionType(FromFn, FromEInfo.withNoReturn(false)); | ||||||
1575 | Changed = true; | ||||||
1576 | } | ||||||
1577 | |||||||
1578 | // Drop 'noexcept' if not present in target type. | ||||||
1579 | if (const auto *FromFPT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FromFn)) { | ||||||
1580 | const auto *ToFPT = cast<FunctionProtoType>(ToFn); | ||||||
1581 | if (FromFPT->isNothrow() && !ToFPT->isNothrow()) { | ||||||
1582 | FromFn = cast<FunctionType>( | ||||||
1583 | Context.getFunctionTypeWithExceptionSpec(QualType(FromFPT, 0), | ||||||
1584 | EST_None) | ||||||
1585 | .getTypePtr()); | ||||||
1586 | Changed = true; | ||||||
1587 | } | ||||||
1588 | |||||||
1589 | // Convert FromFPT's ExtParameterInfo if necessary. The conversion is valid | ||||||
1590 | // only if the ExtParameterInfo lists of the two function prototypes can be | ||||||
1591 | // merged and the merged list is identical to ToFPT's ExtParameterInfo list. | ||||||
1592 | SmallVector<FunctionProtoType::ExtParameterInfo, 4> NewParamInfos; | ||||||
1593 | bool CanUseToFPT, CanUseFromFPT; | ||||||
1594 | if (Context.mergeExtParameterInfo(ToFPT, FromFPT, CanUseToFPT, | ||||||
1595 | CanUseFromFPT, NewParamInfos) && | ||||||
1596 | CanUseToFPT && !CanUseFromFPT) { | ||||||
1597 | FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo ExtInfo = FromFPT->getExtProtoInfo(); | ||||||
1598 | ExtInfo.ExtParameterInfos = | ||||||
1599 | NewParamInfos.empty() ? nullptr : NewParamInfos.data(); | ||||||
1600 | QualType QT = Context.getFunctionType(FromFPT->getReturnType(), | ||||||
1601 | FromFPT->getParamTypes(), ExtInfo); | ||||||
1602 | FromFn = QT->getAs<FunctionType>(); | ||||||
1603 | Changed = true; | ||||||
1604 | } | ||||||
1605 | } | ||||||
1606 | |||||||
1607 | if (!Changed) | ||||||
1608 | return false; | ||||||
1609 | |||||||
1610 | assert(QualType(FromFn, 0).isCanonical())(static_cast <bool> (QualType(FromFn, 0).isCanonical()) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("QualType(FromFn, 0).isCanonical()" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 1610, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
1611 | if (QualType(FromFn, 0) != CanTo) return false; | ||||||
1612 | |||||||
1613 | ResultTy = ToType; | ||||||
1614 | return true; | ||||||
1615 | } | ||||||
1616 | |||||||
1617 | /// Determine whether the conversion from FromType to ToType is a valid | ||||||
1618 | /// vector conversion. | ||||||
1619 | /// | ||||||
1620 | /// \param ICK Will be set to the vector conversion kind, if this is a vector | ||||||
1621 | /// conversion. | ||||||
1622 | static bool IsVectorConversion(Sema &S, QualType FromType, | ||||||
1623 | QualType ToType, ImplicitConversionKind &ICK) { | ||||||
1624 | // We need at least one of these types to be a vector type to have a vector | ||||||
1625 | // conversion. | ||||||
1626 | if (!ToType->isVectorType() && !FromType->isVectorType()) | ||||||
1627 | return false; | ||||||
1628 | |||||||
1629 | // Identical types require no conversions. | ||||||
1630 | if (S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromType, ToType)) | ||||||
1631 | return false; | ||||||
1632 | |||||||
1633 | // There are no conversions between extended vector types, only identity. | ||||||
1634 | if (ToType->isExtVectorType()) { | ||||||
1635 | // There are no conversions between extended vector types other than the | ||||||
1636 | // identity conversion. | ||||||
1637 | if (FromType->isExtVectorType()) | ||||||
1638 | return false; | ||||||
1639 | |||||||
1640 | // Vector splat from any arithmetic type to a vector. | ||||||
1641 | if (FromType->isArithmeticType()) { | ||||||
1642 | ICK = ICK_Vector_Splat; | ||||||
1643 | return true; | ||||||
1644 | } | ||||||
1645 | } | ||||||
1646 | |||||||
1647 | if (ToType->isSizelessBuiltinType() || FromType->isSizelessBuiltinType()) | ||||||
1648 | if (S.Context.areCompatibleSveTypes(FromType, ToType) || | ||||||
1649 | S.Context.areLaxCompatibleSveTypes(FromType, ToType)) { | ||||||
1650 | ICK = ICK_SVE_Vector_Conversion; | ||||||
1651 | return true; | ||||||
1652 | } | ||||||
1653 | |||||||
1654 | // We can perform the conversion between vector types in the following cases: | ||||||
1655 | // 1)vector types are equivalent AltiVec and GCC vector types | ||||||
1656 | // 2)lax vector conversions are permitted and the vector types are of the | ||||||
1657 | // same size | ||||||
1658 | // 3)the destination type does not have the ARM MVE strict-polymorphism | ||||||
1659 | // attribute, which inhibits lax vector conversion for overload resolution | ||||||
1660 | // only | ||||||
1661 | if (ToType->isVectorType() && FromType->isVectorType()) { | ||||||
1662 | if (S.Context.areCompatibleVectorTypes(FromType, ToType) || | ||||||
1663 | (S.isLaxVectorConversion(FromType, ToType) && | ||||||
1664 | !ToType->hasAttr(attr::ArmMveStrictPolymorphism))) { | ||||||
1665 | ICK = ICK_Vector_Conversion; | ||||||
1666 | return true; | ||||||
1667 | } | ||||||
1668 | } | ||||||
1669 | |||||||
1670 | return false; | ||||||
1671 | } | ||||||
1672 | |||||||
1673 | static bool tryAtomicConversion(Sema &S, Expr *From, QualType ToType, | ||||||
1674 | bool InOverloadResolution, | ||||||
1675 | StandardConversionSequence &SCS, | ||||||
1676 | bool CStyle); | ||||||
1677 | |||||||
1678 | /// IsStandardConversion - Determines whether there is a standard | ||||||
1679 | /// conversion sequence (C++ [conv], C++ [over.ics.scs]) from the | ||||||
1680 | /// expression From to the type ToType. Standard conversion sequences | ||||||
1681 | /// only consider non-class types; for conversions that involve class | ||||||
1682 | /// types, use TryImplicitConversion. If a conversion exists, SCS will | ||||||
1683 | /// contain the standard conversion sequence required to perform this | ||||||
1684 | /// conversion and this routine will return true. Otherwise, this | ||||||
1685 | /// routine will return false and the value of SCS is unspecified. | ||||||
1686 | static bool IsStandardConversion(Sema &S, Expr* From, QualType ToType, | ||||||
1687 | bool InOverloadResolution, | ||||||
1688 | StandardConversionSequence &SCS, | ||||||
1689 | bool CStyle, | ||||||
1690 | bool AllowObjCWritebackConversion) { | ||||||
1691 | QualType FromType = From->getType(); | ||||||
1692 | |||||||
1693 | // Standard conversions (C++ [conv]) | ||||||
1694 | SCS.setAsIdentityConversion(); | ||||||
1695 | SCS.IncompatibleObjC = false; | ||||||
1696 | SCS.setFromType(FromType); | ||||||
1697 | SCS.CopyConstructor = nullptr; | ||||||
1698 | |||||||
1699 | // There are no standard conversions for class types in C++, so | ||||||
1700 | // abort early. When overloading in C, however, we do permit them. | ||||||
1701 | if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && | ||||||
| |||||||
1702 | (FromType->isRecordType() || ToType->isRecordType())) | ||||||
1703 | return false; | ||||||
1704 | |||||||
1705 | // The first conversion can be an lvalue-to-rvalue conversion, | ||||||
1706 | // array-to-pointer conversion, or function-to-pointer conversion | ||||||
1707 | // (C++ 4p1). | ||||||
1708 | |||||||
1709 | if (FromType == S.Context.OverloadTy) { | ||||||
1710 | DeclAccessPair AccessPair; | ||||||
1711 | if (FunctionDecl *Fn | ||||||
1712 | = S.ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction(From, ToType, false, | ||||||
1713 | AccessPair)) { | ||||||
1714 | // We were able to resolve the address of the overloaded function, | ||||||
1715 | // so we can convert to the type of that function. | ||||||
1716 | FromType = Fn->getType(); | ||||||
1717 | SCS.setFromType(FromType); | ||||||
1718 | |||||||
1719 | // we can sometimes resolve &foo<int> regardless of ToType, so check | ||||||
1720 | // if the type matches (identity) or we are converting to bool | ||||||
1721 | if (!S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType( | ||||||
1722 | S.ExtractUnqualifiedFunctionType(ToType), FromType)) { | ||||||
1723 | QualType resultTy; | ||||||
1724 | // if the function type matches except for [[noreturn]], it's ok | ||||||
1725 | if (!S.IsFunctionConversion(FromType, | ||||||
1726 | S.ExtractUnqualifiedFunctionType(ToType), resultTy)) | ||||||
1727 | // otherwise, only a boolean conversion is standard | ||||||
1728 | if (!ToType->isBooleanType()) | ||||||
1729 | return false; | ||||||
1730 | } | ||||||
1731 | |||||||
1732 | // Check if the "from" expression is taking the address of an overloaded | ||||||
1733 | // function and recompute the FromType accordingly. Take advantage of the | ||||||
1734 | // fact that non-static member functions *must* have such an address-of | ||||||
1735 | // expression. | ||||||
1736 | CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Fn); | ||||||
1737 | if (Method && !Method->isStatic()) { | ||||||
1738 | assert(isa<UnaryOperator>(From->IgnoreParens()) &&(static_cast <bool> (isa<UnaryOperator>(From-> IgnoreParens()) && "Non-unary operator on non-static member address" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<UnaryOperator>(From->IgnoreParens()) && \"Non-unary operator on non-static member address\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 1739, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||
1739 | "Non-unary operator on non-static member address")(static_cast <bool> (isa<UnaryOperator>(From-> IgnoreParens()) && "Non-unary operator on non-static member address" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<UnaryOperator>(From->IgnoreParens()) && \"Non-unary operator on non-static member address\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 1739, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
1740 | assert(cast<UnaryOperator>(From->IgnoreParens())->getOpcode()(static_cast <bool> (cast<UnaryOperator>(From-> IgnoreParens())->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && "Non-address-of operator on non-static member address" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("cast<UnaryOperator>(From->IgnoreParens())->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && \"Non-address-of operator on non-static member address\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 1742, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||
1741 | == UO_AddrOf &&(static_cast <bool> (cast<UnaryOperator>(From-> IgnoreParens())->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && "Non-address-of operator on non-static member address" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("cast<UnaryOperator>(From->IgnoreParens())->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && \"Non-address-of operator on non-static member address\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 1742, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||
1742 | "Non-address-of operator on non-static member address")(static_cast <bool> (cast<UnaryOperator>(From-> IgnoreParens())->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && "Non-address-of operator on non-static member address" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("cast<UnaryOperator>(From->IgnoreParens())->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && \"Non-address-of operator on non-static member address\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 1742, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
1743 | const Type *ClassType | ||||||
1744 | = S.Context.getTypeDeclType(Method->getParent()).getTypePtr(); | ||||||
1745 | FromType = S.Context.getMemberPointerType(FromType, ClassType); | ||||||
1746 | } else if (isa<UnaryOperator>(From->IgnoreParens())) { | ||||||
1747 | assert(cast<UnaryOperator>(From->IgnoreParens())->getOpcode() ==(static_cast <bool> (cast<UnaryOperator>(From-> IgnoreParens())->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && "Non-address-of operator for overloaded function expression" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("cast<UnaryOperator>(From->IgnoreParens())->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && \"Non-address-of operator for overloaded function expression\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 1749, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||
1748 | UO_AddrOf &&(static_cast <bool> (cast<UnaryOperator>(From-> IgnoreParens())->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && "Non-address-of operator for overloaded function expression" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("cast<UnaryOperator>(From->IgnoreParens())->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && \"Non-address-of operator for overloaded function expression\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 1749, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||
1749 | "Non-address-of operator for overloaded function expression")(static_cast <bool> (cast<UnaryOperator>(From-> IgnoreParens())->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && "Non-address-of operator for overloaded function expression" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("cast<UnaryOperator>(From->IgnoreParens())->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && \"Non-address-of operator for overloaded function expression\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 1749, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
1750 | FromType = S.Context.getPointerType(FromType); | ||||||
1751 | } | ||||||
1752 | |||||||
1753 | // Check that we've computed the proper type after overload resolution. | ||||||
1754 | // FIXME: FixOverloadedFunctionReference has side-effects; we shouldn't | ||||||
1755 | // be calling it from within an NDEBUG block. | ||||||
1756 | assert(S.Context.hasSameType((static_cast <bool> (S.Context.hasSameType( FromType, S .FixOverloadedFunctionReference(From, AccessPair, Fn)->getType ())) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("S.Context.hasSameType( FromType, S.FixOverloadedFunctionReference(From, AccessPair, Fn)->getType())" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 1758, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||
1757 | FromType,(static_cast <bool> (S.Context.hasSameType( FromType, S .FixOverloadedFunctionReference(From, AccessPair, Fn)->getType ())) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("S.Context.hasSameType( FromType, S.FixOverloadedFunctionReference(From, AccessPair, Fn)->getType())" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 1758, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||
1758 | S.FixOverloadedFunctionReference(From, AccessPair, Fn)->getType()))(static_cast <bool> (S.Context.hasSameType( FromType, S .FixOverloadedFunctionReference(From, AccessPair, Fn)->getType ())) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("S.Context.hasSameType( FromType, S.FixOverloadedFunctionReference(From, AccessPair, Fn)->getType())" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 1758, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
1759 | } else { | ||||||
1760 | return false; | ||||||
1761 | } | ||||||
1762 | } | ||||||
1763 | // Lvalue-to-rvalue conversion (C++11 4.1): | ||||||
1764 | // A glvalue (3.10) of a non-function, non-array type T can | ||||||
1765 | // be converted to a prvalue. | ||||||
1766 | bool argIsLValue = From->isGLValue(); | ||||||
1767 | if (argIsLValue
| ||||||
1768 | !FromType->isFunctionType() && !FromType->isArrayType() && | ||||||
1769 | S.Context.getCanonicalType(FromType) != S.Context.OverloadTy) { | ||||||
1770 | SCS.First = ICK_Lvalue_To_Rvalue; | ||||||
1771 | |||||||
1772 | // C11 6.3.2.1p2: | ||||||
1773 | // ... if the lvalue has atomic type, the value has the non-atomic version | ||||||
1774 | // of the type of the lvalue ... | ||||||
1775 | if (const AtomicType *Atomic = FromType->getAs<AtomicType>()) | ||||||
1776 | FromType = Atomic->getValueType(); | ||||||
1777 | |||||||
1778 | // If T is a non-class type, the type of the rvalue is the | ||||||
1779 | // cv-unqualified version of T. Otherwise, the type of the rvalue | ||||||
1780 | // is T (C++ 4.1p1). C++ can't get here with class types; in C, we | ||||||
1781 | // just strip the qualifiers because they don't matter. | ||||||
1782 | FromType = FromType.getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||||
1783 | } else if (FromType->isArrayType()) { | ||||||
1784 | // Array-to-pointer conversion (C++ 4.2) | ||||||
1785 | SCS.First = ICK_Array_To_Pointer; | ||||||
1786 | |||||||
1787 | // An lvalue or rvalue of type "array of N T" or "array of unknown | ||||||
1788 | // bound of T" can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to | ||||||
1789 | // T" (C++ 4.2p1). | ||||||
1790 | FromType = S.Context.getArrayDecayedType(FromType); | ||||||
1791 | |||||||
1792 | if (S.IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(From, ToType)) { | ||||||
1793 | // This conversion is deprecated in C++03 (D.4) | ||||||
1794 | SCS.DeprecatedStringLiteralToCharPtr = true; | ||||||
1795 | |||||||
1796 | // For the purpose of ranking in overload resolution | ||||||
1797 | // (13.3.3.1.1), this conversion is considered an | ||||||
1798 | // array-to-pointer conversion followed by a qualification | ||||||
1799 | // conversion (4.4). (C++ 4.2p2) | ||||||
1800 | SCS.Second = ICK_Identity; | ||||||
1801 | SCS.Third = ICK_Qualification; | ||||||
1802 | SCS.QualificationIncludesObjCLifetime = false; | ||||||
1803 | SCS.setAllToTypes(FromType); | ||||||
1804 | return true; | ||||||
1805 | } | ||||||
1806 | } else if (FromType->isFunctionType() && argIsLValue) { | ||||||
1807 | // Function-to-pointer conversion (C++ 4.3). | ||||||
1808 | SCS.First = ICK_Function_To_Pointer; | ||||||
1809 | |||||||
1810 | if (auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(From->IgnoreParenCasts())) | ||||||
1811 | if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(DRE->getDecl())) | ||||||
1812 | if (!S.checkAddressOfFunctionIsAvailable(FD)) | ||||||
1813 | return false; | ||||||
1814 | |||||||
1815 | // An lvalue of function type T can be converted to an rvalue of | ||||||
1816 | // type "pointer to T." The result is a pointer to the | ||||||
1817 | // function. (C++ 4.3p1). | ||||||
1818 | FromType = S.Context.getPointerType(FromType); | ||||||
1819 | } else { | ||||||
1820 | // We don't require any conversions for the first step. | ||||||
1821 | SCS.First = ICK_Identity; | ||||||
1822 | } | ||||||
1823 | SCS.setToType(0, FromType); | ||||||
1824 | |||||||
1825 | // The second conversion can be an integral promotion, floating | ||||||
1826 | // point promotion, integral conversion, floating point conversion, | ||||||
1827 | // floating-integral conversion, pointer conversion, | ||||||
1828 | // pointer-to-member conversion, or boolean conversion (C++ 4p1). | ||||||
1829 | // For overloading in C, this can also be a "compatible-type" | ||||||
1830 | // conversion. | ||||||
1831 | bool IncompatibleObjC = false; | ||||||
1832 | ImplicitConversionKind SecondICK = ICK_Identity; | ||||||
1833 | if (S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromType, ToType)) { | ||||||
1834 | // The unqualified versions of the types are the same: there's no | ||||||
1835 | // conversion to do. | ||||||
1836 | SCS.Second = ICK_Identity; | ||||||
1837 | } else if (S.IsIntegralPromotion(From, FromType, ToType)) { | ||||||
1838 | // Integral promotion (C++ 4.5). | ||||||
1839 | SCS.Second = ICK_Integral_Promotion; | ||||||
1840 | FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||||
1841 | } else if (S.IsFloatingPointPromotion(FromType, ToType)) { | ||||||
1842 | // Floating point promotion (C++ 4.6). | ||||||
1843 | SCS.Second = ICK_Floating_Promotion; | ||||||
1844 | FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||||
1845 | } else if (S.IsComplexPromotion(FromType, ToType)) { | ||||||
1846 | // Complex promotion (Clang extension) | ||||||
1847 | SCS.Second = ICK_Complex_Promotion; | ||||||
1848 | FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||||
1849 | } else if (ToType->isBooleanType() && | ||||||
1850 | (FromType->isArithmeticType() || | ||||||
1851 | FromType->isAnyPointerType() || | ||||||
1852 | FromType->isBlockPointerType() || | ||||||
1853 | FromType->isMemberPointerType())) { | ||||||
1854 | // Boolean conversions (C++ 4.12). | ||||||
1855 | SCS.Second = ICK_Boolean_Conversion; | ||||||
1856 | FromType = S.Context.BoolTy; | ||||||
1857 | } else if (FromType->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType() && | ||||||
1858 | ToType->isIntegralType(S.Context)) { | ||||||
1859 | // Integral conversions (C++ 4.7). | ||||||
1860 | SCS.Second = ICK_Integral_Conversion; | ||||||
1861 | FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||||
1862 | } else if (FromType->isAnyComplexType() && ToType->isAnyComplexType()) { | ||||||
1863 | // Complex conversions (C99 6.3.1.6) | ||||||
1864 | SCS.Second = ICK_Complex_Conversion; | ||||||
1865 | FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||||
1866 | } else if ((FromType->isAnyComplexType() && ToType->isArithmeticType()) || | ||||||
1867 | (ToType->isAnyComplexType() && FromType->isArithmeticType())) { | ||||||
1868 | // Complex-real conversions (C99 6.3.1.7) | ||||||
1869 | SCS.Second = ICK_Complex_Real; | ||||||
1870 | FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||||
1871 | } else if (FromType->isRealFloatingType() && ToType->isRealFloatingType()) { | ||||||
1872 | // FIXME: disable conversions between long double and __float128 if | ||||||
1873 | // their representation is different until there is back end support | ||||||
1874 | // We of course allow this conversion if long double is really double. | ||||||
1875 | |||||||
1876 | // Conversions between bfloat and other floats are not permitted. | ||||||
1877 | if (FromType == S.Context.BFloat16Ty || ToType == S.Context.BFloat16Ty) | ||||||
1878 | return false; | ||||||
1879 | if (&S.Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(FromType) != | ||||||
1880 | &S.Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(ToType)) { | ||||||
1881 | bool Float128AndLongDouble = ((FromType == S.Context.Float128Ty && | ||||||
1882 | ToType == S.Context.LongDoubleTy) || | ||||||
1883 | (FromType == S.Context.LongDoubleTy && | ||||||
1884 | ToType == S.Context.Float128Ty)); | ||||||
1885 | if (Float128AndLongDouble && | ||||||
1886 | (&S.Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(S.Context.LongDoubleTy) == | ||||||
1887 | &llvm::APFloat::PPCDoubleDouble())) | ||||||
1888 | return false; | ||||||
1889 | } | ||||||
1890 | // Floating point conversions (C++ 4.8). | ||||||
1891 | SCS.Second = ICK_Floating_Conversion; | ||||||
1892 | FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||||
1893 | } else if ((FromType->isRealFloatingType() && | ||||||
1894 | ToType->isIntegralType(S.Context)) || | ||||||
1895 | (FromType->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType() && | ||||||
1896 | ToType->isRealFloatingType())) { | ||||||
1897 | // Conversions between bfloat and int are not permitted. | ||||||
1898 | if (FromType->isBFloat16Type() || ToType->isBFloat16Type()) | ||||||
1899 | return false; | ||||||
1900 | |||||||
1901 | // Floating-integral conversions (C++ 4.9). | ||||||
1902 | SCS.Second = ICK_Floating_Integral; | ||||||
1903 | FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||||
1904 | } else if (S.IsBlockPointerConversion(FromType, ToType, FromType)) { | ||||||
1905 | SCS.Second = ICK_Block_Pointer_Conversion; | ||||||
1906 | } else if (AllowObjCWritebackConversion && | ||||||
1907 | S.isObjCWritebackConversion(FromType, ToType, FromType)) { | ||||||
1908 | SCS.Second = ICK_Writeback_Conversion; | ||||||
1909 | } else if (S.IsPointerConversion(From, FromType, ToType, InOverloadResolution, | ||||||
1910 | FromType, IncompatibleObjC)) { | ||||||
1911 | // Pointer conversions (C++ 4.10). | ||||||
1912 | SCS.Second = ICK_Pointer_Conversion; | ||||||
1913 | SCS.IncompatibleObjC = IncompatibleObjC; | ||||||
1914 | FromType = FromType.getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||||
1915 | } else if (S.IsMemberPointerConversion(From, FromType, ToType, | ||||||
1916 | InOverloadResolution, FromType)) { | ||||||
1917 | // Pointer to member conversions (4.11). | ||||||
1918 | SCS.Second = ICK_Pointer_Member; | ||||||
1919 | } else if (IsVectorConversion(S, FromType, ToType, SecondICK)) { | ||||||
1920 | SCS.Second = SecondICK; | ||||||
1921 | FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||||
1922 | } else if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && | ||||||
1923 | S.Context.typesAreCompatible(ToType, FromType)) { | ||||||
1924 | // Compatible conversions (Clang extension for C function overloading) | ||||||
1925 | SCS.Second = ICK_Compatible_Conversion; | ||||||
1926 | FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||||
1927 | } else if (IsTransparentUnionStandardConversion(S, From, ToType, | ||||||
1928 | InOverloadResolution, | ||||||
1929 | SCS, CStyle)) { | ||||||
1930 | SCS.Second = ICK_TransparentUnionConversion; | ||||||
1931 | FromType = ToType; | ||||||
1932 | } else if (tryAtomicConversion(S, From, ToType, InOverloadResolution, SCS, | ||||||
1933 | CStyle)) { | ||||||
1934 | // tryAtomicConversion has updated the standard conversion sequence | ||||||
1935 | // appropriately. | ||||||
1936 | return true; | ||||||
1937 | } else if (ToType->isEventT() && | ||||||
1938 | From->isIntegerConstantExpr(S.getASTContext()) && | ||||||
1939 | From->EvaluateKnownConstInt(S.getASTContext()) == 0) { | ||||||
1940 | SCS.Second = ICK_Zero_Event_Conversion; | ||||||
1941 | FromType = ToType; | ||||||
1942 | } else if (ToType->isQueueT() && | ||||||
1943 | From->isIntegerConstantExpr(S.getASTContext()) && | ||||||
1944 | (From->EvaluateKnownConstInt(S.getASTContext()) == 0)) { | ||||||
1945 | SCS.Second = ICK_Zero_Queue_Conversion; | ||||||
1946 | FromType = ToType; | ||||||
1947 | } else if (ToType->isSamplerT() && | ||||||
1948 | From->isIntegerConstantExpr(S.getASTContext())) { | ||||||
1949 | SCS.Second = ICK_Compatible_Conversion; | ||||||
1950 | FromType = ToType; | ||||||
1951 | } else { | ||||||
1952 | // No second conversion required. | ||||||
1953 | SCS.Second = ICK_Identity; | ||||||
1954 | } | ||||||
1955 | SCS.setToType(1, FromType); | ||||||
1956 | |||||||
1957 | // The third conversion can be a function pointer conversion or a | ||||||
1958 | // qualification conversion (C++ [conv.fctptr], [conv.qual]). | ||||||
1959 | bool ObjCLifetimeConversion; | ||||||
1960 | if (S.IsFunctionConversion(FromType, ToType, FromType)) { | ||||||
1961 | // Function pointer conversions (removing 'noexcept') including removal of | ||||||
1962 | // 'noreturn' (Clang extension). | ||||||
1963 | SCS.Third = ICK_Function_Conversion; | ||||||
1964 | } else if (S.IsQualificationConversion(FromType, ToType, CStyle, | ||||||
1965 | ObjCLifetimeConversion)) { | ||||||
1966 | SCS.Third = ICK_Qualification; | ||||||
1967 | SCS.QualificationIncludesObjCLifetime = ObjCLifetimeConversion; | ||||||
1968 | FromType = ToType; | ||||||
1969 | } else { | ||||||
1970 | // No conversion required | ||||||
1971 | SCS.Third = ICK_Identity; | ||||||
1972 | } | ||||||
1973 | |||||||
1974 | // C++ [over.best.ics]p6: | ||||||
1975 | // [...] Any difference in top-level cv-qualification is | ||||||
1976 | // subsumed by the initialization itself and does not constitute | ||||||
1977 | // a conversion. [...] | ||||||
1978 | QualType CanonFrom = S.Context.getCanonicalType(FromType); | ||||||
1979 | QualType CanonTo = S.Context.getCanonicalType(ToType); | ||||||
1980 | if (CanonFrom.getLocalUnqualifiedType() | ||||||
1981 | == CanonTo.getLocalUnqualifiedType() && | ||||||
1982 | CanonFrom.getLocalQualifiers() != CanonTo.getLocalQualifiers()) { | ||||||
1983 | FromType = ToType; | ||||||
1984 | CanonFrom = CanonTo; | ||||||
1985 | } | ||||||
1986 | |||||||
1987 | SCS.setToType(2, FromType); | ||||||
1988 | |||||||
1989 | if (CanonFrom == CanonTo) | ||||||
1990 | return true; | ||||||
1991 | |||||||
1992 | // If we have not converted the argument type to the parameter type, | ||||||
1993 | // this is a bad conversion sequence, unless we're resolving an overload in C. | ||||||
1994 | if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !InOverloadResolution) | ||||||
1995 | return false; | ||||||
1996 | |||||||
1997 | ExprResult ER = ExprResult{From}; | ||||||
1998 | Sema::AssignConvertType Conv = | ||||||
1999 | S.CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(ToType, ER, | ||||||
2000 | /*Diagnose=*/false, | ||||||
2001 | /*DiagnoseCFAudited=*/false, | ||||||
2002 | /*ConvertRHS=*/false); | ||||||
2003 | ImplicitConversionKind SecondConv; | ||||||
2004 | switch (Conv) { | ||||||
2005 | case Sema::Compatible: | ||||||
2006 | SecondConv = ICK_C_Only_Conversion; | ||||||
2007 | break; | ||||||
2008 | // For our purposes, discarding qualifiers is just as bad as using an | ||||||
2009 | // incompatible pointer. Note that an IncompatiblePointer conversion can drop | ||||||
2010 | // qualifiers, as well. | ||||||
2011 | case Sema::CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers: | ||||||
2012 | case Sema::IncompatiblePointer: | ||||||
2013 | case Sema::IncompatiblePointerSign: | ||||||
2014 | SecondConv = ICK_Incompatible_Pointer_Conversion; | ||||||
2015 | break; | ||||||
2016 | default: | ||||||
2017 | return false; | ||||||
2018 | } | ||||||
2019 | |||||||
2020 | // First can only be an lvalue conversion, so we pretend that this was the | ||||||
2021 | // second conversion. First should already be valid from earlier in the | ||||||
2022 | // function. | ||||||
2023 | SCS.Second = SecondConv; | ||||||
2024 | SCS.setToType(1, ToType); | ||||||
2025 | |||||||
2026 | // Third is Identity, because Second should rank us worse than any other | ||||||
2027 | // conversion. This could also be ICK_Qualification, but it's simpler to just | ||||||
2028 | // lump everything in with the second conversion, and we don't gain anything | ||||||
2029 | // from making this ICK_Qualification. | ||||||
2030 | SCS.Third = ICK_Identity; | ||||||
2031 | SCS.setToType(2, ToType); | ||||||
2032 | return true; | ||||||
2033 | } | ||||||
2034 | |||||||
2035 | static bool | ||||||
2036 | IsTransparentUnionStandardConversion(Sema &S, Expr* From, | ||||||
2037 | QualType &ToType, | ||||||
2038 | bool InOverloadResolution, | ||||||
2039 | StandardConversionSequence &SCS, | ||||||
2040 | bool CStyle) { | ||||||
2041 | |||||||
2042 | const RecordType *UT = ToType->getAsUnionType(); | ||||||
2043 | if (!UT || !UT->getDecl()->hasAttr<TransparentUnionAttr>()) | ||||||
2044 | return false; | ||||||
2045 | // The field to initialize within the transparent union. | ||||||
2046 | RecordDecl *UD = UT->getDecl(); | ||||||
2047 | // It's compatible if the expression matches any of the fields. | ||||||
2048 | for (const auto *it : UD->fields()) { | ||||||
2049 | if (IsStandardConversion(S, From, it->getType(), InOverloadResolution, SCS, | ||||||
2050 | CStyle, /*AllowObjCWritebackConversion=*/false)) { | ||||||
2051 | ToType = it->getType(); | ||||||
2052 | return true; | ||||||
2053 | } | ||||||
2054 | } | ||||||
2055 | return false; | ||||||
2056 | } | ||||||
2057 | |||||||
2058 | /// IsIntegralPromotion - Determines whether the conversion from the | ||||||
2059 | /// expression From (whose potentially-adjusted type is FromType) to | ||||||
2060 | /// ToType is an integral promotion (C++ 4.5). If so, returns true and | ||||||
2061 | /// sets PromotedType to the promoted type. | ||||||
2062 | bool Sema::IsIntegralPromotion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType) { | ||||||
2063 | const BuiltinType *To = ToType->getAs<BuiltinType>(); | ||||||
2064 | // All integers are built-in. | ||||||
2065 | if (!To) { | ||||||
2066 | return false; | ||||||
2067 | } | ||||||
2068 | |||||||
2069 | // An rvalue of type char, signed char, unsigned char, short int, or | ||||||
2070 | // unsigned short int can be converted to an rvalue of type int if | ||||||
2071 | // int can represent all the values of the source type; otherwise, | ||||||
2072 | // the source rvalue can be converted to an rvalue of type unsigned | ||||||
2073 | // int (C++ 4.5p1). | ||||||
2074 | if (FromType->isPromotableIntegerType() && !FromType->isBooleanType() && | ||||||
2075 | !FromType->isEnumeralType()) { | ||||||
2076 | if (// We can promote any signed, promotable integer type to an int | ||||||
2077 | (FromType->isSignedIntegerType() || | ||||||
2078 | // We can promote any unsigned integer type whose size is | ||||||
2079 | // less than int to an int. | ||||||
2080 | Context.getTypeSize(FromType) < Context.getTypeSize(ToType))) { | ||||||
2081 | return To->getKind() == BuiltinType::Int; | ||||||
2082 | } | ||||||
2083 | |||||||
2084 | return To->getKind() == BuiltinType::UInt; | ||||||
2085 | } | ||||||
2086 | |||||||
2087 | // C++11 [conv.prom]p3: | ||||||
2088 | // A prvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying type is not | ||||||
2089 | // fixed (7.2) can be converted to an rvalue a prvalue of the first of the | ||||||
2090 | // following types that can represent all the values of the enumeration | ||||||
2091 | // (i.e., the values in the range bmin to bmax as described in 7.2): int, | ||||||
2092 | // unsigned int, long int, unsigned long int, long long int, or unsigned | ||||||
2093 | // long long int. If none of the types in that list can represent all the | ||||||
2094 | // values of the enumeration, an rvalue a prvalue of an unscoped enumeration | ||||||
2095 | // type can be converted to an rvalue a prvalue of the extended integer type | ||||||
2096 | // with lowest integer conversion rank (4.13) greater than the rank of long | ||||||
2097 | // long in which all the values of the enumeration can be represented. If | ||||||
2098 | // there are two such extended types, the signed one is chosen. | ||||||
2099 | // C++11 [conv.prom]p4: | ||||||
2100 | // A prvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying type is fixed | ||||||
2101 | // can be converted to a prvalue of its underlying type. Moreover, if | ||||||
2102 | // integral promotion can be applied to its underlying type, a prvalue of an | ||||||
2103 | // unscoped enumeration type whose underlying type is fixed can also be | ||||||
2104 | // converted to a prvalue of the promoted underlying type. | ||||||
2105 | if (const EnumType *FromEnumType = FromType->getAs<EnumType>()) { | ||||||
2106 | // C++0x 7.2p9: Note that this implicit enum to int conversion is not | ||||||
2107 | // provided for a scoped enumeration. | ||||||
2108 | if (FromEnumType->getDecl()->isScoped()) | ||||||
2109 | return false; | ||||||
2110 | |||||||
2111 | // We can perform an integral promotion to the underlying type of the enum, | ||||||
2112 | // even if that's not the promoted type. Note that the check for promoting | ||||||
2113 | // the underlying type is based on the type alone, and does not consider | ||||||
2114 | // the bitfield-ness of the actual source expression. | ||||||
2115 | if (FromEnumType->getDecl()->isFixed()) { | ||||||
2116 | QualType Underlying = FromEnumType->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); | ||||||
2117 | return Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(Underlying, ToType) || | ||||||
2118 | IsIntegralPromotion(nullptr, Underlying, ToType); | ||||||
2119 | } | ||||||
2120 | |||||||
2121 | // We have already pre-calculated the promotion type, so this is trivial. | ||||||
2122 | if (ToType->isIntegerType() && | ||||||
2123 | isCompleteType(From->getBeginLoc(), FromType)) | ||||||
| |||||||
2124 | return Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType( | ||||||
2125 | ToType, FromEnumType->getDecl()->getPromotionType()); | ||||||
2126 | |||||||
2127 | // C++ [conv.prom]p5: | ||||||
2128 | // If the bit-field has an enumerated type, it is treated as any other | ||||||
2129 | // value of that type for promotion purposes. | ||||||
2130 | // | ||||||
2131 | // ... so do not fall through into the bit-field checks below in C++. | ||||||
2132 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) | ||||||
2133 | return false; | ||||||
2134 | } | ||||||
2135 | |||||||
2136 | // C++0x [conv.prom]p2: | ||||||
2137 | // A prvalue of type char16_t, char32_t, or wchar_t (3.9.1) can be converted | ||||||
2138 | // to an rvalue a prvalue of the first of the following types that can | ||||||
2139 | // represent all the values of its underlying type: int, unsigned int, | ||||||
2140 | // long int, unsigned long int, long long int, or unsigned long long int. | ||||||
2141 | // If none of the types in that list can represent all the values of its | ||||||
2142 | // underlying type, an rvalue a prvalue of type char16_t, char32_t, | ||||||
2143 | // or wchar_t can be converted to an rvalue a prvalue of its underlying | ||||||
2144 | // type. | ||||||
2145 | if (FromType->isAnyCharacterType() && !FromType->isCharType() && | ||||||
2146 | ToType->isIntegerType()) { | ||||||
2147 | // Determine whether the type we're converting from is signed or | ||||||
2148 | // unsigned. | ||||||
2149 | bool FromIsSigned = FromType->isSignedIntegerType(); | ||||||
2150 | uint64_t FromSize = Context.getTypeSize(FromType); | ||||||
2151 | |||||||
2152 | // The types we'll try to promote to, in the appropriate | ||||||
2153 | // order. Try each of these types. | ||||||
2154 | QualType PromoteTypes[6] = { | ||||||
2155 | Context.IntTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy, | ||||||
2156 | Context.LongTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy , | ||||||
2157 | Context.LongLongTy, Context.UnsignedLongLongTy | ||||||
2158 | }; | ||||||
2159 | for (int Idx = 0; Idx < 6; ++Idx) { | ||||||
2160 | uint64_t ToSize = Context.getTypeSize(PromoteTypes[Idx]); | ||||||
2161 | if (FromSize < ToSize || | ||||||
2162 | (FromSize == ToSize && | ||||||
2163 | FromIsSigned == PromoteTypes[Idx]->isSignedIntegerType())) { | ||||||
2164 | // We found the type that we can promote to. If this is the | ||||||
2165 | // type we wanted, we have a promotion. Otherwise, no | ||||||
2166 | // promotion. | ||||||
2167 | return Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ToType, PromoteTypes[Idx]); | ||||||
2168 | } | ||||||
2169 | } | ||||||
2170 | } | ||||||
2171 | |||||||
2172 | // An rvalue for an integral bit-field (9.6) can be converted to an | ||||||
2173 | // rvalue of type int if int can represent all the values of the | ||||||
2174 | // bit-field; otherwise, it can be converted to unsigned int if | ||||||
2175 | // unsigned int can represent all the values of the bit-field. If | ||||||
2176 | // the bit-field is larger yet, no integral promotion applies to | ||||||
2177 | // it. If the bit-field has an enumerated type, it is treated as any | ||||||
2178 | // other value of that type for promotion purposes (C++ 4.5p3). | ||||||
2179 | // FIXME: We should delay checking of bit-fields until we actually perform the | ||||||
2180 | // conversion. | ||||||
2181 | // | ||||||
2182 | // FIXME: In C, only bit-fields of types _Bool, int, or unsigned int may be | ||||||
2183 | // promoted, per C11 6.3.1.1/2. We promote all bit-fields (including enum | ||||||
2184 | // bit-fields and those whose underlying type is larger than int) for GCC | ||||||
2185 | // compatibility. | ||||||
2186 | if (From) { | ||||||
2187 | if (FieldDecl *MemberDecl = From->getSourceBitField()) { | ||||||
2188 | Optional<llvm::APSInt> BitWidth; | ||||||
2189 | if (FromType->isIntegralType(Context) && | ||||||
2190 | (BitWidth = | ||||||
2191 | MemberDecl->getBitWidth()->getIntegerConstantExpr(Context))) { | ||||||
2192 | llvm::APSInt ToSize(BitWidth->getBitWidth(), BitWidth->isUnsigned()); | ||||||
2193 | ToSize = Context.getTypeSize(ToType); | ||||||
2194 | |||||||
2195 | // Are we promoting to an int from a bitfield that fits in an int? | ||||||
2196 | if (*BitWidth < ToSize || | ||||||
2197 | (FromType->isSignedIntegerType() && *BitWidth <= ToSize)) { | ||||||
2198 | return To->getKind() == BuiltinType::Int; | ||||||
2199 | } | ||||||
2200 | |||||||
2201 | // Are we promoting to an unsigned int from an unsigned bitfield | ||||||
2202 | // that fits into an unsigned int? | ||||||
2203 | if (FromType->isUnsignedIntegerType() && *BitWidth <= ToSize) { | ||||||
2204 | return To->getKind() == BuiltinType::UInt; | ||||||
2205 | } | ||||||
2206 | |||||||
2207 | return false; | ||||||
2208 | } | ||||||
2209 | } | ||||||
2210 | } | ||||||
2211 | |||||||
2212 | // An rvalue of type bool can be converted to an rvalue of type int, | ||||||
2213 | // with false becoming zero and true becoming one (C++ 4.5p4). | ||||||
2214 | if (FromType->isBooleanType() && To->getKind() == BuiltinType::Int) { | ||||||
2215 | return true; | ||||||
2216 | } | ||||||
2217 | |||||||
2218 | return false; | ||||||
2219 | } | ||||||
2220 | |||||||
2221 | /// IsFloatingPointPromotion - Determines whether the conversion from | ||||||
2222 | /// FromType to ToType is a floating point promotion (C++ 4.6). If so, | ||||||
2223 | /// returns true and sets PromotedType to the promoted type. | ||||||
2224 | bool Sema::IsFloatingPointPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType) { | ||||||
2225 | if (const BuiltinType *FromBuiltin = FromType->getAs<BuiltinType>()) | ||||||
2226 | if (const BuiltinType *ToBuiltin = ToType->getAs<BuiltinType>()) { | ||||||
2227 | /// An rvalue of type float can be converted to an rvalue of type | ||||||
2228 | /// double. (C++ 4.6p1). | ||||||
2229 | if (FromBuiltin->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float && | ||||||
2230 | ToBuiltin->getKind() == BuiltinType::Double) | ||||||
2231 | return true; | ||||||
2232 | |||||||
2233 | // C99 6.3.1.5p1: | ||||||
2234 | // When a float is promoted to double or long double, or a | ||||||
2235 | // double is promoted to long double [...]. | ||||||
2236 | if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && | ||||||
2237 | (FromBuiltin->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float || | ||||||
2238 | FromBuiltin->getKind() == BuiltinType::Double) && | ||||||
2239 | (ToBuiltin->getKind() == BuiltinType::LongDouble || | ||||||
2240 | ToBuiltin->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float128)) | ||||||
2241 | return true; | ||||||
2242 | |||||||
2243 | // Half can be promoted to float. | ||||||
2244 | if (!getLangOpts().NativeHalfType && | ||||||
2245 | FromBuiltin->getKind() == BuiltinType::Half && | ||||||
2246 | ToBuiltin->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float) | ||||||
2247 | return true; | ||||||
2248 | } | ||||||
2249 | |||||||
2250 | return false; | ||||||
2251 | } | ||||||
2252 | |||||||
2253 | /// Determine if a conversion is a complex promotion. | ||||||
2254 | /// | ||||||
2255 | /// A complex promotion is defined as a complex -> complex conversion | ||||||
2256 | /// where the conversion between the underlying real types is a | ||||||
2257 | /// floating-point or integral promotion. | ||||||
2258 | bool Sema::IsComplexPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType) { | ||||||
2259 | const ComplexType *FromComplex = FromType->getAs<ComplexType>(); | ||||||
2260 | if (!FromComplex) | ||||||
2261 | return false; | ||||||
2262 | |||||||
2263 | const ComplexType *ToComplex = ToType->getAs<ComplexType>(); | ||||||
2264 | if (!ToComplex) | ||||||
2265 | return false; | ||||||
2266 | |||||||
2267 | return IsFloatingPointPromotion(FromComplex->getElementType(), | ||||||
2268 | ToComplex->getElementType()) || | ||||||
2269 | IsIntegralPromotion(nullptr, FromComplex->getElementType(), | ||||||
2270 | ToComplex->getElementType()); | ||||||
2271 | } | ||||||
2272 | |||||||
2273 | /// BuildSimilarlyQualifiedPointerType - In a pointer conversion from | ||||||
2274 | /// the pointer type FromPtr to a pointer to type ToPointee, with the | ||||||
2275 | /// same type qualifiers as FromPtr has on its pointee type. ToType, | ||||||
2276 | /// if non-empty, will be a pointer to ToType that may or may not have | ||||||
2277 | /// the right set of qualifiers on its pointee. | ||||||
2278 | /// | ||||||
2279 | static QualType | ||||||
2280 | BuildSimilarlyQualifiedPointerType(const Type *FromPtr, | ||||||
2281 | QualType ToPointee, QualType ToType, | ||||||
2282 | ASTContext &Context, | ||||||
2283 | bool StripObjCLifetime = false) { | ||||||
2284 | assert((FromPtr->getTypeClass() == Type::Pointer ||(static_cast <bool> ((FromPtr->getTypeClass() == Type ::Pointer || FromPtr->getTypeClass() == Type::ObjCObjectPointer ) && "Invalid similarly-qualified pointer type") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("(FromPtr->getTypeClass() == Type::Pointer || FromPtr->getTypeClass() == Type::ObjCObjectPointer) && \"Invalid similarly-qualified pointer type\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 2286, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||
2285 | FromPtr->getTypeClass() == Type::ObjCObjectPointer) &&(static_cast <bool> ((FromPtr->getTypeClass() == Type ::Pointer || FromPtr->getTypeClass() == Type::ObjCObjectPointer ) && "Invalid similarly-qualified pointer type") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("(FromPtr->getTypeClass() == Type::Pointer || FromPtr->getTypeClass() == Type::ObjCObjectPointer) && \"Invalid similarly-qualified pointer type\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 2286, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||
2286 | "Invalid similarly-qualified pointer type")(static_cast <bool> ((FromPtr->getTypeClass() == Type ::Pointer || FromPtr->getTypeClass() == Type::ObjCObjectPointer ) && "Invalid similarly-qualified pointer type") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("(FromPtr->getTypeClass() == Type::Pointer || FromPtr->getTypeClass() == Type::ObjCObjectPointer) && \"Invalid similarly-qualified pointer type\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 2286, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
2287 | |||||||
2288 | /// Conversions to 'id' subsume cv-qualifier conversions. | ||||||
2289 | if (ToType->isObjCIdType() || ToType->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) | ||||||
2290 | return ToType.getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||||
2291 | |||||||
2292 | QualType CanonFromPointee | ||||||
2293 | = Context.getCanonicalType(FromPtr->getPointeeType()); | ||||||
2294 | QualType CanonToPointee = Context.getCanonicalType(ToPointee); | ||||||
2295 | Qualifiers Quals = CanonFromPointee.getQualifiers(); | ||||||
2296 | |||||||
2297 | if (StripObjCLifetime) | ||||||
2298 | Quals.removeObjCLifetime(); | ||||||
2299 | |||||||
2300 | // Exact qualifier match -> return the pointer type we're converting to. | ||||||
2301 | if (CanonToPointee.getLocalQualifiers() == Quals) { | ||||||
2302 | // ToType is exactly what we need. Return it. | ||||||
2303 | if (!ToType.isNull()) | ||||||
2304 | return ToType.getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||||
2305 | |||||||
2306 | // Build a pointer to ToPointee. It has the right qualifiers | ||||||
2307 | // already. | ||||||
2308 | if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(ToType)) | ||||||
2309 | return Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(ToPointee); | ||||||
2310 | return Context.getPointerType(ToPointee); | ||||||
2311 | } | ||||||
2312 | |||||||
2313 | // Just build a canonical type that has the right qualifiers. | ||||||
2314 | QualType QualifiedCanonToPointee | ||||||
2315 | = Context.getQualifiedType(CanonToPointee.getLocalUnqualifiedType(), Quals); | ||||||
2316 | |||||||
2317 | if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(ToType)) | ||||||
2318 | return Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(QualifiedCanonToPointee); | ||||||
2319 | return Context.getPointerType(QualifiedCanonToPointee); | ||||||
2320 | } | ||||||
2321 | |||||||
2322 | static bool isNullPointerConstantForConversion(Expr *Expr, | ||||||
2323 | bool InOverloadResolution, | ||||||
2324 | ASTContext &Context) { | ||||||
2325 | // Handle value-dependent integral null pointer constants correctly. | ||||||
2326 | // http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#903 | ||||||
2327 | if (Expr->isValueDependent() && !Expr->isTypeDependent() && | ||||||
2328 | Expr->getType()->isIntegerType() && !Expr->getType()->isEnumeralType()) | ||||||
2329 | return !InOverloadResolution; | ||||||
2330 | |||||||
2331 | return Expr->isNullPointerConstant(Context, | ||||||
2332 | InOverloadResolution? Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull | ||||||
2333 | : Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull); | ||||||
2334 | } | ||||||
2335 | |||||||
2336 | /// IsPointerConversion - Determines whether the conversion of the | ||||||
2337 | /// expression From, which has the (possibly adjusted) type FromType, | ||||||
2338 | /// can be converted to the type ToType via a pointer conversion (C++ | ||||||
2339 | /// 4.10). If so, returns true and places the converted type (that | ||||||
2340 | /// might differ from ToType in its cv-qualifiers at some level) into | ||||||
2341 | /// ConvertedType. | ||||||
2342 | /// | ||||||
2343 | /// This routine also supports conversions to and from block pointers | ||||||
2344 | /// and conversions with Objective-C's 'id', 'id<protocols...>', and | ||||||
2345 | /// pointers to interfaces. FIXME: Once we've determined the | ||||||
2346 | /// appropriate overloading rules for Objective-C, we may want to | ||||||
2347 | /// split the Objective-C checks into a different routine; however, | ||||||
2348 | /// GCC seems to consider all of these conversions to be pointer | ||||||
2349 | /// conversions, so for now they live here. IncompatibleObjC will be | ||||||
2350 | /// set if the conversion is an allowed Objective-C conversion that | ||||||
2351 | /// should result in a warning. | ||||||
2352 | bool Sema::IsPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType, | ||||||
2353 | bool InOverloadResolution, | ||||||
2354 | QualType& ConvertedType, | ||||||
2355 | bool &IncompatibleObjC) { | ||||||
2356 | IncompatibleObjC = false; | ||||||
2357 | if (isObjCPointerConversion(FromType, ToType, ConvertedType, | ||||||
2358 | IncompatibleObjC)) | ||||||
2359 | return true; | ||||||
2360 | |||||||
2361 | // Conversion from a null pointer constant to any Objective-C pointer type. | ||||||
2362 | if (ToType->isObjCObjectPointerType() && | ||||||
2363 | isNullPointerConstantForConversion(From, InOverloadResolution, Context)) { | ||||||
2364 | ConvertedType = ToType; | ||||||
2365 | return true; | ||||||
2366 | } | ||||||
2367 | |||||||
2368 | // Blocks: Block pointers can be converted to void*. | ||||||
2369 | if (FromType->isBlockPointerType() && ToType->isPointerType() && | ||||||
2370 | ToType->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) { | ||||||
2371 | ConvertedType = ToType; | ||||||
2372 | return true; | ||||||
2373 | } | ||||||
2374 | // Blocks: A null pointer constant can be converted to a block | ||||||
2375 | // pointer type. | ||||||
2376 | if (ToType->isBlockPointerType() && | ||||||
2377 | isNullPointerConstantForConversion(From, InOverloadResolution, Context)) { | ||||||
2378 | ConvertedType = ToType; | ||||||
2379 | return true; | ||||||
2380 | } | ||||||
2381 | |||||||
2382 | // If the left-hand-side is nullptr_t, the right side can be a null | ||||||
2383 | // pointer constant. | ||||||
2384 | if (ToType->isNullPtrType() && | ||||||
2385 | isNullPointerConstantForConversion(From, InOverloadResolution, Context)) { | ||||||
2386 | ConvertedType = ToType; | ||||||
2387 | return true; | ||||||
2388 | } | ||||||
2389 | |||||||
2390 | const PointerType* ToTypePtr = ToType->getAs<PointerType>(); | ||||||
2391 | if (!ToTypePtr) | ||||||
2392 | return false; | ||||||
2393 | |||||||
2394 | // A null pointer constant can be converted to a pointer type (C++ 4.10p1). | ||||||
2395 | if (isNullPointerConstantForConversion(From, InOverloadResolution, Context)) { | ||||||
2396 | ConvertedType = ToType; | ||||||
2397 | return true; | ||||||
2398 | } | ||||||
2399 | |||||||
2400 | // Beyond this point, both types need to be pointers | ||||||
2401 | // , including objective-c pointers. | ||||||
2402 | QualType ToPointeeType = ToTypePtr->getPointeeType(); | ||||||
2403 | if (FromType->isObjCObjectPointerType() && ToPointeeType->isVoidType() && | ||||||
2404 | !getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount) { | ||||||
2405 | ConvertedType = BuildSimilarlyQualifiedPointerType( | ||||||
2406 | FromType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(), | ||||||
2407 | ToPointeeType, | ||||||
2408 | ToType, Context); | ||||||
2409 | return true; | ||||||
2410 | } | ||||||
2411 | const PointerType *FromTypePtr = FromType->getAs<PointerType>(); | ||||||
2412 | if (!FromTypePtr) | ||||||
2413 | return false; | ||||||
2414 | |||||||
2415 | QualType FromPointeeType = FromTypePtr->getPointeeType(); | ||||||
2416 | |||||||
2417 | // If the unqualified pointee types are the same, this can't be a | ||||||
2418 | // pointer conversion, so don't do all of the work below. | ||||||
2419 | if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromPointeeType, ToPointeeType)) | ||||||
2420 | return false; | ||||||
2421 | |||||||
2422 | // An rvalue of type "pointer to cv T," where T is an object type, | ||||||
2423 | // can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to cv void" (C++ | ||||||
2424 | // 4.10p2). | ||||||
2425 | if (FromPointeeType->isIncompleteOrObjectType() && | ||||||
2426 | ToPointeeType->isVoidType()) { | ||||||
2427 | ConvertedType = BuildSimilarlyQualifiedPointerType(FromTypePtr, | ||||||
2428 | ToPointeeType, | ||||||
2429 | ToType, Context, | ||||||
2430 | /*StripObjCLifetime=*/true); | ||||||
2431 | return true; | ||||||
2432 | } | ||||||
2433 | |||||||
2434 | // MSVC allows implicit function to void* type conversion. | ||||||
2435 | if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && FromPointeeType->isFunctionType() && | ||||||
2436 | ToPointeeType->isVoidType()) { | ||||||
2437 | ConvertedType = BuildSimilarlyQualifiedPointerType(FromTypePtr, | ||||||
2438 | ToPointeeType, | ||||||
2439 | ToType, Context); | ||||||
2440 | return true; | ||||||
2441 | } | ||||||
2442 | |||||||
2443 | // When we're overloading in C, we allow a special kind of pointer | ||||||
2444 | // conversion for compatible-but-not-identical pointee types. | ||||||
2445 | if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && | ||||||
2446 | Context.typesAreCompatible(FromPointeeType, ToPointeeType)) { | ||||||
2447 | ConvertedType = BuildSimilarlyQualifiedPointerType(FromTypePtr, | ||||||
2448 | ToPointeeType, | ||||||
2449 | ToType, Context); | ||||||
2450 | return true; | ||||||
2451 | } | ||||||
2452 | |||||||
2453 | // C++ [conv.ptr]p3: | ||||||
2454 | // | ||||||
2455 | // An rvalue of type "pointer to cv D," where D is a class type, | ||||||
2456 | // can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to cv B," where | ||||||
2457 | // B is a base class (clause 10) of D. If B is an inaccessible | ||||||
2458 | // (clause 11) or ambiguous (10.2) base class of D, a program that | ||||||
2459 | // necessitates this conversion is ill-formed. The result of the | ||||||
2460 | // conversion is a pointer to the base class sub-object of the | ||||||
2461 | // derived class object. The null pointer value is converted to | ||||||
2462 | // the null pointer value of the destination type. | ||||||
2463 | // | ||||||
2464 | // Note that we do not check for ambiguity or inaccessibility | ||||||
2465 | // here. That is handled by CheckPointerConversion. | ||||||
2466 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && FromPointeeType->isRecordType() && | ||||||
2467 | ToPointeeType->isRecordType() && | ||||||
2468 | !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromPointeeType, ToPointeeType) && | ||||||
2469 | IsDerivedFrom(From->getBeginLoc(), FromPointeeType, ToPointeeType)) { | ||||||
2470 | ConvertedType = BuildSimilarlyQualifiedPointerType(FromTypePtr, | ||||||
2471 | ToPointeeType, | ||||||
2472 | ToType, Context); | ||||||
2473 | return true; | ||||||
2474 | } | ||||||
2475 | |||||||
2476 | if (FromPointeeType->isVectorType() && ToPointeeType->isVectorType() && | ||||||
2477 | Context.areCompatibleVectorTypes(FromPointeeType, ToPointeeType)) { | ||||||
2478 | ConvertedType = BuildSimilarlyQualifiedPointerType(FromTypePtr, | ||||||
2479 | ToPointeeType, | ||||||
2480 | ToType, Context); | ||||||
2481 | return true; | ||||||
2482 | } | ||||||
2483 | |||||||
2484 | return false; | ||||||
2485 | } | ||||||
2486 | |||||||
2487 | /// Adopt the given qualifiers for the given type. | ||||||
2488 | static QualType AdoptQualifiers(ASTContext &Context, QualType T, Qualifiers Qs){ | ||||||
2489 | Qualifiers TQs = T.getQualifiers(); | ||||||
2490 | |||||||
2491 | // Check whether qualifiers already match. | ||||||
2492 | if (TQs == Qs) | ||||||
2493 | return T; | ||||||
2494 | |||||||
2495 | if (Qs.compatiblyIncludes(TQs)) | ||||||
2496 | return Context.getQualifiedType(T, Qs); | ||||||
2497 | |||||||
2498 | return Context.getQualifiedType(T.getUnqualifiedType(), Qs); | ||||||
2499 | } | ||||||
2500 | |||||||
2501 | /// isObjCPointerConversion - Determines whether this is an | ||||||
2502 | /// Objective-C pointer conversion. Subroutine of IsPointerConversion, | ||||||
2503 | /// with the same arguments and return values. | ||||||
2504 | bool Sema::isObjCPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, | ||||||
2505 | QualType& ConvertedType, | ||||||
2506 | bool &IncompatibleObjC) { | ||||||
2507 | if (!getLangOpts().ObjC) | ||||||
2508 | return false; | ||||||
2509 | |||||||
2510 | // The set of qualifiers on the type we're converting from. | ||||||
2511 | Qualifiers FromQualifiers = FromType.getQualifiers(); | ||||||
2512 | |||||||
2513 | // First, we handle all conversions on ObjC object pointer types. | ||||||
2514 | const ObjCObjectPointerType* ToObjCPtr = | ||||||
2515 | ToType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); | ||||||
2516 | const ObjCObjectPointerType *FromObjCPtr = | ||||||
2517 | FromType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); | ||||||
2518 | |||||||
2519 | if (ToObjCPtr && FromObjCPtr) { | ||||||
2520 | // If the pointee types are the same (ignoring qualifications), | ||||||
2521 | // then this is not a pointer conversion. | ||||||
2522 | if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ToObjCPtr->getPointeeType(), | ||||||
2523 | FromObjCPtr->getPointeeType())) | ||||||
2524 | return false; | ||||||
2525 | |||||||
2526 | // Conversion between Objective-C pointers. | ||||||
2527 | if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(ToObjCPtr, FromObjCPtr)) { | ||||||
2528 | const ObjCInterfaceType* LHS = ToObjCPtr->getInterfaceType(); | ||||||
2529 | const ObjCInterfaceType* RHS = FromObjCPtr->getInterfaceType(); | ||||||
2530 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && LHS && RHS && | ||||||
2531 | !ToObjCPtr->getPointeeType().isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs( | ||||||
2532 | FromObjCPtr->getPointeeType())) | ||||||
2533 | return false; | ||||||
2534 | ConvertedType = BuildSimilarlyQualifiedPointerType(FromObjCPtr, | ||||||
2535 | ToObjCPtr->getPointeeType(), | ||||||
2536 | ToType, Context); | ||||||
2537 | ConvertedType = AdoptQualifiers(Context, ConvertedType, FromQualifiers); | ||||||
2538 | return true; | ||||||
2539 | } | ||||||
2540 | |||||||
2541 | if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(FromObjCPtr, ToObjCPtr)) { | ||||||
2542 | // Okay: this is some kind of implicit downcast of Objective-C | ||||||
2543 | // interfaces, which is permitted. However, we're going to | ||||||
2544 | // complain about it. | ||||||
2545 | IncompatibleObjC = true; | ||||||
2546 | ConvertedType = BuildSimilarlyQualifiedPointerType(FromObjCPtr, | ||||||
2547 | ToObjCPtr->getPointeeType(), | ||||||
2548 | ToType, Context); | ||||||
2549 | ConvertedType = AdoptQualifiers(Context, ConvertedType, FromQualifiers); | ||||||
2550 | return true; | ||||||
2551 | } | ||||||
2552 | } | ||||||
2553 | // Beyond this point, both types need to be C pointers or block pointers. | ||||||
2554 | QualType ToPointeeType; | ||||||
2555 | if (const PointerType *ToCPtr = ToType->getAs<PointerType>()) | ||||||
2556 | ToPointeeType = ToCPtr->getPointeeType(); | ||||||
2557 | else if (const BlockPointerType *ToBlockPtr = | ||||||
2558 | ToType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) { | ||||||
2559 | // Objective C++: We're able to convert from a pointer to any object | ||||||
2560 | // to a block pointer type. | ||||||
2561 | if (FromObjCPtr && FromObjCPtr->isObjCBuiltinType()) { | ||||||
2562 | ConvertedType = AdoptQualifiers(Context, ToType, FromQualifiers); | ||||||
2563 | return true; | ||||||
2564 | } | ||||||
2565 | ToPointeeType = ToBlockPtr->getPointeeType(); | ||||||
2566 | } | ||||||
2567 | else if (FromType->getAs<BlockPointerType>() && | ||||||
2568 | ToObjCPtr && ToObjCPtr->isObjCBuiltinType()) { | ||||||
2569 | // Objective C++: We're able to convert from a block pointer type to a | ||||||
2570 | // pointer to any object. | ||||||
2571 | ConvertedType = AdoptQualifiers(Context, ToType, FromQualifiers); | ||||||
2572 | return true; | ||||||
2573 | } | ||||||
2574 | else | ||||||
2575 | return false; | ||||||
2576 | |||||||
2577 | QualType FromPointeeType; | ||||||
2578 | if (const PointerType *FromCPtr = FromType->getAs<PointerType>()) | ||||||
2579 | FromPointeeType = FromCPtr->getPointeeType(); | ||||||
2580 | else if (const BlockPointerType *FromBlockPtr = | ||||||
2581 | FromType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) | ||||||
2582 | FromPointeeType = FromBlockPtr->getPointeeType(); | ||||||
2583 | else | ||||||
2584 | return false; | ||||||
2585 | |||||||
2586 | // If we have pointers to pointers, recursively check whether this | ||||||
2587 | // is an Objective-C conversion. | ||||||
2588 | if (FromPointeeType->isPointerType() && ToPointeeType->isPointerType() && | ||||||
2589 | isObjCPointerConversion(FromPointeeType, ToPointeeType, ConvertedType, | ||||||
2590 | IncompatibleObjC)) { | ||||||
2591 | // We always complain about this conversion. | ||||||
2592 | IncompatibleObjC = true; | ||||||
2593 | ConvertedType = Context.getPointerType(ConvertedType); | ||||||
2594 | ConvertedType = AdoptQualifiers(Context, ConvertedType, FromQualifiers); | ||||||
2595 | return true; | ||||||
2596 | } | ||||||
2597 | // Allow conversion of pointee being objective-c pointer to another one; | ||||||
2598 | // as in I* to id. | ||||||
2599 | if (FromPointeeType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>() && | ||||||
2600 | ToPointeeType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>() && | ||||||
2601 | isObjCPointerConversion(FromPointeeType, ToPointeeType, ConvertedType, | ||||||
2602 | IncompatibleObjC)) { | ||||||
2603 | |||||||
2604 | ConvertedType = Context.getPointerType(ConvertedType); | ||||||
2605 | ConvertedType = AdoptQualifiers(Context, ConvertedType, FromQualifiers); | ||||||
2606 | return true; | ||||||
2607 | } | ||||||
2608 | |||||||
2609 | // If we have pointers to functions or blocks, check whether the only | ||||||
2610 | // differences in the argument and result types are in Objective-C | ||||||
2611 | // pointer conversions. If so, we permit the conversion (but | ||||||
2612 | // complain about it). | ||||||
2613 | const FunctionProtoType *FromFunctionType | ||||||
2614 | = FromPointeeType->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); | ||||||
2615 | const FunctionProtoType *ToFunctionType | ||||||
2616 | = ToPointeeType->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); | ||||||
2617 | if (FromFunctionType && ToFunctionType) { | ||||||
2618 | // If the function types are exactly the same, this isn't an | ||||||
2619 | // Objective-C pointer conversion. | ||||||
2620 | if (Context.getCanonicalType(FromPointeeType) | ||||||
2621 | == Context.getCanonicalType(ToPointeeType)) | ||||||
2622 | return false; | ||||||
2623 | |||||||
2624 | // Perform the quick checks that will tell us whether these | ||||||
2625 | // function types are obviously different. | ||||||
2626 | if (FromFunctionType->getNumParams() != ToFunctionType->getNumParams() || | ||||||
2627 | FromFunctionType->isVariadic() != ToFunctionType->isVariadic() || | ||||||
2628 | FromFunctionType->getMethodQuals() != ToFunctionType->getMethodQuals()) | ||||||
2629 | return false; | ||||||
2630 | |||||||
2631 | bool HasObjCConversion = false; | ||||||
2632 | if (Context.getCanonicalType(FromFunctionType->getReturnType()) == | ||||||
2633 | Context.getCanonicalType(ToFunctionType->getReturnType())) { | ||||||
2634 | // Okay, the types match exactly. Nothing to do. | ||||||
2635 | } else if (isObjCPointerConversion(FromFunctionType->getReturnType(), | ||||||
2636 | ToFunctionType->getReturnType(), | ||||||
2637 | ConvertedType, IncompatibleObjC)) { | ||||||
2638 | // Okay, we have an Objective-C pointer conversion. | ||||||
2639 | HasObjCConversion = true; | ||||||
2640 | } else { | ||||||
2641 | // Function types are too different. Abort. | ||||||
2642 | return false; | ||||||
2643 | } | ||||||
2644 | |||||||
2645 | // Check argument types. | ||||||
2646 | for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0, NumArgs = FromFunctionType->getNumParams(); | ||||||
2647 | ArgIdx != NumArgs; ++ArgIdx) { | ||||||
2648 | QualType FromArgType = FromFunctionType->getParamType(ArgIdx); | ||||||
2649 | QualType ToArgType = ToFunctionType->getParamType(ArgIdx); | ||||||
2650 | if (Context.getCanonicalType(FromArgType) | ||||||
2651 | == Context.getCanonicalType(ToArgType)) { | ||||||
2652 | // Okay, the types match exactly. Nothing to do. | ||||||
2653 | } else if (isObjCPointerConversion(FromArgType, ToArgType, | ||||||
2654 | ConvertedType, IncompatibleObjC)) { | ||||||
2655 | // Okay, we have an Objective-C pointer conversion. | ||||||
2656 | HasObjCConversion = true; | ||||||
2657 | } else { | ||||||
2658 | // Argument types are too different. Abort. | ||||||
2659 | return false; | ||||||
2660 | } | ||||||
2661 | } | ||||||
2662 | |||||||
2663 | if (HasObjCConversion) { | ||||||
2664 | // We had an Objective-C conversion. Allow this pointer | ||||||
2665 | // conversion, but complain about it. | ||||||
2666 | ConvertedType = AdoptQualifiers(Context, ToType, FromQualifiers); | ||||||
2667 | IncompatibleObjC = true; | ||||||
2668 | return true; | ||||||
2669 | } | ||||||
2670 | } | ||||||
2671 | |||||||
2672 | return false; | ||||||
2673 | } | ||||||
2674 | |||||||
2675 | /// Determine whether this is an Objective-C writeback conversion, | ||||||
2676 | /// used for parameter passing when performing automatic reference counting. | ||||||
2677 | /// | ||||||
2678 | /// \param FromType The type we're converting form. | ||||||
2679 | /// | ||||||
2680 | /// \param ToType The type we're converting to. | ||||||
2681 | /// | ||||||
2682 | /// \param ConvertedType The type that will be produced after applying | ||||||
2683 | /// this conversion. | ||||||
2684 | bool Sema::isObjCWritebackConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, | ||||||
2685 | QualType &ConvertedType) { | ||||||
2686 | if (!getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount || | ||||||
2687 | Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromType, ToType)) | ||||||
2688 | return false; | ||||||
2689 | |||||||
2690 | // Parameter must be a pointer to __autoreleasing (with no other qualifiers). | ||||||
2691 | QualType ToPointee; | ||||||
2692 | if (const PointerType *ToPointer = ToType->getAs<PointerType>()) | ||||||
2693 | ToPointee = ToPointer->getPointeeType(); | ||||||
2694 | else | ||||||
2695 | return false; | ||||||
2696 | |||||||
2697 | Qualifiers ToQuals = ToPointee.getQualifiers(); | ||||||
2698 | if (!ToPointee->isObjCLifetimeType() || | ||||||
2699 | ToQuals.getObjCLifetime() != Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing || | ||||||
2700 | !ToQuals.withoutObjCLifetime().empty()) | ||||||
2701 | return false; | ||||||
2702 | |||||||
2703 | // Argument must be a pointer to __strong to __weak. | ||||||
2704 | QualType FromPointee; | ||||||
2705 | if (const PointerType *FromPointer = FromType->getAs<PointerType>()) | ||||||
2706 | FromPointee = FromPointer->getPointeeType(); | ||||||
2707 | else | ||||||
2708 | return false; | ||||||
2709 | |||||||
2710 | Qualifiers FromQuals = FromPointee.getQualifiers(); | ||||||
2711 | if (!FromPointee->isObjCLifetimeType() || | ||||||
2712 | (FromQuals.getObjCLifetime() != Qualifiers::OCL_Strong && | ||||||
2713 | FromQuals.getObjCLifetime() != Qualifiers::OCL_Weak)) | ||||||
2714 | return false; | ||||||
2715 | |||||||
2716 | // Make sure that we have compatible qualifiers. | ||||||
2717 | FromQuals.setObjCLifetime(Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing); | ||||||
2718 | if (!ToQuals.compatiblyIncludes(FromQuals)) | ||||||
2719 | return false; | ||||||
2720 | |||||||
2721 | // Remove qualifiers from the pointee type we're converting from; they | ||||||
2722 | // aren't used in the compatibility check belong, and we'll be adding back | ||||||
2723 | // qualifiers (with __autoreleasing) if the compatibility check succeeds. | ||||||
2724 | FromPointee = FromPointee.getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||||
2725 | |||||||
2726 | // The unqualified form of the pointee types must be compatible. | ||||||
2727 | ToPointee = ToPointee.getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||||
2728 | bool IncompatibleObjC; | ||||||
2729 | if (Context.typesAreCompatible(FromPointee, ToPointee)) | ||||||
2730 | FromPointee = ToPointee; | ||||||
2731 | else if (!isObjCPointerConversion(FromPointee, ToPointee, FromPointee, | ||||||
2732 | IncompatibleObjC)) | ||||||
2733 | return false; | ||||||
2734 | |||||||
2735 | /// Construct the type we're converting to, which is a pointer to | ||||||
2736 | /// __autoreleasing pointee. | ||||||
2737 | FromPointee = Context.getQualifiedType(FromPointee, FromQuals); | ||||||
2738 | ConvertedType = Context.getPointerType(FromPointee); | ||||||
2739 | return true; | ||||||
2740 | } | ||||||
2741 | |||||||
2742 | bool Sema::IsBlockPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, | ||||||
2743 | QualType& ConvertedType) { | ||||||
2744 | QualType ToPointeeType; | ||||||
2745 | if (const BlockPointerType *ToBlockPtr = | ||||||
2746 | ToType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) | ||||||
2747 | ToPointeeType = ToBlockPtr->getPointeeType(); | ||||||
2748 | else | ||||||
2749 | return false; | ||||||
2750 | |||||||
2751 | QualType FromPointeeType; | ||||||
2752 | if (const BlockPointerType *FromBlockPtr = | ||||||
2753 | FromType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) | ||||||
2754 | FromPointeeType = FromBlockPtr->getPointeeType(); | ||||||
2755 | else | ||||||
2756 | return false; | ||||||
2757 | // We have pointer to blocks, check whether the only | ||||||
2758 | // differences in the argument and result types are in Objective-C | ||||||
2759 | // pointer conversions. If so, we permit the conversion. | ||||||
2760 | |||||||
2761 | const FunctionProtoType *FromFunctionType | ||||||
2762 | = FromPointeeType->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); | ||||||
2763 | const FunctionProtoType *ToFunctionType | ||||||
2764 | = ToPointeeType->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); | ||||||
2765 | |||||||
2766 | if (!FromFunctionType || !ToFunctionType) | ||||||
2767 | return false; | ||||||
2768 | |||||||
2769 | if (Context.hasSameType(FromPointeeType, ToPointeeType)) | ||||||
2770 | return true; | ||||||
2771 | |||||||
2772 | // Perform the quick checks that will tell us whether these | ||||||
2773 | // function types are obviously different. | ||||||
2774 | if (FromFunctionType->getNumParams() != ToFunctionType->getNumParams() || | ||||||
2775 | FromFunctionType->isVariadic() != ToFunctionType->isVariadic()) | ||||||
2776 | return false; | ||||||
2777 | |||||||
2778 | FunctionType::ExtInfo FromEInfo = FromFunctionType->getExtInfo(); | ||||||
2779 | FunctionType::ExtInfo ToEInfo = ToFunctionType->getExtInfo(); | ||||||
2780 | if (FromEInfo != ToEInfo) | ||||||
2781 | return false; | ||||||
2782 | |||||||
2783 | bool IncompatibleObjC = false; | ||||||
2784 | if (Context.hasSameType(FromFunctionType->getReturnType(), | ||||||
2785 | ToFunctionType->getReturnType())) { | ||||||
2786 | // Okay, the types match exactly. Nothing to do. | ||||||
2787 | } else { | ||||||
2788 | QualType RHS = FromFunctionType->getReturnType(); | ||||||
2789 | QualType LHS = ToFunctionType->getReturnType(); | ||||||
2790 | if ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !RHS->isRecordType()) && | ||||||
2791 | !RHS.hasQualifiers() && LHS.hasQualifiers()) | ||||||
2792 | LHS = LHS.getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||||
2793 | |||||||
2794 | if (Context.hasSameType(RHS,LHS)) { | ||||||
2795 | // OK exact match. | ||||||
2796 | } else if (isObjCPointerConversion(RHS, LHS, | ||||||
2797 | ConvertedType, IncompatibleObjC)) { | ||||||
2798 | if (IncompatibleObjC) | ||||||
2799 | return false; | ||||||
2800 | // Okay, we have an Objective-C pointer conversion. | ||||||
2801 | } | ||||||
2802 | else | ||||||
2803 | return false; | ||||||
2804 | } | ||||||
2805 | |||||||
2806 | // Check argument types. | ||||||
2807 | for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0, NumArgs = FromFunctionType->getNumParams(); | ||||||
2808 | ArgIdx != NumArgs; ++ArgIdx) { | ||||||
2809 | IncompatibleObjC = false; | ||||||
2810 | QualType FromArgType = FromFunctionType->getParamType(ArgIdx); | ||||||
2811 | QualType ToArgType = ToFunctionType->getParamType(ArgIdx); | ||||||
2812 | if (Context.hasSameType(FromArgType, ToArgType)) { | ||||||
2813 | // Okay, the types match exactly. Nothing to do. | ||||||
2814 | } else if (isObjCPointerConversion(ToArgType, FromArgType, | ||||||
2815 | ConvertedType, IncompatibleObjC)) { | ||||||
2816 | if (IncompatibleObjC) | ||||||
2817 | return false; | ||||||
2818 | // Okay, we have an Objective-C pointer conversion. | ||||||
2819 | } else | ||||||
2820 | // Argument types are too different. Abort. | ||||||
2821 | return false; | ||||||
2822 | } | ||||||
2823 | |||||||
2824 | SmallVector<FunctionProtoType::ExtParameterInfo, 4> NewParamInfos; | ||||||
2825 | bool CanUseToFPT, CanUseFromFPT; | ||||||
2826 | if (!Context.mergeExtParameterInfo(ToFunctionType, FromFunctionType, | ||||||
2827 | CanUseToFPT, CanUseFromFPT, | ||||||
2828 | NewParamInfos)) | ||||||
2829 | return false; | ||||||
2830 | |||||||
2831 | ConvertedType = ToType; | ||||||
2832 | return true; | ||||||
2833 | } | ||||||
2834 | |||||||
2835 | enum { | ||||||
2836 | ft_default, | ||||||
2837 | ft_different_class, | ||||||
2838 | ft_parameter_arity, | ||||||
2839 | ft_parameter_mismatch, | ||||||
2840 | ft_return_type, | ||||||
2841 | ft_qualifer_mismatch, | ||||||
2842 | ft_noexcept | ||||||
2843 | }; | ||||||
2844 | |||||||
2845 | /// Attempts to get the FunctionProtoType from a Type. Handles | ||||||
2846 | /// MemberFunctionPointers properly. | ||||||
2847 | static const FunctionProtoType *tryGetFunctionProtoType(QualType FromType) { | ||||||
2848 | if (auto *FPT = FromType->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) | ||||||
2849 | return FPT; | ||||||
2850 | |||||||
2851 | if (auto *MPT = FromType->getAs<MemberPointerType>()) | ||||||
2852 | return MPT->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); | ||||||
2853 | |||||||
2854 | return nullptr; | ||||||
2855 | } | ||||||
2856 | |||||||
2857 | /// HandleFunctionTypeMismatch - Gives diagnostic information for differeing | ||||||
2858 | /// function types. Catches different number of parameter, mismatch in | ||||||
2859 | /// parameter types, and different return types. | ||||||
2860 | void Sema::HandleFunctionTypeMismatch(PartialDiagnostic &PDiag, | ||||||
2861 | QualType FromType, QualType ToType) { | ||||||
2862 | // If either type is not valid, include no extra info. | ||||||
2863 | if (FromType.isNull() || ToType.isNull()) { | ||||||
2864 | PDiag << ft_default; | ||||||
2865 | return; | ||||||
2866 | } | ||||||
2867 | |||||||
2868 | // Get the function type from the pointers. | ||||||
2869 | if (FromType->isMemberPointerType() && ToType->isMemberPointerType()) { | ||||||
2870 | const auto *FromMember = FromType->castAs<MemberPointerType>(), | ||||||
2871 | *ToMember = ToType->castAs<MemberPointerType>(); | ||||||
2872 | if (!Context.hasSameType(FromMember->getClass(), ToMember->getClass())) { | ||||||
2873 | PDiag << ft_different_class << QualType(ToMember->getClass(), 0) | ||||||
2874 | << QualType(FromMember->getClass(), 0); | ||||||
2875 | return; | ||||||
2876 | } | ||||||
2877 | FromType = FromMember->getPointeeType(); | ||||||
2878 | ToType = ToMember->getPointeeType(); | ||||||
2879 | } | ||||||
2880 | |||||||
2881 | if (FromType->isPointerType()) | ||||||
2882 | FromType = FromType->getPointeeType(); | ||||||
2883 | if (ToType->isPointerType()) | ||||||
2884 | ToType = ToType->getPointeeType(); | ||||||
2885 | |||||||
2886 | // Remove references. | ||||||
2887 | FromType = FromType.getNonReferenceType(); | ||||||
2888 | ToType = ToType.getNonReferenceType(); | ||||||
2889 | |||||||
2890 | // Don't print extra info for non-specialized template functions. | ||||||
2891 | if (FromType->isInstantiationDependentType() && | ||||||
2892 | !FromType->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>()) { | ||||||
2893 | PDiag << ft_default; | ||||||
2894 | return; | ||||||
2895 | } | ||||||
2896 | |||||||
2897 | // No extra info for same types. | ||||||
2898 | if (Context.hasSameType(FromType, ToType)) { | ||||||
2899 | PDiag << ft_default; | ||||||
2900 | return; | ||||||
2901 | } | ||||||
2902 | |||||||
2903 | const FunctionProtoType *FromFunction = tryGetFunctionProtoType(FromType), | ||||||
2904 | *ToFunction = tryGetFunctionProtoType(ToType); | ||||||
2905 | |||||||
2906 | // Both types need to be function types. | ||||||
2907 | if (!FromFunction || !ToFunction) { | ||||||
2908 | PDiag << ft_default; | ||||||
2909 | return; | ||||||
2910 | } | ||||||
2911 | |||||||
2912 | if (FromFunction->getNumParams() != ToFunction->getNumParams()) { | ||||||
2913 | PDiag << ft_parameter_arity << ToFunction->getNumParams() | ||||||
2914 | << FromFunction->getNumParams(); | ||||||
2915 | return; | ||||||
2916 | } | ||||||
2917 | |||||||
2918 | // Handle different parameter types. | ||||||
2919 | unsigned ArgPos; | ||||||
2920 | if (!FunctionParamTypesAreEqual(FromFunction, ToFunction, &ArgPos)) { | ||||||
2921 | PDiag << ft_parameter_mismatch << ArgPos + 1 | ||||||
2922 | << ToFunction->getParamType(ArgPos) | ||||||
2923 | << FromFunction->getParamType(ArgPos); | ||||||
2924 | return; | ||||||
2925 | } | ||||||
2926 | |||||||
2927 | // Handle different return type. | ||||||
2928 | if (!Context.hasSameType(FromFunction->getReturnType(), | ||||||
2929 | ToFunction->getReturnType())) { | ||||||
2930 | PDiag << ft_return_type << ToFunction->getReturnType() | ||||||
2931 | << FromFunction->getReturnType(); | ||||||
2932 | return; | ||||||
2933 | } | ||||||
2934 | |||||||
2935 | if (FromFunction->getMethodQuals() != ToFunction->getMethodQuals()) { | ||||||
2936 | PDiag << ft_qualifer_mismatch << ToFunction->getMethodQuals() | ||||||
2937 | << FromFunction->getMethodQuals(); | ||||||
2938 | return; | ||||||
2939 | } | ||||||
2940 | |||||||
2941 | // Handle exception specification differences on canonical type (in C++17 | ||||||
2942 | // onwards). | ||||||
2943 | if (cast<FunctionProtoType>(FromFunction->getCanonicalTypeUnqualified()) | ||||||
2944 | ->isNothrow() != | ||||||
2945 | cast<FunctionProtoType>(ToFunction->getCanonicalTypeUnqualified()) | ||||||
2946 | ->isNothrow()) { | ||||||
2947 | PDiag << ft_noexcept; | ||||||
2948 | return; | ||||||
2949 | } | ||||||
2950 | |||||||
2951 | // Unable to find a difference, so add no extra info. | ||||||
2952 | PDiag << ft_default; | ||||||
2953 | } | ||||||
2954 | |||||||
2955 | /// FunctionParamTypesAreEqual - This routine checks two function proto types | ||||||
2956 | /// for equality of their argument types. Caller has already checked that | ||||||
2957 | /// they have same number of arguments. If the parameters are different, | ||||||
2958 | /// ArgPos will have the parameter index of the first different parameter. | ||||||
2959 | bool Sema::FunctionParamTypesAreEqual(const FunctionProtoType *OldType, | ||||||
2960 | const FunctionProtoType *NewType, | ||||||
2961 | unsigned *ArgPos) { | ||||||
2962 | for (FunctionProtoType::param_type_iterator O = OldType->param_type_begin(), | ||||||
2963 | N = NewType->param_type_begin(), | ||||||
2964 | E = OldType->param_type_end(); | ||||||
2965 | O && (O != E); ++O, ++N) { | ||||||
2966 | // Ignore address spaces in pointee type. This is to disallow overloading | ||||||
2967 | // on __ptr32/__ptr64 address spaces. | ||||||
2968 | QualType Old = Context.removePtrSizeAddrSpace(O->getUnqualifiedType()); | ||||||
2969 | QualType New = Context.removePtrSizeAddrSpace(N->getUnqualifiedType()); | ||||||
2970 | |||||||
2971 | if (!Context.hasSameType(Old, New)) { | ||||||
2972 | if (ArgPos) | ||||||
2973 | *ArgPos = O - OldType->param_type_begin(); | ||||||
2974 | return false; | ||||||
2975 | } | ||||||
2976 | } | ||||||
2977 | return true; | ||||||
2978 | } | ||||||
2979 | |||||||
2980 | /// CheckPointerConversion - Check the pointer conversion from the | ||||||
2981 | /// expression From to the type ToType. This routine checks for | ||||||
2982 | /// ambiguous or inaccessible derived-to-base pointer | ||||||
2983 | /// conversions for which IsPointerConversion has already returned | ||||||
2984 | /// true. It returns true and produces a diagnostic if there was an | ||||||
2985 | /// error, or returns false otherwise. | ||||||
2986 | bool Sema::CheckPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, | ||||||
2987 | CastKind &Kind, | ||||||
2988 | CXXCastPath& BasePath, | ||||||
2989 | bool IgnoreBaseAccess, | ||||||
2990 | bool Diagnose) { | ||||||
2991 | QualType FromType = From->getType(); | ||||||
2992 | bool IsCStyleOrFunctionalCast = IgnoreBaseAccess; | ||||||
2993 | |||||||
2994 | Kind = CK_BitCast; | ||||||
2995 | |||||||
2996 | if (Diagnose && !IsCStyleOrFunctionalCast && !FromType->isAnyPointerType() && | ||||||
2997 | From->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull) == | ||||||
2998 | Expr::NPCK_ZeroExpression) { | ||||||
2999 | if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(From->getType(), Context.BoolTy)) | ||||||
3000 | DiagRuntimeBehavior(From->getExprLoc(), From, | ||||||
3001 | PDiag(diag::warn_impcast_bool_to_null_pointer) | ||||||
3002 | << ToType << From->getSourceRange()); | ||||||
3003 | else if (!isUnevaluatedContext()) | ||||||
3004 | Diag(From->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_non_literal_null_pointer) | ||||||
3005 | << ToType << From->getSourceRange(); | ||||||
3006 | } | ||||||
3007 | if (const PointerType *ToPtrType = ToType->getAs<PointerType>()) { | ||||||
3008 | if (const PointerType *FromPtrType = FromType->getAs<PointerType>()) { | ||||||
3009 | QualType FromPointeeType = FromPtrType->getPointeeType(), | ||||||
3010 | ToPointeeType = ToPtrType->getPointeeType(); | ||||||
3011 | |||||||
3012 | if (FromPointeeType->isRecordType() && ToPointeeType->isRecordType() && | ||||||
3013 | !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromPointeeType, ToPointeeType)) { | ||||||
3014 | // We must have a derived-to-base conversion. Check an | ||||||
3015 | // ambiguous or inaccessible conversion. | ||||||
3016 | unsigned InaccessibleID = 0; | ||||||
3017 | unsigned AmbiguousID = 0; | ||||||
3018 | if (Diagnose) { | ||||||
3019 | InaccessibleID = diag::err_upcast_to_inaccessible_base; | ||||||
3020 | AmbiguousID = diag::err_ambiguous_derived_to_base_conv; | ||||||
3021 | } | ||||||
3022 | if (CheckDerivedToBaseConversion( | ||||||
3023 | FromPointeeType, ToPointeeType, InaccessibleID, AmbiguousID, | ||||||
3024 | From->getExprLoc(), From->getSourceRange(), DeclarationName(), | ||||||
3025 | &BasePath, IgnoreBaseAccess)) | ||||||
3026 | return true; | ||||||
3027 | |||||||
3028 | // The conversion was successful. | ||||||
3029 | Kind = CK_DerivedToBase; | ||||||
3030 | } | ||||||
3031 | |||||||
3032 | if (Diagnose && !IsCStyleOrFunctionalCast && | ||||||
3033 | FromPointeeType->isFunctionType() && ToPointeeType->isVoidType()) { | ||||||
3034 | assert(getLangOpts().MSVCCompat &&(static_cast <bool> (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && "this should only be possible with MSVCCompat!") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && \"this should only be possible with MSVCCompat!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 3035, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||
3035 | "this should only be possible with MSVCCompat!")(static_cast <bool> (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && "this should only be possible with MSVCCompat!") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && \"this should only be possible with MSVCCompat!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 3035, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
3036 | Diag(From->getExprLoc(), diag::ext_ms_impcast_fn_obj) | ||||||
3037 | << From->getSourceRange(); | ||||||
3038 | } | ||||||
3039 | } | ||||||
3040 | } else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *ToPtrType = | ||||||
3041 | ToType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) { | ||||||
3042 | if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *FromPtrType = | ||||||
3043 | FromType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) { | ||||||
3044 | // Objective-C++ conversions are always okay. | ||||||
3045 | // FIXME: We should have a different class of conversions for the | ||||||
3046 | // Objective-C++ implicit conversions. | ||||||
3047 | if (FromPtrType->isObjCBuiltinType() || ToPtrType->isObjCBuiltinType()) | ||||||
3048 | return false; | ||||||
3049 | } else if (FromType->isBlockPointerType()) { | ||||||
3050 | Kind = CK_BlockPointerToObjCPointerCast; | ||||||
3051 | } else { | ||||||
3052 | Kind = CK_CPointerToObjCPointerCast; | ||||||
3053 | } | ||||||
3054 | } else if (ToType->isBlockPointerType()) { | ||||||
3055 | if (!FromType->isBlockPointerType()) | ||||||
3056 | Kind = CK_AnyPointerToBlockPointerCast; | ||||||
3057 | } | ||||||
3058 | |||||||
3059 | // We shouldn't fall into this case unless it's valid for other | ||||||
3060 | // reasons. | ||||||
3061 | if (From->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) | ||||||
3062 | Kind = CK_NullToPointer; | ||||||
3063 | |||||||
3064 | return false; | ||||||
3065 | } | ||||||
3066 | |||||||
3067 | /// IsMemberPointerConversion - Determines whether the conversion of the | ||||||
3068 | /// expression From, which has the (possibly adjusted) type FromType, can be | ||||||
3069 | /// converted to the type ToType via a member pointer conversion (C++ 4.11). | ||||||
3070 | /// If so, returns true and places the converted type (that might differ from | ||||||
3071 | /// ToType in its cv-qualifiers at some level) into ConvertedType. | ||||||
3072 | bool Sema::IsMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, | ||||||
3073 | QualType ToType, | ||||||
3074 | bool InOverloadResolution, | ||||||
3075 | QualType &ConvertedType) { | ||||||
3076 | const MemberPointerType *ToTypePtr = ToType->getAs<MemberPointerType>(); | ||||||
3077 | if (!ToTypePtr) | ||||||
3078 | return false; | ||||||
3079 | |||||||
3080 | // A null pointer constant can be converted to a member pointer (C++ 4.11p1) | ||||||
3081 | if (From->isNullPointerConstant(Context, | ||||||
3082 | InOverloadResolution? Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull | ||||||
3083 | : Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) { | ||||||
3084 | ConvertedType = ToType; | ||||||
3085 | return true; | ||||||
3086 | } | ||||||
3087 | |||||||
3088 | // Otherwise, both types have to be member pointers. | ||||||
3089 | const MemberPointerType *FromTypePtr = FromType->getAs<MemberPointerType>(); | ||||||
3090 | if (!FromTypePtr) | ||||||
3091 | return false; | ||||||
3092 | |||||||
3093 | // A pointer to member of B can be converted to a pointer to member of D, | ||||||
3094 | // where D is derived from B (C++ 4.11p2). | ||||||
3095 | QualType FromClass(FromTypePtr->getClass(), 0); | ||||||
3096 | QualType ToClass(ToTypePtr->getClass(), 0); | ||||||
3097 | |||||||
3098 | if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromClass, ToClass) && | ||||||
3099 | IsDerivedFrom(From->getBeginLoc(), ToClass, FromClass)) { | ||||||
3100 | ConvertedType = Context.getMemberPointerType(FromTypePtr->getPointeeType(), | ||||||
3101 | ToClass.getTypePtr()); | ||||||
3102 | return true; | ||||||
3103 | } | ||||||
3104 | |||||||
3105 | return false; | ||||||
3106 | } | ||||||
3107 | |||||||
3108 | /// CheckMemberPointerConversion - Check the member pointer conversion from the | ||||||
3109 | /// expression From to the type ToType. This routine checks for ambiguous or | ||||||
3110 | /// virtual or inaccessible base-to-derived member pointer conversions | ||||||
3111 | /// for which IsMemberPointerConversion has already returned true. It returns | ||||||
3112 | /// true and produces a diagnostic if there was an error, or returns false | ||||||
3113 | /// otherwise. | ||||||
3114 | bool Sema::CheckMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, | ||||||
3115 | CastKind &Kind, | ||||||
3116 | CXXCastPath &BasePath, | ||||||
3117 | bool IgnoreBaseAccess) { | ||||||
3118 | QualType FromType = From->getType(); | ||||||
3119 | const MemberPointerType *FromPtrType = FromType->getAs<MemberPointerType>(); | ||||||
3120 | if (!FromPtrType) { | ||||||
3121 | // This must be a null pointer to member pointer conversion | ||||||
3122 | assert(From->isNullPointerConstant(Context,(static_cast <bool> (From->isNullPointerConstant(Context , Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull) && "Expr must be null pointer constant!" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("From->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull) && \"Expr must be null pointer constant!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 3124, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||
3123 | Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull) &&(static_cast <bool> (From->isNullPointerConstant(Context , Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull) && "Expr must be null pointer constant!" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("From->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull) && \"Expr must be null pointer constant!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 3124, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||
3124 | "Expr must be null pointer constant!")(static_cast <bool> (From->isNullPointerConstant(Context , Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull) && "Expr must be null pointer constant!" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("From->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull) && \"Expr must be null pointer constant!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 3124, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
3125 | Kind = CK_NullToMemberPointer; | ||||||
3126 | return false; | ||||||
3127 | } | ||||||
3128 | |||||||
3129 | const MemberPointerType *ToPtrType = ToType->getAs<MemberPointerType>(); | ||||||
3130 | assert(ToPtrType && "No member pointer cast has a target type "(static_cast <bool> (ToPtrType && "No member pointer cast has a target type " "that is not a member pointer.") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ( "ToPtrType && \"No member pointer cast has a target type \" \"that is not a member pointer.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 3131, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||
3131 | "that is not a member pointer.")(static_cast <bool> (ToPtrType && "No member pointer cast has a target type " "that is not a member pointer.") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ( "ToPtrType && \"No member pointer cast has a target type \" \"that is not a member pointer.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 3131, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
3132 | |||||||
3133 | QualType FromClass = QualType(FromPtrType->getClass(), 0); | ||||||
3134 | QualType ToClass = QualType(ToPtrType->getClass(), 0); | ||||||
3135 | |||||||
3136 | // FIXME: What about dependent types? | ||||||
3137 | assert(FromClass->isRecordType() && "Pointer into non-class.")(static_cast <bool> (FromClass->isRecordType() && "Pointer into non-class.") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("FromClass->isRecordType() && \"Pointer into non-class.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 3137, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
3138 | assert(ToClass->isRecordType() && "Pointer into non-class.")(static_cast <bool> (ToClass->isRecordType() && "Pointer into non-class.") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("ToClass->isRecordType() && \"Pointer into non-class.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 3138, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
3139 | |||||||
3140 | CXXBasePaths Paths(/*FindAmbiguities=*/true, /*RecordPaths=*/true, | ||||||
3141 | /*DetectVirtual=*/true); | ||||||
3142 | bool DerivationOkay = | ||||||
3143 | IsDerivedFrom(From->getBeginLoc(), ToClass, FromClass, Paths); | ||||||
3144 | assert(DerivationOkay &&(static_cast <bool> (DerivationOkay && "Should not have been called if derivation isn't OK." ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("DerivationOkay && \"Should not have been called if derivation isn't OK.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 3145, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||
3145 | "Should not have been called if derivation isn't OK.")(static_cast <bool> (DerivationOkay && "Should not have been called if derivation isn't OK." ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("DerivationOkay && \"Should not have been called if derivation isn't OK.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 3145, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
3146 | (void)DerivationOkay; | ||||||
3147 | |||||||
3148 | if (Paths.isAmbiguous(Context.getCanonicalType(FromClass). | ||||||
3149 | getUnqualifiedType())) { | ||||||
3150 | std::string PathDisplayStr = getAmbiguousPathsDisplayString(Paths); | ||||||
3151 | Diag(From->getExprLoc(), diag::err_ambiguous_memptr_conv) | ||||||
3152 | << 0 << FromClass << ToClass << PathDisplayStr << From->getSourceRange(); | ||||||
3153 | return true; | ||||||
3154 | } | ||||||
3155 | |||||||
3156 | if (const RecordType *VBase = Paths.getDetectedVirtual()) { | ||||||
3157 | Diag(From->getExprLoc(), diag::err_memptr_conv_via_virtual) | ||||||
3158 | << FromClass << ToClass << QualType(VBase, 0) | ||||||
3159 | << From->getSourceRange(); | ||||||
3160 | return true; | ||||||
3161 | } | ||||||
3162 | |||||||
3163 | if (!IgnoreBaseAccess) | ||||||
3164 | CheckBaseClassAccess(From->getExprLoc(), FromClass, ToClass, | ||||||
3165 | Paths.front(), | ||||||
3166 | diag::err_downcast_from_inaccessible_base); | ||||||
3167 | |||||||
3168 | // Must be a base to derived member conversion. | ||||||
3169 | BuildBasePathArray(Paths, BasePath); | ||||||
3170 | Kind = CK_BaseToDerivedMemberPointer; | ||||||
3171 | return false; | ||||||
3172 | } | ||||||
3173 | |||||||
3174 | /// Determine whether the lifetime conversion between the two given | ||||||
3175 | /// qualifiers sets is nontrivial. | ||||||
3176 | static bool isNonTrivialObjCLifetimeConversion(Qualifiers FromQuals, | ||||||
3177 | Qualifiers ToQuals) { | ||||||
3178 | // Converting anything to const __unsafe_unretained is trivial. | ||||||
3179 | if (ToQuals.hasConst() && | ||||||
3180 | ToQuals.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone) | ||||||
3181 | return false; | ||||||
3182 | |||||||
3183 | return true; | ||||||
3184 | } | ||||||
3185 | |||||||
3186 | /// Perform a single iteration of the loop for checking if a qualification | ||||||
3187 | /// conversion is valid. | ||||||
3188 | /// | ||||||
3189 | /// Specifically, check whether any change between the qualifiers of \p | ||||||
3190 | /// FromType and \p ToType is permissible, given knowledge about whether every | ||||||
3191 | /// outer layer is const-qualified. | ||||||
3192 | static bool isQualificationConversionStep(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, | ||||||
3193 | bool CStyle, bool IsTopLevel, | ||||||
3194 | bool &PreviousToQualsIncludeConst, | ||||||
3195 | bool &ObjCLifetimeConversion) { | ||||||
3196 | Qualifiers FromQuals = FromType.getQualifiers(); | ||||||
3197 | Qualifiers ToQuals = ToType.getQualifiers(); | ||||||
3198 | |||||||
3199 | // Ignore __unaligned qualifier if this type is void. | ||||||
3200 | if (ToType.getUnqualifiedType()->isVoidType()) | ||||||
3201 | FromQuals.removeUnaligned(); | ||||||
3202 | |||||||
3203 | // Objective-C ARC: | ||||||
3204 | // Check Objective-C lifetime conversions. | ||||||
3205 | if (FromQuals.getObjCLifetime() != ToQuals.getObjCLifetime()) { | ||||||
3206 | if (ToQuals.compatiblyIncludesObjCLifetime(FromQuals)) { | ||||||
3207 | if (isNonTrivialObjCLifetimeConversion(FromQuals, ToQuals)) | ||||||
3208 | ObjCLifetimeConversion = true; | ||||||
3209 | FromQuals.removeObjCLifetime(); | ||||||
3210 | ToQuals.removeObjCLifetime(); | ||||||
3211 | } else { | ||||||
3212 | // Qualification conversions cannot cast between different | ||||||
3213 | // Objective-C lifetime qualifiers. | ||||||
3214 | return false; | ||||||
3215 | } | ||||||
3216 | } | ||||||
3217 | |||||||
3218 | // Allow addition/removal of GC attributes but not changing GC attributes. | ||||||
3219 | if (FromQuals.getObjCGCAttr() != ToQuals.getObjCGCAttr() && | ||||||
3220 | (!FromQuals.hasObjCGCAttr() || !ToQuals.hasObjCGCAttr())) { | ||||||
3221 | FromQuals.removeObjCGCAttr(); | ||||||
3222 | ToQuals.removeObjCGCAttr(); | ||||||
3223 | } | ||||||
3224 | |||||||
3225 | // -- for every j > 0, if const is in cv 1,j then const is in cv | ||||||
3226 | // 2,j, and similarly for volatile. | ||||||
3227 | if (!CStyle && !ToQuals.compatiblyIncludes(FromQuals)) | ||||||
3228 | return false; | ||||||
3229 | |||||||
3230 | // If address spaces mismatch: | ||||||
3231 | // - in top level it is only valid to convert to addr space that is a | ||||||
3232 | // superset in all cases apart from C-style casts where we allow | ||||||
3233 | // conversions between overlapping address spaces. | ||||||
3234 | // - in non-top levels it is not a valid conversion. | ||||||
3235 | if (ToQuals.getAddressSpace() != FromQuals.getAddressSpace() && | ||||||
3236 | (!IsTopLevel || | ||||||
3237 | !(ToQuals.isAddressSpaceSupersetOf(FromQuals) || | ||||||
3238 | (CStyle && FromQuals.isAddressSpaceSupersetOf(ToQuals))))) | ||||||
3239 | return false; | ||||||
3240 | |||||||
3241 | // -- if the cv 1,j and cv 2,j are different, then const is in | ||||||
3242 | // every cv for 0 < k < j. | ||||||
3243 | if (!CStyle && FromQuals.getCVRQualifiers() != ToQuals.getCVRQualifiers() && | ||||||
3244 | !PreviousToQualsIncludeConst) | ||||||
3245 | return false; | ||||||
3246 | |||||||
3247 | // Keep track of whether all prior cv-qualifiers in the "to" type | ||||||
3248 | // include const. | ||||||
3249 | PreviousToQualsIncludeConst = | ||||||
3250 | PreviousToQualsIncludeConst && ToQuals.hasConst(); | ||||||
3251 | return true; | ||||||
3252 | } | ||||||
3253 | |||||||
3254 | /// IsQualificationConversion - Determines whether the conversion from | ||||||
3255 | /// an rvalue of type FromType to ToType is a qualification conversion | ||||||
3256 | /// (C++ 4.4). | ||||||
3257 | /// | ||||||
3258 | /// \param ObjCLifetimeConversion Output parameter that will be set to indicate | ||||||
3259 | /// when the qualification conversion involves a change in the Objective-C | ||||||
3260 | /// object lifetime. | ||||||
3261 | bool | ||||||
3262 | Sema::IsQualificationConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, | ||||||
3263 | bool CStyle, bool &ObjCLifetimeConversion) { | ||||||
3264 | FromType = Context.getCanonicalType(FromType); | ||||||
3265 | ToType = Context.getCanonicalType(ToType); | ||||||
3266 | ObjCLifetimeConversion = false; | ||||||
3267 | |||||||
3268 | // If FromType and ToType are the same type, this is not a | ||||||
3269 | // qualification conversion. | ||||||
3270 | if (FromType.getUnqualifiedType() == ToType.getUnqualifiedType()) | ||||||
3271 | return false; | ||||||
3272 | |||||||
3273 | // (C++ 4.4p4): | ||||||
3274 | // A conversion can add cv-qualifiers at levels other than the first | ||||||
3275 | // in multi-level pointers, subject to the following rules: [...] | ||||||
3276 | bool PreviousToQualsIncludeConst = true; | ||||||
3277 | bool UnwrappedAnyPointer = false; | ||||||
3278 | while (Context.UnwrapSimilarTypes(FromType, ToType)) { | ||||||
3279 | if (!isQualificationConversionStep( | ||||||
3280 | FromType, ToType, CStyle, !UnwrappedAnyPointer, | ||||||
3281 | PreviousToQualsIncludeConst, ObjCLifetimeConversion)) | ||||||
3282 | return false; | ||||||
3283 | UnwrappedAnyPointer = true; | ||||||
3284 | } | ||||||
3285 | |||||||
3286 | // We are left with FromType and ToType being the pointee types | ||||||
3287 | // after unwrapping the original FromType and ToType the same number | ||||||
3288 | // of times. If we unwrapped any pointers, and if FromType and | ||||||
3289 | // ToType have the same unqualified type (since we checked | ||||||
3290 | // qualifiers above), then this is a qualification conversion. | ||||||
3291 | return UnwrappedAnyPointer && Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromType,ToType); | ||||||
3292 | } | ||||||
3293 | |||||||
3294 | /// - Determine whether this is a conversion from a scalar type to an | ||||||
3295 | /// atomic type. | ||||||
3296 | /// | ||||||
3297 | /// If successful, updates \c SCS's second and third steps in the conversion | ||||||
3298 | /// sequence to finish the conversion. | ||||||
3299 | static bool tryAtomicConversion(Sema &S, Expr *From, QualType ToType, | ||||||
3300 | bool InOverloadResolution, | ||||||
3301 | StandardConversionSequence &SCS, | ||||||
3302 | bool CStyle) { | ||||||
3303 | const AtomicType *ToAtomic = ToType->getAs<AtomicType>(); | ||||||
3304 | if (!ToAtomic) | ||||||
3305 | return false; | ||||||
3306 | |||||||
3307 | StandardConversionSequence InnerSCS; | ||||||
3308 | if (!IsStandardConversion(S, From, ToAtomic->getValueType(), | ||||||
3309 | InOverloadResolution, InnerSCS, | ||||||
3310 | CStyle, /*AllowObjCWritebackConversion=*/false)) | ||||||
3311 | return false; | ||||||
3312 | |||||||
3313 | SCS.Second = InnerSCS.Second; | ||||||
3314 | SCS.setToType(1, InnerSCS.getToType(1)); | ||||||
3315 | SCS.Third = InnerSCS.Third; | ||||||
3316 | SCS.QualificationIncludesObjCLifetime | ||||||
3317 | = InnerSCS.QualificationIncludesObjCLifetime; | ||||||
3318 | SCS.setToType(2, InnerSCS.getToType(2)); | ||||||
3319 | return true; | ||||||
3320 | } | ||||||
3321 | |||||||
3322 | static bool isFirstArgumentCompatibleWithType(ASTContext &Context, | ||||||
3323 | CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, | ||||||
3324 | QualType Type) { | ||||||
3325 | const auto *CtorType = Constructor->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); | ||||||
3326 | if (CtorType->getNumParams() > 0) { | ||||||
3327 | QualType FirstArg = CtorType->getParamType(0); | ||||||
3328 | if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(Type, FirstArg.getNonReferenceType())) | ||||||
3329 | return true; | ||||||
3330 | } | ||||||
3331 | return false; | ||||||
3332 | } | ||||||
3333 | |||||||
3334 | static OverloadingResult | ||||||
3335 | IsInitializerListConstructorConversion(Sema &S, Expr *From, QualType ToType, | ||||||
3336 | CXXRecordDecl *To, | ||||||
3337 | UserDefinedConversionSequence &User, | ||||||
3338 | OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, | ||||||
3339 | bool AllowExplicit) { | ||||||
3340 | CandidateSet.clear(OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_InitByUserDefinedConversion); | ||||||
3341 | for (auto *D : S.LookupConstructors(To)) { | ||||||
3342 | auto Info = getConstructorInfo(D); | ||||||
3343 | if (!Info) | ||||||
3344 | continue; | ||||||
3345 | |||||||
3346 | bool Usable = !Info.Constructor->isInvalidDecl() && | ||||||
3347 | S.isInitListConstructor(Info.Constructor); | ||||||
3348 | if (Usable) { | ||||||
3349 | bool SuppressUserConversions = false; | ||||||
3350 | if (Info.ConstructorTmpl) | ||||||
3351 | S.AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(Info.ConstructorTmpl, Info.FoundDecl, | ||||||
3352 | /*ExplicitArgs*/ nullptr, From, | ||||||
3353 | CandidateSet, SuppressUserConversions, | ||||||
3354 | /*PartialOverloading*/ false, | ||||||
3355 | AllowExplicit); | ||||||
3356 | else | ||||||
3357 | S.AddOverloadCandidate(Info.Constructor, Info.FoundDecl, From, | ||||||
3358 | CandidateSet, SuppressUserConversions, | ||||||
3359 | /*PartialOverloading*/ false, AllowExplicit); | ||||||
3360 | } | ||||||
3361 | } | ||||||
3362 | |||||||
3363 | bool HadMultipleCandidates = (CandidateSet.size() > 1); | ||||||
3364 | |||||||
3365 | OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best; | ||||||
3366 | switch (auto Result = | ||||||
3367 | CandidateSet.BestViableFunction(S, From->getBeginLoc(), Best)) { | ||||||
3368 | case OR_Deleted: | ||||||
3369 | case OR_Success: { | ||||||
3370 | // Record the standard conversion we used and the conversion function. | ||||||
3371 | CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Best->Function); | ||||||
3372 | QualType ThisType = Constructor->getThisType(); | ||||||
3373 | // Initializer lists don't have conversions as such. | ||||||
3374 | User.Before.setAsIdentityConversion(); | ||||||
3375 | User.HadMultipleCandidates = HadMultipleCandidates; | ||||||
3376 | User.ConversionFunction = Constructor; | ||||||
3377 | User.FoundConversionFunction = Best->FoundDecl; | ||||||
3378 | User.After.setAsIdentityConversion(); | ||||||
3379 | User.After.setFromType(ThisType->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()); | ||||||
3380 | User.After.setAllToTypes(ToType); | ||||||
3381 | return Result; | ||||||
3382 | } | ||||||
3383 | |||||||
3384 | case OR_No_Viable_Function: | ||||||
3385 | return OR_No_Viable_Function; | ||||||
3386 | case OR_Ambiguous: | ||||||
3387 | return OR_Ambiguous; | ||||||
3388 | } | ||||||
3389 | |||||||
3390 | llvm_unreachable("Invalid OverloadResult!")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Invalid OverloadResult!", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 3390); | ||||||
3391 | } | ||||||
3392 | |||||||
3393 | /// Determines whether there is a user-defined conversion sequence | ||||||
3394 | /// (C++ [over.ics.user]) that converts expression From to the type | ||||||
3395 | /// ToType. If such a conversion exists, User will contain the | ||||||
3396 | /// user-defined conversion sequence that performs such a conversion | ||||||
3397 | /// and this routine will return true. Otherwise, this routine returns | ||||||
3398 | /// false and User is unspecified. | ||||||
3399 | /// | ||||||
3400 | /// \param AllowExplicit true if the conversion should consider C++0x | ||||||
3401 | /// "explicit" conversion functions as well as non-explicit conversion | ||||||
3402 | /// functions (C++0x [class.conv.fct]p2). | ||||||
3403 | /// | ||||||
3404 | /// \param AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit true if the conversion should | ||||||
3405 | /// allow an extra Objective-C pointer conversion on uses of explicit | ||||||
3406 | /// constructors. Requires \c AllowExplicit to also be set. | ||||||
3407 | static OverloadingResult | ||||||
3408 | IsUserDefinedConversion(Sema &S, Expr *From, QualType ToType, | ||||||
3409 | UserDefinedConversionSequence &User, | ||||||
3410 | OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, | ||||||
3411 | AllowedExplicit AllowExplicit, | ||||||
3412 | bool AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit) { | ||||||
3413 | assert(AllowExplicit != AllowedExplicit::None ||(static_cast <bool> (AllowExplicit != AllowedExplicit:: None || !AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("AllowExplicit != AllowedExplicit::None || !AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 3414, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||
3414 | !AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit)(static_cast <bool> (AllowExplicit != AllowedExplicit:: None || !AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("AllowExplicit != AllowedExplicit::None || !AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 3414, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
3415 | CandidateSet.clear(OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_InitByUserDefinedConversion); | ||||||
3416 | |||||||
3417 | // Whether we will only visit constructors. | ||||||
3418 | bool ConstructorsOnly = false; | ||||||
3419 | |||||||
3420 | // If the type we are conversion to is a class type, enumerate its | ||||||
3421 | // constructors. | ||||||
3422 | if (const RecordType *ToRecordType = ToType->getAs<RecordType>()) { | ||||||
3423 | // C++ [over.match.ctor]p1: | ||||||
3424 | // When objects of class type are direct-initialized (8.5), or | ||||||
3425 | // copy-initialized from an expression of the same or a | ||||||
3426 | // derived class type (8.5), overload resolution selects the | ||||||
3427 | // constructor. [...] For copy-initialization, the candidate | ||||||
3428 | // functions are all the converting constructors (12.3.1) of | ||||||
3429 | // that class. The argument list is the expression-list within | ||||||
3430 | // the parentheses of the initializer. | ||||||
3431 | if (S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ToType, From->getType()) || | ||||||
3432 | (From->getType()->getAs<RecordType>() && | ||||||
3433 | S.IsDerivedFrom(From->getBeginLoc(), From->getType(), ToType))) | ||||||
3434 | ConstructorsOnly = true; | ||||||
3435 | |||||||
3436 | if (!S.isCompleteType(From->getExprLoc(), ToType)) { | ||||||
3437 | // We're not going to find any constructors. | ||||||
3438 | } else if (CXXRecordDecl *ToRecordDecl | ||||||
3439 | = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(ToRecordType->getDecl())) { | ||||||
3440 | |||||||
3441 | Expr **Args = &From; | ||||||
3442 | unsigned NumArgs = 1; | ||||||
3443 | bool ListInitializing = false; | ||||||
3444 | if (InitListExpr *InitList = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(From)) { | ||||||
3445 | // But first, see if there is an init-list-constructor that will work. | ||||||
3446 | OverloadingResult Result = IsInitializerListConstructorConversion( | ||||||
3447 | S, From, ToType, ToRecordDecl, User, CandidateSet, | ||||||
3448 | AllowExplicit == AllowedExplicit::All); | ||||||
3449 | if (Result != OR_No_Viable_Function) | ||||||
3450 | return Result; | ||||||
3451 | // Never mind. | ||||||
3452 | CandidateSet.clear( | ||||||
3453 | OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_InitByUserDefinedConversion); | ||||||
3454 | |||||||
3455 | // If we're list-initializing, we pass the individual elements as | ||||||
3456 | // arguments, not the entire list. | ||||||
3457 | Args = InitList->getInits(); | ||||||
3458 | NumArgs = InitList->getNumInits(); | ||||||
3459 | ListInitializing = true; | ||||||
3460 | } | ||||||
3461 | |||||||
3462 | for (auto *D : S.LookupConstructors(ToRecordDecl)) { | ||||||
3463 | auto Info = getConstructorInfo(D); | ||||||
3464 | if (!Info) | ||||||
3465 | continue; | ||||||
3466 | |||||||
3467 | bool Usable = !Info.Constructor->isInvalidDecl(); | ||||||
3468 | if (!ListInitializing) | ||||||
3469 | Usable = Usable && Info.Constructor->isConvertingConstructor( | ||||||
3470 | /*AllowExplicit*/ true); | ||||||
3471 | if (Usable) { | ||||||
3472 | bool SuppressUserConversions = !ConstructorsOnly; | ||||||
3473 | // C++20 [over.best.ics.general]/4.5: | ||||||
3474 | // if the target is the first parameter of a constructor [of class | ||||||
3475 | // X] and the constructor [...] is a candidate by [...] the second | ||||||
3476 | // phase of [over.match.list] when the initializer list has exactly | ||||||
3477 | // one element that is itself an initializer list, [...] and the | ||||||
3478 | // conversion is to X or reference to cv X, user-defined conversion | ||||||
3479 | // sequences are not cnosidered. | ||||||
3480 | if (SuppressUserConversions && ListInitializing) { | ||||||
3481 | SuppressUserConversions = | ||||||
3482 | NumArgs == 1 && isa<InitListExpr>(Args[0]) && | ||||||
3483 | isFirstArgumentCompatibleWithType(S.Context, Info.Constructor, | ||||||
3484 | ToType); | ||||||
3485 | } | ||||||
3486 | if (Info.ConstructorTmpl) | ||||||
3487 | S.AddTemplateOverloadCandidate( | ||||||
3488 | Info.ConstructorTmpl, Info.FoundDecl, | ||||||
3489 | /*ExplicitArgs*/ nullptr, llvm::makeArrayRef(Args, NumArgs), | ||||||
3490 | CandidateSet, SuppressUserConversions, | ||||||
3491 | /*PartialOverloading*/ false, | ||||||
3492 | AllowExplicit == AllowedExplicit::All); | ||||||
3493 | else | ||||||
3494 | // Allow one user-defined conversion when user specifies a | ||||||
3495 | // From->ToType conversion via an static cast (c-style, etc). | ||||||
3496 | S.AddOverloadCandidate(Info.Constructor, Info.FoundDecl, | ||||||
3497 | llvm::makeArrayRef(Args, NumArgs), | ||||||
3498 | CandidateSet, SuppressUserConversions, | ||||||
3499 | /*PartialOverloading*/ false, | ||||||
3500 | AllowExplicit == AllowedExplicit::All); | ||||||
3501 | } | ||||||
3502 | } | ||||||
3503 | } | ||||||
3504 | } | ||||||
3505 | |||||||
3506 | // Enumerate conversion functions, if we're allowed to. | ||||||
3507 | if (ConstructorsOnly || isa<InitListExpr>(From)) { | ||||||
3508 | } else if (!S.isCompleteType(From->getBeginLoc(), From->getType())) { | ||||||
3509 | // No conversion functions from incomplete types. | ||||||
3510 | } else if (const RecordType *FromRecordType = | ||||||
3511 | From->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()) { | ||||||
3512 | if (CXXRecordDecl *FromRecordDecl | ||||||
3513 | = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FromRecordType->getDecl())) { | ||||||
3514 | // Add all of the conversion functions as candidates. | ||||||
3515 | const auto &Conversions = FromRecordDecl->getVisibleConversionFunctions(); | ||||||
3516 | for (auto I = Conversions.begin(), E = Conversions.end(); I != E; ++I) { | ||||||
3517 | DeclAccessPair FoundDecl = I.getPair(); | ||||||
3518 | NamedDecl *D = FoundDecl.getDecl(); | ||||||
3519 | CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D->getDeclContext()); | ||||||
3520 | if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D)) | ||||||
3521 | D = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(D)->getTargetDecl(); | ||||||
3522 | |||||||
3523 | CXXConversionDecl *Conv; | ||||||
3524 | FunctionTemplateDecl *ConvTemplate; | ||||||
3525 | if ((ConvTemplate = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))) | ||||||
3526 | Conv = cast<CXXConversionDecl>(ConvTemplate->getTemplatedDecl()); | ||||||
3527 | else | ||||||
3528 | Conv = cast<CXXConversionDecl>(D); | ||||||
3529 | |||||||
3530 | if (ConvTemplate) | ||||||
3531 | S.AddTemplateConversionCandidate( | ||||||
3532 | ConvTemplate, FoundDecl, ActingContext, From, ToType, | ||||||
3533 | CandidateSet, AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit, | ||||||
3534 | AllowExplicit != AllowedExplicit::None); | ||||||
3535 | else | ||||||
3536 | S.AddConversionCandidate(Conv, FoundDecl, ActingContext, From, ToType, | ||||||
3537 | CandidateSet, AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit, | ||||||
3538 | AllowExplicit != AllowedExplicit::None); | ||||||
3539 | } | ||||||
3540 | } | ||||||
3541 | } | ||||||
3542 | |||||||
3543 | bool HadMultipleCandidates = (CandidateSet.size() > 1); | ||||||
3544 | |||||||
3545 | OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best; | ||||||
3546 | switch (auto Result = | ||||||
3547 | CandidateSet.BestViableFunction(S, From->getBeginLoc(), Best)) { | ||||||
3548 | case OR_Success: | ||||||
3549 | case OR_Deleted: | ||||||
3550 | // Record the standard conversion we used and the conversion function. | ||||||
3551 | if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor | ||||||
3552 | = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Best->Function)) { | ||||||
3553 | // C++ [over.ics.user]p1: | ||||||
3554 | // If the user-defined conversion is specified by a | ||||||
3555 | // constructor (12.3.1), the initial standard conversion | ||||||
3556 | // sequence converts the source type to the type required by | ||||||
3557 | // the argument of the constructor. | ||||||
3558 | // | ||||||
3559 | QualType ThisType = Constructor->getThisType(); | ||||||
3560 | if (isa<InitListExpr>(From)) { | ||||||
3561 | // Initializer lists don't have conversions as such. | ||||||
3562 | User.Before.setAsIdentityConversion(); | ||||||
3563 | } else { | ||||||
3564 | if (Best->Conversions[0].isEllipsis()) | ||||||
3565 | User.EllipsisConversion = true; | ||||||
3566 | else { | ||||||
3567 | User.Before = Best->Conversions[0].Standard; | ||||||
3568 | User.EllipsisConversion = false; | ||||||
3569 | } | ||||||
3570 | } | ||||||
3571 | User.HadMultipleCandidates = HadMultipleCandidates; | ||||||
3572 | User.ConversionFunction = Constructor; | ||||||
3573 | User.FoundConversionFunction = Best->FoundDecl; | ||||||
3574 | User.After.setAsIdentityConversion(); | ||||||
3575 | User.After.setFromType(ThisType->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()); | ||||||
3576 | User.After.setAllToTypes(ToType); | ||||||
3577 | return Result; | ||||||
3578 | } | ||||||
3579 | if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion | ||||||
3580 | = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(Best->Function)) { | ||||||
3581 | // C++ [over.ics.user]p1: | ||||||
3582 | // | ||||||
3583 | // [...] If the user-defined conversion is specified by a | ||||||
3584 | // conversion function (12.3.2), the initial standard | ||||||
3585 | // conversion sequence converts the source type to the | ||||||
3586 | // implicit object parameter of the conversion function. | ||||||
3587 | User.Before = Best->Conversions[0].Standard; | ||||||
3588 | User.HadMultipleCandidates = HadMultipleCandidates; | ||||||
3589 | User.ConversionFunction = Conversion; | ||||||
3590 | User.FoundConversionFunction = Best->FoundDecl; | ||||||
3591 | User.EllipsisConversion = false; | ||||||
3592 | |||||||
3593 | // C++ [over.ics.user]p2: | ||||||
3594 | // The second standard conversion sequence converts the | ||||||
3595 | // result of the user-defined conversion to the target type | ||||||
3596 | // for the sequence. Since an implicit conversion sequence | ||||||
3597 | // is an initialization, the special rules for | ||||||
3598 | // initialization by user-defined conversion apply when | ||||||
3599 | // selecting the best user-defined conversion for a | ||||||
3600 | // user-defined conversion sequence (see 13.3.3 and | ||||||
3601 | // 13.3.3.1). | ||||||
3602 | User.After = Best->FinalConversion; | ||||||
3603 | return Result; | ||||||
3604 | } | ||||||
3605 | llvm_unreachable("Not a constructor or conversion function?")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Not a constructor or conversion function?" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 3605); | ||||||
3606 | |||||||
3607 | case OR_No_Viable_Function: | ||||||
3608 | return OR_No_Viable_Function; | ||||||
3609 | |||||||
3610 | case OR_Ambiguous: | ||||||
3611 | return OR_Ambiguous; | ||||||
3612 | } | ||||||
3613 | |||||||
3614 | llvm_unreachable("Invalid OverloadResult!")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Invalid OverloadResult!", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 3614); | ||||||
3615 | } | ||||||
3616 | |||||||
3617 | bool | ||||||
3618 | Sema::DiagnoseMultipleUserDefinedConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType) { | ||||||
3619 | ImplicitConversionSequence ICS; | ||||||
3620 | OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet(From->getExprLoc(), | ||||||
3621 | OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Normal); | ||||||
3622 | OverloadingResult OvResult = | ||||||
3623 | IsUserDefinedConversion(*this, From, ToType, ICS.UserDefined, | ||||||
3624 | CandidateSet, AllowedExplicit::None, false); | ||||||
3625 | |||||||
3626 | if (!(OvResult == OR_Ambiguous || | ||||||
3627 | (OvResult == OR_No_Viable_Function && !CandidateSet.empty()))) | ||||||
3628 | return false; | ||||||
3629 | |||||||
3630 | auto Cands = CandidateSet.CompleteCandidates( | ||||||
3631 | *this, | ||||||
3632 | OvResult == OR_Ambiguous ? OCD_AmbiguousCandidates : OCD_AllCandidates, | ||||||
3633 | From); | ||||||
3634 | if (OvResult == OR_Ambiguous) | ||||||
3635 | Diag(From->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_ambiguous_condition) | ||||||
3636 | << From->getType() << ToType << From->getSourceRange(); | ||||||
3637 | else { // OR_No_Viable_Function && !CandidateSet.empty() | ||||||
3638 | if (!RequireCompleteType(From->getBeginLoc(), ToType, | ||||||
3639 | diag::err_typecheck_nonviable_condition_incomplete, | ||||||
3640 | From->getType(), From->getSourceRange())) | ||||||
3641 | Diag(From->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_nonviable_condition) | ||||||
3642 | << false << From->getType() << From->getSourceRange() << ToType; | ||||||
3643 | } | ||||||
3644 | |||||||
3645 | CandidateSet.NoteCandidates( | ||||||
3646 | *this, From, Cands); | ||||||
3647 | return true; | ||||||
3648 | } | ||||||
3649 | |||||||
3650 | // Helper for compareConversionFunctions that gets the FunctionType that the | ||||||
3651 | // conversion-operator return value 'points' to, or nullptr. | ||||||
3652 | static const FunctionType * | ||||||
3653 | getConversionOpReturnTyAsFunction(CXXConversionDecl *Conv) { | ||||||
3654 | const FunctionType *ConvFuncTy = Conv->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>(); | ||||||
3655 | const PointerType *RetPtrTy = | ||||||
3656 | ConvFuncTy->getReturnType()->getAs<PointerType>(); | ||||||
3657 | |||||||
3658 | if (!RetPtrTy) | ||||||
3659 | return nullptr; | ||||||
3660 | |||||||
3661 | return RetPtrTy->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); | ||||||
3662 | } | ||||||
3663 | |||||||
3664 | /// Compare the user-defined conversion functions or constructors | ||||||
3665 | /// of two user-defined conversion sequences to determine whether any ordering | ||||||
3666 | /// is possible. | ||||||
3667 | static ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind | ||||||
3668 | compareConversionFunctions(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *Function1, | ||||||
3669 | FunctionDecl *Function2) { | ||||||
3670 | CXXConversionDecl *Conv1 = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXConversionDecl>(Function1); | ||||||
3671 | CXXConversionDecl *Conv2 = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXConversionDecl>(Function2); | ||||||
3672 | if (!Conv1 || !Conv2) | ||||||
3673 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable; | ||||||
3674 | |||||||
3675 | if (!Conv1->getParent()->isLambda() || !Conv2->getParent()->isLambda()) | ||||||
3676 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable; | ||||||
3677 | |||||||
3678 | // Objective-C++: | ||||||
3679 | // If both conversion functions are implicitly-declared conversions from | ||||||
3680 | // a lambda closure type to a function pointer and a block pointer, | ||||||
3681 | // respectively, always prefer the conversion to a function pointer, | ||||||
3682 | // because the function pointer is more lightweight and is more likely | ||||||
3683 | // to keep code working. | ||||||
3684 | if (S.getLangOpts().ObjC && S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) { | ||||||
3685 | bool Block1 = Conv1->getConversionType()->isBlockPointerType(); | ||||||
3686 | bool Block2 = Conv2->getConversionType()->isBlockPointerType(); | ||||||
3687 | if (Block1 != Block2) | ||||||
3688 | return Block1 ? ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse | ||||||
3689 | : ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; | ||||||
3690 | } | ||||||
3691 | |||||||
3692 | // In order to support multiple calling conventions for the lambda conversion | ||||||
3693 | // operator (such as when the free and member function calling convention is | ||||||
3694 | // different), prefer the 'free' mechanism, followed by the calling-convention | ||||||
3695 | // of operator(). The latter is in place to support the MSVC-like solution of | ||||||
3696 | // defining ALL of the possible conversions in regards to calling-convention. | ||||||
3697 | const FunctionType *Conv1FuncRet = getConversionOpReturnTyAsFunction(Conv1); | ||||||
3698 | const FunctionType *Conv2FuncRet = getConversionOpReturnTyAsFunction(Conv2); | ||||||
3699 | |||||||
3700 | if (Conv1FuncRet && Conv2FuncRet && | ||||||
3701 | Conv1FuncRet->getCallConv() != Conv2FuncRet->getCallConv()) { | ||||||
3702 | CallingConv Conv1CC = Conv1FuncRet->getCallConv(); | ||||||
3703 | CallingConv Conv2CC = Conv2FuncRet->getCallConv(); | ||||||
3704 | |||||||
3705 | CXXMethodDecl *CallOp = Conv2->getParent()->getLambdaCallOperator(); | ||||||
3706 | const FunctionProtoType *CallOpProto = | ||||||
3707 | CallOp->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); | ||||||
3708 | |||||||
3709 | CallingConv CallOpCC = | ||||||
3710 | CallOp->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>()->getCallConv(); | ||||||
3711 | CallingConv DefaultFree = S.Context.getDefaultCallingConvention( | ||||||
3712 | CallOpProto->isVariadic(), /*IsCXXMethod=*/false); | ||||||
3713 | CallingConv DefaultMember = S.Context.getDefaultCallingConvention( | ||||||
3714 | CallOpProto->isVariadic(), /*IsCXXMethod=*/true); | ||||||
3715 | |||||||
3716 | CallingConv PrefOrder[] = {DefaultFree, DefaultMember, CallOpCC}; | ||||||
3717 | for (CallingConv CC : PrefOrder) { | ||||||
3718 | if (Conv1CC == CC) | ||||||
3719 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; | ||||||
3720 | if (Conv2CC == CC) | ||||||
3721 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; | ||||||
3722 | } | ||||||
3723 | } | ||||||
3724 | |||||||
3725 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable; | ||||||
3726 | } | ||||||
3727 | |||||||
3728 | static bool hasDeprecatedStringLiteralToCharPtrConversion( | ||||||
3729 | const ImplicitConversionSequence &ICS) { | ||||||
3730 | return (ICS.isStandard() && ICS.Standard.DeprecatedStringLiteralToCharPtr) || | ||||||
3731 | (ICS.isUserDefined() && | ||||||
3732 | ICS.UserDefined.Before.DeprecatedStringLiteralToCharPtr); | ||||||
3733 | } | ||||||
3734 | |||||||
3735 | /// CompareImplicitConversionSequences - Compare two implicit | ||||||
3736 | /// conversion sequences to determine whether one is better than the | ||||||
3737 | /// other or if they are indistinguishable (C++ 13.3.3.2). | ||||||
3738 | static ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind | ||||||
3739 | CompareImplicitConversionSequences(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, | ||||||
3740 | const ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS1, | ||||||
3741 | const ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS2) | ||||||
3742 | { | ||||||
3743 | // (C++ 13.3.3.2p2): When comparing the basic forms of implicit | ||||||
3744 | // conversion sequences (as defined in 13.3.3.1) | ||||||
3745 | // -- a standard conversion sequence (13.3.3.1.1) is a better | ||||||
3746 | // conversion sequence than a user-defined conversion sequence or | ||||||
3747 | // an ellipsis conversion sequence, and | ||||||
3748 | // -- a user-defined conversion sequence (13.3.3.1.2) is a better | ||||||
3749 | // conversion sequence than an ellipsis conversion sequence | ||||||
3750 | // (13.3.3.1.3). | ||||||
3751 | // | ||||||
3752 | // C++0x [over.best.ics]p10: | ||||||
3753 | // For the purpose of ranking implicit conversion sequences as | ||||||
3754 | // described in 13.3.3.2, the ambiguous conversion sequence is | ||||||
3755 | // treated as a user-defined sequence that is indistinguishable | ||||||
3756 | // from any other user-defined conversion sequence. | ||||||
3757 | |||||||
3758 | // String literal to 'char *' conversion has been deprecated in C++03. It has | ||||||
3759 | // been removed from C++11. We still accept this conversion, if it happens at | ||||||
3760 | // the best viable function. Otherwise, this conversion is considered worse | ||||||
3761 | // than ellipsis conversion. Consider this as an extension; this is not in the | ||||||
3762 | // standard. For example: | ||||||
3763 | // | ||||||
3764 | // int &f(...); // #1 | ||||||
3765 | // void f(char*); // #2 | ||||||
3766 | // void g() { int &r = f("foo"); } | ||||||
3767 | // | ||||||
3768 | // In C++03, we pick #2 as the best viable function. | ||||||
3769 | // In C++11, we pick #1 as the best viable function, because ellipsis | ||||||
3770 | // conversion is better than string-literal to char* conversion (since there | ||||||
3771 | // is no such conversion in C++11). If there was no #1 at all or #1 couldn't | ||||||
3772 | // convert arguments, #2 would be the best viable function in C++11. | ||||||
3773 | // If the best viable function has this conversion, a warning will be issued | ||||||
3774 | // in C++03, or an ExtWarn (+SFINAE failure) will be issued in C++11. | ||||||
3775 | |||||||
3776 | if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && !S.getLangOpts().WritableStrings && | ||||||
3777 | hasDeprecatedStringLiteralToCharPtrConversion(ICS1) != | ||||||
3778 | hasDeprecatedStringLiteralToCharPtrConversion(ICS2)) | ||||||
3779 | return hasDeprecatedStringLiteralToCharPtrConversion(ICS1) | ||||||
3780 | ? ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse | ||||||
3781 | : ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; | ||||||
3782 | |||||||
3783 | if (ICS1.getKindRank() < ICS2.getKindRank()) | ||||||
3784 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; | ||||||
3785 | if (ICS2.getKindRank() < ICS1.getKindRank()) | ||||||
3786 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; | ||||||
3787 | |||||||
3788 | // The following checks require both conversion sequences to be of | ||||||
3789 | // the same kind. | ||||||
3790 | if (ICS1.getKind() != ICS2.getKind()) | ||||||
3791 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable; | ||||||
3792 | |||||||
3793 | ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind Result = | ||||||
3794 | ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable; | ||||||
3795 | |||||||
3796 | // Two implicit conversion sequences of the same form are | ||||||
3797 | // indistinguishable conversion sequences unless one of the | ||||||
3798 | // following rules apply: (C++ 13.3.3.2p3): | ||||||
3799 | |||||||
3800 | // List-initialization sequence L1 is a better conversion sequence than | ||||||
3801 | // list-initialization sequence L2 if: | ||||||
3802 | // - L1 converts to std::initializer_list<X> for some X and L2 does not, or, | ||||||
3803 | // if not that, | ||||||
3804 | // - L1 converts to type "array of N1 T", L2 converts to type "array of N2 T", | ||||||
3805 | // and N1 is smaller than N2., | ||||||
3806 | // even if one of the other rules in this paragraph would otherwise apply. | ||||||
3807 | if (!ICS1.isBad()) { | ||||||
3808 | if (ICS1.isStdInitializerListElement() && | ||||||
3809 | !ICS2.isStdInitializerListElement()) | ||||||
3810 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; | ||||||
3811 | if (!ICS1.isStdInitializerListElement() && | ||||||
3812 | ICS2.isStdInitializerListElement()) | ||||||
3813 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; | ||||||
3814 | } | ||||||
3815 | |||||||
3816 | if (ICS1.isStandard()) | ||||||
3817 | // Standard conversion sequence S1 is a better conversion sequence than | ||||||
3818 | // standard conversion sequence S2 if [...] | ||||||
3819 | Result = CompareStandardConversionSequences(S, Loc, | ||||||
3820 | ICS1.Standard, ICS2.Standard); | ||||||
3821 | else if (ICS1.isUserDefined()) { | ||||||
3822 | // User-defined conversion sequence U1 is a better conversion | ||||||
3823 | // sequence than another user-defined conversion sequence U2 if | ||||||
3824 | // they contain the same user-defined conversion function or | ||||||
3825 | // constructor and if the second standard conversion sequence of | ||||||
3826 | // U1 is better than the second standard conversion sequence of | ||||||
3827 | // U2 (C++ 13.3.3.2p3). | ||||||
3828 | if (ICS1.UserDefined.ConversionFunction == | ||||||
3829 | ICS2.UserDefined.ConversionFunction) | ||||||
3830 | Result = CompareStandardConversionSequences(S, Loc, | ||||||
3831 | ICS1.UserDefined.After, | ||||||
3832 | ICS2.UserDefined.After); | ||||||
3833 | else | ||||||
3834 | Result = compareConversionFunctions(S, | ||||||
3835 | ICS1.UserDefined.ConversionFunction, | ||||||
3836 | ICS2.UserDefined.ConversionFunction); | ||||||
3837 | } | ||||||
3838 | |||||||
3839 | return Result; | ||||||
3840 | } | ||||||
3841 | |||||||
3842 | // Per 13.3.3.2p3, compare the given standard conversion sequences to | ||||||
3843 | // determine if one is a proper subset of the other. | ||||||
3844 | static ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind | ||||||
3845 | compareStandardConversionSubsets(ASTContext &Context, | ||||||
3846 | const StandardConversionSequence& SCS1, | ||||||
3847 | const StandardConversionSequence& SCS2) { | ||||||
3848 | ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind Result | ||||||
3849 | = ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable; | ||||||
3850 | |||||||
3851 | // the identity conversion sequence is considered to be a subsequence of | ||||||
3852 | // any non-identity conversion sequence | ||||||
3853 | if (SCS1.isIdentityConversion() && !SCS2.isIdentityConversion()) | ||||||
3854 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; | ||||||
3855 | else if (!SCS1.isIdentityConversion() && SCS2.isIdentityConversion()) | ||||||
3856 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; | ||||||
3857 | |||||||
3858 | if (SCS1.Second != SCS2.Second) { | ||||||
3859 | if (SCS1.Second == ICK_Identity) | ||||||
3860 | Result = ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; | ||||||
3861 | else if (SCS2.Second == ICK_Identity) | ||||||
3862 | Result = ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; | ||||||
3863 | else | ||||||
3864 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable; | ||||||
3865 | } else if (!Context.hasSimilarType(SCS1.getToType(1), SCS2.getToType(1))) | ||||||
3866 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable; | ||||||
3867 | |||||||
3868 | if (SCS1.Third == SCS2.Third) { | ||||||
3869 | return Context.hasSameType(SCS1.getToType(2), SCS2.getToType(2))? Result | ||||||
3870 | : ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable; | ||||||
3871 | } | ||||||
3872 | |||||||
3873 | if (SCS1.Third == ICK_Identity) | ||||||
3874 | return Result == ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse | ||||||
3875 | ? ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable | ||||||
3876 | : ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; | ||||||
3877 | |||||||
3878 | if (SCS2.Third == ICK_Identity) | ||||||
3879 | return Result == ImplicitConversionSequence::Better | ||||||
3880 | ? ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable | ||||||
3881 | : ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; | ||||||
3882 | |||||||
3883 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable; | ||||||
3884 | } | ||||||
3885 | |||||||
3886 | /// Determine whether one of the given reference bindings is better | ||||||
3887 | /// than the other based on what kind of bindings they are. | ||||||
3888 | static bool | ||||||
3889 | isBetterReferenceBindingKind(const StandardConversionSequence &SCS1, | ||||||
3890 | const StandardConversionSequence &SCS2) { | ||||||
3891 | // C++0x [over.ics.rank]p3b4: | ||||||
3892 | // -- S1 and S2 are reference bindings (8.5.3) and neither refers to an | ||||||
3893 | // implicit object parameter of a non-static member function declared | ||||||
3894 | // without a ref-qualifier, and *either* S1 binds an rvalue reference | ||||||
3895 | // to an rvalue and S2 binds an lvalue reference *or S1 binds an | ||||||
3896 | // lvalue reference to a function lvalue and S2 binds an rvalue | ||||||
3897 | // reference*. | ||||||
3898 | // | ||||||
3899 | // FIXME: Rvalue references. We're going rogue with the above edits, | ||||||
3900 | // because the semantics in the current C++0x working paper (N3225 at the | ||||||
3901 | // time of this writing) break the standard definition of std::forward | ||||||
3902 | // and std::reference_wrapper when dealing with references to functions. | ||||||
3903 | // Proposed wording changes submitted to CWG for consideration. | ||||||
3904 | if (SCS1.BindsImplicitObjectArgumentWithoutRefQualifier || | ||||||
3905 | SCS2.BindsImplicitObjectArgumentWithoutRefQualifier) | ||||||
3906 | return false; | ||||||
3907 | |||||||
3908 | return (!SCS1.IsLvalueReference && SCS1.BindsToRvalue && | ||||||
3909 | SCS2.IsLvalueReference) || | ||||||
3910 | (SCS1.IsLvalueReference && SCS1.BindsToFunctionLvalue && | ||||||
3911 | !SCS2.IsLvalueReference && SCS2.BindsToFunctionLvalue); | ||||||
3912 | } | ||||||
3913 | |||||||
3914 | enum class FixedEnumPromotion { | ||||||
3915 | None, | ||||||
3916 | ToUnderlyingType, | ||||||
3917 | ToPromotedUnderlyingType | ||||||
3918 | }; | ||||||
3919 | |||||||
3920 | /// Returns kind of fixed enum promotion the \a SCS uses. | ||||||
3921 | static FixedEnumPromotion | ||||||
3922 | getFixedEnumPromtion(Sema &S, const StandardConversionSequence &SCS) { | ||||||
3923 | |||||||
3924 | if (SCS.Second != ICK_Integral_Promotion) | ||||||
3925 | return FixedEnumPromotion::None; | ||||||
3926 | |||||||
3927 | QualType FromType = SCS.getFromType(); | ||||||
3928 | if (!FromType->isEnumeralType()) | ||||||
3929 | return FixedEnumPromotion::None; | ||||||
3930 | |||||||
3931 | EnumDecl *Enum = FromType->castAs<EnumType>()->getDecl(); | ||||||
3932 | if (!Enum->isFixed()) | ||||||
3933 | return FixedEnumPromotion::None; | ||||||
3934 | |||||||
3935 | QualType UnderlyingType = Enum->getIntegerType(); | ||||||
3936 | if (S.Context.hasSameType(SCS.getToType(1), UnderlyingType)) | ||||||
3937 | return FixedEnumPromotion::ToUnderlyingType; | ||||||
3938 | |||||||
3939 | return FixedEnumPromotion::ToPromotedUnderlyingType; | ||||||
3940 | } | ||||||
3941 | |||||||
3942 | /// CompareStandardConversionSequences - Compare two standard | ||||||
3943 | /// conversion sequences to determine whether one is better than the | ||||||
3944 | /// other or if they are indistinguishable (C++ 13.3.3.2p3). | ||||||
3945 | static ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind | ||||||
3946 | CompareStandardConversionSequences(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, | ||||||
3947 | const StandardConversionSequence& SCS1, | ||||||
3948 | const StandardConversionSequence& SCS2) | ||||||
3949 | { | ||||||
3950 | // Standard conversion sequence S1 is a better conversion sequence | ||||||
3951 | // than standard conversion sequence S2 if (C++ 13.3.3.2p3): | ||||||
3952 | |||||||
3953 | // -- S1 is a proper subsequence of S2 (comparing the conversion | ||||||
3954 | // sequences in the canonical form defined by 13.3.3.1.1, | ||||||
3955 | // excluding any Lvalue Transformation; the identity conversion | ||||||
3956 | // sequence is considered to be a subsequence of any | ||||||
3957 | // non-identity conversion sequence) or, if not that, | ||||||
3958 | if (ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind CK | ||||||
3959 | = compareStandardConversionSubsets(S.Context, SCS1, SCS2)) | ||||||
3960 | return CK; | ||||||
3961 | |||||||
3962 | // -- the rank of S1 is better than the rank of S2 (by the rules | ||||||
3963 | // defined below), or, if not that, | ||||||
3964 | ImplicitConversionRank Rank1 = SCS1.getRank(); | ||||||
3965 | ImplicitConversionRank Rank2 = SCS2.getRank(); | ||||||
3966 | if (Rank1 < Rank2) | ||||||
3967 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; | ||||||
3968 | else if (Rank2 < Rank1) | ||||||
3969 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; | ||||||
3970 | |||||||
3971 | // (C++ 13.3.3.2p4): Two conversion sequences with the same rank | ||||||
3972 | // are indistinguishable unless one of the following rules | ||||||
3973 | // applies: | ||||||
3974 | |||||||
3975 | // A conversion that is not a conversion of a pointer, or | ||||||
3976 | // pointer to member, to bool is better than another conversion | ||||||
3977 | // that is such a conversion. | ||||||
3978 | if (SCS1.isPointerConversionToBool() != SCS2.isPointerConversionToBool()) | ||||||
3979 | return SCS2.isPointerConversionToBool() | ||||||
3980 | ? ImplicitConversionSequence::Better | ||||||
3981 | : ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; | ||||||
3982 | |||||||
3983 | // C++14 [over.ics.rank]p4b2: | ||||||
3984 | // This is retroactively applied to C++11 by CWG 1601. | ||||||
3985 | // | ||||||
3986 | // A conversion that promotes an enumeration whose underlying type is fixed | ||||||
3987 | // to its underlying type is better than one that promotes to the promoted | ||||||
3988 | // underlying type, if the two are different. | ||||||
3989 | FixedEnumPromotion FEP1 = getFixedEnumPromtion(S, SCS1); | ||||||
3990 | FixedEnumPromotion FEP2 = getFixedEnumPromtion(S, SCS2); | ||||||
3991 | if (FEP1 != FixedEnumPromotion::None && FEP2 != FixedEnumPromotion::None && | ||||||
3992 | FEP1 != FEP2) | ||||||
3993 | return FEP1 == FixedEnumPromotion::ToUnderlyingType | ||||||
3994 | ? ImplicitConversionSequence::Better | ||||||
3995 | : ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; | ||||||
3996 | |||||||
3997 | // C++ [over.ics.rank]p4b2: | ||||||
3998 | // | ||||||
3999 | // If class B is derived directly or indirectly from class A, | ||||||
4000 | // conversion of B* to A* is better than conversion of B* to | ||||||
4001 | // void*, and conversion of A* to void* is better than conversion | ||||||
4002 | // of B* to void*. | ||||||
4003 | bool SCS1ConvertsToVoid | ||||||
4004 | = SCS1.isPointerConversionToVoidPointer(S.Context); | ||||||
4005 | bool SCS2ConvertsToVoid | ||||||
4006 | = SCS2.isPointerConversionToVoidPointer(S.Context); | ||||||
4007 | if (SCS1ConvertsToVoid != SCS2ConvertsToVoid) { | ||||||
4008 | // Exactly one of the conversion sequences is a conversion to | ||||||
4009 | // a void pointer; it's the worse conversion. | ||||||
4010 | return SCS2ConvertsToVoid ? ImplicitConversionSequence::Better | ||||||
4011 | : ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; | ||||||
4012 | } else if (!SCS1ConvertsToVoid && !SCS2ConvertsToVoid) { | ||||||
4013 | // Neither conversion sequence converts to a void pointer; compare | ||||||
4014 | // their derived-to-base conversions. | ||||||
4015 | if (ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind DerivedCK | ||||||
4016 | = CompareDerivedToBaseConversions(S, Loc, SCS1, SCS2)) | ||||||
4017 | return DerivedCK; | ||||||
4018 | } else if (SCS1ConvertsToVoid && SCS2ConvertsToVoid && | ||||||
4019 | !S.Context.hasSameType(SCS1.getFromType(), SCS2.getFromType())) { | ||||||
4020 | // Both conversion sequences are conversions to void | ||||||
4021 | // pointers. Compare the source types to determine if there's an | ||||||
4022 | // inheritance relationship in their sources. | ||||||
4023 | QualType FromType1 = SCS1.getFromType(); | ||||||
4024 | QualType FromType2 = SCS2.getFromType(); | ||||||
4025 | |||||||
4026 | // Adjust the types we're converting from via the array-to-pointer | ||||||
4027 | // conversion, if we need to. | ||||||
4028 | if (SCS1.First == ICK_Array_To_Pointer) | ||||||
4029 | FromType1 = S.Context.getArrayDecayedType(FromType1); | ||||||
4030 | if (SCS2.First == ICK_Array_To_Pointer) | ||||||
4031 | FromType2 = S.Context.getArrayDecayedType(FromType2); | ||||||
4032 | |||||||
4033 | QualType FromPointee1 = FromType1->getPointeeType().getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||||
4034 | QualType FromPointee2 = FromType2->getPointeeType().getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||||
4035 | |||||||
4036 | if (S.IsDerivedFrom(Loc, FromPointee2, FromPointee1)) | ||||||
4037 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; | ||||||
4038 | else if (S.IsDerivedFrom(Loc, FromPointee1, FromPointee2)) | ||||||
4039 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; | ||||||
4040 | |||||||
4041 | // Objective-C++: If one interface is more specific than the | ||||||
4042 | // other, it is the better one. | ||||||
4043 | const ObjCObjectPointerType* FromObjCPtr1 | ||||||
4044 | = FromType1->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); | ||||||
4045 | const ObjCObjectPointerType* FromObjCPtr2 | ||||||
4046 | = FromType2->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); | ||||||
4047 | if (FromObjCPtr1 && FromObjCPtr2) { | ||||||
4048 | bool AssignLeft = S.Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(FromObjCPtr1, | ||||||
4049 | FromObjCPtr2); | ||||||
4050 | bool AssignRight = S.Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(FromObjCPtr2, | ||||||
4051 | FromObjCPtr1); | ||||||
4052 | if (AssignLeft != AssignRight) { | ||||||
4053 | return AssignLeft? ImplicitConversionSequence::Better | ||||||
4054 | : ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; | ||||||
4055 | } | ||||||
4056 | } | ||||||
4057 | } | ||||||
4058 | |||||||
4059 | if (SCS1.ReferenceBinding && SCS2.ReferenceBinding) { | ||||||
4060 | // Check for a better reference binding based on the kind of bindings. | ||||||
4061 | if (isBetterReferenceBindingKind(SCS1, SCS2)) | ||||||
4062 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; | ||||||
4063 | else if (isBetterReferenceBindingKind(SCS2, SCS1)) | ||||||
4064 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; | ||||||
4065 | } | ||||||
4066 | |||||||
4067 | // Compare based on qualification conversions (C++ 13.3.3.2p3, | ||||||
4068 | // bullet 3). | ||||||
4069 | if (ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind QualCK | ||||||
4070 | = CompareQualificationConversions(S, SCS1, SCS2)) | ||||||
4071 | return QualCK; | ||||||
4072 | |||||||
4073 | if (SCS1.ReferenceBinding && SCS2.ReferenceBinding) { | ||||||
4074 | // C++ [over.ics.rank]p3b4: | ||||||
4075 | // -- S1 and S2 are reference bindings (8.5.3), and the types to | ||||||
4076 | // which the references refer are the same type except for | ||||||
4077 | // top-level cv-qualifiers, and the type to which the reference | ||||||
4078 | // initialized by S2 refers is more cv-qualified than the type | ||||||
4079 | // to which the reference initialized by S1 refers. | ||||||
4080 | QualType T1 = SCS1.getToType(2); | ||||||
4081 | QualType T2 = SCS2.getToType(2); | ||||||
4082 | T1 = S.Context.getCanonicalType(T1); | ||||||
4083 | T2 = S.Context.getCanonicalType(T2); | ||||||
4084 | Qualifiers T1Quals, T2Quals; | ||||||
4085 | QualType UnqualT1 = S.Context.getUnqualifiedArrayType(T1, T1Quals); | ||||||
4086 | QualType UnqualT2 = S.Context.getUnqualifiedArrayType(T2, T2Quals); | ||||||
4087 | if (UnqualT1 == UnqualT2) { | ||||||
4088 | // Objective-C++ ARC: If the references refer to objects with different | ||||||
4089 | // lifetimes, prefer bindings that don't change lifetime. | ||||||
4090 | if (SCS1.ObjCLifetimeConversionBinding != | ||||||
4091 | SCS2.ObjCLifetimeConversionBinding) { | ||||||
4092 | return SCS1.ObjCLifetimeConversionBinding | ||||||
4093 | ? ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse | ||||||
4094 | : ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; | ||||||
4095 | } | ||||||
4096 | |||||||
4097 | // If the type is an array type, promote the element qualifiers to the | ||||||
4098 | // type for comparison. | ||||||
4099 | if (isa<ArrayType>(T1) && T1Quals) | ||||||
4100 | T1 = S.Context.getQualifiedType(UnqualT1, T1Quals); | ||||||
4101 | if (isa<ArrayType>(T2) && T2Quals) | ||||||
4102 | T2 = S.Context.getQualifiedType(UnqualT2, T2Quals); | ||||||
4103 | if (T2.isMoreQualifiedThan(T1)) | ||||||
4104 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; | ||||||
4105 | if (T1.isMoreQualifiedThan(T2)) | ||||||
4106 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; | ||||||
4107 | } | ||||||
4108 | } | ||||||
4109 | |||||||
4110 | // In Microsoft mode (below 19.28), prefer an integral conversion to a | ||||||
4111 | // floating-to-integral conversion if the integral conversion | ||||||
4112 | // is between types of the same size. | ||||||
4113 | // For example: | ||||||
4114 | // void f(float); | ||||||
4115 | // void f(int); | ||||||
4116 | // int main { | ||||||
4117 | // long a; | ||||||
4118 | // f(a); | ||||||
4119 | // } | ||||||
4120 | // Here, MSVC will call f(int) instead of generating a compile error | ||||||
4121 | // as clang will do in standard mode. | ||||||
4122 | if (S.getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && | ||||||
4123 | !S.getLangOpts().isCompatibleWithMSVC(LangOptions::MSVC2019_8) && | ||||||
4124 | SCS1.Second == ICK_Integral_Conversion && | ||||||
4125 | SCS2.Second == ICK_Floating_Integral && | ||||||
4126 | S.Context.getTypeSize(SCS1.getFromType()) == | ||||||
4127 | S.Context.getTypeSize(SCS1.getToType(2))) | ||||||
4128 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; | ||||||
4129 | |||||||
4130 | // Prefer a compatible vector conversion over a lax vector conversion | ||||||
4131 | // For example: | ||||||
4132 | // | ||||||
4133 | // typedef float __v4sf __attribute__((__vector_size__(16))); | ||||||
4134 | // void f(vector float); | ||||||
4135 | // void f(vector signed int); | ||||||
4136 | // int main() { | ||||||
4137 | // __v4sf a; | ||||||
4138 | // f(a); | ||||||
4139 | // } | ||||||
4140 | // Here, we'd like to choose f(vector float) and not | ||||||
4141 | // report an ambiguous call error | ||||||
4142 | if (SCS1.Second == ICK_Vector_Conversion && | ||||||
4143 | SCS2.Second == ICK_Vector_Conversion) { | ||||||
4144 | bool SCS1IsCompatibleVectorConversion = S.Context.areCompatibleVectorTypes( | ||||||
4145 | SCS1.getFromType(), SCS1.getToType(2)); | ||||||
4146 | bool SCS2IsCompatibleVectorConversion = S.Context.areCompatibleVectorTypes( | ||||||
4147 | SCS2.getFromType(), SCS2.getToType(2)); | ||||||
4148 | |||||||
4149 | if (SCS1IsCompatibleVectorConversion != SCS2IsCompatibleVectorConversion) | ||||||
4150 | return SCS1IsCompatibleVectorConversion | ||||||
4151 | ? ImplicitConversionSequence::Better | ||||||
4152 | : ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; | ||||||
4153 | } | ||||||
4154 | |||||||
4155 | if (SCS1.Second == ICK_SVE_Vector_Conversion && | ||||||
4156 | SCS2.Second == ICK_SVE_Vector_Conversion) { | ||||||
4157 | bool SCS1IsCompatibleSVEVectorConversion = | ||||||
4158 | S.Context.areCompatibleSveTypes(SCS1.getFromType(), SCS1.getToType(2)); | ||||||
4159 | bool SCS2IsCompatibleSVEVectorConversion = | ||||||
4160 | S.Context.areCompatibleSveTypes(SCS2.getFromType(), SCS2.getToType(2)); | ||||||
4161 | |||||||
4162 | if (SCS1IsCompatibleSVEVectorConversion != | ||||||
4163 | SCS2IsCompatibleSVEVectorConversion) | ||||||
4164 | return SCS1IsCompatibleSVEVectorConversion | ||||||
4165 | ? ImplicitConversionSequence::Better | ||||||
4166 | : ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; | ||||||
4167 | } | ||||||
4168 | |||||||
4169 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable; | ||||||
4170 | } | ||||||
4171 | |||||||
4172 | /// CompareQualificationConversions - Compares two standard conversion | ||||||
4173 | /// sequences to determine whether they can be ranked based on their | ||||||
4174 | /// qualification conversions (C++ 13.3.3.2p3 bullet 3). | ||||||
4175 | static ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind | ||||||
4176 | CompareQualificationConversions(Sema &S, | ||||||
4177 | const StandardConversionSequence& SCS1, | ||||||
4178 | const StandardConversionSequence& SCS2) { | ||||||
4179 | // C++ 13.3.3.2p3: | ||||||
4180 | // -- S1 and S2 differ only in their qualification conversion and | ||||||
4181 | // yield similar types T1 and T2 (C++ 4.4), respectively, and the | ||||||
4182 | // cv-qualification signature of type T1 is a proper subset of | ||||||
4183 | // the cv-qualification signature of type T2, and S1 is not the | ||||||
4184 | // deprecated string literal array-to-pointer conversion (4.2). | ||||||
4185 | if (SCS1.First != SCS2.First || SCS1.Second != SCS2.Second || | ||||||
4186 | SCS1.Third != SCS2.Third || SCS1.Third != ICK_Qualification) | ||||||
4187 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable; | ||||||
4188 | |||||||
4189 | // FIXME: the example in the standard doesn't use a qualification | ||||||
4190 | // conversion (!) | ||||||
4191 | QualType T1 = SCS1.getToType(2); | ||||||
4192 | QualType T2 = SCS2.getToType(2); | ||||||
4193 | T1 = S.Context.getCanonicalType(T1); | ||||||
4194 | T2 = S.Context.getCanonicalType(T2); | ||||||
4195 | assert(!T1->isReferenceType() && !T2->isReferenceType())(static_cast <bool> (!T1->isReferenceType() && !T2->isReferenceType()) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!T1->isReferenceType() && !T2->isReferenceType()" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 4195, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
4196 | Qualifiers T1Quals, T2Quals; | ||||||
4197 | QualType UnqualT1 = S.Context.getUnqualifiedArrayType(T1, T1Quals); | ||||||
4198 | QualType UnqualT2 = S.Context.getUnqualifiedArrayType(T2, T2Quals); | ||||||
4199 | |||||||
4200 | // If the types are the same, we won't learn anything by unwrapping | ||||||
4201 | // them. | ||||||
4202 | if (UnqualT1 == UnqualT2) | ||||||
4203 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable; | ||||||
4204 | |||||||
4205 | ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind Result | ||||||
4206 | = ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable; | ||||||
4207 | |||||||
4208 | // Objective-C++ ARC: | ||||||
4209 | // Prefer qualification conversions not involving a change in lifetime | ||||||
4210 | // to qualification conversions that do not change lifetime. | ||||||
4211 | if (SCS1.QualificationIncludesObjCLifetime != | ||||||
4212 | SCS2.QualificationIncludesObjCLifetime) { | ||||||
4213 | Result = SCS1.QualificationIncludesObjCLifetime | ||||||
4214 | ? ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse | ||||||
4215 | : ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; | ||||||
4216 | } | ||||||
4217 | |||||||
4218 | while (S.Context.UnwrapSimilarTypes(T1, T2)) { | ||||||
4219 | // Within each iteration of the loop, we check the qualifiers to | ||||||
4220 | // determine if this still looks like a qualification | ||||||
4221 | // conversion. Then, if all is well, we unwrap one more level of | ||||||
4222 | // pointers or pointers-to-members and do it all again | ||||||
4223 | // until there are no more pointers or pointers-to-members left | ||||||
4224 | // to unwrap. This essentially mimics what | ||||||
4225 | // IsQualificationConversion does, but here we're checking for a | ||||||
4226 | // strict subset of qualifiers. | ||||||
4227 | if (T1.getQualifiers().withoutObjCLifetime() == | ||||||
4228 | T2.getQualifiers().withoutObjCLifetime()) | ||||||
4229 | // The qualifiers are the same, so this doesn't tell us anything | ||||||
4230 | // about how the sequences rank. | ||||||
4231 | // ObjC ownership quals are omitted above as they interfere with | ||||||
4232 | // the ARC overload rule. | ||||||
4233 | ; | ||||||
4234 | else if (T2.isMoreQualifiedThan(T1)) { | ||||||
4235 | // T1 has fewer qualifiers, so it could be the better sequence. | ||||||
4236 | if (Result == ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse) | ||||||
4237 | // Neither has qualifiers that are a subset of the other's | ||||||
4238 | // qualifiers. | ||||||
4239 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable; | ||||||
4240 | |||||||
4241 | Result = ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; | ||||||
4242 | } else if (T1.isMoreQualifiedThan(T2)) { | ||||||
4243 | // T2 has fewer qualifiers, so it could be the better sequence. | ||||||
4244 | if (Result == ImplicitConversionSequence::Better) | ||||||
4245 | // Neither has qualifiers that are a subset of the other's | ||||||
4246 | // qualifiers. | ||||||
4247 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable; | ||||||
4248 | |||||||
4249 | Result = ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; | ||||||
4250 | } else { | ||||||
4251 | // Qualifiers are disjoint. | ||||||
4252 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable; | ||||||
4253 | } | ||||||
4254 | |||||||
4255 | // If the types after this point are equivalent, we're done. | ||||||
4256 | if (S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(T1, T2)) | ||||||
4257 | break; | ||||||
4258 | } | ||||||
4259 | |||||||
4260 | // Check that the winning standard conversion sequence isn't using | ||||||
4261 | // the deprecated string literal array to pointer conversion. | ||||||
4262 | switch (Result) { | ||||||
4263 | case ImplicitConversionSequence::Better: | ||||||
4264 | if (SCS1.DeprecatedStringLiteralToCharPtr) | ||||||
4265 | Result = ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable; | ||||||
4266 | break; | ||||||
4267 | |||||||
4268 | case ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable: | ||||||
4269 | break; | ||||||
4270 | |||||||
4271 | case ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse: | ||||||
4272 | if (SCS2.DeprecatedStringLiteralToCharPtr) | ||||||
4273 | Result = ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable; | ||||||
4274 | break; | ||||||
4275 | } | ||||||
4276 | |||||||
4277 | return Result; | ||||||
4278 | } | ||||||
4279 | |||||||
4280 | /// CompareDerivedToBaseConversions - Compares two standard conversion | ||||||
4281 | /// sequences to determine whether they can be ranked based on their | ||||||
4282 | /// various kinds of derived-to-base conversions (C++ | ||||||
4283 | /// [over.ics.rank]p4b3). As part of these checks, we also look at | ||||||
4284 | /// conversions between Objective-C interface types. | ||||||
4285 | static ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind | ||||||
4286 | CompareDerivedToBaseConversions(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, | ||||||
4287 | const StandardConversionSequence& SCS1, | ||||||
4288 | const StandardConversionSequence& SCS2) { | ||||||
4289 | QualType FromType1 = SCS1.getFromType(); | ||||||
4290 | QualType ToType1 = SCS1.getToType(1); | ||||||
4291 | QualType FromType2 = SCS2.getFromType(); | ||||||
4292 | QualType ToType2 = SCS2.getToType(1); | ||||||
4293 | |||||||
4294 | // Adjust the types we're converting from via the array-to-pointer | ||||||
4295 | // conversion, if we need to. | ||||||
4296 | if (SCS1.First == ICK_Array_To_Pointer) | ||||||
4297 | FromType1 = S.Context.getArrayDecayedType(FromType1); | ||||||
4298 | if (SCS2.First == ICK_Array_To_Pointer) | ||||||
4299 | FromType2 = S.Context.getArrayDecayedType(FromType2); | ||||||
4300 | |||||||
4301 | // Canonicalize all of the types. | ||||||
4302 | FromType1 = S.Context.getCanonicalType(FromType1); | ||||||
4303 | ToType1 = S.Context.getCanonicalType(ToType1); | ||||||
4304 | FromType2 = S.Context.getCanonicalType(FromType2); | ||||||
4305 | ToType2 = S.Context.getCanonicalType(ToType2); | ||||||
4306 | |||||||
4307 | // C++ [over.ics.rank]p4b3: | ||||||
4308 | // | ||||||
4309 | // If class B is derived directly or indirectly from class A and | ||||||
4310 | // class C is derived directly or indirectly from B, | ||||||
4311 | // | ||||||
4312 | // Compare based on pointer conversions. | ||||||
4313 | if (SCS1.Second == ICK_Pointer_Conversion && | ||||||
4314 | SCS2.Second == ICK_Pointer_Conversion && | ||||||
4315 | /*FIXME: Remove if Objective-C id conversions get their own rank*/ | ||||||
4316 | FromType1->isPointerType() && FromType2->isPointerType() && | ||||||
4317 | ToType1->isPointerType() && ToType2->isPointerType()) { | ||||||
4318 | QualType FromPointee1 = | ||||||
4319 | FromType1->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType().getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||||
4320 | QualType ToPointee1 = | ||||||
4321 | ToType1->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType().getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||||
4322 | QualType FromPointee2 = | ||||||
4323 | FromType2->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType().getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||||
4324 | QualType ToPointee2 = | ||||||
4325 | ToType2->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType().getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||||
4326 | |||||||
4327 | // -- conversion of C* to B* is better than conversion of C* to A*, | ||||||
4328 | if (FromPointee1 == FromPointee2 && ToPointee1 != ToPointee2) { | ||||||
4329 | if (S.IsDerivedFrom(Loc, ToPointee1, ToPointee2)) | ||||||
4330 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; | ||||||
4331 | else if (S.IsDerivedFrom(Loc, ToPointee2, ToPointee1)) | ||||||
4332 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; | ||||||
4333 | } | ||||||
4334 | |||||||
4335 | // -- conversion of B* to A* is better than conversion of C* to A*, | ||||||
4336 | if (FromPointee1 != FromPointee2 && ToPointee1 == ToPointee2) { | ||||||
4337 | if (S.IsDerivedFrom(Loc, FromPointee2, FromPointee1)) | ||||||
4338 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; | ||||||
4339 | else if (S.IsDerivedFrom(Loc, FromPointee1, FromPointee2)) | ||||||
4340 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; | ||||||
4341 | } | ||||||
4342 | } else if (SCS1.Second == ICK_Pointer_Conversion && | ||||||
4343 | SCS2.Second == ICK_Pointer_Conversion) { | ||||||
4344 | const ObjCObjectPointerType *FromPtr1 | ||||||
4345 | = FromType1->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); | ||||||
4346 | const ObjCObjectPointerType *FromPtr2 | ||||||
4347 | = FromType2->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); | ||||||
4348 | const ObjCObjectPointerType *ToPtr1 | ||||||
4349 | = ToType1->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); | ||||||
4350 | const ObjCObjectPointerType *ToPtr2 | ||||||
4351 | = ToType2->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); | ||||||
4352 | |||||||
4353 | if (FromPtr1 && FromPtr2 && ToPtr1 && ToPtr2) { | ||||||
4354 | // Apply the same conversion ranking rules for Objective-C pointer types | ||||||
4355 | // that we do for C++ pointers to class types. However, we employ the | ||||||
4356 | // Objective-C pseudo-subtyping relationship used for assignment of | ||||||
4357 | // Objective-C pointer types. | ||||||
4358 | bool FromAssignLeft | ||||||
4359 | = S.Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(FromPtr1, FromPtr2); | ||||||
4360 | bool FromAssignRight | ||||||
4361 | = S.Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(FromPtr2, FromPtr1); | ||||||
4362 | bool ToAssignLeft | ||||||
4363 | = S.Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(ToPtr1, ToPtr2); | ||||||
4364 | bool ToAssignRight | ||||||
4365 | = S.Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(ToPtr2, ToPtr1); | ||||||
4366 | |||||||
4367 | // A conversion to an a non-id object pointer type or qualified 'id' | ||||||
4368 | // type is better than a conversion to 'id'. | ||||||
4369 | if (ToPtr1->isObjCIdType() && | ||||||
4370 | (ToPtr2->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || ToPtr2->getInterfaceDecl())) | ||||||
4371 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; | ||||||
4372 | if (ToPtr2->isObjCIdType() && | ||||||
4373 | (ToPtr1->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || ToPtr1->getInterfaceDecl())) | ||||||
4374 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; | ||||||
4375 | |||||||
4376 | // A conversion to a non-id object pointer type is better than a | ||||||
4377 | // conversion to a qualified 'id' type | ||||||
4378 | if (ToPtr1->isObjCQualifiedIdType() && ToPtr2->getInterfaceDecl()) | ||||||
4379 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; | ||||||
4380 | if (ToPtr2->isObjCQualifiedIdType() && ToPtr1->getInterfaceDecl()) | ||||||
4381 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; | ||||||
4382 | |||||||
4383 | // A conversion to an a non-Class object pointer type or qualified 'Class' | ||||||
4384 | // type is better than a conversion to 'Class'. | ||||||
4385 | if (ToPtr1->isObjCClassType() && | ||||||
4386 | (ToPtr2->isObjCQualifiedClassType() || ToPtr2->getInterfaceDecl())) | ||||||
4387 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; | ||||||
4388 | if (ToPtr2->isObjCClassType() && | ||||||
4389 | (ToPtr1->isObjCQualifiedClassType() || ToPtr1->getInterfaceDecl())) | ||||||
4390 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; | ||||||
4391 | |||||||
4392 | // A conversion to a non-Class object pointer type is better than a | ||||||
4393 | // conversion to a qualified 'Class' type. | ||||||
4394 | if (ToPtr1->isObjCQualifiedClassType() && ToPtr2->getInterfaceDecl()) | ||||||
4395 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; | ||||||
4396 | if (ToPtr2->isObjCQualifiedClassType() && ToPtr1->getInterfaceDecl()) | ||||||
4397 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; | ||||||
4398 | |||||||
4399 | // -- "conversion of C* to B* is better than conversion of C* to A*," | ||||||
4400 | if (S.Context.hasSameType(FromType1, FromType2) && | ||||||
4401 | !FromPtr1->isObjCIdType() && !FromPtr1->isObjCClassType() && | ||||||
4402 | (ToAssignLeft != ToAssignRight)) { | ||||||
4403 | if (FromPtr1->isSpecialized()) { | ||||||
4404 | // "conversion of B<A> * to B * is better than conversion of B * to | ||||||
4405 | // C *. | ||||||
4406 | bool IsFirstSame = | ||||||
4407 | FromPtr1->getInterfaceDecl() == ToPtr1->getInterfaceDecl(); | ||||||
4408 | bool IsSecondSame = | ||||||
4409 | FromPtr1->getInterfaceDecl() == ToPtr2->getInterfaceDecl(); | ||||||
4410 | if (IsFirstSame) { | ||||||
4411 | if (!IsSecondSame) | ||||||
4412 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; | ||||||
4413 | } else if (IsSecondSame) | ||||||
4414 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; | ||||||
4415 | } | ||||||
4416 | return ToAssignLeft? ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse | ||||||
4417 | : ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; | ||||||
4418 | } | ||||||
4419 | |||||||
4420 | // -- "conversion of B* to A* is better than conversion of C* to A*," | ||||||
4421 | if (S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ToType1, ToType2) && | ||||||
4422 | (FromAssignLeft != FromAssignRight)) | ||||||
4423 | return FromAssignLeft? ImplicitConversionSequence::Better | ||||||
4424 | : ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; | ||||||
4425 | } | ||||||
4426 | } | ||||||
4427 | |||||||
4428 | // Ranking of member-pointer types. | ||||||
4429 | if (SCS1.Second == ICK_Pointer_Member && SCS2.Second == ICK_Pointer_Member && | ||||||
4430 | FromType1->isMemberPointerType() && FromType2->isMemberPointerType() && | ||||||
4431 | ToType1->isMemberPointerType() && ToType2->isMemberPointerType()) { | ||||||
4432 | const auto *FromMemPointer1 = FromType1->castAs<MemberPointerType>(); | ||||||
4433 | const auto *ToMemPointer1 = ToType1->castAs<MemberPointerType>(); | ||||||
4434 | const auto *FromMemPointer2 = FromType2->castAs<MemberPointerType>(); | ||||||
4435 | const auto *ToMemPointer2 = ToType2->castAs<MemberPointerType>(); | ||||||
4436 | const Type *FromPointeeType1 = FromMemPointer1->getClass(); | ||||||
4437 | const Type *ToPointeeType1 = ToMemPointer1->getClass(); | ||||||
4438 | const Type *FromPointeeType2 = FromMemPointer2->getClass(); | ||||||
4439 | const Type *ToPointeeType2 = ToMemPointer2->getClass(); | ||||||
4440 | QualType FromPointee1 = QualType(FromPointeeType1, 0).getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||||
4441 | QualType ToPointee1 = QualType(ToPointeeType1, 0).getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||||
4442 | QualType FromPointee2 = QualType(FromPointeeType2, 0).getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||||
4443 | QualType ToPointee2 = QualType(ToPointeeType2, 0).getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||||
4444 | // conversion of A::* to B::* is better than conversion of A::* to C::*, | ||||||
4445 | if (FromPointee1 == FromPointee2 && ToPointee1 != ToPointee2) { | ||||||
4446 | if (S.IsDerivedFrom(Loc, ToPointee1, ToPointee2)) | ||||||
4447 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; | ||||||
4448 | else if (S.IsDerivedFrom(Loc, ToPointee2, ToPointee1)) | ||||||
4449 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; | ||||||
4450 | } | ||||||
4451 | // conversion of B::* to C::* is better than conversion of A::* to C::* | ||||||
4452 | if (ToPointee1 == ToPointee2 && FromPointee1 != FromPointee2) { | ||||||
4453 | if (S.IsDerivedFrom(Loc, FromPointee1, FromPointee2)) | ||||||
4454 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; | ||||||
4455 | else if (S.IsDerivedFrom(Loc, FromPointee2, FromPointee1)) | ||||||
4456 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; | ||||||
4457 | } | ||||||
4458 | } | ||||||
4459 | |||||||
4460 | if (SCS1.Second == ICK_Derived_To_Base) { | ||||||
4461 | // -- conversion of C to B is better than conversion of C to A, | ||||||
4462 | // -- binding of an expression of type C to a reference of type | ||||||
4463 | // B& is better than binding an expression of type C to a | ||||||
4464 | // reference of type A&, | ||||||
4465 | if (S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromType1, FromType2) && | ||||||
4466 | !S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ToType1, ToType2)) { | ||||||
4467 | if (S.IsDerivedFrom(Loc, ToType1, ToType2)) | ||||||
4468 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; | ||||||
4469 | else if (S.IsDerivedFrom(Loc, ToType2, ToType1)) | ||||||
4470 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; | ||||||
4471 | } | ||||||
4472 | |||||||
4473 | // -- conversion of B to A is better than conversion of C to A. | ||||||
4474 | // -- binding of an expression of type B to a reference of type | ||||||
4475 | // A& is better than binding an expression of type C to a | ||||||
4476 | // reference of type A&, | ||||||
4477 | if (!S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromType1, FromType2) && | ||||||
4478 | S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ToType1, ToType2)) { | ||||||
4479 | if (S.IsDerivedFrom(Loc, FromType2, FromType1)) | ||||||
4480 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; | ||||||
4481 | else if (S.IsDerivedFrom(Loc, FromType1, FromType2)) | ||||||
4482 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; | ||||||
4483 | } | ||||||
4484 | } | ||||||
4485 | |||||||
4486 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable; | ||||||
4487 | } | ||||||
4488 | |||||||
4489 | /// Determine whether the given type is valid, e.g., it is not an invalid | ||||||
4490 | /// C++ class. | ||||||
4491 | static bool isTypeValid(QualType T) { | ||||||
4492 | if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) | ||||||
4493 | return !Record->isInvalidDecl(); | ||||||
4494 | |||||||
4495 | return true; | ||||||
4496 | } | ||||||
4497 | |||||||
4498 | static QualType withoutUnaligned(ASTContext &Ctx, QualType T) { | ||||||
4499 | if (!T.getQualifiers().hasUnaligned()) | ||||||
4500 | return T; | ||||||
4501 | |||||||
4502 | Qualifiers Q; | ||||||
4503 | T = Ctx.getUnqualifiedArrayType(T, Q); | ||||||
4504 | Q.removeUnaligned(); | ||||||
4505 | return Ctx.getQualifiedType(T, Q); | ||||||
4506 | } | ||||||
4507 | |||||||
4508 | /// CompareReferenceRelationship - Compare the two types T1 and T2 to | ||||||
4509 | /// determine whether they are reference-compatible, | ||||||
4510 | /// reference-related, or incompatible, for use in C++ initialization by | ||||||
4511 | /// reference (C++ [dcl.ref.init]p4). Neither type can be a reference | ||||||
4512 | /// type, and the first type (T1) is the pointee type of the reference | ||||||
4513 | /// type being initialized. | ||||||
4514 | Sema::ReferenceCompareResult | ||||||
4515 | Sema::CompareReferenceRelationship(SourceLocation Loc, | ||||||
4516 | QualType OrigT1, QualType OrigT2, | ||||||
4517 | ReferenceConversions *ConvOut) { | ||||||
4518 | assert(!OrigT1->isReferenceType() &&(static_cast <bool> (!OrigT1->isReferenceType() && "T1 must be the pointee type of the reference type") ? void ( 0) : __assert_fail ("!OrigT1->isReferenceType() && \"T1 must be the pointee type of the reference type\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 4519, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||
4519 | "T1 must be the pointee type of the reference type")(static_cast <bool> (!OrigT1->isReferenceType() && "T1 must be the pointee type of the reference type") ? void ( 0) : __assert_fail ("!OrigT1->isReferenceType() && \"T1 must be the pointee type of the reference type\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 4519, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
4520 | assert(!OrigT2->isReferenceType() && "T2 cannot be a reference type")(static_cast <bool> (!OrigT2->isReferenceType() && "T2 cannot be a reference type") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ( "!OrigT2->isReferenceType() && \"T2 cannot be a reference type\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 4520, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
4521 | |||||||
4522 | QualType T1 = Context.getCanonicalType(OrigT1); | ||||||
4523 | QualType T2 = Context.getCanonicalType(OrigT2); | ||||||
4524 | Qualifiers T1Quals, T2Quals; | ||||||
4525 | QualType UnqualT1 = Context.getUnqualifiedArrayType(T1, T1Quals); | ||||||
4526 | QualType UnqualT2 = Context.getUnqualifiedArrayType(T2, T2Quals); | ||||||
4527 | |||||||
4528 | ReferenceConversions ConvTmp; | ||||||
4529 | ReferenceConversions &Conv = ConvOut ? *ConvOut : ConvTmp; | ||||||
4530 | Conv = ReferenceConversions(); | ||||||
4531 | |||||||
4532 | // C++2a [dcl.init.ref]p4: | ||||||
4533 | // Given types "cv1 T1" and "cv2 T2," "cv1 T1" is | ||||||
4534 | // reference-related to "cv2 T2" if T1 is similar to T2, or | ||||||
4535 | // T1 is a base class of T2. | ||||||
4536 | // "cv1 T1" is reference-compatible with "cv2 T2" if | ||||||
4537 | // a prvalue of type "pointer to cv2 T2" can be converted to the type | ||||||
4538 | // "pointer to cv1 T1" via a standard conversion sequence. | ||||||
4539 | |||||||
4540 | // Check for standard conversions we can apply to pointers: derived-to-base | ||||||
4541 | // conversions, ObjC pointer conversions, and function pointer conversions. | ||||||
4542 | // (Qualification conversions are checked last.) | ||||||
4543 | QualType ConvertedT2; | ||||||
4544 | if (UnqualT1 == UnqualT2) { | ||||||
4545 | // Nothing to do. | ||||||
4546 | } else if (isCompleteType(Loc, OrigT2) && | ||||||
4547 | isTypeValid(UnqualT1) && isTypeValid(UnqualT2) && | ||||||
4548 | IsDerivedFrom(Loc, UnqualT2, UnqualT1)) | ||||||
4549 | Conv |= ReferenceConversions::DerivedToBase; | ||||||
4550 | else if (UnqualT1->isObjCObjectOrInterfaceType() && | ||||||
4551 | UnqualT2->isObjCObjectOrInterfaceType() && | ||||||
4552 | Context.canBindObjCObjectType(UnqualT1, UnqualT2)) | ||||||
4553 | Conv |= ReferenceConversions::ObjC; | ||||||
4554 | else if (UnqualT2->isFunctionType() && | ||||||
4555 | IsFunctionConversion(UnqualT2, UnqualT1, ConvertedT2)) { | ||||||
4556 | Conv |= ReferenceConversions::Function; | ||||||
4557 | // No need to check qualifiers; function types don't have them. | ||||||
4558 | return Ref_Compatible; | ||||||
4559 | } | ||||||
4560 | bool ConvertedReferent = Conv != 0; | ||||||
4561 | |||||||
4562 | // We can have a qualification conversion. Compute whether the types are | ||||||
4563 | // similar at the same time. | ||||||
4564 | bool PreviousToQualsIncludeConst = true; | ||||||
4565 | bool TopLevel = true; | ||||||
4566 | do { | ||||||
4567 | if (T1 == T2) | ||||||
4568 | break; | ||||||
4569 | |||||||
4570 | // We will need a qualification conversion. | ||||||
4571 | Conv |= ReferenceConversions::Qualification; | ||||||
4572 | |||||||
4573 | // Track whether we performed a qualification conversion anywhere other | ||||||
4574 | // than the top level. This matters for ranking reference bindings in | ||||||
4575 | // overload resolution. | ||||||
4576 | if (!TopLevel) | ||||||
4577 | Conv |= ReferenceConversions::NestedQualification; | ||||||
4578 | |||||||
4579 | // MS compiler ignores __unaligned qualifier for references; do the same. | ||||||
4580 | T1 = withoutUnaligned(Context, T1); | ||||||
4581 | T2 = withoutUnaligned(Context, T2); | ||||||
4582 | |||||||
4583 | // If we find a qualifier mismatch, the types are not reference-compatible, | ||||||
4584 | // but are still be reference-related if they're similar. | ||||||
4585 | bool ObjCLifetimeConversion = false; | ||||||
4586 | if (!isQualificationConversionStep(T2, T1, /*CStyle=*/false, TopLevel, | ||||||
4587 | PreviousToQualsIncludeConst, | ||||||
4588 | ObjCLifetimeConversion)) | ||||||
4589 | return (ConvertedReferent || Context.hasSimilarType(T1, T2)) | ||||||
4590 | ? Ref_Related | ||||||
4591 | : Ref_Incompatible; | ||||||
4592 | |||||||
4593 | // FIXME: Should we track this for any level other than the first? | ||||||
4594 | if (ObjCLifetimeConversion) | ||||||
4595 | Conv |= ReferenceConversions::ObjCLifetime; | ||||||
4596 | |||||||
4597 | TopLevel = false; | ||||||
4598 | } while (Context.UnwrapSimilarTypes(T1, T2)); | ||||||
4599 | |||||||
4600 | // At this point, if the types are reference-related, we must either have the | ||||||
4601 | // same inner type (ignoring qualifiers), or must have already worked out how | ||||||
4602 | // to convert the referent. | ||||||
4603 | return (ConvertedReferent || Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(T1, T2)) | ||||||
4604 | ? Ref_Compatible | ||||||
4605 | : Ref_Incompatible; | ||||||
4606 | } | ||||||
4607 | |||||||
4608 | /// Look for a user-defined conversion to a value reference-compatible | ||||||
4609 | /// with DeclType. Return true if something definite is found. | ||||||
4610 | static bool | ||||||
4611 | FindConversionForRefInit(Sema &S, ImplicitConversionSequence &ICS, | ||||||
4612 | QualType DeclType, SourceLocation DeclLoc, | ||||||
4613 | Expr *Init, QualType T2, bool AllowRvalues, | ||||||
4614 | bool AllowExplicit) { | ||||||
4615 | assert(T2->isRecordType() && "Can only find conversions of record types.")(static_cast <bool> (T2->isRecordType() && "Can only find conversions of record types." ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("T2->isRecordType() && \"Can only find conversions of record types.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 4615, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
4616 | auto *T2RecordDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(T2->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()); | ||||||
4617 | |||||||
4618 | OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet( | ||||||
4619 | DeclLoc, OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_InitByUserDefinedConversion); | ||||||
4620 | const auto &Conversions = T2RecordDecl->getVisibleConversionFunctions(); | ||||||
4621 | for (auto I = Conversions.begin(), E = Conversions.end(); I != E; ++I) { | ||||||
4622 | NamedDecl *D = *I; | ||||||
4623 | CXXRecordDecl *ActingDC = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D->getDeclContext()); | ||||||
4624 | if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D)) | ||||||
4625 | D = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(D)->getTargetDecl(); | ||||||
4626 | |||||||
4627 | FunctionTemplateDecl *ConvTemplate | ||||||
4628 | = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D); | ||||||
4629 | CXXConversionDecl *Conv; | ||||||
4630 | if (ConvTemplate) | ||||||
4631 | Conv = cast<CXXConversionDecl>(ConvTemplate->getTemplatedDecl()); | ||||||
4632 | else | ||||||
4633 | Conv = cast<CXXConversionDecl>(D); | ||||||
4634 | |||||||
4635 | if (AllowRvalues) { | ||||||
4636 | // If we are initializing an rvalue reference, don't permit conversion | ||||||
4637 | // functions that return lvalues. | ||||||
4638 | if (!ConvTemplate && DeclType->isRValueReferenceType()) { | ||||||
4639 | const ReferenceType *RefType | ||||||
4640 | = Conv->getConversionType()->getAs<LValueReferenceType>(); | ||||||
4641 | if (RefType && !RefType->getPointeeType()->isFunctionType()) | ||||||
4642 | continue; | ||||||
4643 | } | ||||||
4644 | |||||||
4645 | if (!ConvTemplate && | ||||||
4646 | S.CompareReferenceRelationship( | ||||||
4647 | DeclLoc, | ||||||
4648 | Conv->getConversionType() | ||||||
4649 | .getNonReferenceType() | ||||||
4650 | .getUnqualifiedType(), | ||||||
4651 | DeclType.getNonReferenceType().getUnqualifiedType()) == | ||||||
4652 | Sema::Ref_Incompatible) | ||||||
4653 | continue; | ||||||
4654 | } else { | ||||||
4655 | // If the conversion function doesn't return a reference type, | ||||||
4656 | // it can't be considered for this conversion. An rvalue reference | ||||||
4657 | // is only acceptable if its referencee is a function type. | ||||||
4658 | |||||||
4659 | const ReferenceType *RefType = | ||||||
4660 | Conv->getConversionType()->getAs<ReferenceType>(); | ||||||
4661 | if (!RefType || | ||||||
4662 | (!RefType->isLValueReferenceType() && | ||||||
4663 | !RefType->getPointeeType()->isFunctionType())) | ||||||
4664 | continue; | ||||||
4665 | } | ||||||
4666 | |||||||
4667 | if (ConvTemplate) | ||||||
4668 | S.AddTemplateConversionCandidate( | ||||||
4669 | ConvTemplate, I.getPair(), ActingDC, Init, DeclType, CandidateSet, | ||||||
4670 | /*AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit=*/false, AllowExplicit); | ||||||
4671 | else | ||||||
4672 | S.AddConversionCandidate( | ||||||
4673 | Conv, I.getPair(), ActingDC, Init, DeclType, CandidateSet, | ||||||
4674 | /*AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit=*/false, AllowExplicit); | ||||||
4675 | } | ||||||
4676 | |||||||
4677 | bool HadMultipleCandidates = (CandidateSet.size() > 1); | ||||||
4678 | |||||||
4679 | OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best; | ||||||
4680 | switch (CandidateSet.BestViableFunction(S, DeclLoc, Best)) { | ||||||
4681 | case OR_Success: | ||||||
4682 | // C++ [over.ics.ref]p1: | ||||||
4683 | // | ||||||
4684 | // [...] If the parameter binds directly to the result of | ||||||
4685 | // applying a conversion function to the argument | ||||||
4686 | // expression, the implicit conversion sequence is a | ||||||
4687 | // user-defined conversion sequence (13.3.3.1.2), with the | ||||||
4688 | // second standard conversion sequence either an identity | ||||||
4689 | // conversion or, if the conversion function returns an | ||||||
4690 | // entity of a type that is a derived class of the parameter | ||||||
4691 | // type, a derived-to-base Conversion. | ||||||
4692 | if (!Best->FinalConversion.DirectBinding) | ||||||
4693 | return false; | ||||||
4694 | |||||||
4695 | ICS.setUserDefined(); | ||||||
4696 | ICS.UserDefined.Before = Best->Conversions[0].Standard; | ||||||
4697 | ICS.UserDefined.After = Best->FinalConversion; | ||||||
4698 | ICS.UserDefined.HadMultipleCandidates = HadMultipleCandidates; | ||||||
4699 | ICS.UserDefined.ConversionFunction = Best->Function; | ||||||
4700 | ICS.UserDefined.FoundConversionFunction = Best->FoundDecl; | ||||||
4701 | ICS.UserDefined.EllipsisConversion = false; | ||||||
4702 | assert(ICS.UserDefined.After.ReferenceBinding &&(static_cast <bool> (ICS.UserDefined.After.ReferenceBinding && ICS.UserDefined.After.DirectBinding && "Expected a direct reference binding!" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("ICS.UserDefined.After.ReferenceBinding && ICS.UserDefined.After.DirectBinding && \"Expected a direct reference binding!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 4704, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||
4703 | ICS.UserDefined.After.DirectBinding &&(static_cast <bool> (ICS.UserDefined.After.ReferenceBinding && ICS.UserDefined.After.DirectBinding && "Expected a direct reference binding!" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("ICS.UserDefined.After.ReferenceBinding && ICS.UserDefined.After.DirectBinding && \"Expected a direct reference binding!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 4704, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||
4704 | "Expected a direct reference binding!")(static_cast <bool> (ICS.UserDefined.After.ReferenceBinding && ICS.UserDefined.After.DirectBinding && "Expected a direct reference binding!" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("ICS.UserDefined.After.ReferenceBinding && ICS.UserDefined.After.DirectBinding && \"Expected a direct reference binding!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 4704, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
4705 | return true; | ||||||
4706 | |||||||
4707 | case OR_Ambiguous: | ||||||
4708 | ICS.setAmbiguous(); | ||||||
4709 | for (OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Cand = CandidateSet.begin(); | ||||||
4710 | Cand != CandidateSet.end(); ++Cand) | ||||||
4711 | if (Cand->Best) | ||||||
4712 | ICS.Ambiguous.addConversion(Cand->FoundDecl, Cand->Function); | ||||||
4713 | return true; | ||||||
4714 | |||||||
4715 | case OR_No_Viable_Function: | ||||||
4716 | case OR_Deleted: | ||||||
4717 | // There was no suitable conversion, or we found a deleted | ||||||
4718 | // conversion; continue with other checks. | ||||||
4719 | return false; | ||||||
4720 | } | ||||||
4721 | |||||||
4722 | llvm_unreachable("Invalid OverloadResult!")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Invalid OverloadResult!", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 4722); | ||||||
4723 | } | ||||||
4724 | |||||||
4725 | /// Compute an implicit conversion sequence for reference | ||||||
4726 | /// initialization. | ||||||
4727 | static ImplicitConversionSequence | ||||||
4728 | TryReferenceInit(Sema &S, Expr *Init, QualType DeclType, | ||||||
4729 | SourceLocation DeclLoc, | ||||||
4730 | bool SuppressUserConversions, | ||||||
4731 | bool AllowExplicit) { | ||||||
4732 | assert(DeclType->isReferenceType() && "Reference init needs a reference")(static_cast <bool> (DeclType->isReferenceType() && "Reference init needs a reference") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("DeclType->isReferenceType() && \"Reference init needs a reference\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 4732, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
4733 | |||||||
4734 | // Most paths end in a failed conversion. | ||||||
4735 | ImplicitConversionSequence ICS; | ||||||
4736 | ICS.setBad(BadConversionSequence::no_conversion, Init, DeclType); | ||||||
4737 | |||||||
4738 | QualType T1 = DeclType->castAs<ReferenceType>()->getPointeeType(); | ||||||
4739 | QualType T2 = Init->getType(); | ||||||
4740 | |||||||
4741 | // If the initializer is the address of an overloaded function, try | ||||||
4742 | // to resolve the overloaded function. If all goes well, T2 is the | ||||||
4743 | // type of the resulting function. | ||||||
4744 | if (S.Context.getCanonicalType(T2) == S.Context.OverloadTy) { | ||||||
4745 | DeclAccessPair Found; | ||||||
4746 | if (FunctionDecl *Fn = S.ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction(Init, DeclType, | ||||||
4747 | false, Found)) | ||||||
4748 | T2 = Fn->getType(); | ||||||
4749 | } | ||||||
4750 | |||||||
4751 | // Compute some basic properties of the types and the initializer. | ||||||
4752 | bool isRValRef = DeclType->isRValueReferenceType(); | ||||||
4753 | Expr::Classification InitCategory = Init->Classify(S.Context); | ||||||
4754 | |||||||
4755 | Sema::ReferenceConversions RefConv; | ||||||
4756 | Sema::ReferenceCompareResult RefRelationship = | ||||||
4757 | S.CompareReferenceRelationship(DeclLoc, T1, T2, &RefConv); | ||||||
4758 | |||||||
4759 | auto SetAsReferenceBinding = [&](bool BindsDirectly) { | ||||||
4760 | ICS.setStandard(); | ||||||
4761 | ICS.Standard.First = ICK_Identity; | ||||||
4762 | // FIXME: A reference binding can be a function conversion too. We should | ||||||
4763 | // consider that when ordering reference-to-function bindings. | ||||||
4764 | ICS.Standard.Second = (RefConv & Sema::ReferenceConversions::DerivedToBase) | ||||||
4765 | ? ICK_Derived_To_Base | ||||||
4766 | : (RefConv & Sema::ReferenceConversions::ObjC) | ||||||
4767 | ? ICK_Compatible_Conversion | ||||||
4768 | : ICK_Identity; | ||||||
4769 | // FIXME: As a speculative fix to a defect introduced by CWG2352, we rank | ||||||
4770 | // a reference binding that performs a non-top-level qualification | ||||||
4771 | // conversion as a qualification conversion, not as an identity conversion. | ||||||
4772 | ICS.Standard.Third = (RefConv & | ||||||
4773 | Sema::ReferenceConversions::NestedQualification) | ||||||
4774 | ? ICK_Qualification | ||||||
4775 | : ICK_Identity; | ||||||
4776 | ICS.Standard.setFromType(T2); | ||||||
4777 | ICS.Standard.setToType(0, T2); | ||||||
4778 | ICS.Standard.setToType(1, T1); | ||||||
4779 | ICS.Standard.setToType(2, T1); | ||||||
4780 | ICS.Standard.ReferenceBinding = true; | ||||||
4781 | ICS.Standard.DirectBinding = BindsDirectly; | ||||||
4782 | ICS.Standard.IsLvalueReference = !isRValRef; | ||||||
4783 | ICS.Standard.BindsToFunctionLvalue = T2->isFunctionType(); | ||||||
4784 | ICS.Standard.BindsToRvalue = InitCategory.isRValue(); | ||||||
4785 | ICS.Standard.BindsImplicitObjectArgumentWithoutRefQualifier = false; | ||||||
4786 | ICS.Standard.ObjCLifetimeConversionBinding = | ||||||
4787 | (RefConv & Sema::ReferenceConversions::ObjCLifetime) != 0; | ||||||
4788 | ICS.Standard.CopyConstructor = nullptr; | ||||||
4789 | ICS.Standard.DeprecatedStringLiteralToCharPtr = false; | ||||||
4790 | }; | ||||||
4791 | |||||||
4792 | // C++0x [dcl.init.ref]p5: | ||||||
4793 | // A reference to type "cv1 T1" is initialized by an expression | ||||||
4794 | // of type "cv2 T2" as follows: | ||||||
4795 | |||||||
4796 | // -- If reference is an lvalue reference and the initializer expression | ||||||
4797 | if (!isRValRef) { | ||||||
4798 | // -- is an lvalue (but is not a bit-field), and "cv1 T1" is | ||||||
4799 | // reference-compatible with "cv2 T2," or | ||||||
4800 | // | ||||||
4801 | // Per C++ [over.ics.ref]p4, we don't check the bit-field property here. | ||||||
4802 | if (InitCategory.isLValue() && RefRelationship == Sema::Ref_Compatible) { | ||||||
4803 | // C++ [over.ics.ref]p1: | ||||||
4804 | // When a parameter of reference type binds directly (8.5.3) | ||||||
4805 | // to an argument expression, the implicit conversion sequence | ||||||
4806 | // is the identity conversion, unless the argument expression | ||||||
4807 | // has a type that is a derived class of the parameter type, | ||||||
4808 | // in which case the implicit conversion sequence is a | ||||||
4809 | // derived-to-base Conversion (13.3.3.1). | ||||||
4810 | SetAsReferenceBinding(/*BindsDirectly=*/true); | ||||||
4811 | |||||||
4812 | // Nothing more to do: the inaccessibility/ambiguity check for | ||||||
4813 | // derived-to-base conversions is suppressed when we're | ||||||
4814 | // computing the implicit conversion sequence (C++ | ||||||
4815 | // [over.best.ics]p2). | ||||||
4816 | return ICS; | ||||||
4817 | } | ||||||
4818 | |||||||
4819 | // -- has a class type (i.e., T2 is a class type), where T1 is | ||||||
4820 | // not reference-related to T2, and can be implicitly | ||||||
4821 | // converted to an lvalue of type "cv3 T3," where "cv1 T1" | ||||||
4822 | // is reference-compatible with "cv3 T3" 92) (this | ||||||
4823 | // conversion is selected by enumerating the applicable | ||||||
4824 | // conversion functions (13.3.1.6) and choosing the best | ||||||
4825 | // one through overload resolution (13.3)), | ||||||
4826 | if (!SuppressUserConversions && T2->isRecordType() && | ||||||
4827 | S.isCompleteType(DeclLoc, T2) && | ||||||
4828 | RefRelationship == Sema::Ref_Incompatible) { | ||||||
4829 | if (FindConversionForRefInit(S, ICS, DeclType, DeclLoc, | ||||||
4830 | Init, T2, /*AllowRvalues=*/false, | ||||||
4831 | AllowExplicit)) | ||||||
4832 | return ICS; | ||||||
4833 | } | ||||||
4834 | } | ||||||
4835 | |||||||
4836 | // -- Otherwise, the reference shall be an lvalue reference to a | ||||||
4837 | // non-volatile const type (i.e., cv1 shall be const), or the reference | ||||||
4838 | // shall be an rvalue reference. | ||||||
4839 | if (!isRValRef && (!T1.isConstQualified() || T1.isVolatileQualified())) { | ||||||
4840 | if (InitCategory.isRValue() && RefRelationship != Sema::Ref_Incompatible) | ||||||
4841 | ICS.setBad(BadConversionSequence::lvalue_ref_to_rvalue, Init, DeclType); | ||||||
4842 | return ICS; | ||||||
4843 | } | ||||||
4844 | |||||||
4845 | // -- If the initializer expression | ||||||
4846 | // | ||||||
4847 | // -- is an xvalue, class prvalue, array prvalue or function | ||||||
4848 | // lvalue and "cv1 T1" is reference-compatible with "cv2 T2", or | ||||||
4849 | if (RefRelationship == Sema::Ref_Compatible && | ||||||
4850 | (InitCategory.isXValue() || | ||||||
4851 | (InitCategory.isPRValue() && | ||||||
4852 | (T2->isRecordType() || T2->isArrayType())) || | ||||||
4853 | (InitCategory.isLValue() && T2->isFunctionType()))) { | ||||||
4854 | // In C++11, this is always a direct binding. In C++98/03, it's a direct | ||||||
4855 | // binding unless we're binding to a class prvalue. | ||||||
4856 | // Note: Although xvalues wouldn't normally show up in C++98/03 code, we | ||||||
4857 | // allow the use of rvalue references in C++98/03 for the benefit of | ||||||
4858 | // standard library implementors; therefore, we need the xvalue check here. | ||||||
4859 | SetAsReferenceBinding(/*BindsDirectly=*/S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 || | ||||||
4860 | !(InitCategory.isPRValue() || T2->isRecordType())); | ||||||
4861 | return ICS; | ||||||
4862 | } | ||||||
4863 | |||||||
4864 | // -- has a class type (i.e., T2 is a class type), where T1 is not | ||||||
4865 | // reference-related to T2, and can be implicitly converted to | ||||||
4866 | // an xvalue, class prvalue, or function lvalue of type | ||||||
4867 | // "cv3 T3", where "cv1 T1" is reference-compatible with | ||||||
4868 | // "cv3 T3", | ||||||
4869 | // | ||||||
4870 | // then the reference is bound to the value of the initializer | ||||||
4871 | // expression in the first case and to the result of the conversion | ||||||
4872 | // in the second case (or, in either case, to an appropriate base | ||||||
4873 | // class subobject). | ||||||
4874 | if (!SuppressUserConversions && RefRelationship == Sema::Ref_Incompatible && | ||||||
4875 | T2->isRecordType() && S.isCompleteType(DeclLoc, T2) && | ||||||
4876 | FindConversionForRefInit(S, ICS, DeclType, DeclLoc, | ||||||
4877 | Init, T2, /*AllowRvalues=*/true, | ||||||
4878 | AllowExplicit)) { | ||||||
4879 | // In the second case, if the reference is an rvalue reference | ||||||
4880 | // and the second standard conversion sequence of the | ||||||
4881 | // user-defined conversion sequence includes an lvalue-to-rvalue | ||||||
4882 | // conversion, the program is ill-formed. | ||||||
4883 | if (ICS.isUserDefined() && isRValRef && | ||||||
4884 | ICS.UserDefined.After.First == ICK_Lvalue_To_Rvalue) | ||||||
4885 | ICS.setBad(BadConversionSequence::no_conversion, Init, DeclType); | ||||||
4886 | |||||||
4887 | return ICS; | ||||||
4888 | } | ||||||
4889 | |||||||
4890 | // A temporary of function type cannot be created; don't even try. | ||||||
4891 | if (T1->isFunctionType()) | ||||||
4892 | return ICS; | ||||||
4893 | |||||||
4894 | // -- Otherwise, a temporary of type "cv1 T1" is created and | ||||||
4895 | // initialized from the initializer expression using the | ||||||
4896 | // rules for a non-reference copy initialization (8.5). The | ||||||
4897 | // reference is then bound to the temporary. If T1 is | ||||||
4898 | // reference-related to T2, cv1 must be the same | ||||||
4899 | // cv-qualification as, or greater cv-qualification than, | ||||||
4900 | // cv2; otherwise, the program is ill-formed. | ||||||
4901 | if (RefRelationship == Sema::Ref_Related) { | ||||||
4902 | // If cv1 == cv2 or cv1 is a greater cv-qualified than cv2, then | ||||||
4903 | // we would be reference-compatible or reference-compatible with | ||||||
4904 | // added qualification. But that wasn't the case, so the reference | ||||||
4905 | // initialization fails. | ||||||
4906 | // | ||||||
4907 | // Note that we only want to check address spaces and cvr-qualifiers here. | ||||||
4908 | // ObjC GC, lifetime and unaligned qualifiers aren't important. | ||||||
4909 | Qualifiers T1Quals = T1.getQualifiers(); | ||||||
4910 | Qualifiers T2Quals = T2.getQualifiers(); | ||||||
4911 | T1Quals.removeObjCGCAttr(); | ||||||
4912 | T1Quals.removeObjCLifetime(); | ||||||
4913 | T2Quals.removeObjCGCAttr(); | ||||||
4914 | T2Quals.removeObjCLifetime(); | ||||||
4915 | // MS compiler ignores __unaligned qualifier for references; do the same. | ||||||
4916 | T1Quals.removeUnaligned(); | ||||||
4917 | T2Quals.removeUnaligned(); | ||||||
4918 | if (!T1Quals.compatiblyIncludes(T2Quals)) | ||||||
4919 | return ICS; | ||||||
4920 | } | ||||||
4921 | |||||||
4922 | // If at least one of the types is a class type, the types are not | ||||||
4923 | // related, and we aren't allowed any user conversions, the | ||||||
4924 | // reference binding fails. This case is important for breaking | ||||||
4925 | // recursion, since TryImplicitConversion below will attempt to | ||||||
4926 | // create a temporary through the use of a copy constructor. | ||||||
4927 | if (SuppressUserConversions && RefRelationship == Sema::Ref_Incompatible && | ||||||
4928 | (T1->isRecordType() || T2->isRecordType())) | ||||||
4929 | return ICS; | ||||||
4930 | |||||||
4931 | // If T1 is reference-related to T2 and the reference is an rvalue | ||||||
4932 | // reference, the initializer expression shall not be an lvalue. | ||||||
4933 | if (RefRelationship >= Sema::Ref_Related && isRValRef && | ||||||
4934 | Init->Classify(S.Context).isLValue()) { | ||||||
4935 | ICS.setBad(BadConversionSequence::rvalue_ref_to_lvalue, Init, DeclType); | ||||||
4936 | return ICS; | ||||||
4937 | } | ||||||
4938 | |||||||
4939 | // C++ [over.ics.ref]p2: | ||||||
4940 | // When a parameter of reference type is not bound directly to | ||||||
4941 | // an argument expression, the conversion sequence is the one | ||||||
4942 | // required to convert the argument expression to the | ||||||
4943 | // underlying type of the reference according to | ||||||
4944 | // 13.3.3.1. Conceptually, this conversion sequence corresponds | ||||||
4945 | // to copy-initializing a temporary of the underlying type with | ||||||
4946 | // the argument expression. Any difference in top-level | ||||||
4947 | // cv-qualification is subsumed by the initialization itself | ||||||
4948 | // and does not constitute a conversion. | ||||||
4949 | ICS = TryImplicitConversion(S, Init, T1, SuppressUserConversions, | ||||||
4950 | AllowedExplicit::None, | ||||||
4951 | /*InOverloadResolution=*/false, | ||||||
4952 | /*CStyle=*/false, | ||||||
4953 | /*AllowObjCWritebackConversion=*/false, | ||||||
4954 | /*AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit=*/false); | ||||||
4955 | |||||||
4956 | // Of course, that's still a reference binding. | ||||||
4957 | if (ICS.isStandard()) { | ||||||
4958 | ICS.Standard.ReferenceBinding = true; | ||||||
4959 | ICS.Standard.IsLvalueReference = !isRValRef; | ||||||
4960 | ICS.Standard.BindsToFunctionLvalue = false; | ||||||
4961 | ICS.Standard.BindsToRvalue = true; | ||||||
4962 | ICS.Standard.BindsImplicitObjectArgumentWithoutRefQualifier = false; | ||||||
4963 | ICS.Standard.ObjCLifetimeConversionBinding = false; | ||||||
4964 | } else if (ICS.isUserDefined()) { | ||||||
4965 | const ReferenceType *LValRefType = | ||||||
4966 | ICS.UserDefined.ConversionFunction->getReturnType() | ||||||
4967 | ->getAs<LValueReferenceType>(); | ||||||
4968 | |||||||
4969 | // C++ [over.ics.ref]p3: | ||||||
4970 | // Except for an implicit object parameter, for which see 13.3.1, a | ||||||
4971 | // standard conversion sequence cannot be formed if it requires [...] | ||||||
4972 | // binding an rvalue reference to an lvalue other than a function | ||||||
4973 | // lvalue. | ||||||
4974 | // Note that the function case is not possible here. | ||||||
4975 | if (isRValRef && LValRefType) { | ||||||
4976 | ICS.setBad(BadConversionSequence::no_conversion, Init, DeclType); | ||||||
4977 | return ICS; | ||||||
4978 | } | ||||||
4979 | |||||||
4980 | ICS.UserDefined.After.ReferenceBinding = true; | ||||||
4981 | ICS.UserDefined.After.IsLvalueReference = !isRValRef; | ||||||
4982 | ICS.UserDefined.After.BindsToFunctionLvalue = false; | ||||||
4983 | ICS.UserDefined.After.BindsToRvalue = !LValRefType; | ||||||
4984 | ICS.UserDefined.After.BindsImplicitObjectArgumentWithoutRefQualifier = false; | ||||||
4985 | ICS.UserDefined.After.ObjCLifetimeConversionBinding = false; | ||||||
4986 | } | ||||||
4987 | |||||||
4988 | return ICS; | ||||||
4989 | } | ||||||
4990 | |||||||
4991 | static ImplicitConversionSequence | ||||||
4992 | TryCopyInitialization(Sema &S, Expr *From, QualType ToType, | ||||||
4993 | bool SuppressUserConversions, | ||||||
4994 | bool InOverloadResolution, | ||||||
4995 | bool AllowObjCWritebackConversion, | ||||||
4996 | bool AllowExplicit = false); | ||||||
4997 | |||||||
4998 | /// TryListConversion - Try to copy-initialize a value of type ToType from the | ||||||
4999 | /// initializer list From. | ||||||
5000 | static ImplicitConversionSequence | ||||||
5001 | TryListConversion(Sema &S, InitListExpr *From, QualType ToType, | ||||||
5002 | bool SuppressUserConversions, | ||||||
5003 | bool InOverloadResolution, | ||||||
5004 | bool AllowObjCWritebackConversion) { | ||||||
5005 | // C++11 [over.ics.list]p1: | ||||||
5006 | // When an argument is an initializer list, it is not an expression and | ||||||
5007 | // special rules apply for converting it to a parameter type. | ||||||
5008 | |||||||
5009 | ImplicitConversionSequence Result; | ||||||
5010 | Result.setBad(BadConversionSequence::no_conversion, From, ToType); | ||||||
5011 | |||||||
5012 | // We need a complete type for what follows. Incomplete types can never be | ||||||
5013 | // initialized from init lists. | ||||||
5014 | if (!S.isCompleteType(From->getBeginLoc(), ToType)) | ||||||
5015 | return Result; | ||||||
5016 | |||||||
5017 | // Per DR1467: | ||||||
5018 | // If the parameter type is a class X and the initializer list has a single | ||||||
5019 | // element of type cv U, where U is X or a class derived from X, the | ||||||
5020 | // implicit conversion sequence is the one required to convert the element | ||||||
5021 | // to the parameter type. | ||||||
5022 | // | ||||||
5023 | // Otherwise, if the parameter type is a character array [... ] | ||||||
5024 | // and the initializer list has a single element that is an | ||||||
5025 | // appropriately-typed string literal (8.5.2 [dcl.init.string]), the | ||||||
5026 | // implicit conversion sequence is the identity conversion. | ||||||
5027 | if (From->getNumInits() == 1) { | ||||||
5028 | if (ToType->isRecordType()) { | ||||||
5029 | QualType InitType = From->getInit(0)->getType(); | ||||||
5030 | if (S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(InitType, ToType) || | ||||||
5031 | S.IsDerivedFrom(From->getBeginLoc(), InitType, ToType)) | ||||||
5032 | return TryCopyInitialization(S, From->getInit(0), ToType, | ||||||
5033 | SuppressUserConversions, | ||||||
5034 | InOverloadResolution, | ||||||
5035 | AllowObjCWritebackConversion); | ||||||
5036 | } | ||||||
5037 | |||||||
5038 | if (const auto *AT = S.Context.getAsArrayType(ToType)) { | ||||||
5039 | if (S.IsStringInit(From->getInit(0), AT)) { | ||||||
5040 | InitializedEntity Entity = | ||||||
5041 | InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(S.Context, ToType, | ||||||
5042 | /*Consumed=*/false); | ||||||
5043 | if (S.CanPerformCopyInitialization(Entity, From)) { | ||||||
5044 | Result.setStandard(); | ||||||
5045 | Result.Standard.setAsIdentityConversion(); | ||||||
5046 | Result.Standard.setFromType(ToType); | ||||||
5047 | Result.Standard.setAllToTypes(ToType); | ||||||
5048 | return Result; | ||||||
5049 | } | ||||||
5050 | } | ||||||
5051 | } | ||||||
5052 | } | ||||||
5053 | |||||||
5054 | // C++14 [over.ics.list]p2: Otherwise, if the parameter type [...] (below). | ||||||
5055 | // C++11 [over.ics.list]p2: | ||||||
5056 | // If the parameter type is std::initializer_list<X> or "array of X" and | ||||||
5057 | // all the elements can be implicitly converted to X, the implicit | ||||||
5058 | // conversion sequence is the worst conversion necessary to convert an | ||||||
5059 | // element of the list to X. | ||||||
5060 | // | ||||||
5061 | // C++14 [over.ics.list]p3: | ||||||
5062 | // Otherwise, if the parameter type is "array of N X", if the initializer | ||||||
5063 | // list has exactly N elements or if it has fewer than N elements and X is | ||||||
5064 | // default-constructible, and if all the elements of the initializer list | ||||||
5065 | // can be implicitly converted to X, the implicit conversion sequence is | ||||||
5066 | // the worst conversion necessary to convert an element of the list to X. | ||||||
5067 | // | ||||||
5068 | // FIXME: We're missing a lot of these checks. | ||||||
5069 | bool toStdInitializerList = false; | ||||||
5070 | QualType X; | ||||||
5071 | if (ToType->isArrayType()) | ||||||
5072 | X = S.Context.getAsArrayType(ToType)->getElementType(); | ||||||
5073 | else | ||||||
5074 | toStdInitializerList = S.isStdInitializerList(ToType, &X); | ||||||
5075 | if (!X.isNull()) { | ||||||
5076 | for (unsigned i = 0, e = From->getNumInits(); i < e; ++i) { | ||||||
5077 | Expr *Init = From->getInit(i); | ||||||
5078 | ImplicitConversionSequence ICS = | ||||||
5079 | TryCopyInitialization(S, Init, X, SuppressUserConversions, | ||||||
5080 | InOverloadResolution, | ||||||
5081 | AllowObjCWritebackConversion); | ||||||
5082 | // If a single element isn't convertible, fail. | ||||||
5083 | if (ICS.isBad()) { | ||||||
5084 | Result = ICS; | ||||||
5085 | break; | ||||||
5086 | } | ||||||
5087 | // Otherwise, look for the worst conversion. | ||||||
5088 | if (Result.isBad() || CompareImplicitConversionSequences( | ||||||
5089 | S, From->getBeginLoc(), ICS, Result) == | ||||||
5090 | ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse) | ||||||
5091 | Result = ICS; | ||||||
5092 | } | ||||||
5093 | |||||||
5094 | // For an empty list, we won't have computed any conversion sequence. | ||||||
5095 | // Introduce the identity conversion sequence. | ||||||
5096 | if (From->getNumInits() == 0) { | ||||||
5097 | Result.setStandard(); | ||||||
5098 | Result.Standard.setAsIdentityConversion(); | ||||||
5099 | Result.Standard.setFromType(ToType); | ||||||
5100 | Result.Standard.setAllToTypes(ToType); | ||||||
5101 | } | ||||||
5102 | |||||||
5103 | Result.setStdInitializerListElement(toStdInitializerList); | ||||||
5104 | return Result; | ||||||
5105 | } | ||||||
5106 | |||||||
5107 | // C++14 [over.ics.list]p4: | ||||||
5108 | // C++11 [over.ics.list]p3: | ||||||
5109 | // Otherwise, if the parameter is a non-aggregate class X and overload | ||||||
5110 | // resolution chooses a single best constructor [...] the implicit | ||||||
5111 | // conversion sequence is a user-defined conversion sequence. If multiple | ||||||
5112 | // constructors are viable but none is better than the others, the | ||||||
5113 | // implicit conversion sequence is a user-defined conversion sequence. | ||||||
5114 | if (ToType->isRecordType() && !ToType->isAggregateType()) { | ||||||
5115 | // This function can deal with initializer lists. | ||||||
5116 | return TryUserDefinedConversion(S, From, ToType, SuppressUserConversions, | ||||||
5117 | AllowedExplicit::None, | ||||||
5118 | InOverloadResolution, /*CStyle=*/false, | ||||||
5119 | AllowObjCWritebackConversion, | ||||||
5120 | /*AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit=*/false); | ||||||
5121 | } | ||||||
5122 | |||||||
5123 | // C++14 [over.ics.list]p5: | ||||||
5124 | // C++11 [over.ics.list]p4: | ||||||
5125 | // Otherwise, if the parameter has an aggregate type which can be | ||||||
5126 | // initialized from the initializer list [...] the implicit conversion | ||||||
5127 | // sequence is a user-defined conversion sequence. | ||||||
5128 | if (ToType->isAggregateType()) { | ||||||
5129 | // Type is an aggregate, argument is an init list. At this point it comes | ||||||
5130 | // down to checking whether the initialization works. | ||||||
5131 | // FIXME: Find out whether this parameter is consumed or not. | ||||||
5132 | InitializedEntity Entity = | ||||||
5133 | InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(S.Context, ToType, | ||||||
5134 | /*Consumed=*/false); | ||||||
5135 | if (S.CanPerformAggregateInitializationForOverloadResolution(Entity, | ||||||
5136 | From)) { | ||||||
5137 | Result.setUserDefined(); | ||||||
5138 | Result.UserDefined.Before.setAsIdentityConversion(); | ||||||
5139 | // Initializer lists don't have a type. | ||||||
5140 | Result.UserDefined.Before.setFromType(QualType()); | ||||||
5141 | Result.UserDefined.Before.setAllToTypes(QualType()); | ||||||
5142 | |||||||
5143 | Result.UserDefined.After.setAsIdentityConversion(); | ||||||
5144 | Result.UserDefined.After.setFromType(ToType); | ||||||
5145 | Result.UserDefined.After.setAllToTypes(ToType); | ||||||
5146 | Result.UserDefined.ConversionFunction = nullptr; | ||||||
5147 | } | ||||||
5148 | return Result; | ||||||
5149 | } | ||||||
5150 | |||||||
5151 | // C++14 [over.ics.list]p6: | ||||||
5152 | // C++11 [over.ics.list]p5: | ||||||
5153 | // Otherwise, if the parameter is a reference, see 13.3.3.1.4. | ||||||
5154 | if (ToType->isReferenceType()) { | ||||||
5155 | // The standard is notoriously unclear here, since 13.3.3.1.4 doesn't | ||||||
5156 | // mention initializer lists in any way. So we go by what list- | ||||||
5157 | // initialization would do and try to extrapolate from that. | ||||||
5158 | |||||||
5159 | QualType T1 = ToType->castAs<ReferenceType>()->getPointeeType(); | ||||||
5160 | |||||||
5161 | // If the initializer list has a single element that is reference-related | ||||||
5162 | // to the parameter type, we initialize the reference from that. | ||||||
5163 | if (From->getNumInits() == 1) { | ||||||
5164 | Expr *Init = From->getInit(0); | ||||||
5165 | |||||||
5166 | QualType T2 = Init->getType(); | ||||||
5167 | |||||||
5168 | // If the initializer is the address of an overloaded function, try | ||||||
5169 | // to resolve the overloaded function. If all goes well, T2 is the | ||||||
5170 | // type of the resulting function. | ||||||
5171 | if (S.Context.getCanonicalType(T2) == S.Context.OverloadTy) { | ||||||
5172 | DeclAccessPair Found; | ||||||
5173 | if (FunctionDecl *Fn = S.ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction( | ||||||
5174 | Init, ToType, false, Found)) | ||||||
5175 | T2 = Fn->getType(); | ||||||
5176 | } | ||||||
5177 | |||||||
5178 | // Compute some basic properties of the types and the initializer. | ||||||
5179 | Sema::ReferenceCompareResult RefRelationship = | ||||||
5180 | S.CompareReferenceRelationship(From->getBeginLoc(), T1, T2); | ||||||
5181 | |||||||
5182 | if (RefRelationship >= Sema::Ref_Related) { | ||||||
5183 | return TryReferenceInit(S, Init, ToType, /*FIXME*/ From->getBeginLoc(), | ||||||
5184 | SuppressUserConversions, | ||||||
5185 | /*AllowExplicit=*/false); | ||||||
5186 | } | ||||||
5187 | } | ||||||
5188 | |||||||
5189 | // Otherwise, we bind the reference to a temporary created from the | ||||||
5190 | // initializer list. | ||||||
5191 | Result = TryListConversion(S, From, T1, SuppressUserConversions, | ||||||
5192 | InOverloadResolution, | ||||||
5193 | AllowObjCWritebackConversion); | ||||||
5194 | if (Result.isFailure()) | ||||||
5195 | return Result; | ||||||
5196 | assert(!Result.isEllipsis() &&(static_cast <bool> (!Result.isEllipsis() && "Sub-initialization cannot result in ellipsis conversion." ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!Result.isEllipsis() && \"Sub-initialization cannot result in ellipsis conversion.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 5197, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||
5197 | "Sub-initialization cannot result in ellipsis conversion.")(static_cast <bool> (!Result.isEllipsis() && "Sub-initialization cannot result in ellipsis conversion." ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!Result.isEllipsis() && \"Sub-initialization cannot result in ellipsis conversion.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 5197, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
5198 | |||||||
5199 | // Can we even bind to a temporary? | ||||||
5200 | if (ToType->isRValueReferenceType() || | ||||||
5201 | (T1.isConstQualified() && !T1.isVolatileQualified())) { | ||||||
5202 | StandardConversionSequence &SCS = Result.isStandard() ? Result.Standard : | ||||||
5203 | Result.UserDefined.After; | ||||||
5204 | SCS.ReferenceBinding = true; | ||||||
5205 | SCS.IsLvalueReference = ToType->isLValueReferenceType(); | ||||||
5206 | SCS.BindsToRvalue = true; | ||||||
5207 | SCS.BindsToFunctionLvalue = false; | ||||||
5208 | SCS.BindsImplicitObjectArgumentWithoutRefQualifier = false; | ||||||
5209 | SCS.ObjCLifetimeConversionBinding = false; | ||||||
5210 | } else | ||||||
5211 | Result.setBad(BadConversionSequence::lvalue_ref_to_rvalue, | ||||||
5212 | From, ToType); | ||||||
5213 | return Result; | ||||||
5214 | } | ||||||
5215 | |||||||
5216 | // C++14 [over.ics.list]p7: | ||||||
5217 | // C++11 [over.ics.list]p6: | ||||||
5218 | // Otherwise, if the parameter type is not a class: | ||||||
5219 | if (!ToType->isRecordType()) { | ||||||
5220 | // - if the initializer list has one element that is not itself an | ||||||
5221 | // initializer list, the implicit conversion sequence is the one | ||||||
5222 | // required to convert the element to the parameter type. | ||||||
5223 | unsigned NumInits = From->getNumInits(); | ||||||
5224 | if (NumInits == 1 && !isa<InitListExpr>(From->getInit(0))) | ||||||
5225 | Result = TryCopyInitialization(S, From->getInit(0), ToType, | ||||||
5226 | SuppressUserConversions, | ||||||
5227 | InOverloadResolution, | ||||||
5228 | AllowObjCWritebackConversion); | ||||||
5229 | // - if the initializer list has no elements, the implicit conversion | ||||||
5230 | // sequence is the identity conversion. | ||||||
5231 | else if (NumInits == 0) { | ||||||
5232 | Result.setStandard(); | ||||||
5233 | Result.Standard.setAsIdentityConversion(); | ||||||
5234 | Result.Standard.setFromType(ToType); | ||||||
5235 | Result.Standard.setAllToTypes(ToType); | ||||||
5236 | } | ||||||
5237 | return Result; | ||||||
5238 | } | ||||||
5239 | |||||||
5240 | // C++14 [over.ics.list]p8: | ||||||
5241 | // C++11 [over.ics.list]p7: | ||||||
5242 | // In all cases other than those enumerated above, no conversion is possible | ||||||
5243 | return Result; | ||||||
5244 | } | ||||||
5245 | |||||||
5246 | /// TryCopyInitialization - Try to copy-initialize a value of type | ||||||
5247 | /// ToType from the expression From. Return the implicit conversion | ||||||
5248 | /// sequence required to pass this argument, which may be a bad | ||||||
5249 | /// conversion sequence (meaning that the argument cannot be passed to | ||||||
5250 | /// a parameter of this type). If @p SuppressUserConversions, then we | ||||||
5251 | /// do not permit any user-defined conversion sequences. | ||||||
5252 | static ImplicitConversionSequence | ||||||
5253 | TryCopyInitialization(Sema &S, Expr *From, QualType ToType, | ||||||
5254 | bool SuppressUserConversions, | ||||||
5255 | bool InOverloadResolution, | ||||||
5256 | bool AllowObjCWritebackConversion, | ||||||
5257 | bool AllowExplicit) { | ||||||
5258 | if (InitListExpr *FromInitList = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(From)) | ||||||
5259 | return TryListConversion(S, FromInitList, ToType, SuppressUserConversions, | ||||||
5260 | InOverloadResolution,AllowObjCWritebackConversion); | ||||||
5261 | |||||||
5262 | if (ToType->isReferenceType()) | ||||||
5263 | return TryReferenceInit(S, From, ToType, | ||||||
5264 | /*FIXME:*/ From->getBeginLoc(), | ||||||
5265 | SuppressUserConversions, AllowExplicit); | ||||||
5266 | |||||||
5267 | return TryImplicitConversion(S, From, ToType, | ||||||
5268 | SuppressUserConversions, | ||||||
5269 | AllowedExplicit::None, | ||||||
5270 | InOverloadResolution, | ||||||
5271 | /*CStyle=*/false, | ||||||
5272 | AllowObjCWritebackConversion, | ||||||
5273 | /*AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit=*/false); | ||||||
5274 | } | ||||||
5275 | |||||||
5276 | static bool TryCopyInitialization(const CanQualType FromQTy, | ||||||
5277 | const CanQualType ToQTy, | ||||||
5278 | Sema &S, | ||||||
5279 | SourceLocation Loc, | ||||||
5280 | ExprValueKind FromVK) { | ||||||
5281 | OpaqueValueExpr TmpExpr(Loc, FromQTy, FromVK); | ||||||
5282 | ImplicitConversionSequence ICS = | ||||||
5283 | TryCopyInitialization(S, &TmpExpr, ToQTy, true, true, false); | ||||||
5284 | |||||||
5285 | return !ICS.isBad(); | ||||||
5286 | } | ||||||
5287 | |||||||
5288 | /// TryObjectArgumentInitialization - Try to initialize the object | ||||||
5289 | /// parameter of the given member function (@c Method) from the | ||||||
5290 | /// expression @p From. | ||||||
5291 | static ImplicitConversionSequence | ||||||
5292 | TryObjectArgumentInitialization(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType FromType, | ||||||
5293 | Expr::Classification FromClassification, | ||||||
5294 | CXXMethodDecl *Method, | ||||||
5295 | CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext) { | ||||||
5296 | QualType ClassType = S.Context.getTypeDeclType(ActingContext); | ||||||
5297 | // [class.dtor]p2: A destructor can be invoked for a const, volatile or | ||||||
5298 | // const volatile object. | ||||||
5299 | Qualifiers Quals = Method->getMethodQualifiers(); | ||||||
5300 | if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(Method)) { | ||||||
5301 | Quals.addConst(); | ||||||
5302 | Quals.addVolatile(); | ||||||
5303 | } | ||||||
5304 | |||||||
5305 | QualType ImplicitParamType = S.Context.getQualifiedType(ClassType, Quals); | ||||||
5306 | |||||||
5307 | // Set up the conversion sequence as a "bad" conversion, to allow us | ||||||
5308 | // to exit early. | ||||||
5309 | ImplicitConversionSequence ICS; | ||||||
5310 | |||||||
5311 | // We need to have an object of class type. | ||||||
5312 | if (const PointerType *PT = FromType->getAs<PointerType>()) { | ||||||
5313 | FromType = PT->getPointeeType(); | ||||||
5314 | |||||||
5315 | // When we had a pointer, it's implicitly dereferenced, so we | ||||||
5316 | // better have an lvalue. | ||||||
5317 | assert(FromClassification.isLValue())(static_cast <bool> (FromClassification.isLValue()) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("FromClassification.isLValue()", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 5317, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
5318 | } | ||||||
5319 | |||||||
5320 | assert(FromType->isRecordType())(static_cast <bool> (FromType->isRecordType()) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("FromType->isRecordType()", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 5320, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
5321 | |||||||
5322 | // C++0x [over.match.funcs]p4: | ||||||
5323 | // For non-static member functions, the type of the implicit object | ||||||
5324 | // parameter is | ||||||
5325 | // | ||||||
5326 | // - "lvalue reference to cv X" for functions declared without a | ||||||
5327 | // ref-qualifier or with the & ref-qualifier | ||||||
5328 | // - "rvalue reference to cv X" for functions declared with the && | ||||||
5329 | // ref-qualifier | ||||||
5330 | // | ||||||
5331 | // where X is the class of which the function is a member and cv is the | ||||||
5332 | // cv-qualification on the member function declaration. | ||||||
5333 | // | ||||||
5334 | // However, when finding an implicit conversion sequence for the argument, we | ||||||
5335 | // are not allowed to perform user-defined conversions | ||||||
5336 | // (C++ [over.match.funcs]p5). We perform a simplified version of | ||||||
5337 | // reference binding here, that allows class rvalues to bind to | ||||||
5338 | // non-constant references. | ||||||
5339 | |||||||
5340 | // First check the qualifiers. | ||||||
5341 | QualType FromTypeCanon = S.Context.getCanonicalType(FromType); | ||||||
5342 | if (ImplicitParamType.getCVRQualifiers() | ||||||
5343 | != FromTypeCanon.getLocalCVRQualifiers() && | ||||||
5344 | !ImplicitParamType.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(FromTypeCanon)) { | ||||||
5345 | ICS.setBad(BadConversionSequence::bad_qualifiers, | ||||||
5346 | FromType, ImplicitParamType); | ||||||
5347 | return ICS; | ||||||
5348 | } | ||||||
5349 | |||||||
5350 | if (FromTypeCanon.hasAddressSpace()) { | ||||||
5351 | Qualifiers QualsImplicitParamType = ImplicitParamType.getQualifiers(); | ||||||
5352 | Qualifiers QualsFromType = FromTypeCanon.getQualifiers(); | ||||||
5353 | if (!QualsImplicitParamType.isAddressSpaceSupersetOf(QualsFromType)) { | ||||||
5354 | ICS.setBad(BadConversionSequence::bad_qualifiers, | ||||||
5355 | FromType, ImplicitParamType); | ||||||
5356 | return ICS; | ||||||
5357 | } | ||||||
5358 | } | ||||||
5359 | |||||||
5360 | // Check that we have either the same type or a derived type. It | ||||||
5361 | // affects the conversion rank. | ||||||
5362 | QualType ClassTypeCanon = S.Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType); | ||||||
5363 | ImplicitConversionKind SecondKind; | ||||||
5364 | if (ClassTypeCanon == FromTypeCanon.getLocalUnqualifiedType()) { | ||||||
5365 | SecondKind = ICK_Identity; | ||||||
5366 | } else if (S.IsDerivedFrom(Loc, FromType, ClassType)) | ||||||
5367 | SecondKind = ICK_Derived_To_Base; | ||||||
5368 | else { | ||||||
5369 | ICS.setBad(BadConversionSequence::unrelated_class, | ||||||
5370 | FromType, ImplicitParamType); | ||||||
5371 | return ICS; | ||||||
5372 | } | ||||||
5373 | |||||||
5374 | // Check the ref-qualifier. | ||||||
5375 | switch (Method->getRefQualifier()) { | ||||||
5376 | case RQ_None: | ||||||
5377 | // Do nothing; we don't care about lvalueness or rvalueness. | ||||||
5378 | break; | ||||||
5379 | |||||||
5380 | case RQ_LValue: | ||||||
5381 | if (!FromClassification.isLValue() && !Quals.hasOnlyConst()) { | ||||||
5382 | // non-const lvalue reference cannot bind to an rvalue | ||||||
5383 | ICS.setBad(BadConversionSequence::lvalue_ref_to_rvalue, FromType, | ||||||
5384 | ImplicitParamType); | ||||||
5385 | return ICS; | ||||||
5386 | } | ||||||
5387 | break; | ||||||
5388 | |||||||
5389 | case RQ_RValue: | ||||||
5390 | if (!FromClassification.isRValue()) { | ||||||
5391 | // rvalue reference cannot bind to an lvalue | ||||||
5392 | ICS.setBad(BadConversionSequence::rvalue_ref_to_lvalue, FromType, | ||||||
5393 | ImplicitParamType); | ||||||
5394 | return ICS; | ||||||
5395 | } | ||||||
5396 | break; | ||||||
5397 | } | ||||||
5398 | |||||||
5399 | // Success. Mark this as a reference binding. | ||||||
5400 | ICS.setStandard(); | ||||||
5401 | ICS.Standard.setAsIdentityConversion(); | ||||||
5402 | ICS.Standard.Second = SecondKind; | ||||||
5403 | ICS.Standard.setFromType(FromType); | ||||||
5404 | ICS.Standard.setAllToTypes(ImplicitParamType); | ||||||
5405 | ICS.Standard.ReferenceBinding = true; | ||||||
5406 | ICS.Standard.DirectBinding = true; | ||||||
5407 | ICS.Standard.IsLvalueReference = Method->getRefQualifier() != RQ_RValue; | ||||||
5408 | ICS.Standard.BindsToFunctionLvalue = false; | ||||||
5409 | ICS.Standard.BindsToRvalue = FromClassification.isRValue(); | ||||||
5410 | ICS.Standard.BindsImplicitObjectArgumentWithoutRefQualifier | ||||||
5411 | = (Method->getRefQualifier() == RQ_None); | ||||||
5412 | return ICS; | ||||||
5413 | } | ||||||
5414 | |||||||
5415 | /// PerformObjectArgumentInitialization - Perform initialization of | ||||||
5416 | /// the implicit object parameter for the given Method with the given | ||||||
5417 | /// expression. | ||||||
5418 | ExprResult | ||||||
5419 | Sema::PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Expr *From, | ||||||
5420 | NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier, | ||||||
5421 | NamedDecl *FoundDecl, | ||||||
5422 | CXXMethodDecl *Method) { | ||||||
5423 | QualType FromRecordType, DestType; | ||||||
5424 | QualType ImplicitParamRecordType = | ||||||
5425 | Method->getThisType()->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); | ||||||
5426 | |||||||
5427 | Expr::Classification FromClassification; | ||||||
5428 | if (const PointerType *PT = From->getType()->getAs<PointerType>()) { | ||||||
5429 | FromRecordType = PT->getPointeeType(); | ||||||
5430 | DestType = Method->getThisType(); | ||||||
5431 | FromClassification = Expr::Classification::makeSimpleLValue(); | ||||||
5432 | } else { | ||||||
5433 | FromRecordType = From->getType(); | ||||||
5434 | DestType = ImplicitParamRecordType; | ||||||
5435 | FromClassification = From->Classify(Context); | ||||||
5436 | |||||||
5437 | // When performing member access on a prvalue, materialize a temporary. | ||||||
5438 | if (From->isPRValue()) { | ||||||
5439 | From = CreateMaterializeTemporaryExpr(FromRecordType, From, | ||||||
5440 | Method->getRefQualifier() != | ||||||
5441 | RefQualifierKind::RQ_RValue); | ||||||
5442 | } | ||||||
5443 | } | ||||||
5444 | |||||||
5445 | // Note that we always use the true parent context when performing | ||||||
5446 | // the actual argument initialization. | ||||||
5447 | ImplicitConversionSequence ICS = TryObjectArgumentInitialization( | ||||||
5448 | *this, From->getBeginLoc(), From->getType(), FromClassification, Method, | ||||||
5449 | Method->getParent()); | ||||||
5450 | if (ICS.isBad()) { | ||||||
5451 | switch (ICS.Bad.Kind) { | ||||||
5452 | case BadConversionSequence::bad_qualifiers: { | ||||||
5453 | Qualifiers FromQs = FromRecordType.getQualifiers(); | ||||||
5454 | Qualifiers ToQs = DestType.getQualifiers(); | ||||||
5455 | unsigned CVR = FromQs.getCVRQualifiers() & ~ToQs.getCVRQualifiers(); | ||||||
5456 | if (CVR) { | ||||||
5457 | Diag(From->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_member_function_call_bad_cvr) | ||||||
5458 | << Method->getDeclName() << FromRecordType << (CVR - 1) | ||||||
5459 | << From->getSourceRange(); | ||||||
5460 | Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) | ||||||
5461 | << Method->getDeclName(); | ||||||
5462 | return ExprError(); | ||||||
5463 | } | ||||||
5464 | break; | ||||||
5465 | } | ||||||
5466 | |||||||
5467 | case BadConversionSequence::lvalue_ref_to_rvalue: | ||||||
5468 | case BadConversionSequence::rvalue_ref_to_lvalue: { | ||||||
5469 | bool IsRValueQualified = | ||||||
5470 | Method->getRefQualifier() == RefQualifierKind::RQ_RValue; | ||||||
5471 | Diag(From->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_member_function_call_bad_ref) | ||||||
5472 | << Method->getDeclName() << FromClassification.isRValue() | ||||||
5473 | << IsRValueQualified; | ||||||
5474 | Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) | ||||||
5475 | << Method->getDeclName(); | ||||||
5476 | return ExprError(); | ||||||
5477 | } | ||||||
5478 | |||||||
5479 | case BadConversionSequence::no_conversion: | ||||||
5480 | case BadConversionSequence::unrelated_class: | ||||||
5481 | break; | ||||||
5482 | } | ||||||
5483 | |||||||
5484 | return Diag(From->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_member_function_call_bad_type) | ||||||
5485 | << ImplicitParamRecordType << FromRecordType | ||||||
5486 | << From->getSourceRange(); | ||||||
5487 | } | ||||||
5488 | |||||||
5489 | if (ICS.Standard.Second == ICK_Derived_To_Base) { | ||||||
5490 | ExprResult FromRes = | ||||||
5491 | PerformObjectMemberConversion(From, Qualifier, FoundDecl, Method); | ||||||
5492 | if (FromRes.isInvalid()) | ||||||
5493 | return ExprError(); | ||||||
5494 | From = FromRes.get(); | ||||||
5495 | } | ||||||
5496 | |||||||
5497 | if (!Context.hasSameType(From->getType(), DestType)) { | ||||||
5498 | CastKind CK; | ||||||
5499 | QualType PteeTy = DestType->getPointeeType(); | ||||||
5500 | LangAS DestAS = | ||||||
5501 | PteeTy.isNull() ? DestType.getAddressSpace() : PteeTy.getAddressSpace(); | ||||||
5502 | if (FromRecordType.getAddressSpace() != DestAS) | ||||||
5503 | CK = CK_AddressSpaceConversion; | ||||||
5504 | else | ||||||
5505 | CK = CK_NoOp; | ||||||
5506 | From = ImpCastExprToType(From, DestType, CK, From->getValueKind()).get(); | ||||||
5507 | } | ||||||
5508 | return From; | ||||||
5509 | } | ||||||
5510 | |||||||
5511 | /// TryContextuallyConvertToBool - Attempt to contextually convert the | ||||||
5512 | /// expression From to bool (C++0x [conv]p3). | ||||||
5513 | static ImplicitConversionSequence | ||||||
5514 | TryContextuallyConvertToBool(Sema &S, Expr *From) { | ||||||
5515 | // C++ [dcl.init]/17.8: | ||||||
5516 | // - Otherwise, if the initialization is direct-initialization, the source | ||||||
5517 | // type is std::nullptr_t, and the destination type is bool, the initial | ||||||
5518 | // value of the object being initialized is false. | ||||||
5519 | if (From->getType()->isNullPtrType()) | ||||||
5520 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::getNullptrToBool(From->getType(), | ||||||
5521 | S.Context.BoolTy, | ||||||
5522 | From->isGLValue()); | ||||||
5523 | |||||||
5524 | // All other direct-initialization of bool is equivalent to an implicit | ||||||
5525 | // conversion to bool in which explicit conversions are permitted. | ||||||
5526 | return TryImplicitConversion(S, From, S.Context.BoolTy, | ||||||
5527 | /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false, | ||||||
5528 | AllowedExplicit::Conversions, | ||||||
5529 | /*InOverloadResolution=*/false, | ||||||
5530 | /*CStyle=*/false, | ||||||
5531 | /*AllowObjCWritebackConversion=*/false, | ||||||
5532 | /*AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit=*/false); | ||||||
5533 | } | ||||||
5534 | |||||||
5535 | /// PerformContextuallyConvertToBool - Perform a contextual conversion | ||||||
5536 | /// of the expression From to bool (C++0x [conv]p3). | ||||||
5537 | ExprResult Sema::PerformContextuallyConvertToBool(Expr *From) { | ||||||
5538 | if (checkPlaceholderForOverload(*this, From)) | ||||||
5539 | return ExprError(); | ||||||
5540 | |||||||
5541 | ImplicitConversionSequence ICS = TryContextuallyConvertToBool(*this, From); | ||||||
5542 | if (!ICS.isBad()) | ||||||
5543 | return PerformImplicitConversion(From, Context.BoolTy, ICS, AA_Converting); | ||||||
5544 | |||||||
5545 | if (!DiagnoseMultipleUserDefinedConversion(From, Context.BoolTy)) | ||||||
5546 | return Diag(From->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_bool_condition) | ||||||
5547 | << From->getType() << From->getSourceRange(); | ||||||
5548 | return ExprError(); | ||||||
5549 | } | ||||||
5550 | |||||||
5551 | /// Check that the specified conversion is permitted in a converted constant | ||||||
5552 | /// expression, according to C++11 [expr.const]p3. Return true if the conversion | ||||||
5553 | /// is acceptable. | ||||||
5554 | static bool CheckConvertedConstantConversions(Sema &S, | ||||||
5555 | StandardConversionSequence &SCS) { | ||||||
5556 | // Since we know that the target type is an integral or unscoped enumeration | ||||||
5557 | // type, most conversion kinds are impossible. All possible First and Third | ||||||
5558 | // conversions are fine. | ||||||
5559 | switch (SCS.Second) { | ||||||
5560 | case ICK_Identity: | ||||||
5561 | case ICK_Integral_Promotion: | ||||||
5562 | case ICK_Integral_Conversion: // Narrowing conversions are checked elsewhere. | ||||||
5563 | case ICK_Zero_Queue_Conversion: | ||||||
5564 | return true; | ||||||
5565 | |||||||
5566 | case ICK_Boolean_Conversion: | ||||||
5567 | // Conversion from an integral or unscoped enumeration type to bool is | ||||||
5568 | // classified as ICK_Boolean_Conversion, but it's also arguably an integral | ||||||
5569 | // conversion, so we allow it in a converted constant expression. | ||||||
5570 | // | ||||||
5571 | // FIXME: Per core issue 1407, we should not allow this, but that breaks | ||||||
5572 | // a lot of popular code. We should at least add a warning for this | ||||||
5573 | // (non-conforming) extension. | ||||||
5574 | return SCS.getFromType()->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType() && | ||||||
5575 | SCS.getToType(2)->isBooleanType(); | ||||||
5576 | |||||||
5577 | case ICK_Pointer_Conversion: | ||||||
5578 | case ICK_Pointer_Member: | ||||||
5579 | // C++1z: null pointer conversions and null member pointer conversions are | ||||||
5580 | // only permitted if the source type is std::nullptr_t. | ||||||
5581 | return SCS.getFromType()->isNullPtrType(); | ||||||
5582 | |||||||
5583 | case ICK_Floating_Promotion: | ||||||
5584 | case ICK_Complex_Promotion: | ||||||
5585 | case ICK_Floating_Conversion: | ||||||
5586 | case ICK_Complex_Conversion: | ||||||
5587 | case ICK_Floating_Integral: | ||||||
5588 | case ICK_Compatible_Conversion: | ||||||
5589 | case ICK_Derived_To_Base: | ||||||
5590 | case ICK_Vector_Conversion: | ||||||
5591 | case ICK_SVE_Vector_Conversion: | ||||||
5592 | case ICK_Vector_Splat: | ||||||
5593 | case ICK_Complex_Real: | ||||||
5594 | case ICK_Block_Pointer_Conversion: | ||||||
5595 | case ICK_TransparentUnionConversion: | ||||||
5596 | case ICK_Writeback_Conversion: | ||||||
5597 | case ICK_Zero_Event_Conversion: | ||||||
5598 | case ICK_C_Only_Conversion: | ||||||
5599 | case ICK_Incompatible_Pointer_Conversion: | ||||||
5600 | return false; | ||||||
5601 | |||||||
5602 | case ICK_Lvalue_To_Rvalue: | ||||||
5603 | case ICK_Array_To_Pointer: | ||||||
5604 | case ICK_Function_To_Pointer: | ||||||
5605 | llvm_unreachable("found a first conversion kind in Second")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("found a first conversion kind in Second" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 5605); | ||||||
5606 | |||||||
5607 | case ICK_Function_Conversion: | ||||||
5608 | case ICK_Qualification: | ||||||
5609 | llvm_unreachable("found a third conversion kind in Second")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("found a third conversion kind in Second" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 5609); | ||||||
5610 | |||||||
5611 | case ICK_Num_Conversion_Kinds: | ||||||
5612 | break; | ||||||
5613 | } | ||||||
5614 | |||||||
5615 | llvm_unreachable("unknown conversion kind")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("unknown conversion kind", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 5615); | ||||||
5616 | } | ||||||
5617 | |||||||
5618 | /// CheckConvertedConstantExpression - Check that the expression From is a | ||||||
5619 | /// converted constant expression of type T, perform the conversion and produce | ||||||
5620 | /// the converted expression, per C++11 [expr.const]p3. | ||||||
5621 | static ExprResult CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Sema &S, Expr *From, | ||||||
5622 | QualType T, APValue &Value, | ||||||
5623 | Sema::CCEKind CCE, | ||||||
5624 | bool RequireInt, | ||||||
5625 | NamedDecl *Dest) { | ||||||
5626 | assert(S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 &&(static_cast <bool> (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && "converted constant expression outside C++11") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && \"converted constant expression outside C++11\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 5627, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||
5627 | "converted constant expression outside C++11")(static_cast <bool> (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && "converted constant expression outside C++11") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && \"converted constant expression outside C++11\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 5627, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
5628 | |||||||
5629 | if (checkPlaceholderForOverload(S, From)) | ||||||
5630 | return ExprError(); | ||||||
5631 | |||||||
5632 | // C++1z [expr.const]p3: | ||||||
5633 | // A converted constant expression of type T is an expression, | ||||||
5634 | // implicitly converted to type T, where the converted | ||||||
5635 | // expression is a constant expression and the implicit conversion | ||||||
5636 | // sequence contains only [... list of conversions ...]. | ||||||
5637 | ImplicitConversionSequence ICS = | ||||||
5638 | (CCE == Sema::CCEK_ExplicitBool || CCE == Sema::CCEK_Noexcept) | ||||||
5639 | ? TryContextuallyConvertToBool(S, From) | ||||||
5640 | : TryCopyInitialization(S, From, T, | ||||||
5641 | /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false, | ||||||
5642 | /*InOverloadResolution=*/false, | ||||||
5643 | /*AllowObjCWritebackConversion=*/false, | ||||||
5644 | /*AllowExplicit=*/false); | ||||||
5645 | StandardConversionSequence *SCS = nullptr; | ||||||
5646 | switch (ICS.getKind()) { | ||||||
5647 | case ImplicitConversionSequence::StandardConversion: | ||||||
5648 | SCS = &ICS.Standard; | ||||||
5649 | break; | ||||||
5650 | case ImplicitConversionSequence::UserDefinedConversion: | ||||||
5651 | if (T->isRecordType()) | ||||||
5652 | SCS = &ICS.UserDefined.Before; | ||||||
5653 | else | ||||||
5654 | SCS = &ICS.UserDefined.After; | ||||||
5655 | break; | ||||||
5656 | case ImplicitConversionSequence::AmbiguousConversion: | ||||||
5657 | case ImplicitConversionSequence::BadConversion: | ||||||
5658 | if (!S.DiagnoseMultipleUserDefinedConversion(From, T)) | ||||||
5659 | return S.Diag(From->getBeginLoc(), | ||||||
5660 | diag::err_typecheck_converted_constant_expression) | ||||||
5661 | << From->getType() << From->getSourceRange() << T; | ||||||
5662 | return ExprError(); | ||||||
5663 | |||||||
5664 | case ImplicitConversionSequence::EllipsisConversion: | ||||||
5665 | llvm_unreachable("ellipsis conversion in converted constant expression")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("ellipsis conversion in converted constant expression" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 5665); | ||||||
5666 | } | ||||||
5667 | |||||||
5668 | // Check that we would only use permitted conversions. | ||||||
5669 | if (!CheckConvertedConstantConversions(S, *SCS)) { | ||||||
5670 | return S.Diag(From->getBeginLoc(), | ||||||
5671 | diag::err_typecheck_converted_constant_expression_disallowed) | ||||||
5672 | << From->getType() << From->getSourceRange() << T; | ||||||
5673 | } | ||||||
5674 | // [...] and where the reference binding (if any) binds directly. | ||||||
5675 | if (SCS->ReferenceBinding && !SCS->DirectBinding) { | ||||||
5676 | return S.Diag(From->getBeginLoc(), | ||||||
5677 | diag::err_typecheck_converted_constant_expression_indirect) | ||||||
5678 | << From->getType() << From->getSourceRange() << T; | ||||||
5679 | } | ||||||
5680 | |||||||
5681 | // Usually we can simply apply the ImplicitConversionSequence we formed | ||||||
5682 | // earlier, but that's not guaranteed to work when initializing an object of | ||||||
5683 | // class type. | ||||||
5684 | ExprResult Result; | ||||||
5685 | if (T->isRecordType()) { | ||||||
5686 | assert(CCE == Sema::CCEK_TemplateArg &&(static_cast <bool> (CCE == Sema::CCEK_TemplateArg && "unexpected class type converted constant expr") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("CCE == Sema::CCEK_TemplateArg && \"unexpected class type converted constant expr\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 5687, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||
5687 | "unexpected class type converted constant expr")(static_cast <bool> (CCE == Sema::CCEK_TemplateArg && "unexpected class type converted constant expr") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("CCE == Sema::CCEK_TemplateArg && \"unexpected class type converted constant expr\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 5687, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
5688 | Result = S.PerformCopyInitialization( | ||||||
5689 | InitializedEntity::InitializeTemplateParameter( | ||||||
5690 | T, cast<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(Dest)), | ||||||
5691 | SourceLocation(), From); | ||||||
5692 | } else { | ||||||
5693 | Result = S.PerformImplicitConversion(From, T, ICS, Sema::AA_Converting); | ||||||
5694 | } | ||||||
5695 | if (Result.isInvalid()) | ||||||
5696 | return Result; | ||||||
5697 | |||||||
5698 | // C++2a [intro.execution]p5: | ||||||
5699 | // A full-expression is [...] a constant-expression [...] | ||||||
5700 | Result = | ||||||
5701 | S.ActOnFinishFullExpr(Result.get(), From->getExprLoc(), | ||||||
5702 | /*DiscardedValue=*/false, /*IsConstexpr=*/true); | ||||||
5703 | if (Result.isInvalid()) | ||||||
5704 | return Result; | ||||||
5705 | |||||||
5706 | // Check for a narrowing implicit conversion. | ||||||
5707 | bool ReturnPreNarrowingValue = false; | ||||||
5708 | APValue PreNarrowingValue; | ||||||
5709 | QualType PreNarrowingType; | ||||||
5710 | switch (SCS->getNarrowingKind(S.Context, Result.get(), PreNarrowingValue, | ||||||
5711 | PreNarrowingType)) { | ||||||
5712 | case NK_Dependent_Narrowing: | ||||||
5713 | // Implicit conversion to a narrower type, but the expression is | ||||||
5714 | // value-dependent so we can't tell whether it's actually narrowing. | ||||||
5715 | case NK_Variable_Narrowing: | ||||||
5716 | // Implicit conversion to a narrower type, and the value is not a constant | ||||||
5717 | // expression. We'll diagnose this in a moment. | ||||||
5718 | case NK_Not_Narrowing: | ||||||
5719 | break; | ||||||
5720 | |||||||
5721 | case NK_Constant_Narrowing: | ||||||
5722 | if (CCE == Sema::CCEK_ArrayBound && | ||||||
5723 | PreNarrowingType->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() && | ||||||
5724 | PreNarrowingValue.isInt()) { | ||||||
5725 | // Don't diagnose array bound narrowing here; we produce more precise | ||||||
5726 | // errors by allowing the un-narrowed value through. | ||||||
5727 | ReturnPreNarrowingValue = true; | ||||||
5728 | break; | ||||||
5729 | } | ||||||
5730 | S.Diag(From->getBeginLoc(), diag::ext_cce_narrowing) | ||||||
5731 | << CCE << /*Constant*/ 1 | ||||||
5732 | << PreNarrowingValue.getAsString(S.Context, PreNarrowingType) << T; | ||||||
5733 | break; | ||||||
5734 | |||||||
5735 | case NK_Type_Narrowing: | ||||||
5736 | // FIXME: It would be better to diagnose that the expression is not a | ||||||
5737 | // constant expression. | ||||||
5738 | S.Diag(From->getBeginLoc(), diag::ext_cce_narrowing) | ||||||
5739 | << CCE << /*Constant*/ 0 << From->getType() << T; | ||||||
5740 | break; | ||||||
5741 | } | ||||||
5742 | |||||||
5743 | if (Result.get()->isValueDependent()) { | ||||||
5744 | Value = APValue(); | ||||||
5745 | return Result; | ||||||
5746 | } | ||||||
5747 | |||||||
5748 | // Check the expression is a constant expression. | ||||||
5749 | SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes; | ||||||
5750 | Expr::EvalResult Eval; | ||||||
5751 | Eval.Diag = &Notes; | ||||||
5752 | |||||||
5753 | ConstantExprKind Kind; | ||||||
5754 | if (CCE == Sema::CCEK_TemplateArg && T->isRecordType()) | ||||||
5755 | Kind = ConstantExprKind::ClassTemplateArgument; | ||||||
5756 | else if (CCE == Sema::CCEK_TemplateArg) | ||||||
5757 | Kind = ConstantExprKind::NonClassTemplateArgument; | ||||||
5758 | else | ||||||
5759 | Kind = ConstantExprKind::Normal; | ||||||
5760 | |||||||
5761 | if (!Result.get()->EvaluateAsConstantExpr(Eval, S.Context, Kind) || | ||||||
5762 | (RequireInt && !Eval.Val.isInt())) { | ||||||
5763 | // The expression can't be folded, so we can't keep it at this position in | ||||||
5764 | // the AST. | ||||||
5765 | Result = ExprError(); | ||||||
5766 | } else { | ||||||
5767 | Value = Eval.Val; | ||||||
5768 | |||||||
5769 | if (Notes.empty()) { | ||||||
5770 | // It's a constant expression. | ||||||
5771 | Expr *E = ConstantExpr::Create(S.Context, Result.get(), Value); | ||||||
5772 | if (ReturnPreNarrowingValue) | ||||||
5773 | Value = std::move(PreNarrowingValue); | ||||||
5774 | return E; | ||||||
5775 | } | ||||||
5776 | } | ||||||
5777 | |||||||
5778 | // It's not a constant expression. Produce an appropriate diagnostic. | ||||||
5779 | if (Notes.size() == 1 && | ||||||
5780 | Notes[0].second.getDiagID() == diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr) { | ||||||
5781 | S.Diag(Notes[0].first, diag::err_expr_not_cce) << CCE; | ||||||
5782 | } else if (!Notes.empty() && Notes[0].second.getDiagID() == | ||||||
5783 | diag::note_constexpr_invalid_template_arg) { | ||||||
5784 | Notes[0].second.setDiagID(diag::err_constexpr_invalid_template_arg); | ||||||
5785 | for (unsigned I = 0; I < Notes.size(); ++I) | ||||||
5786 | S.Diag(Notes[I].first, Notes[I].second); | ||||||
5787 | } else { | ||||||
5788 | S.Diag(From->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_expr_not_cce) | ||||||
5789 | << CCE << From->getSourceRange(); | ||||||
5790 | for (unsigned I = 0; I < Notes.size(); ++I) | ||||||
5791 | S.Diag(Notes[I].first, Notes[I].second); | ||||||
5792 | } | ||||||
5793 | return ExprError(); | ||||||
5794 | } | ||||||
5795 | |||||||
5796 | ExprResult Sema::CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Expr *From, QualType T, | ||||||
5797 | APValue &Value, CCEKind CCE, | ||||||
5798 | NamedDecl *Dest) { | ||||||
5799 | return ::CheckConvertedConstantExpression(*this, From, T, Value, CCE, false, | ||||||
5800 | Dest); | ||||||
5801 | } | ||||||
5802 | |||||||
5803 | ExprResult Sema::CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Expr *From, QualType T, | ||||||
5804 | llvm::APSInt &Value, | ||||||
5805 | CCEKind CCE) { | ||||||
5806 | assert(T->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() && "unexpected converted const type")(static_cast <bool> (T->isIntegralOrEnumerationType( ) && "unexpected converted const type") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("T->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() && \"unexpected converted const type\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 5806, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
5807 | |||||||
5808 | APValue V; | ||||||
5809 | auto R = ::CheckConvertedConstantExpression(*this, From, T, V, CCE, true, | ||||||
5810 | /*Dest=*/nullptr); | ||||||
5811 | if (!R.isInvalid() && !R.get()->isValueDependent()) | ||||||
5812 | Value = V.getInt(); | ||||||
5813 | return R; | ||||||
5814 | } | ||||||
5815 | |||||||
5816 | |||||||
5817 | /// dropPointerConversions - If the given standard conversion sequence | ||||||
5818 | /// involves any pointer conversions, remove them. This may change | ||||||
5819 | /// the result type of the conversion sequence. | ||||||
5820 | static void dropPointerConversion(StandardConversionSequence &SCS) { | ||||||
5821 | if (SCS.Second == ICK_Pointer_Conversion) { | ||||||
5822 | SCS.Second = ICK_Identity; | ||||||
5823 | SCS.Third = ICK_Identity; | ||||||
5824 | SCS.ToTypePtrs[2] = SCS.ToTypePtrs[1] = SCS.ToTypePtrs[0]; | ||||||
5825 | } | ||||||
5826 | } | ||||||
5827 | |||||||
5828 | /// TryContextuallyConvertToObjCPointer - Attempt to contextually | ||||||
5829 | /// convert the expression From to an Objective-C pointer type. | ||||||
5830 | static ImplicitConversionSequence | ||||||
5831 | TryContextuallyConvertToObjCPointer(Sema &S, Expr *From) { | ||||||
5832 | // Do an implicit conversion to 'id'. | ||||||
5833 | QualType Ty = S.Context.getObjCIdType(); | ||||||
5834 | ImplicitConversionSequence ICS | ||||||
5835 | = TryImplicitConversion(S, From, Ty, | ||||||
5836 | // FIXME: Are these flags correct? | ||||||
5837 | /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false, | ||||||
5838 | AllowedExplicit::Conversions, | ||||||
5839 | /*InOverloadResolution=*/false, | ||||||
5840 | /*CStyle=*/false, | ||||||
5841 | /*AllowObjCWritebackConversion=*/false, | ||||||
5842 | /*AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit=*/true); | ||||||
5843 | |||||||
5844 | // Strip off any final conversions to 'id'. | ||||||
5845 | switch (ICS.getKind()) { | ||||||
5846 | case ImplicitConversionSequence::BadConversion: | ||||||
5847 | case ImplicitConversionSequence::AmbiguousConversion: | ||||||
5848 | case ImplicitConversionSequence::EllipsisConversion: | ||||||
5849 | break; | ||||||
5850 | |||||||
5851 | case ImplicitConversionSequence::UserDefinedConversion: | ||||||
5852 | dropPointerConversion(ICS.UserDefined.After); | ||||||
5853 | break; | ||||||
5854 | |||||||
5855 | case ImplicitConversionSequence::StandardConversion: | ||||||
5856 | dropPointerConversion(ICS.Standard); | ||||||
5857 | break; | ||||||
5858 | } | ||||||
5859 | |||||||
5860 | return ICS; | ||||||
5861 | } | ||||||
5862 | |||||||
5863 | /// PerformContextuallyConvertToObjCPointer - Perform a contextual | ||||||
5864 | /// conversion of the expression From to an Objective-C pointer type. | ||||||
5865 | /// Returns a valid but null ExprResult if no conversion sequence exists. | ||||||
5866 | ExprResult Sema::PerformContextuallyConvertToObjCPointer(Expr *From) { | ||||||
5867 | if (checkPlaceholderForOverload(*this, From)) | ||||||
5868 | return ExprError(); | ||||||
5869 | |||||||
5870 | QualType Ty = Context.getObjCIdType(); | ||||||
5871 | ImplicitConversionSequence ICS = | ||||||
5872 | TryContextuallyConvertToObjCPointer(*this, From); | ||||||
5873 | if (!ICS.isBad()) | ||||||
5874 | return PerformImplicitConversion(From, Ty, ICS, AA_Converting); | ||||||
5875 | return ExprResult(); | ||||||
5876 | } | ||||||
5877 | |||||||
5878 | /// Determine whether the provided type is an integral type, or an enumeration | ||||||
5879 | /// type of a permitted flavor. | ||||||
5880 | bool Sema::ICEConvertDiagnoser::match(QualType T) { | ||||||
5881 | return AllowScopedEnumerations ? T->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() | ||||||
5882 | : T->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType(); | ||||||
5883 | } | ||||||
5884 | |||||||
5885 | static ExprResult | ||||||
5886 | diagnoseAmbiguousConversion(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation Loc, Expr *From, | ||||||
5887 | Sema::ContextualImplicitConverter &Converter, | ||||||
5888 | QualType T, UnresolvedSetImpl &ViableConversions) { | ||||||
5889 | |||||||
5890 | if (Converter.Suppress) | ||||||
5891 | return ExprError(); | ||||||
5892 | |||||||
5893 | Converter.diagnoseAmbiguous(SemaRef, Loc, T) << From->getSourceRange(); | ||||||
5894 | for (unsigned I = 0, N = ViableConversions.size(); I != N; ++I) { | ||||||
5895 | CXXConversionDecl *Conv = | ||||||
5896 | cast<CXXConversionDecl>(ViableConversions[I]->getUnderlyingDecl()); | ||||||
5897 | QualType ConvTy = Conv->getConversionType().getNonReferenceType(); | ||||||
5898 | Converter.noteAmbiguous(SemaRef, Conv, ConvTy); | ||||||
5899 | } | ||||||
5900 | return From; | ||||||
5901 | } | ||||||
5902 | |||||||
5903 | static bool | ||||||
5904 | diagnoseNoViableConversion(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&From, | ||||||
5905 | Sema::ContextualImplicitConverter &Converter, | ||||||
5906 | QualType T, bool HadMultipleCandidates, | ||||||
5907 | UnresolvedSetImpl &ExplicitConversions) { | ||||||
5908 | if (ExplicitConversions.size() == 1 && !Converter.Suppress) { | ||||||
5909 | DeclAccessPair Found = ExplicitConversions[0]; | ||||||
5910 | CXXConversionDecl *Conversion = | ||||||
5911 | cast<CXXConversionDecl>(Found->getUnderlyingDecl()); | ||||||
5912 | |||||||
5913 | // The user probably meant to invoke the given explicit | ||||||
5914 | // conversion; use it. | ||||||
5915 | QualType ConvTy = Conversion->getConversionType().getNonReferenceType(); | ||||||
5916 | std::string TypeStr; | ||||||
5917 | ConvTy.getAsStringInternal(TypeStr, SemaRef.getPrintingPolicy()); | ||||||
5918 | |||||||
5919 | Converter.diagnoseExplicitConv(SemaRef, Loc, T, ConvTy) | ||||||
5920 | << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(From->getBeginLoc(), | ||||||
5921 | "static_cast<" + TypeStr + ">(") | ||||||
5922 | << FixItHint::CreateInsertion( | ||||||
5923 | SemaRef.getLocForEndOfToken(From->getEndLoc()), ")"); | ||||||
5924 | Converter.noteExplicitConv(SemaRef, Conversion, ConvTy); | ||||||
5925 | |||||||
5926 | // If we aren't in a SFINAE context, build a call to the | ||||||
5927 | // explicit conversion function. | ||||||
5928 | if (SemaRef.isSFINAEContext()) | ||||||
5929 | return true; | ||||||
5930 | |||||||
5931 | SemaRef.CheckMemberOperatorAccess(From->getExprLoc(), From, nullptr, Found); | ||||||
5932 | ExprResult Result = SemaRef.BuildCXXMemberCallExpr(From, Found, Conversion, | ||||||
5933 | HadMultipleCandidates); | ||||||
5934 | if (Result.isInvalid()) | ||||||
5935 | return true; | ||||||
5936 | // Record usage of conversion in an implicit cast. | ||||||
5937 | From = ImplicitCastExpr::Create(SemaRef.Context, Result.get()->getType(), | ||||||
5938 | CK_UserDefinedConversion, Result.get(), | ||||||
5939 | nullptr, Result.get()->getValueKind(), | ||||||
5940 | SemaRef.CurFPFeatureOverrides()); | ||||||
5941 | } | ||||||
5942 | return false; | ||||||
5943 | } | ||||||
5944 | |||||||
5945 | static bool recordConversion(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&From, | ||||||
5946 | Sema::ContextualImplicitConverter &Converter, | ||||||
5947 | QualType T, bool HadMultipleCandidates, | ||||||
5948 | DeclAccessPair &Found) { | ||||||
5949 | CXXConversionDecl *Conversion = | ||||||
5950 | cast<CXXConversionDecl>(Found->getUnderlyingDecl()); | ||||||
5951 | SemaRef.CheckMemberOperatorAccess(From->getExprLoc(), From, nullptr, Found); | ||||||
5952 | |||||||
5953 | QualType ToType = Conversion->getConversionType().getNonReferenceType(); | ||||||
5954 | if (!Converter.SuppressConversion) { | ||||||
5955 | if (SemaRef.isSFINAEContext()) | ||||||
5956 | return true; | ||||||
5957 | |||||||
5958 | Converter.diagnoseConversion(SemaRef, Loc, T, ToType) | ||||||
5959 | << From->getSourceRange(); | ||||||
5960 | } | ||||||
5961 | |||||||
5962 | ExprResult Result = SemaRef.BuildCXXMemberCallExpr(From, Found, Conversion, | ||||||
5963 | HadMultipleCandidates); | ||||||
5964 | if (Result.isInvalid()) | ||||||
5965 | return true; | ||||||
5966 | // Record usage of conversion in an implicit cast. | ||||||
5967 | From = ImplicitCastExpr::Create(SemaRef.Context, Result.get()->getType(), | ||||||
5968 | CK_UserDefinedConversion, Result.get(), | ||||||
5969 | nullptr, Result.get()->getValueKind(), | ||||||
5970 | SemaRef.CurFPFeatureOverrides()); | ||||||
5971 | return false; | ||||||
5972 | } | ||||||
5973 | |||||||
5974 | static ExprResult finishContextualImplicitConversion( | ||||||
5975 | Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation Loc, Expr *From, | ||||||
5976 | Sema::ContextualImplicitConverter &Converter) { | ||||||
5977 | if (!Converter.match(From->getType()) && !Converter.Suppress) | ||||||
5978 | Converter.diagnoseNoMatch(SemaRef, Loc, From->getType()) | ||||||
5979 | << From->getSourceRange(); | ||||||
5980 | |||||||
5981 | return SemaRef.DefaultLvalueConversion(From); | ||||||
5982 | } | ||||||
5983 | |||||||
5984 | static void | ||||||
5985 | collectViableConversionCandidates(Sema &SemaRef, Expr *From, QualType ToType, | ||||||
5986 | UnresolvedSetImpl &ViableConversions, | ||||||
5987 | OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet) { | ||||||
5988 | for (unsigned I = 0, N = ViableConversions.size(); I != N; ++I) { | ||||||
5989 | DeclAccessPair FoundDecl = ViableConversions[I]; | ||||||
5990 | NamedDecl *D = FoundDecl.getDecl(); | ||||||
5991 | CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D->getDeclContext()); | ||||||
5992 | if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D)) | ||||||
5993 | D = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(D)->getTargetDecl(); | ||||||
5994 | |||||||
5995 | CXXConversionDecl *Conv; | ||||||
5996 | FunctionTemplateDecl *ConvTemplate; | ||||||
5997 | if ((ConvTemplate = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))) | ||||||
5998 | Conv = cast<CXXConversionDecl>(ConvTemplate->getTemplatedDecl()); | ||||||
5999 | else | ||||||
6000 | Conv = cast<CXXConversionDecl>(D); | ||||||
6001 | |||||||
6002 | if (ConvTemplate) | ||||||
6003 | SemaRef.AddTemplateConversionCandidate( | ||||||
6004 | ConvTemplate, FoundDecl, ActingContext, From, ToType, CandidateSet, | ||||||
6005 | /*AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit=*/false, /*AllowExplicit*/ true); | ||||||
6006 | else | ||||||
6007 | SemaRef.AddConversionCandidate(Conv, FoundDecl, ActingContext, From, | ||||||
6008 | ToType, CandidateSet, | ||||||
6009 | /*AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit=*/false, | ||||||
6010 | /*AllowExplicit*/ true); | ||||||
6011 | } | ||||||
6012 | } | ||||||
6013 | |||||||
6014 | /// Attempt to convert the given expression to a type which is accepted | ||||||
6015 | /// by the given converter. | ||||||
6016 | /// | ||||||
6017 | /// This routine will attempt to convert an expression of class type to a | ||||||
6018 | /// type accepted by the specified converter. In C++11 and before, the class | ||||||
6019 | /// must have a single non-explicit conversion function converting to a matching | ||||||
6020 | /// type. In C++1y, there can be multiple such conversion functions, but only | ||||||
6021 | /// one target type. | ||||||
6022 | /// | ||||||
6023 | /// \param Loc The source location of the construct that requires the | ||||||
6024 | /// conversion. | ||||||
6025 | /// | ||||||
6026 | /// \param From The expression we're converting from. | ||||||
6027 | /// | ||||||
6028 | /// \param Converter Used to control and diagnose the conversion process. | ||||||
6029 | /// | ||||||
6030 | /// \returns The expression, converted to an integral or enumeration type if | ||||||
6031 | /// successful. | ||||||
6032 | ExprResult Sema::PerformContextualImplicitConversion( | ||||||
6033 | SourceLocation Loc, Expr *From, ContextualImplicitConverter &Converter) { | ||||||
6034 | // We can't perform any more checking for type-dependent expressions. | ||||||
6035 | if (From->isTypeDependent()) | ||||||
6036 | return From; | ||||||
6037 | |||||||
6038 | // Process placeholders immediately. | ||||||
6039 | if (From->hasPlaceholderType()) { | ||||||
6040 | ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(From); | ||||||
6041 | if (result.isInvalid()) | ||||||
6042 | return result; | ||||||
6043 | From = result.get(); | ||||||
6044 | } | ||||||
6045 | |||||||
6046 | // If the expression already has a matching type, we're golden. | ||||||
6047 | QualType T = From->getType(); | ||||||
6048 | if (Converter.match(T)) | ||||||
6049 | return DefaultLvalueConversion(From); | ||||||
6050 | |||||||
6051 | // FIXME: Check for missing '()' if T is a function type? | ||||||
6052 | |||||||
6053 | // We can only perform contextual implicit conversions on objects of class | ||||||
6054 | // type. | ||||||
6055 | const RecordType *RecordTy = T->getAs<RecordType>(); | ||||||
6056 | if (!RecordTy || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { | ||||||
6057 | if (!Converter.Suppress) | ||||||
6058 | Converter.diagnoseNoMatch(*this, Loc, T) << From->getSourceRange(); | ||||||
6059 | return From; | ||||||
6060 | } | ||||||
6061 | |||||||
6062 | // We must have a complete class type. | ||||||
6063 | struct TypeDiagnoserPartialDiag : TypeDiagnoser { | ||||||
6064 | ContextualImplicitConverter &Converter; | ||||||
6065 | Expr *From; | ||||||
6066 | |||||||
6067 | TypeDiagnoserPartialDiag(ContextualImplicitConverter &Converter, Expr *From) | ||||||
6068 | : Converter(Converter), From(From) {} | ||||||
6069 | |||||||
6070 | void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) override { | ||||||
6071 | Converter.diagnoseIncomplete(S, Loc, T) << From->getSourceRange(); | ||||||
6072 | } | ||||||
6073 | } IncompleteDiagnoser(Converter, From); | ||||||
6074 | |||||||
6075 | if (Converter.Suppress ? !isCompleteType(Loc, T) | ||||||
6076 | : RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, IncompleteDiagnoser)) | ||||||
6077 | return From; | ||||||
6078 | |||||||
6079 | // Look for a conversion to an integral or enumeration type. | ||||||
6080 | UnresolvedSet<4> | ||||||
6081 | ViableConversions; // These are *potentially* viable in C++1y. | ||||||
6082 | UnresolvedSet<4> ExplicitConversions; | ||||||
6083 | const auto &Conversions = | ||||||
6084 | cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RecordTy->getDecl())->getVisibleConversionFunctions(); | ||||||
6085 | |||||||
6086 | bool HadMultipleCandidates = | ||||||
6087 | (std::distance(Conversions.begin(), Conversions.end()) > 1); | ||||||
6088 | |||||||
6089 | // To check that there is only one target type, in C++1y: | ||||||
6090 | QualType ToType; | ||||||
6091 | bool HasUniqueTargetType = true; | ||||||
6092 | |||||||
6093 | // Collect explicit or viable (potentially in C++1y) conversions. | ||||||
6094 | for (auto I = Conversions.begin(), E = Conversions.end(); I != E; ++I) { | ||||||
6095 | NamedDecl *D = (*I)->getUnderlyingDecl(); | ||||||
6096 | CXXConversionDecl *Conversion; | ||||||
6097 | FunctionTemplateDecl *ConvTemplate = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D); | ||||||
6098 | if (ConvTemplate) { | ||||||
6099 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14) | ||||||
6100 | Conversion = cast<CXXConversionDecl>(ConvTemplate->getTemplatedDecl()); | ||||||
6101 | else | ||||||
6102 | continue; // C++11 does not consider conversion operator templates(?). | ||||||
6103 | } else | ||||||
6104 | Conversion = cast<CXXConversionDecl>(D); | ||||||
6105 | |||||||
6106 | assert((!ConvTemplate || getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14) &&(static_cast <bool> ((!ConvTemplate || getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 ) && "Conversion operator templates are considered potentially " "viable in C++1y") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("(!ConvTemplate || getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14) && \"Conversion operator templates are considered potentially \" \"viable in C++1y\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 6108, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||
6107 | "Conversion operator templates are considered potentially "(static_cast <bool> ((!ConvTemplate || getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 ) && "Conversion operator templates are considered potentially " "viable in C++1y") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("(!ConvTemplate || getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14) && \"Conversion operator templates are considered potentially \" \"viable in C++1y\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 6108, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||
6108 | "viable in C++1y")(static_cast <bool> ((!ConvTemplate || getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 ) && "Conversion operator templates are considered potentially " "viable in C++1y") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("(!ConvTemplate || getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14) && \"Conversion operator templates are considered potentially \" \"viable in C++1y\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 6108, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
6109 | |||||||
6110 | QualType CurToType = Conversion->getConversionType().getNonReferenceType(); | ||||||
6111 | if (Converter.match(CurToType) || ConvTemplate) { | ||||||
6112 | |||||||
6113 | if (Conversion->isExplicit()) { | ||||||
6114 | // FIXME: For C++1y, do we need this restriction? | ||||||
6115 | // cf. diagnoseNoViableConversion() | ||||||
6116 | if (!ConvTemplate) | ||||||
6117 | ExplicitConversions.addDecl(I.getDecl(), I.getAccess()); | ||||||
6118 | } else { | ||||||
6119 | if (!ConvTemplate && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14) { | ||||||
6120 | if (ToType.isNull()) | ||||||
6121 | ToType = CurToType.getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||||
6122 | else if (HasUniqueTargetType && | ||||||
6123 | (CurToType.getUnqualifiedType() != ToType)) | ||||||
6124 | HasUniqueTargetType = false; | ||||||
6125 | } | ||||||
6126 | ViableConversions.addDecl(I.getDecl(), I.getAccess()); | ||||||
6127 | } | ||||||
6128 | } | ||||||
6129 | } | ||||||
6130 | |||||||
6131 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14) { | ||||||
6132 | // C++1y [conv]p6: | ||||||
6133 | // ... An expression e of class type E appearing in such a context | ||||||
6134 | // is said to be contextually implicitly converted to a specified | ||||||
6135 | // type T and is well-formed if and only if e can be implicitly | ||||||
6136 | // converted to a type T that is determined as follows: E is searched | ||||||
6137 | // for conversion functions whose return type is cv T or reference to | ||||||
6138 | // cv T such that T is allowed by the context. There shall be | ||||||
6139 | // exactly one such T. | ||||||
6140 | |||||||
6141 | // If no unique T is found: | ||||||
6142 | if (ToType.isNull()) { | ||||||
6143 | if (diagnoseNoViableConversion(*this, Loc, From, Converter, T, | ||||||
6144 | HadMultipleCandidates, | ||||||
6145 | ExplicitConversions)) | ||||||
6146 | return ExprError(); | ||||||
6147 | return finishContextualImplicitConversion(*this, Loc, From, Converter); | ||||||
6148 | } | ||||||
6149 | |||||||
6150 | // If more than one unique Ts are found: | ||||||
6151 | if (!HasUniqueTargetType) | ||||||
6152 | return diagnoseAmbiguousConversion(*this, Loc, From, Converter, T, | ||||||
6153 | ViableConversions); | ||||||
6154 | |||||||
6155 | // If one unique T is found: | ||||||
6156 | // First, build a candidate set from the previously recorded | ||||||
6157 | // potentially viable conversions. | ||||||
6158 | OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet(Loc, OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Normal); | ||||||
6159 | collectViableConversionCandidates(*this, From, ToType, ViableConversions, | ||||||
6160 | CandidateSet); | ||||||
6161 | |||||||
6162 | // Then, perform overload resolution over the candidate set. | ||||||
6163 | OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best; | ||||||
6164 | switch (CandidateSet.BestViableFunction(*this, Loc, Best)) { | ||||||
6165 | case OR_Success: { | ||||||
6166 | // Apply this conversion. | ||||||
6167 | DeclAccessPair Found = | ||||||
6168 | DeclAccessPair::make(Best->Function, Best->FoundDecl.getAccess()); | ||||||
6169 | if (recordConversion(*this, Loc, From, Converter, T, | ||||||
6170 | HadMultipleCandidates, Found)) | ||||||
6171 | return ExprError(); | ||||||
6172 | break; | ||||||
6173 | } | ||||||
6174 | case OR_Ambiguous: | ||||||
6175 | return diagnoseAmbiguousConversion(*this, Loc, From, Converter, T, | ||||||
6176 | ViableConversions); | ||||||
6177 | case OR_No_Viable_Function: | ||||||
6178 | if (diagnoseNoViableConversion(*this, Loc, From, Converter, T, | ||||||
6179 | HadMultipleCandidates, | ||||||
6180 | ExplicitConversions)) | ||||||
6181 | return ExprError(); | ||||||
6182 | LLVM_FALLTHROUGH[[gnu::fallthrough]]; | ||||||
6183 | case OR_Deleted: | ||||||
6184 | // We'll complain below about a non-integral condition type. | ||||||
6185 | break; | ||||||
6186 | } | ||||||
6187 | } else { | ||||||
6188 | switch (ViableConversions.size()) { | ||||||
6189 | case 0: { | ||||||
6190 | if (diagnoseNoViableConversion(*this, Loc, From, Converter, T, | ||||||
6191 | HadMultipleCandidates, | ||||||
6192 | ExplicitConversions)) | ||||||
6193 | return ExprError(); | ||||||
6194 | |||||||
6195 | // We'll complain below about a non-integral condition type. | ||||||
6196 | break; | ||||||
6197 | } | ||||||
6198 | case 1: { | ||||||
6199 | // Apply this conversion. | ||||||
6200 | DeclAccessPair Found = ViableConversions[0]; | ||||||
6201 | if (recordConversion(*this, Loc, From, Converter, T, | ||||||
6202 | HadMultipleCandidates, Found)) | ||||||
6203 | return ExprError(); | ||||||
6204 | break; | ||||||
6205 | } | ||||||
6206 | default: | ||||||
6207 | return diagnoseAmbiguousConversion(*this, Loc, From, Converter, T, | ||||||
6208 | ViableConversions); | ||||||
6209 | } | ||||||
6210 | } | ||||||
6211 | |||||||
6212 | return finishContextualImplicitConversion(*this, Loc, From, Converter); | ||||||
6213 | } | ||||||
6214 | |||||||
6215 | /// IsAcceptableNonMemberOperatorCandidate - Determine whether Fn is | ||||||
6216 | /// an acceptable non-member overloaded operator for a call whose | ||||||
6217 | /// arguments have types T1 (and, if non-empty, T2). This routine | ||||||
6218 | /// implements the check in C++ [over.match.oper]p3b2 concerning | ||||||
6219 | /// enumeration types. | ||||||
6220 | static bool IsAcceptableNonMemberOperatorCandidate(ASTContext &Context, | ||||||
6221 | FunctionDecl *Fn, | ||||||
6222 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args) { | ||||||
6223 | QualType T1 = Args[0]->getType(); | ||||||
6224 | QualType T2 = Args.size() > 1 ? Args[1]->getType() : QualType(); | ||||||
6225 | |||||||
6226 | if (T1->isDependentType() || (!T2.isNull() && T2->isDependentType())) | ||||||
6227 | return true; | ||||||
6228 | |||||||
6229 | if (T1->isRecordType() || (!T2.isNull() && T2->isRecordType())) | ||||||
6230 | return true; | ||||||
6231 | |||||||
6232 | const auto *Proto = Fn->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); | ||||||
6233 | if (Proto->getNumParams() < 1) | ||||||
6234 | return false; | ||||||
6235 | |||||||
6236 | if (T1->isEnumeralType()) { | ||||||
6237 | QualType ArgType = Proto->getParamType(0).getNonReferenceType(); | ||||||
6238 | if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(T1, ArgType)) | ||||||
6239 | return true; | ||||||
6240 | } | ||||||
6241 | |||||||
6242 | if (Proto->getNumParams() < 2) | ||||||
6243 | return false; | ||||||
6244 | |||||||
6245 | if (!T2.isNull() && T2->isEnumeralType()) { | ||||||
6246 | QualType ArgType = Proto->getParamType(1).getNonReferenceType(); | ||||||
6247 | if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(T2, ArgType)) | ||||||
6248 | return true; | ||||||
6249 | } | ||||||
6250 | |||||||
6251 | return false; | ||||||
6252 | } | ||||||
6253 | |||||||
6254 | /// AddOverloadCandidate - Adds the given function to the set of | ||||||
6255 | /// candidate functions, using the given function call arguments. If | ||||||
6256 | /// @p SuppressUserConversions, then don't allow user-defined | ||||||
6257 | /// conversions via constructors or conversion operators. | ||||||
6258 | /// | ||||||
6259 | /// \param PartialOverloading true if we are performing "partial" overloading | ||||||
6260 | /// based on an incomplete set of function arguments. This feature is used by | ||||||
6261 | /// code completion. | ||||||
6262 | void Sema::AddOverloadCandidate( | ||||||
6263 | FunctionDecl *Function, DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, | ||||||
6264 | OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, bool SuppressUserConversions, | ||||||
6265 | bool PartialOverloading, bool AllowExplicit, bool AllowExplicitConversions, | ||||||
6266 | ADLCallKind IsADLCandidate, ConversionSequenceList EarlyConversions, | ||||||
6267 | OverloadCandidateParamOrder PO) { | ||||||
6268 | const FunctionProtoType *Proto | ||||||
6269 | = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(Function->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>()); | ||||||
6270 | assert(Proto && "Functions without a prototype cannot be overloaded")(static_cast <bool> (Proto && "Functions without a prototype cannot be overloaded" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Proto && \"Functions without a prototype cannot be overloaded\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 6270, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
6271 | assert(!Function->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() &&(static_cast <bool> (!Function->getDescribedFunctionTemplate () && "Use AddTemplateOverloadCandidate for function templates" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!Function->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() && \"Use AddTemplateOverloadCandidate for function templates\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 6272, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||
6272 | "Use AddTemplateOverloadCandidate for function templates")(static_cast <bool> (!Function->getDescribedFunctionTemplate () && "Use AddTemplateOverloadCandidate for function templates" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!Function->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() && \"Use AddTemplateOverloadCandidate for function templates\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 6272, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
6273 | |||||||
6274 | if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Function)) { | ||||||
6275 | if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(Method)) { | ||||||
6276 | // If we get here, it's because we're calling a member function | ||||||
6277 | // that is named without a member access expression (e.g., | ||||||
6278 | // "this->f") that was either written explicitly or created | ||||||
6279 | // implicitly. This can happen with a qualified call to a member | ||||||
6280 | // function, e.g., X::f(). We use an empty type for the implied | ||||||
6281 | // object argument (C++ [over.call.func]p3), and the acting context | ||||||
6282 | // is irrelevant. | ||||||
6283 | AddMethodCandidate(Method, FoundDecl, Method->getParent(), QualType(), | ||||||
6284 | Expr::Classification::makeSimpleLValue(), Args, | ||||||
6285 | CandidateSet, SuppressUserConversions, | ||||||
6286 | PartialOverloading, EarlyConversions, PO); | ||||||
6287 | return; | ||||||
6288 | } | ||||||
6289 | // We treat a constructor like a non-member function, since its object | ||||||
6290 | // argument doesn't participate in overload resolution. | ||||||
6291 | } | ||||||
6292 | |||||||
6293 | if (!CandidateSet.isNewCandidate(Function, PO)) | ||||||
6294 | return; | ||||||
6295 | |||||||
6296 | // C++11 [class.copy]p11: [DR1402] | ||||||
6297 | // A defaulted move constructor that is defined as deleted is ignored by | ||||||
6298 | // overload resolution. | ||||||
6299 | CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Function); | ||||||
6300 | if (Constructor && Constructor->isDefaulted() && Constructor->isDeleted() && | ||||||
6301 | Constructor->isMoveConstructor()) | ||||||
6302 | return; | ||||||
6303 | |||||||
6304 | // Overload resolution is always an unevaluated context. | ||||||
6305 | EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated( | ||||||
6306 | *this, Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::Unevaluated); | ||||||
6307 | |||||||
6308 | // C++ [over.match.oper]p3: | ||||||
6309 | // if no operand has a class type, only those non-member functions in the | ||||||
6310 | // lookup set that have a first parameter of type T1 or "reference to | ||||||
6311 | // (possibly cv-qualified) T1", when T1 is an enumeration type, or (if there | ||||||
6312 | // is a right operand) a second parameter of type T2 or "reference to | ||||||
6313 | // (possibly cv-qualified) T2", when T2 is an enumeration type, are | ||||||
6314 | // candidate functions. | ||||||
6315 | if (CandidateSet.getKind() == OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Operator && | ||||||
6316 | !IsAcceptableNonMemberOperatorCandidate(Context, Function, Args)) | ||||||
6317 | return; | ||||||
6318 | |||||||
6319 | // Add this candidate | ||||||
6320 | OverloadCandidate &Candidate = | ||||||
6321 | CandidateSet.addCandidate(Args.size(), EarlyConversions); | ||||||
6322 | Candidate.FoundDecl = FoundDecl; | ||||||
6323 | Candidate.Function = Function; | ||||||
6324 | Candidate.Viable = true; | ||||||
6325 | Candidate.RewriteKind = | ||||||
6326 | CandidateSet.getRewriteInfo().getRewriteKind(Function, PO); | ||||||
6327 | Candidate.IsSurrogate = false; | ||||||
6328 | Candidate.IsADLCandidate = IsADLCandidate; | ||||||
6329 | Candidate.IgnoreObjectArgument = false; | ||||||
6330 | Candidate.ExplicitCallArguments = Args.size(); | ||||||
6331 | |||||||
6332 | // Explicit functions are not actually candidates at all if we're not | ||||||
6333 | // allowing them in this context, but keep them around so we can point | ||||||
6334 | // to them in diagnostics. | ||||||
6335 | if (!AllowExplicit && ExplicitSpecifier::getFromDecl(Function).isExplicit()) { | ||||||
6336 | Candidate.Viable = false; | ||||||
6337 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_explicit; | ||||||
6338 | return; | ||||||
6339 | } | ||||||
6340 | |||||||
6341 | if (Function->isMultiVersion() && Function->hasAttr<TargetAttr>() && | ||||||
6342 | !Function->getAttr<TargetAttr>()->isDefaultVersion()) { | ||||||
6343 | Candidate.Viable = false; | ||||||
6344 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_non_default_multiversion_function; | ||||||
6345 | return; | ||||||
6346 | } | ||||||
6347 | |||||||
6348 | if (Constructor) { | ||||||
6349 | // C++ [class.copy]p3: | ||||||
6350 | // A member function template is never instantiated to perform the copy | ||||||
6351 | // of a class object to an object of its class type. | ||||||
6352 | QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Constructor->getParent()); | ||||||
6353 | if (Args.size() == 1 && Constructor->isSpecializationCopyingObject() && | ||||||
6354 | (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ClassType, Args[0]->getType()) || | ||||||
6355 | IsDerivedFrom(Args[0]->getBeginLoc(), Args[0]->getType(), | ||||||
6356 | ClassType))) { | ||||||
6357 | Candidate.Viable = false; | ||||||
6358 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_illegal_constructor; | ||||||
6359 | return; | ||||||
6360 | } | ||||||
6361 | |||||||
6362 | // C++ [over.match.funcs]p8: (proposed DR resolution) | ||||||
6363 | // A constructor inherited from class type C that has a first parameter | ||||||
6364 | // of type "reference to P" (including such a constructor instantiated | ||||||
6365 | // from a template) is excluded from the set of candidate functions when | ||||||
6366 | // constructing an object of type cv D if the argument list has exactly | ||||||
6367 | // one argument and D is reference-related to P and P is reference-related | ||||||
6368 | // to C. | ||||||
6369 | auto *Shadow = dyn_cast<ConstructorUsingShadowDecl>(FoundDecl.getDecl()); | ||||||
6370 | if (Shadow && Args.size() == 1 && Constructor->getNumParams() >= 1 && | ||||||
6371 | Constructor->getParamDecl(0)->getType()->isReferenceType()) { | ||||||
6372 | QualType P = Constructor->getParamDecl(0)->getType()->getPointeeType(); | ||||||
6373 | QualType C = Context.getRecordType(Constructor->getParent()); | ||||||
6374 | QualType D = Context.getRecordType(Shadow->getParent()); | ||||||
6375 | SourceLocation Loc = Args.front()->getExprLoc(); | ||||||
6376 | if ((Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(P, C) || IsDerivedFrom(Loc, P, C)) && | ||||||
6377 | (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(D, P) || IsDerivedFrom(Loc, D, P))) { | ||||||
6378 | Candidate.Viable = false; | ||||||
6379 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_inhctor_slice; | ||||||
6380 | return; | ||||||
6381 | } | ||||||
6382 | } | ||||||
6383 | |||||||
6384 | // Check that the constructor is capable of constructing an object in the | ||||||
6385 | // destination address space. | ||||||
6386 | if (!Qualifiers::isAddressSpaceSupersetOf( | ||||||
6387 | Constructor->getMethodQualifiers().getAddressSpace(), | ||||||
6388 | CandidateSet.getDestAS())) { | ||||||
6389 | Candidate.Viable = false; | ||||||
6390 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_object_addrspace_mismatch; | ||||||
6391 | } | ||||||
6392 | } | ||||||
6393 | |||||||
6394 | unsigned NumParams = Proto->getNumParams(); | ||||||
6395 | |||||||
6396 | // (C++ 13.3.2p2): A candidate function having fewer than m | ||||||
6397 | // parameters is viable only if it has an ellipsis in its parameter | ||||||
6398 | // list (8.3.5). | ||||||
6399 | if (TooManyArguments(NumParams, Args.size(), PartialOverloading) && | ||||||
6400 | !Proto->isVariadic()) { | ||||||
6401 | Candidate.Viable = false; | ||||||
6402 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_too_many_arguments; | ||||||
6403 | return; | ||||||
6404 | } | ||||||
6405 | |||||||
6406 | // (C++ 13.3.2p2): A candidate function having more than m parameters | ||||||
6407 | // is viable only if the (m+1)st parameter has a default argument | ||||||
6408 | // (8.3.6). For the purposes of overload resolution, the | ||||||
6409 | // parameter list is truncated on the right, so that there are | ||||||
6410 | // exactly m parameters. | ||||||
6411 | unsigned MinRequiredArgs = Function->getMinRequiredArguments(); | ||||||
6412 | if (Args.size() < MinRequiredArgs && !PartialOverloading) { | ||||||
6413 | // Not enough arguments. | ||||||
6414 | Candidate.Viable = false; | ||||||
6415 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_too_few_arguments; | ||||||
6416 | return; | ||||||
6417 | } | ||||||
6418 | |||||||
6419 | // (CUDA B.1): Check for invalid calls between targets. | ||||||
6420 | if (getLangOpts().CUDA) | ||||||
6421 | if (const FunctionDecl *Caller = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(CurContext)) | ||||||
6422 | // Skip the check for callers that are implicit members, because in this | ||||||
6423 | // case we may not yet know what the member's target is; the target is | ||||||
6424 | // inferred for the member automatically, based on the bases and fields of | ||||||
6425 | // the class. | ||||||
6426 | if (!Caller->isImplicit() && !IsAllowedCUDACall(Caller, Function)) { | ||||||
6427 | Candidate.Viable = false; | ||||||
6428 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_bad_target; | ||||||
6429 | return; | ||||||
6430 | } | ||||||
6431 | |||||||
6432 | if (Function->getTrailingRequiresClause()) { | ||||||
6433 | ConstraintSatisfaction Satisfaction; | ||||||
6434 | if (CheckFunctionConstraints(Function, Satisfaction) || | ||||||
6435 | !Satisfaction.IsSatisfied) { | ||||||
6436 | Candidate.Viable = false; | ||||||
6437 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_constraints_not_satisfied; | ||||||
6438 | return; | ||||||
6439 | } | ||||||
6440 | } | ||||||
6441 | |||||||
6442 | // Determine the implicit conversion sequences for each of the | ||||||
6443 | // arguments. | ||||||
6444 | for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx < Args.size(); ++ArgIdx) { | ||||||
6445 | unsigned ConvIdx = | ||||||
6446 | PO == OverloadCandidateParamOrder::Reversed ? 1 - ArgIdx : ArgIdx; | ||||||
6447 | if (Candidate.Conversions[ConvIdx].isInitialized()) { | ||||||
6448 | // We already formed a conversion sequence for this parameter during | ||||||
6449 | // template argument deduction. | ||||||
6450 | } else if (ArgIdx < NumParams) { | ||||||
6451 | // (C++ 13.3.2p3): for F to be a viable function, there shall | ||||||
6452 | // exist for each argument an implicit conversion sequence | ||||||
6453 | // (13.3.3.1) that converts that argument to the corresponding | ||||||
6454 | // parameter of F. | ||||||
6455 | QualType ParamType = Proto->getParamType(ArgIdx); | ||||||
6456 | Candidate.Conversions[ConvIdx] = TryCopyInitialization( | ||||||
6457 | *this, Args[ArgIdx], ParamType, SuppressUserConversions, | ||||||
6458 | /*InOverloadResolution=*/true, | ||||||
6459 | /*AllowObjCWritebackConversion=*/ | ||||||
6460 | getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount, AllowExplicitConversions); | ||||||
6461 | if (Candidate.Conversions[ConvIdx].isBad()) { | ||||||
6462 | Candidate.Viable = false; | ||||||
6463 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_bad_conversion; | ||||||
6464 | return; | ||||||
6465 | } | ||||||
6466 | } else { | ||||||
6467 | // (C++ 13.3.2p2): For the purposes of overload resolution, any | ||||||
6468 | // argument for which there is no corresponding parameter is | ||||||
6469 | // considered to ""match the ellipsis" (C+ 13.3.3.1.3). | ||||||
6470 | Candidate.Conversions[ConvIdx].setEllipsis(); | ||||||
6471 | } | ||||||
6472 | } | ||||||
6473 | |||||||
6474 | if (EnableIfAttr *FailedAttr = | ||||||
6475 | CheckEnableIf(Function, CandidateSet.getLocation(), Args)) { | ||||||
6476 | Candidate.Viable = false; | ||||||
6477 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_enable_if; | ||||||
6478 | Candidate.DeductionFailure.Data = FailedAttr; | ||||||
6479 | return; | ||||||
6480 | } | ||||||
6481 | } | ||||||
6482 | |||||||
6483 | ObjCMethodDecl * | ||||||
6484 | Sema::SelectBestMethod(Selector Sel, MultiExprArg Args, bool IsInstance, | ||||||
6485 | SmallVectorImpl<ObjCMethodDecl *> &Methods) { | ||||||
6486 | if (Methods.size() <= 1) | ||||||
6487 | return nullptr; | ||||||
6488 | |||||||
6489 | for (unsigned b = 0, e = Methods.size(); b < e; b++) { | ||||||
6490 | bool Match = true; | ||||||
6491 | ObjCMethodDecl *Method = Methods[b]; | ||||||
6492 | unsigned NumNamedArgs = Sel.getNumArgs(); | ||||||
6493 | // Method might have more arguments than selector indicates. This is due | ||||||
6494 | // to addition of c-style arguments in method. | ||||||
6495 | if (Method->param_size() > NumNamedArgs) | ||||||
6496 | NumNamedArgs = Method->param_size(); | ||||||
6497 | if (Args.size() < NumNamedArgs) | ||||||
6498 | continue; | ||||||
6499 | |||||||
6500 | for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumNamedArgs; i++) { | ||||||
6501 | // We can't do any type-checking on a type-dependent argument. | ||||||
6502 | if (Args[i]->isTypeDependent()) { | ||||||
6503 | Match = false; | ||||||
6504 | break; | ||||||
6505 | } | ||||||
6506 | |||||||
6507 | ParmVarDecl *param = Method->parameters()[i]; | ||||||
6508 | Expr *argExpr = Args[i]; | ||||||
6509 | assert(argExpr && "SelectBestMethod(): missing expression")(static_cast <bool> (argExpr && "SelectBestMethod(): missing expression" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("argExpr && \"SelectBestMethod(): missing expression\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 6509, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
6510 | |||||||
6511 | // Strip the unbridged-cast placeholder expression off unless it's | ||||||
6512 | // a consumed argument. | ||||||
6513 | if (argExpr->hasPlaceholderType(BuiltinType::ARCUnbridgedCast) && | ||||||
6514 | !param->hasAttr<CFConsumedAttr>()) | ||||||
6515 | argExpr = stripARCUnbridgedCast(argExpr); | ||||||
6516 | |||||||
6517 | // If the parameter is __unknown_anytype, move on to the next method. | ||||||
6518 | if (param->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) { | ||||||
6519 | Match = false; | ||||||
6520 | break; | ||||||
6521 | } | ||||||
6522 | |||||||
6523 | ImplicitConversionSequence ConversionState | ||||||
6524 | = TryCopyInitialization(*this, argExpr, param->getType(), | ||||||
6525 | /*SuppressUserConversions*/false, | ||||||
6526 | /*InOverloadResolution=*/true, | ||||||
6527 | /*AllowObjCWritebackConversion=*/ | ||||||
6528 | getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount, | ||||||
6529 | /*AllowExplicit*/false); | ||||||
6530 | // This function looks for a reasonably-exact match, so we consider | ||||||
6531 | // incompatible pointer conversions to be a failure here. | ||||||
6532 | if (ConversionState.isBad() || | ||||||
6533 | (ConversionState.isStandard() && | ||||||
6534 | ConversionState.Standard.Second == | ||||||
6535 | ICK_Incompatible_Pointer_Conversion)) { | ||||||
6536 | Match = false; | ||||||
6537 | break; | ||||||
6538 | } | ||||||
6539 | } | ||||||
6540 | // Promote additional arguments to variadic methods. | ||||||
6541 | if (Match && Method->isVariadic()) { | ||||||
6542 | for (unsigned i = NumNamedArgs, e = Args.size(); i < e; ++i) { | ||||||
6543 | if (Args[i]->isTypeDependent()) { | ||||||
6544 | Match = false; | ||||||
6545 | break; | ||||||
6546 | } | ||||||
6547 | ExprResult Arg = DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Args[i], VariadicMethod, | ||||||
6548 | nullptr); | ||||||
6549 | if (Arg.isInvalid()) { | ||||||
6550 | Match = false; | ||||||
6551 | break; | ||||||
6552 | } | ||||||
6553 | } | ||||||
6554 | } else { | ||||||
6555 | // Check for extra arguments to non-variadic methods. | ||||||
6556 | if (Args.size() != NumNamedArgs) | ||||||
6557 | Match = false; | ||||||
6558 | else if (Match && NumNamedArgs == 0 && Methods.size() > 1) { | ||||||
6559 | // Special case when selectors have no argument. In this case, select | ||||||
6560 | // one with the most general result type of 'id'. | ||||||
6561 | for (unsigned b = 0, e = Methods.size(); b < e; b++) { | ||||||
6562 | QualType ReturnT = Methods[b]->getReturnType(); | ||||||
6563 | if (ReturnT->isObjCIdType()) | ||||||
6564 | return Methods[b]; | ||||||
6565 | } | ||||||
6566 | } | ||||||
6567 | } | ||||||
6568 | |||||||
6569 | if (Match) | ||||||
6570 | return Method; | ||||||
6571 | } | ||||||
6572 | return nullptr; | ||||||
6573 | } | ||||||
6574 | |||||||
6575 | static bool convertArgsForAvailabilityChecks( | ||||||
6576 | Sema &S, FunctionDecl *Function, Expr *ThisArg, SourceLocation CallLoc, | ||||||
6577 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, Sema::SFINAETrap &Trap, bool MissingImplicitThis, | ||||||
6578 | Expr *&ConvertedThis, SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &ConvertedArgs) { | ||||||
6579 | if (ThisArg) { | ||||||
6580 | CXXMethodDecl *Method = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Function); | ||||||
6581 | assert(!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(Method) &&(static_cast <bool> (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(Method ) && "Shouldn't have `this` for ctors!") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(Method) && \"Shouldn't have `this` for ctors!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 6582, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||
6582 | "Shouldn't have `this` for ctors!")(static_cast <bool> (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(Method ) && "Shouldn't have `this` for ctors!") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(Method) && \"Shouldn't have `this` for ctors!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 6582, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
6583 | assert(!Method->isStatic() && "Shouldn't have `this` for static methods!")(static_cast <bool> (!Method->isStatic() && "Shouldn't have `this` for static methods!" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!Method->isStatic() && \"Shouldn't have `this` for static methods!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 6583, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
6584 | ExprResult R = S.PerformObjectArgumentInitialization( | ||||||
6585 | ThisArg, /*Qualifier=*/nullptr, Method, Method); | ||||||
6586 | if (R.isInvalid()) | ||||||
6587 | return false; | ||||||
6588 | ConvertedThis = R.get(); | ||||||
6589 | } else { | ||||||
6590 | if (auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Function)) { | ||||||
6591 | (void)MD; | ||||||
6592 | assert((MissingImplicitThis || MD->isStatic() ||(static_cast <bool> ((MissingImplicitThis || MD->isStatic () || isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) && "Expected `this` for non-ctor instance methods" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("(MissingImplicitThis || MD->isStatic() || isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) && \"Expected `this` for non-ctor instance methods\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 6594, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||
6593 | isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) &&(static_cast <bool> ((MissingImplicitThis || MD->isStatic () || isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) && "Expected `this` for non-ctor instance methods" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("(MissingImplicitThis || MD->isStatic() || isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) && \"Expected `this` for non-ctor instance methods\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 6594, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||
6594 | "Expected `this` for non-ctor instance methods")(static_cast <bool> ((MissingImplicitThis || MD->isStatic () || isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) && "Expected `this` for non-ctor instance methods" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("(MissingImplicitThis || MD->isStatic() || isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) && \"Expected `this` for non-ctor instance methods\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 6594, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
6595 | } | ||||||
6596 | ConvertedThis = nullptr; | ||||||
6597 | } | ||||||
6598 | |||||||
6599 | // Ignore any variadic arguments. Converting them is pointless, since the | ||||||
6600 | // user can't refer to them in the function condition. | ||||||
6601 | unsigned ArgSizeNoVarargs = std::min(Function->param_size(), Args.size()); | ||||||
6602 | |||||||
6603 | // Convert the arguments. | ||||||
6604 | for (unsigned I = 0; I != ArgSizeNoVarargs; ++I) { | ||||||
6605 | ExprResult R; | ||||||
6606 | R = S.PerformCopyInitialization(InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter( | ||||||
6607 | S.Context, Function->getParamDecl(I)), | ||||||
6608 | SourceLocation(), Args[I]); | ||||||
6609 | |||||||
6610 | if (R.isInvalid()) | ||||||
6611 | return false; | ||||||
6612 | |||||||
6613 | ConvertedArgs.push_back(R.get()); | ||||||
6614 | } | ||||||
6615 | |||||||
6616 | if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred()) | ||||||
6617 | return false; | ||||||
6618 | |||||||
6619 | // Push default arguments if needed. | ||||||
6620 | if (!Function->isVariadic() && Args.size() < Function->getNumParams()) { | ||||||
6621 | for (unsigned i = Args.size(), e = Function->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) { | ||||||
6622 | ParmVarDecl *P = Function->getParamDecl(i); | ||||||
6623 | if (!P->hasDefaultArg()) | ||||||
6624 | return false; | ||||||
6625 | ExprResult R = S.BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(CallLoc, Function, P); | ||||||
6626 | if (R.isInvalid()) | ||||||
6627 | return false; | ||||||
6628 | ConvertedArgs.push_back(R.get()); | ||||||
6629 | } | ||||||
6630 | |||||||
6631 | if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred()) | ||||||
6632 | return false; | ||||||
6633 | } | ||||||
6634 | return true; | ||||||
6635 | } | ||||||
6636 | |||||||
6637 | EnableIfAttr *Sema::CheckEnableIf(FunctionDecl *Function, | ||||||
6638 | SourceLocation CallLoc, | ||||||
6639 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, | ||||||
6640 | bool MissingImplicitThis) { | ||||||
6641 | auto EnableIfAttrs = Function->specific_attrs<EnableIfAttr>(); | ||||||
6642 | if (EnableIfAttrs.begin() == EnableIfAttrs.end()) | ||||||
6643 | return nullptr; | ||||||
6644 | |||||||
6645 | SFINAETrap Trap(*this); | ||||||
6646 | SmallVector<Expr *, 16> ConvertedArgs; | ||||||
6647 | // FIXME: We should look into making enable_if late-parsed. | ||||||
6648 | Expr *DiscardedThis; | ||||||
6649 | if (!convertArgsForAvailabilityChecks( | ||||||
6650 | *this, Function, /*ThisArg=*/nullptr, CallLoc, Args, Trap, | ||||||
6651 | /*MissingImplicitThis=*/true, DiscardedThis, ConvertedArgs)) | ||||||
6652 | return *EnableIfAttrs.begin(); | ||||||
6653 | |||||||
6654 | for (auto *EIA : EnableIfAttrs) { | ||||||
6655 | APValue Result; | ||||||
6656 | // FIXME: This doesn't consider value-dependent cases, because doing so is | ||||||
6657 | // very difficult. Ideally, we should handle them more gracefully. | ||||||
6658 | if (EIA->getCond()->isValueDependent() || | ||||||
6659 | !EIA->getCond()->EvaluateWithSubstitution( | ||||||
6660 | Result, Context, Function, llvm::makeArrayRef(ConvertedArgs))) | ||||||
6661 | return EIA; | ||||||
6662 | |||||||
6663 | if (!Result.isInt() || !Result.getInt().getBoolValue()) | ||||||
6664 | return EIA; | ||||||
6665 | } | ||||||
6666 | return nullptr; | ||||||
6667 | } | ||||||
6668 | |||||||
6669 | template <typename CheckFn> | ||||||
6670 | static bool diagnoseDiagnoseIfAttrsWith(Sema &S, const NamedDecl *ND, | ||||||
6671 | bool ArgDependent, SourceLocation Loc, | ||||||
6672 | CheckFn &&IsSuccessful) { | ||||||
6673 | SmallVector<const DiagnoseIfAttr *, 8> Attrs; | ||||||
6674 | for (const auto *DIA : ND->specific_attrs<DiagnoseIfAttr>()) { | ||||||
6675 | if (ArgDependent == DIA->getArgDependent()) | ||||||
6676 | Attrs.push_back(DIA); | ||||||
6677 | } | ||||||
6678 | |||||||
6679 | // Common case: No diagnose_if attributes, so we can quit early. | ||||||
6680 | if (Attrs.empty()) | ||||||
6681 | return false; | ||||||
6682 | |||||||
6683 | auto WarningBegin = std::stable_partition( | ||||||
6684 | Attrs.begin(), Attrs.end(), | ||||||
6685 | [](const DiagnoseIfAttr *DIA) { return DIA->isError(); }); | ||||||
6686 | |||||||
6687 | // Note that diagnose_if attributes are late-parsed, so they appear in the | ||||||
6688 | // correct order (unlike enable_if attributes). | ||||||
6689 | auto ErrAttr = llvm::find_if(llvm::make_range(Attrs.begin(), WarningBegin), | ||||||
6690 | IsSuccessful); | ||||||
6691 | if (ErrAttr != WarningBegin) { | ||||||
6692 | const DiagnoseIfAttr *DIA = *ErrAttr; | ||||||
6693 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_diagnose_if_succeeded) << DIA->getMessage(); | ||||||
6694 | S.Diag(DIA->getLocation(), diag::note_from_diagnose_if) | ||||||
6695 | << DIA->getParent() << DIA->getCond()->getSourceRange(); | ||||||
6696 | return true; | ||||||
6697 | } | ||||||
6698 | |||||||
6699 | for (const auto *DIA : llvm::make_range(WarningBegin, Attrs.end())) | ||||||
6700 | if (IsSuccessful(DIA)) { | ||||||
6701 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_diagnose_if_succeeded) << DIA->getMessage(); | ||||||
6702 | S.Diag(DIA->getLocation(), diag::note_from_diagnose_if) | ||||||
6703 | << DIA->getParent() << DIA->getCond()->getSourceRange(); | ||||||
6704 | } | ||||||
6705 | |||||||
6706 | return false; | ||||||
6707 | } | ||||||
6708 | |||||||
6709 | bool Sema::diagnoseArgDependentDiagnoseIfAttrs(const FunctionDecl *Function, | ||||||
6710 | const Expr *ThisArg, | ||||||
6711 | ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, | ||||||
6712 | SourceLocation Loc) { | ||||||
6713 | return diagnoseDiagnoseIfAttrsWith( | ||||||
6714 | *this, Function, /*ArgDependent=*/true, Loc, | ||||||
6715 | [&](const DiagnoseIfAttr *DIA) { | ||||||
6716 | APValue Result; | ||||||
6717 | // It's sane to use the same Args for any redecl of this function, since | ||||||
6718 | // EvaluateWithSubstitution only cares about the position of each | ||||||
6719 | // argument in the arg list, not the ParmVarDecl* it maps to. | ||||||
6720 | if (!DIA->getCond()->EvaluateWithSubstitution( | ||||||
6721 | Result, Context, cast<FunctionDecl>(DIA->getParent()), Args, ThisArg)) | ||||||
6722 | return false; | ||||||
6723 | return Result.isInt() && Result.getInt().getBoolValue(); | ||||||
6724 | }); | ||||||
6725 | } | ||||||
6726 | |||||||
6727 | bool Sema::diagnoseArgIndependentDiagnoseIfAttrs(const NamedDecl *ND, | ||||||
6728 | SourceLocation Loc) { | ||||||
6729 | return diagnoseDiagnoseIfAttrsWith( | ||||||
6730 | *this, ND, /*ArgDependent=*/false, Loc, | ||||||
6731 | [&](const DiagnoseIfAttr *DIA) { | ||||||
6732 | bool Result; | ||||||
6733 | return DIA->getCond()->EvaluateAsBooleanCondition(Result, Context) && | ||||||
6734 | Result; | ||||||
6735 | }); | ||||||
6736 | } | ||||||
6737 | |||||||
6738 | /// Add all of the function declarations in the given function set to | ||||||
6739 | /// the overload candidate set. | ||||||
6740 | void Sema::AddFunctionCandidates(const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns, | ||||||
6741 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, | ||||||
6742 | OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, | ||||||
6743 | TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, | ||||||
6744 | bool SuppressUserConversions, | ||||||
6745 | bool PartialOverloading, | ||||||
6746 | bool FirstArgumentIsBase) { | ||||||
6747 | for (UnresolvedSetIterator F = Fns.begin(), E = Fns.end(); F != E; ++F) { | ||||||
6748 | NamedDecl *D = F.getDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl(); | ||||||
6749 | ArrayRef<Expr *> FunctionArgs = Args; | ||||||
6750 | |||||||
6751 | FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D); | ||||||
6752 | FunctionDecl *FD = | ||||||
6753 | FunTmpl ? FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl() : cast<FunctionDecl>(D); | ||||||
6754 | |||||||
6755 | if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD) && !cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)->isStatic()) { | ||||||
6756 | QualType ObjectType; | ||||||
6757 | Expr::Classification ObjectClassification; | ||||||
6758 | if (Args.size() > 0) { | ||||||
6759 | if (Expr *E = Args[0]) { | ||||||
6760 | // Use the explicit base to restrict the lookup: | ||||||
6761 | ObjectType = E->getType(); | ||||||
6762 | // Pointers in the object arguments are implicitly dereferenced, so we | ||||||
6763 | // always classify them as l-values. | ||||||
6764 | if (!ObjectType.isNull() && ObjectType->isPointerType()) | ||||||
6765 | ObjectClassification = Expr::Classification::makeSimpleLValue(); | ||||||
6766 | else | ||||||
6767 | ObjectClassification = E->Classify(Context); | ||||||
6768 | } // .. else there is an implicit base. | ||||||
6769 | FunctionArgs = Args.slice(1); | ||||||
6770 | } | ||||||
6771 | if (FunTmpl) { | ||||||
6772 | AddMethodTemplateCandidate( | ||||||
6773 | FunTmpl, F.getPair(), | ||||||
6774 | cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FunTmpl->getDeclContext()), | ||||||
6775 | ExplicitTemplateArgs, ObjectType, ObjectClassification, | ||||||
6776 | FunctionArgs, CandidateSet, SuppressUserConversions, | ||||||
6777 | PartialOverloading); | ||||||
6778 | } else { | ||||||
6779 | AddMethodCandidate(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD), F.getPair(), | ||||||
6780 | cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)->getParent(), ObjectType, | ||||||
6781 | ObjectClassification, FunctionArgs, CandidateSet, | ||||||
6782 | SuppressUserConversions, PartialOverloading); | ||||||
6783 | } | ||||||
6784 | } else { | ||||||
6785 | // This branch handles both standalone functions and static methods. | ||||||
6786 | |||||||
6787 | // Slice the first argument (which is the base) when we access | ||||||
6788 | // static method as non-static. | ||||||
6789 | if (Args.size() > 0 && | ||||||
6790 | (!Args[0] || (FirstArgumentIsBase && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD) && | ||||||
6791 | !isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD)))) { | ||||||
6792 | assert(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)->isStatic())(static_cast <bool> (cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)-> isStatic()) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)->isStatic()" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 6792, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
6793 | FunctionArgs = Args.slice(1); | ||||||
6794 | } | ||||||
6795 | if (FunTmpl) { | ||||||
6796 | AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(FunTmpl, F.getPair(), | ||||||
6797 | ExplicitTemplateArgs, FunctionArgs, | ||||||
6798 | CandidateSet, SuppressUserConversions, | ||||||
6799 | PartialOverloading); | ||||||
6800 | } else { | ||||||
6801 | AddOverloadCandidate(FD, F.getPair(), FunctionArgs, CandidateSet, | ||||||
6802 | SuppressUserConversions, PartialOverloading); | ||||||
6803 | } | ||||||
6804 | } | ||||||
6805 | } | ||||||
6806 | } | ||||||
6807 | |||||||
6808 | /// AddMethodCandidate - Adds a named decl (which is some kind of | ||||||
6809 | /// method) as a method candidate to the given overload set. | ||||||
6810 | void Sema::AddMethodCandidate(DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, QualType ObjectType, | ||||||
6811 | Expr::Classification ObjectClassification, | ||||||
6812 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, | ||||||
6813 | OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, | ||||||
6814 | bool SuppressUserConversions, | ||||||
6815 | OverloadCandidateParamOrder PO) { | ||||||
6816 | NamedDecl *Decl = FoundDecl.getDecl(); | ||||||
6817 | CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Decl->getDeclContext()); | ||||||
6818 | |||||||
6819 | if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(Decl)) | ||||||
6820 | Decl = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Decl)->getTargetDecl(); | ||||||
6821 | |||||||
6822 | if (FunctionTemplateDecl *TD = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(Decl)) { | ||||||
6823 | assert(isa<CXXMethodDecl>(TD->getTemplatedDecl()) &&(static_cast <bool> (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(TD->getTemplatedDecl ()) && "Expected a member function template") ? void ( 0) : __assert_fail ("isa<CXXMethodDecl>(TD->getTemplatedDecl()) && \"Expected a member function template\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 6824, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||
6824 | "Expected a member function template")(static_cast <bool> (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(TD->getTemplatedDecl ()) && "Expected a member function template") ? void ( 0) : __assert_fail ("isa<CXXMethodDecl>(TD->getTemplatedDecl()) && \"Expected a member function template\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 6824, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
6825 | AddMethodTemplateCandidate(TD, FoundDecl, ActingContext, | ||||||
6826 | /*ExplicitArgs*/ nullptr, ObjectType, | ||||||
6827 | ObjectClassification, Args, CandidateSet, | ||||||
6828 | SuppressUserConversions, false, PO); | ||||||
6829 | } else { | ||||||
6830 | AddMethodCandidate(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Decl), FoundDecl, ActingContext, | ||||||
6831 | ObjectType, ObjectClassification, Args, CandidateSet, | ||||||
6832 | SuppressUserConversions, false, None, PO); | ||||||
6833 | } | ||||||
6834 | } | ||||||
6835 | |||||||
6836 | /// AddMethodCandidate - Adds the given C++ member function to the set | ||||||
6837 | /// of candidate functions, using the given function call arguments | ||||||
6838 | /// and the object argument (@c Object). For example, in a call | ||||||
6839 | /// @c o.f(a1,a2), @c Object will contain @c o and @c Args will contain | ||||||
6840 | /// both @c a1 and @c a2. If @p SuppressUserConversions, then don't | ||||||
6841 | /// allow user-defined conversions via constructors or conversion | ||||||
6842 | /// operators. | ||||||
6843 | void | ||||||
6844 | Sema::AddMethodCandidate(CXXMethodDecl *Method, DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, | ||||||
6845 | CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, QualType ObjectType, | ||||||
6846 | Expr::Classification ObjectClassification, | ||||||
6847 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, | ||||||
6848 | OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, | ||||||
6849 | bool SuppressUserConversions, | ||||||
6850 | bool PartialOverloading, | ||||||
6851 | ConversionSequenceList EarlyConversions, | ||||||
6852 | OverloadCandidateParamOrder PO) { | ||||||
6853 | const FunctionProtoType *Proto | ||||||
6854 | = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(Method->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>()); | ||||||
6855 | assert(Proto && "Methods without a prototype cannot be overloaded")(static_cast <bool> (Proto && "Methods without a prototype cannot be overloaded" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Proto && \"Methods without a prototype cannot be overloaded\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 6855, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
6856 | assert(!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(Method) &&(static_cast <bool> (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(Method ) && "Use AddOverloadCandidate for constructors") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(Method) && \"Use AddOverloadCandidate for constructors\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 6857, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||
6857 | "Use AddOverloadCandidate for constructors")(static_cast <bool> (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(Method ) && "Use AddOverloadCandidate for constructors") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(Method) && \"Use AddOverloadCandidate for constructors\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 6857, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
6858 | |||||||
6859 | if (!CandidateSet.isNewCandidate(Method, PO)) | ||||||
6860 | return; | ||||||
6861 | |||||||
6862 | // C++11 [class.copy]p23: [DR1402] | ||||||
6863 | // A defaulted move assignment operator that is defined as deleted is | ||||||
6864 | // ignored by overload resolution. | ||||||
6865 | if (Method->isDefaulted() && Method->isDeleted() && | ||||||
6866 | Method->isMoveAssignmentOperator()) | ||||||
6867 | return; | ||||||
6868 | |||||||
6869 | // Overload resolution is always an unevaluated context. | ||||||
6870 | EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated( | ||||||
6871 | *this, Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::Unevaluated); | ||||||
6872 | |||||||
6873 | // Add this candidate | ||||||
6874 | OverloadCandidate &Candidate = | ||||||
6875 | CandidateSet.addCandidate(Args.size() + 1, EarlyConversions); | ||||||
6876 | Candidate.FoundDecl = FoundDecl; | ||||||
6877 | Candidate.Function = Method; | ||||||
6878 | Candidate.RewriteKind = | ||||||
6879 | CandidateSet.getRewriteInfo().getRewriteKind(Method, PO); | ||||||
6880 | Candidate.IsSurrogate = false; | ||||||
6881 | Candidate.IgnoreObjectArgument = false; | ||||||
6882 | Candidate.ExplicitCallArguments = Args.size(); | ||||||
6883 | |||||||
6884 | unsigned NumParams = Proto->getNumParams(); | ||||||
6885 | |||||||
6886 | // (C++ 13.3.2p2): A candidate function having fewer than m | ||||||
6887 | // parameters is viable only if it has an ellipsis in its parameter | ||||||
6888 | // list (8.3.5). | ||||||
6889 | if (TooManyArguments(NumParams, Args.size(), PartialOverloading) && | ||||||
6890 | !Proto->isVariadic()) { | ||||||
6891 | Candidate.Viable = false; | ||||||
6892 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_too_many_arguments; | ||||||
6893 | return; | ||||||
6894 | } | ||||||
6895 | |||||||
6896 | // (C++ 13.3.2p2): A candidate function having more than m parameters | ||||||
6897 | // is viable only if the (m+1)st parameter has a default argument | ||||||
6898 | // (8.3.6). For the purposes of overload resolution, the | ||||||
6899 | // parameter list is truncated on the right, so that there are | ||||||
6900 | // exactly m parameters. | ||||||
6901 | unsigned MinRequiredArgs = Method->getMinRequiredArguments(); | ||||||
6902 | if (Args.size() < MinRequiredArgs && !PartialOverloading) { | ||||||
6903 | // Not enough arguments. | ||||||
6904 | Candidate.Viable = false; | ||||||
6905 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_too_few_arguments; | ||||||
6906 | return; | ||||||
6907 | } | ||||||
6908 | |||||||
6909 | Candidate.Viable = true; | ||||||
6910 | |||||||
6911 | if (Method->isStatic() || ObjectType.isNull()) | ||||||
6912 | // The implicit object argument is ignored. | ||||||
6913 | Candidate.IgnoreObjectArgument = true; | ||||||
6914 | else { | ||||||
6915 | unsigned ConvIdx = PO == OverloadCandidateParamOrder::Reversed ? 1 : 0; | ||||||
6916 | // Determine the implicit conversion sequence for the object | ||||||
6917 | // parameter. | ||||||
6918 | Candidate.Conversions[ConvIdx] = TryObjectArgumentInitialization( | ||||||
6919 | *this, CandidateSet.getLocation(), ObjectType, ObjectClassification, | ||||||
6920 | Method, ActingContext); | ||||||
6921 | if (Candidate.Conversions[ConvIdx].isBad()) { | ||||||
6922 | Candidate.Viable = false; | ||||||
6923 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_bad_conversion; | ||||||
6924 | return; | ||||||
6925 | } | ||||||
6926 | } | ||||||
6927 | |||||||
6928 | // (CUDA B.1): Check for invalid calls between targets. | ||||||
6929 | if (getLangOpts().CUDA) | ||||||
6930 | if (const FunctionDecl *Caller = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(CurContext)) | ||||||
6931 | if (!IsAllowedCUDACall(Caller, Method)) { | ||||||
6932 | Candidate.Viable = false; | ||||||
6933 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_bad_target; | ||||||
6934 | return; | ||||||
6935 | } | ||||||
6936 | |||||||
6937 | if (Method->getTrailingRequiresClause()) { | ||||||
6938 | ConstraintSatisfaction Satisfaction; | ||||||
6939 | if (CheckFunctionConstraints(Method, Satisfaction) || | ||||||
6940 | !Satisfaction.IsSatisfied) { | ||||||
6941 | Candidate.Viable = false; | ||||||
6942 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_constraints_not_satisfied; | ||||||
6943 | return; | ||||||
6944 | } | ||||||
6945 | } | ||||||
6946 | |||||||
6947 | // Determine the implicit conversion sequences for each of the | ||||||
6948 | // arguments. | ||||||
6949 | for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx < Args.size(); ++ArgIdx) { | ||||||
6950 | unsigned ConvIdx = | ||||||
6951 | PO == OverloadCandidateParamOrder::Reversed ? 0 : (ArgIdx + 1); | ||||||
6952 | if (Candidate.Conversions[ConvIdx].isInitialized()) { | ||||||
6953 | // We already formed a conversion sequence for this parameter during | ||||||
6954 | // template argument deduction. | ||||||
6955 | } else if (ArgIdx < NumParams) { | ||||||
6956 | // (C++ 13.3.2p3): for F to be a viable function, there shall | ||||||
6957 | // exist for each argument an implicit conversion sequence | ||||||
6958 | // (13.3.3.1) that converts that argument to the corresponding | ||||||
6959 | // parameter of F. | ||||||
6960 | QualType ParamType = Proto->getParamType(ArgIdx); | ||||||
6961 | Candidate.Conversions[ConvIdx] | ||||||
6962 | = TryCopyInitialization(*this, Args[ArgIdx], ParamType, | ||||||
6963 | SuppressUserConversions, | ||||||
6964 | /*InOverloadResolution=*/true, | ||||||
6965 | /*AllowObjCWritebackConversion=*/ | ||||||
6966 | getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount); | ||||||
6967 | if (Candidate.Conversions[ConvIdx].isBad()) { | ||||||
6968 | Candidate.Viable = false; | ||||||
6969 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_bad_conversion; | ||||||
6970 | return; | ||||||
6971 | } | ||||||
6972 | } else { | ||||||
6973 | // (C++ 13.3.2p2): For the purposes of overload resolution, any | ||||||
6974 | // argument for which there is no corresponding parameter is | ||||||
6975 | // considered to "match the ellipsis" (C+ 13.3.3.1.3). | ||||||
6976 | Candidate.Conversions[ConvIdx].setEllipsis(); | ||||||
6977 | } | ||||||
6978 | } | ||||||
6979 | |||||||
6980 | if (EnableIfAttr *FailedAttr = | ||||||
6981 | CheckEnableIf(Method, CandidateSet.getLocation(), Args, true)) { | ||||||
6982 | Candidate.Viable = false; | ||||||
6983 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_enable_if; | ||||||
6984 | Candidate.DeductionFailure.Data = FailedAttr; | ||||||
6985 | return; | ||||||
6986 | } | ||||||
6987 | |||||||
6988 | if (Method->isMultiVersion() && Method->hasAttr<TargetAttr>() && | ||||||
6989 | !Method->getAttr<TargetAttr>()->isDefaultVersion()) { | ||||||
6990 | Candidate.Viable = false; | ||||||
6991 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_non_default_multiversion_function; | ||||||
6992 | } | ||||||
6993 | } | ||||||
6994 | |||||||
6995 | /// Add a C++ member function template as a candidate to the candidate | ||||||
6996 | /// set, using template argument deduction to produce an appropriate member | ||||||
6997 | /// function template specialization. | ||||||
6998 | void Sema::AddMethodTemplateCandidate( | ||||||
6999 | FunctionTemplateDecl *MethodTmpl, DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, | ||||||
7000 | CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, | ||||||
7001 | TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, QualType ObjectType, | ||||||
7002 | Expr::Classification ObjectClassification, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, | ||||||
7003 | OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, bool SuppressUserConversions, | ||||||
7004 | bool PartialOverloading, OverloadCandidateParamOrder PO) { | ||||||
7005 | if (!CandidateSet.isNewCandidate(MethodTmpl, PO)) | ||||||
7006 | return; | ||||||
7007 | |||||||
7008 | // C++ [over.match.funcs]p7: | ||||||
7009 | // In each case where a candidate is a function template, candidate | ||||||
7010 | // function template specializations are generated using template argument | ||||||
7011 | // deduction (14.8.3, 14.8.2). Those candidates are then handled as | ||||||
7012 | // candidate functions in the usual way.113) A given name can refer to one | ||||||
7013 | // or more function templates and also to a set of overloaded non-template | ||||||
7014 | // functions. In such a case, the candidate functions generated from each | ||||||
7015 | // function template are combined with the set of non-template candidate | ||||||
7016 | // functions. | ||||||
7017 | TemplateDeductionInfo Info(CandidateSet.getLocation()); | ||||||
7018 | FunctionDecl *Specialization = nullptr; | ||||||
7019 | ConversionSequenceList Conversions; | ||||||
7020 | if (TemplateDeductionResult Result = DeduceTemplateArguments( | ||||||
7021 | MethodTmpl, ExplicitTemplateArgs, Args, Specialization, Info, | ||||||
7022 | PartialOverloading, [&](ArrayRef<QualType> ParamTypes) { | ||||||
7023 | return CheckNonDependentConversions( | ||||||
7024 | MethodTmpl, ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet, Conversions, | ||||||
7025 | SuppressUserConversions, ActingContext, ObjectType, | ||||||
7026 | ObjectClassification, PO); | ||||||
7027 | })) { | ||||||
7028 | OverloadCandidate &Candidate = | ||||||
7029 | CandidateSet.addCandidate(Conversions.size(), Conversions); | ||||||
7030 | Candidate.FoundDecl = FoundDecl; | ||||||
7031 | Candidate.Function = MethodTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); | ||||||
7032 | Candidate.Viable = false; | ||||||
7033 | Candidate.RewriteKind = | ||||||
7034 | CandidateSet.getRewriteInfo().getRewriteKind(Candidate.Function, PO); | ||||||
7035 | Candidate.IsSurrogate = false; | ||||||
7036 | Candidate.IgnoreObjectArgument = | ||||||
7037 | cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Candidate.Function)->isStatic() || | ||||||
7038 | ObjectType.isNull(); | ||||||
7039 | Candidate.ExplicitCallArguments = Args.size(); | ||||||
7040 | if (Result == TDK_NonDependentConversionFailure) | ||||||
7041 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_bad_conversion; | ||||||
7042 | else { | ||||||
7043 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_bad_deduction; | ||||||
7044 | Candidate.DeductionFailure = MakeDeductionFailureInfo(Context, Result, | ||||||
7045 | Info); | ||||||
7046 | } | ||||||
7047 | return; | ||||||
7048 | } | ||||||
7049 | |||||||
7050 | // Add the function template specialization produced by template argument | ||||||
7051 | // deduction as a candidate. | ||||||
7052 | assert(Specialization && "Missing member function template specialization?")(static_cast <bool> (Specialization && "Missing member function template specialization?" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Specialization && \"Missing member function template specialization?\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 7052, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
7053 | assert(isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Specialization) &&(static_cast <bool> (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Specialization ) && "Specialization is not a member function?") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Specialization) && \"Specialization is not a member function?\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 7054, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||
7054 | "Specialization is not a member function?")(static_cast <bool> (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Specialization ) && "Specialization is not a member function?") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Specialization) && \"Specialization is not a member function?\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 7054, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
7055 | AddMethodCandidate(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Specialization), FoundDecl, | ||||||
7056 | ActingContext, ObjectType, ObjectClassification, Args, | ||||||
7057 | CandidateSet, SuppressUserConversions, PartialOverloading, | ||||||
7058 | Conversions, PO); | ||||||
7059 | } | ||||||
7060 | |||||||
7061 | /// Determine whether a given function template has a simple explicit specifier | ||||||
7062 | /// or a non-value-dependent explicit-specification that evaluates to true. | ||||||
7063 | static bool isNonDependentlyExplicit(FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD) { | ||||||
7064 | return ExplicitSpecifier::getFromDecl(FTD->getTemplatedDecl()).isExplicit(); | ||||||
7065 | } | ||||||
7066 | |||||||
7067 | /// Add a C++ function template specialization as a candidate | ||||||
7068 | /// in the candidate set, using template argument deduction to produce | ||||||
7069 | /// an appropriate function template specialization. | ||||||
7070 | void Sema::AddTemplateOverloadCandidate( | ||||||
7071 | FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, | ||||||
7072 | TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, | ||||||
7073 | OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, bool SuppressUserConversions, | ||||||
7074 | bool PartialOverloading, bool AllowExplicit, ADLCallKind IsADLCandidate, | ||||||
7075 | OverloadCandidateParamOrder PO) { | ||||||
7076 | if (!CandidateSet.isNewCandidate(FunctionTemplate, PO)) | ||||||
7077 | return; | ||||||
7078 | |||||||
7079 | // If the function template has a non-dependent explicit specification, | ||||||
7080 | // exclude it now if appropriate; we are not permitted to perform deduction | ||||||
7081 | // and substitution in this case. | ||||||
7082 | if (!AllowExplicit && isNonDependentlyExplicit(FunctionTemplate)) { | ||||||
7083 | OverloadCandidate &Candidate = CandidateSet.addCandidate(); | ||||||
7084 | Candidate.FoundDecl = FoundDecl; | ||||||
7085 | Candidate.Function = FunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl(); | ||||||
7086 | Candidate.Viable = false; | ||||||
7087 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_explicit; | ||||||
7088 | return; | ||||||
7089 | } | ||||||
7090 | |||||||
7091 | // C++ [over.match.funcs]p7: | ||||||
7092 | // In each case where a candidate is a function template, candidate | ||||||
7093 | // function template specializations are generated using template argument | ||||||
7094 | // deduction (14.8.3, 14.8.2). Those candidates are then handled as | ||||||
7095 | // candidate functions in the usual way.113) A given name can refer to one | ||||||
7096 | // or more function templates and also to a set of overloaded non-template | ||||||
7097 | // functions. In such a case, the candidate functions generated from each | ||||||
7098 | // function template are combined with the set of non-template candidate | ||||||
7099 | // functions. | ||||||
7100 | TemplateDeductionInfo Info(CandidateSet.getLocation()); | ||||||
7101 | FunctionDecl *Specialization = nullptr; | ||||||
7102 | ConversionSequenceList Conversions; | ||||||
7103 | if (TemplateDeductionResult Result = DeduceTemplateArguments( | ||||||
7104 | FunctionTemplate, ExplicitTemplateArgs, Args, Specialization, Info, | ||||||
7105 | PartialOverloading, [&](ArrayRef<QualType> ParamTypes) { | ||||||
7106 | return CheckNonDependentConversions( | ||||||
7107 | FunctionTemplate, ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet, Conversions, | ||||||
7108 | SuppressUserConversions, nullptr, QualType(), {}, PO); | ||||||
7109 | })) { | ||||||
7110 | OverloadCandidate &Candidate = | ||||||
7111 | CandidateSet.addCandidate(Conversions.size(), Conversions); | ||||||
7112 | Candidate.FoundDecl = FoundDecl; | ||||||
7113 | Candidate.Function = FunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl(); | ||||||
7114 | Candidate.Viable = false; | ||||||
7115 | Candidate.RewriteKind = | ||||||
7116 | CandidateSet.getRewriteInfo().getRewriteKind(Candidate.Function, PO); | ||||||
7117 | Candidate.IsSurrogate = false; | ||||||
7118 | Candidate.IsADLCandidate = IsADLCandidate; | ||||||
7119 | // Ignore the object argument if there is one, since we don't have an object | ||||||
7120 | // type. | ||||||
7121 | Candidate.IgnoreObjectArgument = | ||||||
7122 | isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Candidate.Function) && | ||||||
7123 | !isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(Candidate.Function); | ||||||
7124 | Candidate.ExplicitCallArguments = Args.size(); | ||||||
7125 | if (Result == TDK_NonDependentConversionFailure) | ||||||
7126 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_bad_conversion; | ||||||
7127 | else { | ||||||
7128 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_bad_deduction; | ||||||
7129 | Candidate.DeductionFailure = MakeDeductionFailureInfo(Context, Result, | ||||||
7130 | Info); | ||||||
7131 | } | ||||||
7132 | return; | ||||||
7133 | } | ||||||
7134 | |||||||
7135 | // Add the function template specialization produced by template argument | ||||||
7136 | // deduction as a candidate. | ||||||
7137 | assert(Specialization && "Missing function template specialization?")(static_cast <bool> (Specialization && "Missing function template specialization?" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Specialization && \"Missing function template specialization?\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 7137, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
7138 | AddOverloadCandidate( | ||||||
7139 | Specialization, FoundDecl, Args, CandidateSet, SuppressUserConversions, | ||||||
7140 | PartialOverloading, AllowExplicit, | ||||||
7141 | /*AllowExplicitConversions*/ false, IsADLCandidate, Conversions, PO); | ||||||
7142 | } | ||||||
7143 | |||||||
7144 | /// Check that implicit conversion sequences can be formed for each argument | ||||||
7145 | /// whose corresponding parameter has a non-dependent type, per DR1391's | ||||||
7146 | /// [temp.deduct.call]p10. | ||||||
7147 | bool Sema::CheckNonDependentConversions( | ||||||
7148 | FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, ArrayRef<QualType> ParamTypes, | ||||||
7149 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, | ||||||
7150 | ConversionSequenceList &Conversions, bool SuppressUserConversions, | ||||||
7151 | CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, QualType ObjectType, | ||||||
7152 | Expr::Classification ObjectClassification, OverloadCandidateParamOrder PO) { | ||||||
7153 | // FIXME: The cases in which we allow explicit conversions for constructor | ||||||
7154 | // arguments never consider calling a constructor template. It's not clear | ||||||
7155 | // that is correct. | ||||||
7156 | const bool AllowExplicit = false; | ||||||
7157 | |||||||
7158 | auto *FD = FunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl(); | ||||||
7159 | auto *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD); | ||||||
7160 | bool HasThisConversion = Method && !isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(Method); | ||||||
7161 | unsigned ThisConversions = HasThisConversion ? 1 : 0; | ||||||
7162 | |||||||
7163 | Conversions = | ||||||
7164 | CandidateSet.allocateConversionSequences(ThisConversions + Args.size()); | ||||||
7165 | |||||||
7166 | // Overload resolution is always an unevaluated context. | ||||||
7167 | EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated( | ||||||
7168 | *this, Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::Unevaluated); | ||||||
7169 | |||||||
7170 | // For a method call, check the 'this' conversion here too. DR1391 doesn't | ||||||
7171 | // require that, but this check should never result in a hard error, and | ||||||
7172 | // overload resolution is permitted to sidestep instantiations. | ||||||
7173 | if (HasThisConversion && !cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)->isStatic() && | ||||||
7174 | !ObjectType.isNull()) { | ||||||
7175 | unsigned ConvIdx = PO == OverloadCandidateParamOrder::Reversed ? 1 : 0; | ||||||
7176 | Conversions[ConvIdx] = TryObjectArgumentInitialization( | ||||||
7177 | *this, CandidateSet.getLocation(), ObjectType, ObjectClassification, | ||||||
7178 | Method, ActingContext); | ||||||
7179 | if (Conversions[ConvIdx].isBad()) | ||||||
7180 | return true; | ||||||
7181 | } | ||||||
7182 | |||||||
7183 | for (unsigned I = 0, N = std::min(ParamTypes.size(), Args.size()); I != N; | ||||||
7184 | ++I) { | ||||||
7185 | QualType ParamType = ParamTypes[I]; | ||||||
7186 | if (!ParamType->isDependentType()) { | ||||||
7187 | unsigned ConvIdx = PO == OverloadCandidateParamOrder::Reversed | ||||||
7188 | ? 0 | ||||||
7189 | : (ThisConversions + I); | ||||||
7190 | Conversions[ConvIdx] | ||||||
7191 | = TryCopyInitialization(*this, Args[I], ParamType, | ||||||
7192 | SuppressUserConversions, | ||||||
7193 | /*InOverloadResolution=*/true, | ||||||
7194 | /*AllowObjCWritebackConversion=*/ | ||||||
7195 | getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount, | ||||||
7196 | AllowExplicit); | ||||||
7197 | if (Conversions[ConvIdx].isBad()) | ||||||
7198 | return true; | ||||||
7199 | } | ||||||
7200 | } | ||||||
7201 | |||||||
7202 | return false; | ||||||
7203 | } | ||||||
7204 | |||||||
7205 | /// Determine whether this is an allowable conversion from the result | ||||||
7206 | /// of an explicit conversion operator to the expected type, per C++ | ||||||
7207 | /// [over.match.conv]p1 and [over.match.ref]p1. | ||||||
7208 | /// | ||||||
7209 | /// \param ConvType The return type of the conversion function. | ||||||
7210 | /// | ||||||
7211 | /// \param ToType The type we are converting to. | ||||||
7212 | /// | ||||||
7213 | /// \param AllowObjCPointerConversion Allow a conversion from one | ||||||
7214 | /// Objective-C pointer to another. | ||||||
7215 | /// | ||||||
7216 | /// \returns true if the conversion is allowable, false otherwise. | ||||||
7217 | static bool isAllowableExplicitConversion(Sema &S, | ||||||
7218 | QualType ConvType, QualType ToType, | ||||||
7219 | bool AllowObjCPointerConversion) { | ||||||
7220 | QualType ToNonRefType = ToType.getNonReferenceType(); | ||||||
7221 | |||||||
7222 | // Easy case: the types are the same. | ||||||
7223 | if (S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ConvType, ToNonRefType)) | ||||||
7224 | return true; | ||||||
7225 | |||||||
7226 | // Allow qualification conversions. | ||||||
7227 | bool ObjCLifetimeConversion; | ||||||
7228 | if (S.IsQualificationConversion(ConvType, ToNonRefType, /*CStyle*/false, | ||||||
7229 | ObjCLifetimeConversion)) | ||||||
7230 | return true; | ||||||
7231 | |||||||
7232 | // If we're not allowed to consider Objective-C pointer conversions, | ||||||
7233 | // we're done. | ||||||
7234 | if (!AllowObjCPointerConversion) | ||||||
7235 | return false; | ||||||
7236 | |||||||
7237 | // Is this an Objective-C pointer conversion? | ||||||
7238 | bool IncompatibleObjC = false; | ||||||
7239 | QualType ConvertedType; | ||||||
7240 | return S.isObjCPointerConversion(ConvType, ToNonRefType, ConvertedType, | ||||||
7241 | IncompatibleObjC); | ||||||
7242 | } | ||||||
7243 | |||||||
7244 | /// AddConversionCandidate - Add a C++ conversion function as a | ||||||
7245 | /// candidate in the candidate set (C++ [over.match.conv], | ||||||
7246 | /// C++ [over.match.copy]). From is the expression we're converting from, | ||||||
7247 | /// and ToType is the type that we're eventually trying to convert to | ||||||
7248 | /// (which may or may not be the same type as the type that the | ||||||
7249 | /// conversion function produces). | ||||||
7250 | void Sema::AddConversionCandidate( | ||||||
7251 | CXXConversionDecl *Conversion, DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, | ||||||
7252 | CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, Expr *From, QualType ToType, | ||||||
7253 | OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, bool AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit, | ||||||
7254 | bool AllowExplicit, bool AllowResultConversion) { | ||||||
7255 | assert(!Conversion->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() &&(static_cast <bool> (!Conversion->getDescribedFunctionTemplate () && "Conversion function templates use AddTemplateConversionCandidate" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!Conversion->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() && \"Conversion function templates use AddTemplateConversionCandidate\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 7256, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||
7256 | "Conversion function templates use AddTemplateConversionCandidate")(static_cast <bool> (!Conversion->getDescribedFunctionTemplate () && "Conversion function templates use AddTemplateConversionCandidate" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!Conversion->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() && \"Conversion function templates use AddTemplateConversionCandidate\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 7256, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
7257 | QualType ConvType = Conversion->getConversionType().getNonReferenceType(); | ||||||
7258 | if (!CandidateSet.isNewCandidate(Conversion)) | ||||||
7259 | return; | ||||||
7260 | |||||||
7261 | // If the conversion function has an undeduced return type, trigger its | ||||||
7262 | // deduction now. | ||||||
7263 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && ConvType->isUndeducedType()) { | ||||||
7264 | if (DeduceReturnType(Conversion, From->getExprLoc())) | ||||||
7265 | return; | ||||||
7266 | ConvType = Conversion->getConversionType().getNonReferenceType(); | ||||||
7267 | } | ||||||
7268 | |||||||
7269 | // If we don't allow any conversion of the result type, ignore conversion | ||||||
7270 | // functions that don't convert to exactly (possibly cv-qualified) T. | ||||||
7271 | if (!AllowResultConversion && | ||||||
7272 | !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(Conversion->getConversionType(), ToType)) | ||||||
7273 | return; | ||||||
7274 | |||||||
7275 | // Per C++ [over.match.conv]p1, [over.match.ref]p1, an explicit conversion | ||||||
7276 | // operator is only a candidate if its return type is the target type or | ||||||
7277 | // can be converted to the target type with a qualification conversion. | ||||||
7278 | // | ||||||
7279 | // FIXME: Include such functions in the candidate list and explain why we | ||||||
7280 | // can't select them. | ||||||
7281 | if (Conversion->isExplicit() && | ||||||
7282 | !isAllowableExplicitConversion(*this, ConvType, ToType, | ||||||
7283 | AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit)) | ||||||
7284 | return; | ||||||
7285 | |||||||
7286 | // Overload resolution is always an unevaluated context. | ||||||
7287 | EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated( | ||||||
7288 | *this, Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::Unevaluated); | ||||||
7289 | |||||||
7290 | // Add this candidate | ||||||
7291 | OverloadCandidate &Candidate = CandidateSet.addCandidate(1); | ||||||
7292 | Candidate.FoundDecl = FoundDecl; | ||||||
7293 | Candidate.Function = Conversion; | ||||||
7294 | Candidate.IsSurrogate = false; | ||||||
7295 | Candidate.IgnoreObjectArgument = false; | ||||||
7296 | Candidate.FinalConversion.setAsIdentityConversion(); | ||||||
7297 | Candidate.FinalConversion.setFromType(ConvType); | ||||||
7298 | Candidate.FinalConversion.setAllToTypes(ToType); | ||||||
7299 | Candidate.Viable = true; | ||||||
7300 | Candidate.ExplicitCallArguments = 1; | ||||||
7301 | |||||||
7302 | // Explicit functions are not actually candidates at all if we're not | ||||||
7303 | // allowing them in this context, but keep them around so we can point | ||||||
7304 | // to them in diagnostics. | ||||||
7305 | if (!AllowExplicit && Conversion->isExplicit()) { | ||||||
7306 | Candidate.Viable = false; | ||||||
7307 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_explicit; | ||||||
7308 | return; | ||||||
7309 | } | ||||||
7310 | |||||||
7311 | // C++ [over.match.funcs]p4: | ||||||
7312 | // For conversion functions, the function is considered to be a member of | ||||||
7313 | // the class of the implicit implied object argument for the purpose of | ||||||
7314 | // defining the type of the implicit object parameter. | ||||||
7315 | // | ||||||
7316 | // Determine the implicit conversion sequence for the implicit | ||||||
7317 | // object parameter. | ||||||
7318 | QualType ImplicitParamType = From->getType(); | ||||||
7319 | if (const PointerType *FromPtrType = ImplicitParamType->getAs<PointerType>()) | ||||||
7320 | ImplicitParamType = FromPtrType->getPointeeType(); | ||||||
7321 | CXXRecordDecl *ConversionContext | ||||||
7322 | = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(ImplicitParamType->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()); | ||||||
7323 | |||||||
7324 | Candidate.Conversions[0] = TryObjectArgumentInitialization( | ||||||
7325 | *this, CandidateSet.getLocation(), From->getType(), | ||||||
7326 | From->Classify(Context), Conversion, ConversionContext); | ||||||
7327 | |||||||
7328 | if (Candidate.Conversions[0].isBad()) { | ||||||
7329 | Candidate.Viable = false; | ||||||
7330 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_bad_conversion; | ||||||
7331 | return; | ||||||
7332 | } | ||||||
7333 | |||||||
7334 | if (Conversion->getTrailingRequiresClause()) { | ||||||
7335 | ConstraintSatisfaction Satisfaction; | ||||||
7336 | if (CheckFunctionConstraints(Conversion, Satisfaction) || | ||||||
7337 | !Satisfaction.IsSatisfied) { | ||||||
7338 | Candidate.Viable = false; | ||||||
7339 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_constraints_not_satisfied; | ||||||
7340 | return; | ||||||
7341 | } | ||||||
7342 | } | ||||||
7343 | |||||||
7344 | // We won't go through a user-defined type conversion function to convert a | ||||||
7345 | // derived to base as such conversions are given Conversion Rank. They only | ||||||
7346 | // go through a copy constructor. 13.3.3.1.2-p4 [over.ics.user] | ||||||
7347 | QualType FromCanon | ||||||
7348 | = Context.getCanonicalType(From->getType().getUnqualifiedType()); | ||||||
7349 | QualType ToCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(ToType).getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||||
7350 | if (FromCanon == ToCanon || | ||||||
7351 | IsDerivedFrom(CandidateSet.getLocation(), FromCanon, ToCanon)) { | ||||||
7352 | Candidate.Viable = false; | ||||||
7353 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_trivial_conversion; | ||||||
7354 | return; | ||||||
7355 | } | ||||||
7356 | |||||||
7357 | // To determine what the conversion from the result of calling the | ||||||
7358 | // conversion function to the type we're eventually trying to | ||||||
7359 | // convert to (ToType), we need to synthesize a call to the | ||||||
7360 | // conversion function and attempt copy initialization from it. This | ||||||
7361 | // makes sure that we get the right semantics with respect to | ||||||
7362 | // lvalues/rvalues and the type. Fortunately, we can allocate this | ||||||
7363 | // call on the stack and we don't need its arguments to be | ||||||
7364 | // well-formed. | ||||||
7365 | DeclRefExpr ConversionRef(Context, Conversion, false, Conversion->getType(), | ||||||
7366 | VK_LValue, From->getBeginLoc()); | ||||||
7367 | ImplicitCastExpr ConversionFn(ImplicitCastExpr::OnStack, | ||||||
7368 | Context.getPointerType(Conversion->getType()), | ||||||
7369 | CK_FunctionToPointerDecay, &ConversionRef, | ||||||
7370 | VK_PRValue, FPOptionsOverride()); | ||||||
7371 | |||||||
7372 | QualType ConversionType = Conversion->getConversionType(); | ||||||
7373 | if (!isCompleteType(From->getBeginLoc(), ConversionType)) { | ||||||
7374 | Candidate.Viable = false; | ||||||
7375 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_bad_final_conversion; | ||||||
7376 | return; | ||||||
7377 | } | ||||||
7378 | |||||||
7379 | ExprValueKind VK = Expr::getValueKindForType(ConversionType); | ||||||
7380 | |||||||
7381 | // Note that it is safe to allocate CallExpr on the stack here because | ||||||
7382 | // there are 0 arguments (i.e., nothing is allocated using ASTContext's | ||||||
7383 | // allocator). | ||||||
7384 | QualType CallResultType = ConversionType.getNonLValueExprType(Context); | ||||||
7385 | |||||||
7386 | alignas(CallExpr) char Buffer[sizeof(CallExpr) + sizeof(Stmt *)]; | ||||||
7387 | CallExpr *TheTemporaryCall = CallExpr::CreateTemporary( | ||||||
7388 | Buffer, &ConversionFn, CallResultType, VK, From->getBeginLoc()); | ||||||
7389 | |||||||
7390 | ImplicitConversionSequence ICS = | ||||||
7391 | TryCopyInitialization(*this, TheTemporaryCall, ToType, | ||||||
7392 | /*SuppressUserConversions=*/true, | ||||||
7393 | /*InOverloadResolution=*/false, | ||||||
7394 | /*AllowObjCWritebackConversion=*/false); | ||||||
7395 | |||||||
7396 | switch (ICS.getKind()) { | ||||||
7397 | case ImplicitConversionSequence::StandardConversion: | ||||||
7398 | Candidate.FinalConversion = ICS.Standard; | ||||||
7399 | |||||||
7400 | // C++ [over.ics.user]p3: | ||||||
7401 | // If the user-defined conversion is specified by a specialization of a | ||||||
7402 | // conversion function template, the second standard conversion sequence | ||||||
7403 | // shall have exact match rank. | ||||||
7404 | if (Conversion->getPrimaryTemplate() && | ||||||
7405 | GetConversionRank(ICS.Standard.Second) != ICR_Exact_Match) { | ||||||
7406 | Candidate.Viable = false; | ||||||
7407 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_final_conversion_not_exact; | ||||||
7408 | return; | ||||||
7409 | } | ||||||
7410 | |||||||
7411 | // C++0x [dcl.init.ref]p5: | ||||||
7412 | // In the second case, if the reference is an rvalue reference and | ||||||
7413 | // the second standard conversion sequence of the user-defined | ||||||
7414 | // conversion sequence includes an lvalue-to-rvalue conversion, the | ||||||
7415 | // program is ill-formed. | ||||||
7416 | if (ToType->isRValueReferenceType() && | ||||||
7417 | ICS.Standard.First == ICK_Lvalue_To_Rvalue) { | ||||||
7418 | Candidate.Viable = false; | ||||||
7419 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_bad_final_conversion; | ||||||
7420 | return; | ||||||
7421 | } | ||||||
7422 | break; | ||||||
7423 | |||||||
7424 | case ImplicitConversionSequence::BadConversion: | ||||||
7425 | Candidate.Viable = false; | ||||||
7426 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_bad_final_conversion; | ||||||
7427 | return; | ||||||
7428 | |||||||
7429 | default: | ||||||
7430 | llvm_unreachable(::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Can only end up with a standard conversion sequence or failure" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 7431) | ||||||
7431 | "Can only end up with a standard conversion sequence or failure")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Can only end up with a standard conversion sequence or failure" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 7431); | ||||||
7432 | } | ||||||
7433 | |||||||
7434 | if (EnableIfAttr *FailedAttr = | ||||||
7435 | CheckEnableIf(Conversion, CandidateSet.getLocation(), None)) { | ||||||
7436 | Candidate.Viable = false; | ||||||
7437 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_enable_if; | ||||||
7438 | Candidate.DeductionFailure.Data = FailedAttr; | ||||||
7439 | return; | ||||||
7440 | } | ||||||
7441 | |||||||
7442 | if (Conversion->isMultiVersion() && Conversion->hasAttr<TargetAttr>() && | ||||||
7443 | !Conversion->getAttr<TargetAttr>()->isDefaultVersion()) { | ||||||
7444 | Candidate.Viable = false; | ||||||
7445 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_non_default_multiversion_function; | ||||||
7446 | } | ||||||
7447 | } | ||||||
7448 | |||||||
7449 | /// Adds a conversion function template specialization | ||||||
7450 | /// candidate to the overload set, using template argument deduction | ||||||
7451 | /// to deduce the template arguments of the conversion function | ||||||
7452 | /// template from the type that we are converting to (C++ | ||||||
7453 | /// [temp.deduct.conv]). | ||||||
7454 | void Sema::AddTemplateConversionCandidate( | ||||||
7455 | FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, | ||||||
7456 | CXXRecordDecl *ActingDC, Expr *From, QualType ToType, | ||||||
7457 | OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, bool AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit, | ||||||
7458 | bool AllowExplicit, bool AllowResultConversion) { | ||||||
7459 | assert(isa<CXXConversionDecl>(FunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl()) &&(static_cast <bool> (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(FunctionTemplate ->getTemplatedDecl()) && "Only conversion function templates permitted here" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<CXXConversionDecl>(FunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl()) && \"Only conversion function templates permitted here\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 7460, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||
7460 | "Only conversion function templates permitted here")(static_cast <bool> (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(FunctionTemplate ->getTemplatedDecl()) && "Only conversion function templates permitted here" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<CXXConversionDecl>(FunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl()) && \"Only conversion function templates permitted here\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 7460, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
7461 | |||||||
7462 | if (!CandidateSet.isNewCandidate(FunctionTemplate)) | ||||||
7463 | return; | ||||||
7464 | |||||||
7465 | // If the function template has a non-dependent explicit specification, | ||||||
7466 | // exclude it now if appropriate; we are not permitted to perform deduction | ||||||
7467 | // and substitution in this case. | ||||||
7468 | if (!AllowExplicit && isNonDependentlyExplicit(FunctionTemplate)) { | ||||||
7469 | OverloadCandidate &Candidate = CandidateSet.addCandidate(); | ||||||
7470 | Candidate.FoundDecl = FoundDecl; | ||||||
7471 | Candidate.Function = FunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl(); | ||||||
7472 | Candidate.Viable = false; | ||||||
7473 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_explicit; | ||||||
7474 | return; | ||||||
7475 | } | ||||||
7476 | |||||||
7477 | TemplateDeductionInfo Info(CandidateSet.getLocation()); | ||||||
7478 | CXXConversionDecl *Specialization = nullptr; | ||||||
7479 | if (TemplateDeductionResult Result | ||||||
7480 | = DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplate, ToType, | ||||||
7481 | Specialization, Info)) { | ||||||
7482 | OverloadCandidate &Candidate = CandidateSet.addCandidate(); | ||||||
7483 | Candidate.FoundDecl = FoundDecl; | ||||||
7484 | Candidate.Function = FunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl(); | ||||||
7485 | Candidate.Viable = false; | ||||||
7486 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_bad_deduction; | ||||||
7487 | Candidate.IsSurrogate = false; | ||||||
7488 | Candidate.IgnoreObjectArgument = false; | ||||||
7489 | Candidate.ExplicitCallArguments = 1; | ||||||
7490 | Candidate.DeductionFailure = MakeDeductionFailureInfo(Context, Result, | ||||||
7491 | Info); | ||||||
7492 | return; | ||||||
7493 | } | ||||||
7494 | |||||||
7495 | // Add the conversion function template specialization produced by | ||||||
7496 | // template argument deduction as a candidate. | ||||||
7497 | assert(Specialization && "Missing function template specialization?")(static_cast <bool> (Specialization && "Missing function template specialization?" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Specialization && \"Missing function template specialization?\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 7497, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
7498 | AddConversionCandidate(Specialization, FoundDecl, ActingDC, From, ToType, | ||||||
7499 | CandidateSet, AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit, | ||||||
7500 | AllowExplicit, AllowResultConversion); | ||||||
7501 | } | ||||||
7502 | |||||||
7503 | /// AddSurrogateCandidate - Adds a "surrogate" candidate function that | ||||||
7504 | /// converts the given @c Object to a function pointer via the | ||||||
7505 | /// conversion function @c Conversion, and then attempts to call it | ||||||
7506 | /// with the given arguments (C++ [over.call.object]p2-4). Proto is | ||||||
7507 | /// the type of function that we'll eventually be calling. | ||||||
7508 | void Sema::AddSurrogateCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion, | ||||||
7509 | DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, | ||||||
7510 | CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, | ||||||
7511 | const FunctionProtoType *Proto, | ||||||
7512 | Expr *Object, | ||||||
7513 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, | ||||||
7514 | OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet) { | ||||||
7515 | if (!CandidateSet.isNewCandidate(Conversion)) | ||||||
7516 | return; | ||||||
7517 | |||||||
7518 | // Overload resolution is always an unevaluated context. | ||||||
7519 | EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated( | ||||||
7520 | *this, Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::Unevaluated); | ||||||
7521 | |||||||
7522 | OverloadCandidate &Candidate = CandidateSet.addCandidate(Args.size() + 1); | ||||||
7523 | Candidate.FoundDecl = FoundDecl; | ||||||
7524 | Candidate.Function = nullptr; | ||||||
7525 | Candidate.Surrogate = Conversion; | ||||||
7526 | Candidate.Viable = true; | ||||||
7527 | Candidate.IsSurrogate = true; | ||||||
7528 | Candidate.IgnoreObjectArgument = false; | ||||||
7529 | Candidate.ExplicitCallArguments = Args.size(); | ||||||
7530 | |||||||
7531 | // Determine the implicit conversion sequence for the implicit | ||||||
7532 | // object parameter. | ||||||
7533 | ImplicitConversionSequence ObjectInit = TryObjectArgumentInitialization( | ||||||
7534 | *this, CandidateSet.getLocation(), Object->getType(), | ||||||
7535 | Object->Classify(Context), Conversion, ActingContext); | ||||||
7536 | if (ObjectInit.isBad()) { | ||||||
7537 | Candidate.Viable = false; | ||||||
7538 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_bad_conversion; | ||||||
7539 | Candidate.Conversions[0] = ObjectInit; | ||||||
7540 | return; | ||||||
7541 | } | ||||||
7542 | |||||||
7543 | // The first conversion is actually a user-defined conversion whose | ||||||
7544 | // first conversion is ObjectInit's standard conversion (which is | ||||||
7545 | // effectively a reference binding). Record it as such. | ||||||
7546 | Candidate.Conversions[0].setUserDefined(); | ||||||
7547 | Candidate.Conversions[0].UserDefined.Before = ObjectInit.Standard; | ||||||
7548 | Candidate.Conversions[0].UserDefined.EllipsisConversion = false; | ||||||
7549 | Candidate.Conversions[0].UserDefined.HadMultipleCandidates = false; | ||||||
7550 | Candidate.Conversions[0].UserDefined.ConversionFunction = Conversion; | ||||||
7551 | Candidate.Conversions[0].UserDefined.FoundConversionFunction = FoundDecl; | ||||||
7552 | Candidate.Conversions[0].UserDefined.After | ||||||
7553 | = Candidate.Conversions[0].UserDefined.Before; | ||||||
7554 | Candidate.Conversions[0].UserDefined.After.setAsIdentityConversion(); | ||||||
7555 | |||||||
7556 | // Find the | ||||||
7557 | unsigned NumParams = Proto->getNumParams(); | ||||||
7558 | |||||||
7559 | // (C++ 13.3.2p2): A candidate function having fewer than m | ||||||
7560 | // parameters is viable only if it has an ellipsis in its parameter | ||||||
7561 | // list (8.3.5). | ||||||
7562 | if (Args.size() > NumParams && !Proto->isVariadic()) { | ||||||
7563 | Candidate.Viable = false; | ||||||
7564 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_too_many_arguments; | ||||||
7565 | return; | ||||||
7566 | } | ||||||
7567 | |||||||
7568 | // Function types don't have any default arguments, so just check if | ||||||
7569 | // we have enough arguments. | ||||||
7570 | if (Args.size() < NumParams) { | ||||||
7571 | // Not enough arguments. | ||||||
7572 | Candidate.Viable = false; | ||||||
7573 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_too_few_arguments; | ||||||
7574 | return; | ||||||
7575 | } | ||||||
7576 | |||||||
7577 | // Determine the implicit conversion sequences for each of the | ||||||
7578 | // arguments. | ||||||
7579 | for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0, N = Args.size(); ArgIdx != N; ++ArgIdx) { | ||||||
7580 | if (ArgIdx < NumParams) { | ||||||
7581 | // (C++ 13.3.2p3): for F to be a viable function, there shall | ||||||
7582 | // exist for each argument an implicit conversion sequence | ||||||
7583 | // (13.3.3.1) that converts that argument to the corresponding | ||||||
7584 | // parameter of F. | ||||||
7585 | QualType ParamType = Proto->getParamType(ArgIdx); | ||||||
7586 | Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx + 1] | ||||||
7587 | = TryCopyInitialization(*this, Args[ArgIdx], ParamType, | ||||||
7588 | /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false, | ||||||
7589 | /*InOverloadResolution=*/false, | ||||||
7590 | /*AllowObjCWritebackConversion=*/ | ||||||
7591 | getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount); | ||||||
7592 | if (Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx + 1].isBad()) { | ||||||
7593 | Candidate.Viable = false; | ||||||
7594 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_bad_conversion; | ||||||
7595 | return; | ||||||
7596 | } | ||||||
7597 | } else { | ||||||
7598 | // (C++ 13.3.2p2): For the purposes of overload resolution, any | ||||||
7599 | // argument for which there is no corresponding parameter is | ||||||
7600 | // considered to ""match the ellipsis" (C+ 13.3.3.1.3). | ||||||
7601 | Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx + 1].setEllipsis(); | ||||||
7602 | } | ||||||
7603 | } | ||||||
7604 | |||||||
7605 | if (EnableIfAttr *FailedAttr = | ||||||
7606 | CheckEnableIf(Conversion, CandidateSet.getLocation(), None)) { | ||||||
7607 | Candidate.Viable = false; | ||||||
7608 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_enable_if; | ||||||
7609 | Candidate.DeductionFailure.Data = FailedAttr; | ||||||
7610 | return; | ||||||
7611 | } | ||||||
7612 | } | ||||||
7613 | |||||||
7614 | /// Add all of the non-member operator function declarations in the given | ||||||
7615 | /// function set to the overload candidate set. | ||||||
7616 | void Sema::AddNonMemberOperatorCandidates( | ||||||
7617 | const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, | ||||||
7618 | OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, | ||||||
7619 | TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs) { | ||||||
7620 | for (UnresolvedSetIterator F = Fns.begin(), E = Fns.end(); F != E; ++F) { | ||||||
7621 | NamedDecl *D = F.getDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl(); | ||||||
7622 | ArrayRef<Expr *> FunctionArgs = Args; | ||||||
7623 | |||||||
7624 | FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D); | ||||||
7625 | FunctionDecl *FD = | ||||||
7626 | FunTmpl ? FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl() : cast<FunctionDecl>(D); | ||||||
7627 | |||||||
7628 | // Don't consider rewritten functions if we're not rewriting. | ||||||
7629 | if (!CandidateSet.getRewriteInfo().isAcceptableCandidate(FD)) | ||||||
7630 | continue; | ||||||
7631 | |||||||
7632 | assert(!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD) &&(static_cast <bool> (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD) && "unqualified operator lookup found a member function") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD) && \"unqualified operator lookup found a member function\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 7633, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||
7633 | "unqualified operator lookup found a member function")(static_cast <bool> (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD) && "unqualified operator lookup found a member function") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD) && \"unqualified operator lookup found a member function\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 7633, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
7634 | |||||||
7635 | if (FunTmpl) { | ||||||
7636 | AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(FunTmpl, F.getPair(), ExplicitTemplateArgs, | ||||||
7637 | FunctionArgs, CandidateSet); | ||||||
7638 | if (CandidateSet.getRewriteInfo().shouldAddReversed(Context, FD)) | ||||||
7639 | AddTemplateOverloadCandidate( | ||||||
7640 | FunTmpl, F.getPair(), ExplicitTemplateArgs, | ||||||
7641 | {FunctionArgs[1], FunctionArgs[0]}, CandidateSet, false, false, | ||||||
7642 | true, ADLCallKind::NotADL, OverloadCandidateParamOrder::Reversed); | ||||||
7643 | } else { | ||||||
7644 | if (ExplicitTemplateArgs) | ||||||
7645 | continue; | ||||||
7646 | AddOverloadCandidate(FD, F.getPair(), FunctionArgs, CandidateSet); | ||||||
7647 | if (CandidateSet.getRewriteInfo().shouldAddReversed(Context, FD)) | ||||||
7648 | AddOverloadCandidate(FD, F.getPair(), | ||||||
7649 | {FunctionArgs[1], FunctionArgs[0]}, CandidateSet, | ||||||
7650 | false, false, true, false, ADLCallKind::NotADL, | ||||||
7651 | None, OverloadCandidateParamOrder::Reversed); | ||||||
7652 | } | ||||||
7653 | } | ||||||
7654 | } | ||||||
7655 | |||||||
7656 | /// Add overload candidates for overloaded operators that are | ||||||
7657 | /// member functions. | ||||||
7658 | /// | ||||||
7659 | /// Add the overloaded operator candidates that are member functions | ||||||
7660 | /// for the operator Op that was used in an operator expression such | ||||||
7661 | /// as "x Op y". , Args/NumArgs provides the operator arguments, and | ||||||
7662 | /// CandidateSet will store the added overload candidates. (C++ | ||||||
7663 | /// [over.match.oper]). | ||||||
7664 | void Sema::AddMemberOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, | ||||||
7665 | SourceLocation OpLoc, | ||||||
7666 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, | ||||||
7667 | OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, | ||||||
7668 | OverloadCandidateParamOrder PO) { | ||||||
7669 | DeclarationName OpName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(Op); | ||||||
7670 | |||||||
7671 | // C++ [over.match.oper]p3: | ||||||
7672 | // For a unary operator @ with an operand of a type whose | ||||||
7673 | // cv-unqualified version is T1, and for a binary operator @ with | ||||||
7674 | // a left operand of a type whose cv-unqualified version is T1 and | ||||||
7675 | // a right operand of a type whose cv-unqualified version is T2, | ||||||
7676 | // three sets of candidate functions, designated member | ||||||
7677 | // candidates, non-member candidates and built-in candidates, are | ||||||
7678 | // constructed as follows: | ||||||
7679 | QualType T1 = Args[0]->getType(); | ||||||
7680 | |||||||
7681 | // -- If T1 is a complete class type or a class currently being | ||||||
7682 | // defined, the set of member candidates is the result of the | ||||||
7683 | // qualified lookup of T1::operator@ (13.3.1.1.1); otherwise, | ||||||
7684 | // the set of member candidates is empty. | ||||||
7685 | if (const RecordType *T1Rec = T1->getAs<RecordType>()) { | ||||||
7686 | // Complete the type if it can be completed. | ||||||
7687 | if (!isCompleteType(OpLoc, T1) && !T1Rec->isBeingDefined()) | ||||||
7688 | return; | ||||||
7689 | // If the type is neither complete nor being defined, bail out now. | ||||||
7690 | if (!T1Rec->getDecl()->getDefinition()) | ||||||
7691 | return; | ||||||
7692 | |||||||
7693 | LookupResult Operators(*this, OpName, OpLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); | ||||||
7694 | LookupQualifiedName(Operators, T1Rec->getDecl()); | ||||||
7695 | Operators.suppressDiagnostics(); | ||||||
7696 | |||||||
7697 | for (LookupResult::iterator Oper = Operators.begin(), | ||||||
7698 | OperEnd = Operators.end(); | ||||||
7699 | Oper != OperEnd; | ||||||
7700 | ++Oper) | ||||||
7701 | AddMethodCandidate(Oper.getPair(), Args[0]->getType(), | ||||||
7702 | Args[0]->Classify(Context), Args.slice(1), | ||||||
7703 | CandidateSet, /*SuppressUserConversion=*/false, PO); | ||||||
7704 | } | ||||||
7705 | } | ||||||
7706 | |||||||
7707 | /// AddBuiltinCandidate - Add a candidate for a built-in | ||||||
7708 | /// operator. ResultTy and ParamTys are the result and parameter types | ||||||
7709 | /// of the built-in candidate, respectively. Args and NumArgs are the | ||||||
7710 | /// arguments being passed to the candidate. IsAssignmentOperator | ||||||
7711 | /// should be true when this built-in candidate is an assignment | ||||||
7712 | /// operator. NumContextualBoolArguments is the number of arguments | ||||||
7713 | /// (at the beginning of the argument list) that will be contextually | ||||||
7714 | /// converted to bool. | ||||||
7715 | void Sema::AddBuiltinCandidate(QualType *ParamTys, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, | ||||||
7716 | OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, | ||||||
7717 | bool IsAssignmentOperator, | ||||||
7718 | unsigned NumContextualBoolArguments) { | ||||||
7719 | // Overload resolution is always an unevaluated context. | ||||||
7720 | EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated( | ||||||
7721 | *this, Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::Unevaluated); | ||||||
7722 | |||||||
7723 | // Add this candidate | ||||||
7724 | OverloadCandidate &Candidate = CandidateSet.addCandidate(Args.size()); | ||||||
7725 | Candidate.FoundDecl = DeclAccessPair::make(nullptr, AS_none); | ||||||
7726 | Candidate.Function = nullptr; | ||||||
7727 | Candidate.IsSurrogate = false; | ||||||
7728 | Candidate.IgnoreObjectArgument = false; | ||||||
7729 | std::copy(ParamTys, ParamTys + Args.size(), Candidate.BuiltinParamTypes); | ||||||
7730 | |||||||
7731 | // Determine the implicit conversion sequences for each of the | ||||||
7732 | // arguments. | ||||||
7733 | Candidate.Viable = true; | ||||||
7734 | Candidate.ExplicitCallArguments = Args.size(); | ||||||
7735 | for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0, N = Args.size(); ArgIdx != N; ++ArgIdx) { | ||||||
7736 | // C++ [over.match.oper]p4: | ||||||
7737 | // For the built-in assignment operators, conversions of the | ||||||
7738 | // left operand are restricted as follows: | ||||||
7739 | // -- no temporaries are introduced to hold the left operand, and | ||||||
7740 | // -- no user-defined conversions are applied to the left | ||||||
7741 | // operand to achieve a type match with the left-most | ||||||
7742 | // parameter of a built-in candidate. | ||||||
7743 | // | ||||||
7744 | // We block these conversions by turning off user-defined | ||||||
7745 | // conversions, since that is the only way that initialization of | ||||||
7746 | // a reference to a non-class type can occur from something that | ||||||
7747 | // is not of the same type. | ||||||
7748 | if (ArgIdx < NumContextualBoolArguments) { | ||||||
7749 | assert(ParamTys[ArgIdx] == Context.BoolTy &&(static_cast <bool> (ParamTys[ArgIdx] == Context.BoolTy && "Contextual conversion to bool requires bool type" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("ParamTys[ArgIdx] == Context.BoolTy && \"Contextual conversion to bool requires bool type\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 7750, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||
7750 | "Contextual conversion to bool requires bool type")(static_cast <bool> (ParamTys[ArgIdx] == Context.BoolTy && "Contextual conversion to bool requires bool type" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("ParamTys[ArgIdx] == Context.BoolTy && \"Contextual conversion to bool requires bool type\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 7750, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
7751 | Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx] | ||||||
7752 | = TryContextuallyConvertToBool(*this, Args[ArgIdx]); | ||||||
7753 | } else { | ||||||
7754 | Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx] | ||||||
7755 | = TryCopyInitialization(*this, Args[ArgIdx], ParamTys[ArgIdx], | ||||||
7756 | ArgIdx == 0 && IsAssignmentOperator, | ||||||
7757 | /*InOverloadResolution=*/false, | ||||||
7758 | /*AllowObjCWritebackConversion=*/ | ||||||
7759 | getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount); | ||||||
7760 | } | ||||||
7761 | if (Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx].isBad()) { | ||||||
7762 | Candidate.Viable = false; | ||||||
7763 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_bad_conversion; | ||||||
7764 | break; | ||||||
7765 | } | ||||||
7766 | } | ||||||
7767 | } | ||||||
7768 | |||||||
7769 | namespace { | ||||||
7770 | |||||||
7771 | /// BuiltinCandidateTypeSet - A set of types that will be used for the | ||||||
7772 | /// candidate operator functions for built-in operators (C++ | ||||||
7773 | /// [over.built]). The types are separated into pointer types and | ||||||
7774 | /// enumeration types. | ||||||
7775 | class BuiltinCandidateTypeSet { | ||||||
7776 | /// TypeSet - A set of types. | ||||||
7777 | typedef llvm::SetVector<QualType, SmallVector<QualType, 8>, | ||||||
7778 | llvm::SmallPtrSet<QualType, 8>> TypeSet; | ||||||
7779 | |||||||
7780 | /// PointerTypes - The set of pointer types that will be used in the | ||||||
7781 | /// built-in candidates. | ||||||
7782 | TypeSet PointerTypes; | ||||||
7783 | |||||||
7784 | /// MemberPointerTypes - The set of member pointer types that will be | ||||||
7785 | /// used in the built-in candidates. | ||||||
7786 | TypeSet MemberPointerTypes; | ||||||
7787 | |||||||
7788 | /// EnumerationTypes - The set of enumeration types that will be | ||||||
7789 | /// used in the built-in candidates. | ||||||
7790 | TypeSet EnumerationTypes; | ||||||
7791 | |||||||
7792 | /// The set of vector types that will be used in the built-in | ||||||
7793 | /// candidates. | ||||||
7794 | TypeSet VectorTypes; | ||||||
7795 | |||||||
7796 | /// The set of matrix types that will be used in the built-in | ||||||
7797 | /// candidates. | ||||||
7798 | TypeSet MatrixTypes; | ||||||
7799 | |||||||
7800 | /// A flag indicating non-record types are viable candidates | ||||||
7801 | bool HasNonRecordTypes; | ||||||
7802 | |||||||
7803 | /// A flag indicating whether either arithmetic or enumeration types | ||||||
7804 | /// were present in the candidate set. | ||||||
7805 | bool HasArithmeticOrEnumeralTypes; | ||||||
7806 | |||||||
7807 | /// A flag indicating whether the nullptr type was present in the | ||||||
7808 | /// candidate set. | ||||||
7809 | bool HasNullPtrType; | ||||||
7810 | |||||||
7811 | /// Sema - The semantic analysis instance where we are building the | ||||||
7812 | /// candidate type set. | ||||||
7813 | Sema &SemaRef; | ||||||
7814 | |||||||
7815 | /// Context - The AST context in which we will build the type sets. | ||||||
7816 | ASTContext &Context; | ||||||
7817 | |||||||
7818 | bool AddPointerWithMoreQualifiedTypeVariants(QualType Ty, | ||||||
7819 | const Qualifiers &VisibleQuals); | ||||||
7820 | bool AddMemberPointerWithMoreQualifiedTypeVariants(QualType Ty); | ||||||
7821 | |||||||
7822 | public: | ||||||
7823 | /// iterator - Iterates through the types that are part of the set. | ||||||
7824 | typedef TypeSet::iterator iterator; | ||||||
7825 | |||||||
7826 | BuiltinCandidateTypeSet(Sema &SemaRef) | ||||||
7827 | : HasNonRecordTypes(false), | ||||||
7828 | HasArithmeticOrEnumeralTypes(false), | ||||||
7829 | HasNullPtrType(false), | ||||||
7830 | SemaRef(SemaRef), | ||||||
7831 | Context(SemaRef.Context) { } | ||||||
7832 | |||||||
7833 | void AddTypesConvertedFrom(QualType Ty, | ||||||
7834 | SourceLocation Loc, | ||||||
7835 | bool AllowUserConversions, | ||||||
7836 | bool AllowExplicitConversions, | ||||||
7837 | const Qualifiers &VisibleTypeConversionsQuals); | ||||||
7838 | |||||||
7839 | llvm::iterator_range<iterator> pointer_types() { return PointerTypes; } | ||||||
7840 | llvm::iterator_range<iterator> member_pointer_types() { | ||||||
7841 | return MemberPointerTypes; | ||||||
7842 | } | ||||||
7843 | llvm::iterator_range<iterator> enumeration_types() { | ||||||
7844 | return EnumerationTypes; | ||||||
7845 | } | ||||||
7846 | llvm::iterator_range<iterator> vector_types() { return VectorTypes; } | ||||||
7847 | llvm::iterator_range<iterator> matrix_types() { return MatrixTypes; } | ||||||
7848 | |||||||
7849 | bool containsMatrixType(QualType Ty) const { return MatrixTypes.count(Ty); } | ||||||
7850 | bool hasNonRecordTypes() { return HasNonRecordTypes; } | ||||||
7851 | bool hasArithmeticOrEnumeralTypes() { return HasArithmeticOrEnumeralTypes; } | ||||||
7852 | bool hasNullPtrType() const { return HasNullPtrType; } | ||||||
7853 | }; | ||||||
7854 | |||||||
7855 | } // end anonymous namespace | ||||||
7856 | |||||||
7857 | /// AddPointerWithMoreQualifiedTypeVariants - Add the pointer type @p Ty to | ||||||
7858 | /// the set of pointer types along with any more-qualified variants of | ||||||
7859 | /// that type. For example, if @p Ty is "int const *", this routine | ||||||
7860 | /// will add "int const *", "int const volatile *", "int const | ||||||
7861 | /// restrict *", and "int const volatile restrict *" to the set of | ||||||
7862 | /// pointer types. Returns true if the add of @p Ty itself succeeded, | ||||||
7863 | /// false otherwise. | ||||||
7864 | /// | ||||||
7865 | /// FIXME: what to do about extended qualifiers? | ||||||
7866 | bool | ||||||
7867 | BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::AddPointerWithMoreQualifiedTypeVariants(QualType Ty, | ||||||
7868 | const Qualifiers &VisibleQuals) { | ||||||
7869 | |||||||
7870 | // Insert this type. | ||||||
7871 | if (!PointerTypes.insert(Ty)) | ||||||
7872 | return false; | ||||||
7873 | |||||||
7874 | QualType PointeeTy; | ||||||
7875 | const PointerType *PointerTy = Ty->getAs<PointerType>(); | ||||||
7876 | bool buildObjCPtr = false; | ||||||
7877 | if (!PointerTy) { | ||||||
7878 | const ObjCObjectPointerType *PTy = Ty->castAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); | ||||||
7879 | PointeeTy = PTy->getPointeeType(); | ||||||
7880 | buildObjCPtr = true; | ||||||
7881 | } else { | ||||||
7882 | PointeeTy = PointerTy->getPointeeType(); | ||||||
7883 | } | ||||||
7884 | |||||||
7885 | // Don't add qualified variants of arrays. For one, they're not allowed | ||||||
7886 | // (the qualifier would sink to the element type), and for another, the | ||||||
7887 | // only overload situation where it matters is subscript or pointer +- int, | ||||||
7888 | // and those shouldn't have qualifier variants anyway. | ||||||
7889 | if (PointeeTy->isArrayType()) | ||||||
7890 | return true; | ||||||
7891 | |||||||
7892 | unsigned BaseCVR = PointeeTy.getCVRQualifiers(); | ||||||
7893 | bool hasVolatile = VisibleQuals.hasVolatile(); | ||||||
7894 | bool hasRestrict = VisibleQuals.hasRestrict(); | ||||||
7895 | |||||||
7896 | // Iterate through all strict supersets of BaseCVR. | ||||||
7897 | for (unsigned CVR = BaseCVR+1; CVR <= Qualifiers::CVRMask; ++CVR) { | ||||||
7898 | if ((CVR | BaseCVR) != CVR) continue; | ||||||
7899 | // Skip over volatile if no volatile found anywhere in the types. | ||||||
7900 | if ((CVR & Qualifiers::Volatile) && !hasVolatile) continue; | ||||||
7901 | |||||||
7902 | // Skip over restrict if no restrict found anywhere in the types, or if | ||||||
7903 | // the type cannot be restrict-qualified. | ||||||
7904 | if ((CVR & Qualifiers::Restrict) && | ||||||
7905 | (!hasRestrict || | ||||||
7906 | (!(PointeeTy->isAnyPointerType() || PointeeTy->isReferenceType())))) | ||||||
7907 | continue; | ||||||
7908 | |||||||
7909 | // Build qualified pointee type. | ||||||
7910 | QualType QPointeeTy = Context.getCVRQualifiedType(PointeeTy, CVR); | ||||||
7911 | |||||||
7912 | // Build qualified pointer type. | ||||||
7913 | QualType QPointerTy; | ||||||
7914 | if (!buildObjCPtr) | ||||||
7915 | QPointerTy = Context.getPointerType(QPointeeTy); | ||||||
7916 | else | ||||||
7917 | QPointerTy = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(QPointeeTy); | ||||||
7918 | |||||||
7919 | // Insert qualified pointer type. | ||||||
7920 | PointerTypes.insert(QPointerTy); | ||||||
7921 | } | ||||||
7922 | |||||||
7923 | return true; | ||||||
7924 | } | ||||||
7925 | |||||||
7926 | /// AddMemberPointerWithMoreQualifiedTypeVariants - Add the pointer type @p Ty | ||||||
7927 | /// to the set of pointer types along with any more-qualified variants of | ||||||
7928 | /// that type. For example, if @p Ty is "int const *", this routine | ||||||
7929 | /// will add "int const *", "int const volatile *", "int const | ||||||
7930 | /// restrict *", and "int const volatile restrict *" to the set of | ||||||
7931 | /// pointer types. Returns true if the add of @p Ty itself succeeded, | ||||||
7932 | /// false otherwise. | ||||||
7933 | /// | ||||||
7934 | /// FIXME: what to do about extended qualifiers? | ||||||
7935 | bool | ||||||
7936 | BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::AddMemberPointerWithMoreQualifiedTypeVariants( | ||||||
7937 | QualType Ty) { | ||||||
7938 | // Insert this type. | ||||||
7939 | if (!MemberPointerTypes.insert(Ty)) | ||||||
7940 | return false; | ||||||
7941 | |||||||
7942 | const MemberPointerType *PointerTy = Ty->getAs<MemberPointerType>(); | ||||||
7943 | assert(PointerTy && "type was not a member pointer type!")(static_cast <bool> (PointerTy && "type was not a member pointer type!" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("PointerTy && \"type was not a member pointer type!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 7943, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
7944 | |||||||
7945 | QualType PointeeTy = PointerTy->getPointeeType(); | ||||||
7946 | // Don't add qualified variants of arrays. For one, they're not allowed | ||||||
7947 | // (the qualifier would sink to the element type), and for another, the | ||||||
7948 | // only overload situation where it matters is subscript or pointer +- int, | ||||||
7949 | // and those shouldn't have qualifier variants anyway. | ||||||
7950 | if (PointeeTy->isArrayType()) | ||||||
7951 | return true; | ||||||
7952 | const Type *ClassTy = PointerTy->getClass(); | ||||||
7953 | |||||||
7954 | // Iterate through all strict supersets of the pointee type's CVR | ||||||
7955 | // qualifiers. | ||||||
7956 | unsigned BaseCVR = PointeeTy.getCVRQualifiers(); | ||||||
7957 | for (unsigned CVR = BaseCVR+1; CVR <= Qualifiers::CVRMask; ++CVR) { | ||||||
7958 | if ((CVR | BaseCVR) != CVR) continue; | ||||||
7959 | |||||||
7960 | QualType QPointeeTy = Context.getCVRQualifiedType(PointeeTy, CVR); | ||||||
7961 | MemberPointerTypes.insert( | ||||||
7962 | Context.getMemberPointerType(QPointeeTy, ClassTy)); | ||||||
7963 | } | ||||||
7964 | |||||||
7965 | return true; | ||||||
7966 | } | ||||||
7967 | |||||||
7968 | /// AddTypesConvertedFrom - Add each of the types to which the type @p | ||||||
7969 | /// Ty can be implicit converted to the given set of @p Types. We're | ||||||
7970 | /// primarily interested in pointer types and enumeration types. We also | ||||||
7971 | /// take member pointer types, for the conditional operator. | ||||||
7972 | /// AllowUserConversions is true if we should look at the conversion | ||||||
7973 | /// functions of a class type, and AllowExplicitConversions if we | ||||||
7974 | /// should also include the explicit conversion functions of a class | ||||||
7975 | /// type. | ||||||
7976 | void | ||||||
7977 | BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::AddTypesConvertedFrom(QualType Ty, | ||||||
7978 | SourceLocation Loc, | ||||||
7979 | bool AllowUserConversions, | ||||||
7980 | bool AllowExplicitConversions, | ||||||
7981 | const Qualifiers &VisibleQuals) { | ||||||
7982 | // Only deal with canonical types. | ||||||
7983 | Ty = Context.getCanonicalType(Ty); | ||||||
7984 | |||||||
7985 | // Look through reference types; they aren't part of the type of an | ||||||
7986 | // expression for the purposes of conversions. | ||||||
7987 | if (const ReferenceType *RefTy = Ty->getAs<ReferenceType>()) | ||||||
7988 | Ty = RefTy->getPointeeType(); | ||||||
7989 | |||||||
7990 | // If we're dealing with an array type, decay to the pointer. | ||||||
7991 | if (Ty->isArrayType()) | ||||||
7992 | Ty = SemaRef.Context.getArrayDecayedType(Ty); | ||||||
7993 | |||||||
7994 | // Otherwise, we don't care about qualifiers on the type. | ||||||
7995 | Ty = Ty.getLocalUnqualifiedType(); | ||||||
7996 | |||||||
7997 | // Flag if we ever add a non-record type. | ||||||
7998 | const RecordType *TyRec = Ty->getAs<RecordType>(); | ||||||
7999 | HasNonRecordTypes = HasNonRecordTypes || !TyRec; | ||||||
8000 | |||||||
8001 | // Flag if we encounter an arithmetic type. | ||||||
8002 | HasArithmeticOrEnumeralTypes = | ||||||
8003 | HasArithmeticOrEnumeralTypes || Ty->isArithmeticType(); | ||||||
8004 | |||||||
8005 | if (Ty->isObjCIdType() || Ty->isObjCClassType()) | ||||||
8006 | PointerTypes.insert(Ty); | ||||||
8007 | else if (Ty->getAs<PointerType>() || Ty->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) { | ||||||
8008 | // Insert our type, and its more-qualified variants, into the set | ||||||
8009 | // of types. | ||||||
8010 | if (!AddPointerWithMoreQualifiedTypeVariants(Ty, VisibleQuals)) | ||||||
8011 | return; | ||||||
8012 | } else if (Ty->isMemberPointerType()) { | ||||||
8013 | // Member pointers are far easier, since the pointee can't be converted. | ||||||
8014 | if (!AddMemberPointerWithMoreQualifiedTypeVariants(Ty)) | ||||||
8015 | return; | ||||||
8016 | } else if (Ty->isEnumeralType()) { | ||||||
8017 | HasArithmeticOrEnumeralTypes = true; | ||||||
8018 | EnumerationTypes.insert(Ty); | ||||||
8019 | } else if (Ty->isVectorType()) { | ||||||
8020 | // We treat vector types as arithmetic types in many contexts as an | ||||||
8021 | // extension. | ||||||
8022 | HasArithmeticOrEnumeralTypes = true; | ||||||
8023 | VectorTypes.insert(Ty); | ||||||
8024 | } else if (Ty->isMatrixType()) { | ||||||
8025 | // Similar to vector types, we treat vector types as arithmetic types in | ||||||
8026 | // many contexts as an extension. | ||||||
8027 | HasArithmeticOrEnumeralTypes = true; | ||||||
8028 | MatrixTypes.insert(Ty); | ||||||
8029 | } else if (Ty->isNullPtrType()) { | ||||||
8030 | HasNullPtrType = true; | ||||||
8031 | } else if (AllowUserConversions && TyRec) { | ||||||
8032 | // No conversion functions in incomplete types. | ||||||
8033 | if (!SemaRef.isCompleteType(Loc, Ty)) | ||||||
8034 | return; | ||||||
8035 | |||||||
8036 | CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TyRec->getDecl()); | ||||||
8037 | for (NamedDecl *D : ClassDecl->getVisibleConversionFunctions()) { | ||||||
8038 | if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D)) | ||||||
8039 | D = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(D)->getTargetDecl(); | ||||||
8040 | |||||||
8041 | // Skip conversion function templates; they don't tell us anything | ||||||
8042 | // about which builtin types we can convert to. | ||||||
8043 | if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) | ||||||
8044 | continue; | ||||||
8045 | |||||||
8046 | CXXConversionDecl *Conv = cast<CXXConversionDecl>(D); | ||||||
8047 | if (AllowExplicitConversions || !Conv->isExplicit()) { | ||||||
8048 | AddTypesConvertedFrom(Conv->getConversionType(), Loc, false, false, | ||||||
8049 | VisibleQuals); | ||||||
8050 | } | ||||||
8051 | } | ||||||
8052 | } | ||||||
8053 | } | ||||||
8054 | /// Helper function for adjusting address spaces for the pointer or reference | ||||||
8055 | /// operands of builtin operators depending on the argument. | ||||||
8056 | static QualType AdjustAddressSpaceForBuiltinOperandType(Sema &S, QualType T, | ||||||
8057 | Expr *Arg) { | ||||||
8058 | return S.Context.getAddrSpaceQualType(T, Arg->getType().getAddressSpace()); | ||||||
8059 | } | ||||||
8060 | |||||||
8061 | /// Helper function for AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates() that adds | ||||||
8062 | /// the volatile- and non-volatile-qualified assignment operators for the | ||||||
8063 | /// given type to the candidate set. | ||||||
8064 | static void AddBuiltinAssignmentOperatorCandidates(Sema &S, | ||||||
8065 | QualType T, | ||||||
8066 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, | ||||||
8067 | OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet) { | ||||||
8068 | QualType ParamTypes[2]; | ||||||
8069 | |||||||
8070 | // T& operator=(T&, T) | ||||||
8071 | ParamTypes[0] = S.Context.getLValueReferenceType( | ||||||
8072 | AdjustAddressSpaceForBuiltinOperandType(S, T, Args[0])); | ||||||
8073 | ParamTypes[1] = T; | ||||||
8074 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet, | ||||||
8075 | /*IsAssignmentOperator=*/true); | ||||||
8076 | |||||||
8077 | if (!S.Context.getCanonicalType(T).isVolatileQualified()) { | ||||||
8078 | // volatile T& operator=(volatile T&, T) | ||||||
8079 | ParamTypes[0] = S.Context.getLValueReferenceType( | ||||||
8080 | AdjustAddressSpaceForBuiltinOperandType(S, S.Context.getVolatileType(T), | ||||||
8081 | Args[0])); | ||||||
8082 | ParamTypes[1] = T; | ||||||
8083 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet, | ||||||
8084 | /*IsAssignmentOperator=*/true); | ||||||
8085 | } | ||||||
8086 | } | ||||||
8087 | |||||||
8088 | /// CollectVRQualifiers - This routine returns Volatile/Restrict qualifiers, | ||||||
8089 | /// if any, found in visible type conversion functions found in ArgExpr's type. | ||||||
8090 | static Qualifiers CollectVRQualifiers(ASTContext &Context, Expr* ArgExpr) { | ||||||
8091 | Qualifiers VRQuals; | ||||||
8092 | const RecordType *TyRec; | ||||||
8093 | if (const MemberPointerType *RHSMPType = | ||||||
8094 | ArgExpr->getType()->getAs<MemberPointerType>()) | ||||||
8095 | TyRec = RHSMPType->getClass()->getAs<RecordType>(); | ||||||
8096 | else | ||||||
8097 | TyRec = ArgExpr->getType()->getAs<RecordType>(); | ||||||
8098 | if (!TyRec) { | ||||||
8099 | // Just to be safe, assume the worst case. | ||||||
8100 | VRQuals.addVolatile(); | ||||||
8101 | VRQuals.addRestrict(); | ||||||
8102 | return VRQuals; | ||||||
8103 | } | ||||||
8104 | |||||||
8105 | CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TyRec->getDecl()); | ||||||
8106 | if (!ClassDecl->hasDefinition()) | ||||||
8107 | return VRQuals; | ||||||
8108 | |||||||
8109 | for (NamedDecl *D : ClassDecl->getVisibleConversionFunctions()) { | ||||||
8110 | if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D)) | ||||||
8111 | D = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(D)->getTargetDecl(); | ||||||
8112 | if (CXXConversionDecl *Conv = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(D)) { | ||||||
8113 | QualType CanTy = Context.getCanonicalType(Conv->getConversionType()); | ||||||
8114 | if (const ReferenceType *ResTypeRef = CanTy->getAs<ReferenceType>()) | ||||||
8115 | CanTy = ResTypeRef->getPointeeType(); | ||||||
8116 | // Need to go down the pointer/mempointer chain and add qualifiers | ||||||
8117 | // as see them. | ||||||
8118 | bool done = false; | ||||||
8119 | while (!done) { | ||||||
8120 | if (CanTy.isRestrictQualified()) | ||||||
8121 | VRQuals.addRestrict(); | ||||||
8122 | if (const PointerType *ResTypePtr = CanTy->getAs<PointerType>()) | ||||||
8123 | CanTy = ResTypePtr->getPointeeType(); | ||||||
8124 | else if (const MemberPointerType *ResTypeMPtr = | ||||||
8125 | CanTy->getAs<MemberPointerType>()) | ||||||
8126 | CanTy = ResTypeMPtr->getPointeeType(); | ||||||
8127 | else | ||||||
8128 | done = true; | ||||||
8129 | if (CanTy.isVolatileQualified()) | ||||||
8130 | VRQuals.addVolatile(); | ||||||
8131 | if (VRQuals.hasRestrict() && VRQuals.hasVolatile()) | ||||||
8132 | return VRQuals; | ||||||
8133 | } | ||||||
8134 | } | ||||||
8135 | } | ||||||
8136 | return VRQuals; | ||||||
8137 | } | ||||||
8138 | |||||||
8139 | namespace { | ||||||
8140 | |||||||
8141 | /// Helper class to manage the addition of builtin operator overload | ||||||
8142 | /// candidates. It provides shared state and utility methods used throughout | ||||||
8143 | /// the process, as well as a helper method to add each group of builtin | ||||||
8144 | /// operator overloads from the standard to a candidate set. | ||||||
8145 | class BuiltinOperatorOverloadBuilder { | ||||||
8146 | // Common instance state available to all overload candidate addition methods. | ||||||
8147 | Sema &S; | ||||||
8148 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args; | ||||||
8149 | Qualifiers VisibleTypeConversionsQuals; | ||||||
8150 | bool HasArithmeticOrEnumeralCandidateType; | ||||||
8151 | SmallVectorImpl<BuiltinCandidateTypeSet> &CandidateTypes; | ||||||
8152 | OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet; | ||||||
8153 | |||||||
8154 | static constexpr int ArithmeticTypesCap = 24; | ||||||
8155 | SmallVector<CanQualType, ArithmeticTypesCap> ArithmeticTypes; | ||||||
8156 | |||||||
8157 | // Define some indices used to iterate over the arithmetic types in | ||||||
8158 | // ArithmeticTypes. The "promoted arithmetic types" are the arithmetic | ||||||
8159 | // types are that preserved by promotion (C++ [over.built]p2). | ||||||
8160 | unsigned FirstIntegralType, | ||||||
8161 | LastIntegralType; | ||||||
8162 | unsigned FirstPromotedIntegralType, | ||||||
8163 | LastPromotedIntegralType; | ||||||
8164 | unsigned FirstPromotedArithmeticType, | ||||||
8165 | LastPromotedArithmeticType; | ||||||
8166 | unsigned NumArithmeticTypes; | ||||||
8167 | |||||||
8168 | void InitArithmeticTypes() { | ||||||
8169 | // Start of promoted types. | ||||||
8170 | FirstPromotedArithmeticType = 0; | ||||||
8171 | ArithmeticTypes.push_back(S.Context.FloatTy); | ||||||
8172 | ArithmeticTypes.push_back(S.Context.DoubleTy); | ||||||
8173 | ArithmeticTypes.push_back(S.Context.LongDoubleTy); | ||||||
8174 | if (S.Context.getTargetInfo().hasFloat128Type()) | ||||||
8175 | ArithmeticTypes.push_back(S.Context.Float128Ty); | ||||||
8176 | |||||||
8177 | // Start of integral types. | ||||||
8178 | FirstIntegralType = ArithmeticTypes.size(); | ||||||
8179 | FirstPromotedIntegralType = ArithmeticTypes.size(); | ||||||
8180 | ArithmeticTypes.push_back(S.Context.IntTy); | ||||||
8181 | ArithmeticTypes.push_back(S.Context.LongTy); | ||||||
8182 | ArithmeticTypes.push_back(S.Context.LongLongTy); | ||||||
8183 | if (S.Context.getTargetInfo().hasInt128Type() || | ||||||
8184 | (S.Context.getAuxTargetInfo() && | ||||||
8185 | S.Context.getAuxTargetInfo()->hasInt128Type())) | ||||||
8186 | ArithmeticTypes.push_back(S.Context.Int128Ty); | ||||||
8187 | ArithmeticTypes.push_back(S.Context.UnsignedIntTy); | ||||||
8188 | ArithmeticTypes.push_back(S.Context.UnsignedLongTy); | ||||||
8189 | ArithmeticTypes.push_back(S.Context.UnsignedLongLongTy); | ||||||
8190 | if (S.Context.getTargetInfo().hasInt128Type() || | ||||||
8191 | (S.Context.getAuxTargetInfo() && | ||||||
8192 | S.Context.getAuxTargetInfo()->hasInt128Type())) | ||||||
8193 | ArithmeticTypes.push_back(S.Context.UnsignedInt128Ty); | ||||||
8194 | LastPromotedIntegralType = ArithmeticTypes.size(); | ||||||
8195 | LastPromotedArithmeticType = ArithmeticTypes.size(); | ||||||
8196 | // End of promoted types. | ||||||
8197 | |||||||
8198 | ArithmeticTypes.push_back(S.Context.BoolTy); | ||||||
8199 | ArithmeticTypes.push_back(S.Context.CharTy); | ||||||
8200 | ArithmeticTypes.push_back(S.Context.WCharTy); | ||||||
8201 | if (S.Context.getLangOpts().Char8) | ||||||
8202 | ArithmeticTypes.push_back(S.Context.Char8Ty); | ||||||
8203 | ArithmeticTypes.push_back(S.Context.Char16Ty); | ||||||
8204 | ArithmeticTypes.push_back(S.Context.Char32Ty); | ||||||
8205 | ArithmeticTypes.push_back(S.Context.SignedCharTy); | ||||||
8206 | ArithmeticTypes.push_back(S.Context.ShortTy); | ||||||
8207 | ArithmeticTypes.push_back(S.Context.UnsignedCharTy); | ||||||
8208 | ArithmeticTypes.push_back(S.Context.UnsignedShortTy); | ||||||
8209 | LastIntegralType = ArithmeticTypes.size(); | ||||||
8210 | NumArithmeticTypes = ArithmeticTypes.size(); | ||||||
8211 | // End of integral types. | ||||||
8212 | // FIXME: What about complex? What about half? | ||||||
8213 | |||||||
8214 | assert(ArithmeticTypes.size() <= ArithmeticTypesCap &&(static_cast <bool> (ArithmeticTypes.size() <= ArithmeticTypesCap && "Enough inline storage for all arithmetic types." ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("ArithmeticTypes.size() <= ArithmeticTypesCap && \"Enough inline storage for all arithmetic types.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 8215, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||
8215 | "Enough inline storage for all arithmetic types.")(static_cast <bool> (ArithmeticTypes.size() <= ArithmeticTypesCap && "Enough inline storage for all arithmetic types." ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("ArithmeticTypes.size() <= ArithmeticTypesCap && \"Enough inline storage for all arithmetic types.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 8215, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
8216 | } | ||||||
8217 | |||||||
8218 | /// Helper method to factor out the common pattern of adding overloads | ||||||
8219 | /// for '++' and '--' builtin operators. | ||||||
8220 | void addPlusPlusMinusMinusStyleOverloads(QualType CandidateTy, | ||||||
8221 | bool HasVolatile, | ||||||
8222 | bool HasRestrict) { | ||||||
8223 | QualType ParamTypes[2] = { | ||||||
8224 | S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(CandidateTy), | ||||||
8225 | S.Context.IntTy | ||||||
8226 | }; | ||||||
8227 | |||||||
8228 | // Non-volatile version. | ||||||
8229 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet); | ||||||
8230 | |||||||
8231 | // Use a heuristic to reduce number of builtin candidates in the set: | ||||||
8232 | // add volatile version only if there are conversions to a volatile type. | ||||||
8233 | if (HasVolatile) { | ||||||
8234 | ParamTypes[0] = | ||||||
8235 | S.Context.getLValueReferenceType( | ||||||
8236 | S.Context.getVolatileType(CandidateTy)); | ||||||
8237 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet); | ||||||
8238 | } | ||||||
8239 | |||||||
8240 | // Add restrict version only if there are conversions to a restrict type | ||||||
8241 | // and our candidate type is a non-restrict-qualified pointer. | ||||||
8242 | if (HasRestrict && CandidateTy->isAnyPointerType() && | ||||||
8243 | !CandidateTy.isRestrictQualified()) { | ||||||
8244 | ParamTypes[0] | ||||||
8245 | = S.Context.getLValueReferenceType( | ||||||
8246 | S.Context.getCVRQualifiedType(CandidateTy, Qualifiers::Restrict)); | ||||||
8247 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet); | ||||||
8248 | |||||||
8249 | if (HasVolatile) { | ||||||
8250 | ParamTypes[0] | ||||||
8251 | = S.Context.getLValueReferenceType( | ||||||
8252 | S.Context.getCVRQualifiedType(CandidateTy, | ||||||
8253 | (Qualifiers::Volatile | | ||||||
8254 | Qualifiers::Restrict))); | ||||||
8255 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet); | ||||||
8256 | } | ||||||
8257 | } | ||||||
8258 | |||||||
8259 | } | ||||||
8260 | |||||||
8261 | /// Helper to add an overload candidate for a binary builtin with types \p L | ||||||
8262 | /// and \p R. | ||||||
8263 | void AddCandidate(QualType L, QualType R) { | ||||||
8264 | QualType LandR[2] = {L, R}; | ||||||
8265 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(LandR, Args, CandidateSet); | ||||||
8266 | } | ||||||
8267 | |||||||
8268 | public: | ||||||
8269 | BuiltinOperatorOverloadBuilder( | ||||||
8270 | Sema &S, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, | ||||||
8271 | Qualifiers VisibleTypeConversionsQuals, | ||||||
8272 | bool HasArithmeticOrEnumeralCandidateType, | ||||||
8273 | SmallVectorImpl<BuiltinCandidateTypeSet> &CandidateTypes, | ||||||
8274 | OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet) | ||||||
8275 | : S(S), Args(Args), | ||||||
8276 | VisibleTypeConversionsQuals(VisibleTypeConversionsQuals), | ||||||
8277 | HasArithmeticOrEnumeralCandidateType( | ||||||
8278 | HasArithmeticOrEnumeralCandidateType), | ||||||
8279 | CandidateTypes(CandidateTypes), | ||||||
8280 | CandidateSet(CandidateSet) { | ||||||
8281 | |||||||
8282 | InitArithmeticTypes(); | ||||||
8283 | } | ||||||
8284 | |||||||
8285 | // Increment is deprecated for bool since C++17. | ||||||
8286 | // | ||||||
8287 | // C++ [over.built]p3: | ||||||
8288 | // | ||||||
8289 | // For every pair (T, VQ), where T is an arithmetic type other | ||||||
8290 | // than bool, and VQ is either volatile or empty, there exist | ||||||
8291 | // candidate operator functions of the form | ||||||
8292 | // | ||||||
8293 | // VQ T& operator++(VQ T&); | ||||||
8294 | // T operator++(VQ T&, int); | ||||||
8295 | // | ||||||
8296 | // C++ [over.built]p4: | ||||||
8297 | // | ||||||
8298 | // For every pair (T, VQ), where T is an arithmetic type other | ||||||
8299 | // than bool, and VQ is either volatile or empty, there exist | ||||||
8300 | // candidate operator functions of the form | ||||||
8301 | // | ||||||
8302 | // VQ T& operator--(VQ T&); | ||||||
8303 | // T operator--(VQ T&, int); | ||||||
8304 | void addPlusPlusMinusMinusArithmeticOverloads(OverloadedOperatorKind Op) { | ||||||
8305 | if (!HasArithmeticOrEnumeralCandidateType) | ||||||
8306 | return; | ||||||
8307 | |||||||
8308 | for (unsigned Arith = 0; Arith < NumArithmeticTypes; ++Arith) { | ||||||
8309 | const auto TypeOfT = ArithmeticTypes[Arith]; | ||||||
8310 | if (TypeOfT == S.Context.BoolTy) { | ||||||
8311 | if (Op == OO_MinusMinus) | ||||||
8312 | continue; | ||||||
8313 | if (Op == OO_PlusPlus && S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17) | ||||||
8314 | continue; | ||||||
8315 | } | ||||||
8316 | addPlusPlusMinusMinusStyleOverloads( | ||||||
8317 | TypeOfT, | ||||||
8318 | VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasVolatile(), | ||||||
8319 | VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasRestrict()); | ||||||
8320 | } | ||||||
8321 | } | ||||||
8322 | |||||||
8323 | // C++ [over.built]p5: | ||||||
8324 | // | ||||||
8325 | // For every pair (T, VQ), where T is a cv-qualified or | ||||||
8326 | // cv-unqualified object type, and VQ is either volatile or | ||||||
8327 | // empty, there exist candidate operator functions of the form | ||||||
8328 | // | ||||||
8329 | // T*VQ& operator++(T*VQ&); | ||||||
8330 | // T*VQ& operator--(T*VQ&); | ||||||
8331 | // T* operator++(T*VQ&, int); | ||||||
8332 | // T* operator--(T*VQ&, int); | ||||||
8333 | void addPlusPlusMinusMinusPointerOverloads() { | ||||||
8334 | for (QualType PtrTy : CandidateTypes[0].pointer_types()) { | ||||||
8335 | // Skip pointer types that aren't pointers to object types. | ||||||
8336 | if (!PtrTy->getPointeeType()->isObjectType()) | ||||||
8337 | continue; | ||||||
8338 | |||||||
8339 | addPlusPlusMinusMinusStyleOverloads( | ||||||
8340 | PtrTy, | ||||||
8341 | (!PtrTy.isVolatileQualified() && | ||||||
8342 | VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasVolatile()), | ||||||
8343 | (!PtrTy.isRestrictQualified() && | ||||||
8344 | VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasRestrict())); | ||||||
8345 | } | ||||||
8346 | } | ||||||
8347 | |||||||
8348 | // C++ [over.built]p6: | ||||||
8349 | // For every cv-qualified or cv-unqualified object type T, there | ||||||
8350 | // exist candidate operator functions of the form | ||||||
8351 | // | ||||||
8352 | // T& operator*(T*); | ||||||
8353 | // | ||||||
8354 | // C++ [over.built]p7: | ||||||
8355 | // For every function type T that does not have cv-qualifiers or a | ||||||
8356 | // ref-qualifier, there exist candidate operator functions of the form | ||||||
8357 | // T& operator*(T*); | ||||||
8358 | void addUnaryStarPointerOverloads() { | ||||||
8359 | for (QualType ParamTy : CandidateTypes[0].pointer_types()) { | ||||||
8360 | QualType PointeeTy = ParamTy->getPointeeType(); | ||||||
8361 | if (!PointeeTy->isObjectType() && !PointeeTy->isFunctionType()) | ||||||
8362 | continue; | ||||||
8363 | |||||||
8364 | if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto =PointeeTy->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) | ||||||
8365 | if (Proto->getMethodQuals() || Proto->getRefQualifier()) | ||||||
8366 | continue; | ||||||
8367 | |||||||
8368 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(&ParamTy, Args, CandidateSet); | ||||||
8369 | } | ||||||
8370 | } | ||||||
8371 | |||||||
8372 | // C++ [over.built]p9: | ||||||
8373 | // For every promoted arithmetic type T, there exist candidate | ||||||
8374 | // operator functions of the form | ||||||
8375 | // | ||||||
8376 | // T operator+(T); | ||||||
8377 | // T operator-(T); | ||||||
8378 | void addUnaryPlusOrMinusArithmeticOverloads() { | ||||||
8379 | if (!HasArithmeticOrEnumeralCandidateType) | ||||||
8380 | return; | ||||||
8381 | |||||||
8382 | for (unsigned Arith = FirstPromotedArithmeticType; | ||||||
8383 | Arith < LastPromotedArithmeticType; ++Arith) { | ||||||
8384 | QualType ArithTy = ArithmeticTypes[Arith]; | ||||||
8385 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(&ArithTy, Args, CandidateSet); | ||||||
8386 | } | ||||||
8387 | |||||||
8388 | // Extension: We also add these operators for vector types. | ||||||
8389 | for (QualType VecTy : CandidateTypes[0].vector_types()) | ||||||
8390 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(&VecTy, Args, CandidateSet); | ||||||
8391 | } | ||||||
8392 | |||||||
8393 | // C++ [over.built]p8: | ||||||
8394 | // For every type T, there exist candidate operator functions of | ||||||
8395 | // the form | ||||||
8396 | // | ||||||
8397 | // T* operator+(T*); | ||||||
8398 | void addUnaryPlusPointerOverloads() { | ||||||
8399 | for (QualType ParamTy : CandidateTypes[0].pointer_types()) | ||||||
8400 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(&ParamTy, Args, CandidateSet); | ||||||
8401 | } | ||||||
8402 | |||||||
8403 | // C++ [over.built]p10: | ||||||
8404 | // For every promoted integral type T, there exist candidate | ||||||
8405 | // operator functions of the form | ||||||
8406 | // | ||||||
8407 | // T operator~(T); | ||||||
8408 | void addUnaryTildePromotedIntegralOverloads() { | ||||||
8409 | if (!HasArithmeticOrEnumeralCandidateType) | ||||||
8410 | return; | ||||||
8411 | |||||||
8412 | for (unsigned Int = FirstPromotedIntegralType; | ||||||
8413 | Int < LastPromotedIntegralType; ++Int) { | ||||||
8414 | QualType IntTy = ArithmeticTypes[Int]; | ||||||
8415 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(&IntTy, Args, CandidateSet); | ||||||
8416 | } | ||||||
8417 | |||||||
8418 | // Extension: We also add this operator for vector types. | ||||||
8419 | for (QualType VecTy : CandidateTypes[0].vector_types()) | ||||||
8420 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(&VecTy, Args, CandidateSet); | ||||||
8421 | } | ||||||
8422 | |||||||
8423 | // C++ [over.match.oper]p16: | ||||||
8424 | // For every pointer to member type T or type std::nullptr_t, there | ||||||
8425 | // exist candidate operator functions of the form | ||||||
8426 | // | ||||||
8427 | // bool operator==(T,T); | ||||||
8428 | // bool operator!=(T,T); | ||||||
8429 | void addEqualEqualOrNotEqualMemberPointerOrNullptrOverloads() { | ||||||
8430 | /// Set of (canonical) types that we've already handled. | ||||||
8431 | llvm::SmallPtrSet<QualType, 8> AddedTypes; | ||||||
8432 | |||||||
8433 | for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0, N = Args.size(); ArgIdx != N; ++ArgIdx) { | ||||||
8434 | for (QualType MemPtrTy : CandidateTypes[ArgIdx].member_pointer_types()) { | ||||||
8435 | // Don't add the same builtin candidate twice. | ||||||
8436 | if (!AddedTypes.insert(S.Context.getCanonicalType(MemPtrTy)).second) | ||||||
8437 | continue; | ||||||
8438 | |||||||
8439 | QualType ParamTypes[2] = {MemPtrTy, MemPtrTy}; | ||||||
8440 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet); | ||||||
8441 | } | ||||||
8442 | |||||||
8443 | if (CandidateTypes[ArgIdx].hasNullPtrType()) { | ||||||
8444 | CanQualType NullPtrTy = S.Context.getCanonicalType(S.Context.NullPtrTy); | ||||||
8445 | if (AddedTypes.insert(NullPtrTy).second) { | ||||||
8446 | QualType ParamTypes[2] = { NullPtrTy, NullPtrTy }; | ||||||
8447 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet); | ||||||
8448 | } | ||||||
8449 | } | ||||||
8450 | } | ||||||
8451 | } | ||||||
8452 | |||||||
8453 | // C++ [over.built]p15: | ||||||
8454 | // | ||||||
8455 | // For every T, where T is an enumeration type or a pointer type, | ||||||
8456 | // there exist candidate operator functions of the form | ||||||
8457 | // | ||||||
8458 | // bool operator<(T, T); | ||||||
8459 | // bool operator>(T, T); | ||||||
8460 | // bool operator<=(T, T); | ||||||
8461 | // bool operator>=(T, T); | ||||||
8462 | // bool operator==(T, T); | ||||||
8463 | // bool operator!=(T, T); | ||||||
8464 | // R operator<=>(T, T) | ||||||
8465 | void addGenericBinaryPointerOrEnumeralOverloads(bool IsSpaceship) { | ||||||
8466 | // C++ [over.match.oper]p3: | ||||||
8467 | // [...]the built-in candidates include all of the candidate operator | ||||||
8468 | // functions defined in 13.6 that, compared to the given operator, [...] | ||||||
8469 | // do not have the same parameter-type-list as any non-template non-member | ||||||
8470 | // candidate. | ||||||
8471 | // | ||||||
8472 | // Note that in practice, this only affects enumeration types because there | ||||||
8473 | // aren't any built-in candidates of record type, and a user-defined operator | ||||||
8474 | // must have an operand of record or enumeration type. Also, the only other | ||||||
8475 | // overloaded operator with enumeration arguments, operator=, | ||||||
8476 | // cannot be overloaded for enumeration types, so this is the only place | ||||||
8477 | // where we must suppress candidates like this. | ||||||
8478 | llvm::DenseSet<std::pair<CanQualType, CanQualType> > | ||||||
8479 | UserDefinedBinaryOperators; | ||||||
8480 | |||||||
8481 | for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0, N = Args.size(); ArgIdx != N; ++ArgIdx) { | ||||||
8482 | if (!CandidateTypes[ArgIdx].enumeration_types().empty()) { | ||||||
8483 | for (OverloadCandidateSet::iterator C = CandidateSet.begin(), | ||||||
8484 | CEnd = CandidateSet.end(); | ||||||
8485 | C != CEnd; ++C) { | ||||||
8486 | if (!C->Viable || !C->Function || C->Function->getNumParams() != 2) | ||||||
8487 | continue; | ||||||
8488 | |||||||
8489 | if (C->Function->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) | ||||||
8490 | continue; | ||||||
8491 | |||||||
8492 | // We interpret "same parameter-type-list" as applying to the | ||||||
8493 | // "synthesized candidate, with the order of the two parameters | ||||||
8494 | // reversed", not to the original function. | ||||||
8495 | bool Reversed = C->isReversed(); | ||||||
8496 | QualType FirstParamType = C->Function->getParamDecl(Reversed ? 1 : 0) | ||||||
8497 | ->getType() | ||||||
8498 | .getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||||
8499 | QualType SecondParamType = C->Function->getParamDecl(Reversed ? 0 : 1) | ||||||
8500 | ->getType() | ||||||
8501 | .getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||||
8502 | |||||||
8503 | // Skip if either parameter isn't of enumeral type. | ||||||
8504 | if (!FirstParamType->isEnumeralType() || | ||||||
8505 | !SecondParamType->isEnumeralType()) | ||||||
8506 | continue; | ||||||
8507 | |||||||
8508 | // Add this operator to the set of known user-defined operators. | ||||||
8509 | UserDefinedBinaryOperators.insert( | ||||||
8510 | std::make_pair(S.Context.getCanonicalType(FirstParamType), | ||||||
8511 | S.Context.getCanonicalType(SecondParamType))); | ||||||
8512 | } | ||||||
8513 | } | ||||||
8514 | } | ||||||
8515 | |||||||
8516 | /// Set of (canonical) types that we've already handled. | ||||||
8517 | llvm::SmallPtrSet<QualType, 8> AddedTypes; | ||||||
8518 | |||||||
8519 | for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0, N = Args.size(); ArgIdx != N; ++ArgIdx) { | ||||||
8520 | for (QualType PtrTy : CandidateTypes[ArgIdx].pointer_types()) { | ||||||
8521 | // Don't add the same builtin candidate twice. | ||||||
8522 | if (!AddedTypes.insert(S.Context.getCanonicalType(PtrTy)).second) | ||||||
8523 | continue; | ||||||
8524 | if (IsSpaceship && PtrTy->isFunctionPointerType()) | ||||||
8525 | continue; | ||||||
8526 | |||||||
8527 | QualType ParamTypes[2] = {PtrTy, PtrTy}; | ||||||
8528 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet); | ||||||
8529 | } | ||||||
8530 | for (QualType EnumTy : CandidateTypes[ArgIdx].enumeration_types()) { | ||||||
8531 | CanQualType CanonType = S.Context.getCanonicalType(EnumTy); | ||||||
8532 | |||||||
8533 | // Don't add the same builtin candidate twice, or if a user defined | ||||||
8534 | // candidate exists. | ||||||
8535 | if (!AddedTypes.insert(CanonType).second || | ||||||
8536 | UserDefinedBinaryOperators.count(std::make_pair(CanonType, | ||||||
8537 | CanonType))) | ||||||
8538 | continue; | ||||||
8539 | QualType ParamTypes[2] = {EnumTy, EnumTy}; | ||||||
8540 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet); | ||||||
8541 | } | ||||||
8542 | } | ||||||
8543 | } | ||||||
8544 | |||||||
8545 | // C++ [over.built]p13: | ||||||
8546 | // | ||||||
8547 | // For every cv-qualified or cv-unqualified object type T | ||||||
8548 | // there exist candidate operator functions of the form | ||||||
8549 | // | ||||||
8550 | // T* operator+(T*, ptrdiff_t); | ||||||
8551 | // T& operator[](T*, ptrdiff_t); [BELOW] | ||||||
8552 | // T* operator-(T*, ptrdiff_t); | ||||||
8553 | // T* operator+(ptrdiff_t, T*); | ||||||
8554 | // T& operator[](ptrdiff_t, T*); [BELOW] | ||||||
8555 | // | ||||||
8556 | // C++ [over.built]p14: | ||||||
8557 | // | ||||||
8558 | // For every T, where T is a pointer to object type, there | ||||||
8559 | // exist candidate operator functions of the form | ||||||
8560 | // | ||||||
8561 | // ptrdiff_t operator-(T, T); | ||||||
8562 | void addBinaryPlusOrMinusPointerOverloads(OverloadedOperatorKind Op) { | ||||||
8563 | /// Set of (canonical) types that we've already handled. | ||||||
8564 | llvm::SmallPtrSet<QualType, 8> AddedTypes; | ||||||
8565 | |||||||
8566 | for (int Arg = 0; Arg < 2; ++Arg) { | ||||||
8567 | QualType AsymmetricParamTypes[2] = { | ||||||
8568 | S.Context.getPointerDiffType(), | ||||||
8569 | S.Context.getPointerDiffType(), | ||||||
8570 | }; | ||||||
8571 | for (QualType PtrTy : CandidateTypes[Arg].pointer_types()) { | ||||||
8572 | QualType PointeeTy = PtrTy->getPointeeType(); | ||||||
8573 | if (!PointeeTy->isObjectType()) | ||||||
8574 | continue; | ||||||
8575 | |||||||
8576 | AsymmetricParamTypes[Arg] = PtrTy; | ||||||
8577 | if (Arg == 0 || Op == OO_Plus) { | ||||||
8578 | // operator+(T*, ptrdiff_t) or operator-(T*, ptrdiff_t) | ||||||
8579 | // T* operator+(ptrdiff_t, T*); | ||||||
8580 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(AsymmetricParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet); | ||||||
8581 | } | ||||||
8582 | if (Op == OO_Minus) { | ||||||
8583 | // ptrdiff_t operator-(T, T); | ||||||
8584 | if (!AddedTypes.insert(S.Context.getCanonicalType(PtrTy)).second) | ||||||
8585 | continue; | ||||||
8586 | |||||||
8587 | QualType ParamTypes[2] = {PtrTy, PtrTy}; | ||||||
8588 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet); | ||||||
8589 | } | ||||||
8590 | } | ||||||
8591 | } | ||||||
8592 | } | ||||||
8593 | |||||||
8594 | // C++ [over.built]p12: | ||||||
8595 | // | ||||||
8596 | // For every pair of promoted arithmetic types L and R, there | ||||||
8597 | // exist candidate operator functions of the form | ||||||
8598 | // | ||||||
8599 | // LR operator*(L, R); | ||||||
8600 | // LR operator/(L, R); | ||||||
8601 | // LR operator+(L, R); | ||||||
8602 | // LR operator-(L, R); | ||||||
8603 | // bool operator<(L, R); | ||||||
8604 | // bool operator>(L, R); | ||||||
8605 | // bool operator<=(L, R); | ||||||
8606 | // bool operator>=(L, R); | ||||||
8607 | // bool operator==(L, R); | ||||||
8608 | // bool operator!=(L, R); | ||||||
8609 | // | ||||||
8610 | // where LR is the result of the usual arithmetic conversions | ||||||
8611 | // between types L and R. | ||||||
8612 | // | ||||||
8613 | // C++ [over.built]p24: | ||||||
8614 | // | ||||||
8615 | // For every pair of promoted arithmetic types L and R, there exist | ||||||
8616 | // candidate operator functions of the form | ||||||
8617 | // | ||||||
8618 | // LR operator?(bool, L, R); | ||||||
8619 | // | ||||||
8620 | // where LR is the result of the usual arithmetic conversions | ||||||
8621 | // between types L and R. | ||||||
8622 | // Our candidates ignore the first parameter. | ||||||
8623 | void addGenericBinaryArithmeticOverloads() { | ||||||
8624 | if (!HasArithmeticOrEnumeralCandidateType) | ||||||
8625 | return; | ||||||
8626 | |||||||
8627 | for (unsigned Left = FirstPromotedArithmeticType; | ||||||
8628 | Left < LastPromotedArithmeticType; ++Left) { | ||||||
8629 | for (unsigned Right = FirstPromotedArithmeticType; | ||||||
8630 | Right < LastPromotedArithmeticType; ++Right) { | ||||||
8631 | QualType LandR[2] = { ArithmeticTypes[Left], | ||||||
8632 | ArithmeticTypes[Right] }; | ||||||
8633 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(LandR, Args, CandidateSet); | ||||||
8634 | } | ||||||
8635 | } | ||||||
8636 | |||||||
8637 | // Extension: Add the binary operators ==, !=, <, <=, >=, >, *, /, and the | ||||||
8638 | // conditional operator for vector types. | ||||||
8639 | for (QualType Vec1Ty : CandidateTypes[0].vector_types()) | ||||||
8640 | for (QualType Vec2Ty : CandidateTypes[1].vector_types()) { | ||||||
8641 | QualType LandR[2] = {Vec1Ty, Vec2Ty}; | ||||||
8642 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(LandR, Args, CandidateSet); | ||||||
8643 | } | ||||||
8644 | } | ||||||
8645 | |||||||
8646 | /// Add binary operator overloads for each candidate matrix type M1, M2: | ||||||
8647 | /// * (M1, M1) -> M1 | ||||||
8648 | /// * (M1, M1.getElementType()) -> M1 | ||||||
8649 | /// * (M2.getElementType(), M2) -> M2 | ||||||
8650 | /// * (M2, M2) -> M2 // Only if M2 is not part of CandidateTypes[0]. | ||||||
8651 | void addMatrixBinaryArithmeticOverloads() { | ||||||
8652 | if (!HasArithmeticOrEnumeralCandidateType) | ||||||
8653 | return; | ||||||
8654 | |||||||
8655 | for (QualType M1 : CandidateTypes[0].matrix_types()) { | ||||||
8656 | AddCandidate(M1, cast<MatrixType>(M1)->getElementType()); | ||||||
8657 | AddCandidate(M1, M1); | ||||||
8658 | } | ||||||
8659 | |||||||
8660 | for (QualType M2 : CandidateTypes[1].matrix_types()) { | ||||||
8661 | AddCandidate(cast<MatrixType>(M2)->getElementType(), M2); | ||||||
8662 | if (!CandidateTypes[0].containsMatrixType(M2)) | ||||||
8663 | AddCandidate(M2, M2); | ||||||
8664 | } | ||||||
8665 | } | ||||||
8666 | |||||||
8667 | // C++2a [over.built]p14: | ||||||
8668 | // | ||||||
8669 | // For every integral type T there exists a candidate operator function | ||||||
8670 | // of the form | ||||||
8671 | // | ||||||
8672 | // std::strong_ordering operator<=>(T, T) | ||||||
8673 | // | ||||||
8674 | // C++2a [over.built]p15: | ||||||
8675 | // | ||||||
8676 | // For every pair of floating-point types L and R, there exists a candidate | ||||||
8677 | // operator function of the form | ||||||
8678 | // | ||||||
8679 | // std::partial_ordering operator<=>(L, R); | ||||||
8680 | // | ||||||
8681 | // FIXME: The current specification for integral types doesn't play nice with | ||||||
8682 | // the direction of p0946r0, which allows mixed integral and unscoped-enum | ||||||
8683 | // comparisons. Under the current spec this can lead to ambiguity during | ||||||
8684 | // overload resolution. For example: | ||||||
8685 | // | ||||||
8686 | // enum A : int {a}; | ||||||
8687 | // auto x = (a <=> (long)42); | ||||||
8688 | // | ||||||
8689 | // error: call is ambiguous for arguments 'A' and 'long'. | ||||||
8690 | // note: candidate operator<=>(int, int) | ||||||
8691 | // note: candidate operator<=>(long, long) | ||||||
8692 | // | ||||||
8693 | // To avoid this error, this function deviates from the specification and adds | ||||||
8694 | // the mixed overloads `operator<=>(L, R)` where L and R are promoted | ||||||
8695 | // arithmetic types (the same as the generic relational overloads). | ||||||
8696 | // | ||||||
8697 | // For now this function acts as a placeholder. | ||||||
8698 | void addThreeWayArithmeticOverloads() { | ||||||
8699 | addGenericBinaryArithmeticOverloads(); | ||||||
8700 | } | ||||||
8701 | |||||||
8702 | // C++ [over.built]p17: | ||||||
8703 | // | ||||||
8704 | // For every pair of promoted integral types L and R, there | ||||||
8705 | // exist candidate operator functions of the form | ||||||
8706 | // | ||||||
8707 | // LR operator%(L, R); | ||||||
8708 | // LR operator&(L, R); | ||||||
8709 | // LR operator^(L, R); | ||||||
8710 | // LR operator|(L, R); | ||||||
8711 | // L operator<<(L, R); | ||||||
8712 | // L operator>>(L, R); | ||||||
8713 | // | ||||||
8714 | // where LR is the result of the usual arithmetic conversions | ||||||
8715 | // between types L and R. | ||||||
8716 | void addBinaryBitwiseArithmeticOverloads() { | ||||||
8717 | if (!HasArithmeticOrEnumeralCandidateType) | ||||||
8718 | return; | ||||||
8719 | |||||||
8720 | for (unsigned Left = FirstPromotedIntegralType; | ||||||
8721 | Left < LastPromotedIntegralType; ++Left) { | ||||||
8722 | for (unsigned Right = FirstPromotedIntegralType; | ||||||
8723 | Right < LastPromotedIntegralType; ++Right) { | ||||||
8724 | QualType LandR[2] = { ArithmeticTypes[Left], | ||||||
8725 | ArithmeticTypes[Right] }; | ||||||
8726 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(LandR, Args, CandidateSet); | ||||||
8727 | } | ||||||
8728 | } | ||||||
8729 | } | ||||||
8730 | |||||||
8731 | // C++ [over.built]p20: | ||||||
8732 | // | ||||||
8733 | // For every pair (T, VQ), where T is an enumeration or | ||||||
8734 | // pointer to member type and VQ is either volatile or | ||||||
8735 | // empty, there exist candidate operator functions of the form | ||||||
8736 | // | ||||||
8737 | // VQ T& operator=(VQ T&, T); | ||||||
8738 | void addAssignmentMemberPointerOrEnumeralOverloads() { | ||||||
8739 | /// Set of (canonical) types that we've already handled. | ||||||
8740 | llvm::SmallPtrSet<QualType, 8> AddedTypes; | ||||||
8741 | |||||||
8742 | for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx < 2; ++ArgIdx) { | ||||||
8743 | for (QualType EnumTy : CandidateTypes[ArgIdx].enumeration_types()) { | ||||||
8744 | if (!AddedTypes.insert(S.Context.getCanonicalType(EnumTy)).second) | ||||||
8745 | continue; | ||||||
8746 | |||||||
8747 | AddBuiltinAssignmentOperatorCandidates(S, EnumTy, Args, CandidateSet); | ||||||
8748 | } | ||||||
8749 | |||||||
8750 | for (QualType MemPtrTy : CandidateTypes[ArgIdx].member_pointer_types()) { | ||||||
8751 | if (!AddedTypes.insert(S.Context.getCanonicalType(MemPtrTy)).second) | ||||||
8752 | continue; | ||||||
8753 | |||||||
8754 | AddBuiltinAssignmentOperatorCandidates(S, MemPtrTy, Args, CandidateSet); | ||||||
8755 | } | ||||||
8756 | } | ||||||
8757 | } | ||||||
8758 | |||||||
8759 | // C++ [over.built]p19: | ||||||
8760 | // | ||||||
8761 | // For every pair (T, VQ), where T is any type and VQ is either | ||||||
8762 | // volatile or empty, there exist candidate operator functions | ||||||
8763 | // of the form | ||||||
8764 | // | ||||||
8765 | // T*VQ& operator=(T*VQ&, T*); | ||||||
8766 | // | ||||||
8767 | // C++ [over.built]p21: | ||||||
8768 | // | ||||||
8769 | // For every pair (T, VQ), where T is a cv-qualified or | ||||||
8770 | // cv-unqualified object type and VQ is either volatile or | ||||||
8771 | // empty, there exist candidate operator functions of the form | ||||||
8772 | // | ||||||
8773 | // T*VQ& operator+=(T*VQ&, ptrdiff_t); | ||||||
8774 | // T*VQ& operator-=(T*VQ&, ptrdiff_t); | ||||||
8775 | void addAssignmentPointerOverloads(bool isEqualOp) { | ||||||
8776 | /// Set of (canonical) types that we've already handled. | ||||||
8777 | llvm::SmallPtrSet<QualType, 8> AddedTypes; | ||||||
8778 | |||||||
8779 | for (QualType PtrTy : CandidateTypes[0].pointer_types()) { | ||||||
8780 | // If this is operator=, keep track of the builtin candidates we added. | ||||||
8781 | if (isEqualOp) | ||||||
8782 | AddedTypes.insert(S.Context.getCanonicalType(PtrTy)); | ||||||
8783 | else if (!PtrTy->getPointeeType()->isObjectType()) | ||||||
8784 | continue; | ||||||
8785 | |||||||
8786 | // non-volatile version | ||||||
8787 | QualType ParamTypes[2] = { | ||||||
8788 | S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(PtrTy), | ||||||
8789 | isEqualOp ? PtrTy : S.Context.getPointerDiffType(), | ||||||
8790 | }; | ||||||
8791 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet, | ||||||
8792 | /*IsAssignmentOperator=*/ isEqualOp); | ||||||
8793 | |||||||
8794 | bool NeedVolatile = !PtrTy.isVolatileQualified() && | ||||||
8795 | VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasVolatile(); | ||||||
8796 | if (NeedVolatile) { | ||||||
8797 | // volatile version | ||||||
8798 | ParamTypes[0] = | ||||||
8799 | S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(S.Context.getVolatileType(PtrTy)); | ||||||
8800 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet, | ||||||
8801 | /*IsAssignmentOperator=*/isEqualOp); | ||||||
8802 | } | ||||||
8803 | |||||||
8804 | if (!PtrTy.isRestrictQualified() && | ||||||
8805 | VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasRestrict()) { | ||||||
8806 | // restrict version | ||||||
8807 | ParamTypes[0] = | ||||||
8808 | S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(S.Context.getRestrictType(PtrTy)); | ||||||
8809 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet, | ||||||
8810 | /*IsAssignmentOperator=*/isEqualOp); | ||||||
8811 | |||||||
8812 | if (NeedVolatile) { | ||||||
8813 | // volatile restrict version | ||||||
8814 | ParamTypes[0] = | ||||||
8815 | S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(S.Context.getCVRQualifiedType( | ||||||
8816 | PtrTy, (Qualifiers::Volatile | Qualifiers::Restrict))); | ||||||
8817 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet, | ||||||
8818 | /*IsAssignmentOperator=*/isEqualOp); | ||||||
8819 | } | ||||||
8820 | } | ||||||
8821 | } | ||||||
8822 | |||||||
8823 | if (isEqualOp) { | ||||||
8824 | for (QualType PtrTy : CandidateTypes[1].pointer_types()) { | ||||||
8825 | // Make sure we don't add the same candidate twice. | ||||||
8826 | if (!AddedTypes.insert(S.Context.getCanonicalType(PtrTy)).second) | ||||||
8827 | continue; | ||||||
8828 | |||||||
8829 | QualType ParamTypes[2] = { | ||||||
8830 | S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(PtrTy), | ||||||
8831 | PtrTy, | ||||||
8832 | }; | ||||||
8833 | |||||||
8834 | // non-volatile version | ||||||
8835 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet, | ||||||
8836 | /*IsAssignmentOperator=*/true); | ||||||
8837 | |||||||
8838 | bool NeedVolatile = !PtrTy.isVolatileQualified() && | ||||||
8839 | VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasVolatile(); | ||||||
8840 | if (NeedVolatile) { | ||||||
8841 | // volatile version | ||||||
8842 | ParamTypes[0] = S.Context.getLValueReferenceType( | ||||||
8843 | S.Context.getVolatileType(PtrTy)); | ||||||
8844 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet, | ||||||
8845 | /*IsAssignmentOperator=*/true); | ||||||
8846 | } | ||||||
8847 | |||||||
8848 | if (!PtrTy.isRestrictQualified() && | ||||||
8849 | VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasRestrict()) { | ||||||
8850 | // restrict version | ||||||
8851 | ParamTypes[0] = S.Context.getLValueReferenceType( | ||||||
8852 | S.Context.getRestrictType(PtrTy)); | ||||||
8853 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet, | ||||||
8854 | /*IsAssignmentOperator=*/true); | ||||||
8855 | |||||||
8856 | if (NeedVolatile) { | ||||||
8857 | // volatile restrict version | ||||||
8858 | ParamTypes[0] = | ||||||
8859 | S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(S.Context.getCVRQualifiedType( | ||||||
8860 | PtrTy, (Qualifiers::Volatile | Qualifiers::Restrict))); | ||||||
8861 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet, | ||||||
8862 | /*IsAssignmentOperator=*/true); | ||||||
8863 | } | ||||||
8864 | } | ||||||
8865 | } | ||||||
8866 | } | ||||||
8867 | } | ||||||
8868 | |||||||
8869 | // C++ [over.built]p18: | ||||||
8870 | // | ||||||
8871 | // For every triple (L, VQ, R), where L is an arithmetic type, | ||||||
8872 | // VQ is either volatile or empty, and R is a promoted | ||||||
8873 | // arithmetic type, there exist candidate operator functions of | ||||||
8874 | // the form | ||||||
8875 | // | ||||||
8876 | // VQ L& operator=(VQ L&, R); | ||||||
8877 | // VQ L& operator*=(VQ L&, R); | ||||||
8878 | // VQ L& operator/=(VQ L&, R); | ||||||
8879 | // VQ L& operator+=(VQ L&, R); | ||||||
8880 | // VQ L& operator-=(VQ L&, R); | ||||||
8881 | void addAssignmentArithmeticOverloads(bool isEqualOp) { | ||||||
8882 | if (!HasArithmeticOrEnumeralCandidateType) | ||||||
8883 | return; | ||||||
8884 | |||||||
8885 | for (unsigned Left = 0; Left < NumArithmeticTypes; ++Left) { | ||||||
8886 | for (unsigned Right = FirstPromotedArithmeticType; | ||||||
8887 | Right < LastPromotedArithmeticType; ++Right) { | ||||||
8888 | QualType ParamTypes[2]; | ||||||
8889 | ParamTypes[1] = ArithmeticTypes[Right]; | ||||||
8890 | auto LeftBaseTy = AdjustAddressSpaceForBuiltinOperandType( | ||||||
8891 | S, ArithmeticTypes[Left], Args[0]); | ||||||
8892 | // Add this built-in operator as a candidate (VQ is empty). | ||||||
8893 | ParamTypes[0] = S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(LeftBaseTy); | ||||||
8894 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet, | ||||||
8895 | /*IsAssignmentOperator=*/isEqualOp); | ||||||
8896 | |||||||
8897 | // Add this built-in operator as a candidate (VQ is 'volatile'). | ||||||
8898 | if (VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasVolatile()) { | ||||||
8899 | ParamTypes[0] = S.Context.getVolatileType(LeftBaseTy); | ||||||
8900 | ParamTypes[0] = S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(ParamTypes[0]); | ||||||
8901 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet, | ||||||
8902 | /*IsAssignmentOperator=*/isEqualOp); | ||||||
8903 | } | ||||||
8904 | } | ||||||
8905 | } | ||||||
8906 | |||||||
8907 | // Extension: Add the binary operators =, +=, -=, *=, /= for vector types. | ||||||
8908 | for (QualType Vec1Ty : CandidateTypes[0].vector_types()) | ||||||
8909 | for (QualType Vec2Ty : CandidateTypes[0].vector_types()) { | ||||||
8910 | QualType ParamTypes[2]; | ||||||
8911 | ParamTypes[1] = Vec2Ty; | ||||||
8912 | // Add this built-in operator as a candidate (VQ is empty). | ||||||
8913 | ParamTypes[0] = S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(Vec1Ty); | ||||||
8914 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet, | ||||||
8915 | /*IsAssignmentOperator=*/isEqualOp); | ||||||
8916 | |||||||
8917 | // Add this built-in operator as a candidate (VQ is 'volatile'). | ||||||
8918 | if (VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasVolatile()) { | ||||||
8919 | ParamTypes[0] = S.Context.getVolatileType(Vec1Ty); | ||||||
8920 | ParamTypes[0] = S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(ParamTypes[0]); | ||||||
8921 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet, | ||||||
8922 | /*IsAssignmentOperator=*/isEqualOp); | ||||||
8923 | } | ||||||
8924 | } | ||||||
8925 | } | ||||||
8926 | |||||||
8927 | // C++ [over.built]p22: | ||||||
8928 | // | ||||||
8929 | // For every triple (L, VQ, R), where L is an integral type, VQ | ||||||
8930 | // is either volatile or empty, and R is a promoted integral | ||||||
8931 | // type, there exist candidate operator functions of the form | ||||||
8932 | // | ||||||
8933 | // VQ L& operator%=(VQ L&, R); | ||||||
8934 | // VQ L& operator<<=(VQ L&, R); | ||||||
8935 | // VQ L& operator>>=(VQ L&, R); | ||||||
8936 | // VQ L& operator&=(VQ L&, R); | ||||||
8937 | // VQ L& operator^=(VQ L&, R); | ||||||
8938 | // VQ L& operator|=(VQ L&, R); | ||||||
8939 | void addAssignmentIntegralOverloads() { | ||||||
8940 | if (!HasArithmeticOrEnumeralCandidateType) | ||||||
8941 | return; | ||||||
8942 | |||||||
8943 | for (unsigned Left = FirstIntegralType; Left < LastIntegralType; ++Left) { | ||||||
8944 | for (unsigned Right = FirstPromotedIntegralType; | ||||||
8945 | Right < LastPromotedIntegralType; ++Right) { | ||||||
8946 | QualType ParamTypes[2]; | ||||||
8947 | ParamTypes[1] = ArithmeticTypes[Right]; | ||||||
8948 | auto LeftBaseTy = AdjustAddressSpaceForBuiltinOperandType( | ||||||
8949 | S, ArithmeticTypes[Left], Args[0]); | ||||||
8950 | // Add this built-in operator as a candidate (VQ is empty). | ||||||
8951 | ParamTypes[0] = S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(LeftBaseTy); | ||||||
8952 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet); | ||||||
8953 | if (VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasVolatile()) { | ||||||
8954 | // Add this built-in operator as a candidate (VQ is 'volatile'). | ||||||
8955 | ParamTypes[0] = LeftBaseTy; | ||||||
8956 | ParamTypes[0] = S.Context.getVolatileType(ParamTypes[0]); | ||||||
8957 | ParamTypes[0] = S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(ParamTypes[0]); | ||||||
8958 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet); | ||||||
8959 | } | ||||||
8960 | } | ||||||
8961 | } | ||||||
8962 | } | ||||||
8963 | |||||||
8964 | // C++ [over.operator]p23: | ||||||
8965 | // | ||||||
8966 | // There also exist candidate operator functions of the form | ||||||
8967 | // | ||||||
8968 | // bool operator!(bool); | ||||||
8969 | // bool operator&&(bool, bool); | ||||||
8970 | // bool operator||(bool, bool); | ||||||
8971 | void addExclaimOverload() { | ||||||
8972 | QualType ParamTy = S.Context.BoolTy; | ||||||
8973 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(&ParamTy, Args, CandidateSet, | ||||||
8974 | /*IsAssignmentOperator=*/false, | ||||||
8975 | /*NumContextualBoolArguments=*/1); | ||||||
8976 | } | ||||||
8977 | void addAmpAmpOrPipePipeOverload() { | ||||||
8978 | QualType ParamTypes[2] = { S.Context.BoolTy, S.Context.BoolTy }; | ||||||
8979 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet, | ||||||
8980 | /*IsAssignmentOperator=*/false, | ||||||
8981 | /*NumContextualBoolArguments=*/2); | ||||||
8982 | } | ||||||
8983 | |||||||
8984 | // C++ [over.built]p13: | ||||||
8985 | // | ||||||
8986 | // For every cv-qualified or cv-unqualified object type T there | ||||||
8987 | // exist candidate operator functions of the form | ||||||
8988 | // | ||||||
8989 | // T* operator+(T*, ptrdiff_t); [ABOVE] | ||||||
8990 | // T& operator[](T*, ptrdiff_t); | ||||||
8991 | // T* operator-(T*, ptrdiff_t); [ABOVE] | ||||||
8992 | // T* operator+(ptrdiff_t, T*); [ABOVE] | ||||||
8993 | // T& operator[](ptrdiff_t, T*); | ||||||
8994 | void addSubscriptOverloads() { | ||||||
8995 | for (QualType PtrTy : CandidateTypes[0].pointer_types()) { | ||||||
8996 | QualType ParamTypes[2] = {PtrTy, S.Context.getPointerDiffType()}; | ||||||
8997 | QualType PointeeType = PtrTy->getPointeeType(); | ||||||
8998 | if (!PointeeType->isObjectType()) | ||||||
8999 | continue; | ||||||
9000 | |||||||
9001 | // T& operator[](T*, ptrdiff_t) | ||||||
9002 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet); | ||||||
9003 | } | ||||||
9004 | |||||||
9005 | for (QualType PtrTy : CandidateTypes[1].pointer_types()) { | ||||||
9006 | QualType ParamTypes[2] = {S.Context.getPointerDiffType(), PtrTy}; | ||||||
9007 | QualType PointeeType = PtrTy->getPointeeType(); | ||||||
9008 | if (!PointeeType->isObjectType()) | ||||||
9009 | continue; | ||||||
9010 | |||||||
9011 | // T& operator[](ptrdiff_t, T*) | ||||||
9012 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet); | ||||||
9013 | } | ||||||
9014 | } | ||||||
9015 | |||||||
9016 | // C++ [over.built]p11: | ||||||
9017 | // For every quintuple (C1, C2, T, CV1, CV2), where C2 is a class type, | ||||||
9018 | // C1 is the same type as C2 or is a derived class of C2, T is an object | ||||||
9019 | // type or a function type, and CV1 and CV2 are cv-qualifier-seqs, | ||||||
9020 | // there exist candidate operator functions of the form | ||||||
9021 | // | ||||||
9022 | // CV12 T& operator->*(CV1 C1*, CV2 T C2::*); | ||||||
9023 | // | ||||||
9024 | // where CV12 is the union of CV1 and CV2. | ||||||
9025 | void addArrowStarOverloads() { | ||||||
9026 | for (QualType PtrTy : CandidateTypes[0].pointer_types()) { | ||||||
9027 | QualType C1Ty = PtrTy; | ||||||
9028 | QualType C1; | ||||||
9029 | QualifierCollector Q1; | ||||||
9030 | C1 = QualType(Q1.strip(C1Ty->getPointeeType()), 0); | ||||||
9031 | if (!isa<RecordType>(C1)) | ||||||
9032 | continue; | ||||||
9033 | // heuristic to reduce number of builtin candidates in the set. | ||||||
9034 | // Add volatile/restrict version only if there are conversions to a | ||||||
9035 | // volatile/restrict type. | ||||||
9036 | if (!VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasVolatile() && Q1.hasVolatile()) | ||||||
9037 | continue; | ||||||
9038 | if (!VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasRestrict() && Q1.hasRestrict()) | ||||||
9039 | continue; | ||||||
9040 | for (QualType MemPtrTy : CandidateTypes[1].member_pointer_types()) { | ||||||
9041 | const MemberPointerType *mptr = cast<MemberPointerType>(MemPtrTy); | ||||||
9042 | QualType C2 = QualType(mptr->getClass(), 0); | ||||||
9043 | C2 = C2.getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||||
9044 | if (C1 != C2 && !S.IsDerivedFrom(CandidateSet.getLocation(), C1, C2)) | ||||||
9045 | break; | ||||||
9046 | QualType ParamTypes[2] = {PtrTy, MemPtrTy}; | ||||||
9047 | // build CV12 T& | ||||||
9048 | QualType T = mptr->getPointeeType(); | ||||||
9049 | if (!VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasVolatile() && | ||||||
9050 | T.isVolatileQualified()) | ||||||
9051 | continue; | ||||||
9052 | if (!VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasRestrict() && | ||||||
9053 | T.isRestrictQualified()) | ||||||
9054 | continue; | ||||||
9055 | T = Q1.apply(S.Context, T); | ||||||
9056 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet); | ||||||
9057 | } | ||||||
9058 | } | ||||||
9059 | } | ||||||
9060 | |||||||
9061 | // Note that we don't consider the first argument, since it has been | ||||||
9062 | // contextually converted to bool long ago. The candidates below are | ||||||
9063 | // therefore added as binary. | ||||||
9064 | // | ||||||
9065 | // C++ [over.built]p25: | ||||||
9066 | // For every type T, where T is a pointer, pointer-to-member, or scoped | ||||||
9067 | // enumeration type, there exist candidate operator functions of the form | ||||||
9068 | // | ||||||
9069 | // T operator?(bool, T, T); | ||||||
9070 | // | ||||||
9071 | void addConditionalOperatorOverloads() { | ||||||
9072 | /// Set of (canonical) types that we've already handled. | ||||||
9073 | llvm::SmallPtrSet<QualType, 8> AddedTypes; | ||||||
9074 | |||||||
9075 | for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx < 2; ++ArgIdx) { | ||||||
9076 | for (QualType PtrTy : CandidateTypes[ArgIdx].pointer_types()) { | ||||||
9077 | if (!AddedTypes.insert(S.Context.getCanonicalType(PtrTy)).second) | ||||||
9078 | continue; | ||||||
9079 | |||||||
9080 | QualType ParamTypes[2] = {PtrTy, PtrTy}; | ||||||
9081 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet); | ||||||
9082 | } | ||||||
9083 | |||||||
9084 | for (QualType MemPtrTy : CandidateTypes[ArgIdx].member_pointer_types()) { | ||||||
9085 | if (!AddedTypes.insert(S.Context.getCanonicalType(MemPtrTy)).second) | ||||||
9086 | continue; | ||||||
9087 | |||||||
9088 | QualType ParamTypes[2] = {MemPtrTy, MemPtrTy}; | ||||||
9089 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet); | ||||||
9090 | } | ||||||
9091 | |||||||
9092 | if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) { | ||||||
9093 | for (QualType EnumTy : CandidateTypes[ArgIdx].enumeration_types()) { | ||||||
9094 | if (!EnumTy->castAs<EnumType>()->getDecl()->isScoped()) | ||||||
9095 | continue; | ||||||
9096 | |||||||
9097 | if (!AddedTypes.insert(S.Context.getCanonicalType(EnumTy)).second) | ||||||
9098 | continue; | ||||||
9099 | |||||||
9100 | QualType ParamTypes[2] = {EnumTy, EnumTy}; | ||||||
9101 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet); | ||||||
9102 | } | ||||||
9103 | } | ||||||
9104 | } | ||||||
9105 | } | ||||||
9106 | }; | ||||||
9107 | |||||||
9108 | } // end anonymous namespace | ||||||
9109 | |||||||
9110 | /// AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates - Add the appropriate built-in | ||||||
9111 | /// operator overloads to the candidate set (C++ [over.built]), based | ||||||
9112 | /// on the operator @p Op and the arguments given. For example, if the | ||||||
9113 | /// operator is a binary '+', this routine might add "int | ||||||
9114 | /// operator+(int, int)" to cover integer addition. | ||||||
9115 | void Sema::AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, | ||||||
9116 | SourceLocation OpLoc, | ||||||
9117 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, | ||||||
9118 | OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet) { | ||||||
9119 | // Find all of the types that the arguments can convert to, but only | ||||||
9120 | // if the operator we're looking at has built-in operator candidates | ||||||
9121 | // that make use of these types. Also record whether we encounter non-record | ||||||
9122 | // candidate types or either arithmetic or enumeral candidate types. | ||||||
9123 | Qualifiers VisibleTypeConversionsQuals; | ||||||
9124 | VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.addConst(); | ||||||
9125 | for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0, N = Args.size(); ArgIdx != N; ++ArgIdx) | ||||||
9126 | VisibleTypeConversionsQuals += CollectVRQualifiers(Context, Args[ArgIdx]); | ||||||
9127 | |||||||
9128 | bool HasNonRecordCandidateType = false; | ||||||
9129 | bool HasArithmeticOrEnumeralCandidateType = false; | ||||||
9130 | SmallVector<BuiltinCandidateTypeSet, 2> CandidateTypes; | ||||||
9131 | for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0, N = Args.size(); ArgIdx != N; ++ArgIdx) { | ||||||
9132 | CandidateTypes.emplace_back(*this); | ||||||
9133 | CandidateTypes[ArgIdx].AddTypesConvertedFrom(Args[ArgIdx]->getType(), | ||||||
9134 | OpLoc, | ||||||
9135 | true, | ||||||
9136 | (Op == OO_Exclaim || | ||||||
9137 | Op == OO_AmpAmp || | ||||||
9138 | Op == OO_PipePipe), | ||||||
9139 | VisibleTypeConversionsQuals); | ||||||
9140 | HasNonRecordCandidateType = HasNonRecordCandidateType || | ||||||
9141 | CandidateTypes[ArgIdx].hasNonRecordTypes(); | ||||||
9142 | HasArithmeticOrEnumeralCandidateType = | ||||||
9143 | HasArithmeticOrEnumeralCandidateType || | ||||||
9144 | CandidateTypes[ArgIdx].hasArithmeticOrEnumeralTypes(); | ||||||
9145 | } | ||||||
9146 | |||||||
9147 | // Exit early when no non-record types have been added to the candidate set | ||||||
9148 | // for any of the arguments to the operator. | ||||||
9149 | // | ||||||
9150 | // We can't exit early for !, ||, or &&, since there we have always have | ||||||
9151 | // 'bool' overloads. | ||||||
9152 | if (!HasNonRecordCandidateType && | ||||||
9153 | !(Op == OO_Exclaim || Op == OO_AmpAmp || Op == OO_PipePipe)) | ||||||
9154 | return; | ||||||
9155 | |||||||
9156 | // Setup an object to manage the common state for building overloads. | ||||||
9157 | BuiltinOperatorOverloadBuilder OpBuilder(*this, Args, | ||||||
9158 | VisibleTypeConversionsQuals, | ||||||
9159 | HasArithmeticOrEnumeralCandidateType, | ||||||
9160 | CandidateTypes, CandidateSet); | ||||||
9161 | |||||||
9162 | // Dispatch over the operation to add in only those overloads which apply. | ||||||
9163 | switch (Op) { | ||||||
9164 | case OO_None: | ||||||
9165 | case NUM_OVERLOADED_OPERATORS: | ||||||
9166 | llvm_unreachable("Expected an overloaded operator")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Expected an overloaded operator" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 9166); | ||||||
9167 | |||||||
9168 | case OO_New: | ||||||
9169 | case OO_Delete: | ||||||
9170 | case OO_Array_New: | ||||||
9171 | case OO_Array_Delete: | ||||||
9172 | case OO_Call: | ||||||
9173 | llvm_unreachable(::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Special operators don't use AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 9174) | ||||||
9174 | "Special operators don't use AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Special operators don't use AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 9174); | ||||||
9175 | |||||||
9176 | case OO_Comma: | ||||||
9177 | case OO_Arrow: | ||||||
9178 | case OO_Coawait: | ||||||
9179 | // C++ [over.match.oper]p3: | ||||||
9180 | // -- For the operator ',', the unary operator '&', the | ||||||
9181 | // operator '->', or the operator 'co_await', the | ||||||
9182 | // built-in candidates set is empty. | ||||||
9183 | break; | ||||||
9184 | |||||||
9185 | case OO_Plus: // '+' is either unary or binary | ||||||
9186 | if (Args.size() == 1) | ||||||
9187 | OpBuilder.addUnaryPlusPointerOverloads(); | ||||||
9188 | LLVM_FALLTHROUGH[[gnu::fallthrough]]; | ||||||
9189 | |||||||
9190 | case OO_Minus: // '-' is either unary or binary | ||||||
9191 | if (Args.size() == 1) { | ||||||
9192 | OpBuilder.addUnaryPlusOrMinusArithmeticOverloads(); | ||||||
9193 | } else { | ||||||
9194 | OpBuilder.addBinaryPlusOrMinusPointerOverloads(Op); | ||||||
9195 | OpBuilder.addGenericBinaryArithmeticOverloads(); | ||||||
9196 | OpBuilder.addMatrixBinaryArithmeticOverloads(); | ||||||
9197 | } | ||||||
9198 | break; | ||||||
9199 | |||||||
9200 | case OO_Star: // '*' is either unary or binary | ||||||
9201 | if (Args.size() == 1) | ||||||
9202 | OpBuilder.addUnaryStarPointerOverloads(); | ||||||
9203 | else { | ||||||
9204 | OpBuilder.addGenericBinaryArithmeticOverloads(); | ||||||
9205 | OpBuilder.addMatrixBinaryArithmeticOverloads(); | ||||||
9206 | } | ||||||
9207 | break; | ||||||
9208 | |||||||
9209 | case OO_Slash: | ||||||
9210 | OpBuilder.addGenericBinaryArithmeticOverloads(); | ||||||
9211 | break; | ||||||
9212 | |||||||
9213 | case OO_PlusPlus: | ||||||
9214 | case OO_MinusMinus: | ||||||
9215 | OpBuilder.addPlusPlusMinusMinusArithmeticOverloads(Op); | ||||||
9216 | OpBuilder.addPlusPlusMinusMinusPointerOverloads(); | ||||||
9217 | break; | ||||||
9218 | |||||||
9219 | case OO_EqualEqual: | ||||||
9220 | case OO_ExclaimEqual: | ||||||
9221 | OpBuilder.addEqualEqualOrNotEqualMemberPointerOrNullptrOverloads(); | ||||||
9222 | OpBuilder.addGenericBinaryPointerOrEnumeralOverloads(/*IsSpaceship=*/false); | ||||||
9223 | OpBuilder.addGenericBinaryArithmeticOverloads(); | ||||||
9224 | break; | ||||||
9225 | |||||||
9226 | case OO_Less: | ||||||
9227 | case OO_Greater: | ||||||
9228 | case OO_LessEqual: | ||||||
9229 | case OO_GreaterEqual: | ||||||
9230 | OpBuilder.addGenericBinaryPointerOrEnumeralOverloads(/*IsSpaceship=*/false); | ||||||
9231 | OpBuilder.addGenericBinaryArithmeticOverloads(); | ||||||
9232 | break; | ||||||
9233 | |||||||
9234 | case OO_Spaceship: | ||||||
9235 | OpBuilder.addGenericBinaryPointerOrEnumeralOverloads(/*IsSpaceship=*/true); | ||||||
9236 | OpBuilder.addThreeWayArithmeticOverloads(); | ||||||
9237 | break; | ||||||
9238 | |||||||
9239 | case OO_Percent: | ||||||
9240 | case OO_Caret: | ||||||
9241 | case OO_Pipe: | ||||||
9242 | case OO_LessLess: | ||||||
9243 | case OO_GreaterGreater: | ||||||
9244 | OpBuilder.addBinaryBitwiseArithmeticOverloads(); | ||||||
9245 | break; | ||||||
9246 | |||||||
9247 | case OO_Amp: // '&' is either unary or binary | ||||||
9248 | if (Args.size() == 1) | ||||||
9249 | // C++ [over.match.oper]p3: | ||||||
9250 | // -- For the operator ',', the unary operator '&', or the | ||||||
9251 | // operator '->', the built-in candidates set is empty. | ||||||
9252 | break; | ||||||
9253 | |||||||
9254 | OpBuilder.addBinaryBitwiseArithmeticOverloads(); | ||||||
9255 | break; | ||||||
9256 | |||||||
9257 | case OO_Tilde: | ||||||
9258 | OpBuilder.addUnaryTildePromotedIntegralOverloads(); | ||||||
9259 | break; | ||||||
9260 | |||||||
9261 | case OO_Equal: | ||||||
9262 | OpBuilder.addAssignmentMemberPointerOrEnumeralOverloads(); | ||||||
9263 | LLVM_FALLTHROUGH[[gnu::fallthrough]]; | ||||||
9264 | |||||||
9265 | case OO_PlusEqual: | ||||||
9266 | case OO_MinusEqual: | ||||||
9267 | OpBuilder.addAssignmentPointerOverloads(Op == OO_Equal); | ||||||
9268 | LLVM_FALLTHROUGH[[gnu::fallthrough]]; | ||||||
9269 | |||||||
9270 | case OO_StarEqual: | ||||||
9271 | case OO_SlashEqual: | ||||||
9272 | OpBuilder.addAssignmentArithmeticOverloads(Op == OO_Equal); | ||||||
9273 | break; | ||||||
9274 | |||||||
9275 | case OO_PercentEqual: | ||||||
9276 | case OO_LessLessEqual: | ||||||
9277 | case OO_GreaterGreaterEqual: | ||||||
9278 | case OO_AmpEqual: | ||||||
9279 | case OO_CaretEqual: | ||||||
9280 | case OO_PipeEqual: | ||||||
9281 | OpBuilder.addAssignmentIntegralOverloads(); | ||||||
9282 | break; | ||||||
9283 | |||||||
9284 | case OO_Exclaim: | ||||||
9285 | OpBuilder.addExclaimOverload(); | ||||||
9286 | break; | ||||||
9287 | |||||||
9288 | case OO_AmpAmp: | ||||||
9289 | case OO_PipePipe: | ||||||
9290 | OpBuilder.addAmpAmpOrPipePipeOverload(); | ||||||
9291 | break; | ||||||
9292 | |||||||
9293 | case OO_Subscript: | ||||||
9294 | OpBuilder.addSubscriptOverloads(); | ||||||
9295 | break; | ||||||
9296 | |||||||
9297 | case OO_ArrowStar: | ||||||
9298 | OpBuilder.addArrowStarOverloads(); | ||||||
9299 | break; | ||||||
9300 | |||||||
9301 | case OO_Conditional: | ||||||
9302 | OpBuilder.addConditionalOperatorOverloads(); | ||||||
9303 | OpBuilder.addGenericBinaryArithmeticOverloads(); | ||||||
9304 | break; | ||||||
9305 | } | ||||||
9306 | } | ||||||
9307 | |||||||
9308 | /// Add function candidates found via argument-dependent lookup | ||||||
9309 | /// to the set of overloading candidates. | ||||||
9310 | /// | ||||||
9311 | /// This routine performs argument-dependent name lookup based on the | ||||||
9312 | /// given function name (which may also be an operator name) and adds | ||||||
9313 | /// all of the overload candidates found by ADL to the overload | ||||||
9314 | /// candidate set (C++ [basic.lookup.argdep]). | ||||||
9315 | void | ||||||
9316 | Sema::AddArgumentDependentLookupCandidates(DeclarationName Name, | ||||||
9317 | SourceLocation Loc, | ||||||
9318 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, | ||||||
9319 | TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, | ||||||
9320 | OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, | ||||||
9321 | bool PartialOverloading) { | ||||||
9322 | ADLResult Fns; | ||||||
9323 | |||||||
9324 | // FIXME: This approach for uniquing ADL results (and removing | ||||||
9325 | // redundant candidates from the set) relies on pointer-equality, | ||||||
9326 | // which means we need to key off the canonical decl. However, | ||||||
9327 | // always going back to the canonical decl might not get us the | ||||||
9328 | // right set of default arguments. What default arguments are | ||||||
9329 | // we supposed to consider on ADL candidates, anyway? | ||||||
9330 | |||||||
9331 | // FIXME: Pass in the explicit template arguments? | ||||||
9332 | ArgumentDependentLookup(Name, Loc, Args, Fns); | ||||||
9333 | |||||||
9334 | // Erase all of the candidates we already knew about. | ||||||
9335 | for (OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Cand = CandidateSet.begin(), | ||||||
9336 | CandEnd = CandidateSet.end(); | ||||||
9337 | Cand != CandEnd; ++Cand) | ||||||
9338 | if (Cand->Function) { | ||||||
9339 | Fns.erase(Cand->Function); | ||||||
9340 | if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = Cand->Function->getPrimaryTemplate()) | ||||||
9341 | Fns.erase(FunTmpl); | ||||||
9342 | } | ||||||
9343 | |||||||
9344 | // For each of the ADL candidates we found, add it to the overload | ||||||
9345 | // set. | ||||||
9346 | for (ADLResult::iterator I = Fns.begin(), E = Fns.end(); I != E; ++I) { | ||||||
9347 | DeclAccessPair FoundDecl = DeclAccessPair::make(*I, AS_none); | ||||||
9348 | |||||||
9349 | if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*I)) { | ||||||
9350 | if (ExplicitTemplateArgs) | ||||||
9351 | continue; | ||||||
9352 | |||||||
9353 | AddOverloadCandidate( | ||||||
9354 | FD, FoundDecl, Args, CandidateSet, /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false, | ||||||
9355 | PartialOverloading, /*AllowExplicit=*/true, | ||||||
9356 | /*AllowExplicitConversions=*/false, ADLCallKind::UsesADL); | ||||||
9357 | if (CandidateSet.getRewriteInfo().shouldAddReversed(Context, FD)) { | ||||||
9358 | AddOverloadCandidate( | ||||||
9359 | FD, FoundDecl, {Args[1], Args[0]}, CandidateSet, | ||||||
9360 | /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false, PartialOverloading, | ||||||
9361 | /*AllowExplicit=*/true, /*AllowExplicitConversions=*/false, | ||||||
9362 | ADLCallKind::UsesADL, None, OverloadCandidateParamOrder::Reversed); | ||||||
9363 | } | ||||||
9364 | } else { | ||||||
9365 | auto *FTD = cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*I); | ||||||
9366 | AddTemplateOverloadCandidate( | ||||||
9367 | FTD, FoundDecl, ExplicitTemplateArgs, Args, CandidateSet, | ||||||
9368 | /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false, PartialOverloading, | ||||||
9369 | /*AllowExplicit=*/true, ADLCallKind::UsesADL); | ||||||
9370 | if (CandidateSet.getRewriteInfo().shouldAddReversed( | ||||||
9371 | Context, FTD->getTemplatedDecl())) { | ||||||
9372 | AddTemplateOverloadCandidate( | ||||||
9373 | FTD, FoundDecl, ExplicitTemplateArgs, {Args[1], Args[0]}, | ||||||
9374 | CandidateSet, /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false, PartialOverloading, | ||||||
9375 | /*AllowExplicit=*/true, ADLCallKind::UsesADL, | ||||||
9376 | OverloadCandidateParamOrder::Reversed); | ||||||
9377 | } | ||||||
9378 | } | ||||||
9379 | } | ||||||
9380 | } | ||||||
9381 | |||||||
9382 | namespace { | ||||||
9383 | enum class Comparison { Equal, Better, Worse }; | ||||||
9384 | } | ||||||
9385 | |||||||
9386 | /// Compares the enable_if attributes of two FunctionDecls, for the purposes of | ||||||
9387 | /// overload resolution. | ||||||
9388 | /// | ||||||
9389 | /// Cand1's set of enable_if attributes are said to be "better" than Cand2's iff | ||||||
9390 | /// Cand1's first N enable_if attributes have precisely the same conditions as | ||||||
9391 | /// Cand2's first N enable_if attributes (where N = the number of enable_if | ||||||
9392 | /// attributes on Cand2), and Cand1 has more than N enable_if attributes. | ||||||
9393 | /// | ||||||
9394 | /// Note that you can have a pair of candidates such that Cand1's enable_if | ||||||
9395 | /// attributes are worse than Cand2's, and Cand2's enable_if attributes are | ||||||
9396 | /// worse than Cand1's. | ||||||
9397 | static Comparison compareEnableIfAttrs(const Sema &S, const FunctionDecl *Cand1, | ||||||
9398 | const FunctionDecl *Cand2) { | ||||||
9399 | // Common case: One (or both) decls don't have enable_if attrs. | ||||||
9400 | bool Cand1Attr = Cand1->hasAttr<EnableIfAttr>(); | ||||||
9401 | bool Cand2Attr = Cand2->hasAttr<EnableIfAttr>(); | ||||||
9402 | if (!Cand1Attr || !Cand2Attr) { | ||||||
9403 | if (Cand1Attr == Cand2Attr) | ||||||
9404 | return Comparison::Equal; | ||||||
9405 | return Cand1Attr ? Comparison::Better : Comparison::Worse; | ||||||
9406 | } | ||||||
9407 | |||||||
9408 | auto Cand1Attrs = Cand1->specific_attrs<EnableIfAttr>(); | ||||||
9409 | auto Cand2Attrs = Cand2->specific_attrs<EnableIfAttr>(); | ||||||
9410 | |||||||
9411 | llvm::FoldingSetNodeID Cand1ID, Cand2ID; | ||||||
9412 | for (auto Pair : zip_longest(Cand1Attrs, Cand2Attrs)) { | ||||||
9413 | Optional<EnableIfAttr *> Cand1A = std::get<0>(Pair); | ||||||
9414 | Optional<EnableIfAttr *> Cand2A = std::get<1>(Pair); | ||||||
9415 | |||||||
9416 | // It's impossible for Cand1 to be better than (or equal to) Cand2 if Cand1 | ||||||
9417 | // has fewer enable_if attributes than Cand2, and vice versa. | ||||||
9418 | if (!Cand1A) | ||||||
9419 | return Comparison::Worse; | ||||||
9420 | if (!Cand2A) | ||||||
9421 | return Comparison::Better; | ||||||
9422 | |||||||
9423 | Cand1ID.clear(); | ||||||
9424 | Cand2ID.clear(); | ||||||
9425 | |||||||
9426 | (*Cand1A)->getCond()->Profile(Cand1ID, S.getASTContext(), true); | ||||||
9427 | (*Cand2A)->getCond()->Profile(Cand2ID, S.getASTContext(), true); | ||||||
9428 | if (Cand1ID != Cand2ID) | ||||||
9429 | return Comparison::Worse; | ||||||
9430 | } | ||||||
9431 | |||||||
9432 | return Comparison::Equal; | ||||||
9433 | } | ||||||
9434 | |||||||
9435 | static Comparison | ||||||
9436 | isBetterMultiversionCandidate(const OverloadCandidate &Cand1, | ||||||
9437 | const OverloadCandidate &Cand2) { | ||||||
9438 | if (!Cand1.Function || !Cand1.Function->isMultiVersion() || !Cand2.Function || | ||||||
9439 | !Cand2.Function->isMultiVersion()) | ||||||
9440 | return Comparison::Equal; | ||||||
9441 | |||||||
9442 | // If both are invalid, they are equal. If one of them is invalid, the other | ||||||
9443 | // is better. | ||||||
9444 | if (Cand1.Function->isInvalidDecl()) { | ||||||
9445 | if (Cand2.Function->isInvalidDecl()) | ||||||
9446 | return Comparison::Equal; | ||||||
9447 | return Comparison::Worse; | ||||||
9448 | } | ||||||
9449 | if (Cand2.Function->isInvalidDecl()) | ||||||
9450 | return Comparison::Better; | ||||||
9451 | |||||||
9452 | // If this is a cpu_dispatch/cpu_specific multiversion situation, prefer | ||||||
9453 | // cpu_dispatch, else arbitrarily based on the identifiers. | ||||||
9454 | bool Cand1CPUDisp = Cand1.Function->hasAttr<CPUDispatchAttr>(); | ||||||
9455 | bool Cand2CPUDisp = Cand2.Function->hasAttr<CPUDispatchAttr>(); | ||||||
9456 | const auto *Cand1CPUSpec = Cand1.Function->getAttr<CPUSpecificAttr>(); | ||||||
9457 | const auto *Cand2CPUSpec = Cand2.Function->getAttr<CPUSpecificAttr>(); | ||||||
9458 | |||||||
9459 | if (!Cand1CPUDisp && !Cand2CPUDisp && !Cand1CPUSpec && !Cand2CPUSpec) | ||||||
9460 | return Comparison::Equal; | ||||||
9461 | |||||||
9462 | if (Cand1CPUDisp && !Cand2CPUDisp) | ||||||
9463 | return Comparison::Better; | ||||||
9464 | if (Cand2CPUDisp && !Cand1CPUDisp) | ||||||
9465 | return Comparison::Worse; | ||||||
9466 | |||||||
9467 | if (Cand1CPUSpec && Cand2CPUSpec) { | ||||||
9468 | if (Cand1CPUSpec->cpus_size() != Cand2CPUSpec->cpus_size()) | ||||||
9469 | return Cand1CPUSpec->cpus_size() < Cand2CPUSpec->cpus_size() | ||||||
9470 | ? Comparison::Better | ||||||
9471 | : Comparison::Worse; | ||||||
9472 | |||||||
9473 | std::pair<CPUSpecificAttr::cpus_iterator, CPUSpecificAttr::cpus_iterator> | ||||||
9474 | FirstDiff = std::mismatch( | ||||||
9475 | Cand1CPUSpec->cpus_begin(), Cand1CPUSpec->cpus_end(), | ||||||
9476 | Cand2CPUSpec->cpus_begin(), | ||||||
9477 | [](const IdentifierInfo *LHS, const IdentifierInfo *RHS) { | ||||||
9478 | return LHS->getName() == RHS->getName(); | ||||||
9479 | }); | ||||||
9480 | |||||||
9481 | assert(FirstDiff.first != Cand1CPUSpec->cpus_end() &&(static_cast <bool> (FirstDiff.first != Cand1CPUSpec-> cpus_end() && "Two different cpu-specific versions should not have the same " "identifier list, otherwise they'd be the same decl!") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("FirstDiff.first != Cand1CPUSpec->cpus_end() && \"Two different cpu-specific versions should not have the same \" \"identifier list, otherwise they'd be the same decl!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 9483, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||
9482 | "Two different cpu-specific versions should not have the same "(static_cast <bool> (FirstDiff.first != Cand1CPUSpec-> cpus_end() && "Two different cpu-specific versions should not have the same " "identifier list, otherwise they'd be the same decl!") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("FirstDiff.first != Cand1CPUSpec->cpus_end() && \"Two different cpu-specific versions should not have the same \" \"identifier list, otherwise they'd be the same decl!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 9483, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||
9483 | "identifier list, otherwise they'd be the same decl!")(static_cast <bool> (FirstDiff.first != Cand1CPUSpec-> cpus_end() && "Two different cpu-specific versions should not have the same " "identifier list, otherwise they'd be the same decl!") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("FirstDiff.first != Cand1CPUSpec->cpus_end() && \"Two different cpu-specific versions should not have the same \" \"identifier list, otherwise they'd be the same decl!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 9483, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
9484 | return (*FirstDiff.first)->getName() < (*FirstDiff.second)->getName() | ||||||
9485 | ? Comparison::Better | ||||||
9486 | : Comparison::Worse; | ||||||
9487 | } | ||||||
9488 | llvm_unreachable("No way to get here unless both had cpu_dispatch")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("No way to get here unless both had cpu_dispatch" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 9488); | ||||||
9489 | } | ||||||
9490 | |||||||
9491 | /// Compute the type of the implicit object parameter for the given function, | ||||||
9492 | /// if any. Returns None if there is no implicit object parameter, and a null | ||||||
9493 | /// QualType if there is a 'matches anything' implicit object parameter. | ||||||
9494 | static Optional<QualType> getImplicitObjectParamType(ASTContext &Context, | ||||||
9495 | const FunctionDecl *F) { | ||||||
9496 | if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(F) || isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(F)) | ||||||
9497 | return llvm::None; | ||||||
9498 | |||||||
9499 | auto *M = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(F); | ||||||
9500 | // Static member functions' object parameters match all types. | ||||||
9501 | if (M->isStatic()) | ||||||
9502 | return QualType(); | ||||||
9503 | |||||||
9504 | QualType T = M->getThisObjectType(); | ||||||
9505 | if (M->getRefQualifier() == RQ_RValue) | ||||||
9506 | return Context.getRValueReferenceType(T); | ||||||
9507 | return Context.getLValueReferenceType(T); | ||||||
9508 | } | ||||||
9509 | |||||||
9510 | static bool haveSameParameterTypes(ASTContext &Context, const FunctionDecl *F1, | ||||||
9511 | const FunctionDecl *F2, unsigned NumParams) { | ||||||
9512 | if (declaresSameEntity(F1, F2)) | ||||||
9513 | return true; | ||||||
9514 | |||||||
9515 | auto NextParam = [&](const FunctionDecl *F, unsigned &I, bool First) { | ||||||
9516 | if (First) { | ||||||
9517 | if (Optional<QualType> T = getImplicitObjectParamType(Context, F)) | ||||||
9518 | return *T; | ||||||
9519 | } | ||||||
9520 | assert(I < F->getNumParams())(static_cast <bool> (I < F->getNumParams()) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("I < F->getNumParams()", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 9520, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
9521 | return F->getParamDecl(I++)->getType(); | ||||||
9522 | }; | ||||||
9523 | |||||||
9524 | unsigned I1 = 0, I2 = 0; | ||||||
9525 | for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumParams; ++I) { | ||||||
9526 | QualType T1 = NextParam(F1, I1, I == 0); | ||||||
9527 | QualType T2 = NextParam(F2, I2, I == 0); | ||||||
9528 | if (!T1.isNull() && !T1.isNull() && !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(T1, T2)) | ||||||
9529 | return false; | ||||||
9530 | } | ||||||
9531 | return true; | ||||||
9532 | } | ||||||
9533 | |||||||
9534 | /// isBetterOverloadCandidate - Determines whether the first overload | ||||||
9535 | /// candidate is a better candidate than the second (C++ 13.3.3p1). | ||||||
9536 | bool clang::isBetterOverloadCandidate( | ||||||
9537 | Sema &S, const OverloadCandidate &Cand1, const OverloadCandidate &Cand2, | ||||||
9538 | SourceLocation Loc, OverloadCandidateSet::CandidateSetKind Kind) { | ||||||
9539 | // Define viable functions to be better candidates than non-viable | ||||||
9540 | // functions. | ||||||
9541 | if (!Cand2.Viable) | ||||||
9542 | return Cand1.Viable; | ||||||
9543 | else if (!Cand1.Viable) | ||||||
9544 | return false; | ||||||
9545 | |||||||
9546 | // [CUDA] A function with 'never' preference is marked not viable, therefore | ||||||
9547 | // is never shown up here. The worst preference shown up here is 'wrong side', | ||||||
9548 | // e.g. an H function called by a HD function in device compilation. This is | ||||||
9549 | // valid AST as long as the HD function is not emitted, e.g. it is an inline | ||||||
9550 | // function which is called only by an H function. A deferred diagnostic will | ||||||
9551 | // be triggered if it is emitted. However a wrong-sided function is still | ||||||
9552 | // a viable candidate here. | ||||||
9553 | // | ||||||
9554 | // If Cand1 can be emitted and Cand2 cannot be emitted in the current | ||||||
9555 | // context, Cand1 is better than Cand2. If Cand1 can not be emitted and Cand2 | ||||||
9556 | // can be emitted, Cand1 is not better than Cand2. This rule should have | ||||||
9557 | // precedence over other rules. | ||||||
9558 | // | ||||||
9559 | // If both Cand1 and Cand2 can be emitted, or neither can be emitted, then | ||||||
9560 | // other rules should be used to determine which is better. This is because | ||||||
9561 | // host/device based overloading resolution is mostly for determining | ||||||
9562 | // viability of a function. If two functions are both viable, other factors | ||||||
9563 | // should take precedence in preference, e.g. the standard-defined preferences | ||||||
9564 | // like argument conversion ranks or enable_if partial-ordering. The | ||||||
9565 | // preference for pass-object-size parameters is probably most similar to a | ||||||
9566 | // type-based-overloading decision and so should take priority. | ||||||
9567 | // | ||||||
9568 | // If other rules cannot determine which is better, CUDA preference will be | ||||||
9569 | // used again to determine which is better. | ||||||
9570 | // | ||||||
9571 | // TODO: Currently IdentifyCUDAPreference does not return correct values | ||||||
9572 | // for functions called in global variable initializers due to missing | ||||||
9573 | // correct context about device/host. Therefore we can only enforce this | ||||||
9574 | // rule when there is a caller. We should enforce this rule for functions | ||||||
9575 | // in global variable initializers once proper context is added. | ||||||
9576 | // | ||||||
9577 | // TODO: We can only enable the hostness based overloading resolution when | ||||||
9578 | // -fgpu-exclude-wrong-side-overloads is on since this requires deferring | ||||||
9579 | // overloading resolution diagnostics. | ||||||
9580 | if (S.getLangOpts().CUDA && Cand1.Function && Cand2.Function && | ||||||
9581 | S.getLangOpts().GPUExcludeWrongSideOverloads) { | ||||||
9582 | if (FunctionDecl *Caller = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(S.CurContext)) { | ||||||
9583 | bool IsCallerImplicitHD = Sema::isCUDAImplicitHostDeviceFunction(Caller); | ||||||
9584 | bool IsCand1ImplicitHD = | ||||||
9585 | Sema::isCUDAImplicitHostDeviceFunction(Cand1.Function); | ||||||
9586 | bool IsCand2ImplicitHD = | ||||||
9587 | Sema::isCUDAImplicitHostDeviceFunction(Cand2.Function); | ||||||
9588 | auto P1 = S.IdentifyCUDAPreference(Caller, Cand1.Function); | ||||||
9589 | auto P2 = S.IdentifyCUDAPreference(Caller, Cand2.Function); | ||||||
9590 | assert(P1 != Sema::CFP_Never && P2 != Sema::CFP_Never)(static_cast <bool> (P1 != Sema::CFP_Never && P2 != Sema::CFP_Never) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("P1 != Sema::CFP_Never && P2 != Sema::CFP_Never" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 9590, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
9591 | // The implicit HD function may be a function in a system header which | ||||||
9592 | // is forced by pragma. In device compilation, if we prefer HD candidates | ||||||
9593 | // over wrong-sided candidates, overloading resolution may change, which | ||||||
9594 | // may result in non-deferrable diagnostics. As a workaround, we let | ||||||
9595 | // implicit HD candidates take equal preference as wrong-sided candidates. | ||||||
9596 | // This will preserve the overloading resolution. | ||||||
9597 | // TODO: We still need special handling of implicit HD functions since | ||||||
9598 | // they may incur other diagnostics to be deferred. We should make all | ||||||
9599 | // host/device related diagnostics deferrable and remove special handling | ||||||
9600 | // of implicit HD functions. | ||||||
9601 | auto EmitThreshold = | ||||||
9602 | (S.getLangOpts().CUDAIsDevice && IsCallerImplicitHD && | ||||||
9603 | (IsCand1ImplicitHD || IsCand2ImplicitHD)) | ||||||
9604 | ? Sema::CFP_Never | ||||||
9605 | : Sema::CFP_WrongSide; | ||||||
9606 | auto Cand1Emittable = P1 > EmitThreshold; | ||||||
9607 | auto Cand2Emittable = P2 > EmitThreshold; | ||||||
9608 | if (Cand1Emittable && !Cand2Emittable) | ||||||
9609 | return true; | ||||||
9610 | if (!Cand1Emittable && Cand2Emittable) | ||||||
9611 | return false; | ||||||
9612 | } | ||||||
9613 | } | ||||||
9614 | |||||||
9615 | // C++ [over.match.best]p1: | ||||||
9616 | // | ||||||
9617 | // -- if F is a static member function, ICS1(F) is defined such | ||||||
9618 | // that ICS1(F) is neither better nor worse than ICS1(G) for | ||||||
9619 | // any function G, and, symmetrically, ICS1(G) is neither | ||||||
9620 | // better nor worse than ICS1(F). | ||||||
9621 | unsigned StartArg = 0; | ||||||
9622 | if (Cand1.IgnoreObjectArgument || Cand2.IgnoreObjectArgument) | ||||||
9623 | StartArg = 1; | ||||||
9624 | |||||||
9625 | auto IsIllFormedConversion = [&](const ImplicitConversionSequence &ICS) { | ||||||
9626 | // We don't allow incompatible pointer conversions in C++. | ||||||
9627 | if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) | ||||||
9628 | return ICS.isStandard() && | ||||||
9629 | ICS.Standard.Second == ICK_Incompatible_Pointer_Conversion; | ||||||
9630 | |||||||
9631 | // The only ill-formed conversion we allow in C++ is the string literal to | ||||||
9632 | // char* conversion, which is only considered ill-formed after C++11. | ||||||
9633 | return S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && !S.getLangOpts().WritableStrings && | ||||||
9634 | hasDeprecatedStringLiteralToCharPtrConversion(ICS); | ||||||
9635 | }; | ||||||
9636 | |||||||
9637 | // Define functions that don't require ill-formed conversions for a given | ||||||
9638 | // argument to be better candidates than functions that do. | ||||||
9639 | unsigned NumArgs = Cand1.Conversions.size(); | ||||||
9640 | assert(Cand2.Conversions.size() == NumArgs && "Overload candidate mismatch")(static_cast <bool> (Cand2.Conversions.size() == NumArgs && "Overload candidate mismatch") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Cand2.Conversions.size() == NumArgs && \"Overload candidate mismatch\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 9640, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
9641 | bool HasBetterConversion = false; | ||||||
9642 | for (unsigned ArgIdx = StartArg; ArgIdx < NumArgs; ++ArgIdx) { | ||||||
9643 | bool Cand1Bad = IsIllFormedConversion(Cand1.Conversions[ArgIdx]); | ||||||
9644 | bool Cand2Bad = IsIllFormedConversion(Cand2.Conversions[ArgIdx]); | ||||||
9645 | if (Cand1Bad != Cand2Bad) { | ||||||
9646 | if (Cand1Bad) | ||||||
9647 | return false; | ||||||
9648 | HasBetterConversion = true; | ||||||
9649 | } | ||||||
9650 | } | ||||||
9651 | |||||||
9652 | if (HasBetterConversion) | ||||||
9653 | return true; | ||||||
9654 | |||||||
9655 | // C++ [over.match.best]p1: | ||||||
9656 | // A viable function F1 is defined to be a better function than another | ||||||
9657 | // viable function F2 if for all arguments i, ICSi(F1) is not a worse | ||||||
9658 | // conversion sequence than ICSi(F2), and then... | ||||||
9659 | bool HasWorseConversion = false; | ||||||
9660 | for (unsigned ArgIdx = StartArg; ArgIdx < NumArgs; ++ArgIdx) { | ||||||
9661 | switch (CompareImplicitConversionSequences(S, Loc, | ||||||
9662 | Cand1.Conversions[ArgIdx], | ||||||
9663 | Cand2.Conversions[ArgIdx])) { | ||||||
9664 | case ImplicitConversionSequence::Better: | ||||||
9665 | // Cand1 has a better conversion sequence. | ||||||
9666 | HasBetterConversion = true; | ||||||
9667 | break; | ||||||
9668 | |||||||
9669 | case ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse: | ||||||
9670 | if (Cand1.Function && Cand2.Function && | ||||||
9671 | Cand1.isReversed() != Cand2.isReversed() && | ||||||
9672 | haveSameParameterTypes(S.Context, Cand1.Function, Cand2.Function, | ||||||
9673 | NumArgs)) { | ||||||
9674 | // Work around large-scale breakage caused by considering reversed | ||||||
9675 | // forms of operator== in C++20: | ||||||
9676 | // | ||||||
9677 | // When comparing a function against a reversed function with the same | ||||||
9678 | // parameter types, if we have a better conversion for one argument and | ||||||
9679 | // a worse conversion for the other, the implicit conversion sequences | ||||||
9680 | // are treated as being equally good. | ||||||
9681 | // | ||||||
9682 | // This prevents a comparison function from being considered ambiguous | ||||||
9683 | // with a reversed form that is written in the same way. | ||||||
9684 | // | ||||||
9685 | // We diagnose this as an extension from CreateOverloadedBinOp. | ||||||
9686 | HasWorseConversion = true; | ||||||
9687 | break; | ||||||
9688 | } | ||||||
9689 | |||||||
9690 | // Cand1 can't be better than Cand2. | ||||||
9691 | return false; | ||||||
9692 | |||||||
9693 | case ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable: | ||||||
9694 | // Do nothing. | ||||||
9695 | break; | ||||||
9696 | } | ||||||
9697 | } | ||||||
9698 | |||||||
9699 | // -- for some argument j, ICSj(F1) is a better conversion sequence than | ||||||
9700 | // ICSj(F2), or, if not that, | ||||||
9701 | if (HasBetterConversion && !HasWorseConversion) | ||||||
9702 | return true; | ||||||
9703 | |||||||
9704 | // -- the context is an initialization by user-defined conversion | ||||||
9705 | // (see 8.5, 13.3.1.5) and the standard conversion sequence | ||||||
9706 | // from the return type of F1 to the destination type (i.e., | ||||||
9707 | // the type of the entity being initialized) is a better | ||||||
9708 | // conversion sequence than the standard conversion sequence | ||||||
9709 | // from the return type of F2 to the destination type. | ||||||
9710 | if (Kind == OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_InitByUserDefinedConversion && | ||||||
9711 | Cand1.Function && Cand2.Function && | ||||||
9712 | isa<CXXConversionDecl>(Cand1.Function) && | ||||||
9713 | isa<CXXConversionDecl>(Cand2.Function)) { | ||||||
9714 | // First check whether we prefer one of the conversion functions over the | ||||||
9715 | // other. This only distinguishes the results in non-standard, extension | ||||||
9716 | // cases such as the conversion from a lambda closure type to a function | ||||||
9717 | // pointer or block. | ||||||
9718 | ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind Result = | ||||||
9719 | compareConversionFunctions(S, Cand1.Function, Cand2.Function); | ||||||
9720 | if (Result == ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable) | ||||||
9721 | Result = CompareStandardConversionSequences(S, Loc, | ||||||
9722 | Cand1.FinalConversion, | ||||||
9723 | Cand2.FinalConversion); | ||||||
9724 | |||||||
9725 | if (Result != ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable) | ||||||
9726 | return Result == ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; | ||||||
9727 | |||||||
9728 | // FIXME: Compare kind of reference binding if conversion functions | ||||||
9729 | // convert to a reference type used in direct reference binding, per | ||||||
9730 | // C++14 [over.match.best]p1 section 2 bullet 3. | ||||||
9731 | } | ||||||
9732 | |||||||
9733 | // FIXME: Work around a defect in the C++17 guaranteed copy elision wording, | ||||||
9734 | // as combined with the resolution to CWG issue 243. | ||||||
9735 | // | ||||||
9736 | // When the context is initialization by constructor ([over.match.ctor] or | ||||||
9737 | // either phase of [over.match.list]), a constructor is preferred over | ||||||
9738 | // a conversion function. | ||||||
9739 | if (Kind == OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_InitByConstructor && NumArgs == 1 && | ||||||
9740 | Cand1.Function && Cand2.Function && | ||||||
9741 | isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(Cand1.Function) != | ||||||
9742 | isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(Cand2.Function)) | ||||||
9743 | return isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(Cand1.Function); | ||||||
9744 | |||||||
9745 | // -- F1 is a non-template function and F2 is a function template | ||||||
9746 | // specialization, or, if not that, | ||||||
9747 | bool Cand1IsSpecialization = Cand1.Function && | ||||||
9748 | Cand1.Function->getPrimaryTemplate(); | ||||||
9749 | bool Cand2IsSpecialization = Cand2.Function && | ||||||
9750 | Cand2.Function->getPrimaryTemplate(); | ||||||
9751 | if (Cand1IsSpecialization != Cand2IsSpecialization) | ||||||
9752 | return Cand2IsSpecialization; | ||||||
9753 | |||||||
9754 | // -- F1 and F2 are function template specializations, and the function | ||||||
9755 | // template for F1 is more specialized than the template for F2 | ||||||
9756 | // according to the partial ordering rules described in 14.5.5.2, or, | ||||||
9757 | // if not that, | ||||||
9758 | if (Cand1IsSpecialization && Cand2IsSpecialization) { | ||||||
9759 | if (FunctionTemplateDecl *BetterTemplate = S.getMoreSpecializedTemplate( | ||||||
9760 | Cand1.Function->getPrimaryTemplate(), | ||||||
9761 | Cand2.Function->getPrimaryTemplate(), Loc, | ||||||
9762 | isa<CXXConversionDecl>(Cand1.Function) ? TPOC_Conversion | ||||||
9763 | : TPOC_Call, | ||||||
9764 | Cand1.ExplicitCallArguments, Cand2.ExplicitCallArguments, | ||||||
9765 | Cand1.isReversed() ^ Cand2.isReversed())) | ||||||
9766 | return BetterTemplate == Cand1.Function->getPrimaryTemplate(); | ||||||
9767 | } | ||||||
9768 | |||||||
9769 | // -— F1 and F2 are non-template functions with the same | ||||||
9770 | // parameter-type-lists, and F1 is more constrained than F2 [...], | ||||||
9771 | if (Cand1.Function && Cand2.Function && !Cand1IsSpecialization && | ||||||
9772 | !Cand2IsSpecialization && Cand1.Function->hasPrototype() && | ||||||
9773 | Cand2.Function->hasPrototype()) { | ||||||
9774 | auto *PT1 = cast<FunctionProtoType>(Cand1.Function->getFunctionType()); | ||||||
9775 | auto *PT2 = cast<FunctionProtoType>(Cand2.Function->getFunctionType()); | ||||||
9776 | if (PT1->getNumParams() == PT2->getNumParams() && | ||||||
9777 | PT1->isVariadic() == PT2->isVariadic() && | ||||||
9778 | S.FunctionParamTypesAreEqual(PT1, PT2)) { | ||||||
9779 | Expr *RC1 = Cand1.Function->getTrailingRequiresClause(); | ||||||
9780 | Expr *RC2 = Cand2.Function->getTrailingRequiresClause(); | ||||||
9781 | if (RC1 && RC2) { | ||||||
9782 | bool AtLeastAsConstrained1, AtLeastAsConstrained2; | ||||||
9783 | if (S.IsAtLeastAsConstrained(Cand1.Function, {RC1}, Cand2.Function, | ||||||
9784 | {RC2}, AtLeastAsConstrained1) || | ||||||
9785 | S.IsAtLeastAsConstrained(Cand2.Function, {RC2}, Cand1.Function, | ||||||
9786 | {RC1}, AtLeastAsConstrained2)) | ||||||
9787 | return false; | ||||||
9788 | if (AtLeastAsConstrained1 != AtLeastAsConstrained2) | ||||||
9789 | return AtLeastAsConstrained1; | ||||||
9790 | } else if (RC1 || RC2) { | ||||||
9791 | return RC1 != nullptr; | ||||||
9792 | } | ||||||
9793 | } | ||||||
9794 | } | ||||||
9795 | |||||||
9796 | // -- F1 is a constructor for a class D, F2 is a constructor for a base | ||||||
9797 | // class B of D, and for all arguments the corresponding parameters of | ||||||
9798 | // F1 and F2 have the same type. | ||||||
9799 | // FIXME: Implement the "all parameters have the same type" check. | ||||||
9800 | bool Cand1IsInherited = | ||||||
9801 | dyn_cast_or_null<ConstructorUsingShadowDecl>(Cand1.FoundDecl.getDecl()); | ||||||
9802 | bool Cand2IsInherited = | ||||||
9803 | dyn_cast_or_null<ConstructorUsingShadowDecl>(Cand2.FoundDecl.getDecl()); | ||||||
9804 | if (Cand1IsInherited != Cand2IsInherited) | ||||||
9805 | return Cand2IsInherited; | ||||||
9806 | else if (Cand1IsInherited) { | ||||||
9807 | assert(Cand2IsInherited)(static_cast <bool> (Cand2IsInherited) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Cand2IsInherited", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 9807, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
9808 | auto *Cand1Class = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Cand1.Function->getDeclContext()); | ||||||
9809 | auto *Cand2Class = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Cand2.Function->getDeclContext()); | ||||||
9810 | if (Cand1Class->isDerivedFrom(Cand2Class)) | ||||||
9811 | return true; | ||||||
9812 | if (Cand2Class->isDerivedFrom(Cand1Class)) | ||||||
9813 | return false; | ||||||
9814 | // Inherited from sibling base classes: still ambiguous. | ||||||
9815 | } | ||||||
9816 | |||||||
9817 | // -- F2 is a rewritten candidate (12.4.1.2) and F1 is not | ||||||
9818 | // -- F1 and F2 are rewritten candidates, and F2 is a synthesized candidate | ||||||
9819 | // with reversed order of parameters and F1 is not | ||||||
9820 | // | ||||||
9821 | // We rank reversed + different operator as worse than just reversed, but | ||||||
9822 | // that comparison can never happen, because we only consider reversing for | ||||||
9823 | // the maximally-rewritten operator (== or <=>). | ||||||
9824 | if (Cand1.RewriteKind != Cand2.RewriteKind) | ||||||
9825 | return Cand1.RewriteKind < Cand2.RewriteKind; | ||||||
9826 | |||||||
9827 | // Check C++17 tie-breakers for deduction guides. | ||||||
9828 | { | ||||||
9829 | auto *Guide1 = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXDeductionGuideDecl>(Cand1.Function); | ||||||
9830 | auto *Guide2 = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXDeductionGuideDecl>(Cand2.Function); | ||||||
9831 | if (Guide1 && Guide2) { | ||||||
9832 | // -- F1 is generated from a deduction-guide and F2 is not | ||||||
9833 | if (Guide1->isImplicit() != Guide2->isImplicit()) | ||||||
9834 | return Guide2->isImplicit(); | ||||||
9835 | |||||||
9836 | // -- F1 is the copy deduction candidate(16.3.1.8) and F2 is not | ||||||
9837 | if (Guide1->isCopyDeductionCandidate()) | ||||||
9838 | return true; | ||||||
9839 | } | ||||||
9840 | } | ||||||
9841 | |||||||
9842 | // Check for enable_if value-based overload resolution. | ||||||
9843 | if (Cand1.Function && Cand2.Function) { | ||||||
9844 | Comparison Cmp = compareEnableIfAttrs(S, Cand1.Function, Cand2.Function); | ||||||
9845 | if (Cmp != Comparison::Equal) | ||||||
9846 | return Cmp == Comparison::Better; | ||||||
9847 | } | ||||||
9848 | |||||||
9849 | bool HasPS1 = Cand1.Function != nullptr && | ||||||
9850 | functionHasPassObjectSizeParams(Cand1.Function); | ||||||
9851 | bool HasPS2 = Cand2.Function != nullptr && | ||||||
9852 | functionHasPassObjectSizeParams(Cand2.Function); | ||||||
9853 | if (HasPS1 != HasPS2 && HasPS1) | ||||||
9854 | return true; | ||||||
9855 | |||||||
9856 | auto MV = isBetterMultiversionCandidate(Cand1, Cand2); | ||||||
9857 | if (MV == Comparison::Better) | ||||||
9858 | return true; | ||||||
9859 | if (MV == Comparison::Worse) | ||||||
9860 | return false; | ||||||
9861 | |||||||
9862 | // If other rules cannot determine which is better, CUDA preference is used | ||||||
9863 | // to determine which is better. | ||||||
9864 | if (S.getLangOpts().CUDA && Cand1.Function && Cand2.Function) { | ||||||
9865 | FunctionDecl *Caller = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(S.CurContext); | ||||||
9866 | return S.IdentifyCUDAPreference(Caller, Cand1.Function) > | ||||||
9867 | S.IdentifyCUDAPreference(Caller, Cand2.Function); | ||||||
9868 | } | ||||||
9869 | |||||||
9870 | // General member function overloading is handled above, so this only handles | ||||||
9871 | // constructors with address spaces. | ||||||
9872 | // This only handles address spaces since C++ has no other | ||||||
9873 | // qualifier that can be used with constructors. | ||||||
9874 | const auto *CD1 = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXConstructorDecl>(Cand1.Function); | ||||||
9875 | const auto *CD2 = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXConstructorDecl>(Cand2.Function); | ||||||
9876 | if (CD1 && CD2) { | ||||||
9877 | LangAS AS1 = CD1->getMethodQualifiers().getAddressSpace(); | ||||||
9878 | LangAS AS2 = CD2->getMethodQualifiers().getAddressSpace(); | ||||||
9879 | if (AS1 != AS2) { | ||||||
9880 | if (Qualifiers::isAddressSpaceSupersetOf(AS2, AS1)) | ||||||
9881 | return true; | ||||||
9882 | if (Qualifiers::isAddressSpaceSupersetOf(AS2, AS1)) | ||||||
9883 | return false; | ||||||
9884 | } | ||||||
9885 | } | ||||||
9886 | |||||||
9887 | return false; | ||||||
9888 | } | ||||||
9889 | |||||||
9890 | /// Determine whether two declarations are "equivalent" for the purposes of | ||||||
9891 | /// name lookup and overload resolution. This applies when the same internal/no | ||||||
9892 | /// linkage entity is defined by two modules (probably by textually including | ||||||
9893 | /// the same header). In such a case, we don't consider the declarations to | ||||||
9894 | /// declare the same entity, but we also don't want lookups with both | ||||||
9895 | /// declarations visible to be ambiguous in some cases (this happens when using | ||||||
9896 | /// a modularized libstdc++). | ||||||
9897 | bool Sema::isEquivalentInternalLinkageDeclaration(const NamedDecl *A, | ||||||
9898 | const NamedDecl *B) { | ||||||
9899 | auto *VA = dyn_cast_or_null<ValueDecl>(A); | ||||||
9900 | auto *VB = dyn_cast_or_null<ValueDecl>(B); | ||||||
9901 | if (!VA || !VB) | ||||||
9902 | return false; | ||||||
9903 | |||||||
9904 | // The declarations must be declaring the same name as an internal linkage | ||||||
9905 | // entity in different modules. | ||||||
9906 | if (!VA->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( | ||||||
9907 | VB->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) || | ||||||
9908 | getOwningModule(VA) == getOwningModule(VB) || | ||||||
9909 | VA->isExternallyVisible() || VB->isExternallyVisible()) | ||||||
9910 | return false; | ||||||
9911 | |||||||
9912 | // Check that the declarations appear to be equivalent. | ||||||
9913 | // | ||||||
9914 | // FIXME: Checking the type isn't really enough to resolve the ambiguity. | ||||||
9915 | // For constants and functions, we should check the initializer or body is | ||||||
9916 | // the same. For non-constant variables, we shouldn't allow it at all. | ||||||
9917 | if (Context.hasSameType(VA->getType(), VB->getType())) | ||||||
9918 | return true; | ||||||
9919 | |||||||
9920 | // Enum constants within unnamed enumerations will have different types, but | ||||||
9921 | // may still be similar enough to be interchangeable for our purposes. | ||||||
9922 | if (auto *EA = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(VA)) { | ||||||
9923 | if (auto *EB = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(VB)) { | ||||||
9924 | // Only handle anonymous enums. If the enumerations were named and | ||||||
9925 | // equivalent, they would have been merged to the same type. | ||||||
9926 | auto *EnumA = cast<EnumDecl>(EA->getDeclContext()); | ||||||
9927 | auto *EnumB = cast<EnumDecl>(EB->getDeclContext()); | ||||||
9928 | if (EnumA->hasNameForLinkage() || EnumB->hasNameForLinkage() || | ||||||
9929 | !Context.hasSameType(EnumA->getIntegerType(), | ||||||
9930 | EnumB->getIntegerType())) | ||||||
9931 | return false; | ||||||
9932 | // Allow this only if the value is the same for both enumerators. | ||||||
9933 | return llvm::APSInt::isSameValue(EA->getInitVal(), EB->getInitVal()); | ||||||
9934 | } | ||||||
9935 | } | ||||||
9936 | |||||||
9937 | // Nothing else is sufficiently similar. | ||||||
9938 | return false; | ||||||
9939 | } | ||||||
9940 | |||||||
9941 | void Sema::diagnoseEquivalentInternalLinkageDeclarations( | ||||||
9942 | SourceLocation Loc, const NamedDecl *D, ArrayRef<const NamedDecl *> Equiv) { | ||||||
9943 | assert(D && "Unknown declaration")(static_cast <bool> (D && "Unknown declaration" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("D && \"Unknown declaration\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 9943, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
9944 | Diag(Loc, diag::ext_equivalent_internal_linkage_decl_in_modules) << D; | ||||||
9945 | |||||||
9946 | Module *M = getOwningModule(D); | ||||||
9947 | Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_equivalent_internal_linkage_decl) | ||||||
9948 | << !M << (M ? M->getFullModuleName() : ""); | ||||||
9949 | |||||||
9950 | for (auto *E : Equiv) { | ||||||
9951 | Module *M = getOwningModule(E); | ||||||
9952 | Diag(E->getLocation(), diag::note_equivalent_internal_linkage_decl) | ||||||
9953 | << !M << (M ? M->getFullModuleName() : ""); | ||||||
9954 | } | ||||||
9955 | } | ||||||
9956 | |||||||
9957 | /// Computes the best viable function (C++ 13.3.3) | ||||||
9958 | /// within an overload candidate set. | ||||||
9959 | /// | ||||||
9960 | /// \param Loc The location of the function name (or operator symbol) for | ||||||
9961 | /// which overload resolution occurs. | ||||||
9962 | /// | ||||||
9963 | /// \param Best If overload resolution was successful or found a deleted | ||||||
9964 | /// function, \p Best points to the candidate function found. | ||||||
9965 | /// | ||||||
9966 | /// \returns The result of overload resolution. | ||||||
9967 | OverloadingResult | ||||||
9968 | OverloadCandidateSet::BestViableFunction(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, | ||||||
9969 | iterator &Best) { | ||||||
9970 | llvm::SmallVector<OverloadCandidate *, 16> Candidates; | ||||||
9971 | std::transform(begin(), end(), std::back_inserter(Candidates), | ||||||
9972 | [](OverloadCandidate &Cand) { return &Cand; }); | ||||||
9973 | |||||||
9974 | // [CUDA] HD->H or HD->D calls are technically not allowed by CUDA but | ||||||
9975 | // are accepted by both clang and NVCC. However, during a particular | ||||||
9976 | // compilation mode only one call variant is viable. We need to | ||||||
9977 | // exclude non-viable overload candidates from consideration based | ||||||
9978 | // only on their host/device attributes. Specifically, if one | ||||||
9979 | // candidate call is WrongSide and the other is SameSide, we ignore | ||||||
9980 | // the WrongSide candidate. | ||||||
9981 | // We only need to remove wrong-sided candidates here if | ||||||
9982 | // -fgpu-exclude-wrong-side-overloads is off. When | ||||||
9983 | // -fgpu-exclude-wrong-side-overloads is on, all candidates are compared | ||||||
9984 | // uniformly in isBetterOverloadCandidate. | ||||||
9985 | if (S.getLangOpts().CUDA && !S.getLangOpts().GPUExcludeWrongSideOverloads) { | ||||||
9986 | const FunctionDecl *Caller = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(S.CurContext); | ||||||
9987 | bool ContainsSameSideCandidate = | ||||||
9988 | llvm::any_of(Candidates, [&](OverloadCandidate *Cand) { | ||||||
9989 | // Check viable function only. | ||||||
9990 | return Cand->Viable && Cand->Function && | ||||||
9991 | S.IdentifyCUDAPreference(Caller, Cand->Function) == | ||||||
9992 | Sema::CFP_SameSide; | ||||||
9993 | }); | ||||||
9994 | if (ContainsSameSideCandidate) { | ||||||
9995 | auto IsWrongSideCandidate = [&](OverloadCandidate *Cand) { | ||||||
9996 | // Check viable function only to avoid unnecessary data copying/moving. | ||||||
9997 | return Cand->Viable && Cand->Function && | ||||||
9998 | S.IdentifyCUDAPreference(Caller, Cand->Function) == | ||||||
9999 | Sema::CFP_WrongSide; | ||||||
10000 | }; | ||||||
10001 | llvm::erase_if(Candidates, IsWrongSideCandidate); | ||||||
10002 | } | ||||||
10003 | } | ||||||
10004 | |||||||
10005 | // Find the best viable function. | ||||||
10006 | Best = end(); | ||||||
10007 | for (auto *Cand : Candidates) { | ||||||
10008 | Cand->Best = false; | ||||||
10009 | if (Cand->Viable) | ||||||
10010 | if (Best == end() || | ||||||
10011 | isBetterOverloadCandidate(S, *Cand, *Best, Loc, Kind)) | ||||||
10012 | Best = Cand; | ||||||
10013 | } | ||||||
10014 | |||||||
10015 | // If we didn't find any viable functions, abort. | ||||||
10016 | if (Best == end()) | ||||||
10017 | return OR_No_Viable_Function; | ||||||
10018 | |||||||
10019 | llvm::SmallVector<const NamedDecl *, 4> EquivalentCands; | ||||||
10020 | |||||||
10021 | llvm::SmallVector<OverloadCandidate*, 4> PendingBest; | ||||||
10022 | PendingBest.push_back(&*Best); | ||||||
10023 | Best->Best = true; | ||||||
10024 | |||||||
10025 | // Make sure that this function is better than every other viable | ||||||
10026 | // function. If not, we have an ambiguity. | ||||||
10027 | while (!PendingBest.empty()) { | ||||||
10028 | auto *Curr = PendingBest.pop_back_val(); | ||||||
10029 | for (auto *Cand : Candidates) { | ||||||
10030 | if (Cand->Viable && !Cand->Best && | ||||||
10031 | !isBetterOverloadCandidate(S, *Curr, *Cand, Loc, Kind)) { | ||||||
10032 | PendingBest.push_back(Cand); | ||||||
10033 | Cand->Best = true; | ||||||
10034 | |||||||
10035 | if (S.isEquivalentInternalLinkageDeclaration(Cand->Function, | ||||||
10036 | Curr->Function)) | ||||||
10037 | EquivalentCands.push_back(Cand->Function); | ||||||
10038 | else | ||||||
10039 | Best = end(); | ||||||
10040 | } | ||||||
10041 | } | ||||||
10042 | } | ||||||
10043 | |||||||
10044 | // If we found more than one best candidate, this is ambiguous. | ||||||
10045 | if (Best == end()) | ||||||
10046 | return OR_Ambiguous; | ||||||
10047 | |||||||
10048 | // Best is the best viable function. | ||||||
10049 | if (Best->Function && Best->Function->isDeleted()) | ||||||
10050 | return OR_Deleted; | ||||||
10051 | |||||||
10052 | if (!EquivalentCands.empty()) | ||||||
10053 | S.diagnoseEquivalentInternalLinkageDeclarations(Loc, Best->Function, | ||||||
10054 | EquivalentCands); | ||||||
10055 | |||||||
10056 | return OR_Success; | ||||||
10057 | } | ||||||
10058 | |||||||
10059 | namespace { | ||||||
10060 | |||||||
10061 | enum OverloadCandidateKind { | ||||||
10062 | oc_function, | ||||||
10063 | oc_method, | ||||||
10064 | oc_reversed_binary_operator, | ||||||
10065 | oc_constructor, | ||||||
10066 | oc_implicit_default_constructor, | ||||||
10067 | oc_implicit_copy_constructor, | ||||||
10068 | oc_implicit_move_constructor, | ||||||
10069 | oc_implicit_copy_assignment, | ||||||
10070 | oc_implicit_move_assignment, | ||||||
10071 | oc_implicit_equality_comparison, | ||||||
10072 | oc_inherited_constructor | ||||||
10073 | }; | ||||||
10074 | |||||||
10075 | enum OverloadCandidateSelect { | ||||||
10076 | ocs_non_template, | ||||||
10077 | ocs_template, | ||||||
10078 | ocs_described_template, | ||||||
10079 | }; | ||||||
10080 | |||||||
10081 | static std::pair<OverloadCandidateKind, OverloadCandidateSelect> | ||||||
10082 | ClassifyOverloadCandidate(Sema &S, NamedDecl *Found, FunctionDecl *Fn, | ||||||
10083 | OverloadCandidateRewriteKind CRK, | ||||||
10084 | std::string &Description) { | ||||||
10085 | |||||||
10086 | bool isTemplate = Fn->isTemplateDecl() || Found->isTemplateDecl(); | ||||||
10087 | if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = Fn->getPrimaryTemplate()) { | ||||||
10088 | isTemplate = true; | ||||||
10089 | Description = S.getTemplateArgumentBindingsText( | ||||||
10090 | FunTmpl->getTemplateParameters(), *Fn->getTemplateSpecializationArgs()); | ||||||
10091 | } | ||||||
10092 | |||||||
10093 | OverloadCandidateSelect Select = [&]() { | ||||||
10094 | if (!Description.empty()) | ||||||
10095 | return ocs_described_template; | ||||||
10096 | return isTemplate ? ocs_template : ocs_non_template; | ||||||
10097 | }(); | ||||||
10098 | |||||||
10099 | OverloadCandidateKind Kind = [&]() { | ||||||
10100 | if (Fn->isImplicit() && Fn->getOverloadedOperator() == OO_EqualEqual) | ||||||
10101 | return oc_implicit_equality_comparison; | ||||||
10102 | |||||||
10103 | if (CRK & CRK_Reversed) | ||||||
10104 | return oc_reversed_binary_operator; | ||||||
10105 | |||||||
10106 | if (CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Fn)) { | ||||||
10107 | if (!Ctor->isImplicit()) { | ||||||
10108 | if (isa<ConstructorUsingShadowDecl>(Found)) | ||||||
10109 | return oc_inherited_constructor; | ||||||
10110 | else | ||||||
10111 | return oc_constructor; | ||||||
10112 | } | ||||||
10113 | |||||||
10114 | if (Ctor->isDefaultConstructor()) | ||||||
10115 | return oc_implicit_default_constructor; | ||||||
10116 | |||||||
10117 | if (Ctor->isMoveConstructor()) | ||||||
10118 | return oc_implicit_move_constructor; | ||||||
10119 | |||||||
10120 | assert(Ctor->isCopyConstructor() &&(static_cast <bool> (Ctor->isCopyConstructor() && "unexpected sort of implicit constructor") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Ctor->isCopyConstructor() && \"unexpected sort of implicit constructor\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 10121, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||
10121 | "unexpected sort of implicit constructor")(static_cast <bool> (Ctor->isCopyConstructor() && "unexpected sort of implicit constructor") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Ctor->isCopyConstructor() && \"unexpected sort of implicit constructor\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 10121, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
10122 | return oc_implicit_copy_constructor; | ||||||
10123 | } | ||||||
10124 | |||||||
10125 | if (CXXMethodDecl *Meth = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Fn)) { | ||||||
10126 | // This actually gets spelled 'candidate function' for now, but | ||||||
10127 | // it doesn't hurt to split it out. | ||||||
10128 | if (!Meth->isImplicit()) | ||||||
10129 | return oc_method; | ||||||
10130 | |||||||
10131 | if (Meth->isMoveAssignmentOperator()) | ||||||
10132 | return oc_implicit_move_assignment; | ||||||
10133 | |||||||
10134 | if (Meth->isCopyAssignmentOperator()) | ||||||
10135 | return oc_implicit_copy_assignment; | ||||||
10136 | |||||||
10137 | assert(isa<CXXConversionDecl>(Meth) && "expected conversion")(static_cast <bool> (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(Meth) && "expected conversion") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<CXXConversionDecl>(Meth) && \"expected conversion\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 10137, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
10138 | return oc_method; | ||||||
10139 | } | ||||||
10140 | |||||||
10141 | return oc_function; | ||||||
10142 | }(); | ||||||
10143 | |||||||
10144 | return std::make_pair(Kind, Select); | ||||||
10145 | } | ||||||
10146 | |||||||
10147 | void MaybeEmitInheritedConstructorNote(Sema &S, Decl *FoundDecl) { | ||||||
10148 | // FIXME: It'd be nice to only emit a note once per using-decl per overload | ||||||
10149 | // set. | ||||||
10150 | if (auto *Shadow = dyn_cast<ConstructorUsingShadowDecl>(FoundDecl)) | ||||||
10151 | S.Diag(FoundDecl->getLocation(), | ||||||
10152 | diag::note_ovl_candidate_inherited_constructor) | ||||||
10153 | << Shadow->getNominatedBaseClass(); | ||||||
10154 | } | ||||||
10155 | |||||||
10156 | } // end anonymous namespace | ||||||
10157 | |||||||
10158 | static bool isFunctionAlwaysEnabled(const ASTContext &Ctx, | ||||||
10159 | const FunctionDecl *FD) { | ||||||
10160 | for (auto *EnableIf : FD->specific_attrs<EnableIfAttr>()) { | ||||||
10161 | bool AlwaysTrue; | ||||||
10162 | if (EnableIf->getCond()->isValueDependent() || | ||||||
10163 | !EnableIf->getCond()->EvaluateAsBooleanCondition(AlwaysTrue, Ctx)) | ||||||
10164 | return false; | ||||||
10165 | if (!AlwaysTrue) | ||||||
10166 | return false; | ||||||
10167 | } | ||||||
10168 | return true; | ||||||
10169 | } | ||||||
10170 | |||||||
10171 | /// Returns true if we can take the address of the function. | ||||||
10172 | /// | ||||||
10173 | /// \param Complain - If true, we'll emit a diagnostic | ||||||
10174 | /// \param InOverloadResolution - For the purposes of emitting a diagnostic, are | ||||||
10175 | /// we in overload resolution? | ||||||
10176 | /// \param Loc - The location of the statement we're complaining about. Ignored | ||||||
10177 | /// if we're not complaining, or if we're in overload resolution. | ||||||
10178 | static bool checkAddressOfFunctionIsAvailable(Sema &S, const FunctionDecl *FD, | ||||||
10179 | bool Complain, | ||||||
10180 | bool InOverloadResolution, | ||||||
10181 | SourceLocation Loc) { | ||||||
10182 | if (!isFunctionAlwaysEnabled(S.Context, FD)) { | ||||||
10183 | if (Complain) { | ||||||
10184 | if (InOverloadResolution) | ||||||
10185 | S.Diag(FD->getBeginLoc(), | ||||||
10186 | diag::note_addrof_ovl_candidate_disabled_by_enable_if_attr); | ||||||
10187 | else | ||||||
10188 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_addrof_function_disabled_by_enable_if_attr) << FD; | ||||||
10189 | } | ||||||
10190 | return false; | ||||||
10191 | } | ||||||
10192 | |||||||
10193 | if (FD->getTrailingRequiresClause()) { | ||||||
10194 | ConstraintSatisfaction Satisfaction; | ||||||
10195 | if (S.CheckFunctionConstraints(FD, Satisfaction, Loc)) | ||||||
10196 | return false; | ||||||
10197 | if (!Satisfaction.IsSatisfied) { | ||||||
10198 | if (Complain) { | ||||||
10199 | if (InOverloadResolution) | ||||||
10200 | S.Diag(FD->getBeginLoc(), | ||||||
10201 | diag::note_ovl_candidate_unsatisfied_constraints); | ||||||
10202 | else | ||||||
10203 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_addrof_function_constraints_not_satisfied) | ||||||
10204 | << FD; | ||||||
10205 | S.DiagnoseUnsatisfiedConstraint(Satisfaction); | ||||||
10206 | } | ||||||
10207 | return false; | ||||||
10208 | } | ||||||
10209 | } | ||||||
10210 | |||||||
10211 | auto I = llvm::find_if(FD->parameters(), [](const ParmVarDecl *P) { | ||||||
10212 | return P->hasAttr<PassObjectSizeAttr>(); | ||||||
10213 | }); | ||||||
10214 | if (I == FD->param_end()) | ||||||
10215 | return true; | ||||||
10216 | |||||||
10217 | if (Complain) { | ||||||
10218 | // Add one to ParamNo because it's user-facing | ||||||
10219 | unsigned ParamNo = std::distance(FD->param_begin(), I) + 1; | ||||||
10220 | if (InOverloadResolution) | ||||||
10221 | S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), | ||||||
10222 | diag::note_ovl_candidate_has_pass_object_size_params) | ||||||
10223 | << ParamNo; | ||||||
10224 | else | ||||||
10225 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_address_of_function_with_pass_object_size_params) | ||||||
10226 | << FD << ParamNo; | ||||||
10227 | } | ||||||
10228 | return false; | ||||||
10229 | } | ||||||
10230 | |||||||
10231 | static bool checkAddressOfCandidateIsAvailable(Sema &S, | ||||||
10232 | const FunctionDecl *FD) { | ||||||
10233 | return checkAddressOfFunctionIsAvailable(S, FD, /*Complain=*/true, | ||||||
10234 | /*InOverloadResolution=*/true, | ||||||
10235 | /*Loc=*/SourceLocation()); | ||||||
10236 | } | ||||||
10237 | |||||||
10238 | bool Sema::checkAddressOfFunctionIsAvailable(const FunctionDecl *Function, | ||||||
10239 | bool Complain, | ||||||
10240 | SourceLocation Loc) { | ||||||
10241 | return ::checkAddressOfFunctionIsAvailable(*this, Function, Complain, | ||||||
10242 | /*InOverloadResolution=*/false, | ||||||
10243 | Loc); | ||||||
10244 | } | ||||||
10245 | |||||||
10246 | // Don't print candidates other than the one that matches the calling | ||||||
10247 | // convention of the call operator, since that is guaranteed to exist. | ||||||
10248 | static bool shouldSkipNotingLambdaConversionDecl(FunctionDecl *Fn) { | ||||||
10249 | const auto *ConvD = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(Fn); | ||||||
10250 | |||||||
10251 | if (!ConvD) | ||||||
10252 | return false; | ||||||
10253 | const auto *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Fn->getParent()); | ||||||
10254 | if (!RD->isLambda()) | ||||||
10255 | return false; | ||||||
10256 | |||||||
10257 | CXXMethodDecl *CallOp = RD->getLambdaCallOperator(); | ||||||
10258 | CallingConv CallOpCC = | ||||||
10259 | CallOp->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>()->getCallConv(); | ||||||
10260 | QualType ConvRTy = ConvD->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType(); | ||||||
10261 | CallingConv ConvToCC = | ||||||
10262 | ConvRTy->getPointeeType()->castAs<FunctionType>()->getCallConv(); | ||||||
10263 | |||||||
10264 | return ConvToCC != CallOpCC; | ||||||
10265 | } | ||||||
10266 | |||||||
10267 | // Notes the location of an overload candidate. | ||||||
10268 | void Sema::NoteOverloadCandidate(NamedDecl *Found, FunctionDecl *Fn, | ||||||
10269 | OverloadCandidateRewriteKind RewriteKind, | ||||||
10270 | QualType DestType, bool TakingAddress) { | ||||||
10271 | if (TakingAddress && !checkAddressOfCandidateIsAvailable(*this, Fn)) | ||||||
10272 | return; | ||||||
10273 | if (Fn->isMultiVersion() && Fn->hasAttr<TargetAttr>() && | ||||||
10274 | !Fn->getAttr<TargetAttr>()->isDefaultVersion()) | ||||||
10275 | return; | ||||||
10276 | if (shouldSkipNotingLambdaConversionDecl(Fn)) | ||||||
10277 | return; | ||||||
10278 | |||||||
10279 | std::string FnDesc; | ||||||
10280 | std::pair<OverloadCandidateKind, OverloadCandidateSelect> KSPair = | ||||||
10281 | ClassifyOverloadCandidate(*this, Found, Fn, RewriteKind, FnDesc); | ||||||
10282 | PartialDiagnostic PD = PDiag(diag::note_ovl_candidate) | ||||||
10283 | << (unsigned)KSPair.first << (unsigned)KSPair.second | ||||||
10284 | << Fn << FnDesc; | ||||||
10285 | |||||||
10286 | HandleFunctionTypeMismatch(PD, Fn->getType(), DestType); | ||||||
10287 | Diag(Fn->getLocation(), PD); | ||||||
10288 | MaybeEmitInheritedConstructorNote(*this, Found); | ||||||
10289 | } | ||||||
10290 | |||||||
10291 | static void | ||||||
10292 | MaybeDiagnoseAmbiguousConstraints(Sema &S, ArrayRef<OverloadCandidate> Cands) { | ||||||
10293 | // Perhaps the ambiguity was caused by two atomic constraints that are | ||||||
10294 | // 'identical' but not equivalent: | ||||||
10295 | // | ||||||
10296 | // void foo() requires (sizeof(T) > 4) { } // #1 | ||||||
10297 | // void foo() requires (sizeof(T) > 4) && T::value { } // #2 | ||||||
10298 | // | ||||||
10299 | // The 'sizeof(T) > 4' constraints are seemingly equivalent and should cause | ||||||
10300 | // #2 to subsume #1, but these constraint are not considered equivalent | ||||||
10301 | // according to the subsumption rules because they are not the same | ||||||
10302 | // source-level construct. This behavior is quite confusing and we should try | ||||||
10303 | // to help the user figure out what happened. | ||||||
10304 | |||||||
10305 | SmallVector<const Expr *, 3> FirstAC, SecondAC; | ||||||
10306 | FunctionDecl *FirstCand = nullptr, *SecondCand = nullptr; | ||||||
10307 | for (auto I = Cands.begin(), E = Cands.end(); I != E; ++I) { | ||||||
10308 | if (!I->Function) | ||||||
10309 | continue; | ||||||
10310 | SmallVector<const Expr *, 3> AC; | ||||||
10311 | if (auto *Template = I->Function->getPrimaryTemplate()) | ||||||
10312 | Template->getAssociatedConstraints(AC); | ||||||
10313 | else | ||||||
10314 | I->Function->getAssociatedConstraints(AC); | ||||||
10315 | if (AC.empty()) | ||||||
10316 | continue; | ||||||
10317 | if (FirstCand == nullptr) { | ||||||
10318 | FirstCand = I->Function; | ||||||
10319 | FirstAC = AC; | ||||||
10320 | } else if (SecondCand == nullptr) { | ||||||
10321 | SecondCand = I->Function; | ||||||
10322 | SecondAC = AC; | ||||||
10323 | } else { | ||||||
10324 | // We have more than one pair of constrained functions - this check is | ||||||
10325 | // expensive and we'd rather not try to diagnose it. | ||||||
10326 | return; | ||||||
10327 | } | ||||||
10328 | } | ||||||
10329 | if (!SecondCand) | ||||||
10330 | return; | ||||||
10331 | // The diagnostic can only happen if there are associated constraints on | ||||||
10332 | // both sides (there needs to be some identical atomic constraint). | ||||||
10333 | if (S.MaybeEmitAmbiguousAtomicConstraintsDiagnostic(FirstCand, FirstAC, | ||||||
10334 | SecondCand, SecondAC)) | ||||||
10335 | // Just show the user one diagnostic, they'll probably figure it out | ||||||
10336 | // from here. | ||||||
10337 | return; | ||||||
10338 | } | ||||||
10339 | |||||||
10340 | // Notes the location of all overload candidates designated through | ||||||
10341 | // OverloadedExpr | ||||||
10342 | void Sema::NoteAllOverloadCandidates(Expr *OverloadedExpr, QualType DestType, | ||||||
10343 | bool TakingAddress) { | ||||||
10344 | assert(OverloadedExpr->getType() == Context.OverloadTy)(static_cast <bool> (OverloadedExpr->getType() == Context .OverloadTy) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("OverloadedExpr->getType() == Context.OverloadTy" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 10344, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
10345 | |||||||
10346 | OverloadExpr::FindResult Ovl = OverloadExpr::find(OverloadedExpr); | ||||||
10347 | OverloadExpr *OvlExpr = Ovl.Expression; | ||||||
10348 | |||||||
10349 | for (UnresolvedSetIterator I = OvlExpr->decls_begin(), | ||||||
10350 | IEnd = OvlExpr->decls_end(); | ||||||
10351 | I != IEnd; ++I) { | ||||||
10352 | if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = | ||||||
10353 | dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>((*I)->getUnderlyingDecl()) ) { | ||||||
10354 | NoteOverloadCandidate(*I, FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(), CRK_None, DestType, | ||||||
10355 | TakingAddress); | ||||||
10356 | } else if (FunctionDecl *Fun | ||||||
10357 | = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>((*I)->getUnderlyingDecl()) ) { | ||||||
10358 | NoteOverloadCandidate(*I, Fun, CRK_None, DestType, TakingAddress); | ||||||
10359 | } | ||||||
10360 | } | ||||||
10361 | } | ||||||
10362 | |||||||
10363 | /// Diagnoses an ambiguous conversion. The partial diagnostic is the | ||||||
10364 | /// "lead" diagnostic; it will be given two arguments, the source and | ||||||
10365 | /// target types of the conversion. | ||||||
10366 | void ImplicitConversionSequence::DiagnoseAmbiguousConversion( | ||||||
10367 | Sema &S, | ||||||
10368 | SourceLocation CaretLoc, | ||||||
10369 | const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag) const { | ||||||
10370 | S.Diag(CaretLoc, PDiag) | ||||||
10371 | << Ambiguous.getFromType() << Ambiguous.getToType(); | ||||||
10372 | unsigned CandsShown = 0; | ||||||
10373 | AmbiguousConversionSequence::const_iterator I, E; | ||||||
10374 | for (I = Ambiguous.begin(), E = Ambiguous.end(); I != E; ++I) { | ||||||
10375 | if (CandsShown >= S.Diags.getNumOverloadCandidatesToShow()) | ||||||
10376 | break; | ||||||
10377 | ++CandsShown; | ||||||
10378 | S.NoteOverloadCandidate(I->first, I->second); | ||||||
10379 | } | ||||||
10380 | S.Diags.overloadCandidatesShown(CandsShown); | ||||||
10381 | if (I != E) | ||||||
10382 | S.Diag(SourceLocation(), diag::note_ovl_too_many_candidates) << int(E - I); | ||||||
10383 | } | ||||||
10384 | |||||||
10385 | static void DiagnoseBadConversion(Sema &S, OverloadCandidate *Cand, | ||||||
10386 | unsigned I, bool TakingCandidateAddress) { | ||||||
10387 | const ImplicitConversionSequence &Conv = Cand->Conversions[I]; | ||||||
10388 | assert(Conv.isBad())(static_cast <bool> (Conv.isBad()) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Conv.isBad()", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 10388, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
10389 | assert(Cand->Function && "for now, candidate must be a function")(static_cast <bool> (Cand->Function && "for now, candidate must be a function" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Cand->Function && \"for now, candidate must be a function\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 10389, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
10390 | FunctionDecl *Fn = Cand->Function; | ||||||
10391 | |||||||
10392 | // There's a conversion slot for the object argument if this is a | ||||||
10393 | // non-constructor method. Note that 'I' corresponds the | ||||||
10394 | // conversion-slot index. | ||||||
10395 | bool isObjectArgument = false; | ||||||
10396 | if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Fn) && !isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(Fn)) { | ||||||
10397 | if (I == 0) | ||||||
10398 | isObjectArgument = true; | ||||||
10399 | else | ||||||
10400 | I--; | ||||||
10401 | } | ||||||
10402 | |||||||
10403 | std::string FnDesc; | ||||||
10404 | std::pair<OverloadCandidateKind, OverloadCandidateSelect> FnKindPair = | ||||||
10405 | ClassifyOverloadCandidate(S, Cand->FoundDecl, Fn, Cand->getRewriteKind(), | ||||||
10406 | FnDesc); | ||||||
10407 | |||||||
10408 | Expr *FromExpr = Conv.Bad.FromExpr; | ||||||
10409 | QualType FromTy = Conv.Bad.getFromType(); | ||||||
10410 | QualType ToTy = Conv.Bad.getToType(); | ||||||
10411 | |||||||
10412 | if (FromTy == S.Context.OverloadTy) { | ||||||
10413 | assert(FromExpr && "overload set argument came from implicit argument?")(static_cast <bool> (FromExpr && "overload set argument came from implicit argument?" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("FromExpr && \"overload set argument came from implicit argument?\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 10413, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
10414 | Expr *E = FromExpr->IgnoreParens(); | ||||||
10415 | if (isa<UnaryOperator>(E)) | ||||||
10416 | E = cast<UnaryOperator>(E)->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens(); | ||||||
10417 | DeclarationName Name = cast<OverloadExpr>(E)->getName(); | ||||||
10418 | |||||||
10419 | S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_bad_overload) | ||||||
10420 | << (unsigned)FnKindPair.first << (unsigned)FnKindPair.second << FnDesc | ||||||
10421 | << (FromExpr ? FromExpr->getSourceRange() : SourceRange()) << ToTy | ||||||
10422 | << Name << I + 1; | ||||||
10423 | MaybeEmitInheritedConstructorNote(S, Cand->FoundDecl); | ||||||
10424 | return; | ||||||
10425 | } | ||||||
10426 | |||||||
10427 | // Do some hand-waving analysis to see if the non-viability is due | ||||||
10428 | // to a qualifier mismatch. | ||||||
10429 | CanQualType CFromTy = S.Context.getCanonicalType(FromTy); | ||||||
10430 | CanQualType CToTy = S.Context.getCanonicalType(ToTy); | ||||||
10431 | if (CanQual<ReferenceType> RT = CToTy->getAs<ReferenceType>()) | ||||||
10432 | CToTy = RT->getPointeeType(); | ||||||
10433 | else { | ||||||
10434 | // TODO: detect and diagnose the full richness of const mismatches. | ||||||
10435 | if (CanQual<PointerType> FromPT = CFromTy->getAs<PointerType>()) | ||||||
10436 | if (CanQual<PointerType> ToPT = CToTy->getAs<PointerType>()) { | ||||||
10437 | CFromTy = FromPT->getPointeeType(); | ||||||
10438 | CToTy = ToPT->getPointeeType(); | ||||||
10439 | } | ||||||
10440 | } | ||||||
10441 | |||||||
10442 | if (CToTy.getUnqualifiedType() == CFromTy.getUnqualifiedType() && | ||||||
10443 | !CToTy.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(CFromTy)) { | ||||||
10444 | Qualifiers FromQs = CFromTy.getQualifiers(); | ||||||
10445 | Qualifiers ToQs = CToTy.getQualifiers(); | ||||||
10446 | |||||||
10447 | if (FromQs.getAddressSpace() != ToQs.getAddressSpace()) { | ||||||
10448 | if (isObjectArgument) | ||||||
10449 | S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_bad_addrspace_this) | ||||||
10450 | << (unsigned)FnKindPair.first << (unsigned)FnKindPair.second | ||||||
10451 | << FnDesc << (FromExpr ? FromExpr->getSourceRange() : SourceRange()) | ||||||
10452 | << FromQs.getAddressSpace() << ToQs.getAddressSpace(); | ||||||
10453 | else | ||||||
10454 | S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_bad_addrspace) | ||||||
10455 | << (unsigned)FnKindPair.first << (unsigned)FnKindPair.second | ||||||
10456 | << FnDesc << (FromExpr ? FromExpr->getSourceRange() : SourceRange()) | ||||||
10457 | << FromQs.getAddressSpace() << ToQs.getAddressSpace() | ||||||
10458 | << ToTy->isReferenceType() << I + 1; | ||||||
10459 | MaybeEmitInheritedConstructorNote(S, Cand->FoundDecl); | ||||||
10460 | return; | ||||||
10461 | } | ||||||
10462 | |||||||
10463 | if (FromQs.getObjCLifetime() != ToQs.getObjCLifetime()) { | ||||||
10464 | S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_bad_ownership) | ||||||
10465 | << (unsigned)FnKindPair.first << (unsigned)FnKindPair.second << FnDesc | ||||||
10466 | << (FromExpr ? FromExpr->getSourceRange() : SourceRange()) << FromTy | ||||||
10467 | << FromQs.getObjCLifetime() << ToQs.getObjCLifetime() | ||||||
10468 | << (unsigned)isObjectArgument << I + 1; | ||||||
10469 | MaybeEmitInheritedConstructorNote(S, Cand->FoundDecl); | ||||||
10470 | return; | ||||||
10471 | } | ||||||
10472 | |||||||
10473 | if (FromQs.getObjCGCAttr() != ToQs.getObjCGCAttr()) { | ||||||
10474 | S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_bad_gc) | ||||||
10475 | << (unsigned)FnKindPair.first << (unsigned)FnKindPair.second << FnDesc | ||||||
10476 | << (FromExpr ? FromExpr->getSourceRange() : SourceRange()) << FromTy | ||||||
10477 | << FromQs.getObjCGCAttr() << ToQs.getObjCGCAttr() | ||||||
10478 | << (unsigned)isObjectArgument << I + 1; | ||||||
10479 | MaybeEmitInheritedConstructorNote(S, Cand->FoundDecl); | ||||||
10480 | return; | ||||||
10481 | } | ||||||
10482 | |||||||
10483 | if (FromQs.hasUnaligned() != ToQs.hasUnaligned()) { | ||||||
10484 | S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_bad_unaligned) | ||||||
10485 | << (unsigned)FnKindPair.first << (unsigned)FnKindPair.second << FnDesc | ||||||
10486 | << (FromExpr ? FromExpr->getSourceRange() : SourceRange()) << FromTy | ||||||
10487 | << FromQs.hasUnaligned() << I + 1; | ||||||
10488 | MaybeEmitInheritedConstructorNote(S, Cand->FoundDecl); | ||||||
10489 | return; | ||||||
10490 | } | ||||||
10491 | |||||||
10492 | unsigned CVR = FromQs.getCVRQualifiers() & ~ToQs.getCVRQualifiers(); | ||||||
10493 | assert(CVR && "expected qualifiers mismatch")(static_cast <bool> (CVR && "expected qualifiers mismatch" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("CVR && \"expected qualifiers mismatch\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 10493, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
10494 | |||||||
10495 | if (isObjectArgument) { | ||||||
10496 | S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_bad_cvr_this) | ||||||
10497 | << (unsigned)FnKindPair.first << (unsigned)FnKindPair.second << FnDesc | ||||||
10498 | << (FromExpr ? FromExpr->getSourceRange() : SourceRange()) << FromTy | ||||||
10499 | << (CVR - 1); | ||||||
10500 | } else { | ||||||
10501 | S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_bad_cvr) | ||||||
10502 | << (unsigned)FnKindPair.first << (unsigned)FnKindPair.second << FnDesc | ||||||
10503 | << (FromExpr ? FromExpr->getSourceRange() : SourceRange()) << FromTy | ||||||
10504 | << (CVR - 1) << I + 1; | ||||||
10505 | } | ||||||
10506 | MaybeEmitInheritedConstructorNote(S, Cand->FoundDecl); | ||||||
10507 | return; | ||||||
10508 | } | ||||||
10509 | |||||||
10510 | if (Conv.Bad.Kind == BadConversionSequence::lvalue_ref_to_rvalue || | ||||||
10511 | Conv.Bad.Kind == BadConversionSequence::rvalue_ref_to_lvalue) { | ||||||
10512 | S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_bad_value_category) | ||||||
10513 | << (unsigned)FnKindPair.first << (unsigned)FnKindPair.second << FnDesc | ||||||
10514 | << (unsigned)isObjectArgument << I + 1 | ||||||
10515 | << (Conv.Bad.Kind == BadConversionSequence::rvalue_ref_to_lvalue) | ||||||
10516 | << (FromExpr ? FromExpr->getSourceRange() : SourceRange()); | ||||||
10517 | MaybeEmitInheritedConstructorNote(S, Cand->FoundDecl); | ||||||
10518 | return; | ||||||
10519 | } | ||||||
10520 | |||||||
10521 | // Special diagnostic for failure to convert an initializer list, since | ||||||
10522 | // telling the user that it has type void is not useful. | ||||||
10523 | if (FromExpr && isa<InitListExpr>(FromExpr)) { | ||||||
10524 | S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_bad_list_argument) | ||||||
10525 | << (unsigned)FnKindPair.first << (unsigned)FnKindPair.second << FnDesc | ||||||
10526 | << (FromExpr ? FromExpr->getSourceRange() : SourceRange()) << FromTy | ||||||
10527 | << ToTy << (unsigned)isObjectArgument << I + 1; | ||||||
10528 | MaybeEmitInheritedConstructorNote(S, Cand->FoundDecl); | ||||||
10529 | return; | ||||||
10530 | } | ||||||
10531 | |||||||
10532 | // Diagnose references or pointers to incomplete types differently, | ||||||
10533 | // since it's far from impossible that the incompleteness triggered | ||||||
10534 | // the failure. | ||||||
10535 | QualType TempFromTy = FromTy.getNonReferenceType(); | ||||||
10536 | if (const PointerType *PTy = TempFromTy->getAs<PointerType>()) | ||||||
10537 | TempFromTy = PTy->getPointeeType(); | ||||||
10538 | if (TempFromTy->isIncompleteType()) { | ||||||
10539 | // Emit the generic diagnostic and, optionally, add the hints to it. | ||||||
10540 | S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_bad_conv_incomplete) | ||||||
10541 | << (unsigned)FnKindPair.first << (unsigned)FnKindPair.second << FnDesc | ||||||
10542 | << (FromExpr ? FromExpr->getSourceRange() : SourceRange()) << FromTy | ||||||
10543 | << ToTy << (unsigned)isObjectArgument << I + 1 | ||||||
10544 | << (unsigned)(Cand->Fix.Kind); | ||||||
10545 | |||||||
10546 | MaybeEmitInheritedConstructorNote(S, Cand->FoundDecl); | ||||||
10547 | return; | ||||||
10548 | } | ||||||
10549 | |||||||
10550 | // Diagnose base -> derived pointer conversions. | ||||||
10551 | unsigned BaseToDerivedConversion = 0; | ||||||
10552 | if (const PointerType *FromPtrTy = FromTy->getAs<PointerType>()) { | ||||||
10553 | if (const PointerType *ToPtrTy = ToTy->getAs<PointerType>()) { | ||||||
10554 | if (ToPtrTy->getPointeeType().isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs( | ||||||
10555 | FromPtrTy->getPointeeType()) && | ||||||
10556 | !FromPtrTy->getPointeeType()->isIncompleteType() && | ||||||
10557 | !ToPtrTy->getPointeeType()->isIncompleteType() && | ||||||
10558 | S.IsDerivedFrom(SourceLocation(), ToPtrTy->getPointeeType(), | ||||||
10559 | FromPtrTy->getPointeeType())) | ||||||
10560 | BaseToDerivedConversion = 1; | ||||||
10561 | } | ||||||
10562 | } else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *FromPtrTy | ||||||
10563 | = FromTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) { | ||||||
10564 | if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *ToPtrTy | ||||||
10565 | = ToTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) | ||||||
10566 | if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *FromIface = FromPtrTy->getInterfaceDecl()) | ||||||
10567 | if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *ToIface = ToPtrTy->getInterfaceDecl()) | ||||||
10568 | if (ToPtrTy->getPointeeType().isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs( | ||||||
10569 | FromPtrTy->getPointeeType()) && | ||||||
10570 | FromIface->isSuperClassOf(ToIface)) | ||||||
10571 | BaseToDerivedConversion = 2; | ||||||
10572 | } else if (const ReferenceType *ToRefTy = ToTy->getAs<ReferenceType>()) { | ||||||
10573 | if (ToRefTy->getPointeeType().isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(FromTy) && | ||||||
10574 | !FromTy->isIncompleteType() && | ||||||
10575 | !ToRefTy->getPointeeType()->isIncompleteType() && | ||||||
10576 | S.IsDerivedFrom(SourceLocation(), ToRefTy->getPointeeType(), FromTy)) { | ||||||
10577 | BaseToDerivedConversion = 3; | ||||||
10578 | } | ||||||
10579 | } | ||||||
10580 | |||||||
10581 | if (BaseToDerivedConversion) { | ||||||
10582 | S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_bad_base_to_derived_conv) | ||||||
10583 | << (unsigned)FnKindPair.first << (unsigned)FnKindPair.second << FnDesc | ||||||
10584 | << (FromExpr ? FromExpr->getSourceRange() : SourceRange()) | ||||||
10585 | << (BaseToDerivedConversion - 1) << FromTy << ToTy << I + 1; | ||||||
10586 | MaybeEmitInheritedConstructorNote(S, Cand->FoundDecl); | ||||||
10587 | return; | ||||||
10588 | } | ||||||
10589 | |||||||
10590 | if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(CFromTy) && | ||||||
10591 | isa<PointerType>(CToTy)) { | ||||||
10592 | Qualifiers FromQs = CFromTy.getQualifiers(); | ||||||
10593 | Qualifiers ToQs = CToTy.getQualifiers(); | ||||||
10594 | if (FromQs.getObjCLifetime() != ToQs.getObjCLifetime()) { | ||||||
10595 | S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_bad_arc_conv) | ||||||
10596 | << (unsigned)FnKindPair.first << (unsigned)FnKindPair.second | ||||||
10597 | << FnDesc << (FromExpr ? FromExpr->getSourceRange() : SourceRange()) | ||||||
10598 | << FromTy << ToTy << (unsigned)isObjectArgument << I + 1; | ||||||
10599 | MaybeEmitInheritedConstructorNote(S, Cand->FoundDecl); | ||||||
10600 | return; | ||||||
10601 | } | ||||||
10602 | } | ||||||
10603 | |||||||
10604 | if (TakingCandidateAddress && | ||||||
10605 | !checkAddressOfCandidateIsAvailable(S, Cand->Function)) | ||||||
10606 | return; | ||||||
10607 | |||||||
10608 | // Emit the generic diagnostic and, optionally, add the hints to it. | ||||||
10609 | PartialDiagnostic FDiag = S.PDiag(diag::note_ovl_candidate_bad_conv); | ||||||
10610 | FDiag << (unsigned)FnKindPair.first << (unsigned)FnKindPair.second << FnDesc | ||||||
10611 | << (FromExpr ? FromExpr->getSourceRange() : SourceRange()) << FromTy | ||||||
10612 | << ToTy << (unsigned)isObjectArgument << I + 1 | ||||||
10613 | << (unsigned)(Cand->Fix.Kind); | ||||||
10614 | |||||||
10615 | // If we can fix the conversion, suggest the FixIts. | ||||||
10616 | for (std::vector<FixItHint>::iterator HI = Cand->Fix.Hints.begin(), | ||||||
10617 | HE = Cand->Fix.Hints.end(); HI != HE; ++HI) | ||||||
10618 | FDiag << *HI; | ||||||
10619 | S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), FDiag); | ||||||
10620 | |||||||
10621 | MaybeEmitInheritedConstructorNote(S, Cand->FoundDecl); | ||||||
10622 | } | ||||||
10623 | |||||||
10624 | /// Additional arity mismatch diagnosis specific to a function overload | ||||||
10625 | /// candidates. This is not covered by the more general DiagnoseArityMismatch() | ||||||
10626 | /// over a candidate in any candidate set. | ||||||
10627 | static bool CheckArityMismatch(Sema &S, OverloadCandidate *Cand, | ||||||
10628 | unsigned NumArgs) { | ||||||
10629 | FunctionDecl *Fn = Cand->Function; | ||||||
10630 | unsigned MinParams = Fn->getMinRequiredArguments(); | ||||||
10631 | |||||||
10632 | // With invalid overloaded operators, it's possible that we think we | ||||||
10633 | // have an arity mismatch when in fact it looks like we have the | ||||||
10634 | // right number of arguments, because only overloaded operators have | ||||||
10635 | // the weird behavior of overloading member and non-member functions. | ||||||
10636 | // Just don't report anything. | ||||||
10637 | if (Fn->isInvalidDecl() && | ||||||
10638 | Fn->getDeclName().getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName) | ||||||
10639 | return true; | ||||||
10640 | |||||||
10641 | if (NumArgs < MinParams) { | ||||||
10642 | assert((Cand->FailureKind == ovl_fail_too_few_arguments) ||(static_cast <bool> ((Cand->FailureKind == ovl_fail_too_few_arguments ) || (Cand->FailureKind == ovl_fail_bad_deduction && Cand->DeductionFailure.Result == Sema::TDK_TooFewArguments )) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("(Cand->FailureKind == ovl_fail_too_few_arguments) || (Cand->FailureKind == ovl_fail_bad_deduction && Cand->DeductionFailure.Result == Sema::TDK_TooFewArguments)" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 10644, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||
10643 | (Cand->FailureKind == ovl_fail_bad_deduction &&(static_cast <bool> ((Cand->FailureKind == ovl_fail_too_few_arguments ) || (Cand->FailureKind == ovl_fail_bad_deduction && Cand->DeductionFailure.Result == Sema::TDK_TooFewArguments )) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("(Cand->FailureKind == ovl_fail_too_few_arguments) || (Cand->FailureKind == ovl_fail_bad_deduction && Cand->DeductionFailure.Result == Sema::TDK_TooFewArguments)" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 10644, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||
10644 | Cand->DeductionFailure.Result == Sema::TDK_TooFewArguments))(static_cast <bool> ((Cand->FailureKind == ovl_fail_too_few_arguments ) || (Cand->FailureKind == ovl_fail_bad_deduction && Cand->DeductionFailure.Result == Sema::TDK_TooFewArguments )) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("(Cand->FailureKind == ovl_fail_too_few_arguments) || (Cand->FailureKind == ovl_fail_bad_deduction && Cand->DeductionFailure.Result == Sema::TDK_TooFewArguments)" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 10644, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
10645 | } else { | ||||||
10646 | assert((Cand->FailureKind == ovl_fail_too_many_arguments) ||(static_cast <bool> ((Cand->FailureKind == ovl_fail_too_many_arguments ) || (Cand->FailureKind == ovl_fail_bad_deduction && Cand->DeductionFailure.Result == Sema::TDK_TooManyArguments )) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("(Cand->FailureKind == ovl_fail_too_many_arguments) || (Cand->FailureKind == ovl_fail_bad_deduction && Cand->DeductionFailure.Result == Sema::TDK_TooManyArguments)" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 10648, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||
10647 | (Cand->FailureKind == ovl_fail_bad_deduction &&(static_cast <bool> ((Cand->FailureKind == ovl_fail_too_many_arguments ) || (Cand->FailureKind == ovl_fail_bad_deduction && Cand->DeductionFailure.Result == Sema::TDK_TooManyArguments )) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("(Cand->FailureKind == ovl_fail_too_many_arguments) || (Cand->FailureKind == ovl_fail_bad_deduction && Cand->DeductionFailure.Result == Sema::TDK_TooManyArguments)" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 10648, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||
10648 | Cand->DeductionFailure.Result == Sema::TDK_TooManyArguments))(static_cast <bool> ((Cand->FailureKind == ovl_fail_too_many_arguments ) || (Cand->FailureKind == ovl_fail_bad_deduction && Cand->DeductionFailure.Result == Sema::TDK_TooManyArguments )) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("(Cand->FailureKind == ovl_fail_too_many_arguments) || (Cand->FailureKind == ovl_fail_bad_deduction && Cand->DeductionFailure.Result == Sema::TDK_TooManyArguments)" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 10648, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
10649 | } | ||||||
10650 | |||||||
10651 | return false; | ||||||
10652 | } | ||||||
10653 | |||||||
10654 | /// General arity mismatch diagnosis over a candidate in a candidate set. | ||||||
10655 | static void DiagnoseArityMismatch(Sema &S, NamedDecl *Found, Decl *D, | ||||||
10656 | unsigned NumFormalArgs) { | ||||||
10657 | assert(isa<FunctionDecl>(D) &&(static_cast <bool> (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && "The templated declaration should at least be a function" " when diagnosing bad template argument deduction due to too many" " or too few arguments") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && \"The templated declaration should at least be a function\" \" when diagnosing bad template argument deduction due to too many\" \" or too few arguments\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 10660, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||
10658 | "The templated declaration should at least be a function"(static_cast <bool> (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && "The templated declaration should at least be a function" " when diagnosing bad template argument deduction due to too many" " or too few arguments") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && \"The templated declaration should at least be a function\" \" when diagnosing bad template argument deduction due to too many\" \" or too few arguments\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 10660, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||
10659 | " when diagnosing bad template argument deduction due to too many"(static_cast <bool> (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && "The templated declaration should at least be a function" " when diagnosing bad template argument deduction due to too many" " or too few arguments") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && \"The templated declaration should at least be a function\" \" when diagnosing bad template argument deduction due to too many\" \" or too few arguments\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 10660, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||
10660 | " or too few arguments")(static_cast <bool> (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && "The templated declaration should at least be a function" " when diagnosing bad template argument deduction due to too many" " or too few arguments") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && \"The templated declaration should at least be a function\" \" when diagnosing bad template argument deduction due to too many\" \" or too few arguments\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 10660, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
10661 | |||||||
10662 | FunctionDecl *Fn = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); | ||||||
10663 | |||||||
10664 | // TODO: treat calls to a missing default constructor as a special case | ||||||
10665 | const auto *FnTy = Fn->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); | ||||||
10666 | unsigned MinParams = Fn->getMinRequiredArguments(); | ||||||
10667 | |||||||
10668 | // at least / at most / exactly | ||||||
10669 | unsigned mode, modeCount; | ||||||
10670 | if (NumFormalArgs < MinParams) { | ||||||
10671 | if (MinParams != FnTy->getNumParams() || FnTy->isVariadic() || | ||||||
10672 | FnTy->isTemplateVariadic()) | ||||||
10673 | mode = 0; // "at least" | ||||||
10674 | else | ||||||
10675 | mode = 2; // "exactly" | ||||||
10676 | modeCount = MinParams; | ||||||
10677 | } else { | ||||||
10678 | if (MinParams != FnTy->getNumParams()) | ||||||
10679 | mode = 1; // "at most" | ||||||
10680 | else | ||||||
10681 | mode = 2; // "exactly" | ||||||
10682 | modeCount = FnTy->getNumParams(); | ||||||
10683 | } | ||||||
10684 | |||||||
10685 | std::string Description; | ||||||
10686 | std::pair<OverloadCandidateKind, OverloadCandidateSelect> FnKindPair = | ||||||
10687 | ClassifyOverloadCandidate(S, Found, Fn, CRK_None, Description); | ||||||
10688 | |||||||
10689 | if (modeCount == 1 && Fn->getParamDecl(0)->getDeclName()) | ||||||
10690 | S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_arity_one) | ||||||
10691 | << (unsigned)FnKindPair.first << (unsigned)FnKindPair.second | ||||||
10692 | << Description << mode << Fn->getParamDecl(0) << NumFormalArgs; | ||||||
10693 | else | ||||||
10694 | S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_arity) | ||||||
10695 | << (unsigned)FnKindPair.first << (unsigned)FnKindPair.second | ||||||
10696 | << Description << mode << modeCount << NumFormalArgs; | ||||||
10697 | |||||||
10698 | MaybeEmitInheritedConstructorNote(S, Found); | ||||||
10699 | } | ||||||
10700 | |||||||
10701 | /// Arity mismatch diagnosis specific to a function overload candidate. | ||||||
10702 | static void DiagnoseArityMismatch(Sema &S, OverloadCandidate *Cand, | ||||||
10703 | unsigned NumFormalArgs) { | ||||||
10704 | if (!CheckArityMismatch(S, Cand, NumFormalArgs)) | ||||||
10705 | DiagnoseArityMismatch(S, Cand->FoundDecl, Cand->Function, NumFormalArgs); | ||||||
10706 | } | ||||||
10707 | |||||||
10708 | static TemplateDecl *getDescribedTemplate(Decl *Templated) { | ||||||
10709 | if (TemplateDecl *TD = Templated->getDescribedTemplate()) | ||||||
10710 | return TD; | ||||||
10711 | llvm_unreachable("Unsupported: Getting the described template declaration"::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Unsupported: Getting the described template declaration" " for bad deduction diagnosis", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 10712) | ||||||
10712 | " for bad deduction diagnosis")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Unsupported: Getting the described template declaration" " for bad deduction diagnosis", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 10712); | ||||||
10713 | } | ||||||
10714 | |||||||
10715 | /// Diagnose a failed template-argument deduction. | ||||||
10716 | static void DiagnoseBadDeduction(Sema &S, NamedDecl *Found, Decl *Templated, | ||||||
10717 | DeductionFailureInfo &DeductionFailure, | ||||||
10718 | unsigned NumArgs, | ||||||
10719 | bool TakingCandidateAddress) { | ||||||
10720 | TemplateParameter Param = DeductionFailure.getTemplateParameter(); | ||||||
10721 | NamedDecl *ParamD; | ||||||
10722 | (ParamD = Param.dyn_cast<TemplateTypeParmDecl*>()) || | ||||||
10723 | (ParamD = Param.dyn_cast<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl*>()) || | ||||||
10724 | (ParamD = Param.dyn_cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl*>()); | ||||||
10725 | switch (DeductionFailure.Result) { | ||||||
10726 | case Sema::TDK_Success: | ||||||
10727 | llvm_unreachable("TDK_success while diagnosing bad deduction")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("TDK_success while diagnosing bad deduction" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 10727); | ||||||
10728 | |||||||
10729 | case Sema::TDK_Incomplete: { | ||||||
10730 | assert(ParamD && "no parameter found for incomplete deduction result")(static_cast <bool> (ParamD && "no parameter found for incomplete deduction result" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("ParamD && \"no parameter found for incomplete deduction result\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 10730, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
10731 | S.Diag(Templated->getLocation(), | ||||||
10732 | diag::note_ovl_candidate_incomplete_deduction) | ||||||
10733 | << ParamD->getDeclName(); | ||||||
10734 | MaybeEmitInheritedConstructorNote(S, Found); | ||||||
10735 | return; | ||||||
10736 | } | ||||||
10737 | |||||||
10738 | case Sema::TDK_IncompletePack: { | ||||||
10739 | assert(ParamD && "no parameter found for incomplete deduction result")(static_cast <bool> (ParamD && "no parameter found for incomplete deduction result" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("ParamD && \"no parameter found for incomplete deduction result\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 10739, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
10740 | S.Diag(Templated->getLocation(), | ||||||
10741 | diag::note_ovl_candidate_incomplete_deduction_pack) | ||||||
10742 | << ParamD->getDeclName() | ||||||
10743 | << (DeductionFailure.getFirstArg()->pack_size() + 1) | ||||||
10744 | << *DeductionFailure.getFirstArg(); | ||||||
10745 | MaybeEmitInheritedConstructorNote(S, Found); | ||||||
10746 | return; | ||||||
10747 | } | ||||||
10748 | |||||||
10749 | case Sema::TDK_Underqualified: { | ||||||
10750 | assert(ParamD && "no parameter found for bad qualifiers deduction result")(static_cast <bool> (ParamD && "no parameter found for bad qualifiers deduction result" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("ParamD && \"no parameter found for bad qualifiers deduction result\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 10750, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
10751 | TemplateTypeParmDecl *TParam = cast<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(ParamD); | ||||||
10752 | |||||||
10753 | QualType Param = DeductionFailure.getFirstArg()->getAsType(); | ||||||
10754 | |||||||
10755 | // Param will have been canonicalized, but it should just be a | ||||||
10756 | // qualified version of ParamD, so move the qualifiers to that. | ||||||
10757 | QualifierCollector Qs; | ||||||
10758 | Qs.strip(Param); | ||||||
10759 | QualType NonCanonParam = Qs.apply(S.Context, TParam->getTypeForDecl()); | ||||||
10760 | assert(S.Context.hasSameType(Param, NonCanonParam))(static_cast <bool> (S.Context.hasSameType(Param, NonCanonParam )) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("S.Context.hasSameType(Param, NonCanonParam)" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 10760, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
10761 | |||||||
10762 | // Arg has also been canonicalized, but there's nothing we can do | ||||||
10763 | // about that. It also doesn't matter as much, because it won't | ||||||
10764 | // have any template parameters in it (because deduction isn't | ||||||
10765 | // done on dependent types). | ||||||
10766 | QualType Arg = DeductionFailure.getSecondArg()->getAsType(); | ||||||
10767 | |||||||
10768 | S.Diag(Templated->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_underqualified) | ||||||
10769 | << ParamD->getDeclName() << Arg << NonCanonParam; | ||||||
10770 | MaybeEmitInheritedConstructorNote(S, Found); | ||||||
10771 | return; | ||||||
10772 | } | ||||||
10773 | |||||||
10774 | case Sema::TDK_Inconsistent: { | ||||||
10775 | assert(ParamD && "no parameter found for inconsistent deduction result")(static_cast <bool> (ParamD && "no parameter found for inconsistent deduction result" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("ParamD && \"no parameter found for inconsistent deduction result\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 10775, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
10776 | int which = 0; | ||||||
10777 | if (isa<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(ParamD)) | ||||||
10778 | which = 0; | ||||||
10779 | else if (isa<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(ParamD)) { | ||||||
10780 | // Deduction might have failed because we deduced arguments of two | ||||||
10781 | // different types for a non-type template parameter. | ||||||
10782 | // FIXME: Use a different TDK value for this. | ||||||
10783 | QualType T1 = | ||||||
10784 | DeductionFailure.getFirstArg()->getNonTypeTemplateArgumentType(); | ||||||
10785 | QualType T2 = | ||||||
10786 | DeductionFailure.getSecondArg()->getNonTypeTemplateArgumentType(); | ||||||
10787 | if (!T1.isNull() && !T2.isNull() && !S.Context.hasSameType(T1, T2)) { | ||||||
10788 | S.Diag(Templated->getLocation(), | ||||||
10789 | diag::note_ovl_candidate_inconsistent_deduction_types) | ||||||
10790 | << ParamD->getDeclName() << *DeductionFailure.getFirstArg() << T1 | ||||||
10791 | << *DeductionFailure.getSecondArg() << T2; | ||||||
10792 | MaybeEmitInheritedConstructorNote(S, Found); | ||||||
10793 | return; | ||||||
10794 | } | ||||||
10795 | |||||||
10796 | which = 1; | ||||||
10797 | } else { | ||||||
10798 | which = 2; | ||||||
10799 | } | ||||||
10800 | |||||||
10801 | // Tweak the diagnostic if the problem is that we deduced packs of | ||||||
10802 | // different arities. We'll print the actual packs anyway in case that | ||||||
10803 | // includes additional useful information. | ||||||
10804 | if (DeductionFailure.getFirstArg()->getKind() == TemplateArgument::Pack && | ||||||
10805 | DeductionFailure.getSecondArg()->getKind() == TemplateArgument::Pack && | ||||||
10806 | DeductionFailure.getFirstArg()->pack_size() != | ||||||
10807 | DeductionFailure.getSecondArg()->pack_size()) { | ||||||
10808 | which = 3; | ||||||
10809 | } | ||||||
10810 | |||||||
10811 | S.Diag(Templated->getLocation(), | ||||||
10812 | diag::note_ovl_candidate_inconsistent_deduction) | ||||||
10813 | << which << ParamD->getDeclName() << *DeductionFailure.getFirstArg() | ||||||
10814 | << *DeductionFailure.getSecondArg(); | ||||||
10815 | MaybeEmitInheritedConstructorNote(S, Found); | ||||||
10816 | return; | ||||||
10817 | } | ||||||
10818 | |||||||
10819 | case Sema::TDK_InvalidExplicitArguments: | ||||||
10820 | assert(ParamD && "no parameter found for invalid explicit arguments")(static_cast <bool> (ParamD && "no parameter found for invalid explicit arguments" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("ParamD && \"no parameter found for invalid explicit arguments\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 10820, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
10821 | if (ParamD->getDeclName()) | ||||||
10822 | S.Diag(Templated->getLocation(), | ||||||
10823 | diag::note_ovl_candidate_explicit_arg_mismatch_named) | ||||||
10824 | << ParamD->getDeclName(); | ||||||
10825 | else { | ||||||
10826 | int index = 0; | ||||||
10827 | if (TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTP = dyn_cast<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(ParamD)) | ||||||
10828 | index = TTP->getIndex(); | ||||||
10829 | else if (NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *NTTP | ||||||
10830 | = dyn_cast<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(ParamD)) | ||||||
10831 | index = NTTP->getIndex(); | ||||||
10832 | else | ||||||
10833 | index = cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(ParamD)->getIndex(); | ||||||
10834 | S.Diag(Templated->getLocation(), | ||||||
10835 | diag::note_ovl_candidate_explicit_arg_mismatch_unnamed) | ||||||
10836 | << (index + 1); | ||||||
10837 | } | ||||||
10838 | MaybeEmitInheritedConstructorNote(S, Found); | ||||||
10839 | return; | ||||||
10840 | |||||||
10841 | case Sema::TDK_ConstraintsNotSatisfied: { | ||||||
10842 | // Format the template argument list into the argument string. | ||||||
10843 | SmallString<128> TemplateArgString; | ||||||
10844 | TemplateArgumentList *Args = DeductionFailure.getTemplateArgumentList(); | ||||||
10845 | TemplateArgString = " "; | ||||||
10846 | TemplateArgString += S.getTemplateArgumentBindingsText( | ||||||
10847 | getDescribedTemplate(Templated)->getTemplateParameters(), *Args); | ||||||
10848 | if (TemplateArgString.size() == 1) | ||||||
10849 | TemplateArgString.clear(); | ||||||
10850 | S.Diag(Templated->getLocation(), | ||||||
10851 | diag::note_ovl_candidate_unsatisfied_constraints) | ||||||
10852 | << TemplateArgString; | ||||||
10853 | |||||||
10854 | S.DiagnoseUnsatisfiedConstraint( | ||||||
10855 | static_cast<CNSInfo*>(DeductionFailure.Data)->Satisfaction); | ||||||
10856 | return; | ||||||
10857 | } | ||||||
10858 | case Sema::TDK_TooManyArguments: | ||||||
10859 | case Sema::TDK_TooFewArguments: | ||||||
10860 | DiagnoseArityMismatch(S, Found, Templated, NumArgs); | ||||||
10861 | return; | ||||||
10862 | |||||||
10863 | case Sema::TDK_InstantiationDepth: | ||||||
10864 | S.Diag(Templated->getLocation(), | ||||||
10865 | diag::note_ovl_candidate_instantiation_depth); | ||||||
10866 | MaybeEmitInheritedConstructorNote(S, Found); | ||||||
10867 | return; | ||||||
10868 | |||||||
10869 | case Sema::TDK_SubstitutionFailure: { | ||||||
10870 | // Format the template argument list into the argument string. | ||||||
10871 | SmallString<128> TemplateArgString; | ||||||
10872 | if (TemplateArgumentList *Args = | ||||||
10873 | DeductionFailure.getTemplateArgumentList()) { | ||||||
10874 | TemplateArgString = " "; | ||||||
10875 | TemplateArgString += S.getTemplateArgumentBindingsText( | ||||||
10876 | getDescribedTemplate(Templated)->getTemplateParameters(), *Args); | ||||||
10877 | if (TemplateArgString.size() == 1) | ||||||
10878 | TemplateArgString.clear(); | ||||||
10879 | } | ||||||
10880 | |||||||
10881 | // If this candidate was disabled by enable_if, say so. | ||||||
10882 | PartialDiagnosticAt *PDiag = DeductionFailure.getSFINAEDiagnostic(); | ||||||
10883 | if (PDiag && PDiag->second.getDiagID() == | ||||||
10884 | diag::err_typename_nested_not_found_enable_if) { | ||||||
10885 | // FIXME: Use the source range of the condition, and the fully-qualified | ||||||
10886 | // name of the enable_if template. These are both present in PDiag. | ||||||
10887 | S.Diag(PDiag->first, diag::note_ovl_candidate_disabled_by_enable_if) | ||||||
10888 | << "'enable_if'" << TemplateArgString; | ||||||
10889 | return; | ||||||
10890 | } | ||||||
10891 | |||||||
10892 | // We found a specific requirement that disabled the enable_if. | ||||||
10893 | if (PDiag && PDiag->second.getDiagID() == | ||||||
10894 | diag::err_typename_nested_not_found_requirement) { | ||||||
10895 | S.Diag(Templated->getLocation(), | ||||||
10896 | diag::note_ovl_candidate_disabled_by_requirement) | ||||||
10897 | << PDiag->second.getStringArg(0) << TemplateArgString; | ||||||
10898 | return; | ||||||
10899 | } | ||||||
10900 | |||||||
10901 | // Format the SFINAE diagnostic into the argument string. | ||||||
10902 | // FIXME: Add a general mechanism to include a PartialDiagnostic *'s | ||||||
10903 | // formatted message in another diagnostic. | ||||||
10904 | SmallString<128> SFINAEArgString; | ||||||
10905 | SourceRange R; | ||||||
10906 | if (PDiag) { | ||||||
10907 | SFINAEArgString = ": "; | ||||||
10908 | R = SourceRange(PDiag->first, PDiag->first); | ||||||
10909 | PDiag->second.EmitToString(S.getDiagnostics(), SFINAEArgString); | ||||||
10910 | } | ||||||
10911 | |||||||
10912 | S.Diag(Templated->getLocation(), | ||||||
10913 | diag::note_ovl_candidate_substitution_failure) | ||||||
10914 | << TemplateArgString << SFINAEArgString << R; | ||||||
10915 | MaybeEmitInheritedConstructorNote(S, Found); | ||||||
10916 | return; | ||||||
10917 | } | ||||||
10918 | |||||||
10919 | case Sema::TDK_DeducedMismatch: | ||||||
10920 | case Sema::TDK_DeducedMismatchNested: { | ||||||
10921 | // Format the template argument list into the argument string. | ||||||
10922 | SmallString<128> TemplateArgString; | ||||||
10923 | if (TemplateArgumentList *Args = | ||||||
10924 | DeductionFailure.getTemplateArgumentList()) { | ||||||
10925 | TemplateArgString = " "; | ||||||
10926 | TemplateArgString += S.getTemplateArgumentBindingsText( | ||||||
10927 | getDescribedTemplate(Templated)->getTemplateParameters(), *Args); | ||||||
10928 | if (TemplateArgString.size() == 1) | ||||||
10929 | TemplateArgString.clear(); | ||||||
10930 | } | ||||||
10931 | |||||||
10932 | S.Diag(Templated->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_deduced_mismatch) | ||||||
10933 | << (*DeductionFailure.getCallArgIndex() + 1) | ||||||
10934 | << *DeductionFailure.getFirstArg() << *DeductionFailure.getSecondArg() | ||||||
10935 | << TemplateArgString | ||||||
10936 | << (DeductionFailure.Result == Sema::TDK_DeducedMismatchNested); | ||||||
10937 | break; | ||||||
10938 | } | ||||||
10939 | |||||||
10940 | case Sema::TDK_NonDeducedMismatch: { | ||||||
10941 | // FIXME: Provide a source location to indicate what we couldn't match. | ||||||
10942 | TemplateArgument FirstTA = *DeductionFailure.getFirstArg(); | ||||||
10943 | TemplateArgument SecondTA = *DeductionFailure.getSecondArg(); | ||||||
10944 | if (FirstTA.getKind() == TemplateArgument::Template && | ||||||
10945 | SecondTA.getKind() == TemplateArgument::Template) { | ||||||
10946 | TemplateName FirstTN = FirstTA.getAsTemplate(); | ||||||
10947 | TemplateName SecondTN = SecondTA.getAsTemplate(); | ||||||
10948 | if (FirstTN.getKind() == TemplateName::Template && | ||||||
10949 | SecondTN.getKind() == TemplateName::Template) { | ||||||
10950 | if (FirstTN.getAsTemplateDecl()->getName() == | ||||||
10951 | SecondTN.getAsTemplateDecl()->getName()) { | ||||||
10952 | // FIXME: This fixes a bad diagnostic where both templates are named | ||||||
10953 | // the same. This particular case is a bit difficult since: | ||||||
10954 | // 1) It is passed as a string to the diagnostic printer. | ||||||
10955 | // 2) The diagnostic printer only attempts to find a better | ||||||
10956 | // name for types, not decls. | ||||||
10957 | // Ideally, this should folded into the diagnostic printer. | ||||||
10958 | S.Diag(Templated->getLocation(), | ||||||
10959 | diag::note_ovl_candidate_non_deduced_mismatch_qualified) | ||||||
10960 | << FirstTN.getAsTemplateDecl() << SecondTN.getAsTemplateDecl(); | ||||||
10961 | return; | ||||||
10962 | } | ||||||
10963 | } | ||||||
10964 | } | ||||||
10965 | |||||||
10966 | if (TakingCandidateAddress && isa<FunctionDecl>(Templated) && | ||||||
10967 | !checkAddressOfCandidateIsAvailable(S, cast<FunctionDecl>(Templated))) | ||||||
10968 | return; | ||||||
10969 | |||||||
10970 | // FIXME: For generic lambda parameters, check if the function is a lambda | ||||||
10971 | // call operator, and if so, emit a prettier and more informative | ||||||
10972 | // diagnostic that mentions 'auto' and lambda in addition to | ||||||
10973 | // (or instead of?) the canonical template type parameters. | ||||||
10974 | S.Diag(Templated->getLocation(), | ||||||
10975 | diag::note_ovl_candidate_non_deduced_mismatch) | ||||||
10976 | << FirstTA << SecondTA; | ||||||
10977 | return; | ||||||
10978 | } | ||||||
10979 | // TODO: diagnose these individually, then kill off | ||||||
10980 | // note_ovl_candidate_bad_deduction, which is uselessly vague. | ||||||
10981 | case Sema::TDK_MiscellaneousDeductionFailure: | ||||||
10982 | S.Diag(Templated->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_bad_deduction); | ||||||
10983 | MaybeEmitInheritedConstructorNote(S, Found); | ||||||
10984 | return; | ||||||
10985 | case Sema::TDK_CUDATargetMismatch: | ||||||
10986 | S.Diag(Templated->getLocation(), | ||||||
10987 | diag::note_cuda_ovl_candidate_target_mismatch); | ||||||
10988 | return; | ||||||
10989 | } | ||||||
10990 | } | ||||||
10991 | |||||||
10992 | /// Diagnose a failed template-argument deduction, for function calls. | ||||||
10993 | static void DiagnoseBadDeduction(Sema &S, OverloadCandidate *Cand, | ||||||
10994 | unsigned NumArgs, | ||||||
10995 | bool TakingCandidateAddress) { | ||||||
10996 | unsigned TDK = Cand->DeductionFailure.Result; | ||||||
10997 | if (TDK == Sema::TDK_TooFewArguments || TDK == Sema::TDK_TooManyArguments) { | ||||||
10998 | if (CheckArityMismatch(S, Cand, NumArgs)) | ||||||
10999 | return; | ||||||
11000 | } | ||||||
11001 | DiagnoseBadDeduction(S, Cand->FoundDecl, Cand->Function, // pattern | ||||||
11002 | Cand->DeductionFailure, NumArgs, TakingCandidateAddress); | ||||||
11003 | } | ||||||
11004 | |||||||
11005 | /// CUDA: diagnose an invalid call across targets. | ||||||
11006 | static void DiagnoseBadTarget(Sema &S, OverloadCandidate *Cand) { | ||||||
11007 | FunctionDecl *Caller = cast<FunctionDecl>(S.CurContext); | ||||||
11008 | FunctionDecl *Callee = Cand->Function; | ||||||
11009 | |||||||
11010 | Sema::CUDAFunctionTarget CallerTarget = S.IdentifyCUDATarget(Caller), | ||||||
11011 | CalleeTarget = S.IdentifyCUDATarget(Callee); | ||||||
11012 | |||||||
11013 | std::string FnDesc; | ||||||
11014 | std::pair<OverloadCandidateKind, OverloadCandidateSelect> FnKindPair = | ||||||
11015 | ClassifyOverloadCandidate(S, Cand->FoundDecl, Callee, | ||||||
11016 | Cand->getRewriteKind(), FnDesc); | ||||||
11017 | |||||||
11018 | S.Diag(Callee->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_bad_target) | ||||||
11019 | << (unsigned)FnKindPair.first << (unsigned)ocs_non_template | ||||||
11020 | << FnDesc /* Ignored */ | ||||||
11021 | << CalleeTarget << CallerTarget; | ||||||
11022 | |||||||
11023 | // This could be an implicit constructor for which we could not infer the | ||||||
11024 | // target due to a collsion. Diagnose that case. | ||||||
11025 | CXXMethodDecl *Meth = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Callee); | ||||||
11026 | if (Meth != nullptr && Meth->isImplicit()) { | ||||||
11027 | CXXRecordDecl *ParentClass = Meth->getParent(); | ||||||
11028 | Sema::CXXSpecialMember CSM; | ||||||
11029 | |||||||
11030 | switch (FnKindPair.first) { | ||||||
11031 | default: | ||||||
11032 | return; | ||||||
11033 | case oc_implicit_default_constructor: | ||||||
11034 | CSM = Sema::CXXDefaultConstructor; | ||||||
11035 | break; | ||||||
11036 | case oc_implicit_copy_constructor: | ||||||
11037 | CSM = Sema::CXXCopyConstructor; | ||||||
11038 | break; | ||||||
11039 | case oc_implicit_move_constructor: | ||||||
11040 | CSM = Sema::CXXMoveConstructor; | ||||||
11041 | break; | ||||||
11042 | case oc_implicit_copy_assignment: | ||||||
11043 | CSM = Sema::CXXCopyAssignment; | ||||||
11044 | break; | ||||||
11045 | case oc_implicit_move_assignment: | ||||||
11046 | CSM = Sema::CXXMoveAssignment; | ||||||
11047 | break; | ||||||
11048 | }; | ||||||
11049 | |||||||
11050 | bool ConstRHS = false; | ||||||
11051 | if (Meth->getNumParams()) { | ||||||
11052 | if (const ReferenceType *RT = | ||||||
11053 | Meth->getParamDecl(0)->getType()->getAs<ReferenceType>()) { | ||||||
11054 | ConstRHS = RT->getPointeeType().isConstQualified(); | ||||||
11055 | } | ||||||
11056 | } | ||||||
11057 | |||||||
11058 | S.inferCUDATargetForImplicitSpecialMember(ParentClass, CSM, Meth, | ||||||
11059 | /* ConstRHS */ ConstRHS, | ||||||
11060 | /* Diagnose */ true); | ||||||
11061 | } | ||||||
11062 | } | ||||||
11063 | |||||||
11064 | static void DiagnoseFailedEnableIfAttr(Sema &S, OverloadCandidate *Cand) { | ||||||
11065 | FunctionDecl *Callee = Cand->Function; | ||||||
11066 | EnableIfAttr *Attr = static_cast<EnableIfAttr*>(Cand->DeductionFailure.Data); | ||||||
11067 | |||||||
11068 | S.Diag(Callee->getLocation(), | ||||||
11069 | diag::note_ovl_candidate_disabled_by_function_cond_attr) | ||||||
11070 | << Attr->getCond()->getSourceRange() << Attr->getMessage(); | ||||||
11071 | } | ||||||
11072 | |||||||
11073 | static void DiagnoseFailedExplicitSpec(Sema &S, OverloadCandidate *Cand) { | ||||||
11074 | ExplicitSpecifier ES = ExplicitSpecifier::getFromDecl(Cand->Function); | ||||||
11075 | assert(ES.isExplicit() && "not an explicit candidate")(static_cast <bool> (ES.isExplicit() && "not an explicit candidate" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("ES.isExplicit() && \"not an explicit candidate\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 11075, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
11076 | |||||||
11077 | unsigned Kind; | ||||||
11078 | switch (Cand->Function->getDeclKind()) { | ||||||
11079 | case Decl::Kind::CXXConstructor: | ||||||
11080 | Kind = 0; | ||||||
11081 | break; | ||||||
11082 | case Decl::Kind::CXXConversion: | ||||||
11083 | Kind = 1; | ||||||
11084 | break; | ||||||
11085 | case Decl::Kind::CXXDeductionGuide: | ||||||
11086 | Kind = Cand->Function->isImplicit() ? 0 : 2; | ||||||
11087 | break; | ||||||
11088 | default: | ||||||
11089 | llvm_unreachable("invalid Decl")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("invalid Decl", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 11089); | ||||||
11090 | } | ||||||
11091 | |||||||
11092 | // Note the location of the first (in-class) declaration; a redeclaration | ||||||
11093 | // (particularly an out-of-class definition) will typically lack the | ||||||
11094 | // 'explicit' specifier. | ||||||
11095 | // FIXME: This is probably a good thing to do for all 'candidate' notes. | ||||||
11096 | FunctionDecl *First = Cand->Function->getFirstDecl(); | ||||||
11097 | if (FunctionDecl *Pattern = First->getTemplateInstantiationPattern()) | ||||||
11098 | First = Pattern->getFirstDecl(); | ||||||
11099 | |||||||
11100 | S.Diag(First->getLocation(), | ||||||
11101 | diag::note_ovl_candidate_explicit) | ||||||
11102 | << Kind << (ES.getExpr() ? 1 : 0) | ||||||
11103 | << (ES.getExpr() ? ES.getExpr()->getSourceRange() : SourceRange()); | ||||||
11104 | } | ||||||
11105 | |||||||
11106 | /// Generates a 'note' diagnostic for an overload candidate. We've | ||||||
11107 | /// already generated a primary error at the call site. | ||||||
11108 | /// | ||||||
11109 | /// It really does need to be a single diagnostic with its caret | ||||||
11110 | /// pointed at the candidate declaration. Yes, this creates some | ||||||
11111 | /// major challenges of technical writing. Yes, this makes pointing | ||||||
11112 | /// out problems with specific arguments quite awkward. It's still | ||||||
11113 | /// better than generating twenty screens of text for every failed | ||||||
11114 | /// overload. | ||||||
11115 | /// | ||||||
11116 | /// It would be great to be able to express per-candidate problems | ||||||
11117 | /// more richly for those diagnostic clients that cared, but we'd | ||||||
11118 | /// still have to be just as careful with the default diagnostics. | ||||||
11119 | /// \param CtorDestAS Addr space of object being constructed (for ctor | ||||||
11120 | /// candidates only). | ||||||
11121 | static void NoteFunctionCandidate(Sema &S, OverloadCandidate *Cand, | ||||||
11122 | unsigned NumArgs, | ||||||
11123 | bool TakingCandidateAddress, | ||||||
11124 | LangAS CtorDestAS = LangAS::Default) { | ||||||
11125 | FunctionDecl *Fn = Cand->Function; | ||||||
11126 | if (shouldSkipNotingLambdaConversionDecl(Fn)) | ||||||
11127 | return; | ||||||
11128 | |||||||
11129 | // Note deleted candidates, but only if they're viable. | ||||||
11130 | if (Cand->Viable) { | ||||||
11131 | if (Fn->isDeleted()) { | ||||||
11132 | std::string FnDesc; | ||||||
11133 | std::pair<OverloadCandidateKind, OverloadCandidateSelect> FnKindPair = | ||||||
11134 | ClassifyOverloadCandidate(S, Cand->FoundDecl, Fn, | ||||||
11135 | Cand->getRewriteKind(), FnDesc); | ||||||
11136 | |||||||
11137 | S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_deleted) | ||||||
11138 | << (unsigned)FnKindPair.first << (unsigned)FnKindPair.second << FnDesc | ||||||
11139 | << (Fn->isDeleted() ? (Fn->isDeletedAsWritten() ? 1 : 2) : 0); | ||||||
11140 | MaybeEmitInheritedConstructorNote(S, Cand->FoundDecl); | ||||||
11141 | return; | ||||||
11142 | } | ||||||
11143 | |||||||
11144 | // We don't really have anything else to say about viable candidates. | ||||||
11145 | S.NoteOverloadCandidate(Cand->FoundDecl, Fn, Cand->getRewriteKind()); | ||||||
11146 | return; | ||||||
11147 | } | ||||||
11148 | |||||||
11149 | switch (Cand->FailureKind) { | ||||||
11150 | case ovl_fail_too_many_arguments: | ||||||
11151 | case ovl_fail_too_few_arguments: | ||||||
11152 | return DiagnoseArityMismatch(S, Cand, NumArgs); | ||||||
11153 | |||||||
11154 | case ovl_fail_bad_deduction: | ||||||
11155 | return DiagnoseBadDeduction(S, Cand, NumArgs, | ||||||
11156 | TakingCandidateAddress); | ||||||
11157 | |||||||
11158 | case ovl_fail_illegal_constructor: { | ||||||
11159 | S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_illegal_constructor) | ||||||
11160 | << (Fn->getPrimaryTemplate() ? 1 : 0); | ||||||
11161 | MaybeEmitInheritedConstructorNote(S, Cand->FoundDecl); | ||||||
11162 | return; | ||||||
11163 | } | ||||||
11164 | |||||||
11165 | case ovl_fail_object_addrspace_mismatch: { | ||||||
11166 | Qualifiers QualsForPrinting; | ||||||
11167 | QualsForPrinting.setAddressSpace(CtorDestAS); | ||||||
11168 | S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), | ||||||
11169 | diag::note_ovl_candidate_illegal_constructor_adrspace_mismatch) | ||||||
11170 | << QualsForPrinting; | ||||||
11171 | MaybeEmitInheritedConstructorNote(S, Cand->FoundDecl); | ||||||
11172 | return; | ||||||
11173 | } | ||||||
11174 | |||||||
11175 | case ovl_fail_trivial_conversion: | ||||||
11176 | case ovl_fail_bad_final_conversion: | ||||||
11177 | case ovl_fail_final_conversion_not_exact: | ||||||
11178 | return S.NoteOverloadCandidate(Cand->FoundDecl, Fn, Cand->getRewriteKind()); | ||||||
11179 | |||||||
11180 | case ovl_fail_bad_conversion: { | ||||||
11181 | unsigned I = (Cand->IgnoreObjectArgument ? 1 : 0); | ||||||
11182 | for (unsigned N = Cand->Conversions.size(); I != N; ++I) | ||||||
11183 | if (Cand->Conversions[I].isBad()) | ||||||
11184 | return DiagnoseBadConversion(S, Cand, I, TakingCandidateAddress); | ||||||
11185 | |||||||
11186 | // FIXME: this currently happens when we're called from SemaInit | ||||||
11187 | // when user-conversion overload fails. Figure out how to handle | ||||||
11188 | // those conditions and diagnose them well. | ||||||
11189 | return S.NoteOverloadCandidate(Cand->FoundDecl, Fn, Cand->getRewriteKind()); | ||||||
11190 | } | ||||||
11191 | |||||||
11192 | case ovl_fail_bad_target: | ||||||
11193 | return DiagnoseBadTarget(S, Cand); | ||||||
11194 | |||||||
11195 | case ovl_fail_enable_if: | ||||||
11196 | return DiagnoseFailedEnableIfAttr(S, Cand); | ||||||
11197 | |||||||
11198 | case ovl_fail_explicit: | ||||||
11199 | return DiagnoseFailedExplicitSpec(S, Cand); | ||||||
11200 | |||||||
11201 | case ovl_fail_inhctor_slice: | ||||||
11202 | // It's generally not interesting to note copy/move constructors here. | ||||||
11203 | if (cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Fn)->isCopyOrMoveConstructor()) | ||||||
11204 | return; | ||||||
11205 | S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), | ||||||
11206 | diag::note_ovl_candidate_inherited_constructor_slice) | ||||||
11207 | << (Fn->getPrimaryTemplate() ? 1 : 0) | ||||||
11208 | << Fn->getParamDecl(0)->getType()->isRValueReferenceType(); | ||||||
11209 | MaybeEmitInheritedConstructorNote(S, Cand->FoundDecl); | ||||||
11210 | return; | ||||||
11211 | |||||||
11212 | case ovl_fail_addr_not_available: { | ||||||
11213 | bool Available = checkAddressOfCandidateIsAvailable(S, Cand->Function); | ||||||
11214 | (void)Available; | ||||||
11215 | assert(!Available)(static_cast <bool> (!Available) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!Available", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 11215, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
11216 | break; | ||||||
11217 | } | ||||||
11218 | case ovl_non_default_multiversion_function: | ||||||
11219 | // Do nothing, these should simply be ignored. | ||||||
11220 | break; | ||||||
11221 | |||||||
11222 | case ovl_fail_constraints_not_satisfied: { | ||||||
11223 | std::string FnDesc; | ||||||
11224 | std::pair<OverloadCandidateKind, OverloadCandidateSelect> FnKindPair = | ||||||
11225 | ClassifyOverloadCandidate(S, Cand->FoundDecl, Fn, | ||||||
11226 | Cand->getRewriteKind(), FnDesc); | ||||||
11227 | |||||||
11228 | S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), | ||||||
11229 | diag::note_ovl_candidate_constraints_not_satisfied) | ||||||
11230 | << (unsigned)FnKindPair.first << (unsigned)ocs_non_template | ||||||
11231 | << FnDesc /* Ignored */; | ||||||
11232 | ConstraintSatisfaction Satisfaction; | ||||||
11233 | if (S.CheckFunctionConstraints(Fn, Satisfaction)) | ||||||
11234 | break; | ||||||
11235 | S.DiagnoseUnsatisfiedConstraint(Satisfaction); | ||||||
11236 | } | ||||||
11237 | } | ||||||
11238 | } | ||||||
11239 | |||||||
11240 | static void NoteSurrogateCandidate(Sema &S, OverloadCandidate *Cand) { | ||||||
11241 | if (shouldSkipNotingLambdaConversionDecl(Cand->Surrogate)) | ||||||
11242 | return; | ||||||
11243 | |||||||
11244 | // Desugar the type of the surrogate down to a function type, | ||||||
11245 | // retaining as many typedefs as possible while still showing | ||||||
11246 | // the function type (and, therefore, its parameter types). | ||||||
11247 | QualType FnType = Cand->Surrogate->getConversionType(); | ||||||
11248 | bool isLValueReference = false; | ||||||
11249 | bool isRValueReference = false; | ||||||
11250 | bool isPointer = false; | ||||||
11251 | if (const LValueReferenceType *FnTypeRef = | ||||||
11252 | FnType->getAs<LValueReferenceType>()) { | ||||||
11253 | FnType = FnTypeRef->getPointeeType(); | ||||||
11254 | isLValueReference = true; | ||||||
11255 | } else if (const RValueReferenceType *FnTypeRef = | ||||||
11256 | FnType->getAs<RValueReferenceType>()) { | ||||||
11257 | FnType = FnTypeRef->getPointeeType(); | ||||||
11258 | isRValueReference = true; | ||||||
11259 | } | ||||||
11260 | if (const PointerType *FnTypePtr = FnType->getAs<PointerType>()) { | ||||||
11261 | FnType = FnTypePtr->getPointeeType(); | ||||||
11262 | isPointer = true; | ||||||
11263 | } | ||||||
11264 | // Desugar down to a function type. | ||||||
11265 | FnType = QualType(FnType->getAs<FunctionType>(), 0); | ||||||
11266 | // Reconstruct the pointer/reference as appropriate. | ||||||
11267 | if (isPointer) FnType = S.Context.getPointerType(FnType); | ||||||
11268 | if (isRValueReference) FnType = S.Context.getRValueReferenceType(FnType); | ||||||
11269 | if (isLValueReference) FnType = S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(FnType); | ||||||
11270 | |||||||
11271 | S.Diag(Cand->Surrogate->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_surrogate_cand) | ||||||
11272 | << FnType; | ||||||
11273 | } | ||||||
11274 | |||||||
11275 | static void NoteBuiltinOperatorCandidate(Sema &S, StringRef Opc, | ||||||
11276 | SourceLocation OpLoc, | ||||||
11277 | OverloadCandidate *Cand) { | ||||||
11278 | assert(Cand->Conversions.size() <= 2 && "builtin operator is not binary")(static_cast <bool> (Cand->Conversions.size() <= 2 && "builtin operator is not binary") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Cand->Conversions.size() <= 2 && \"builtin operator is not binary\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 11278, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
11279 | std::string TypeStr("operator"); | ||||||
11280 | TypeStr += Opc; | ||||||
11281 | TypeStr += "("; | ||||||
11282 | TypeStr += Cand->BuiltinParamTypes[0].getAsString(); | ||||||
11283 | if (Cand->Conversions.size() == 1) { | ||||||
11284 | TypeStr += ")"; | ||||||
11285 | S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::note_ovl_builtin_candidate) << TypeStr; | ||||||
11286 | } else { | ||||||
11287 | TypeStr += ", "; | ||||||
11288 | TypeStr += Cand->BuiltinParamTypes[1].getAsString(); | ||||||
11289 | TypeStr += ")"; | ||||||
11290 | S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::note_ovl_builtin_candidate) << TypeStr; | ||||||
11291 | } | ||||||
11292 | } | ||||||
11293 | |||||||
11294 | static void NoteAmbiguousUserConversions(Sema &S, SourceLocation OpLoc, | ||||||
11295 | OverloadCandidate *Cand) { | ||||||
11296 | for (const ImplicitConversionSequence &ICS : Cand->Conversions) { | ||||||
11297 | if (ICS.isBad()) break; // all meaningless after first invalid | ||||||
11298 | if (!ICS.isAmbiguous()) continue; | ||||||
11299 | |||||||
11300 | ICS.DiagnoseAmbiguousConversion( | ||||||
11301 | S, OpLoc, S.PDiag(diag::note_ambiguous_type_conversion)); | ||||||
11302 | } | ||||||
11303 | } | ||||||
11304 | |||||||
11305 | static SourceLocation GetLocationForCandidate(const OverloadCandidate *Cand) { | ||||||
11306 | if (Cand->Function) | ||||||
11307 | return Cand->Function->getLocation(); | ||||||
11308 | if (Cand->IsSurrogate) | ||||||
11309 | return Cand->Surrogate->getLocation(); | ||||||
11310 | return SourceLocation(); | ||||||
11311 | } | ||||||
11312 | |||||||
11313 | static unsigned RankDeductionFailure(const DeductionFailureInfo &DFI) { | ||||||
11314 | switch ((Sema::TemplateDeductionResult)DFI.Result) { | ||||||
11315 | case Sema::TDK_Success: | ||||||
11316 | case Sema::TDK_NonDependentConversionFailure: | ||||||
11317 | llvm_unreachable("non-deduction failure while diagnosing bad deduction")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("non-deduction failure while diagnosing bad deduction" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 11317); | ||||||
11318 | |||||||
11319 | case Sema::TDK_Invalid: | ||||||
11320 | case Sema::TDK_Incomplete: | ||||||
11321 | case Sema::TDK_IncompletePack: | ||||||
11322 | return 1; | ||||||
11323 | |||||||
11324 | case Sema::TDK_Underqualified: | ||||||
11325 | case Sema::TDK_Inconsistent: | ||||||
11326 | return 2; | ||||||
11327 | |||||||
11328 | case Sema::TDK_SubstitutionFailure: | ||||||
11329 | case Sema::TDK_DeducedMismatch: | ||||||
11330 | case Sema::TDK_ConstraintsNotSatisfied: | ||||||
11331 | case Sema::TDK_DeducedMismatchNested: | ||||||
11332 | case Sema::TDK_NonDeducedMismatch: | ||||||
11333 | case Sema::TDK_MiscellaneousDeductionFailure: | ||||||
11334 | case Sema::TDK_CUDATargetMismatch: | ||||||
11335 | return 3; | ||||||
11336 | |||||||
11337 | case Sema::TDK_InstantiationDepth: | ||||||
11338 | return 4; | ||||||
11339 | |||||||
11340 | case Sema::TDK_InvalidExplicitArguments: | ||||||
11341 | return 5; | ||||||
11342 | |||||||
11343 | case Sema::TDK_TooManyArguments: | ||||||
11344 | case Sema::TDK_TooFewArguments: | ||||||
11345 | return 6; | ||||||
11346 | } | ||||||
11347 | llvm_unreachable("Unhandled deduction result")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Unhandled deduction result" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 11347); | ||||||
11348 | } | ||||||
11349 | |||||||
11350 | namespace { | ||||||
11351 | struct CompareOverloadCandidatesForDisplay { | ||||||
11352 | Sema &S; | ||||||
11353 | SourceLocation Loc; | ||||||
11354 | size_t NumArgs; | ||||||
11355 | OverloadCandidateSet::CandidateSetKind CSK; | ||||||
11356 | |||||||
11357 | CompareOverloadCandidatesForDisplay( | ||||||
11358 | Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, size_t NArgs, | ||||||
11359 | OverloadCandidateSet::CandidateSetKind CSK) | ||||||
11360 | : S(S), NumArgs(NArgs), CSK(CSK) {} | ||||||
11361 | |||||||
11362 | OverloadFailureKind EffectiveFailureKind(const OverloadCandidate *C) const { | ||||||
11363 | // If there are too many or too few arguments, that's the high-order bit we | ||||||
11364 | // want to sort by, even if the immediate failure kind was something else. | ||||||
11365 | if (C->FailureKind == ovl_fail_too_many_arguments || | ||||||
11366 | C->FailureKind == ovl_fail_too_few_arguments) | ||||||
11367 | return static_cast<OverloadFailureKind>(C->FailureKind); | ||||||
11368 | |||||||
11369 | if (C->Function) { | ||||||
11370 | if (NumArgs > C->Function->getNumParams() && !C->Function->isVariadic()) | ||||||
11371 | return ovl_fail_too_many_arguments; | ||||||
11372 | if (NumArgs < C->Function->getMinRequiredArguments()) | ||||||
11373 | return ovl_fail_too_few_arguments; | ||||||
11374 | } | ||||||
11375 | |||||||
11376 | return static_cast<OverloadFailureKind>(C->FailureKind); | ||||||
11377 | } | ||||||
11378 | |||||||
11379 | bool operator()(const OverloadCandidate *L, | ||||||
11380 | const OverloadCandidate *R) { | ||||||
11381 | // Fast-path this check. | ||||||
11382 | if (L == R) return false; | ||||||
11383 | |||||||
11384 | // Order first by viability. | ||||||
11385 | if (L->Viable) { | ||||||
11386 | if (!R->Viable) return true; | ||||||
11387 | |||||||
11388 | // TODO: introduce a tri-valued comparison for overload | ||||||
11389 | // candidates. Would be more worthwhile if we had a sort | ||||||
11390 | // that could exploit it. | ||||||
11391 | if (isBetterOverloadCandidate(S, *L, *R, SourceLocation(), CSK)) | ||||||
11392 | return true; | ||||||
11393 | if (isBetterOverloadCandidate(S, *R, *L, SourceLocation(), CSK)) | ||||||
11394 | return false; | ||||||
11395 | } else if (R->Viable) | ||||||
11396 | return false; | ||||||
11397 | |||||||
11398 | assert(L->Viable == R->Viable)(static_cast <bool> (L->Viable == R->Viable) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("L->Viable == R->Viable", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 11398, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
11399 | |||||||
11400 | // Criteria by which we can sort non-viable candidates: | ||||||
11401 | if (!L->Viable) { | ||||||
11402 | OverloadFailureKind LFailureKind = EffectiveFailureKind(L); | ||||||
11403 | OverloadFailureKind RFailureKind = EffectiveFailureKind(R); | ||||||
11404 | |||||||
11405 | // 1. Arity mismatches come after other candidates. | ||||||
11406 | if (LFailureKind == ovl_fail_too_many_arguments || | ||||||
11407 | LFailureKind == ovl_fail_too_few_arguments) { | ||||||
11408 | if (RFailureKind == ovl_fail_too_many_arguments || | ||||||
11409 | RFailureKind == ovl_fail_too_few_arguments) { | ||||||
11410 | int LDist = std::abs((int)L->getNumParams() - (int)NumArgs); | ||||||
11411 | int RDist = std::abs((int)R->getNumParams() - (int)NumArgs); | ||||||
11412 | if (LDist == RDist) { | ||||||
11413 | if (LFailureKind == RFailureKind) | ||||||
11414 | // Sort non-surrogates before surrogates. | ||||||
11415 | return !L->IsSurrogate && R->IsSurrogate; | ||||||
11416 | // Sort candidates requiring fewer parameters than there were | ||||||
11417 | // arguments given after candidates requiring more parameters | ||||||
11418 | // than there were arguments given. | ||||||
11419 | return LFailureKind == ovl_fail_too_many_arguments; | ||||||
11420 | } | ||||||
11421 | return LDist < RDist; | ||||||
11422 | } | ||||||
11423 | return false; | ||||||
11424 | } | ||||||
11425 | if (RFailureKind == ovl_fail_too_many_arguments || | ||||||
11426 | RFailureKind == ovl_fail_too_few_arguments) | ||||||
11427 | return true; | ||||||
11428 | |||||||
11429 | // 2. Bad conversions come first and are ordered by the number | ||||||
11430 | // of bad conversions and quality of good conversions. | ||||||
11431 | if (LFailureKind == ovl_fail_bad_conversion) { | ||||||
11432 | if (RFailureKind != ovl_fail_bad_conversion) | ||||||
11433 | return true; | ||||||
11434 | |||||||
11435 | // The conversion that can be fixed with a smaller number of changes, | ||||||
11436 | // comes first. | ||||||
11437 | unsigned numLFixes = L->Fix.NumConversionsFixed; | ||||||
11438 | unsigned numRFixes = R->Fix.NumConversionsFixed; | ||||||
11439 | numLFixes = (numLFixes == 0) ? UINT_MAX(2147483647 *2U +1U) : numLFixes; | ||||||
11440 | numRFixes = (numRFixes == 0) ? UINT_MAX(2147483647 *2U +1U) : numRFixes; | ||||||
11441 | if (numLFixes != numRFixes) { | ||||||
11442 | return numLFixes < numRFixes; | ||||||
11443 | } | ||||||
11444 | |||||||
11445 | // If there's any ordering between the defined conversions... | ||||||
11446 | // FIXME: this might not be transitive. | ||||||
11447 | assert(L->Conversions.size() == R->Conversions.size())(static_cast <bool> (L->Conversions.size() == R-> Conversions.size()) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("L->Conversions.size() == R->Conversions.size()" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 11447, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
11448 | |||||||
11449 | int leftBetter = 0; | ||||||
11450 | unsigned I = (L->IgnoreObjectArgument || R->IgnoreObjectArgument); | ||||||
11451 | for (unsigned E = L->Conversions.size(); I != E; ++I) { | ||||||
11452 | switch (CompareImplicitConversionSequences(S, Loc, | ||||||
11453 | L->Conversions[I], | ||||||
11454 | R->Conversions[I])) { | ||||||
11455 | case ImplicitConversionSequence::Better: | ||||||
11456 | leftBetter++; | ||||||
11457 | break; | ||||||
11458 | |||||||
11459 | case ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse: | ||||||
11460 | leftBetter--; | ||||||
11461 | break; | ||||||
11462 | |||||||
11463 | case ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable: | ||||||
11464 | break; | ||||||
11465 | } | ||||||
11466 | } | ||||||
11467 | if (leftBetter > 0) return true; | ||||||
11468 | if (leftBetter < 0) return false; | ||||||
11469 | |||||||
11470 | } else if (RFailureKind == ovl_fail_bad_conversion) | ||||||
11471 | return false; | ||||||
11472 | |||||||
11473 | if (LFailureKind == ovl_fail_bad_deduction) { | ||||||
11474 | if (RFailureKind != ovl_fail_bad_deduction) | ||||||
11475 | return true; | ||||||
11476 | |||||||
11477 | if (L->DeductionFailure.Result != R->DeductionFailure.Result) | ||||||
11478 | return RankDeductionFailure(L->DeductionFailure) | ||||||
11479 | < RankDeductionFailure(R->DeductionFailure); | ||||||
11480 | } else if (RFailureKind == ovl_fail_bad_deduction) | ||||||
11481 | return false; | ||||||
11482 | |||||||
11483 | // TODO: others? | ||||||
11484 | } | ||||||
11485 | |||||||
11486 | // Sort everything else by location. | ||||||
11487 | SourceLocation LLoc = GetLocationForCandidate(L); | ||||||
11488 | SourceLocation RLoc = GetLocationForCandidate(R); | ||||||
11489 | |||||||
11490 | // Put candidates without locations (e.g. builtins) at the end. | ||||||
11491 | if (LLoc.isInvalid()) return false; | ||||||
11492 | if (RLoc.isInvalid()) return true; | ||||||
11493 | |||||||
11494 | return S.SourceMgr.isBeforeInTranslationUnit(LLoc, RLoc); | ||||||
11495 | } | ||||||
11496 | }; | ||||||
11497 | } | ||||||
11498 | |||||||
11499 | /// CompleteNonViableCandidate - Normally, overload resolution only | ||||||
11500 | /// computes up to the first bad conversion. Produces the FixIt set if | ||||||
11501 | /// possible. | ||||||
11502 | static void | ||||||
11503 | CompleteNonViableCandidate(Sema &S, OverloadCandidate *Cand, | ||||||
11504 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, | ||||||
11505 | OverloadCandidateSet::CandidateSetKind CSK) { | ||||||
11506 | assert(!Cand->Viable)(static_cast <bool> (!Cand->Viable) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!Cand->Viable", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 11506, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
11507 | |||||||
11508 | // Don't do anything on failures other than bad conversion. | ||||||
11509 | if (Cand->FailureKind != ovl_fail_bad_conversion) | ||||||
11510 | return; | ||||||
11511 | |||||||
11512 | // We only want the FixIts if all the arguments can be corrected. | ||||||
11513 | bool Unfixable = false; | ||||||
11514 | // Use a implicit copy initialization to check conversion fixes. | ||||||
11515 | Cand->Fix.setConversionChecker(TryCopyInitialization); | ||||||
11516 | |||||||
11517 | // Attempt to fix the bad conversion. | ||||||
11518 | unsigned ConvCount = Cand->Conversions.size(); | ||||||
11519 | for (unsigned ConvIdx = (Cand->IgnoreObjectArgument ? 1 : 0); /**/; | ||||||
11520 | ++ConvIdx) { | ||||||
11521 | assert(ConvIdx != ConvCount && "no bad conversion in candidate")(static_cast <bool> (ConvIdx != ConvCount && "no bad conversion in candidate" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("ConvIdx != ConvCount && \"no bad conversion in candidate\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 11521, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
11522 | if (Cand->Conversions[ConvIdx].isInitialized() && | ||||||
11523 | Cand->Conversions[ConvIdx].isBad()) { | ||||||
11524 | Unfixable = !Cand->TryToFixBadConversion(ConvIdx, S); | ||||||
11525 | break; | ||||||
11526 | } | ||||||
11527 | } | ||||||
11528 | |||||||
11529 | // FIXME: this should probably be preserved from the overload | ||||||
11530 | // operation somehow. | ||||||
11531 | bool SuppressUserConversions = false; | ||||||
11532 | |||||||
11533 | unsigned ConvIdx = 0; | ||||||
11534 | unsigned ArgIdx = 0; | ||||||
11535 | ArrayRef<QualType> ParamTypes; | ||||||
11536 | bool Reversed = Cand->isReversed(); | ||||||
11537 | |||||||
11538 | if (Cand->IsSurrogate) { | ||||||
11539 | QualType ConvType | ||||||
11540 | = Cand->Surrogate->getConversionType().getNonReferenceType(); | ||||||
11541 | if (const PointerType *ConvPtrType = ConvType->getAs<PointerType>()) | ||||||
11542 | ConvType = ConvPtrType->getPointeeType(); | ||||||
11543 | ParamTypes = ConvType->castAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getParamTypes(); | ||||||
11544 | // Conversion 0 is 'this', which doesn't have a corresponding parameter. | ||||||
11545 | ConvIdx = 1; | ||||||
11546 | } else if (Cand->Function) { | ||||||
11547 | ParamTypes = | ||||||
11548 | Cand->Function->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getParamTypes(); | ||||||
11549 | if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Cand->Function) && | ||||||
11550 | !isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(Cand->Function) && !Reversed) { | ||||||
11551 | // Conversion 0 is 'this', which doesn't have a corresponding parameter. | ||||||
11552 | ConvIdx = 1; | ||||||
11553 | if (CSK == OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Operator && | ||||||
11554 | Cand->Function->getDeclName().getCXXOverloadedOperator() != OO_Call) | ||||||
11555 | // Argument 0 is 'this', which doesn't have a corresponding parameter. | ||||||
11556 | ArgIdx = 1; | ||||||
11557 | } | ||||||
11558 | } else { | ||||||
11559 | // Builtin operator. | ||||||
11560 | assert(ConvCount <= 3)(static_cast <bool> (ConvCount <= 3) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("ConvCount <= 3", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 11560, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
11561 | ParamTypes = Cand->BuiltinParamTypes; | ||||||
11562 | } | ||||||
11563 | |||||||
11564 | // Fill in the rest of the conversions. | ||||||
11565 | for (unsigned ParamIdx = Reversed ? ParamTypes.size() - 1 : 0; | ||||||
11566 | ConvIdx != ConvCount; | ||||||
11567 | ++ConvIdx, ++ArgIdx, ParamIdx += (Reversed ? -1 : 1)) { | ||||||
11568 | assert(ArgIdx < Args.size() && "no argument for this arg conversion")(static_cast <bool> (ArgIdx < Args.size() && "no argument for this arg conversion") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("ArgIdx < Args.size() && \"no argument for this arg conversion\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 11568, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
11569 | if (Cand->Conversions[ConvIdx].isInitialized()) { | ||||||
11570 | // We've already checked this conversion. | ||||||
11571 | } else if (ParamIdx < ParamTypes.size()) { | ||||||
11572 | if (ParamTypes[ParamIdx]->isDependentType()) | ||||||
11573 | Cand->Conversions[ConvIdx].setAsIdentityConversion( | ||||||
11574 | Args[ArgIdx]->getType()); | ||||||
11575 | else { | ||||||
11576 | Cand->Conversions[ConvIdx] = | ||||||
11577 | TryCopyInitialization(S, Args[ArgIdx], ParamTypes[ParamIdx], | ||||||
11578 | SuppressUserConversions, | ||||||
11579 | /*InOverloadResolution=*/true, | ||||||
11580 | /*AllowObjCWritebackConversion=*/ | ||||||
11581 | S.getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount); | ||||||
11582 | // Store the FixIt in the candidate if it exists. | ||||||
11583 | if (!Unfixable && Cand->Conversions[ConvIdx].isBad()) | ||||||
11584 | Unfixable = !Cand->TryToFixBadConversion(ConvIdx, S); | ||||||
11585 | } | ||||||
11586 | } else | ||||||
11587 | Cand->Conversions[ConvIdx].setEllipsis(); | ||||||
11588 | } | ||||||
11589 | } | ||||||
11590 | |||||||
11591 | SmallVector<OverloadCandidate *, 32> OverloadCandidateSet::CompleteCandidates( | ||||||
11592 | Sema &S, OverloadCandidateDisplayKind OCD, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, | ||||||
11593 | SourceLocation OpLoc, | ||||||
11594 | llvm::function_ref<bool(OverloadCandidate &)> Filter) { | ||||||
11595 | // Sort the candidates by viability and position. Sorting directly would | ||||||
11596 | // be prohibitive, so we make a set of pointers and sort those. | ||||||
11597 | SmallVector<OverloadCandidate*, 32> Cands; | ||||||
11598 | if (OCD == OCD_AllCandidates) Cands.reserve(size()); | ||||||
11599 | for (iterator Cand = begin(), LastCand = end(); Cand != LastCand; ++Cand) { | ||||||
11600 | if (!Filter(*Cand)) | ||||||
11601 | continue; | ||||||
11602 | switch (OCD) { | ||||||
11603 | case OCD_AllCandidates: | ||||||
11604 | if (!Cand->Viable) { | ||||||
11605 | if (!Cand->Function && !Cand->IsSurrogate) { | ||||||
11606 | // This a non-viable builtin candidate. We do not, in general, | ||||||
11607 | // want to list every possible builtin candidate. | ||||||
11608 | continue; | ||||||
11609 | } | ||||||
11610 | CompleteNonViableCandidate(S, Cand, Args, Kind); | ||||||
11611 | } | ||||||
11612 | break; | ||||||
11613 | |||||||
11614 | case OCD_ViableCandidates: | ||||||
11615 | if (!Cand->Viable) | ||||||
11616 | continue; | ||||||
11617 | break; | ||||||
11618 | |||||||
11619 | case OCD_AmbiguousCandidates: | ||||||
11620 | if (!Cand->Best) | ||||||
11621 | continue; | ||||||
11622 | break; | ||||||
11623 | } | ||||||
11624 | |||||||
11625 | Cands.push_back(Cand); | ||||||
11626 | } | ||||||
11627 | |||||||
11628 | llvm::stable_sort( | ||||||
11629 | Cands, CompareOverloadCandidatesForDisplay(S, OpLoc, Args.size(), Kind)); | ||||||
11630 | |||||||
11631 | return Cands; | ||||||
11632 | } | ||||||
11633 | |||||||
11634 | bool OverloadCandidateSet::shouldDeferDiags(Sema &S, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, | ||||||
11635 | SourceLocation OpLoc) { | ||||||
11636 | bool DeferHint = false; | ||||||
11637 | if (S.getLangOpts().CUDA && S.getLangOpts().GPUDeferDiag) { | ||||||
11638 | // Defer diagnostic for CUDA/HIP if there are wrong-sided candidates or | ||||||
11639 | // host device candidates. | ||||||
11640 | auto WrongSidedCands = | ||||||
11641 | CompleteCandidates(S, OCD_AllCandidates, Args, OpLoc, [](auto &Cand) { | ||||||
11642 | return (Cand.Viable == false && | ||||||
11643 | Cand.FailureKind == ovl_fail_bad_target) || | ||||||
11644 | (Cand.Function && | ||||||
11645 | Cand.Function->template hasAttr<CUDAHostAttr>() && | ||||||
11646 | Cand.Function->template hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>()); | ||||||
11647 | }); | ||||||
11648 | DeferHint = !WrongSidedCands.empty(); | ||||||
11649 | } | ||||||
11650 | return DeferHint; | ||||||
11651 | } | ||||||
11652 | |||||||
11653 | /// When overload resolution fails, prints diagnostic messages containing the | ||||||
11654 | /// candidates in the candidate set. | ||||||
11655 | void OverloadCandidateSet::NoteCandidates( | ||||||
11656 | PartialDiagnosticAt PD, Sema &S, OverloadCandidateDisplayKind OCD, | ||||||
11657 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, StringRef Opc, SourceLocation OpLoc, | ||||||
11658 | llvm::function_ref<bool(OverloadCandidate &)> Filter) { | ||||||
11659 | |||||||
11660 | auto Cands = CompleteCandidates(S, OCD, Args, OpLoc, Filter); | ||||||
11661 | |||||||
11662 | S.Diag(PD.first, PD.second, shouldDeferDiags(S, Args, OpLoc)); | ||||||
11663 | |||||||
11664 | NoteCandidates(S, Args, Cands, Opc, OpLoc); | ||||||
11665 | |||||||
11666 | if (OCD == OCD_AmbiguousCandidates) | ||||||
11667 | MaybeDiagnoseAmbiguousConstraints(S, {begin(), end()}); | ||||||
11668 | } | ||||||
11669 | |||||||
11670 | void OverloadCandidateSet::NoteCandidates(Sema &S, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, | ||||||
11671 | ArrayRef<OverloadCandidate *> Cands, | ||||||
11672 | StringRef Opc, SourceLocation OpLoc) { | ||||||
11673 | bool ReportedAmbiguousConversions = false; | ||||||
11674 | |||||||
11675 | const OverloadsShown ShowOverloads = S.Diags.getShowOverloads(); | ||||||
11676 | unsigned CandsShown = 0; | ||||||
11677 | auto I = Cands.begin(), E = Cands.end(); | ||||||
11678 | for (; I != E; ++I) { | ||||||
11679 | OverloadCandidate *Cand = *I; | ||||||
11680 | |||||||
11681 | if (CandsShown >= S.Diags.getNumOverloadCandidatesToShow() && | ||||||
11682 | ShowOverloads == Ovl_Best) { | ||||||
11683 | break; | ||||||
11684 | } | ||||||
11685 | ++CandsShown; | ||||||
11686 | |||||||
11687 | if (Cand->Function) | ||||||
11688 | NoteFunctionCandidate(S, Cand, Args.size(), | ||||||
11689 | /*TakingCandidateAddress=*/false, DestAS); | ||||||
11690 | else if (Cand->IsSurrogate) | ||||||
11691 | NoteSurrogateCandidate(S, Cand); | ||||||
11692 | else { | ||||||
11693 | assert(Cand->Viable &&(static_cast <bool> (Cand->Viable && "Non-viable built-in candidates are not added to Cands." ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Cand->Viable && \"Non-viable built-in candidates are not added to Cands.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 11694, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||
11694 | "Non-viable built-in candidates are not added to Cands.")(static_cast <bool> (Cand->Viable && "Non-viable built-in candidates are not added to Cands." ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Cand->Viable && \"Non-viable built-in candidates are not added to Cands.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 11694, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
11695 | // Generally we only see ambiguities including viable builtin | ||||||
11696 | // operators if overload resolution got screwed up by an | ||||||
11697 | // ambiguous user-defined conversion. | ||||||
11698 | // | ||||||
11699 | // FIXME: It's quite possible for different conversions to see | ||||||
11700 | // different ambiguities, though. | ||||||
11701 | if (!ReportedAmbiguousConversions) { | ||||||
11702 | NoteAmbiguousUserConversions(S, OpLoc, Cand); | ||||||
11703 | ReportedAmbiguousConversions = true; | ||||||
11704 | } | ||||||
11705 | |||||||
11706 | // If this is a viable builtin, print it. | ||||||
11707 | NoteBuiltinOperatorCandidate(S, Opc, OpLoc, Cand); | ||||||
11708 | } | ||||||
11709 | } | ||||||
11710 | |||||||
11711 | // Inform S.Diags that we've shown an overload set with N elements. This may | ||||||
11712 | // inform the future value of S.Diags.getNumOverloadCandidatesToShow(). | ||||||
11713 | S.Diags.overloadCandidatesShown(CandsShown); | ||||||
11714 | |||||||
11715 | if (I != E) | ||||||
11716 | S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::note_ovl_too_many_candidates, | ||||||
11717 | shouldDeferDiags(S, Args, OpLoc)) | ||||||
11718 | << int(E - I); | ||||||
11719 | } | ||||||
11720 | |||||||
11721 | static SourceLocation | ||||||
11722 | GetLocationForCandidate(const TemplateSpecCandidate *Cand) { | ||||||
11723 | return Cand->Specialization ? Cand->Specialization->getLocation() | ||||||
11724 | : SourceLocation(); | ||||||
11725 | } | ||||||
11726 | |||||||
11727 | namespace { | ||||||
11728 | struct CompareTemplateSpecCandidatesForDisplay { | ||||||
11729 | Sema &S; | ||||||
11730 | CompareTemplateSpecCandidatesForDisplay(Sema &S) : S(S) {} | ||||||
11731 | |||||||
11732 | bool operator()(const TemplateSpecCandidate *L, | ||||||
11733 | const TemplateSpecCandidate *R) { | ||||||
11734 | // Fast-path this check. | ||||||
11735 | if (L == R) | ||||||
11736 | return false; | ||||||
11737 | |||||||
11738 | // Assuming that both candidates are not matches... | ||||||
11739 | |||||||
11740 | // Sort by the ranking of deduction failures. | ||||||
11741 | if (L->DeductionFailure.Result != R->DeductionFailure.Result) | ||||||
11742 | return RankDeductionFailure(L->DeductionFailure) < | ||||||
11743 | RankDeductionFailure(R->DeductionFailure); | ||||||
11744 | |||||||
11745 | // Sort everything else by location. | ||||||
11746 | SourceLocation LLoc = GetLocationForCandidate(L); | ||||||
11747 | SourceLocation RLoc = GetLocationForCandidate(R); | ||||||
11748 | |||||||
11749 | // Put candidates without locations (e.g. builtins) at the end. | ||||||
11750 | if (LLoc.isInvalid()) | ||||||
11751 | return false; | ||||||
11752 | if (RLoc.isInvalid()) | ||||||
11753 | return true; | ||||||
11754 | |||||||
11755 | return S.SourceMgr.isBeforeInTranslationUnit(LLoc, RLoc); | ||||||
11756 | } | ||||||
11757 | }; | ||||||
11758 | } | ||||||
11759 | |||||||
11760 | /// Diagnose a template argument deduction failure. | ||||||
11761 | /// We are treating these failures as overload failures due to bad | ||||||
11762 | /// deductions. | ||||||
11763 | void TemplateSpecCandidate::NoteDeductionFailure(Sema &S, | ||||||
11764 | bool ForTakingAddress) { | ||||||
11765 | DiagnoseBadDeduction(S, FoundDecl, Specialization, // pattern | ||||||
11766 | DeductionFailure, /*NumArgs=*/0, ForTakingAddress); | ||||||
11767 | } | ||||||
11768 | |||||||
11769 | void TemplateSpecCandidateSet::destroyCandidates() { | ||||||
11770 | for (iterator i = begin(), e = end(); i != e; ++i) { | ||||||
11771 | i->DeductionFailure.Destroy(); | ||||||
11772 | } | ||||||
11773 | } | ||||||
11774 | |||||||
11775 | void TemplateSpecCandidateSet::clear() { | ||||||
11776 | destroyCandidates(); | ||||||
11777 | Candidates.clear(); | ||||||
11778 | } | ||||||
11779 | |||||||
11780 | /// NoteCandidates - When no template specialization match is found, prints | ||||||
11781 | /// diagnostic messages containing the non-matching specializations that form | ||||||
11782 | /// the candidate set. | ||||||
11783 | /// This is analoguous to OverloadCandidateSet::NoteCandidates() with | ||||||
11784 | /// OCD == OCD_AllCandidates and Cand->Viable == false. | ||||||
11785 | void TemplateSpecCandidateSet::NoteCandidates(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc) { | ||||||
11786 | // Sort the candidates by position (assuming no candidate is a match). | ||||||
11787 | // Sorting directly would be prohibitive, so we make a set of pointers | ||||||
11788 | // and sort those. | ||||||
11789 | SmallVector<TemplateSpecCandidate *, 32> Cands; | ||||||
11790 | Cands.reserve(size()); | ||||||
11791 | for (iterator Cand = begin(), LastCand = end(); Cand != LastCand; ++Cand) { | ||||||
11792 | if (Cand->Specialization) | ||||||
11793 | Cands.push_back(Cand); | ||||||
11794 | // Otherwise, this is a non-matching builtin candidate. We do not, | ||||||
11795 | // in general, want to list every possible builtin candidate. | ||||||
11796 | } | ||||||
11797 | |||||||
11798 | llvm::sort(Cands, CompareTemplateSpecCandidatesForDisplay(S)); | ||||||
11799 | |||||||
11800 | // FIXME: Perhaps rename OverloadsShown and getShowOverloads() | ||||||
11801 | // for generalization purposes (?). | ||||||
11802 | const OverloadsShown ShowOverloads = S.Diags.getShowOverloads(); | ||||||
11803 | |||||||
11804 | SmallVectorImpl<TemplateSpecCandidate *>::iterator I, E; | ||||||
11805 | unsigned CandsShown = 0; | ||||||
11806 | for (I = Cands.begin(), E = Cands.end(); I != E; ++I) { | ||||||
11807 | TemplateSpecCandidate *Cand = *I; | ||||||
11808 | |||||||
11809 | // Set an arbitrary limit on the number of candidates we'll spam | ||||||
11810 | // the user with. FIXME: This limit should depend on details of the | ||||||
11811 | // candidate list. | ||||||
11812 | if (CandsShown >= 4 && ShowOverloads == Ovl_Best) | ||||||
11813 | break; | ||||||
11814 | ++CandsShown; | ||||||
11815 | |||||||
11816 | assert(Cand->Specialization &&(static_cast <bool> (Cand->Specialization && "Non-matching built-in candidates are not added to Cands.") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Cand->Specialization && \"Non-matching built-in candidates are not added to Cands.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 11817, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||
11817 | "Non-matching built-in candidates are not added to Cands.")(static_cast <bool> (Cand->Specialization && "Non-matching built-in candidates are not added to Cands.") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Cand->Specialization && \"Non-matching built-in candidates are not added to Cands.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 11817, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
11818 | Cand->NoteDeductionFailure(S, ForTakingAddress); | ||||||
11819 | } | ||||||
11820 | |||||||
11821 | if (I != E) | ||||||
11822 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::note_ovl_too_many_candidates) << int(E - I); | ||||||
11823 | } | ||||||
11824 | |||||||
11825 | // [PossiblyAFunctionType] --> [Return] | ||||||
11826 | // NonFunctionType --> NonFunctionType | ||||||
11827 | // R (A) --> R(A) | ||||||
11828 | // R (*)(A) --> R (A) | ||||||
11829 | // R (&)(A) --> R (A) | ||||||
11830 | // R (S::*)(A) --> R (A) | ||||||
11831 | QualType Sema::ExtractUnqualifiedFunctionType(QualType PossiblyAFunctionType) { | ||||||
11832 | QualType Ret = PossiblyAFunctionType; | ||||||
11833 | if (const PointerType *ToTypePtr = | ||||||
11834 | PossiblyAFunctionType->getAs<PointerType>()) | ||||||
11835 | Ret = ToTypePtr->getPointeeType(); | ||||||
11836 | else if (const ReferenceType *ToTypeRef = | ||||||
11837 | PossiblyAFunctionType->getAs<ReferenceType>()) | ||||||
11838 | Ret = ToTypeRef->getPointeeType(); | ||||||
11839 | else if (const MemberPointerType *MemTypePtr = | ||||||
11840 | PossiblyAFunctionType->getAs<MemberPointerType>()) | ||||||
11841 | Ret = MemTypePtr->getPointeeType(); | ||||||
11842 | Ret = | ||||||
11843 | Context.getCanonicalType(Ret).getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||||
11844 | return Ret; | ||||||
11845 | } | ||||||
11846 | |||||||
11847 | static bool completeFunctionType(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD, SourceLocation Loc, | ||||||
11848 | bool Complain = true) { | ||||||
11849 | if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType() && | ||||||
11850 | S.DeduceReturnType(FD, Loc, Complain)) | ||||||
11851 | return true; | ||||||
11852 | |||||||
11853 | auto *FPT = FD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); | ||||||
11854 | if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17 && | ||||||
11855 | isUnresolvedExceptionSpec(FPT->getExceptionSpecType()) && | ||||||
11856 | !S.ResolveExceptionSpec(Loc, FPT)) | ||||||
11857 | return true; | ||||||
11858 | |||||||
11859 | return false; | ||||||
11860 | } | ||||||
11861 | |||||||
11862 | namespace { | ||||||
11863 | // A helper class to help with address of function resolution | ||||||
11864 | // - allows us to avoid passing around all those ugly parameters | ||||||
11865 | class AddressOfFunctionResolver { | ||||||
11866 | Sema& S; | ||||||
11867 | Expr* SourceExpr; | ||||||
11868 | const QualType& TargetType; | ||||||
11869 | QualType TargetFunctionType; // Extracted function type from target type | ||||||
11870 | |||||||
11871 | bool Complain; | ||||||
11872 | //DeclAccessPair& ResultFunctionAccessPair; | ||||||
11873 | ASTContext& Context; | ||||||
11874 | |||||||
11875 | bool TargetTypeIsNonStaticMemberFunction; | ||||||
11876 | bool FoundNonTemplateFunction; | ||||||
11877 | bool StaticMemberFunctionFromBoundPointer; | ||||||
11878 | bool HasComplained; | ||||||
11879 | |||||||
11880 | OverloadExpr::FindResult OvlExprInfo; | ||||||
11881 | OverloadExpr *OvlExpr; | ||||||
11882 | TemplateArgumentListInfo OvlExplicitTemplateArgs; | ||||||
11883 | SmallVector<std::pair<DeclAccessPair, FunctionDecl*>, 4> Matches; | ||||||
11884 | TemplateSpecCandidateSet FailedCandidates; | ||||||
11885 | |||||||
11886 | public: | ||||||
11887 | AddressOfFunctionResolver(Sema &S, Expr *SourceExpr, | ||||||
11888 | const QualType &TargetType, bool Complain) | ||||||
11889 | : S(S), SourceExpr(SourceExpr), TargetType(TargetType), | ||||||
11890 | Complain(Complain), Context(S.getASTContext()), | ||||||
11891 | TargetTypeIsNonStaticMemberFunction( | ||||||
11892 | !!TargetType->getAs<MemberPointerType>()), | ||||||
11893 | FoundNonTemplateFunction(false), | ||||||
11894 | StaticMemberFunctionFromBoundPointer(false), | ||||||
11895 | HasComplained(false), | ||||||
11896 | OvlExprInfo(OverloadExpr::find(SourceExpr)), | ||||||
11897 | OvlExpr(OvlExprInfo.Expression), | ||||||
11898 | FailedCandidates(OvlExpr->getNameLoc(), /*ForTakingAddress=*/true) { | ||||||
11899 | ExtractUnqualifiedFunctionTypeFromTargetType(); | ||||||
11900 | |||||||
11901 | if (TargetFunctionType->isFunctionType()) { | ||||||
11902 | if (UnresolvedMemberExpr *UME = dyn_cast<UnresolvedMemberExpr>(OvlExpr)) | ||||||
11903 | if (!UME->isImplicitAccess() && | ||||||
11904 | !S.ResolveSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization(UME)) | ||||||
11905 | StaticMemberFunctionFromBoundPointer = true; | ||||||
11906 | } else if (OvlExpr->hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) { | ||||||
11907 | DeclAccessPair dap; | ||||||
11908 | if (FunctionDecl *Fn = S.ResolveSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization( | ||||||
11909 | OvlExpr, false, &dap)) { | ||||||
11910 | if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Fn)) | ||||||
11911 | if (!Method->isStatic()) { | ||||||
11912 | // If the target type is a non-function type and the function found | ||||||
11913 | // is a non-static member function, pretend as if that was the | ||||||
11914 | // target, it's the only possible type to end up with. | ||||||
11915 | TargetTypeIsNonStaticMemberFunction = true; | ||||||
11916 | |||||||
11917 | // And skip adding the function if its not in the proper form. | ||||||
11918 | // We'll diagnose this due to an empty set of functions. | ||||||
11919 | if (!OvlExprInfo.HasFormOfMemberPointer) | ||||||
11920 | return; | ||||||
11921 | } | ||||||
11922 | |||||||
11923 | Matches.push_back(std::make_pair(dap, Fn)); | ||||||
11924 | } | ||||||
11925 | return; | ||||||
11926 | } | ||||||
11927 | |||||||
11928 | if (OvlExpr->hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) | ||||||
11929 | OvlExpr->copyTemplateArgumentsInto(OvlExplicitTemplateArgs); | ||||||
11930 | |||||||
11931 | if (FindAllFunctionsThatMatchTargetTypeExactly()) { | ||||||
11932 | // C++ [over.over]p4: | ||||||
11933 | // If more than one function is selected, [...] | ||||||
11934 | if (Matches.size() > 1 && !eliminiateSuboptimalOverloadCandidates()) { | ||||||
11935 | if (FoundNonTemplateFunction) | ||||||
11936 | EliminateAllTemplateMatches(); | ||||||
11937 | else | ||||||
11938 | EliminateAllExceptMostSpecializedTemplate(); | ||||||
11939 | } | ||||||
11940 | } | ||||||
11941 | |||||||
11942 | if (S.getLangOpts().CUDA && Matches.size() > 1) | ||||||
11943 | EliminateSuboptimalCudaMatches(); | ||||||
11944 | } | ||||||
11945 | |||||||
11946 | bool hasComplained() const { return HasComplained; } | ||||||
11947 | |||||||
11948 | private: | ||||||
11949 | bool candidateHasExactlyCorrectType(const FunctionDecl *FD) { | ||||||
11950 | QualType Discard; | ||||||
11951 | return Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(TargetFunctionType, FD->getType()) || | ||||||
11952 | S.IsFunctionConversion(FD->getType(), TargetFunctionType, Discard); | ||||||
11953 | } | ||||||
11954 | |||||||
11955 | /// \return true if A is considered a better overload candidate for the | ||||||
11956 | /// desired type than B. | ||||||
11957 | bool isBetterCandidate(const FunctionDecl *A, const FunctionDecl *B) { | ||||||
11958 | // If A doesn't have exactly the correct type, we don't want to classify it | ||||||
11959 | // as "better" than anything else. This way, the user is required to | ||||||
11960 | // disambiguate for us if there are multiple candidates and no exact match. | ||||||
11961 | return candidateHasExactlyCorrectType(A) && | ||||||
11962 | (!candidateHasExactlyCorrectType(B) || | ||||||
11963 | compareEnableIfAttrs(S, A, B) == Comparison::Better); | ||||||
11964 | } | ||||||
11965 | |||||||
11966 | /// \return true if we were able to eliminate all but one overload candidate, | ||||||
11967 | /// false otherwise. | ||||||
11968 | bool eliminiateSuboptimalOverloadCandidates() { | ||||||
11969 | // Same algorithm as overload resolution -- one pass to pick the "best", | ||||||
11970 | // another pass to be sure that nothing is better than the best. | ||||||
11971 | auto Best = Matches.begin(); | ||||||
11972 | for (auto I = Matches.begin()+1, E = Matches.end(); I != E; ++I) | ||||||
11973 | if (isBetterCandidate(I->second, Best->second)) | ||||||
11974 | Best = I; | ||||||
11975 | |||||||
11976 | const FunctionDecl *BestFn = Best->second; | ||||||
11977 | auto IsBestOrInferiorToBest = [this, BestFn]( | ||||||
11978 | const std::pair<DeclAccessPair, FunctionDecl *> &Pair) { | ||||||
11979 | return BestFn == Pair.second || isBetterCandidate(BestFn, Pair.second); | ||||||
11980 | }; | ||||||
11981 | |||||||
11982 | // Note: We explicitly leave Matches unmodified if there isn't a clear best | ||||||
11983 | // option, so we can potentially give the user a better error | ||||||
11984 | if (!llvm::all_of(Matches, IsBestOrInferiorToBest)) | ||||||
11985 | return false; | ||||||
11986 | Matches[0] = *Best; | ||||||
11987 | Matches.resize(1); | ||||||
11988 | return true; | ||||||
11989 | } | ||||||
11990 | |||||||
11991 | bool isTargetTypeAFunction() const { | ||||||
11992 | return TargetFunctionType->isFunctionType(); | ||||||
11993 | } | ||||||
11994 | |||||||
11995 | // [ToType] [Return] | ||||||
11996 | |||||||
11997 | // R (*)(A) --> R (A), IsNonStaticMemberFunction = false | ||||||
11998 | // R (&)(A) --> R (A), IsNonStaticMemberFunction = false | ||||||
11999 | // R (S::*)(A) --> R (A), IsNonStaticMemberFunction = true | ||||||
12000 | void inline ExtractUnqualifiedFunctionTypeFromTargetType() { | ||||||
12001 | TargetFunctionType = S.ExtractUnqualifiedFunctionType(TargetType); | ||||||
12002 | } | ||||||
12003 | |||||||
12004 | // return true if any matching specializations were found | ||||||
12005 | bool AddMatchingTemplateFunction(FunctionTemplateDecl* FunctionTemplate, | ||||||
12006 | const DeclAccessPair& CurAccessFunPair) { | ||||||
12007 | if (CXXMethodDecl *Method | ||||||
12008 | = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl())) { | ||||||
12009 | // Skip non-static function templates when converting to pointer, and | ||||||
12010 | // static when converting to member pointer. | ||||||
12011 | if (Method->isStatic() == TargetTypeIsNonStaticMemberFunction) | ||||||
12012 | return false; | ||||||
12013 | } | ||||||
12014 | else if (TargetTypeIsNonStaticMemberFunction) | ||||||
12015 | return false; | ||||||
12016 | |||||||
12017 | // C++ [over.over]p2: | ||||||
12018 | // If the name is a function template, template argument deduction is | ||||||
12019 | // done (14.8.2.2), and if the argument deduction succeeds, the | ||||||
12020 | // resulting template argument list is used to generate a single | ||||||
12021 | // function template specialization, which is added to the set of | ||||||
12022 | // overloaded functions considered. | ||||||
12023 | FunctionDecl *Specialization = nullptr; | ||||||
12024 | TemplateDeductionInfo Info(FailedCandidates.getLocation()); | ||||||
12025 | if (Sema::TemplateDeductionResult Result | ||||||
12026 | = S.DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplate, | ||||||
12027 | &OvlExplicitTemplateArgs, | ||||||
12028 | TargetFunctionType, Specialization, | ||||||
12029 | Info, /*IsAddressOfFunction*/true)) { | ||||||
12030 | // Make a note of the failed deduction for diagnostics. | ||||||
12031 | FailedCandidates.addCandidate() | ||||||
12032 | .set(CurAccessFunPair, FunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl(), | ||||||
12033 | MakeDeductionFailureInfo(Context, Result, Info)); | ||||||
12034 | return false; | ||||||
12035 | } | ||||||
12036 | |||||||
12037 | // Template argument deduction ensures that we have an exact match or | ||||||
12038 | // compatible pointer-to-function arguments that would be adjusted by ICS. | ||||||
12039 | // This function template specicalization works. | ||||||
12040 | assert(S.isSameOrCompatibleFunctionType((static_cast <bool> (S.isSameOrCompatibleFunctionType( Context .getCanonicalType(Specialization->getType()), Context.getCanonicalType (TargetFunctionType))) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("S.isSameOrCompatibleFunctionType( Context.getCanonicalType(Specialization->getType()), Context.getCanonicalType(TargetFunctionType))" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 12042, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||
12041 | Context.getCanonicalType(Specialization->getType()),(static_cast <bool> (S.isSameOrCompatibleFunctionType( Context .getCanonicalType(Specialization->getType()), Context.getCanonicalType (TargetFunctionType))) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("S.isSameOrCompatibleFunctionType( Context.getCanonicalType(Specialization->getType()), Context.getCanonicalType(TargetFunctionType))" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 12042, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||
12042 | Context.getCanonicalType(TargetFunctionType)))(static_cast <bool> (S.isSameOrCompatibleFunctionType( Context .getCanonicalType(Specialization->getType()), Context.getCanonicalType (TargetFunctionType))) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("S.isSameOrCompatibleFunctionType( Context.getCanonicalType(Specialization->getType()), Context.getCanonicalType(TargetFunctionType))" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 12042, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
12043 | |||||||
12044 | if (!S.checkAddressOfFunctionIsAvailable(Specialization)) | ||||||
12045 | return false; | ||||||
12046 | |||||||
12047 | Matches.push_back(std::make_pair(CurAccessFunPair, Specialization)); | ||||||
12048 | return true; | ||||||
12049 | } | ||||||
12050 | |||||||
12051 | bool AddMatchingNonTemplateFunction(NamedDecl* Fn, | ||||||
12052 | const DeclAccessPair& CurAccessFunPair) { | ||||||
12053 | if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Fn)) { | ||||||
12054 | // Skip non-static functions when converting to pointer, and static | ||||||
12055 | // when converting to member pointer. | ||||||
12056 | if (Method->isStatic() == TargetTypeIsNonStaticMemberFunction) | ||||||
12057 | return false; | ||||||
12058 | } | ||||||
12059 | else if (TargetTypeIsNonStaticMemberFunction) | ||||||
12060 | return false; | ||||||
12061 | |||||||
12062 | if (FunctionDecl *FunDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Fn)) { | ||||||
12063 | if (S.getLangOpts().CUDA) | ||||||
12064 | if (FunctionDecl *Caller = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(S.CurContext)) | ||||||
12065 | if (!Caller->isImplicit() && !S.IsAllowedCUDACall(Caller, FunDecl)) | ||||||
12066 | return false; | ||||||
12067 | if (FunDecl->isMultiVersion()) { | ||||||
12068 | const auto *TA = FunDecl->getAttr<TargetAttr>(); | ||||||
12069 | if (TA && !TA->isDefaultVersion()) | ||||||
12070 | return false; | ||||||
12071 | } | ||||||
12072 | |||||||
12073 | // If any candidate has a placeholder return type, trigger its deduction | ||||||
12074 | // now. | ||||||
12075 | if (completeFunctionType(S, FunDecl, SourceExpr->getBeginLoc(), | ||||||
12076 | Complain)) { | ||||||
12077 | HasComplained |= Complain; | ||||||
12078 | return false; | ||||||
12079 | } | ||||||
12080 | |||||||
12081 | if (!S.checkAddressOfFunctionIsAvailable(FunDecl)) | ||||||
12082 | return false; | ||||||
12083 | |||||||
12084 | // If we're in C, we need to support types that aren't exactly identical. | ||||||
12085 | if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || | ||||||
12086 | candidateHasExactlyCorrectType(FunDecl)) { | ||||||
12087 | Matches.push_back(std::make_pair( | ||||||
12088 | CurAccessFunPair, cast<FunctionDecl>(FunDecl->getCanonicalDecl()))); | ||||||
12089 | FoundNonTemplateFunction = true; | ||||||
12090 | return true; | ||||||
12091 | } | ||||||
12092 | } | ||||||
12093 | |||||||
12094 | return false; | ||||||
12095 | } | ||||||
12096 | |||||||
12097 | bool FindAllFunctionsThatMatchTargetTypeExactly() { | ||||||
12098 | bool Ret = false; | ||||||
12099 | |||||||
12100 | // If the overload expression doesn't have the form of a pointer to | ||||||
12101 | // member, don't try to convert it to a pointer-to-member type. | ||||||
12102 | if (IsInvalidFormOfPointerToMemberFunction()) | ||||||
12103 | return false; | ||||||
12104 | |||||||
12105 | for (UnresolvedSetIterator I = OvlExpr->decls_begin(), | ||||||
12106 | E = OvlExpr->decls_end(); | ||||||
12107 | I != E; ++I) { | ||||||
12108 | // Look through any using declarations to find the underlying function. | ||||||
12109 | NamedDecl *Fn = (*I)->getUnderlyingDecl(); | ||||||
12110 | |||||||
12111 | // C++ [over.over]p3: | ||||||
12112 | // Non-member functions and static member functions match | ||||||
12113 | // targets of type "pointer-to-function" or "reference-to-function." | ||||||
12114 | // Nonstatic member functions match targets of | ||||||
12115 | // type "pointer-to-member-function." | ||||||
12116 | // Note that according to DR 247, the containing class does not matter. | ||||||
12117 | if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate | ||||||
12118 | = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(Fn)) { | ||||||
12119 | if (AddMatchingTemplateFunction(FunctionTemplate, I.getPair())) | ||||||
12120 | Ret = true; | ||||||
12121 | } | ||||||
12122 | // If we have explicit template arguments supplied, skip non-templates. | ||||||
12123 | else if (!OvlExpr->hasExplicitTemplateArgs() && | ||||||
12124 | AddMatchingNonTemplateFunction(Fn, I.getPair())) | ||||||
12125 | Ret = true; | ||||||
12126 | } | ||||||
12127 | assert(Ret || Matches.empty())(static_cast <bool> (Ret || Matches.empty()) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Ret || Matches.empty()", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 12127, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
12128 | return Ret; | ||||||
12129 | } | ||||||
12130 | |||||||
12131 | void EliminateAllExceptMostSpecializedTemplate() { | ||||||
12132 | // [...] and any given function template specialization F1 is | ||||||
12133 | // eliminated if the set contains a second function template | ||||||
12134 | // specialization whose function template is more specialized | ||||||
12135 | // than the function template of F1 according to the partial | ||||||
12136 | // ordering rules of 14.5.5.2. | ||||||
12137 | |||||||
12138 | // The algorithm specified above is quadratic. We instead use a | ||||||
12139 | // two-pass algorithm (similar to the one used to identify the | ||||||
12140 | // best viable function in an overload set) that identifies the | ||||||
12141 | // best function template (if it exists). | ||||||
12142 | |||||||
12143 | UnresolvedSet<4> MatchesCopy; // TODO: avoid! | ||||||
12144 | for (unsigned I = 0, E = Matches.size(); I != E; ++I) | ||||||
12145 | MatchesCopy.addDecl(Matches[I].second, Matches[I].first.getAccess()); | ||||||
12146 | |||||||
12147 | // TODO: It looks like FailedCandidates does not serve much purpose | ||||||
12148 | // here, since the no_viable diagnostic has index 0. | ||||||
12149 | UnresolvedSetIterator Result = S.getMostSpecialized( | ||||||
12150 | MatchesCopy.begin(), MatchesCopy.end(), FailedCandidates, | ||||||
12151 | SourceExpr->getBeginLoc(), S.PDiag(), | ||||||
12152 | S.PDiag(diag::err_addr_ovl_ambiguous) | ||||||
12153 | << Matches[0].second->getDeclName(), | ||||||
12154 | S.PDiag(diag::note_ovl_candidate) | ||||||
12155 | << (unsigned)oc_function << (unsigned)ocs_described_template, | ||||||
12156 | Complain, TargetFunctionType); | ||||||
12157 | |||||||
12158 | if (Result != MatchesCopy.end()) { | ||||||
12159 | // Make it the first and only element | ||||||
12160 | Matches[0].first = Matches[Result - MatchesCopy.begin()].first; | ||||||
12161 | Matches[0].second = cast<FunctionDecl>(*Result); | ||||||
12162 | Matches.resize(1); | ||||||
12163 | } else | ||||||
12164 | HasComplained |= Complain; | ||||||
12165 | } | ||||||
12166 | |||||||
12167 | void EliminateAllTemplateMatches() { | ||||||
12168 | // [...] any function template specializations in the set are | ||||||
12169 | // eliminated if the set also contains a non-template function, [...] | ||||||
12170 | for (unsigned I = 0, N = Matches.size(); I != N; ) { | ||||||
12171 | if (Matches[I].second->getPrimaryTemplate() == nullptr) | ||||||
12172 | ++I; | ||||||
12173 | else { | ||||||
12174 | Matches[I] = Matches[--N]; | ||||||
12175 | Matches.resize(N); | ||||||
12176 | } | ||||||
12177 | } | ||||||
12178 | } | ||||||
12179 | |||||||
12180 | void EliminateSuboptimalCudaMatches() { | ||||||
12181 | S.EraseUnwantedCUDAMatches(dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(S.CurContext), Matches); | ||||||
12182 | } | ||||||
12183 | |||||||
12184 | public: | ||||||
12185 | void ComplainNoMatchesFound() const { | ||||||
12186 | assert(Matches.empty())(static_cast <bool> (Matches.empty()) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Matches.empty()", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 12186, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
12187 | S.Diag(OvlExpr->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_addr_ovl_no_viable) | ||||||
12188 | << OvlExpr->getName() << TargetFunctionType | ||||||
12189 | << OvlExpr->getSourceRange(); | ||||||
12190 | if (FailedCandidates.empty()) | ||||||
12191 | S.NoteAllOverloadCandidates(OvlExpr, TargetFunctionType, | ||||||
12192 | /*TakingAddress=*/true); | ||||||
12193 | else { | ||||||
12194 | // We have some deduction failure messages. Use them to diagnose | ||||||
12195 | // the function templates, and diagnose the non-template candidates | ||||||
12196 | // normally. | ||||||
12197 | for (UnresolvedSetIterator I = OvlExpr->decls_begin(), | ||||||
12198 | IEnd = OvlExpr->decls_end(); | ||||||
12199 | I != IEnd; ++I) | ||||||
12200 | if (FunctionDecl *Fun = | ||||||
12201 | dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>((*I)->getUnderlyingDecl())) | ||||||
12202 | if (!functionHasPassObjectSizeParams(Fun)) | ||||||
12203 | S.NoteOverloadCandidate(*I, Fun, CRK_None, TargetFunctionType, | ||||||
12204 | /*TakingAddress=*/true); | ||||||
12205 | FailedCandidates.NoteCandidates(S, OvlExpr->getBeginLoc()); | ||||||
12206 | } | ||||||
12207 | } | ||||||
12208 | |||||||
12209 | bool IsInvalidFormOfPointerToMemberFunction() const { | ||||||
12210 | return TargetTypeIsNonStaticMemberFunction && | ||||||
12211 | !OvlExprInfo.HasFormOfMemberPointer; | ||||||
12212 | } | ||||||
12213 | |||||||
12214 | void ComplainIsInvalidFormOfPointerToMemberFunction() const { | ||||||
12215 | // TODO: Should we condition this on whether any functions might | ||||||
12216 | // have matched, or is it more appropriate to do that in callers? | ||||||
12217 | // TODO: a fixit wouldn't hurt. | ||||||
12218 | S.Diag(OvlExpr->getNameLoc(), diag::err_addr_ovl_no_qualifier) | ||||||
12219 | << TargetType << OvlExpr->getSourceRange(); | ||||||
12220 | } | ||||||
12221 | |||||||
12222 | bool IsStaticMemberFunctionFromBoundPointer() const { | ||||||
12223 | return StaticMemberFunctionFromBoundPointer; | ||||||
12224 | } | ||||||
12225 | |||||||
12226 | void ComplainIsStaticMemberFunctionFromBoundPointer() const { | ||||||
12227 | S.Diag(OvlExpr->getBeginLoc(), | ||||||
12228 | diag::err_invalid_form_pointer_member_function) | ||||||
12229 | << OvlExpr->getSourceRange(); | ||||||
12230 | } | ||||||
12231 | |||||||
12232 | void ComplainOfInvalidConversion() const { | ||||||
12233 | S.Diag(OvlExpr->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_addr_ovl_not_func_ptrref) | ||||||
12234 | << OvlExpr->getName() << TargetType; | ||||||
12235 | } | ||||||
12236 | |||||||
12237 | void ComplainMultipleMatchesFound() const { | ||||||
12238 | assert(Matches.size() > 1)(static_cast <bool> (Matches.size() > 1) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Matches.size() > 1", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 12238, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
12239 | S.Diag(OvlExpr->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_addr_ovl_ambiguous) | ||||||
12240 | << OvlExpr->getName() << OvlExpr->getSourceRange(); | ||||||
12241 | S.NoteAllOverloadCandidates(OvlExpr, TargetFunctionType, | ||||||
12242 | /*TakingAddress=*/true); | ||||||
12243 | } | ||||||
12244 | |||||||
12245 | bool hadMultipleCandidates() const { return (OvlExpr->getNumDecls() > 1); } | ||||||
12246 | |||||||
12247 | int getNumMatches() const { return Matches.size(); } | ||||||
12248 | |||||||
12249 | FunctionDecl* getMatchingFunctionDecl() const { | ||||||
12250 | if (Matches.size() != 1) return nullptr; | ||||||
12251 | return Matches[0].second; | ||||||
12252 | } | ||||||
12253 | |||||||
12254 | const DeclAccessPair* getMatchingFunctionAccessPair() const { | ||||||
12255 | if (Matches.size() != 1) return nullptr; | ||||||
12256 | return &Matches[0].first; | ||||||
12257 | } | ||||||
12258 | }; | ||||||
12259 | } | ||||||
12260 | |||||||
12261 | /// ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction - Try to resolve the address of | ||||||
12262 | /// an overloaded function (C++ [over.over]), where @p From is an | ||||||
12263 | /// expression with overloaded function type and @p ToType is the type | ||||||
12264 | /// we're trying to resolve to. For example: | ||||||
12265 | /// | ||||||
12266 | /// @code | ||||||
12267 | /// int f(double); | ||||||
12268 | /// int f(int); | ||||||
12269 | /// | ||||||
12270 | /// int (*pfd)(double) = f; // selects f(double) | ||||||
12271 | /// @endcode | ||||||
12272 | /// | ||||||
12273 | /// This routine returns the resulting FunctionDecl if it could be | ||||||
12274 | /// resolved, and NULL otherwise. When @p Complain is true, this | ||||||
12275 | /// routine will emit diagnostics if there is an error. | ||||||
12276 | FunctionDecl * | ||||||
12277 | Sema::ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction(Expr *AddressOfExpr, | ||||||
12278 | QualType TargetType, | ||||||
12279 | bool Complain, | ||||||
12280 | DeclAccessPair &FoundResult, | ||||||
12281 | bool *pHadMultipleCandidates) { | ||||||
12282 | assert(AddressOfExpr->getType() == Context.OverloadTy)(static_cast <bool> (AddressOfExpr->getType() == Context .OverloadTy) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("AddressOfExpr->getType() == Context.OverloadTy" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 12282, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
12283 | |||||||
12284 | AddressOfFunctionResolver Resolver(*this, AddressOfExpr, TargetType, | ||||||
12285 | Complain); | ||||||
12286 | int NumMatches = Resolver.getNumMatches(); | ||||||
12287 | FunctionDecl *Fn = nullptr; | ||||||
12288 | bool ShouldComplain = Complain && !Resolver.hasComplained(); | ||||||
12289 | if (NumMatches == 0 && ShouldComplain) { | ||||||
12290 | if (Resolver.IsInvalidFormOfPointerToMemberFunction()) | ||||||
12291 | Resolver.ComplainIsInvalidFormOfPointerToMemberFunction(); | ||||||
12292 | else | ||||||
12293 | Resolver.ComplainNoMatchesFound(); | ||||||
12294 | } | ||||||
12295 | else if (NumMatches > 1 && ShouldComplain) | ||||||
12296 | Resolver.ComplainMultipleMatchesFound(); | ||||||
12297 | else if (NumMatches == 1) { | ||||||
12298 | Fn = Resolver.getMatchingFunctionDecl(); | ||||||
12299 | assert(Fn)(static_cast <bool> (Fn) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Fn" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 12299, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
12300 | if (auto *FPT = Fn->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) | ||||||
12301 | ResolveExceptionSpec(AddressOfExpr->getExprLoc(), FPT); | ||||||
12302 | FoundResult = *Resolver.getMatchingFunctionAccessPair(); | ||||||
12303 | if (Complain) { | ||||||
12304 | if (Resolver.IsStaticMemberFunctionFromBoundPointer()) | ||||||
12305 | Resolver.ComplainIsStaticMemberFunctionFromBoundPointer(); | ||||||
12306 | else | ||||||
12307 | CheckAddressOfMemberAccess(AddressOfExpr, FoundResult); | ||||||
12308 | } | ||||||
12309 | } | ||||||
12310 | |||||||
12311 | if (pHadMultipleCandidates) | ||||||
12312 | *pHadMultipleCandidates = Resolver.hadMultipleCandidates(); | ||||||
12313 | return Fn; | ||||||
12314 | } | ||||||
12315 | |||||||
12316 | /// Given an expression that refers to an overloaded function, try to | ||||||
12317 | /// resolve that function to a single function that can have its address taken. | ||||||
12318 | /// This will modify `Pair` iff it returns non-null. | ||||||
12319 | /// | ||||||
12320 | /// This routine can only succeed if from all of the candidates in the overload | ||||||
12321 | /// set for SrcExpr that can have their addresses taken, there is one candidate | ||||||
12322 | /// that is more constrained than the rest. | ||||||
12323 | FunctionDecl * | ||||||
12324 | Sema::resolveAddressOfSingleOverloadCandidate(Expr *E, DeclAccessPair &Pair) { | ||||||
12325 | OverloadExpr::FindResult R = OverloadExpr::find(E); | ||||||
12326 | OverloadExpr *Ovl = R.Expression; | ||||||
12327 | bool IsResultAmbiguous = false; | ||||||
12328 | FunctionDecl *Result = nullptr; | ||||||
12329 | DeclAccessPair DAP; | ||||||
12330 | SmallVector<FunctionDecl *, 2> AmbiguousDecls; | ||||||
12331 | |||||||
12332 | auto CheckMoreConstrained = | ||||||
12333 | [&] (FunctionDecl *FD1, FunctionDecl *FD2) -> Optional<bool> { | ||||||
12334 | SmallVector<const Expr *, 1> AC1, AC2; | ||||||
12335 | FD1->getAssociatedConstraints(AC1); | ||||||
12336 | FD2->getAssociatedConstraints(AC2); | ||||||
12337 | bool AtLeastAsConstrained1, AtLeastAsConstrained2; | ||||||
12338 | if (IsAtLeastAsConstrained(FD1, AC1, FD2, AC2, AtLeastAsConstrained1)) | ||||||
12339 | return None; | ||||||
12340 | if (IsAtLeastAsConstrained(FD2, AC2, FD1, AC1, AtLeastAsConstrained2)) | ||||||
12341 | return None; | ||||||
12342 | if (AtLeastAsConstrained1 == AtLeastAsConstrained2) | ||||||
12343 | return None; | ||||||
12344 | return AtLeastAsConstrained1; | ||||||
12345 | }; | ||||||
12346 | |||||||
12347 | // Don't use the AddressOfResolver because we're specifically looking for | ||||||
12348 | // cases where we have one overload candidate that lacks | ||||||
12349 | // enable_if/pass_object_size/... | ||||||
12350 | for (auto I = Ovl->decls_begin(), E = Ovl->decls_end(); I != E; ++I) { | ||||||
12351 | auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(I->getUnderlyingDecl()); | ||||||
12352 | if (!FD) | ||||||
12353 | return nullptr; | ||||||
12354 | |||||||
12355 | if (!checkAddressOfFunctionIsAvailable(FD)) | ||||||
12356 | continue; | ||||||
12357 | |||||||
12358 | // We have more than one result - see if it is more constrained than the | ||||||
12359 | // previous one. | ||||||
12360 | if (Result) { | ||||||
12361 | Optional<bool> MoreConstrainedThanPrevious = CheckMoreConstrained(FD, | ||||||
12362 | Result); | ||||||
12363 | if (!MoreConstrainedThanPrevious) { | ||||||
12364 | IsResultAmbiguous = true; | ||||||
12365 | AmbiguousDecls.push_back(FD); | ||||||
12366 | continue; | ||||||
12367 | } | ||||||
12368 | if (!*MoreConstrainedThanPrevious) | ||||||
12369 | continue; | ||||||
12370 | // FD is more constrained - replace Result with it. | ||||||
12371 | } | ||||||
12372 | IsResultAmbiguous = false; | ||||||
12373 | DAP = I.getPair(); | ||||||
12374 | Result = FD; | ||||||
12375 | } | ||||||
12376 | |||||||
12377 | if (IsResultAmbiguous) | ||||||
12378 | return nullptr; | ||||||
12379 | |||||||
12380 | if (Result) { | ||||||
12381 | SmallVector<const Expr *, 1> ResultAC; | ||||||
12382 | // We skipped over some ambiguous declarations which might be ambiguous with | ||||||
12383 | // the selected result. | ||||||
12384 | for (FunctionDecl *Skipped : AmbiguousDecls) | ||||||
12385 | if (!CheckMoreConstrained(Skipped, Result).hasValue()) | ||||||
12386 | return nullptr; | ||||||
12387 | Pair = DAP; | ||||||
12388 | } | ||||||
12389 | return Result; | ||||||
12390 | } | ||||||
12391 | |||||||
12392 | /// Given an overloaded function, tries to turn it into a non-overloaded | ||||||
12393 | /// function reference using resolveAddressOfSingleOverloadCandidate. This | ||||||
12394 | /// will perform access checks, diagnose the use of the resultant decl, and, if | ||||||
12395 | /// requested, potentially perform a function-to-pointer decay. | ||||||
12396 | /// | ||||||
12397 | /// Returns false if resolveAddressOfSingleOverloadCandidate fails. | ||||||
12398 | /// Otherwise, returns true. This may emit diagnostics and return true. | ||||||
12399 | bool Sema::resolveAndFixAddressOfSingleOverloadCandidate( | ||||||
12400 | ExprResult &SrcExpr, bool DoFunctionPointerConverion) { | ||||||
12401 | Expr *E = SrcExpr.get(); | ||||||
12402 | assert(E->getType() == Context.OverloadTy && "SrcExpr must be an overload")(static_cast <bool> (E->getType() == Context.OverloadTy && "SrcExpr must be an overload") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("E->getType() == Context.OverloadTy && \"SrcExpr must be an overload\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 12402, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
12403 | |||||||
12404 | DeclAccessPair DAP; | ||||||
12405 | FunctionDecl *Found = resolveAddressOfSingleOverloadCandidate(E, DAP); | ||||||
12406 | if (!Found || Found->isCPUDispatchMultiVersion() || | ||||||
12407 | Found->isCPUSpecificMultiVersion()) | ||||||
12408 | return false; | ||||||
12409 | |||||||
12410 | // Emitting multiple diagnostics for a function that is both inaccessible and | ||||||
12411 | // unavailable is consistent with our behavior elsewhere. So, always check | ||||||
12412 | // for both. | ||||||
12413 | DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Found, E->getExprLoc()); | ||||||
12414 | CheckAddressOfMemberAccess(E, DAP); | ||||||
12415 | Expr *Fixed = FixOverloadedFunctionReference(E, DAP, Found); | ||||||
12416 | if (DoFunctionPointerConverion && Fixed->getType()->isFunctionType()) | ||||||
12417 | SrcExpr = DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Fixed, /*Diagnose=*/false); | ||||||
12418 | else | ||||||
12419 | SrcExpr = Fixed; | ||||||
12420 | return true; | ||||||
12421 | } | ||||||
12422 | |||||||
12423 | /// Given an expression that refers to an overloaded function, try to | ||||||
12424 | /// resolve that overloaded function expression down to a single function. | ||||||
12425 | /// | ||||||
12426 | /// This routine can only resolve template-ids that refer to a single function | ||||||
12427 | /// template, where that template-id refers to a single template whose template | ||||||
12428 | /// arguments are either provided by the template-id or have defaults, | ||||||
12429 | /// as described in C++0x [temp.arg.explicit]p3. | ||||||
12430 | /// | ||||||
12431 | /// If no template-ids are found, no diagnostics are emitted and NULL is | ||||||
12432 | /// returned. | ||||||
12433 | FunctionDecl * | ||||||
12434 | Sema::ResolveSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization(OverloadExpr *ovl, | ||||||
12435 | bool Complain, | ||||||
12436 | DeclAccessPair *FoundResult) { | ||||||
12437 | // C++ [over.over]p1: | ||||||
12438 | // [...] [Note: any redundant set of parentheses surrounding the | ||||||
12439 | // overloaded function name is ignored (5.1). ] | ||||||
12440 | // C++ [over.over]p1: | ||||||
12441 | // [...] The overloaded function name can be preceded by the & | ||||||
12442 | // operator. | ||||||
12443 | |||||||
12444 | // If we didn't actually find any template-ids, we're done. | ||||||
12445 | if (!ovl->hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) | ||||||
12446 | return nullptr; | ||||||
12447 | |||||||
12448 | TemplateArgumentListInfo ExplicitTemplateArgs; | ||||||
12449 | ovl->copyTemplateArgumentsInto(ExplicitTemplateArgs); | ||||||
12450 | TemplateSpecCandidateSet FailedCandidates(ovl->getNameLoc()); | ||||||
12451 | |||||||
12452 | // Look through all of the overloaded functions, searching for one | ||||||
12453 | // whose type matches exactly. | ||||||
12454 | FunctionDecl *Matched = nullptr; | ||||||
12455 | for (UnresolvedSetIterator I = ovl->decls_begin(), | ||||||
12456 | E = ovl->decls_end(); I != E; ++I) { | ||||||
12457 | // C++0x [temp.arg.explicit]p3: | ||||||
12458 | // [...] In contexts where deduction is done and fails, or in contexts | ||||||
12459 | // where deduction is not done, if a template argument list is | ||||||
12460 | // specified and it, along with any default template arguments, | ||||||
12461 | // identifies a single function template specialization, then the | ||||||
12462 | // template-id is an lvalue for the function template specialization. | ||||||
12463 | FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate | ||||||
12464 | = cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>((*I)->getUnderlyingDecl()); | ||||||
12465 | |||||||
12466 | // C++ [over.over]p2: | ||||||
12467 | // If the name is a function template, template argument deduction is | ||||||
12468 | // done (14.8.2.2), and if the argument deduction succeeds, the | ||||||
12469 | // resulting template argument list is used to generate a single | ||||||
12470 | // function template specialization, which is added to the set of | ||||||
12471 | // overloaded functions considered. | ||||||
12472 | FunctionDecl *Specialization = nullptr; | ||||||
12473 | TemplateDeductionInfo Info(FailedCandidates.getLocation()); | ||||||
12474 | if (TemplateDeductionResult Result | ||||||
12475 | = DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplate, &ExplicitTemplateArgs, | ||||||
12476 | Specialization, Info, | ||||||
12477 | /*IsAddressOfFunction*/true)) { | ||||||
12478 | // Make a note of the failed deduction for diagnostics. | ||||||
12479 | // TODO: Actually use the failed-deduction info? | ||||||
12480 | FailedCandidates.addCandidate() | ||||||
12481 | .set(I.getPair(), FunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl(), | ||||||
12482 | MakeDeductionFailureInfo(Context, Result, Info)); | ||||||
12483 | continue; | ||||||
12484 | } | ||||||
12485 | |||||||
12486 | assert(Specialization && "no specialization and no error?")(static_cast <bool> (Specialization && "no specialization and no error?" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Specialization && \"no specialization and no error?\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 12486, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
12487 | |||||||
12488 | // Multiple matches; we can't resolve to a single declaration. | ||||||
12489 | if (Matched) { | ||||||
12490 | if (Complain) { | ||||||
12491 | Diag(ovl->getExprLoc(), diag::err_addr_ovl_ambiguous) | ||||||
12492 | << ovl->getName(); | ||||||
12493 | NoteAllOverloadCandidates(ovl); | ||||||
12494 | } | ||||||
12495 | return nullptr; | ||||||
12496 | } | ||||||
12497 | |||||||
12498 | Matched = Specialization; | ||||||
12499 | if (FoundResult) *FoundResult = I.getPair(); | ||||||
12500 | } | ||||||
12501 | |||||||
12502 | if (Matched && | ||||||
12503 | completeFunctionType(*this, Matched, ovl->getExprLoc(), Complain)) | ||||||
12504 | return nullptr; | ||||||
12505 | |||||||
12506 | return Matched; | ||||||
12507 | } | ||||||
12508 | |||||||
12509 | // Resolve and fix an overloaded expression that can be resolved | ||||||
12510 | // because it identifies a single function template specialization. | ||||||
12511 | // | ||||||
12512 | // Last three arguments should only be supplied if Complain = true | ||||||
12513 | // | ||||||
12514 | // Return true if it was logically possible to so resolve the | ||||||
12515 | // expression, regardless of whether or not it succeeded. Always | ||||||
12516 | // returns true if 'complain' is set. | ||||||
12517 | bool Sema::ResolveAndFixSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization( | ||||||
12518 | ExprResult &SrcExpr, bool doFunctionPointerConverion, | ||||||
12519 | bool complain, SourceRange OpRangeForComplaining, | ||||||
12520 | QualType DestTypeForComplaining, | ||||||
12521 | unsigned DiagIDForComplaining) { | ||||||
12522 | assert(SrcExpr.get()->getType() == Context.OverloadTy)(static_cast <bool> (SrcExpr.get()->getType() == Context .OverloadTy) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("SrcExpr.get()->getType() == Context.OverloadTy" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 12522, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
12523 | |||||||
12524 | OverloadExpr::FindResult ovl = OverloadExpr::find(SrcExpr.get()); | ||||||
12525 | |||||||
12526 | DeclAccessPair found; | ||||||
12527 | ExprResult SingleFunctionExpression; | ||||||
12528 | if (FunctionDecl *fn = ResolveSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization( | ||||||
12529 | ovl.Expression, /*complain*/ false, &found)) { | ||||||
12530 | if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(fn, SrcExpr.get()->getBeginLoc())) { | ||||||
12531 | SrcExpr = ExprError(); | ||||||
12532 | return true; | ||||||
12533 | } | ||||||
12534 | |||||||
12535 | // It is only correct to resolve to an instance method if we're | ||||||
12536 | // resolving a form that's permitted to be a pointer to member. | ||||||
12537 | // Otherwise we'll end up making a bound member expression, which | ||||||
12538 | // is illegal in all the contexts we resolve like this. | ||||||
12539 | if (!ovl.HasFormOfMemberPointer && | ||||||
12540 | isa<CXXMethodDecl>(fn) && | ||||||
12541 | cast<CXXMethodDecl>(fn)->isInstance()) { | ||||||
12542 | if (!complain) return false; | ||||||
12543 | |||||||
12544 | Diag(ovl.Expression->getExprLoc(), | ||||||
12545 | diag::err_bound_member_function) | ||||||
12546 | << 0 << ovl.Expression->getSourceRange(); | ||||||
12547 | |||||||
12548 | // TODO: I believe we only end up here if there's a mix of | ||||||
12549 | // static and non-static candidates (otherwise the expression | ||||||
12550 | // would have 'bound member' type, not 'overload' type). | ||||||
12551 | // Ideally we would note which candidate was chosen and why | ||||||
12552 | // the static candidates were rejected. | ||||||
12553 | SrcExpr = ExprError(); | ||||||
12554 | return true; | ||||||
12555 | } | ||||||
12556 | |||||||
12557 | // Fix the expression to refer to 'fn'. | ||||||
12558 | SingleFunctionExpression = | ||||||
12559 | FixOverloadedFunctionReference(SrcExpr.get(), found, fn); | ||||||
12560 | |||||||
12561 | // If desired, do function-to-pointer decay. | ||||||
12562 | if (doFunctionPointerConverion) { | ||||||
12563 | SingleFunctionExpression = | ||||||
12564 | DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(SingleFunctionExpression.get()); | ||||||
12565 | if (SingleFunctionExpression.isInvalid()) { | ||||||
12566 | SrcExpr = ExprError(); | ||||||
12567 | return true; | ||||||
12568 | } | ||||||
12569 | } | ||||||
12570 | } | ||||||
12571 | |||||||
12572 | if (!SingleFunctionExpression.isUsable()) { | ||||||
12573 | if (complain) { | ||||||
12574 | Diag(OpRangeForComplaining.getBegin(), DiagIDForComplaining) | ||||||
12575 | << ovl.Expression->getName() | ||||||
12576 | << DestTypeForComplaining | ||||||
12577 | << OpRangeForComplaining | ||||||
12578 | << ovl.Expression->getQualifierLoc().getSourceRange(); | ||||||
12579 | NoteAllOverloadCandidates(SrcExpr.get()); | ||||||
12580 | |||||||
12581 | SrcExpr = ExprError(); | ||||||
12582 | return true; | ||||||
12583 | } | ||||||
12584 | |||||||
12585 | return false; | ||||||
12586 | } | ||||||
12587 | |||||||
12588 | SrcExpr = SingleFunctionExpression; | ||||||
12589 | return true; | ||||||
12590 | } | ||||||
12591 | |||||||
12592 | /// Add a single candidate to the overload set. | ||||||
12593 | static void AddOverloadedCallCandidate(Sema &S, | ||||||
12594 | DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, | ||||||
12595 | TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, | ||||||
12596 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, | ||||||
12597 | OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, | ||||||
12598 | bool PartialOverloading, | ||||||
12599 | bool KnownValid) { | ||||||
12600 | NamedDecl *Callee = FoundDecl.getDecl(); | ||||||
12601 | if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(Callee)) | ||||||
12602 | Callee = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Callee)->getTargetDecl(); | ||||||
12603 | |||||||
12604 | if (FunctionDecl *Func = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Callee)) { | ||||||
12605 | if (ExplicitTemplateArgs) { | ||||||
12606 | assert(!KnownValid && "Explicit template arguments?")(static_cast <bool> (!KnownValid && "Explicit template arguments?" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!KnownValid && \"Explicit template arguments?\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 12606, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
12607 | return; | ||||||
12608 | } | ||||||
12609 | // Prevent ill-formed function decls to be added as overload candidates. | ||||||
12610 | if (!dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(Func->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>())) | ||||||
12611 | return; | ||||||
12612 | |||||||
12613 | S.AddOverloadCandidate(Func, FoundDecl, Args, CandidateSet, | ||||||
12614 | /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false, | ||||||
12615 | PartialOverloading); | ||||||
12616 | return; | ||||||
12617 | } | ||||||
12618 | |||||||
12619 | if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FuncTemplate | ||||||
12620 | = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(Callee)) { | ||||||
12621 | S.AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(FuncTemplate, FoundDecl, | ||||||
12622 | ExplicitTemplateArgs, Args, CandidateSet, | ||||||
12623 | /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false, | ||||||
12624 | PartialOverloading); | ||||||
12625 | return; | ||||||
12626 | } | ||||||
12627 | |||||||
12628 | assert(!KnownValid && "unhandled case in overloaded call candidate")(static_cast <bool> (!KnownValid && "unhandled case in overloaded call candidate" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!KnownValid && \"unhandled case in overloaded call candidate\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 12628, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
12629 | } | ||||||
12630 | |||||||
12631 | /// Add the overload candidates named by callee and/or found by argument | ||||||
12632 | /// dependent lookup to the given overload set. | ||||||
12633 | void Sema::AddOverloadedCallCandidates(UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE, | ||||||
12634 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, | ||||||
12635 | OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, | ||||||
12636 | bool PartialOverloading) { | ||||||
12637 | |||||||
12638 | #ifndef NDEBUG | ||||||
12639 | // Verify that ArgumentDependentLookup is consistent with the rules | ||||||
12640 | // in C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3: | ||||||
12641 | // | ||||||
12642 | // Let X be the lookup set produced by unqualified lookup (3.4.1) | ||||||
12643 | // and let Y be the lookup set produced by argument dependent | ||||||
12644 | // lookup (defined as follows). If X contains | ||||||
12645 | // | ||||||
12646 | // -- a declaration of a class member, or | ||||||
12647 | // | ||||||
12648 | // -- a block-scope function declaration that is not a | ||||||
12649 | // using-declaration, or | ||||||
12650 | // | ||||||
12651 | // -- a declaration that is neither a function or a function | ||||||
12652 | // template | ||||||
12653 | // | ||||||
12654 | // then Y is empty. | ||||||
12655 | |||||||
12656 | if (ULE->requiresADL()) { | ||||||
12657 | for (UnresolvedLookupExpr::decls_iterator I = ULE->decls_begin(), | ||||||
12658 | E = ULE->decls_end(); I != E; ++I) { | ||||||
12659 | assert(!(*I)->getDeclContext()->isRecord())(static_cast <bool> (!(*I)->getDeclContext()->isRecord ()) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!(*I)->getDeclContext()->isRecord()" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 12659, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
12660 | assert(isa<UsingShadowDecl>(*I) ||(static_cast <bool> (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(*I) || ! (*I)->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) ? void (0 ) : __assert_fail ("isa<UsingShadowDecl>(*I) || !(*I)->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 12661, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||
12661 | !(*I)->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())(static_cast <bool> (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(*I) || ! (*I)->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) ? void (0 ) : __assert_fail ("isa<UsingShadowDecl>(*I) || !(*I)->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 12661, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
12662 | assert((*I)->getUnderlyingDecl()->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate())(static_cast <bool> ((*I)->getUnderlyingDecl()->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate ()) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("(*I)->getUnderlyingDecl()->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate()" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 12662, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
12663 | } | ||||||
12664 | } | ||||||
12665 | #endif | ||||||
12666 | |||||||
12667 | // It would be nice to avoid this copy. | ||||||
12668 | TemplateArgumentListInfo TABuffer; | ||||||
12669 | TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = nullptr; | ||||||
12670 | if (ULE->hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) { | ||||||
12671 | ULE->copyTemplateArgumentsInto(TABuffer); | ||||||
12672 | ExplicitTemplateArgs = &TABuffer; | ||||||
12673 | } | ||||||
12674 | |||||||
12675 | for (UnresolvedLookupExpr::decls_iterator I = ULE->decls_begin(), | ||||||
12676 | E = ULE->decls_end(); I != E; ++I) | ||||||
12677 | AddOverloadedCallCandidate(*this, I.getPair(), ExplicitTemplateArgs, Args, | ||||||
12678 | CandidateSet, PartialOverloading, | ||||||
12679 | /*KnownValid*/ true); | ||||||
12680 | |||||||
12681 | if (ULE->requiresADL()) | ||||||
12682 | AddArgumentDependentLookupCandidates(ULE->getName(), ULE->getExprLoc(), | ||||||
12683 | Args, ExplicitTemplateArgs, | ||||||
12684 | CandidateSet, PartialOverloading); | ||||||
12685 | } | ||||||
12686 | |||||||
12687 | /// Add the call candidates from the given set of lookup results to the given | ||||||
12688 | /// overload set. Non-function lookup results are ignored. | ||||||
12689 | void Sema::AddOverloadedCallCandidates( | ||||||
12690 | LookupResult &R, TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, | ||||||
12691 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet) { | ||||||
12692 | for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I) | ||||||
12693 | AddOverloadedCallCandidate(*this, I.getPair(), ExplicitTemplateArgs, Args, | ||||||
12694 | CandidateSet, false, /*KnownValid*/ false); | ||||||
12695 | } | ||||||
12696 | |||||||
12697 | /// Determine whether a declaration with the specified name could be moved into | ||||||
12698 | /// a different namespace. | ||||||
12699 | static bool canBeDeclaredInNamespace(const DeclarationName &Name) { | ||||||
12700 | switch (Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator()) { | ||||||
12701 | case OO_New: case OO_Array_New: | ||||||
12702 | case OO_Delete: case OO_Array_Delete: | ||||||
12703 | return false; | ||||||
12704 | |||||||
12705 | default: | ||||||
12706 | return true; | ||||||
12707 | } | ||||||
12708 | } | ||||||
12709 | |||||||
12710 | /// Attempt to recover from an ill-formed use of a non-dependent name in a | ||||||
12711 | /// template, where the non-dependent name was declared after the template | ||||||
12712 | /// was defined. This is common in code written for a compilers which do not | ||||||
12713 | /// correctly implement two-stage name lookup. | ||||||
12714 | /// | ||||||
12715 | /// Returns true if a viable candidate was found and a diagnostic was issued. | ||||||
12716 | static bool DiagnoseTwoPhaseLookup( | ||||||
12717 | Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation FnLoc, const CXXScopeSpec &SS, | ||||||
12718 | LookupResult &R, OverloadCandidateSet::CandidateSetKind CSK, | ||||||
12719 | TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, | ||||||
12720 | CXXRecordDecl **FoundInClass = nullptr) { | ||||||
12721 | if (!SemaRef.inTemplateInstantiation() || !SS.isEmpty()) | ||||||
12722 | return false; | ||||||
12723 | |||||||
12724 | for (DeclContext *DC = SemaRef.CurContext; DC; DC = DC->getParent()) { | ||||||
12725 | if (DC->isTransparentContext()) | ||||||
12726 | continue; | ||||||
12727 | |||||||
12728 | SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(R, DC); | ||||||
12729 | |||||||
12730 | if (!R.empty()) { | ||||||
12731 | R.suppressDiagnostics(); | ||||||
12732 | |||||||
12733 | OverloadCandidateSet Candidates(FnLoc, CSK); | ||||||
12734 | SemaRef.AddOverloadedCallCandidates(R, ExplicitTemplateArgs, Args, | ||||||
12735 | Candidates); | ||||||
12736 | |||||||
12737 | OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best; | ||||||
12738 | OverloadingResult OR = | ||||||
12739 | Candidates.BestViableFunction(SemaRef, FnLoc, Best); | ||||||
12740 | |||||||
12741 | if (auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) { | ||||||
12742 | // We either found non-function declarations or a best viable function | ||||||
12743 | // at class scope. A class-scope lookup result disables ADL. Don't | ||||||
12744 | // look past this, but let the caller know that we found something that | ||||||
12745 | // either is, or might be, usable in this class. | ||||||
12746 | if (FoundInClass) { | ||||||
12747 | *FoundInClass = RD; | ||||||
12748 | if (OR == OR_Success) { | ||||||
12749 | R.clear(); | ||||||
12750 | R.addDecl(Best->FoundDecl.getDecl(), Best->FoundDecl.getAccess()); | ||||||
12751 | R.resolveKind(); | ||||||
12752 | } | ||||||
12753 | } | ||||||
12754 | return false; | ||||||
12755 | } | ||||||
12756 | |||||||
12757 | if (OR != OR_Success) { | ||||||
12758 | // There wasn't a unique best function or function template. | ||||||
12759 | return false; | ||||||
12760 | } | ||||||
12761 | |||||||
12762 | // Find the namespaces where ADL would have looked, and suggest | ||||||
12763 | // declaring the function there instead. | ||||||
12764 | Sema::AssociatedNamespaceSet AssociatedNamespaces; | ||||||
12765 | Sema::AssociatedClassSet AssociatedClasses; | ||||||
12766 | SemaRef.FindAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(FnLoc, Args, | ||||||
12767 | AssociatedNamespaces, | ||||||
12768 | AssociatedClasses); | ||||||
12769 | Sema::AssociatedNamespaceSet SuggestedNamespaces; | ||||||
12770 | if (canBeDeclaredInNamespace(R.getLookupName())) { | ||||||
12771 | DeclContext *Std = SemaRef.getStdNamespace(); | ||||||
12772 | for (Sema::AssociatedNamespaceSet::iterator | ||||||
12773 | it = AssociatedNamespaces.begin(), | ||||||
12774 | end = AssociatedNamespaces.end(); it != end; ++it) { | ||||||
12775 | // Never suggest declaring a function within namespace 'std'. | ||||||
12776 | if (Std && Std->Encloses(*it)) | ||||||
12777 | continue; | ||||||
12778 | |||||||
12779 | // Never suggest declaring a function within a namespace with a | ||||||
12780 | // reserved name, like __gnu_cxx. | ||||||
12781 | NamespaceDecl *NS = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(*it); | ||||||
12782 | if (NS && | ||||||
12783 | NS->getQualifiedNameAsString().find("__") != std::string::npos) | ||||||
12784 | continue; | ||||||
12785 | |||||||
12786 | SuggestedNamespaces.insert(*it); | ||||||
12787 | } | ||||||
12788 | } | ||||||
12789 | |||||||
12790 | SemaRef.Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_not_found_by_two_phase_lookup) | ||||||
12791 | << R.getLookupName(); | ||||||
12792 | if (SuggestedNamespaces.empty()) { | ||||||
12793 | SemaRef.Diag(Best->Function->getLocation(), | ||||||
12794 | diag::note_not_found_by_two_phase_lookup) | ||||||
12795 | << R.getLookupName() << 0; | ||||||
12796 | } else if (SuggestedNamespaces.size() == 1) { | ||||||
12797 | SemaRef.Diag(Best->Function->getLocation(), | ||||||
12798 | diag::note_not_found_by_two_phase_lookup) | ||||||
12799 | << R.getLookupName() << 1 << *SuggestedNamespaces.begin(); | ||||||
12800 | } else { | ||||||
12801 | // FIXME: It would be useful to list the associated namespaces here, | ||||||
12802 | // but the diagnostics infrastructure doesn't provide a way to produce | ||||||
12803 | // a localized representation of a list of items. | ||||||
12804 | SemaRef.Diag(Best->Function->getLocation(), | ||||||
12805 | diag::note_not_found_by_two_phase_lookup) | ||||||
12806 | << R.getLookupName() << 2; | ||||||
12807 | } | ||||||
12808 | |||||||
12809 | // Try to recover by calling this function. | ||||||
12810 | return true; | ||||||
12811 | } | ||||||
12812 | |||||||
12813 | R.clear(); | ||||||
12814 | } | ||||||
12815 | |||||||
12816 | return false; | ||||||
12817 | } | ||||||
12818 | |||||||
12819 | /// Attempt to recover from ill-formed use of a non-dependent operator in a | ||||||
12820 | /// template, where the non-dependent operator was declared after the template | ||||||
12821 | /// was defined. | ||||||
12822 | /// | ||||||
12823 | /// Returns true if a viable candidate was found and a diagnostic was issued. | ||||||
12824 | static bool | ||||||
12825 | DiagnoseTwoPhaseOperatorLookup(Sema &SemaRef, OverloadedOperatorKind Op, | ||||||
12826 | SourceLocation OpLoc, | ||||||
12827 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args) { | ||||||
12828 | DeclarationName OpName = | ||||||
12829 | SemaRef.Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(Op); | ||||||
12830 | LookupResult R(SemaRef, OpName, OpLoc, Sema::LookupOperatorName); | ||||||
12831 | return DiagnoseTwoPhaseLookup(SemaRef, OpLoc, CXXScopeSpec(), R, | ||||||
12832 | OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Operator, | ||||||
12833 | /*ExplicitTemplateArgs=*/nullptr, Args); | ||||||
12834 | } | ||||||
12835 | |||||||
12836 | namespace { | ||||||
12837 | class BuildRecoveryCallExprRAII { | ||||||
12838 | Sema &SemaRef; | ||||||
12839 | public: | ||||||
12840 | BuildRecoveryCallExprRAII(Sema &S) : SemaRef(S) { | ||||||
12841 | assert(SemaRef.IsBuildingRecoveryCallExpr == false)(static_cast <bool> (SemaRef.IsBuildingRecoveryCallExpr == false) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("SemaRef.IsBuildingRecoveryCallExpr == false" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 12841, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
12842 | SemaRef.IsBuildingRecoveryCallExpr = true; | ||||||
12843 | } | ||||||
12844 | |||||||
12845 | ~BuildRecoveryCallExprRAII() { | ||||||
12846 | SemaRef.IsBuildingRecoveryCallExpr = false; | ||||||
12847 | } | ||||||
12848 | }; | ||||||
12849 | |||||||
12850 | } | ||||||
12851 | |||||||
12852 | /// Attempts to recover from a call where no functions were found. | ||||||
12853 | /// | ||||||
12854 | /// This function will do one of three things: | ||||||
12855 | /// * Diagnose, recover, and return a recovery expression. | ||||||
12856 | /// * Diagnose, fail to recover, and return ExprError(). | ||||||
12857 | /// * Do not diagnose, do not recover, and return ExprResult(). The caller is | ||||||
12858 | /// expected to diagnose as appropriate. | ||||||
12859 | static ExprResult | ||||||
12860 | BuildRecoveryCallExpr(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S, Expr *Fn, | ||||||
12861 | UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE, | ||||||
12862 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, | ||||||
12863 | MutableArrayRef<Expr *> Args, | ||||||
12864 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, | ||||||
12865 | bool EmptyLookup, bool AllowTypoCorrection) { | ||||||
12866 | // Do not try to recover if it is already building a recovery call. | ||||||
12867 | // This stops infinite loops for template instantiations like | ||||||
12868 | // | ||||||
12869 | // template <typename T> auto foo(T t) -> decltype(foo(t)) {} | ||||||
12870 | // template <typename T> auto foo(T t) -> decltype(foo(&t)) {} | ||||||
12871 | if (SemaRef.IsBuildingRecoveryCallExpr) | ||||||
12872 | return ExprResult(); | ||||||
12873 | BuildRecoveryCallExprRAII RCE(SemaRef); | ||||||
12874 | |||||||
12875 | CXXScopeSpec SS; | ||||||
12876 | SS.Adopt(ULE->getQualifierLoc()); | ||||||
12877 | SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc = ULE->getTemplateKeywordLoc(); | ||||||
12878 | |||||||
12879 | TemplateArgumentListInfo TABuffer; | ||||||
12880 | TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = nullptr; | ||||||
12881 | if (ULE->hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) { | ||||||
12882 | ULE->copyTemplateArgumentsInto(TABuffer); | ||||||
12883 | ExplicitTemplateArgs = &TABuffer; | ||||||
12884 | } | ||||||
12885 | |||||||
12886 | LookupResult R(SemaRef, ULE->getName(), ULE->getNameLoc(), | ||||||
12887 | Sema::LookupOrdinaryName); | ||||||
12888 | CXXRecordDecl *FoundInClass = nullptr; | ||||||
12889 | if (DiagnoseTwoPhaseLookup(SemaRef, Fn->getExprLoc(), SS, R, | ||||||
12890 | OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Normal, | ||||||
12891 | ExplicitTemplateArgs, Args, &FoundInClass)) { | ||||||
12892 | // OK, diagnosed a two-phase lookup issue. | ||||||
12893 | } else if (EmptyLookup) { | ||||||
12894 | // Try to recover from an empty lookup with typo correction. | ||||||
12895 | R.clear(); | ||||||
12896 | NoTypoCorrectionCCC NoTypoValidator{}; | ||||||
12897 | FunctionCallFilterCCC FunctionCallValidator(SemaRef, Args.size(), | ||||||
12898 | ExplicitTemplateArgs != nullptr, | ||||||
12899 | dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Fn)); | ||||||
12900 | CorrectionCandidateCallback &Validator = | ||||||
12901 | AllowTypoCorrection | ||||||
12902 | ? static_cast<CorrectionCandidateCallback &>(FunctionCallValidator) | ||||||
12903 | : static_cast<CorrectionCandidateCallback &>(NoTypoValidator); | ||||||
12904 | if (SemaRef.DiagnoseEmptyLookup(S, SS, R, Validator, ExplicitTemplateArgs, | ||||||
12905 | Args)) | ||||||
12906 | return ExprError(); | ||||||
12907 | } else if (FoundInClass && SemaRef.getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { | ||||||
12908 | // We found a usable declaration of the name in a dependent base of some | ||||||
12909 | // enclosing class. | ||||||
12910 | // FIXME: We should also explain why the candidates found by name lookup | ||||||
12911 | // were not viable. | ||||||
12912 | if (SemaRef.DiagnoseDependentMemberLookup(R)) | ||||||
12913 | return ExprError(); | ||||||
12914 | } else { | ||||||
12915 | // We had viable candidates and couldn't recover; let the caller diagnose | ||||||
12916 | // this. | ||||||
12917 | return ExprResult(); | ||||||
12918 | } | ||||||
12919 | |||||||
12920 | // If we get here, we should have issued a diagnostic and formed a recovery | ||||||
12921 | // lookup result. | ||||||
12922 | assert(!R.empty() && "lookup results empty despite recovery")(static_cast <bool> (!R.empty() && "lookup results empty despite recovery" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!R.empty() && \"lookup results empty despite recovery\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 12922, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
12923 | |||||||
12924 | // If recovery created an ambiguity, just bail out. | ||||||
12925 | if (R.isAmbiguous()) { | ||||||
12926 | R.suppressDiagnostics(); | ||||||
12927 | return ExprError(); | ||||||
12928 | } | ||||||
12929 | |||||||
12930 | // Build an implicit member call if appropriate. Just drop the | ||||||
12931 | // casts and such from the call, we don't really care. | ||||||
12932 | ExprResult NewFn = ExprError(); | ||||||
12933 | if ((*R.begin())->isCXXClassMember()) | ||||||
12934 | NewFn = SemaRef.BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, TemplateKWLoc, R, | ||||||
12935 | ExplicitTemplateArgs, S); | ||||||
12936 | else if (ExplicitTemplateArgs || TemplateKWLoc.isValid()) | ||||||
12937 | NewFn = SemaRef.BuildTemplateIdExpr(SS, TemplateKWLoc, R, false, | ||||||
12938 | ExplicitTemplateArgs); | ||||||
12939 | else | ||||||
12940 | NewFn = SemaRef.BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R, false); | ||||||
12941 | |||||||
12942 | if (NewFn.isInvalid()) | ||||||
12943 | return ExprError(); | ||||||
12944 | |||||||
12945 | // This shouldn't cause an infinite loop because we're giving it | ||||||
12946 | // an expression with viable lookup results, which should never | ||||||
12947 | // end up here. | ||||||
12948 | return SemaRef.BuildCallExpr(/*Scope*/ nullptr, NewFn.get(), LParenLoc, | ||||||
12949 | MultiExprArg(Args.data(), Args.size()), | ||||||
12950 | RParenLoc); | ||||||
12951 | } | ||||||
12952 | |||||||
12953 | /// Constructs and populates an OverloadedCandidateSet from | ||||||
12954 | /// the given function. | ||||||
12955 | /// \returns true when an the ExprResult output parameter has been set. | ||||||
12956 | bool Sema::buildOverloadedCallSet(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, | ||||||
12957 | UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE, | ||||||
12958 | MultiExprArg Args, | ||||||
12959 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, | ||||||
12960 | OverloadCandidateSet *CandidateSet, | ||||||
12961 | ExprResult *Result) { | ||||||
12962 | #ifndef NDEBUG | ||||||
12963 | if (ULE->requiresADL()) { | ||||||
12964 | // To do ADL, we must have found an unqualified name. | ||||||
12965 | assert(!ULE->getQualifier() && "qualified name with ADL")(static_cast <bool> (!ULE->getQualifier() && "qualified name with ADL") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!ULE->getQualifier() && \"qualified name with ADL\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 12965, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
12966 | |||||||
12967 | // We don't perform ADL for implicit declarations of builtins. | ||||||
12968 | // Verify that this was correctly set up. | ||||||
12969 | FunctionDecl *F; | ||||||
12970 | if (ULE->decls_begin() != ULE->decls_end() && | ||||||
12971 | ULE->decls_begin() + 1 == ULE->decls_end() && | ||||||
12972 | (F = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*ULE->decls_begin())) && | ||||||
12973 | F->getBuiltinID() && F->isImplicit()) | ||||||
12974 | llvm_unreachable("performing ADL for builtin")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("performing ADL for builtin" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 12974); | ||||||
12975 | |||||||
12976 | // We don't perform ADL in C. | ||||||
12977 | assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "ADL enabled in C")(static_cast <bool> (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "ADL enabled in C") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && \"ADL enabled in C\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 12977, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
12978 | } | ||||||
12979 | #endif | ||||||
12980 | |||||||
12981 | UnbridgedCastsSet UnbridgedCasts; | ||||||
12982 | if (checkArgPlaceholdersForOverload(*this, Args, UnbridgedCasts)) { | ||||||
12983 | *Result = ExprError(); | ||||||
12984 | return true; | ||||||
12985 | } | ||||||
12986 | |||||||
12987 | // Add the functions denoted by the callee to the set of candidate | ||||||
12988 | // functions, including those from argument-dependent lookup. | ||||||
12989 | AddOverloadedCallCandidates(ULE, Args, *CandidateSet); | ||||||
12990 | |||||||
12991 | if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && | ||||||
12992 | CurContext->isDependentContext() && !isSFINAEContext() && | ||||||
12993 | (isa<FunctionDecl>(CurContext) || isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext))) { | ||||||
12994 | |||||||
12995 | OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best; | ||||||
12996 | if (CandidateSet->empty() || | ||||||
12997 | CandidateSet->BestViableFunction(*this, Fn->getBeginLoc(), Best) == | ||||||
12998 | OR_No_Viable_Function) { | ||||||
12999 | // In Microsoft mode, if we are inside a template class member function | ||||||
13000 | // then create a type dependent CallExpr. The goal is to postpone name | ||||||
13001 | // lookup to instantiation time to be able to search into type dependent | ||||||
13002 | // base classes. | ||||||
13003 | CallExpr *CE = | ||||||
13004 | CallExpr::Create(Context, Fn, Args, Context.DependentTy, VK_PRValue, | ||||||
13005 | RParenLoc, CurFPFeatureOverrides()); | ||||||
13006 | CE->markDependentForPostponedNameLookup(); | ||||||
13007 | *Result = CE; | ||||||
13008 | return true; | ||||||
13009 | } | ||||||
13010 | } | ||||||
13011 | |||||||
13012 | if (CandidateSet->empty()) | ||||||
13013 | return false; | ||||||
13014 | |||||||
13015 | UnbridgedCasts.restore(); | ||||||
13016 | return false; | ||||||
13017 | } | ||||||
13018 | |||||||
13019 | // Guess at what the return type for an unresolvable overload should be. | ||||||
13020 | static QualType chooseRecoveryType(OverloadCandidateSet &CS, | ||||||
13021 | OverloadCandidateSet::iterator *Best) { | ||||||
13022 | llvm::Optional<QualType> Result; | ||||||
13023 | // Adjust Type after seeing a candidate. | ||||||
13024 | auto ConsiderCandidate = [&](const OverloadCandidate &Candidate) { | ||||||
13025 | if (!Candidate.Function) | ||||||
13026 | return; | ||||||
13027 | if (Candidate.Function->isInvalidDecl()) | ||||||
13028 | return; | ||||||
13029 | QualType T = Candidate.Function->getReturnType(); | ||||||
13030 | if (T.isNull()) | ||||||
13031 | return; | ||||||
13032 | if (!Result) | ||||||
13033 | Result = T; | ||||||
13034 | else if (Result != T) | ||||||
13035 | Result = QualType(); | ||||||
13036 | }; | ||||||
13037 | |||||||
13038 | // Look for an unambiguous type from a progressively larger subset. | ||||||
13039 | // e.g. if types disagree, but all *viable* overloads return int, choose int. | ||||||
13040 | // | ||||||
13041 | // First, consider only the best candidate. | ||||||
13042 | if (Best && *Best != CS.end()) | ||||||
13043 | ConsiderCandidate(**Best); | ||||||
13044 | // Next, consider only viable candidates. | ||||||
13045 | if (!Result) | ||||||
13046 | for (const auto &C : CS) | ||||||
13047 | if (C.Viable) | ||||||
13048 | ConsiderCandidate(C); | ||||||
13049 | // Finally, consider all candidates. | ||||||
13050 | if (!Result) | ||||||
13051 | for (const auto &C : CS) | ||||||
13052 | ConsiderCandidate(C); | ||||||
13053 | |||||||
13054 | if (!Result) | ||||||
13055 | return QualType(); | ||||||
13056 | auto Value = Result.getValue(); | ||||||
13057 | if (Value.isNull() || Value->isUndeducedType()) | ||||||
13058 | return QualType(); | ||||||
13059 | return Value; | ||||||
13060 | } | ||||||
13061 | |||||||
13062 | /// FinishOverloadedCallExpr - given an OverloadCandidateSet, builds and returns | ||||||
13063 | /// the completed call expression. If overload resolution fails, emits | ||||||
13064 | /// diagnostics and returns ExprError() | ||||||
13065 | static ExprResult FinishOverloadedCallExpr(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S, Expr *Fn, | ||||||
13066 | UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE, | ||||||
13067 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, | ||||||
13068 | MultiExprArg Args, | ||||||
13069 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, | ||||||
13070 | Expr *ExecConfig, | ||||||
13071 | OverloadCandidateSet *CandidateSet, | ||||||
13072 | OverloadCandidateSet::iterator *Best, | ||||||
13073 | OverloadingResult OverloadResult, | ||||||
13074 | bool AllowTypoCorrection) { | ||||||
13075 | switch (OverloadResult) { | ||||||
13076 | case OR_Success: { | ||||||
13077 | FunctionDecl *FDecl = (*Best)->Function; | ||||||
13078 | SemaRef.CheckUnresolvedLookupAccess(ULE, (*Best)->FoundDecl); | ||||||
13079 | if (SemaRef.DiagnoseUseOfDecl(FDecl, ULE->getNameLoc())) | ||||||
13080 | return ExprError(); | ||||||
13081 | Fn = SemaRef.FixOverloadedFunctionReference(Fn, (*Best)->FoundDecl, FDecl); | ||||||
13082 | return SemaRef.BuildResolvedCallExpr(Fn, FDecl, LParenLoc, Args, RParenLoc, | ||||||
13083 | ExecConfig, /*IsExecConfig=*/false, | ||||||
13084 | (*Best)->IsADLCandidate); | ||||||
13085 | } | ||||||
13086 | |||||||
13087 | case OR_No_Viable_Function: { | ||||||
13088 | // Try to recover by looking for viable functions which the user might | ||||||
13089 | // have meant to call. | ||||||
13090 | ExprResult Recovery = BuildRecoveryCallExpr(SemaRef, S, Fn, ULE, LParenLoc, | ||||||
13091 | Args, RParenLoc, | ||||||
13092 | CandidateSet->empty(), | ||||||
13093 | AllowTypoCorrection); | ||||||
13094 | if (Recovery.isInvalid() || Recovery.isUsable()) | ||||||
13095 | return Recovery; | ||||||
13096 | |||||||
13097 | // If the user passes in a function that we can't take the address of, we | ||||||
13098 | // generally end up emitting really bad error messages. Here, we attempt to | ||||||
13099 | // emit better ones. | ||||||
13100 | for (const Expr *Arg : Args) { | ||||||
13101 | if (!Arg->getType()->isFunctionType()) | ||||||
13102 | continue; | ||||||
13103 | if (auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Arg->IgnoreParenImpCasts())) { | ||||||
13104 | auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(DRE->getDecl()); | ||||||
13105 | if (FD && | ||||||
13106 | !SemaRef.checkAddressOfFunctionIsAvailable(FD, /*Complain=*/true, | ||||||
13107 | Arg->getExprLoc())) | ||||||
13108 | return ExprError(); | ||||||
13109 | } | ||||||
13110 | } | ||||||
13111 | |||||||
13112 | CandidateSet->NoteCandidates( | ||||||
13113 | PartialDiagnosticAt( | ||||||
13114 | Fn->getBeginLoc(), | ||||||
13115 | SemaRef.PDiag(diag::err_ovl_no_viable_function_in_call) | ||||||
13116 | << ULE->getName() << Fn->getSourceRange()), | ||||||
13117 | SemaRef, OCD_AllCandidates, Args); | ||||||
13118 | break; | ||||||
13119 | } | ||||||
13120 | |||||||
13121 | case OR_Ambiguous: | ||||||
13122 | CandidateSet->NoteCandidates( | ||||||
13123 | PartialDiagnosticAt(Fn->getBeginLoc(), | ||||||
13124 | SemaRef.PDiag(diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_call) | ||||||
13125 | << ULE->getName() << Fn->getSourceRange()), | ||||||
13126 | SemaRef, OCD_AmbiguousCandidates, Args); | ||||||
13127 | break; | ||||||
13128 | |||||||
13129 | case OR_Deleted: { | ||||||
13130 | CandidateSet->NoteCandidates( | ||||||
13131 | PartialDiagnosticAt(Fn->getBeginLoc(), | ||||||
13132 | SemaRef.PDiag(diag::err_ovl_deleted_call) | ||||||
13133 | << ULE->getName() << Fn->getSourceRange()), | ||||||
13134 | SemaRef, OCD_AllCandidates, Args); | ||||||
13135 | |||||||
13136 | // We emitted an error for the unavailable/deleted function call but keep | ||||||
13137 | // the call in the AST. | ||||||
13138 | FunctionDecl *FDecl = (*Best)->Function; | ||||||
13139 | Fn = SemaRef.FixOverloadedFunctionReference(Fn, (*Best)->FoundDecl, FDecl); | ||||||
13140 | return SemaRef.BuildResolvedCallExpr(Fn, FDecl, LParenLoc, Args, RParenLoc, | ||||||
13141 | ExecConfig, /*IsExecConfig=*/false, | ||||||
13142 | (*Best)->IsADLCandidate); | ||||||
13143 | } | ||||||
13144 | } | ||||||
13145 | |||||||
13146 | // Overload resolution failed, try to recover. | ||||||
13147 | SmallVector<Expr *, 8> SubExprs = {Fn}; | ||||||
13148 | SubExprs.append(Args.begin(), Args.end()); | ||||||
13149 | return SemaRef.CreateRecoveryExpr(Fn->getBeginLoc(), RParenLoc, SubExprs, | ||||||
13150 | chooseRecoveryType(*CandidateSet, Best)); | ||||||
13151 | } | ||||||
13152 | |||||||
13153 | static void markUnaddressableCandidatesUnviable(Sema &S, | ||||||
13154 | OverloadCandidateSet &CS) { | ||||||
13155 | for (auto I = CS.begin(), E = CS.end(); I != E; ++I) { | ||||||
13156 | if (I->Viable && | ||||||
13157 | !S.checkAddressOfFunctionIsAvailable(I->Function, /*Complain=*/false)) { | ||||||
13158 | I->Viable = false; | ||||||
13159 | I->FailureKind = ovl_fail_addr_not_available; | ||||||
13160 | } | ||||||
13161 | } | ||||||
13162 | } | ||||||
13163 | |||||||
13164 | /// BuildOverloadedCallExpr - Given the call expression that calls Fn | ||||||
13165 | /// (which eventually refers to the declaration Func) and the call | ||||||
13166 | /// arguments Args/NumArgs, attempt to resolve the function call down | ||||||
13167 | /// to a specific function. If overload resolution succeeds, returns | ||||||
13168 | /// the call expression produced by overload resolution. | ||||||
13169 | /// Otherwise, emits diagnostics and returns ExprError. | ||||||
13170 | ExprResult Sema::BuildOverloadedCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, | ||||||
13171 | UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE, | ||||||
13172 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, | ||||||
13173 | MultiExprArg Args, | ||||||
13174 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, | ||||||
13175 | Expr *ExecConfig, | ||||||
13176 | bool AllowTypoCorrection, | ||||||
13177 | bool CalleesAddressIsTaken) { | ||||||
13178 | OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet(Fn->getExprLoc(), | ||||||
13179 | OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Normal); | ||||||
13180 | ExprResult result; | ||||||
13181 | |||||||
13182 | if (buildOverloadedCallSet(S, Fn, ULE, Args, LParenLoc, &CandidateSet, | ||||||
13183 | &result)) | ||||||
13184 | return result; | ||||||
13185 | |||||||
13186 | // If the user handed us something like `(&Foo)(Bar)`, we need to ensure that | ||||||
13187 | // functions that aren't addressible are considered unviable. | ||||||
13188 | if (CalleesAddressIsTaken) | ||||||
13189 | markUnaddressableCandidatesUnviable(*this, CandidateSet); | ||||||
13190 | |||||||
13191 | OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best; | ||||||
13192 | OverloadingResult OverloadResult = | ||||||
13193 | CandidateSet.BestViableFunction(*this, Fn->getBeginLoc(), Best); | ||||||
13194 | |||||||
13195 | return FinishOverloadedCallExpr(*this, S, Fn, ULE, LParenLoc, Args, RParenLoc, | ||||||
13196 | ExecConfig, &CandidateSet, &Best, | ||||||
13197 | OverloadResult, AllowTypoCorrection); | ||||||
13198 | } | ||||||
13199 | |||||||
13200 | static bool IsOverloaded(const UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions) { | ||||||
13201 | return Functions.size() > 1 || | ||||||
13202 | (Functions.size() == 1 && | ||||||
13203 | isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>((*Functions.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl())); | ||||||
13204 | } | ||||||
13205 | |||||||
13206 | ExprResult Sema::CreateUnresolvedLookupExpr(CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass, | ||||||
13207 | NestedNameSpecifierLoc NNSLoc, | ||||||
13208 | DeclarationNameInfo DNI, | ||||||
13209 | const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns, | ||||||
13210 | bool PerformADL) { | ||||||
13211 | return UnresolvedLookupExpr::Create(Context, NamingClass, NNSLoc, DNI, | ||||||
13212 | PerformADL, IsOverloaded(Fns), | ||||||
13213 | Fns.begin(), Fns.end()); | ||||||
13214 | } | ||||||
13215 | |||||||
13216 | /// Create a unary operation that may resolve to an overloaded | ||||||
13217 | /// operator. | ||||||
13218 | /// | ||||||
13219 | /// \param OpLoc The location of the operator itself (e.g., '*'). | ||||||
13220 | /// | ||||||
13221 | /// \param Opc The UnaryOperatorKind that describes this operator. | ||||||
13222 | /// | ||||||
13223 | /// \param Fns The set of non-member functions that will be | ||||||
13224 | /// considered by overload resolution. The caller needs to build this | ||||||
13225 | /// set based on the context using, e.g., | ||||||
13226 | /// LookupOverloadedOperatorName() and ArgumentDependentLookup(). This | ||||||
13227 | /// set should not contain any member functions; those will be added | ||||||
13228 | /// by CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(). | ||||||
13229 | /// | ||||||
13230 | /// \param Input The input argument. | ||||||
13231 | ExprResult | ||||||
13232 | Sema::CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, UnaryOperatorKind Opc, | ||||||
13233 | const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns, | ||||||
13234 | Expr *Input, bool PerformADL) { | ||||||
13235 | OverloadedOperatorKind Op = UnaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc); | ||||||
13236 | assert(Op != OO_None && "Invalid opcode for overloaded unary operator")(static_cast <bool> (Op != OO_None && "Invalid opcode for overloaded unary operator" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Op != OO_None && \"Invalid opcode for overloaded unary operator\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 13236, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
13237 | DeclarationName OpName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(Op); | ||||||
13238 | // TODO: provide better source location info. | ||||||
13239 | DeclarationNameInfo OpNameInfo(OpName, OpLoc); | ||||||
13240 | |||||||
13241 | if (checkPlaceholderForOverload(*this, Input)) | ||||||
13242 | return ExprError(); | ||||||
13243 | |||||||
13244 | Expr *Args[2] = { Input, nullptr }; | ||||||
13245 | unsigned NumArgs = 1; | ||||||
13246 | |||||||
13247 | // For post-increment and post-decrement, add the implicit '0' as | ||||||
13248 | // the second argument, so that we know this is a post-increment or | ||||||
13249 | // post-decrement. | ||||||
13250 | if (Opc == UO_PostInc || Opc == UO_PostDec) { | ||||||
13251 | llvm::APSInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy), false); | ||||||
13252 | Args[1] = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.IntTy, | ||||||
13253 | SourceLocation()); | ||||||
13254 | NumArgs = 2; | ||||||
13255 | } | ||||||
13256 | |||||||
13257 | ArrayRef<Expr *> ArgsArray(Args, NumArgs); | ||||||
13258 | |||||||
13259 | if (Input->isTypeDependent()) { | ||||||
13260 | if (Fns.empty()) | ||||||
13261 | return UnaryOperator::Create(Context, Input, Opc, Context.DependentTy, | ||||||
13262 | VK_PRValue, OK_Ordinary, OpLoc, false, | ||||||
13263 | CurFPFeatureOverrides()); | ||||||
13264 | |||||||
13265 | CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass = nullptr; // lookup ignores member operators | ||||||
13266 | ExprResult Fn = CreateUnresolvedLookupExpr( | ||||||
13267 | NamingClass, NestedNameSpecifierLoc(), OpNameInfo, Fns); | ||||||
13268 | if (Fn.isInvalid()) | ||||||
13269 | return ExprError(); | ||||||
13270 | return CXXOperatorCallExpr::Create(Context, Op, Fn.get(), ArgsArray, | ||||||
13271 | Context.DependentTy, VK_PRValue, OpLoc, | ||||||
13272 | CurFPFeatureOverrides()); | ||||||
13273 | } | ||||||
13274 | |||||||
13275 | // Build an empty overload set. | ||||||
13276 | OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet(OpLoc, OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Operator); | ||||||
13277 | |||||||
13278 | // Add the candidates from the given function set. | ||||||
13279 | AddNonMemberOperatorCandidates(Fns, ArgsArray, CandidateSet); | ||||||
13280 | |||||||
13281 | // Add operator candidates that are member functions. | ||||||
13282 | AddMemberOperatorCandidates(Op, OpLoc, ArgsArray, CandidateSet); | ||||||
13283 | |||||||
13284 | // Add candidates from ADL. | ||||||
13285 | if (PerformADL) { | ||||||
13286 | AddArgumentDependentLookupCandidates(OpName, OpLoc, ArgsArray, | ||||||
13287 | /*ExplicitTemplateArgs*/nullptr, | ||||||
13288 | CandidateSet); | ||||||
13289 | } | ||||||
13290 | |||||||
13291 | // Add builtin operator candidates. | ||||||
13292 | AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(Op, OpLoc, ArgsArray, CandidateSet); | ||||||
13293 | |||||||
13294 | bool HadMultipleCandidates = (CandidateSet.size() > 1); | ||||||
13295 | |||||||
13296 | // Perform overload resolution. | ||||||
13297 | OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best; | ||||||
13298 | switch (CandidateSet.BestViableFunction(*this, OpLoc, Best)) { | ||||||
13299 | case OR_Success: { | ||||||
13300 | // We found a built-in operator or an overloaded operator. | ||||||
13301 | FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function; | ||||||
13302 | |||||||
13303 | if (FnDecl) { | ||||||
13304 | Expr *Base = nullptr; | ||||||
13305 | // We matched an overloaded operator. Build a call to that | ||||||
13306 | // operator. | ||||||
13307 | |||||||
13308 | // Convert the arguments. | ||||||
13309 | if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl)) { | ||||||
13310 | CheckMemberOperatorAccess(OpLoc, Args[0], nullptr, Best->FoundDecl); | ||||||
13311 | |||||||
13312 | ExprResult InputRes = | ||||||
13313 | PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Input, /*Qualifier=*/nullptr, | ||||||
13314 | Best->FoundDecl, Method); | ||||||
13315 | if (InputRes.isInvalid()) | ||||||
13316 | return ExprError(); | ||||||
13317 | Base = Input = InputRes.get(); | ||||||
13318 | } else { | ||||||
13319 | // Convert the arguments. | ||||||
13320 | ExprResult InputInit | ||||||
13321 | = PerformCopyInitialization(InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter( | ||||||
13322 | Context, | ||||||
13323 | FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)), | ||||||
13324 | SourceLocation(), | ||||||
13325 | Input); | ||||||
13326 | if (InputInit.isInvalid()) | ||||||
13327 | return ExprError(); | ||||||
13328 | Input = InputInit.get(); | ||||||
13329 | } | ||||||
13330 | |||||||
13331 | // Build the actual expression node. | ||||||
13332 | ExprResult FnExpr = CreateFunctionRefExpr(*this, FnDecl, Best->FoundDecl, | ||||||
13333 | Base, HadMultipleCandidates, | ||||||
13334 | OpLoc); | ||||||
13335 | if (FnExpr.isInvalid()) | ||||||
13336 | return ExprError(); | ||||||
13337 | |||||||
13338 | // Determine the result type. | ||||||
13339 | QualType ResultTy = FnDecl->getReturnType(); | ||||||
13340 | ExprValueKind VK = Expr::getValueKindForType(ResultTy); | ||||||
13341 | ResultTy = ResultTy.getNonLValueExprType(Context); | ||||||
13342 | |||||||
13343 | Args[0] = Input; | ||||||
13344 | CallExpr *TheCall = CXXOperatorCallExpr::Create( | ||||||
13345 | Context, Op, FnExpr.get(), ArgsArray, ResultTy, VK, OpLoc, | ||||||
13346 | CurFPFeatureOverrides(), Best->IsADLCandidate); | ||||||
13347 | |||||||
13348 | if (CheckCallReturnType(FnDecl->getReturnType(), OpLoc, TheCall, FnDecl)) | ||||||
13349 | return ExprError(); | ||||||
13350 | |||||||
13351 | if (CheckFunctionCall(FnDecl, TheCall, | ||||||
13352 | FnDecl->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>())) | ||||||
13353 | return ExprError(); | ||||||
13354 | return CheckForImmediateInvocation(MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall), FnDecl); | ||||||
13355 | } else { | ||||||
13356 | // We matched a built-in operator. Convert the arguments, then | ||||||
13357 | // break out so that we will build the appropriate built-in | ||||||
13358 | // operator node. | ||||||
13359 | ExprResult InputRes = PerformImplicitConversion( | ||||||
13360 | Input, Best->BuiltinParamTypes[0], Best->Conversions[0], AA_Passing, | ||||||
13361 | CCK_ForBuiltinOverloadedOp); | ||||||
13362 | if (InputRes.isInvalid()) | ||||||
13363 | return ExprError(); | ||||||
13364 | Input = InputRes.get(); | ||||||
13365 | break; | ||||||
13366 | } | ||||||
13367 | } | ||||||
13368 | |||||||
13369 | case OR_No_Viable_Function: | ||||||
13370 | // This is an erroneous use of an operator which can be overloaded by | ||||||
13371 | // a non-member function. Check for non-member operators which were | ||||||
13372 | // defined too late to be candidates. | ||||||
13373 | if (DiagnoseTwoPhaseOperatorLookup(*this, Op, OpLoc, ArgsArray)) | ||||||
13374 | // FIXME: Recover by calling the found function. | ||||||
13375 | return ExprError(); | ||||||
13376 | |||||||
13377 | // No viable function; fall through to handling this as a | ||||||
13378 | // built-in operator, which will produce an error message for us. | ||||||
13379 | break; | ||||||
13380 | |||||||
13381 | case OR_Ambiguous: | ||||||
13382 | CandidateSet.NoteCandidates( | ||||||
13383 | PartialDiagnosticAt(OpLoc, | ||||||
13384 | PDiag(diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper_unary) | ||||||
13385 | << UnaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc) | ||||||
13386 | << Input->getType() << Input->getSourceRange()), | ||||||
13387 | *this, OCD_AmbiguousCandidates, ArgsArray, | ||||||
13388 | UnaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc), OpLoc); | ||||||
13389 | return ExprError(); | ||||||
13390 | |||||||
13391 | case OR_Deleted: | ||||||
13392 | CandidateSet.NoteCandidates( | ||||||
13393 | PartialDiagnosticAt(OpLoc, PDiag(diag::err_ovl_deleted_oper) | ||||||
13394 | << UnaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc) | ||||||
13395 | << Input->getSourceRange()), | ||||||
13396 | *this, OCD_AllCandidates, ArgsArray, UnaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc), | ||||||
13397 | OpLoc); | ||||||
13398 | return ExprError(); | ||||||
13399 | } | ||||||
13400 | |||||||
13401 | // Either we found no viable overloaded operator or we matched a | ||||||
13402 | // built-in operator. In either case, fall through to trying to | ||||||
13403 | // build a built-in operation. | ||||||
13404 | return CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, Input); | ||||||
13405 | } | ||||||
13406 | |||||||
13407 | /// Perform lookup for an overloaded binary operator. | ||||||
13408 | void Sema::LookupOverloadedBinOp(OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, | ||||||
13409 | OverloadedOperatorKind Op, | ||||||
13410 | const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns, | ||||||
13411 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, bool PerformADL) { | ||||||
13412 | SourceLocation OpLoc = CandidateSet.getLocation(); | ||||||
13413 | |||||||
13414 | OverloadedOperatorKind ExtraOp = | ||||||
13415 | CandidateSet.getRewriteInfo().AllowRewrittenCandidates | ||||||
13416 | ? getRewrittenOverloadedOperator(Op) | ||||||
13417 | : OO_None; | ||||||
13418 | |||||||
13419 | // Add the candidates from the given function set. This also adds the | ||||||
13420 | // rewritten candidates using these functions if necessary. | ||||||
13421 | AddNonMemberOperatorCandidates(Fns, Args, CandidateSet); | ||||||
13422 | |||||||
13423 | // Add operator candidates that are member functions. | ||||||
13424 | AddMemberOperatorCandidates(Op, OpLoc, Args, CandidateSet); | ||||||
13425 | if (CandidateSet.getRewriteInfo().shouldAddReversed(Op)) | ||||||
13426 | AddMemberOperatorCandidates(Op, OpLoc, {Args[1], Args[0]}, CandidateSet, | ||||||
13427 | OverloadCandidateParamOrder::Reversed); | ||||||
13428 | |||||||
13429 | // In C++20, also add any rewritten member candidates. | ||||||
13430 | if (ExtraOp) { | ||||||
13431 | AddMemberOperatorCandidates(ExtraOp, OpLoc, Args, CandidateSet); | ||||||
13432 | if (CandidateSet.getRewriteInfo().shouldAddReversed(ExtraOp)) | ||||||
13433 | AddMemberOperatorCandidates(ExtraOp, OpLoc, {Args[1], Args[0]}, | ||||||
13434 | CandidateSet, | ||||||
13435 | OverloadCandidateParamOrder::Reversed); | ||||||
13436 | } | ||||||
13437 | |||||||
13438 | // Add candidates from ADL. Per [over.match.oper]p2, this lookup is not | ||||||
13439 | // performed for an assignment operator (nor for operator[] nor operator->, | ||||||
13440 | // which don't get here). | ||||||
13441 | if (Op != OO_Equal && PerformADL) { | ||||||
13442 | DeclarationName OpName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(Op); | ||||||
13443 | AddArgumentDependentLookupCandidates(OpName, OpLoc, Args, | ||||||
13444 | /*ExplicitTemplateArgs*/ nullptr, | ||||||
13445 | CandidateSet); | ||||||
13446 | if (ExtraOp) { | ||||||
13447 | DeclarationName ExtraOpName = | ||||||
13448 | Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(ExtraOp); | ||||||
13449 | AddArgumentDependentLookupCandidates(ExtraOpName, OpLoc, Args, | ||||||
13450 | /*ExplicitTemplateArgs*/ nullptr, | ||||||
13451 | CandidateSet); | ||||||
13452 | } | ||||||
13453 | } | ||||||
13454 | |||||||
13455 | // Add builtin operator candidates. | ||||||
13456 | // | ||||||
13457 | // FIXME: We don't add any rewritten candidates here. This is strictly | ||||||
13458 | // incorrect; a builtin candidate could be hidden by a non-viable candidate, | ||||||
13459 | // resulting in our selecting a rewritten builtin candidate. For example: | ||||||
13460 | // | ||||||
13461 | // enum class E { e }; | ||||||
13462 | // bool operator!=(E, E) requires false; | ||||||
13463 | // bool k = E::e != E::e; | ||||||
13464 | // | ||||||
13465 | // ... should select the rewritten builtin candidate 'operator==(E, E)'. But | ||||||
13466 | // it seems unreasonable to consider rewritten builtin candidates. A core | ||||||
13467 | // issue has been filed proposing to removed this requirement. | ||||||
13468 | AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(Op, OpLoc, Args, CandidateSet); | ||||||
13469 | } | ||||||
13470 | |||||||
13471 | /// Create a binary operation that may resolve to an overloaded | ||||||
13472 | /// operator. | ||||||
13473 | /// | ||||||
13474 | /// \param OpLoc The location of the operator itself (e.g., '+'). | ||||||
13475 | /// | ||||||
13476 | /// \param Opc The BinaryOperatorKind that describes this operator. | ||||||
13477 | /// | ||||||
13478 | /// \param Fns The set of non-member functions that will be | ||||||
13479 | /// considered by overload resolution. The caller needs to build this | ||||||
13480 | /// set based on the context using, e.g., | ||||||
13481 | /// LookupOverloadedOperatorName() and ArgumentDependentLookup(). This | ||||||
13482 | /// set should not contain any member functions; those will be added | ||||||
13483 | /// by CreateOverloadedBinOp(). | ||||||
13484 | /// | ||||||
13485 | /// \param LHS Left-hand argument. | ||||||
13486 | /// \param RHS Right-hand argument. | ||||||
13487 | /// \param PerformADL Whether to consider operator candidates found by ADL. | ||||||
13488 | /// \param AllowRewrittenCandidates Whether to consider candidates found by | ||||||
13489 | /// C++20 operator rewrites. | ||||||
13490 | /// \param DefaultedFn If we are synthesizing a defaulted operator function, | ||||||
13491 | /// the function in question. Such a function is never a candidate in | ||||||
13492 | /// our overload resolution. This also enables synthesizing a three-way | ||||||
13493 | /// comparison from < and == as described in C++20 [class.spaceship]p1. | ||||||
13494 | ExprResult Sema::CreateOverloadedBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, | ||||||
13495 | BinaryOperatorKind Opc, | ||||||
13496 | const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns, Expr *LHS, | ||||||
13497 | Expr *RHS, bool PerformADL, | ||||||
13498 | bool AllowRewrittenCandidates, | ||||||
13499 | FunctionDecl *DefaultedFn) { | ||||||
13500 | Expr *Args[2] = { LHS, RHS }; | ||||||
13501 | LHS=RHS=nullptr; // Please use only Args instead of LHS/RHS couple | ||||||
13502 | |||||||
13503 | if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20) | ||||||
13504 | AllowRewrittenCandidates = false; | ||||||
13505 | |||||||
13506 | OverloadedOperatorKind Op = BinaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc); | ||||||
13507 | |||||||
13508 | // If either side is type-dependent, create an appropriate dependent | ||||||
13509 | // expression. | ||||||
13510 | if (Args[0]->isTypeDependent() || Args[1]->isTypeDependent()) { | ||||||
13511 | if (Fns.empty()) { | ||||||
13512 | // If there are no functions to store, just build a dependent | ||||||
13513 | // BinaryOperator or CompoundAssignment. | ||||||
13514 | if (BinaryOperator::isCompoundAssignmentOp(Opc)) | ||||||
13515 | return CompoundAssignOperator::Create( | ||||||
13516 | Context, Args[0], Args[1], Opc, Context.DependentTy, VK_LValue, | ||||||
13517 | OK_Ordinary, OpLoc, CurFPFeatureOverrides(), Context.DependentTy, | ||||||
13518 | Context.DependentTy); | ||||||
13519 | return BinaryOperator::Create( | ||||||
13520 | Context, Args[0], Args[1], Opc, Context.DependentTy, VK_PRValue, | ||||||
13521 | OK_Ordinary, OpLoc, CurFPFeatureOverrides()); | ||||||
13522 | } | ||||||
13523 | |||||||
13524 | // FIXME: save results of ADL from here? | ||||||
13525 | CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass = nullptr; // lookup ignores member operators | ||||||
13526 | // TODO: provide better source location info in DNLoc component. | ||||||
13527 | DeclarationName OpName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(Op); | ||||||
13528 | DeclarationNameInfo OpNameInfo(OpName, OpLoc); | ||||||
13529 | ExprResult Fn = CreateUnresolvedLookupExpr( | ||||||
13530 | NamingClass, NestedNameSpecifierLoc(), OpNameInfo, Fns, PerformADL); | ||||||
13531 | if (Fn.isInvalid()) | ||||||
13532 | return ExprError(); | ||||||
13533 | return CXXOperatorCallExpr::Create(Context, Op, Fn.get(), Args, | ||||||
13534 | Context.DependentTy, VK_PRValue, OpLoc, | ||||||
13535 | CurFPFeatureOverrides()); | ||||||
13536 | } | ||||||
13537 | |||||||
13538 | // Always do placeholder-like conversions on the RHS. | ||||||
13539 | if (checkPlaceholderForOverload(*this, Args[1])) | ||||||
13540 | return ExprError(); | ||||||
13541 | |||||||
13542 | // Do placeholder-like conversion on the LHS; note that we should | ||||||
13543 | // not get here with a PseudoObject LHS. | ||||||
13544 | assert(Args[0]->getObjectKind() != OK_ObjCProperty)(static_cast <bool> (Args[0]->getObjectKind() != OK_ObjCProperty ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Args[0]->getObjectKind() != OK_ObjCProperty" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 13544, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
13545 | if (checkPlaceholderForOverload(*this, Args[0])) | ||||||
13546 | return ExprError(); | ||||||
13547 | |||||||
13548 | // If this is the assignment operator, we only perform overload resolution | ||||||
13549 | // if the left-hand side is a class or enumeration type. This is actually | ||||||
13550 | // a hack. The standard requires that we do overload resolution between the | ||||||
13551 | // various built-in candidates, but as DR507 points out, this can lead to | ||||||
13552 | // problems. So we do it this way, which pretty much follows what GCC does. | ||||||
13553 | // Note that we go the traditional code path for compound assignment forms. | ||||||
13554 | if (Opc == BO_Assign && !Args[0]->getType()->isOverloadableType()) | ||||||
13555 | return CreateBuiltinBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, Args[0], Args[1]); | ||||||
13556 | |||||||
13557 | // If this is the .* operator, which is not overloadable, just | ||||||
13558 | // create a built-in binary operator. | ||||||
13559 | if (Opc == BO_PtrMemD) | ||||||
13560 | return CreateBuiltinBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, Args[0], Args[1]); | ||||||
13561 | |||||||
13562 | // Build the overload set. | ||||||
13563 | OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet( | ||||||
13564 | OpLoc, OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Operator, | ||||||
13565 | OverloadCandidateSet::OperatorRewriteInfo(Op, AllowRewrittenCandidates)); | ||||||
13566 | if (DefaultedFn) | ||||||
13567 | CandidateSet.exclude(DefaultedFn); | ||||||
13568 | LookupOverloadedBinOp(CandidateSet, Op, Fns, Args, PerformADL); | ||||||
13569 | |||||||
13570 | bool HadMultipleCandidates = (CandidateSet.size() > 1); | ||||||
13571 | |||||||
13572 | // Perform overload resolution. | ||||||
13573 | OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best; | ||||||
13574 | switch (CandidateSet.BestViableFunction(*this, OpLoc, Best)) { | ||||||
13575 | case OR_Success: { | ||||||
13576 | // We found a built-in operator or an overloaded operator. | ||||||
13577 | FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function; | ||||||
13578 | |||||||
13579 | bool IsReversed = Best->isReversed(); | ||||||
13580 | if (IsReversed) | ||||||
13581 | std::swap(Args[0], Args[1]); | ||||||
13582 | |||||||
13583 | if (FnDecl) { | ||||||
13584 | Expr *Base = nullptr; | ||||||
13585 | // We matched an overloaded operator. Build a call to that | ||||||
13586 | // operator. | ||||||
13587 | |||||||
13588 | OverloadedOperatorKind ChosenOp = | ||||||
13589 | FnDecl->getDeclName().getCXXOverloadedOperator(); | ||||||
13590 | |||||||
13591 | // C++2a [over.match.oper]p9: | ||||||
13592 | // If a rewritten operator== candidate is selected by overload | ||||||
13593 | // resolution for an operator@, its return type shall be cv bool | ||||||
13594 | if (Best->RewriteKind && ChosenOp == OO_EqualEqual && | ||||||
13595 | !FnDecl->getReturnType()->isBooleanType()) { | ||||||
13596 | bool IsExtension = | ||||||
13597 | FnDecl->getReturnType()->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType(); | ||||||
13598 | Diag(OpLoc, IsExtension ? diag::ext_ovl_rewrite_equalequal_not_bool | ||||||
13599 | : diag::err_ovl_rewrite_equalequal_not_bool) | ||||||
13600 | << FnDecl->getReturnType() << BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc) | ||||||
13601 | << Args[0]->getSourceRange() << Args[1]->getSourceRange(); | ||||||
13602 | Diag(FnDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at); | ||||||
13603 | if (!IsExtension) | ||||||
13604 | return ExprError(); | ||||||
13605 | } | ||||||
13606 | |||||||
13607 | if (AllowRewrittenCandidates && !IsReversed && | ||||||
13608 | CandidateSet.getRewriteInfo().isReversible()) { | ||||||
13609 | // We could have reversed this operator, but didn't. Check if some | ||||||
13610 | // reversed form was a viable candidate, and if so, if it had a | ||||||
13611 | // better conversion for either parameter. If so, this call is | ||||||
13612 | // formally ambiguous, and allowing it is an extension. | ||||||
13613 | llvm::SmallVector<FunctionDecl*, 4> AmbiguousWith; | ||||||
13614 | for (OverloadCandidate &Cand : CandidateSet) { | ||||||
13615 | if (Cand.Viable && Cand.Function && Cand.isReversed() && | ||||||
13616 | haveSameParameterTypes(Context, Cand.Function, FnDecl, 2)) { | ||||||
13617 | for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx < 2; ++ArgIdx) { | ||||||
13618 | if (CompareImplicitConversionSequences( | ||||||
13619 | *this, OpLoc, Cand.Conversions[ArgIdx], | ||||||
13620 | Best->Conversions[ArgIdx]) == | ||||||
13621 | ImplicitConversionSequence::Better) { | ||||||
13622 | AmbiguousWith.push_back(Cand.Function); | ||||||
13623 | break; | ||||||
13624 | } | ||||||
13625 | } | ||||||
13626 | } | ||||||
13627 | } | ||||||
13628 | |||||||
13629 | if (!AmbiguousWith.empty()) { | ||||||
13630 | bool AmbiguousWithSelf = | ||||||
13631 | AmbiguousWith.size() == 1 && | ||||||
13632 | declaresSameEntity(AmbiguousWith.front(), FnDecl); | ||||||
13633 | Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_ovl_ambiguous_oper_binary_reversed) | ||||||
13634 | << BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc) | ||||||
13635 | << Args[0]->getType() << Args[1]->getType() << AmbiguousWithSelf | ||||||
13636 | << Args[0]->getSourceRange() << Args[1]->getSourceRange(); | ||||||
13637 | if (AmbiguousWithSelf) { | ||||||
13638 | Diag(FnDecl->getLocation(), | ||||||
13639 | diag::note_ovl_ambiguous_oper_binary_reversed_self); | ||||||
13640 | } else { | ||||||
13641 | Diag(FnDecl->getLocation(), | ||||||
13642 | diag::note_ovl_ambiguous_oper_binary_selected_candidate); | ||||||
13643 | for (auto *F : AmbiguousWith) | ||||||
13644 | Diag(F->getLocation(), | ||||||
13645 | diag::note_ovl_ambiguous_oper_binary_reversed_candidate); | ||||||
13646 | } | ||||||
13647 | } | ||||||
13648 | } | ||||||
13649 | |||||||
13650 | // Convert the arguments. | ||||||
13651 | if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl)) { | ||||||
13652 | // Best->Access is only meaningful for class members. | ||||||
13653 | CheckMemberOperatorAccess(OpLoc, Args[0], Args[1], Best->FoundDecl); | ||||||
13654 | |||||||
13655 | ExprResult Arg1 = | ||||||
13656 | PerformCopyInitialization( | ||||||
13657 | InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(Context, | ||||||
13658 | FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)), | ||||||
13659 | SourceLocation(), Args[1]); | ||||||
13660 | if (Arg1.isInvalid()) | ||||||
13661 | return ExprError(); | ||||||
13662 | |||||||
13663 | ExprResult Arg0 = | ||||||
13664 | PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Args[0], /*Qualifier=*/nullptr, | ||||||
13665 | Best->FoundDecl, Method); | ||||||
13666 | if (Arg0.isInvalid()) | ||||||
13667 | return ExprError(); | ||||||
13668 | Base = Args[0] = Arg0.getAs<Expr>(); | ||||||
13669 | Args[1] = RHS = Arg1.getAs<Expr>(); | ||||||
13670 | } else { | ||||||
13671 | // Convert the arguments. | ||||||
13672 | ExprResult Arg0 = PerformCopyInitialization( | ||||||
13673 | InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(Context, | ||||||
13674 | FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)), | ||||||
13675 | SourceLocation(), Args[0]); | ||||||
13676 | if (Arg0.isInvalid()) | ||||||
13677 | return ExprError(); | ||||||
13678 | |||||||
13679 | ExprResult Arg1 = | ||||||
13680 | PerformCopyInitialization( | ||||||
13681 | InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(Context, | ||||||
13682 | FnDecl->getParamDecl(1)), | ||||||
13683 | SourceLocation(), Args[1]); | ||||||
13684 | if (Arg1.isInvalid()) | ||||||
13685 | return ExprError(); | ||||||
13686 | Args[0] = LHS = Arg0.getAs<Expr>(); | ||||||
13687 | Args[1] = RHS = Arg1.getAs<Expr>(); | ||||||
13688 | } | ||||||
13689 | |||||||
13690 | // Build the actual expression node. | ||||||
13691 | ExprResult FnExpr = CreateFunctionRefExpr(*this, FnDecl, | ||||||
13692 | Best->FoundDecl, Base, | ||||||
13693 | HadMultipleCandidates, OpLoc); | ||||||
13694 | if (FnExpr.isInvalid()) | ||||||
13695 | return ExprError(); | ||||||
13696 | |||||||
13697 | // Determine the result type. | ||||||
13698 | QualType ResultTy = FnDecl->getReturnType(); | ||||||
13699 | ExprValueKind VK = Expr::getValueKindForType(ResultTy); | ||||||
13700 | ResultTy = ResultTy.getNonLValueExprType(Context); | ||||||
13701 | |||||||
13702 | CXXOperatorCallExpr *TheCall = CXXOperatorCallExpr::Create( | ||||||
13703 | Context, ChosenOp, FnExpr.get(), Args, ResultTy, VK, OpLoc, | ||||||
13704 | CurFPFeatureOverrides(), Best->IsADLCandidate); | ||||||
13705 | |||||||
13706 | if (CheckCallReturnType(FnDecl->getReturnType(), OpLoc, TheCall, | ||||||
13707 | FnDecl)) | ||||||
13708 | return ExprError(); | ||||||
13709 | |||||||
13710 | ArrayRef<const Expr *> ArgsArray(Args, 2); | ||||||
13711 | const Expr *ImplicitThis = nullptr; | ||||||
13712 | // Cut off the implicit 'this'. | ||||||
13713 | if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl)) { | ||||||
13714 | ImplicitThis = ArgsArray[0]; | ||||||
13715 | ArgsArray = ArgsArray.slice(1); | ||||||
13716 | } | ||||||
13717 | |||||||
13718 | // Check for a self move. | ||||||
13719 | if (Op == OO_Equal) | ||||||
13720 | DiagnoseSelfMove(Args[0], Args[1], OpLoc); | ||||||
13721 | |||||||
13722 | if (ImplicitThis) { | ||||||
13723 | QualType ThisType = Context.getPointerType(ImplicitThis->getType()); | ||||||
13724 | QualType ThisTypeFromDecl = Context.getPointerType( | ||||||
13725 | cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl)->getThisObjectType()); | ||||||
13726 | |||||||
13727 | CheckArgAlignment(OpLoc, FnDecl, "'this'", ThisType, | ||||||
13728 | ThisTypeFromDecl); | ||||||
13729 | } | ||||||
13730 | |||||||
13731 | checkCall(FnDecl, nullptr, ImplicitThis, ArgsArray, | ||||||
13732 | isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl), OpLoc, TheCall->getSourceRange(), | ||||||
13733 | VariadicDoesNotApply); | ||||||
13734 | |||||||
13735 | ExprResult R = MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall); | ||||||
13736 | if (R.isInvalid()) | ||||||
13737 | return ExprError(); | ||||||
13738 | |||||||
13739 | R = CheckForImmediateInvocation(R, FnDecl); | ||||||
13740 | if (R.isInvalid()) | ||||||
13741 | return ExprError(); | ||||||
13742 | |||||||
13743 | // For a rewritten candidate, we've already reversed the arguments | ||||||
13744 | // if needed. Perform the rest of the rewrite now. | ||||||
13745 | if ((Best->RewriteKind & CRK_DifferentOperator) || | ||||||
13746 | (Op == OO_Spaceship && IsReversed)) { | ||||||
13747 | if (Op == OO_ExclaimEqual) { | ||||||
13748 | assert(ChosenOp == OO_EqualEqual && "unexpected operator name")(static_cast <bool> (ChosenOp == OO_EqualEqual && "unexpected operator name") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("ChosenOp == OO_EqualEqual && \"unexpected operator name\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 13748, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
13749 | R = CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, UO_LNot, R.get()); | ||||||
13750 | } else { | ||||||
13751 | assert(ChosenOp == OO_Spaceship && "unexpected operator name")(static_cast <bool> (ChosenOp == OO_Spaceship && "unexpected operator name") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("ChosenOp == OO_Spaceship && \"unexpected operator name\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 13751, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
13752 | llvm::APSInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy), false); | ||||||
13753 | Expr *ZeroLiteral = | ||||||
13754 | IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.IntTy, OpLoc); | ||||||
13755 | |||||||
13756 | Sema::CodeSynthesisContext Ctx; | ||||||
13757 | Ctx.Kind = Sema::CodeSynthesisContext::RewritingOperatorAsSpaceship; | ||||||
13758 | Ctx.Entity = FnDecl; | ||||||
13759 | pushCodeSynthesisContext(Ctx); | ||||||
13760 | |||||||
13761 | R = CreateOverloadedBinOp( | ||||||
13762 | OpLoc, Opc, Fns, IsReversed ? ZeroLiteral : R.get(), | ||||||
13763 | IsReversed ? R.get() : ZeroLiteral, PerformADL, | ||||||
13764 | /*AllowRewrittenCandidates=*/false); | ||||||
13765 | |||||||
13766 | popCodeSynthesisContext(); | ||||||
13767 | } | ||||||
13768 | if (R.isInvalid()) | ||||||
13769 | return ExprError(); | ||||||
13770 | } else { | ||||||
13771 | assert(ChosenOp == Op && "unexpected operator name")(static_cast <bool> (ChosenOp == Op && "unexpected operator name" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("ChosenOp == Op && \"unexpected operator name\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 13771, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
13772 | } | ||||||
13773 | |||||||
13774 | // Make a note in the AST if we did any rewriting. | ||||||
13775 | if (Best->RewriteKind != CRK_None) | ||||||
13776 | R = new (Context) CXXRewrittenBinaryOperator(R.get(), IsReversed); | ||||||
13777 | |||||||
13778 | return R; | ||||||
13779 | } else { | ||||||
13780 | // We matched a built-in operator. Convert the arguments, then | ||||||
13781 | // break out so that we will build the appropriate built-in | ||||||
13782 | // operator node. | ||||||
13783 | ExprResult ArgsRes0 = PerformImplicitConversion( | ||||||
13784 | Args[0], Best->BuiltinParamTypes[0], Best->Conversions[0], | ||||||
13785 | AA_Passing, CCK_ForBuiltinOverloadedOp); | ||||||
13786 | if (ArgsRes0.isInvalid()) | ||||||
13787 | return ExprError(); | ||||||
13788 | Args[0] = ArgsRes0.get(); | ||||||
13789 | |||||||
13790 | ExprResult ArgsRes1 = PerformImplicitConversion( | ||||||
13791 | Args[1], Best->BuiltinParamTypes[1], Best->Conversions[1], | ||||||
13792 | AA_Passing, CCK_ForBuiltinOverloadedOp); | ||||||
13793 | if (ArgsRes1.isInvalid()) | ||||||
13794 | return ExprError(); | ||||||
13795 | Args[1] = ArgsRes1.get(); | ||||||
13796 | break; | ||||||
13797 | } | ||||||
13798 | } | ||||||
13799 | |||||||
13800 | case OR_No_Viable_Function: { | ||||||
13801 | // C++ [over.match.oper]p9: | ||||||
13802 | // If the operator is the operator , [...] and there are no | ||||||
13803 | // viable functions, then the operator is assumed to be the | ||||||
13804 | // built-in operator and interpreted according to clause 5. | ||||||
13805 | if (Opc == BO_Comma) | ||||||
13806 | break; | ||||||
13807 | |||||||
13808 | // When defaulting an 'operator<=>', we can try to synthesize a three-way | ||||||
13809 | // compare result using '==' and '<'. | ||||||
13810 | if (DefaultedFn && Opc == BO_Cmp) { | ||||||
13811 | ExprResult E = BuildSynthesizedThreeWayComparison(OpLoc, Fns, Args[0], | ||||||
13812 | Args[1], DefaultedFn); | ||||||
13813 | if (E.isInvalid() || E.isUsable()) | ||||||
13814 | return E; | ||||||
13815 | } | ||||||
13816 | |||||||
13817 | // For class as left operand for assignment or compound assignment | ||||||
13818 | // operator do not fall through to handling in built-in, but report that | ||||||
13819 | // no overloaded assignment operator found | ||||||
13820 | ExprResult Result = ExprError(); | ||||||
13821 | StringRef OpcStr = BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc); | ||||||
13822 | auto Cands = CandidateSet.CompleteCandidates(*this, OCD_AllCandidates, | ||||||
13823 | Args, OpLoc); | ||||||
13824 | DeferDiagsRAII DDR(*this, | ||||||
13825 | CandidateSet.shouldDeferDiags(*this, Args, OpLoc)); | ||||||
13826 | if (Args[0]->getType()->isRecordType() && | ||||||
13827 | Opc >= BO_Assign && Opc <= BO_OrAssign) { | ||||||
13828 | Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_no_viable_oper) | ||||||
13829 | << BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc) | ||||||
13830 | << Args[0]->getSourceRange() << Args[1]->getSourceRange(); | ||||||
13831 | if (Args[0]->getType()->isIncompleteType()) { | ||||||
13832 | Diag(OpLoc, diag::note_assign_lhs_incomplete) | ||||||
13833 | << Args[0]->getType() | ||||||
13834 | << Args[0]->getSourceRange() << Args[1]->getSourceRange(); | ||||||
13835 | } | ||||||
13836 | } else { | ||||||
13837 | // This is an erroneous use of an operator which can be overloaded by | ||||||
13838 | // a non-member function. Check for non-member operators which were | ||||||
13839 | // defined too late to be candidates. | ||||||
13840 | if (DiagnoseTwoPhaseOperatorLookup(*this, Op, OpLoc, Args)) | ||||||
13841 | // FIXME: Recover by calling the found function. | ||||||
13842 | return ExprError(); | ||||||
13843 | |||||||
13844 | // No viable function; try to create a built-in operation, which will | ||||||
13845 | // produce an error. Then, show the non-viable candidates. | ||||||
13846 | Result = CreateBuiltinBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, Args[0], Args[1]); | ||||||
13847 | } | ||||||
13848 | assert(Result.isInvalid() &&(static_cast <bool> (Result.isInvalid() && "C++ binary operator overloading is missing candidates!" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Result.isInvalid() && \"C++ binary operator overloading is missing candidates!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 13849, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||
13849 | "C++ binary operator overloading is missing candidates!")(static_cast <bool> (Result.isInvalid() && "C++ binary operator overloading is missing candidates!" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Result.isInvalid() && \"C++ binary operator overloading is missing candidates!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 13849, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
13850 | CandidateSet.NoteCandidates(*this, Args, Cands, OpcStr, OpLoc); | ||||||
13851 | return Result; | ||||||
13852 | } | ||||||
13853 | |||||||
13854 | case OR_Ambiguous: | ||||||
13855 | CandidateSet.NoteCandidates( | ||||||
13856 | PartialDiagnosticAt(OpLoc, PDiag(diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper_binary) | ||||||
13857 | << BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc) | ||||||
13858 | << Args[0]->getType() | ||||||
13859 | << Args[1]->getType() | ||||||
13860 | << Args[0]->getSourceRange() | ||||||
13861 | << Args[1]->getSourceRange()), | ||||||
13862 | *this, OCD_AmbiguousCandidates, Args, BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc), | ||||||
13863 | OpLoc); | ||||||
13864 | return ExprError(); | ||||||
13865 | |||||||
13866 | case OR_Deleted: | ||||||
13867 | if (isImplicitlyDeleted(Best->Function)) { | ||||||
13868 | FunctionDecl *DeletedFD = Best->Function; | ||||||
13869 | DefaultedFunctionKind DFK = getDefaultedFunctionKind(DeletedFD); | ||||||
13870 | if (DFK.isSpecialMember()) { | ||||||
13871 | Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_special_oper) | ||||||
13872 | << Args[0]->getType() << DFK.asSpecialMember(); | ||||||
13873 | } else { | ||||||
13874 | assert(DFK.isComparison())(static_cast <bool> (DFK.isComparison()) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("DFK.isComparison()", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 13874, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
13875 | Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_comparison) | ||||||
13876 | << Args[0]->getType() << DeletedFD; | ||||||
13877 | } | ||||||
13878 | |||||||
13879 | // The user probably meant to call this special member. Just | ||||||
13880 | // explain why it's deleted. | ||||||
13881 | NoteDeletedFunction(DeletedFD); | ||||||
13882 | return ExprError(); | ||||||
13883 | } | ||||||
13884 | CandidateSet.NoteCandidates( | ||||||
13885 | PartialDiagnosticAt( | ||||||
13886 | OpLoc, PDiag(diag::err_ovl_deleted_oper) | ||||||
13887 | << getOperatorSpelling(Best->Function->getDeclName() | ||||||
13888 | .getCXXOverloadedOperator()) | ||||||
13889 | << Args[0]->getSourceRange() | ||||||
13890 | << Args[1]->getSourceRange()), | ||||||
13891 | *this, OCD_AllCandidates, Args, BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc), | ||||||
13892 | OpLoc); | ||||||
13893 | return ExprError(); | ||||||
13894 | } | ||||||
13895 | |||||||
13896 | // We matched a built-in operator; build it. | ||||||
13897 | return CreateBuiltinBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, Args[0], Args[1]); | ||||||
13898 | } | ||||||
13899 | |||||||
13900 | ExprResult Sema::BuildSynthesizedThreeWayComparison( | ||||||
13901 | SourceLocation OpLoc, const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns, Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS, | ||||||
13902 | FunctionDecl *DefaultedFn) { | ||||||
13903 | const ComparisonCategoryInfo *Info = | ||||||
13904 | Context.CompCategories.lookupInfoForType(DefaultedFn->getReturnType()); | ||||||
13905 | // If we're not producing a known comparison category type, we can't | ||||||
13906 | // synthesize a three-way comparison. Let the caller diagnose this. | ||||||
13907 | if (!Info) | ||||||
13908 | return ExprResult((Expr*)nullptr); | ||||||
13909 | |||||||
13910 | // If we ever want to perform this synthesis more generally, we will need to | ||||||
13911 | // apply the temporary materialization conversion to the operands. | ||||||
13912 | assert(LHS->isGLValue() && RHS->isGLValue() &&(static_cast <bool> (LHS->isGLValue() && RHS ->isGLValue() && "cannot use prvalue expressions more than once" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("LHS->isGLValue() && RHS->isGLValue() && \"cannot use prvalue expressions more than once\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 13913, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||
13913 | "cannot use prvalue expressions more than once")(static_cast <bool> (LHS->isGLValue() && RHS ->isGLValue() && "cannot use prvalue expressions more than once" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("LHS->isGLValue() && RHS->isGLValue() && \"cannot use prvalue expressions more than once\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 13913, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
13914 | Expr *OrigLHS = LHS; | ||||||
13915 | Expr *OrigRHS = RHS; | ||||||
13916 | |||||||
13917 | // Replace the LHS and RHS with OpaqueValueExprs; we're going to refer to | ||||||
13918 | // each of them multiple times below. | ||||||
13919 | LHS = new (Context) | ||||||
13920 | OpaqueValueExpr(LHS->getExprLoc(), LHS->getType(), LHS->getValueKind(), | ||||||
13921 | LHS->getObjectKind(), LHS); | ||||||
13922 | RHS = new (Context) | ||||||
13923 | OpaqueValueExpr(RHS->getExprLoc(), RHS->getType(), RHS->getValueKind(), | ||||||
13924 | RHS->getObjectKind(), RHS); | ||||||
13925 | |||||||
13926 | ExprResult Eq = CreateOverloadedBinOp(OpLoc, BO_EQ, Fns, LHS, RHS, true, true, | ||||||
13927 | DefaultedFn); | ||||||
13928 | if (Eq.isInvalid()) | ||||||
13929 | return ExprError(); | ||||||
13930 | |||||||
13931 | ExprResult Less = CreateOverloadedBinOp(OpLoc, BO_LT, Fns, LHS, RHS, true, | ||||||
13932 | true, DefaultedFn); | ||||||
13933 | if (Less.isInvalid()) | ||||||
13934 | return ExprError(); | ||||||
13935 | |||||||
13936 | ExprResult Greater; | ||||||
13937 | if (Info->isPartial()) { | ||||||
13938 | Greater = CreateOverloadedBinOp(OpLoc, BO_LT, Fns, RHS, LHS, true, true, | ||||||
13939 | DefaultedFn); | ||||||
13940 | if (Greater.isInvalid()) | ||||||
13941 | return ExprError(); | ||||||
13942 | } | ||||||
13943 | |||||||
13944 | // Form the list of comparisons we're going to perform. | ||||||
13945 | struct Comparison { | ||||||
13946 | ExprResult Cmp; | ||||||
13947 | ComparisonCategoryResult Result; | ||||||
13948 | } Comparisons[4] = | ||||||
13949 | { {Eq, Info->isStrong() ? ComparisonCategoryResult::Equal | ||||||
13950 | : ComparisonCategoryResult::Equivalent}, | ||||||
13951 | {Less, ComparisonCategoryResult::Less}, | ||||||
13952 | {Greater, ComparisonCategoryResult::Greater}, | ||||||
13953 | {ExprResult(), ComparisonCategoryResult::Unordered}, | ||||||
13954 | }; | ||||||
13955 | |||||||
13956 | int I = Info->isPartial() ? 3 : 2; | ||||||
13957 | |||||||
13958 | // Combine the comparisons with suitable conditional expressions. | ||||||
13959 | ExprResult Result; | ||||||
13960 | for (; I >= 0; --I) { | ||||||
13961 | // Build a reference to the comparison category constant. | ||||||
13962 | auto *VI = Info->lookupValueInfo(Comparisons[I].Result); | ||||||
13963 | // FIXME: Missing a constant for a comparison category. Diagnose this? | ||||||
13964 | if (!VI) | ||||||
13965 | return ExprResult((Expr*)nullptr); | ||||||
13966 | ExprResult ThisResult = | ||||||
13967 | BuildDeclarationNameExpr(CXXScopeSpec(), DeclarationNameInfo(), VI->VD); | ||||||
13968 | if (ThisResult.isInvalid()) | ||||||
13969 | return ExprError(); | ||||||
13970 | |||||||
13971 | // Build a conditional unless this is the final case. | ||||||
13972 | if (Result.get()) { | ||||||
13973 | Result = ActOnConditionalOp(OpLoc, OpLoc, Comparisons[I].Cmp.get(), | ||||||
13974 | ThisResult.get(), Result.get()); | ||||||
13975 | if (Result.isInvalid()) | ||||||
13976 | return ExprError(); | ||||||
13977 | } else { | ||||||
13978 | Result = ThisResult; | ||||||
13979 | } | ||||||
13980 | } | ||||||
13981 | |||||||
13982 | // Build a PseudoObjectExpr to model the rewriting of an <=> operator, and to | ||||||
13983 | // bind the OpaqueValueExprs before they're (repeatedly) used. | ||||||
13984 | Expr *SyntacticForm = BinaryOperator::Create( | ||||||
13985 | Context, OrigLHS, OrigRHS, BO_Cmp, Result.get()->getType(), | ||||||
13986 | Result.get()->getValueKind(), Result.get()->getObjectKind(), OpLoc, | ||||||
13987 | CurFPFeatureOverrides()); | ||||||
13988 | Expr *SemanticForm[] = {LHS, RHS, Result.get()}; | ||||||
13989 | return PseudoObjectExpr::Create(Context, SyntacticForm, SemanticForm, 2); | ||||||
13990 | } | ||||||
13991 | |||||||
13992 | ExprResult | ||||||
13993 | Sema::CreateOverloadedArraySubscriptExpr(SourceLocation LLoc, | ||||||
13994 | SourceLocation RLoc, | ||||||
13995 | Expr *Base, Expr *Idx) { | ||||||
13996 | Expr *Args[2] = { Base, Idx }; | ||||||
13997 | DeclarationName OpName = | ||||||
13998 | Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Subscript); | ||||||
13999 | |||||||
14000 | // If either side is type-dependent, create an appropriate dependent | ||||||
14001 | // expression. | ||||||
14002 | if (Args[0]->isTypeDependent() || Args[1]->isTypeDependent()) { | ||||||
14003 | |||||||
14004 | CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass = nullptr; // lookup ignores member operators | ||||||
14005 | // CHECKME: no 'operator' keyword? | ||||||
14006 | DeclarationNameInfo OpNameInfo(OpName, LLoc); | ||||||
14007 | OpNameInfo.setCXXOperatorNameRange(SourceRange(LLoc, RLoc)); | ||||||
14008 | ExprResult Fn = CreateUnresolvedLookupExpr( | ||||||
14009 | NamingClass, NestedNameSpecifierLoc(), OpNameInfo, UnresolvedSet<0>()); | ||||||
14010 | if (Fn.isInvalid()) | ||||||
14011 | return ExprError(); | ||||||
14012 | // Can't add any actual overloads yet | ||||||
14013 | |||||||
14014 | return CXXOperatorCallExpr::Create(Context, OO_Subscript, Fn.get(), Args, | ||||||
14015 | Context.DependentTy, VK_PRValue, RLoc, | ||||||
14016 | CurFPFeatureOverrides()); | ||||||
14017 | } | ||||||
14018 | |||||||
14019 | // Handle placeholders on both operands. | ||||||
14020 | if (checkPlaceholderForOverload(*this, Args[0])) | ||||||
14021 | return ExprError(); | ||||||
14022 | if (checkPlaceholderForOverload(*this, Args[1])) | ||||||
14023 | return ExprError(); | ||||||
14024 | |||||||
14025 | // Build an empty overload set. | ||||||
14026 | OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet(LLoc, OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Operator); | ||||||
14027 | |||||||
14028 | // Subscript can only be overloaded as a member function. | ||||||
14029 | |||||||
14030 | // Add operator candidates that are member functions. | ||||||
14031 | AddMemberOperatorCandidates(OO_Subscript, LLoc, Args, CandidateSet); | ||||||
14032 | |||||||
14033 | // Add builtin operator candidates. | ||||||
14034 | AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(OO_Subscript, LLoc, Args, CandidateSet); | ||||||
14035 | |||||||
14036 | bool HadMultipleCandidates = (CandidateSet.size() > 1); | ||||||
14037 | |||||||
14038 | // Perform overload resolution. | ||||||
14039 | OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best; | ||||||
14040 | switch (CandidateSet.BestViableFunction(*this, LLoc, Best)) { | ||||||
14041 | case OR_Success: { | ||||||
14042 | // We found a built-in operator or an overloaded operator. | ||||||
14043 | FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function; | ||||||
14044 | |||||||
14045 | if (FnDecl) { | ||||||
14046 | // We matched an overloaded operator. Build a call to that | ||||||
14047 | // operator. | ||||||
14048 | |||||||
14049 | CheckMemberOperatorAccess(LLoc, Args[0], Args[1], Best->FoundDecl); | ||||||
14050 | |||||||
14051 | // Convert the arguments. | ||||||
14052 | CXXMethodDecl *Method = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl); | ||||||
14053 | ExprResult Arg0 = | ||||||
14054 | PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Args[0], /*Qualifier=*/nullptr, | ||||||
14055 | Best->FoundDecl, Method); | ||||||
14056 | if (Arg0.isInvalid()) | ||||||
14057 | return ExprError(); | ||||||
14058 | Args[0] = Arg0.get(); | ||||||
14059 | |||||||
14060 | // Convert the arguments. | ||||||
14061 | ExprResult InputInit | ||||||
14062 | = PerformCopyInitialization(InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter( | ||||||
14063 | Context, | ||||||
14064 | FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)), | ||||||
14065 | SourceLocation(), | ||||||
14066 | Args[1]); | ||||||
14067 | if (InputInit.isInvalid()) | ||||||
14068 | return ExprError(); | ||||||
14069 | |||||||
14070 | Args[1] = InputInit.getAs<Expr>(); | ||||||
14071 | |||||||
14072 | // Build the actual expression node. | ||||||
14073 | DeclarationNameInfo OpLocInfo(OpName, LLoc); | ||||||
14074 | OpLocInfo.setCXXOperatorNameRange(SourceRange(LLoc, RLoc)); | ||||||
14075 | ExprResult FnExpr = CreateFunctionRefExpr(*this, FnDecl, | ||||||
14076 | Best->FoundDecl, | ||||||
14077 | Base, | ||||||
14078 | HadMultipleCandidates, | ||||||
14079 | OpLocInfo.getLoc(), | ||||||
14080 | OpLocInfo.getInfo()); | ||||||
14081 | if (FnExpr.isInvalid()) | ||||||
14082 | return ExprError(); | ||||||
14083 | |||||||
14084 | // Determine the result type | ||||||
14085 | QualType ResultTy = FnDecl->getReturnType(); | ||||||
14086 | ExprValueKind VK = Expr::getValueKindForType(ResultTy); | ||||||
14087 | ResultTy = ResultTy.getNonLValueExprType(Context); | ||||||
14088 | |||||||
14089 | CXXOperatorCallExpr *TheCall = CXXOperatorCallExpr::Create( | ||||||
14090 | Context, OO_Subscript, FnExpr.get(), Args, ResultTy, VK, RLoc, | ||||||
14091 | CurFPFeatureOverrides()); | ||||||
14092 | if (CheckCallReturnType(FnDecl->getReturnType(), LLoc, TheCall, FnDecl)) | ||||||
14093 | return ExprError(); | ||||||
14094 | |||||||
14095 | if (CheckFunctionCall(Method, TheCall, | ||||||
14096 | Method->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>())) | ||||||
14097 | return ExprError(); | ||||||
14098 | |||||||
14099 | return MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall); | ||||||
14100 | } else { | ||||||
14101 | // We matched a built-in operator. Convert the arguments, then | ||||||
14102 | // break out so that we will build the appropriate built-in | ||||||
14103 | // operator node. | ||||||
14104 | ExprResult ArgsRes0 = PerformImplicitConversion( | ||||||
14105 | Args[0], Best->BuiltinParamTypes[0], Best->Conversions[0], | ||||||
14106 | AA_Passing, CCK_ForBuiltinOverloadedOp); | ||||||
14107 | if (ArgsRes0.isInvalid()) | ||||||
14108 | return ExprError(); | ||||||
14109 | Args[0] = ArgsRes0.get(); | ||||||
14110 | |||||||
14111 | ExprResult ArgsRes1 = PerformImplicitConversion( | ||||||
14112 | Args[1], Best->BuiltinParamTypes[1], Best->Conversions[1], | ||||||
14113 | AA_Passing, CCK_ForBuiltinOverloadedOp); | ||||||
14114 | if (ArgsRes1.isInvalid()) | ||||||
14115 | return ExprError(); | ||||||
14116 | Args[1] = ArgsRes1.get(); | ||||||
14117 | |||||||
14118 | break; | ||||||
14119 | } | ||||||
14120 | } | ||||||
14121 | |||||||
14122 | case OR_No_Viable_Function: { | ||||||
14123 | PartialDiagnostic PD = CandidateSet.empty() | ||||||
14124 | ? (PDiag(diag::err_ovl_no_oper) | ||||||
14125 | << Args[0]->getType() << /*subscript*/ 0 | ||||||
14126 | << Args[0]->getSourceRange() << Args[1]->getSourceRange()) | ||||||
14127 | : (PDiag(diag::err_ovl_no_viable_subscript) | ||||||
14128 | << Args[0]->getType() << Args[0]->getSourceRange() | ||||||
14129 | << Args[1]->getSourceRange()); | ||||||
14130 | CandidateSet.NoteCandidates(PartialDiagnosticAt(LLoc, PD), *this, | ||||||
14131 | OCD_AllCandidates, Args, "[]", LLoc); | ||||||
14132 | return ExprError(); | ||||||
14133 | } | ||||||
14134 | |||||||
14135 | case OR_Ambiguous: | ||||||
14136 | CandidateSet.NoteCandidates( | ||||||
14137 | PartialDiagnosticAt(LLoc, PDiag(diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper_binary) | ||||||
14138 | << "[]" << Args[0]->getType() | ||||||
14139 | << Args[1]->getType() | ||||||
14140 | << Args[0]->getSourceRange() | ||||||
14141 | << Args[1]->getSourceRange()), | ||||||
14142 | *this, OCD_AmbiguousCandidates, Args, "[]", LLoc); | ||||||
14143 | return ExprError(); | ||||||
14144 | |||||||
14145 | case OR_Deleted: | ||||||
14146 | CandidateSet.NoteCandidates( | ||||||
14147 | PartialDiagnosticAt(LLoc, PDiag(diag::err_ovl_deleted_oper) | ||||||
14148 | << "[]" << Args[0]->getSourceRange() | ||||||
14149 | << Args[1]->getSourceRange()), | ||||||
14150 | *this, OCD_AllCandidates, Args, "[]", LLoc); | ||||||
14151 | return ExprError(); | ||||||
14152 | } | ||||||
14153 | |||||||
14154 | // We matched a built-in operator; build it. | ||||||
14155 | return CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(Args[0], LLoc, Args[1], RLoc); | ||||||
14156 | } | ||||||
14157 | |||||||
14158 | /// BuildCallToMemberFunction - Build a call to a member | ||||||
14159 | /// function. MemExpr is the expression that refers to the member | ||||||
14160 | /// function (and includes the object parameter), Args/NumArgs are the | ||||||
14161 | /// arguments to the function call (not including the object | ||||||
14162 | /// parameter). The caller needs to validate that the member | ||||||
14163 | /// expression refers to a non-static member function or an overloaded | ||||||
14164 | /// member function. | ||||||
14165 | ExprResult Sema::BuildCallToMemberFunction(Scope *S, Expr *MemExprE, | ||||||
14166 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, | ||||||
14167 | MultiExprArg Args, | ||||||
14168 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, | ||||||
14169 | bool AllowRecovery) { | ||||||
14170 | assert(MemExprE->getType() == Context.BoundMemberTy ||(static_cast <bool> (MemExprE->getType() == Context. BoundMemberTy || MemExprE->getType() == Context.OverloadTy ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("MemExprE->getType() == Context.BoundMemberTy || MemExprE->getType() == Context.OverloadTy" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 14171, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||
14171 | MemExprE->getType() == Context.OverloadTy)(static_cast <bool> (MemExprE->getType() == Context. BoundMemberTy || MemExprE->getType() == Context.OverloadTy ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("MemExprE->getType() == Context.BoundMemberTy || MemExprE->getType() == Context.OverloadTy" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 14171, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
14172 | |||||||
14173 | // Dig out the member expression. This holds both the object | ||||||
14174 | // argument and the member function we're referring to. | ||||||
14175 | Expr *NakedMemExpr = MemExprE->IgnoreParens(); | ||||||
14176 | |||||||
14177 | // Determine whether this is a call to a pointer-to-member function. | ||||||
14178 | if (BinaryOperator *op = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(NakedMemExpr)) { | ||||||
14179 | assert(op->getType() == Context.BoundMemberTy)(static_cast <bool> (op->getType() == Context.BoundMemberTy ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("op->getType() == Context.BoundMemberTy" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 14179, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
14180 | assert(op->getOpcode() == BO_PtrMemD || op->getOpcode() == BO_PtrMemI)(static_cast <bool> (op->getOpcode() == BO_PtrMemD || op->getOpcode() == BO_PtrMemI) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("op->getOpcode() == BO_PtrMemD || op->getOpcode() == BO_PtrMemI" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 14180, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
14181 | |||||||
14182 | QualType fnType = | ||||||
14183 | op->getRHS()->getType()->castAs<MemberPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); | ||||||
14184 | |||||||
14185 | const FunctionProtoType *proto = fnType->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); | ||||||
14186 | QualType resultType = proto->getCallResultType(Context); | ||||||
14187 | ExprValueKind valueKind = Expr::getValueKindForType(proto->getReturnType()); | ||||||
14188 | |||||||
14189 | // Check that the object type isn't more qualified than the | ||||||
14190 | // member function we're calling. | ||||||
14191 | Qualifiers funcQuals = proto->getMethodQuals(); | ||||||
14192 | |||||||
14193 | QualType objectType = op->getLHS()->getType(); | ||||||
14194 | if (op->getOpcode() == BO_PtrMemI) | ||||||
14195 | objectType = objectType->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); | ||||||
14196 | Qualifiers objectQuals = objectType.getQualifiers(); | ||||||
14197 | |||||||
14198 | Qualifiers difference = objectQuals - funcQuals; | ||||||
14199 | difference.removeObjCGCAttr(); | ||||||
14200 | difference.removeAddressSpace(); | ||||||
14201 | if (difference) { | ||||||
14202 | std::string qualsString = difference.getAsString(); | ||||||
14203 | Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_pointer_to_member_call_drops_quals) | ||||||
14204 | << fnType.getUnqualifiedType() | ||||||
14205 | << qualsString | ||||||
14206 | << (qualsString.find(' ') == std::string::npos ? 1 : 2); | ||||||
14207 | } | ||||||
14208 | |||||||
14209 | CXXMemberCallExpr *call = CXXMemberCallExpr::Create( | ||||||
14210 | Context, MemExprE, Args, resultType, valueKind, RParenLoc, | ||||||
14211 | CurFPFeatureOverrides(), proto->getNumParams()); | ||||||
14212 | |||||||
14213 | if (CheckCallReturnType(proto->getReturnType(), op->getRHS()->getBeginLoc(), | ||||||
14214 | call, nullptr)) | ||||||
14215 | return ExprError(); | ||||||
14216 | |||||||
14217 | if (ConvertArgumentsForCall(call, op, nullptr, proto, Args, RParenLoc)) | ||||||
14218 | return ExprError(); | ||||||
14219 | |||||||
14220 | if (CheckOtherCall(call, proto)) | ||||||
14221 | return ExprError(); | ||||||
14222 | |||||||
14223 | return MaybeBindToTemporary(call); | ||||||
14224 | } | ||||||
14225 | |||||||
14226 | // We only try to build a recovery expr at this level if we can preserve | ||||||
14227 | // the return type, otherwise we return ExprError() and let the caller | ||||||
14228 | // recover. | ||||||
14229 | auto BuildRecoveryExpr = [&](QualType Type) { | ||||||
14230 | if (!AllowRecovery) | ||||||
14231 | return ExprError(); | ||||||
14232 | std::vector<Expr *> SubExprs = {MemExprE}; | ||||||
14233 | llvm::for_each(Args, [&SubExprs](Expr *E) { SubExprs.push_back(E); }); | ||||||
14234 | return CreateRecoveryExpr(MemExprE->getBeginLoc(), RParenLoc, SubExprs, | ||||||
14235 | Type); | ||||||
14236 | }; | ||||||
14237 | if (isa<CXXPseudoDestructorExpr>(NakedMemExpr)) | ||||||
14238 | return CallExpr::Create(Context, MemExprE, Args, Context.VoidTy, VK_PRValue, | ||||||
14239 | RParenLoc, CurFPFeatureOverrides()); | ||||||
14240 | |||||||
14241 | UnbridgedCastsSet UnbridgedCasts; | ||||||
14242 | if (checkArgPlaceholdersForOverload(*this, Args, UnbridgedCasts)) | ||||||
14243 | return ExprError(); | ||||||
14244 | |||||||
14245 | MemberExpr *MemExpr; | ||||||
14246 | CXXMethodDecl *Method = nullptr; | ||||||
14247 | DeclAccessPair FoundDecl = DeclAccessPair::make(nullptr, AS_public); | ||||||
14248 | NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier = nullptr; | ||||||
14249 | if (isa<MemberExpr>(NakedMemExpr)) { | ||||||
14250 | MemExpr = cast<MemberExpr>(NakedMemExpr); | ||||||
14251 | Method = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(MemExpr->getMemberDecl()); | ||||||
14252 | FoundDecl = MemExpr->getFoundDecl(); | ||||||
14253 | Qualifier = MemExpr->getQualifier(); | ||||||
14254 | UnbridgedCasts.restore(); | ||||||
14255 | } else { | ||||||
14256 | UnresolvedMemberExpr *UnresExpr = cast<UnresolvedMemberExpr>(NakedMemExpr); | ||||||
14257 | Qualifier = UnresExpr->getQualifier(); | ||||||
14258 | |||||||
14259 | QualType ObjectType = UnresExpr->getBaseType(); | ||||||
14260 | Expr::Classification ObjectClassification | ||||||
14261 | = UnresExpr->isArrow()? Expr::Classification::makeSimpleLValue() | ||||||
14262 | : UnresExpr->getBase()->Classify(Context); | ||||||
14263 | |||||||
14264 | // Add overload candidates | ||||||
14265 | OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet(UnresExpr->getMemberLoc(), | ||||||
14266 | OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Normal); | ||||||
14267 | |||||||
14268 | // FIXME: avoid copy. | ||||||
14269 | TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgsBuffer, *TemplateArgs = nullptr; | ||||||
14270 | if (UnresExpr->hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) { | ||||||
14271 | UnresExpr->copyTemplateArgumentsInto(TemplateArgsBuffer); | ||||||
14272 | TemplateArgs = &TemplateArgsBuffer; | ||||||
14273 | } | ||||||
14274 | |||||||
14275 | for (UnresolvedMemberExpr::decls_iterator I = UnresExpr->decls_begin(), | ||||||
14276 | E = UnresExpr->decls_end(); I != E; ++I) { | ||||||
14277 | |||||||
14278 | NamedDecl *Func = *I; | ||||||
14279 | CXXRecordDecl *ActingDC = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Func->getDeclContext()); | ||||||
14280 | if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(Func)) | ||||||
14281 | Func = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Func)->getTargetDecl(); | ||||||
14282 | |||||||
14283 | |||||||
14284 | // Microsoft supports direct constructor calls. | ||||||
14285 | if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(Func)) { | ||||||
14286 | AddOverloadCandidate(cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Func), I.getPair(), Args, | ||||||
14287 | CandidateSet, | ||||||
14288 | /*SuppressUserConversions*/ false); | ||||||
14289 | } else if ((Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Func))) { | ||||||
14290 | // If explicit template arguments were provided, we can't call a | ||||||
14291 | // non-template member function. | ||||||
14292 | if (TemplateArgs) | ||||||
14293 | continue; | ||||||
14294 | |||||||
14295 | AddMethodCandidate(Method, I.getPair(), ActingDC, ObjectType, | ||||||
14296 | ObjectClassification, Args, CandidateSet, | ||||||
14297 | /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false); | ||||||
14298 | } else { | ||||||
14299 | AddMethodTemplateCandidate( | ||||||
14300 | cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(Func), I.getPair(), ActingDC, | ||||||
14301 | TemplateArgs, ObjectType, ObjectClassification, Args, CandidateSet, | ||||||
14302 | /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false); | ||||||
14303 | } | ||||||
14304 | } | ||||||
14305 | |||||||
14306 | DeclarationName DeclName = UnresExpr->getMemberName(); | ||||||
14307 | |||||||
14308 | UnbridgedCasts.restore(); | ||||||
14309 | |||||||
14310 | OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best; | ||||||
14311 | bool Succeeded = false; | ||||||
14312 | switch (CandidateSet.BestViableFunction(*this, UnresExpr->getBeginLoc(), | ||||||
14313 | Best)) { | ||||||
14314 | case OR_Success: | ||||||
14315 | Method = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Best->Function); | ||||||
14316 | FoundDecl = Best->FoundDecl; | ||||||
14317 | CheckUnresolvedMemberAccess(UnresExpr, Best->FoundDecl); | ||||||
14318 | if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Best->FoundDecl, UnresExpr->getNameLoc())) | ||||||
14319 | break; | ||||||
14320 | // If FoundDecl is different from Method (such as if one is a template | ||||||
14321 | // and the other a specialization), make sure DiagnoseUseOfDecl is | ||||||
14322 | // called on both. | ||||||
14323 | // FIXME: This would be more comprehensively addressed by modifying | ||||||
14324 | // DiagnoseUseOfDecl to accept both the FoundDecl and the decl | ||||||
14325 | // being used. | ||||||
14326 | if (Method != FoundDecl.getDecl() && | ||||||
14327 | DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Method, UnresExpr->getNameLoc())) | ||||||
14328 | break; | ||||||
14329 | Succeeded = true; | ||||||
14330 | break; | ||||||
14331 | |||||||
14332 | case OR_No_Viable_Function: | ||||||
14333 | CandidateSet.NoteCandidates( | ||||||
14334 | PartialDiagnosticAt( | ||||||
14335 | UnresExpr->getMemberLoc(), | ||||||
14336 | PDiag(diag::err_ovl_no_viable_member_function_in_call) | ||||||
14337 | << DeclName << MemExprE->getSourceRange()), | ||||||
14338 | *this, OCD_AllCandidates, Args); | ||||||
14339 | break; | ||||||
14340 | case OR_Ambiguous: | ||||||
14341 | CandidateSet.NoteCandidates( | ||||||
14342 | PartialDiagnosticAt(UnresExpr->getMemberLoc(), | ||||||
14343 | PDiag(diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_member_call) | ||||||
14344 | << DeclName << MemExprE->getSourceRange()), | ||||||
14345 | *this, OCD_AmbiguousCandidates, Args); | ||||||
14346 | break; | ||||||
14347 | case OR_Deleted: | ||||||
14348 | CandidateSet.NoteCandidates( | ||||||
14349 | PartialDiagnosticAt(UnresExpr->getMemberLoc(), | ||||||
14350 | PDiag(diag::err_ovl_deleted_member_call) | ||||||
14351 | << DeclName << MemExprE->getSourceRange()), | ||||||
14352 | *this, OCD_AllCandidates, Args); | ||||||
14353 | break; | ||||||
14354 | } | ||||||
14355 | // Overload resolution fails, try to recover. | ||||||
14356 | if (!Succeeded) | ||||||
14357 | return BuildRecoveryExpr(chooseRecoveryType(CandidateSet, &Best)); | ||||||
14358 | |||||||
14359 | MemExprE = FixOverloadedFunctionReference(MemExprE, FoundDecl, Method); | ||||||
14360 | |||||||
14361 | // If overload resolution picked a static member, build a | ||||||
14362 | // non-member call based on that function. | ||||||
14363 | if (Method->isStatic()) { | ||||||
14364 | return BuildResolvedCallExpr(MemExprE, Method, LParenLoc, Args, | ||||||
14365 | RParenLoc); | ||||||
14366 | } | ||||||
14367 | |||||||
14368 | MemExpr = cast<MemberExpr>(MemExprE->IgnoreParens()); | ||||||
14369 | } | ||||||
14370 | |||||||
14371 | QualType ResultType = Method->getReturnType(); | ||||||
14372 | ExprValueKind VK = Expr::getValueKindForType(ResultType); | ||||||
14373 | ResultType = ResultType.getNonLValueExprType(Context); | ||||||
14374 | |||||||
14375 | assert(Method && "Member call to something that isn't a method?")(static_cast <bool> (Method && "Member call to something that isn't a method?" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Method && \"Member call to something that isn't a method?\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 14375, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
14376 | const auto *Proto = Method->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); | ||||||
14377 | CXXMemberCallExpr *TheCall = CXXMemberCallExpr::Create( | ||||||
14378 | Context, MemExprE, Args, ResultType, VK, RParenLoc, | ||||||
14379 | CurFPFeatureOverrides(), Proto->getNumParams()); | ||||||
14380 | |||||||
14381 | // Check for a valid return type. | ||||||
14382 | if (CheckCallReturnType(Method->getReturnType(), MemExpr->getMemberLoc(), | ||||||
14383 | TheCall, Method)) | ||||||
14384 | return BuildRecoveryExpr(ResultType); | ||||||
14385 | |||||||
14386 | // Convert the object argument (for a non-static member function call). | ||||||
14387 | // We only need to do this if there was actually an overload; otherwise | ||||||
14388 | // it was done at lookup. | ||||||
14389 | if (!Method->isStatic()) { | ||||||
14390 | ExprResult ObjectArg = | ||||||
14391 | PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(MemExpr->getBase(), Qualifier, | ||||||
14392 | FoundDecl, Method); | ||||||
14393 | if (ObjectArg.isInvalid()) | ||||||
14394 | return ExprError(); | ||||||
14395 | MemExpr->setBase(ObjectArg.get()); | ||||||
14396 | } | ||||||
14397 | |||||||
14398 | // Convert the rest of the arguments | ||||||
14399 | if (ConvertArgumentsForCall(TheCall, MemExpr, Method, Proto, Args, | ||||||
14400 | RParenLoc)) | ||||||
14401 | return BuildRecoveryExpr(ResultType); | ||||||
14402 | |||||||
14403 | DiagnoseSentinelCalls(Method, LParenLoc, Args); | ||||||
14404 | |||||||
14405 | if (CheckFunctionCall(Method, TheCall, Proto)) | ||||||
14406 | return ExprError(); | ||||||
14407 | |||||||
14408 | // In the case the method to call was not selected by the overloading | ||||||
14409 | // resolution process, we still need to handle the enable_if attribute. Do | ||||||
14410 | // that here, so it will not hide previous -- and more relevant -- errors. | ||||||
14411 | if (auto *MemE = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(NakedMemExpr)) { | ||||||
14412 | if (const EnableIfAttr *Attr = | ||||||
14413 | CheckEnableIf(Method, LParenLoc, Args, true)) { | ||||||
14414 | Diag(MemE->getMemberLoc(), | ||||||
14415 | diag::err_ovl_no_viable_member_function_in_call) | ||||||
14416 | << Method << Method->getSourceRange(); | ||||||
14417 | Diag(Method->getLocation(), | ||||||
14418 | diag::note_ovl_candidate_disabled_by_function_cond_attr) | ||||||
14419 | << Attr->getCond()->getSourceRange() << Attr->getMessage(); | ||||||
14420 | return ExprError(); | ||||||
14421 | } | ||||||
14422 | } | ||||||
14423 | |||||||
14424 | if ((isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(CurContext) || | ||||||
14425 | isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(CurContext)) && | ||||||
14426 | TheCall->getMethodDecl()->isPure()) { | ||||||
14427 | const CXXMethodDecl *MD = TheCall->getMethodDecl(); | ||||||
14428 | |||||||
14429 | if (isa<CXXThisExpr>(MemExpr->getBase()->IgnoreParenCasts()) && | ||||||
14430 | MemExpr->performsVirtualDispatch(getLangOpts())) { | ||||||
14431 | Diag(MemExpr->getBeginLoc(), | ||||||
14432 | diag::warn_call_to_pure_virtual_member_function_from_ctor_dtor) | ||||||
14433 | << MD->getDeclName() << isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(CurContext) | ||||||
14434 | << MD->getParent(); | ||||||
14435 | |||||||
14436 | Diag(MD->getBeginLoc(), diag::note_previous_decl) << MD->getDeclName(); | ||||||
14437 | if (getLangOpts().AppleKext) | ||||||
14438 | Diag(MemExpr->getBeginLoc(), diag::note_pure_qualified_call_kext) | ||||||
14439 | << MD->getParent() << MD->getDeclName(); | ||||||
14440 | } | ||||||
14441 | } | ||||||
14442 | |||||||
14443 | if (CXXDestructorDecl *DD = | ||||||
14444 | dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(TheCall->getMethodDecl())) { | ||||||
14445 | // a->A::f() doesn't go through the vtable, except in AppleKext mode. | ||||||
14446 | bool CallCanBeVirtual = !MemExpr->hasQualifier() || getLangOpts().AppleKext; | ||||||
14447 | CheckVirtualDtorCall(DD, MemExpr->getBeginLoc(), /*IsDelete=*/false, | ||||||
14448 | CallCanBeVirtual, /*WarnOnNonAbstractTypes=*/true, | ||||||
14449 | MemExpr->getMemberLoc()); | ||||||
14450 | } | ||||||
14451 | |||||||
14452 | return CheckForImmediateInvocation(MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall), | ||||||
14453 | TheCall->getMethodDecl()); | ||||||
14454 | } | ||||||
14455 | |||||||
14456 | /// BuildCallToObjectOfClassType - Build a call to an object of class | ||||||
14457 | /// type (C++ [over.call.object]), which can end up invoking an | ||||||
14458 | /// overloaded function call operator (@c operator()) or performing a | ||||||
14459 | /// user-defined conversion on the object argument. | ||||||
14460 | ExprResult | ||||||
14461 | Sema::BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(Scope *S, Expr *Obj, | ||||||
14462 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, | ||||||
14463 | MultiExprArg Args, | ||||||
14464 | SourceLocation RParenLoc) { | ||||||
14465 | if (checkPlaceholderForOverload(*this, Obj)) | ||||||
14466 | return ExprError(); | ||||||
14467 | ExprResult Object = Obj; | ||||||
14468 | |||||||
14469 | UnbridgedCastsSet UnbridgedCasts; | ||||||
14470 | if (checkArgPlaceholdersForOverload(*this, Args, UnbridgedCasts)) | ||||||
14471 | return ExprError(); | ||||||
14472 | |||||||
14473 | assert(Object.get()->getType()->isRecordType() &&(static_cast <bool> (Object.get()->getType()->isRecordType () && "Requires object type argument") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Object.get()->getType()->isRecordType() && \"Requires object type argument\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 14474, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||
14474 | "Requires object type argument")(static_cast <bool> (Object.get()->getType()->isRecordType () && "Requires object type argument") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Object.get()->getType()->isRecordType() && \"Requires object type argument\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 14474, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
14475 | |||||||
14476 | // C++ [over.call.object]p1: | ||||||
14477 | // If the primary-expression E in the function call syntax | ||||||
14478 | // evaluates to a class object of type "cv T", then the set of | ||||||
14479 | // candidate functions includes at least the function call | ||||||
14480 | // operators of T. The function call operators of T are obtained by | ||||||
14481 | // ordinary lookup of the name operator() in the context of | ||||||
14482 | // (E).operator(). | ||||||
14483 | OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet(LParenLoc, | ||||||
14484 | OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Operator); | ||||||
14485 | DeclarationName OpName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Call); | ||||||
14486 | |||||||
14487 | if (RequireCompleteType(LParenLoc, Object.get()->getType(), | ||||||
14488 | diag::err_incomplete_object_call, Object.get())) | ||||||
14489 | return true; | ||||||
14490 | |||||||
14491 | const auto *Record = Object.get()->getType()->castAs<RecordType>(); | ||||||
14492 | LookupResult R(*this, OpName, LParenLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); | ||||||
14493 | LookupQualifiedName(R, Record->getDecl()); | ||||||
14494 | R.suppressDiagnostics(); | ||||||
14495 | |||||||
14496 | for (LookupResult::iterator Oper = R.begin(), OperEnd = R.end(); | ||||||
14497 | Oper != OperEnd; ++Oper) { | ||||||
14498 | AddMethodCandidate(Oper.getPair(), Object.get()->getType(), | ||||||
14499 | Object.get()->Classify(Context), Args, CandidateSet, | ||||||
14500 | /*SuppressUserConversion=*/false); | ||||||
14501 | } | ||||||
14502 | |||||||
14503 | // C++ [over.call.object]p2: | ||||||
14504 | // In addition, for each (non-explicit in C++0x) conversion function | ||||||
14505 | // declared in T of the form | ||||||
14506 | // | ||||||
14507 | // operator conversion-type-id () cv-qualifier; | ||||||
14508 | // | ||||||
14509 | // where cv-qualifier is the same cv-qualification as, or a | ||||||
14510 | // greater cv-qualification than, cv, and where conversion-type-id | ||||||
14511 | // denotes the type "pointer to function of (P1,...,Pn) returning | ||||||
14512 | // R", or the type "reference to pointer to function of | ||||||
14513 | // (P1,...,Pn) returning R", or the type "reference to function | ||||||
14514 | // of (P1,...,Pn) returning R", a surrogate call function [...] | ||||||
14515 | // is also considered as a candidate function. Similarly, | ||||||
14516 | // surrogate call functions are added to the set of candidate | ||||||
14517 | // functions for each conversion function declared in an | ||||||
14518 | // accessible base class provided the function is not hidden | ||||||
14519 | // within T by another intervening declaration. | ||||||
14520 | const auto &Conversions = | ||||||
14521 | cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl())->getVisibleConversionFunctions(); | ||||||
14522 | for (auto I = Conversions.begin(), E = Conversions.end(); I != E; ++I) { | ||||||
14523 | NamedDecl *D = *I; | ||||||
14524 | CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D->getDeclContext()); | ||||||
14525 | if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D)) | ||||||
14526 | D = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(D)->getTargetDecl(); | ||||||
14527 | |||||||
14528 | // Skip over templated conversion functions; they aren't | ||||||
14529 | // surrogates. | ||||||
14530 | if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) | ||||||
14531 | continue; | ||||||
14532 | |||||||
14533 | CXXConversionDecl *Conv = cast<CXXConversionDecl>(D); | ||||||
14534 | if (!Conv->isExplicit()) { | ||||||
14535 | // Strip the reference type (if any) and then the pointer type (if | ||||||
14536 | // any) to get down to what might be a function type. | ||||||
14537 | QualType ConvType = Conv->getConversionType().getNonReferenceType(); | ||||||
14538 | if (const PointerType *ConvPtrType = ConvType->getAs<PointerType>()) | ||||||
14539 | ConvType = ConvPtrType->getPointeeType(); | ||||||
14540 | |||||||
14541 | if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = ConvType->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) | ||||||
14542 | { | ||||||
14543 | AddSurrogateCandidate(Conv, I.getPair(), ActingContext, Proto, | ||||||
14544 | Object.get(), Args, CandidateSet); | ||||||
14545 | } | ||||||
14546 | } | ||||||
14547 | } | ||||||
14548 | |||||||
14549 | bool HadMultipleCandidates = (CandidateSet.size() > 1); | ||||||
14550 | |||||||
14551 | // Perform overload resolution. | ||||||
14552 | OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best; | ||||||
14553 | switch (CandidateSet.BestViableFunction(*this, Object.get()->getBeginLoc(), | ||||||
14554 | Best)) { | ||||||
14555 | case OR_Success: | ||||||
14556 | // Overload resolution succeeded; we'll build the appropriate call | ||||||
14557 | // below. | ||||||
14558 | break; | ||||||
14559 | |||||||
14560 | case OR_No_Viable_Function: { | ||||||
14561 | PartialDiagnostic PD = | ||||||
14562 | CandidateSet.empty() | ||||||
14563 | ? (PDiag(diag::err_ovl_no_oper) | ||||||
14564 | << Object.get()->getType() << /*call*/ 1 | ||||||
14565 | << Object.get()->getSourceRange()) | ||||||
14566 | : (PDiag(diag::err_ovl_no_viable_object_call) | ||||||
14567 | << Object.get()->getType() << Object.get()->getSourceRange()); | ||||||
14568 | CandidateSet.NoteCandidates( | ||||||
14569 | PartialDiagnosticAt(Object.get()->getBeginLoc(), PD), *this, | ||||||
14570 | OCD_AllCandidates, Args); | ||||||
14571 | break; | ||||||
14572 | } | ||||||
14573 | case OR_Ambiguous: | ||||||
14574 | CandidateSet.NoteCandidates( | ||||||
14575 | PartialDiagnosticAt(Object.get()->getBeginLoc(), | ||||||
14576 | PDiag(diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_object_call) | ||||||
14577 | << Object.get()->getType() | ||||||
14578 | << Object.get()->getSourceRange()), | ||||||
14579 | *this, OCD_AmbiguousCandidates, Args); | ||||||
14580 | break; | ||||||
14581 | |||||||
14582 | case OR_Deleted: | ||||||
14583 | CandidateSet.NoteCandidates( | ||||||
14584 | PartialDiagnosticAt(Object.get()->getBeginLoc(), | ||||||
14585 | PDiag(diag::err_ovl_deleted_object_call) | ||||||
14586 | << Object.get()->getType() | ||||||
14587 | << Object.get()->getSourceRange()), | ||||||
14588 | *this, OCD_AllCandidates, Args); | ||||||
14589 | break; | ||||||
14590 | } | ||||||
14591 | |||||||
14592 | if (Best == CandidateSet.end()) | ||||||
14593 | return true; | ||||||
14594 | |||||||
14595 | UnbridgedCasts.restore(); | ||||||
14596 | |||||||
14597 | if (Best->Function == nullptr) { | ||||||
14598 | // Since there is no function declaration, this is one of the | ||||||
14599 | // surrogate candidates. Dig out the conversion function. | ||||||
14600 | CXXConversionDecl *Conv | ||||||
14601 | = cast<CXXConversionDecl>( | ||||||
14602 | Best->Conversions[0].UserDefined.ConversionFunction); | ||||||
14603 | |||||||
14604 | CheckMemberOperatorAccess(LParenLoc, Object.get(), nullptr, | ||||||
14605 | Best->FoundDecl); | ||||||
14606 | if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Best->FoundDecl, LParenLoc)) | ||||||
14607 | return ExprError(); | ||||||
14608 | assert(Conv == Best->FoundDecl.getDecl() &&(static_cast <bool> (Conv == Best->FoundDecl.getDecl () && "Found Decl & conversion-to-functionptr should be same, right?!" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Conv == Best->FoundDecl.getDecl() && \"Found Decl & conversion-to-functionptr should be same, right?!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 14609, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||
14609 | "Found Decl & conversion-to-functionptr should be same, right?!")(static_cast <bool> (Conv == Best->FoundDecl.getDecl () && "Found Decl & conversion-to-functionptr should be same, right?!" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Conv == Best->FoundDecl.getDecl() && \"Found Decl & conversion-to-functionptr should be same, right?!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 14609, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
14610 | // We selected one of the surrogate functions that converts the | ||||||
14611 | // object parameter to a function pointer. Perform the conversion | ||||||
14612 | // on the object argument, then let BuildCallExpr finish the job. | ||||||
14613 | |||||||
14614 | // Create an implicit member expr to refer to the conversion operator. | ||||||
14615 | // and then call it. | ||||||
14616 | ExprResult Call = BuildCXXMemberCallExpr(Object.get(), Best->FoundDecl, | ||||||
14617 | Conv, HadMultipleCandidates); | ||||||
14618 | if (Call.isInvalid()) | ||||||
14619 | return ExprError(); | ||||||
14620 | // Record usage of conversion in an implicit cast. | ||||||
14621 | Call = ImplicitCastExpr::Create( | ||||||
14622 | Context, Call.get()->getType(), CK_UserDefinedConversion, Call.get(), | ||||||
14623 | nullptr, VK_PRValue, CurFPFeatureOverrides()); | ||||||
14624 | |||||||
14625 | return BuildCallExpr(S, Call.get(), LParenLoc, Args, RParenLoc); | ||||||
14626 | } | ||||||
14627 | |||||||
14628 | CheckMemberOperatorAccess(LParenLoc, Object.get(), nullptr, Best->FoundDecl); | ||||||
14629 | |||||||
14630 | // We found an overloaded operator(). Build a CXXOperatorCallExpr | ||||||
14631 | // that calls this method, using Object for the implicit object | ||||||
14632 | // parameter and passing along the remaining arguments. | ||||||
14633 | CXXMethodDecl *Method = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Best->Function); | ||||||
14634 | |||||||
14635 | // An error diagnostic has already been printed when parsing the declaration. | ||||||
14636 | if (Method->isInvalidDecl()) | ||||||
14637 | return ExprError(); | ||||||
14638 | |||||||
14639 | const auto *Proto = Method->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); | ||||||
14640 | unsigned NumParams = Proto->getNumParams(); | ||||||
14641 | |||||||
14642 | DeclarationNameInfo OpLocInfo( | ||||||
14643 | Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Call), LParenLoc); | ||||||
14644 | OpLocInfo.setCXXOperatorNameRange(SourceRange(LParenLoc, RParenLoc)); | ||||||
14645 | ExprResult NewFn = CreateFunctionRefExpr(*this, Method, Best->FoundDecl, | ||||||
14646 | Obj, HadMultipleCandidates, | ||||||
14647 | OpLocInfo.getLoc(), | ||||||
14648 | OpLocInfo.getInfo()); | ||||||
14649 | if (NewFn.isInvalid()) | ||||||
14650 | return true; | ||||||
14651 | |||||||
14652 | // The number of argument slots to allocate in the call. If we have default | ||||||
14653 | // arguments we need to allocate space for them as well. We additionally | ||||||
14654 | // need one more slot for the object parameter. | ||||||
14655 | unsigned NumArgsSlots = 1 + std::max<unsigned>(Args.size(), NumParams); | ||||||
14656 | |||||||
14657 | // Build the full argument list for the method call (the implicit object | ||||||
14658 | // parameter is placed at the beginning of the list). | ||||||
14659 | SmallVector<Expr *, 8> MethodArgs(NumArgsSlots); | ||||||
14660 | |||||||
14661 | bool IsError = false; | ||||||
14662 | |||||||
14663 | // Initialize the implicit object parameter. | ||||||
14664 | ExprResult ObjRes = | ||||||
14665 | PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Object.get(), /*Qualifier=*/nullptr, | ||||||
14666 | Best->FoundDecl, Method); | ||||||
14667 | if (ObjRes.isInvalid()) | ||||||
14668 | IsError = true; | ||||||
14669 | else | ||||||
14670 | Object = ObjRes; | ||||||
14671 | MethodArgs[0] = Object.get(); | ||||||
14672 | |||||||
14673 | // Check the argument types. | ||||||
14674 | for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumParams; i++) { | ||||||
14675 | Expr *Arg; | ||||||
14676 | if (i < Args.size()) { | ||||||
14677 | Arg = Args[i]; | ||||||
14678 | |||||||
14679 | // Pass the argument. | ||||||
14680 | |||||||
14681 | ExprResult InputInit | ||||||
14682 | = PerformCopyInitialization(InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter( | ||||||
14683 | Context, | ||||||
14684 | Method->getParamDecl(i)), | ||||||
14685 | SourceLocation(), Arg); | ||||||
14686 | |||||||
14687 | IsError |= InputInit.isInvalid(); | ||||||
14688 | Arg = InputInit.getAs<Expr>(); | ||||||
14689 | } else { | ||||||
14690 | ExprResult DefArg | ||||||
14691 | = BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(LParenLoc, Method, Method->getParamDecl(i)); | ||||||
14692 | if (DefArg.isInvalid()) { | ||||||
14693 | IsError = true; | ||||||
14694 | break; | ||||||
14695 | } | ||||||
14696 | |||||||
14697 | Arg = DefArg.getAs<Expr>(); | ||||||
14698 | } | ||||||
14699 | |||||||
14700 | MethodArgs[i + 1] = Arg; | ||||||
14701 | } | ||||||
14702 | |||||||
14703 | // If this is a variadic call, handle args passed through "...". | ||||||
14704 | if (Proto->isVariadic()) { | ||||||
14705 | // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p7). | ||||||
14706 | for (unsigned i = NumParams, e = Args.size(); i < e; i++) { | ||||||
14707 | ExprResult Arg = DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Args[i], VariadicMethod, | ||||||
14708 | nullptr); | ||||||
14709 | IsError |= Arg.isInvalid(); | ||||||
14710 | MethodArgs[i + 1] = Arg.get(); | ||||||
14711 | } | ||||||
14712 | } | ||||||
14713 | |||||||
14714 | if (IsError) | ||||||
14715 | return true; | ||||||
14716 | |||||||
14717 | DiagnoseSentinelCalls(Method, LParenLoc, Args); | ||||||
14718 | |||||||
14719 | // Once we've built TheCall, all of the expressions are properly owned. | ||||||
14720 | QualType ResultTy = Method->getReturnType(); | ||||||
14721 | ExprValueKind VK = Expr::getValueKindForType(ResultTy); | ||||||
14722 | ResultTy = ResultTy.getNonLValueExprType(Context); | ||||||
14723 | |||||||
14724 | CXXOperatorCallExpr *TheCall = CXXOperatorCallExpr::Create( | ||||||
14725 | Context, OO_Call, NewFn.get(), MethodArgs, ResultTy, VK, RParenLoc, | ||||||
14726 | CurFPFeatureOverrides()); | ||||||
14727 | |||||||
14728 | if (CheckCallReturnType(Method->getReturnType(), LParenLoc, TheCall, Method)) | ||||||
14729 | return true; | ||||||
14730 | |||||||
14731 | if (CheckFunctionCall(Method, TheCall, Proto)) | ||||||
14732 | return true; | ||||||
14733 | |||||||
14734 | return CheckForImmediateInvocation(MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall), Method); | ||||||
14735 | } | ||||||
14736 | |||||||
14737 | /// BuildOverloadedArrowExpr - Build a call to an overloaded @c operator-> | ||||||
14738 | /// (if one exists), where @c Base is an expression of class type and | ||||||
14739 | /// @c Member is the name of the member we're trying to find. | ||||||
14740 | ExprResult | ||||||
14741 | Sema::BuildOverloadedArrowExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, SourceLocation OpLoc, | ||||||
14742 | bool *NoArrowOperatorFound) { | ||||||
14743 | assert(Base->getType()->isRecordType() &&(static_cast <bool> (Base->getType()->isRecordType () && "left-hand side must have class type") ? void ( 0) : __assert_fail ("Base->getType()->isRecordType() && \"left-hand side must have class type\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 14744, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||
14744 | "left-hand side must have class type")(static_cast <bool> (Base->getType()->isRecordType () && "left-hand side must have class type") ? void ( 0) : __assert_fail ("Base->getType()->isRecordType() && \"left-hand side must have class type\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 14744, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
14745 | |||||||
14746 | if (checkPlaceholderForOverload(*this, Base)) | ||||||
14747 | return ExprError(); | ||||||
14748 | |||||||
14749 | SourceLocation Loc = Base->getExprLoc(); | ||||||
14750 | |||||||
14751 | // C++ [over.ref]p1: | ||||||
14752 | // | ||||||
14753 | // [...] An expression x->m is interpreted as (x.operator->())->m | ||||||
14754 | // for a class object x of type T if T::operator->() exists and if | ||||||
14755 | // the operator is selected as the best match function by the | ||||||
14756 | // overload resolution mechanism (13.3). | ||||||
14757 | DeclarationName OpName = | ||||||
14758 | Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Arrow); | ||||||
14759 | OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet(Loc, OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Operator); | ||||||
14760 | |||||||
14761 | if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, Base->getType(), | ||||||
14762 | diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_tag, Base)) | ||||||
14763 | return ExprError(); | ||||||
14764 | |||||||
14765 | LookupResult R(*this, OpName, OpLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); | ||||||
14766 | LookupQualifiedName(R, Base->getType()->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()); | ||||||
14767 | R.suppressDiagnostics(); | ||||||
14768 | |||||||
14769 | for (LookupResult::iterator Oper = R.begin(), OperEnd = R.end(); | ||||||
14770 | Oper != OperEnd; ++Oper) { | ||||||
14771 | AddMethodCandidate(Oper.getPair(), Base->getType(), Base->Classify(Context), | ||||||
14772 | None, CandidateSet, /*SuppressUserConversion=*/false); | ||||||
14773 | } | ||||||
14774 | |||||||
14775 | bool HadMultipleCandidates = (CandidateSet.size() > 1); | ||||||
14776 | |||||||
14777 | // Perform overload resolution. | ||||||
14778 | OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best; | ||||||
14779 | switch (CandidateSet.BestViableFunction(*this, OpLoc, Best)) { | ||||||
14780 | case OR_Success: | ||||||
14781 | // Overload resolution succeeded; we'll build the call below. | ||||||
14782 | break; | ||||||
14783 | |||||||
14784 | case OR_No_Viable_Function: { | ||||||
14785 | auto Cands = CandidateSet.CompleteCandidates(*this, OCD_AllCandidates, Base); | ||||||
14786 | if (CandidateSet.empty()) { | ||||||
14787 | QualType BaseType = Base->getType(); | ||||||
14788 | if (NoArrowOperatorFound) { | ||||||
14789 | // Report this specific error to the caller instead of emitting a | ||||||
14790 | // diagnostic, as requested. | ||||||
14791 | *NoArrowOperatorFound = true; | ||||||
14792 | return ExprError(); | ||||||
14793 | } | ||||||
14794 | Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_arrow) | ||||||
14795 | << BaseType << Base->getSourceRange(); | ||||||
14796 | if (BaseType->isRecordType() && !BaseType->isPointerType()) { | ||||||
14797 | Diag(OpLoc, diag::note_typecheck_member_reference_suggestion) | ||||||
14798 | << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(OpLoc, "."); | ||||||
14799 | } | ||||||
14800 | } else | ||||||
14801 | Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_no_viable_oper) | ||||||
14802 | << "operator->" << Base->getSourceRange(); | ||||||
14803 | CandidateSet.NoteCandidates(*this, Base, Cands); | ||||||
14804 | return ExprError(); | ||||||
14805 | } | ||||||
14806 | case OR_Ambiguous: | ||||||
14807 | CandidateSet.NoteCandidates( | ||||||
14808 | PartialDiagnosticAt(OpLoc, PDiag(diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper_unary) | ||||||
14809 | << "->" << Base->getType() | ||||||
14810 | << Base->getSourceRange()), | ||||||
14811 | *this, OCD_AmbiguousCandidates, Base); | ||||||
14812 | return ExprError(); | ||||||
14813 | |||||||
14814 | case OR_Deleted: | ||||||
14815 | CandidateSet.NoteCandidates( | ||||||
14816 | PartialDiagnosticAt(OpLoc, PDiag(diag::err_ovl_deleted_oper) | ||||||
14817 | << "->" << Base->getSourceRange()), | ||||||
14818 | *this, OCD_AllCandidates, Base); | ||||||
14819 | return ExprError(); | ||||||
14820 | } | ||||||
14821 | |||||||
14822 | CheckMemberOperatorAccess(OpLoc, Base, nullptr, Best->FoundDecl); | ||||||
14823 | |||||||
14824 | // Convert the object parameter. | ||||||
14825 | CXXMethodDecl *Method = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Best->Function); | ||||||
14826 | ExprResult BaseResult = | ||||||
14827 | PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Base, /*Qualifier=*/nullptr, | ||||||
14828 | Best->FoundDecl, Method); | ||||||
14829 | if (BaseResult.isInvalid()) | ||||||
14830 | return ExprError(); | ||||||
14831 | Base = BaseResult.get(); | ||||||
14832 | |||||||
14833 | // Build the operator call. | ||||||
14834 | ExprResult FnExpr = CreateFunctionRefExpr(*this, Method, Best->FoundDecl, | ||||||
14835 | Base, HadMultipleCandidates, OpLoc); | ||||||
14836 | if (FnExpr.isInvalid()) | ||||||
14837 | return ExprError(); | ||||||
14838 | |||||||
14839 | QualType ResultTy = Method->getReturnType(); | ||||||
14840 | ExprValueKind VK = Expr::getValueKindForType(ResultTy); | ||||||
14841 | ResultTy = ResultTy.getNonLValueExprType(Context); | ||||||
14842 | CXXOperatorCallExpr *TheCall = | ||||||
14843 | CXXOperatorCallExpr::Create(Context, OO_Arrow, FnExpr.get(), Base, | ||||||
14844 | ResultTy, VK, OpLoc, CurFPFeatureOverrides()); | ||||||
14845 | |||||||
14846 | if (CheckCallReturnType(Method->getReturnType(), OpLoc, TheCall, Method)) | ||||||
14847 | return ExprError(); | ||||||
14848 | |||||||
14849 | if (CheckFunctionCall(Method, TheCall, | ||||||
14850 | Method->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>())) | ||||||
14851 | return ExprError(); | ||||||
14852 | |||||||
14853 | return MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall); | ||||||
14854 | } | ||||||
14855 | |||||||
14856 | /// BuildLiteralOperatorCall - Build a UserDefinedLiteral by creating a call to | ||||||
14857 | /// a literal operator described by the provided lookup results. | ||||||
14858 | ExprResult Sema::BuildLiteralOperatorCall(LookupResult &R, | ||||||
14859 | DeclarationNameInfo &SuffixInfo, | ||||||
14860 | ArrayRef<Expr*> Args, | ||||||
14861 | SourceLocation LitEndLoc, | ||||||
14862 | TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs) { | ||||||
14863 | SourceLocation UDSuffixLoc = SuffixInfo.getCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(); | ||||||
14864 | |||||||
14865 | OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet(UDSuffixLoc, | ||||||
14866 | OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Normal); | ||||||
14867 | AddNonMemberOperatorCandidates(R.asUnresolvedSet(), Args, CandidateSet, | ||||||
14868 | TemplateArgs); | ||||||
14869 | |||||||
14870 | bool HadMultipleCandidates = (CandidateSet.size() > 1); | ||||||
14871 | |||||||
14872 | // Perform overload resolution. This will usually be trivial, but might need | ||||||
14873 | // to perform substitutions for a literal operator template. | ||||||
14874 | OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best; | ||||||
14875 | switch (CandidateSet.BestViableFunction(*this, UDSuffixLoc, Best)) { | ||||||
14876 | case OR_Success: | ||||||
14877 | case OR_Deleted: | ||||||
14878 | break; | ||||||
14879 | |||||||
14880 | case OR_No_Viable_Function: | ||||||
14881 | CandidateSet.NoteCandidates( | ||||||
14882 | PartialDiagnosticAt(UDSuffixLoc, | ||||||
14883 | PDiag(diag::err_ovl_no_viable_function_in_call) | ||||||
14884 | << R.getLookupName()), | ||||||
14885 | *this, OCD_AllCandidates, Args); | ||||||
14886 | return ExprError(); | ||||||
14887 | |||||||
14888 | case OR_Ambiguous: | ||||||
14889 | CandidateSet.NoteCandidates( | ||||||
14890 | PartialDiagnosticAt(R.getNameLoc(), PDiag(diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_call) | ||||||
14891 | << R.getLookupName()), | ||||||
14892 | *this, OCD_AmbiguousCandidates, Args); | ||||||
14893 | return ExprError(); | ||||||
14894 | } | ||||||
14895 | |||||||
14896 | FunctionDecl *FD = Best->Function; | ||||||
14897 | ExprResult Fn = CreateFunctionRefExpr(*this, FD, Best->FoundDecl, | ||||||
14898 | nullptr, HadMultipleCandidates, | ||||||
14899 | SuffixInfo.getLoc(), | ||||||
14900 | SuffixInfo.getInfo()); | ||||||
14901 | if (Fn.isInvalid()) | ||||||
14902 | return true; | ||||||
14903 | |||||||
14904 | // Check the argument types. This should almost always be a no-op, except | ||||||
14905 | // that array-to-pointer decay is applied to string literals. | ||||||
14906 | Expr *ConvArgs[2]; | ||||||
14907 | for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0, N = Args.size(); ArgIdx != N; ++ArgIdx) { | ||||||
14908 | ExprResult InputInit = PerformCopyInitialization( | ||||||
14909 | InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(Context, FD->getParamDecl(ArgIdx)), | ||||||
14910 | SourceLocation(), Args[ArgIdx]); | ||||||
14911 | if (InputInit.isInvalid()) | ||||||
14912 | return true; | ||||||
14913 | ConvArgs[ArgIdx] = InputInit.get(); | ||||||
14914 | } | ||||||
14915 | |||||||
14916 | QualType ResultTy = FD->getReturnType(); | ||||||
14917 | ExprValueKind VK = Expr::getValueKindForType(ResultTy); | ||||||
14918 | ResultTy = ResultTy.getNonLValueExprType(Context); | ||||||
14919 | |||||||
14920 | UserDefinedLiteral *UDL = UserDefinedLiteral::Create( | ||||||
14921 | Context, Fn.get(), llvm::makeArrayRef(ConvArgs, Args.size()), ResultTy, | ||||||
14922 | VK, LitEndLoc, UDSuffixLoc, CurFPFeatureOverrides()); | ||||||
14923 | |||||||
14924 | if (CheckCallReturnType(FD->getReturnType(), UDSuffixLoc, UDL, FD)) | ||||||
14925 | return ExprError(); | ||||||
14926 | |||||||
14927 | if (CheckFunctionCall(FD, UDL, nullptr)) | ||||||
14928 | return ExprError(); | ||||||
14929 | |||||||
14930 | return CheckForImmediateInvocation(MaybeBindToTemporary(UDL), FD); | ||||||
14931 | } | ||||||
14932 | |||||||
14933 | /// Build a call to 'begin' or 'end' for a C++11 for-range statement. If the | ||||||
14934 | /// given LookupResult is non-empty, it is assumed to describe a member which | ||||||
14935 | /// will be invoked. Otherwise, the function will be found via argument | ||||||
14936 | /// dependent lookup. | ||||||
14937 | /// CallExpr is set to a valid expression and FRS_Success returned on success, | ||||||
14938 | /// otherwise CallExpr is set to ExprError() and some non-success value | ||||||
14939 | /// is returned. | ||||||
14940 | Sema::ForRangeStatus | ||||||
14941 | Sema::BuildForRangeBeginEndCall(SourceLocation Loc, | ||||||
14942 | SourceLocation RangeLoc, | ||||||
14943 | const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, | ||||||
14944 | LookupResult &MemberLookup, | ||||||
14945 | OverloadCandidateSet *CandidateSet, | ||||||
14946 | Expr *Range, ExprResult *CallExpr) { | ||||||
14947 | Scope *S = nullptr; | ||||||
14948 | |||||||
14949 | CandidateSet->clear(OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Normal); | ||||||
14950 | if (!MemberLookup.empty()) { | ||||||
14951 | ExprResult MemberRef = | ||||||
14952 | BuildMemberReferenceExpr(Range, Range->getType(), Loc, | ||||||
14953 | /*IsPtr=*/false, CXXScopeSpec(), | ||||||
14954 | /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(), | ||||||
14955 | /*FirstQualifierInScope=*/nullptr, | ||||||
14956 | MemberLookup, | ||||||
14957 | /*TemplateArgs=*/nullptr, S); | ||||||
14958 | if (MemberRef.isInvalid()) { | ||||||
14959 | *CallExpr = ExprError(); | ||||||
14960 | return FRS_DiagnosticIssued; | ||||||
14961 | } | ||||||
14962 | *CallExpr = BuildCallExpr(S, MemberRef.get(), Loc, None, Loc, nullptr); | ||||||
14963 | if (CallExpr->isInvalid()) { | ||||||
14964 | *CallExpr = ExprError(); | ||||||
14965 | return FRS_DiagnosticIssued; | ||||||
14966 | } | ||||||
14967 | } else { | ||||||
14968 | ExprResult FnR = CreateUnresolvedLookupExpr(/*NamingClass=*/nullptr, | ||||||
14969 | NestedNameSpecifierLoc(), | ||||||
14970 | NameInfo, UnresolvedSet<0>()); | ||||||
14971 | if (FnR.isInvalid()) | ||||||
14972 | return FRS_DiagnosticIssued; | ||||||
14973 | UnresolvedLookupExpr *Fn = cast<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(FnR.get()); | ||||||
14974 | |||||||
14975 | bool CandidateSetError = buildOverloadedCallSet(S, Fn, Fn, Range, Loc, | ||||||
14976 | CandidateSet, CallExpr); | ||||||
14977 | if (CandidateSet->empty() || CandidateSetError) { | ||||||
14978 | *CallExpr = ExprError(); | ||||||
14979 | return FRS_NoViableFunction; | ||||||
14980 | } | ||||||
14981 | OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best; | ||||||
14982 | OverloadingResult OverloadResult = | ||||||
14983 | CandidateSet->BestViableFunction(*this, Fn->getBeginLoc(), Best); | ||||||
14984 | |||||||
14985 | if (OverloadResult == OR_No_Viable_Function) { | ||||||
14986 | *CallExpr = ExprError(); | ||||||
14987 | return FRS_NoViableFunction; | ||||||
14988 | } | ||||||
14989 | *CallExpr = FinishOverloadedCallExpr(*this, S, Fn, Fn, Loc, Range, | ||||||
14990 | Loc, nullptr, CandidateSet, &Best, | ||||||
14991 | OverloadResult, | ||||||
14992 | /*AllowTypoCorrection=*/false); | ||||||
14993 | if (CallExpr->isInvalid() || OverloadResult != OR_Success) { | ||||||
14994 | *CallExpr = ExprError(); | ||||||
14995 | return FRS_DiagnosticIssued; | ||||||
14996 | } | ||||||
14997 | } | ||||||
14998 | return FRS_Success; | ||||||
14999 | } | ||||||
15000 | |||||||
15001 | |||||||
15002 | /// FixOverloadedFunctionReference - E is an expression that refers to | ||||||
15003 | /// a C++ overloaded function (possibly with some parentheses and | ||||||
15004 | /// perhaps a '&' around it). We have resolved the overloaded function | ||||||
15005 | /// to the function declaration Fn, so patch up the expression E to | ||||||
15006 | /// refer (possibly indirectly) to Fn. Returns the new expr. | ||||||
15007 | Expr *Sema::FixOverloadedFunctionReference(Expr *E, DeclAccessPair Found, | ||||||
15008 | FunctionDecl *Fn) { | ||||||
15009 | if (ParenExpr *PE = dyn_cast<ParenExpr>(E)) { | ||||||
15010 | Expr *SubExpr = FixOverloadedFunctionReference(PE->getSubExpr(), | ||||||
15011 | Found, Fn); | ||||||
15012 | if (SubExpr == PE->getSubExpr()) | ||||||
15013 | return PE; | ||||||
15014 | |||||||
15015 | return new (Context) ParenExpr(PE->getLParen(), PE->getRParen(), SubExpr); | ||||||
15016 | } | ||||||
15017 | |||||||
15018 | if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)) { | ||||||
15019 | Expr *SubExpr = FixOverloadedFunctionReference(ICE->getSubExpr(), | ||||||
15020 | Found, Fn); | ||||||
15021 | assert(Context.hasSameType(ICE->getSubExpr()->getType(),(static_cast <bool> (Context.hasSameType(ICE->getSubExpr ()->getType(), SubExpr->getType()) && "Implicit cast type cannot be determined from overload" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Context.hasSameType(ICE->getSubExpr()->getType(), SubExpr->getType()) && \"Implicit cast type cannot be determined from overload\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 15023, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||
15022 | SubExpr->getType()) &&(static_cast <bool> (Context.hasSameType(ICE->getSubExpr ()->getType(), SubExpr->getType()) && "Implicit cast type cannot be determined from overload" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Context.hasSameType(ICE->getSubExpr()->getType(), SubExpr->getType()) && \"Implicit cast type cannot be determined from overload\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 15023, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||
15023 | "Implicit cast type cannot be determined from overload")(static_cast <bool> (Context.hasSameType(ICE->getSubExpr ()->getType(), SubExpr->getType()) && "Implicit cast type cannot be determined from overload" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Context.hasSameType(ICE->getSubExpr()->getType(), SubExpr->getType()) && \"Implicit cast type cannot be determined from overload\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 15023, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
15024 | assert(ICE->path_empty() && "fixing up hierarchy conversion?")(static_cast <bool> (ICE->path_empty() && "fixing up hierarchy conversion?" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("ICE->path_empty() && \"fixing up hierarchy conversion?\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 15024, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
15025 | if (SubExpr == ICE->getSubExpr()) | ||||||
15026 | return ICE; | ||||||
15027 | |||||||
15028 | return ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, ICE->getType(), ICE->getCastKind(), | ||||||
15029 | SubExpr, nullptr, ICE->getValueKind(), | ||||||
15030 | CurFPFeatureOverrides()); | ||||||
15031 | } | ||||||
15032 | |||||||
15033 | if (auto *GSE = dyn_cast<GenericSelectionExpr>(E)) { | ||||||
15034 | if (!GSE->isResultDependent()) { | ||||||
15035 | Expr *SubExpr = | ||||||
15036 | FixOverloadedFunctionReference(GSE->getResultExpr(), Found, Fn); | ||||||
15037 | if (SubExpr == GSE->getResultExpr()) | ||||||
15038 | return GSE; | ||||||
15039 | |||||||
15040 | // Replace the resulting type information before rebuilding the generic | ||||||
15041 | // selection expression. | ||||||
15042 | ArrayRef<Expr *> A = GSE->getAssocExprs(); | ||||||
15043 | SmallVector<Expr *, 4> AssocExprs(A.begin(), A.end()); | ||||||
15044 | unsigned ResultIdx = GSE->getResultIndex(); | ||||||
15045 | AssocExprs[ResultIdx] = SubExpr; | ||||||
15046 | |||||||
15047 | return GenericSelectionExpr::Create( | ||||||
15048 | Context, GSE->getGenericLoc(), GSE->getControllingExpr(), | ||||||
15049 | GSE->getAssocTypeSourceInfos(), AssocExprs, GSE->getDefaultLoc(), | ||||||
15050 | GSE->getRParenLoc(), GSE->containsUnexpandedParameterPack(), | ||||||
15051 | ResultIdx); | ||||||
15052 | } | ||||||
15053 | // Rather than fall through to the unreachable, return the original generic | ||||||
15054 | // selection expression. | ||||||
15055 | return GSE; | ||||||
15056 | } | ||||||
15057 | |||||||
15058 | if (UnaryOperator *UnOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(E)) { | ||||||
15059 | assert(UnOp->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf &&(static_cast <bool> (UnOp->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && "Can only take the address of an overloaded function") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("UnOp->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && \"Can only take the address of an overloaded function\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 15060, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||
15060 | "Can only take the address of an overloaded function")(static_cast <bool> (UnOp->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && "Can only take the address of an overloaded function") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("UnOp->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && \"Can only take the address of an overloaded function\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 15060, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
15061 | if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Fn)) { | ||||||
15062 | if (Method->isStatic()) { | ||||||
15063 | // Do nothing: static member functions aren't any different | ||||||
15064 | // from non-member functions. | ||||||
15065 | } else { | ||||||
15066 | // Fix the subexpression, which really has to be an | ||||||
15067 | // UnresolvedLookupExpr holding an overloaded member function | ||||||
15068 | // or template. | ||||||
15069 | Expr *SubExpr = FixOverloadedFunctionReference(UnOp->getSubExpr(), | ||||||
15070 | Found, Fn); | ||||||
15071 | if (SubExpr == UnOp->getSubExpr()) | ||||||
15072 | return UnOp; | ||||||
15073 | |||||||
15074 | assert(isa<DeclRefExpr>(SubExpr)(static_cast <bool> (isa<DeclRefExpr>(SubExpr) && "fixed to something other than a decl ref") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<DeclRefExpr>(SubExpr) && \"fixed to something other than a decl ref\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 15075, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||
15075 | && "fixed to something other than a decl ref")(static_cast <bool> (isa<DeclRefExpr>(SubExpr) && "fixed to something other than a decl ref") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<DeclRefExpr>(SubExpr) && \"fixed to something other than a decl ref\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 15075, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
15076 | assert(cast<DeclRefExpr>(SubExpr)->getQualifier()(static_cast <bool> (cast<DeclRefExpr>(SubExpr)-> getQualifier() && "fixed to a member ref with no nested name qualifier" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("cast<DeclRefExpr>(SubExpr)->getQualifier() && \"fixed to a member ref with no nested name qualifier\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 15077, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||
15077 | && "fixed to a member ref with no nested name qualifier")(static_cast <bool> (cast<DeclRefExpr>(SubExpr)-> getQualifier() && "fixed to a member ref with no nested name qualifier" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("cast<DeclRefExpr>(SubExpr)->getQualifier() && \"fixed to a member ref with no nested name qualifier\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 15077, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
15078 | |||||||
15079 | // We have taken the address of a pointer to member | ||||||
15080 | // function. Perform the computation here so that we get the | ||||||
15081 | // appropriate pointer to member type. | ||||||
15082 | QualType ClassType | ||||||
15083 | = Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<RecordDecl>(Method->getDeclContext())); | ||||||
15084 | QualType MemPtrType | ||||||
15085 | = Context.getMemberPointerType(Fn->getType(), ClassType.getTypePtr()); | ||||||
15086 | // Under the MS ABI, lock down the inheritance model now. | ||||||
15087 | if (Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) | ||||||
15088 | (void)isCompleteType(UnOp->getOperatorLoc(), MemPtrType); | ||||||
15089 | |||||||
15090 | return UnaryOperator::Create( | ||||||
15091 | Context, SubExpr, UO_AddrOf, MemPtrType, VK_PRValue, OK_Ordinary, | ||||||
15092 | UnOp->getOperatorLoc(), false, CurFPFeatureOverrides()); | ||||||
15093 | } | ||||||
15094 | } | ||||||
15095 | Expr *SubExpr = FixOverloadedFunctionReference(UnOp->getSubExpr(), | ||||||
15096 | Found, Fn); | ||||||
15097 | if (SubExpr == UnOp->getSubExpr()) | ||||||
15098 | return UnOp; | ||||||
15099 | |||||||
15100 | return UnaryOperator::Create( | ||||||
15101 | Context, SubExpr, UO_AddrOf, Context.getPointerType(SubExpr->getType()), | ||||||
15102 | VK_PRValue, OK_Ordinary, UnOp->getOperatorLoc(), false, | ||||||
15103 | CurFPFeatureOverrides()); | ||||||
15104 | } | ||||||
15105 | |||||||
15106 | if (UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE = dyn_cast<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(E)) { | ||||||
15107 | // FIXME: avoid copy. | ||||||
15108 | TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgsBuffer, *TemplateArgs = nullptr; | ||||||
15109 | if (ULE->hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) { | ||||||
15110 | ULE->copyTemplateArgumentsInto(TemplateArgsBuffer); | ||||||
15111 | TemplateArgs = &TemplateArgsBuffer; | ||||||
15112 | } | ||||||
15113 | |||||||
15114 | DeclRefExpr *DRE = | ||||||
15115 | BuildDeclRefExpr(Fn, Fn->getType(), VK_LValue, ULE->getNameInfo(), | ||||||
15116 | ULE->getQualifierLoc(), Found.getDecl(), | ||||||
15117 | ULE->getTemplateKeywordLoc(), TemplateArgs); | ||||||
15118 | DRE->setHadMultipleCandidates(ULE->getNumDecls() > 1); | ||||||
15119 | return DRE; | ||||||
15120 | } | ||||||
15121 | |||||||
15122 | if (UnresolvedMemberExpr *MemExpr = dyn_cast<UnresolvedMemberExpr>(E)) { | ||||||
15123 | // FIXME: avoid copy. | ||||||
15124 | TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgsBuffer, *TemplateArgs = nullptr; | ||||||
15125 | if (MemExpr->hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) { | ||||||
15126 | MemExpr->copyTemplateArgumentsInto(TemplateArgsBuffer); | ||||||
15127 | TemplateArgs = &TemplateArgsBuffer; | ||||||
15128 | } | ||||||
15129 | |||||||
15130 | Expr *Base; | ||||||
15131 | |||||||
15132 | // If we're filling in a static method where we used to have an | ||||||
15133 | // implicit member access, rewrite to a simple decl ref. | ||||||
15134 | if (MemExpr->isImplicitAccess()) { | ||||||
15135 | if (cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Fn)->isStatic()) { | ||||||
15136 | DeclRefExpr *DRE = BuildDeclRefExpr( | ||||||
15137 | Fn, Fn->getType(), VK_LValue, MemExpr->getNameInfo(), | ||||||
15138 | MemExpr->getQualifierLoc(), Found.getDecl(), | ||||||
15139 | MemExpr->getTemplateKeywordLoc(), TemplateArgs); | ||||||
15140 | DRE->setHadMultipleCandidates(MemExpr->getNumDecls() > 1); | ||||||
15141 | return DRE; | ||||||
15142 | } else { | ||||||
15143 | SourceLocation Loc = MemExpr->getMemberLoc(); | ||||||
15144 | if (MemExpr->getQualifier()) | ||||||
15145 | Loc = MemExpr->getQualifierLoc().getBeginLoc(); | ||||||
15146 | Base = | ||||||
15147 | BuildCXXThisExpr(Loc, MemExpr->getBaseType(), /*IsImplicit=*/true); | ||||||
15148 | } | ||||||
15149 | } else | ||||||
15150 | Base = MemExpr->getBase(); | ||||||
15151 | |||||||
15152 | ExprValueKind valueKind; | ||||||
15153 | QualType type; | ||||||
15154 | if (cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Fn)->isStatic()) { | ||||||
15155 | valueKind = VK_LValue; | ||||||
15156 | type = Fn->getType(); | ||||||
15157 | } else { | ||||||
15158 | valueKind = VK_PRValue; | ||||||
15159 | type = Context.BoundMemberTy; | ||||||
15160 | } | ||||||
15161 | |||||||
15162 | return BuildMemberExpr( | ||||||
15163 | Base, MemExpr->isArrow(), MemExpr->getOperatorLoc(), | ||||||
15164 | MemExpr->getQualifierLoc(), MemExpr->getTemplateKeywordLoc(), Fn, Found, | ||||||
15165 | /*HadMultipleCandidates=*/true, MemExpr->getMemberNameInfo(), | ||||||
15166 | type, valueKind, OK_Ordinary, TemplateArgs); | ||||||
15167 | } | ||||||
15168 | |||||||
15169 | llvm_unreachable("Invalid reference to overloaded function")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Invalid reference to overloaded function" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 15169); | ||||||
15170 | } | ||||||
15171 | |||||||
15172 | ExprResult Sema::FixOverloadedFunctionReference(ExprResult E, | ||||||
15173 | DeclAccessPair Found, | ||||||
15174 | FunctionDecl *Fn) { | ||||||
15175 | return FixOverloadedFunctionReference(E.get(), Found, Fn); | ||||||
15176 | } |
1 | //===- Type.h - C Language Family Type Representation -----------*- C++ -*-===// | ||||||
2 | // | ||||||
3 | // Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions. | ||||||
4 | // See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information. | ||||||
5 | // SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception | ||||||
6 | // | ||||||
7 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | ||||||
8 | // | ||||||
9 | /// \file | ||||||
10 | /// C Language Family Type Representation | ||||||
11 | /// | ||||||
12 | /// This file defines the clang::Type interface and subclasses, used to | ||||||
13 | /// represent types for languages in the C family. | ||||||
14 | // | ||||||
15 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | ||||||
16 | |||||||
17 | #ifndef LLVM_CLANG_AST_TYPE_H | ||||||
18 | #define LLVM_CLANG_AST_TYPE_H | ||||||
19 | |||||||
20 | #include "clang/AST/DependenceFlags.h" | ||||||
21 | #include "clang/AST/NestedNameSpecifier.h" | ||||||
22 | #include "clang/AST/TemplateName.h" | ||||||
23 | #include "clang/Basic/AddressSpaces.h" | ||||||
24 | #include "clang/Basic/AttrKinds.h" | ||||||
25 | #include "clang/Basic/Diagnostic.h" | ||||||
26 | #include "clang/Basic/ExceptionSpecificationType.h" | ||||||
27 | #include "clang/Basic/LLVM.h" | ||||||
28 | #include "clang/Basic/Linkage.h" | ||||||
29 | #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h" | ||||||
30 | #include "clang/Basic/SourceLocation.h" | ||||||
31 | #include "clang/Basic/Specifiers.h" | ||||||
32 | #include "clang/Basic/Visibility.h" | ||||||
33 | #include "llvm/ADT/APInt.h" | ||||||
34 | #include "llvm/ADT/APSInt.h" | ||||||
35 | #include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h" | ||||||
36 | #include "llvm/ADT/FoldingSet.h" | ||||||
37 | #include "llvm/ADT/None.h" | ||||||
38 | #include "llvm/ADT/Optional.h" | ||||||
39 | #include "llvm/ADT/PointerIntPair.h" | ||||||
40 | #include "llvm/ADT/PointerUnion.h" | ||||||
41 | #include "llvm/ADT/StringRef.h" | ||||||
42 | #include "llvm/ADT/Twine.h" | ||||||
43 | #include "llvm/ADT/iterator_range.h" | ||||||
44 | #include "llvm/Support/Casting.h" | ||||||
45 | #include "llvm/Support/Compiler.h" | ||||||
46 | #include "llvm/Support/ErrorHandling.h" | ||||||
47 | #include "llvm/Support/PointerLikeTypeTraits.h" | ||||||
48 | #include "llvm/Support/TrailingObjects.h" | ||||||
49 | #include "llvm/Support/type_traits.h" | ||||||
50 | #include <cassert> | ||||||
51 | #include <cstddef> | ||||||
52 | #include <cstdint> | ||||||
53 | #include <cstring> | ||||||
54 | #include <string> | ||||||
55 | #include <type_traits> | ||||||
56 | #include <utility> | ||||||
57 | |||||||
58 | namespace clang { | ||||||
59 | |||||||
60 | class ExtQuals; | ||||||
61 | class QualType; | ||||||
62 | class ConceptDecl; | ||||||
63 | class TagDecl; | ||||||
64 | class TemplateParameterList; | ||||||
65 | class Type; | ||||||
66 | |||||||
67 | enum { | ||||||
68 | TypeAlignmentInBits = 4, | ||||||
69 | TypeAlignment = 1 << TypeAlignmentInBits | ||||||
70 | }; | ||||||
71 | |||||||
72 | namespace serialization { | ||||||
73 | template <class T> class AbstractTypeReader; | ||||||
74 | template <class T> class AbstractTypeWriter; | ||||||
75 | } | ||||||
76 | |||||||
77 | } // namespace clang | ||||||
78 | |||||||
79 | namespace llvm { | ||||||
80 | |||||||
81 | template <typename T> | ||||||
82 | struct PointerLikeTypeTraits; | ||||||
83 | template<> | ||||||
84 | struct PointerLikeTypeTraits< ::clang::Type*> { | ||||||
85 | static inline void *getAsVoidPointer(::clang::Type *P) { return P; } | ||||||
86 | |||||||
87 | static inline ::clang::Type *getFromVoidPointer(void *P) { | ||||||
88 | return static_cast< ::clang::Type*>(P); | ||||||
89 | } | ||||||
90 | |||||||
91 | static constexpr int NumLowBitsAvailable = clang::TypeAlignmentInBits; | ||||||
92 | }; | ||||||
93 | |||||||
94 | template<> | ||||||
95 | struct PointerLikeTypeTraits< ::clang::ExtQuals*> { | ||||||
96 | static inline void *getAsVoidPointer(::clang::ExtQuals *P) { return P; } | ||||||
97 | |||||||
98 | static inline ::clang::ExtQuals *getFromVoidPointer(void *P) { | ||||||
99 | return static_cast< ::clang::ExtQuals*>(P); | ||||||
100 | } | ||||||
101 | |||||||
102 | static constexpr int NumLowBitsAvailable = clang::TypeAlignmentInBits; | ||||||
103 | }; | ||||||
104 | |||||||
105 | } // namespace llvm | ||||||
106 | |||||||
107 | namespace clang { | ||||||
108 | |||||||
109 | class ASTContext; | ||||||
110 | template <typename> class CanQual; | ||||||
111 | class CXXRecordDecl; | ||||||
112 | class DeclContext; | ||||||
113 | class EnumDecl; | ||||||
114 | class Expr; | ||||||
115 | class ExtQualsTypeCommonBase; | ||||||
116 | class FunctionDecl; | ||||||
117 | class IdentifierInfo; | ||||||
118 | class NamedDecl; | ||||||
119 | class ObjCInterfaceDecl; | ||||||
120 | class ObjCProtocolDecl; | ||||||
121 | class ObjCTypeParamDecl; | ||||||
122 | struct PrintingPolicy; | ||||||
123 | class RecordDecl; | ||||||
124 | class Stmt; | ||||||
125 | class TagDecl; | ||||||
126 | class TemplateArgument; | ||||||
127 | class TemplateArgumentListInfo; | ||||||
128 | class TemplateArgumentLoc; | ||||||
129 | class TemplateTypeParmDecl; | ||||||
130 | class TypedefNameDecl; | ||||||
131 | class UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl; | ||||||
132 | |||||||
133 | using CanQualType = CanQual<Type>; | ||||||
134 | |||||||
135 | // Provide forward declarations for all of the *Type classes. | ||||||
136 | #define TYPE(Class, Base) class Class##Type; | ||||||
137 | #include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.inc" | ||||||
138 | |||||||
139 | /// The collection of all-type qualifiers we support. | ||||||
140 | /// Clang supports five independent qualifiers: | ||||||
141 | /// * C99: const, volatile, and restrict | ||||||
142 | /// * MS: __unaligned | ||||||
143 | /// * Embedded C (TR18037): address spaces | ||||||
144 | /// * Objective C: the GC attributes (none, weak, or strong) | ||||||
145 | class Qualifiers { | ||||||
146 | public: | ||||||
147 | enum TQ { // NOTE: These flags must be kept in sync with DeclSpec::TQ. | ||||||
148 | Const = 0x1, | ||||||
149 | Restrict = 0x2, | ||||||
150 | Volatile = 0x4, | ||||||
151 | CVRMask = Const | Volatile | Restrict | ||||||
152 | }; | ||||||
153 | |||||||
154 | enum GC { | ||||||
155 | GCNone = 0, | ||||||
156 | Weak, | ||||||
157 | Strong | ||||||
158 | }; | ||||||
159 | |||||||
160 | enum ObjCLifetime { | ||||||
161 | /// There is no lifetime qualification on this type. | ||||||
162 | OCL_None, | ||||||
163 | |||||||
164 | /// This object can be modified without requiring retains or | ||||||
165 | /// releases. | ||||||
166 | OCL_ExplicitNone, | ||||||
167 | |||||||
168 | /// Assigning into this object requires the old value to be | ||||||
169 | /// released and the new value to be retained. The timing of the | ||||||
170 | /// release of the old value is inexact: it may be moved to | ||||||
171 | /// immediately after the last known point where the value is | ||||||
172 | /// live. | ||||||
173 | OCL_Strong, | ||||||
174 | |||||||
175 | /// Reading or writing from this object requires a barrier call. | ||||||
176 | OCL_Weak, | ||||||
177 | |||||||
178 | /// Assigning into this object requires a lifetime extension. | ||||||
179 | OCL_Autoreleasing | ||||||
180 | }; | ||||||
181 | |||||||
182 | enum { | ||||||
183 | /// The maximum supported address space number. | ||||||
184 | /// 23 bits should be enough for anyone. | ||||||
185 | MaxAddressSpace = 0x7fffffu, | ||||||
186 | |||||||
187 | /// The width of the "fast" qualifier mask. | ||||||
188 | FastWidth = 3, | ||||||
189 | |||||||
190 | /// The fast qualifier mask. | ||||||
191 | FastMask = (1 << FastWidth) - 1 | ||||||
192 | }; | ||||||
193 | |||||||
194 | /// Returns the common set of qualifiers while removing them from | ||||||
195 | /// the given sets. | ||||||
196 | static Qualifiers removeCommonQualifiers(Qualifiers &L, Qualifiers &R) { | ||||||
197 | // If both are only CVR-qualified, bit operations are sufficient. | ||||||
198 | if (!(L.Mask & ~CVRMask) && !(R.Mask & ~CVRMask)) { | ||||||
199 | Qualifiers Q; | ||||||
200 | Q.Mask = L.Mask & R.Mask; | ||||||
201 | L.Mask &= ~Q.Mask; | ||||||
202 | R.Mask &= ~Q.Mask; | ||||||
203 | return Q; | ||||||
204 | } | ||||||
205 | |||||||
206 | Qualifiers Q; | ||||||
207 | unsigned CommonCRV = L.getCVRQualifiers() & R.getCVRQualifiers(); | ||||||
208 | Q.addCVRQualifiers(CommonCRV); | ||||||
209 | L.removeCVRQualifiers(CommonCRV); | ||||||
210 | R.removeCVRQualifiers(CommonCRV); | ||||||
211 | |||||||
212 | if (L.getObjCGCAttr() == R.getObjCGCAttr()) { | ||||||
213 | Q.setObjCGCAttr(L.getObjCGCAttr()); | ||||||
214 | L.removeObjCGCAttr(); | ||||||
215 | R.removeObjCGCAttr(); | ||||||
216 | } | ||||||
217 | |||||||
218 | if (L.getObjCLifetime() == R.getObjCLifetime()) { | ||||||
219 | Q.setObjCLifetime(L.getObjCLifetime()); | ||||||
220 | L.removeObjCLifetime(); | ||||||
221 | R.removeObjCLifetime(); | ||||||
222 | } | ||||||
223 | |||||||
224 | if (L.getAddressSpace() == R.getAddressSpace()) { | ||||||
225 | Q.setAddressSpace(L.getAddressSpace()); | ||||||
226 | L.removeAddressSpace(); | ||||||
227 | R.removeAddressSpace(); | ||||||
228 | } | ||||||
229 | return Q; | ||||||
230 | } | ||||||
231 | |||||||
232 | static Qualifiers fromFastMask(unsigned Mask) { | ||||||
233 | Qualifiers Qs; | ||||||
234 | Qs.addFastQualifiers(Mask); | ||||||
235 | return Qs; | ||||||
236 | } | ||||||
237 | |||||||
238 | static Qualifiers fromCVRMask(unsigned CVR) { | ||||||
239 | Qualifiers Qs; | ||||||
240 | Qs.addCVRQualifiers(CVR); | ||||||
241 | return Qs; | ||||||
242 | } | ||||||
243 | |||||||
244 | static Qualifiers fromCVRUMask(unsigned CVRU) { | ||||||
245 | Qualifiers Qs; | ||||||
246 | Qs.addCVRUQualifiers(CVRU); | ||||||
247 | return Qs; | ||||||
248 | } | ||||||
249 | |||||||
250 | // Deserialize qualifiers from an opaque representation. | ||||||
251 | static Qualifiers fromOpaqueValue(unsigned opaque) { | ||||||
252 | Qualifiers Qs; | ||||||
253 | Qs.Mask = opaque; | ||||||
254 | return Qs; | ||||||
255 | } | ||||||
256 | |||||||
257 | // Serialize these qualifiers into an opaque representation. | ||||||
258 | unsigned getAsOpaqueValue() const { | ||||||
259 | return Mask; | ||||||
260 | } | ||||||
261 | |||||||
262 | bool hasConst() const { return Mask & Const; } | ||||||
263 | bool hasOnlyConst() const { return Mask == Const; } | ||||||
264 | void removeConst() { Mask &= ~Const; } | ||||||
265 | void addConst() { Mask |= Const; } | ||||||
266 | |||||||
267 | bool hasVolatile() const { return Mask & Volatile; } | ||||||
268 | bool hasOnlyVolatile() const { return Mask == Volatile; } | ||||||
269 | void removeVolatile() { Mask &= ~Volatile; } | ||||||
270 | void addVolatile() { Mask |= Volatile; } | ||||||
271 | |||||||
272 | bool hasRestrict() const { return Mask & Restrict; } | ||||||
273 | bool hasOnlyRestrict() const { return Mask == Restrict; } | ||||||
274 | void removeRestrict() { Mask &= ~Restrict; } | ||||||
275 | void addRestrict() { Mask |= Restrict; } | ||||||
276 | |||||||
277 | bool hasCVRQualifiers() const { return getCVRQualifiers(); } | ||||||
278 | unsigned getCVRQualifiers() const { return Mask & CVRMask; } | ||||||
279 | unsigned getCVRUQualifiers() const { return Mask & (CVRMask | UMask); } | ||||||
280 | |||||||
281 | void setCVRQualifiers(unsigned mask) { | ||||||
282 | assert(!(mask & ~CVRMask) && "bitmask contains non-CVR bits")(static_cast <bool> (!(mask & ~CVRMask) && "bitmask contains non-CVR bits" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!(mask & ~CVRMask) && \"bitmask contains non-CVR bits\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 282, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
283 | Mask = (Mask & ~CVRMask) | mask; | ||||||
284 | } | ||||||
285 | void removeCVRQualifiers(unsigned mask) { | ||||||
286 | assert(!(mask & ~CVRMask) && "bitmask contains non-CVR bits")(static_cast <bool> (!(mask & ~CVRMask) && "bitmask contains non-CVR bits" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!(mask & ~CVRMask) && \"bitmask contains non-CVR bits\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 286, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
287 | Mask &= ~mask; | ||||||
288 | } | ||||||
289 | void removeCVRQualifiers() { | ||||||
290 | removeCVRQualifiers(CVRMask); | ||||||
291 | } | ||||||
292 | void addCVRQualifiers(unsigned mask) { | ||||||
293 | assert(!(mask & ~CVRMask) && "bitmask contains non-CVR bits")(static_cast <bool> (!(mask & ~CVRMask) && "bitmask contains non-CVR bits" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!(mask & ~CVRMask) && \"bitmask contains non-CVR bits\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 293, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
294 | Mask |= mask; | ||||||
295 | } | ||||||
296 | void addCVRUQualifiers(unsigned mask) { | ||||||
297 | assert(!(mask & ~CVRMask & ~UMask) && "bitmask contains non-CVRU bits")(static_cast <bool> (!(mask & ~CVRMask & ~UMask ) && "bitmask contains non-CVRU bits") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!(mask & ~CVRMask & ~UMask) && \"bitmask contains non-CVRU bits\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 297, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
298 | Mask |= mask; | ||||||
299 | } | ||||||
300 | |||||||
301 | bool hasUnaligned() const { return Mask & UMask; } | ||||||
302 | void setUnaligned(bool flag) { | ||||||
303 | Mask = (Mask & ~UMask) | (flag ? UMask : 0); | ||||||
304 | } | ||||||
305 | void removeUnaligned() { Mask &= ~UMask; } | ||||||
306 | void addUnaligned() { Mask |= UMask; } | ||||||
307 | |||||||
308 | bool hasObjCGCAttr() const { return Mask & GCAttrMask; } | ||||||
309 | GC getObjCGCAttr() const { return GC((Mask & GCAttrMask) >> GCAttrShift); } | ||||||
310 | void setObjCGCAttr(GC type) { | ||||||
311 | Mask = (Mask & ~GCAttrMask) | (type << GCAttrShift); | ||||||
312 | } | ||||||
313 | void removeObjCGCAttr() { setObjCGCAttr(GCNone); } | ||||||
314 | void addObjCGCAttr(GC type) { | ||||||
315 | assert(type)(static_cast <bool> (type) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ( "type", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 315, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
316 | setObjCGCAttr(type); | ||||||
317 | } | ||||||
318 | Qualifiers withoutObjCGCAttr() const { | ||||||
319 | Qualifiers qs = *this; | ||||||
320 | qs.removeObjCGCAttr(); | ||||||
321 | return qs; | ||||||
322 | } | ||||||
323 | Qualifiers withoutObjCLifetime() const { | ||||||
324 | Qualifiers qs = *this; | ||||||
325 | qs.removeObjCLifetime(); | ||||||
326 | return qs; | ||||||
327 | } | ||||||
328 | Qualifiers withoutAddressSpace() const { | ||||||
329 | Qualifiers qs = *this; | ||||||
330 | qs.removeAddressSpace(); | ||||||
331 | return qs; | ||||||
332 | } | ||||||
333 | |||||||
334 | bool hasObjCLifetime() const { return Mask & LifetimeMask; } | ||||||
335 | ObjCLifetime getObjCLifetime() const { | ||||||
336 | return ObjCLifetime((Mask & LifetimeMask) >> LifetimeShift); | ||||||
337 | } | ||||||
338 | void setObjCLifetime(ObjCLifetime type) { | ||||||
339 | Mask = (Mask & ~LifetimeMask) | (type << LifetimeShift); | ||||||
340 | } | ||||||
341 | void removeObjCLifetime() { setObjCLifetime(OCL_None); } | ||||||
342 | void addObjCLifetime(ObjCLifetime type) { | ||||||
343 | assert(type)(static_cast <bool> (type) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ( "type", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 343, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
344 | assert(!hasObjCLifetime())(static_cast <bool> (!hasObjCLifetime()) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!hasObjCLifetime()", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 344, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
345 | Mask |= (type << LifetimeShift); | ||||||
346 | } | ||||||
347 | |||||||
348 | /// True if the lifetime is neither None or ExplicitNone. | ||||||
349 | bool hasNonTrivialObjCLifetime() const { | ||||||
350 | ObjCLifetime lifetime = getObjCLifetime(); | ||||||
351 | return (lifetime > OCL_ExplicitNone); | ||||||
352 | } | ||||||
353 | |||||||
354 | /// True if the lifetime is either strong or weak. | ||||||
355 | bool hasStrongOrWeakObjCLifetime() const { | ||||||
356 | ObjCLifetime lifetime = getObjCLifetime(); | ||||||
357 | return (lifetime == OCL_Strong || lifetime == OCL_Weak); | ||||||
358 | } | ||||||
359 | |||||||
360 | bool hasAddressSpace() const { return Mask & AddressSpaceMask; } | ||||||
361 | LangAS getAddressSpace() const { | ||||||
362 | return static_cast<LangAS>(Mask >> AddressSpaceShift); | ||||||
363 | } | ||||||
364 | bool hasTargetSpecificAddressSpace() const { | ||||||
365 | return isTargetAddressSpace(getAddressSpace()); | ||||||
366 | } | ||||||
367 | /// Get the address space attribute value to be printed by diagnostics. | ||||||
368 | unsigned getAddressSpaceAttributePrintValue() const { | ||||||
369 | auto Addr = getAddressSpace(); | ||||||
370 | // This function is not supposed to be used with language specific | ||||||
371 | // address spaces. If that happens, the diagnostic message should consider | ||||||
372 | // printing the QualType instead of the address space value. | ||||||
373 | assert(Addr == LangAS::Default || hasTargetSpecificAddressSpace())(static_cast <bool> (Addr == LangAS::Default || hasTargetSpecificAddressSpace ()) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Addr == LangAS::Default || hasTargetSpecificAddressSpace()" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 373, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
374 | if (Addr != LangAS::Default) | ||||||
375 | return toTargetAddressSpace(Addr); | ||||||
376 | // TODO: The diagnostic messages where Addr may be 0 should be fixed | ||||||
377 | // since it cannot differentiate the situation where 0 denotes the default | ||||||
378 | // address space or user specified __attribute__((address_space(0))). | ||||||
379 | return 0; | ||||||
380 | } | ||||||
381 | void setAddressSpace(LangAS space) { | ||||||
382 | assert((unsigned)space <= MaxAddressSpace)(static_cast <bool> ((unsigned)space <= MaxAddressSpace ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("(unsigned)space <= MaxAddressSpace" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 382, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
383 | Mask = (Mask & ~AddressSpaceMask) | ||||||
384 | | (((uint32_t) space) << AddressSpaceShift); | ||||||
385 | } | ||||||
386 | void removeAddressSpace() { setAddressSpace(LangAS::Default); } | ||||||
387 | void addAddressSpace(LangAS space) { | ||||||
388 | assert(space != LangAS::Default)(static_cast <bool> (space != LangAS::Default) ? void ( 0) : __assert_fail ("space != LangAS::Default", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 388, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
389 | setAddressSpace(space); | ||||||
390 | } | ||||||
391 | |||||||
392 | // Fast qualifiers are those that can be allocated directly | ||||||
393 | // on a QualType object. | ||||||
394 | bool hasFastQualifiers() const { return getFastQualifiers(); } | ||||||
395 | unsigned getFastQualifiers() const { return Mask & FastMask; } | ||||||
396 | void setFastQualifiers(unsigned mask) { | ||||||
397 | assert(!(mask & ~FastMask) && "bitmask contains non-fast qualifier bits")(static_cast <bool> (!(mask & ~FastMask) && "bitmask contains non-fast qualifier bits") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!(mask & ~FastMask) && \"bitmask contains non-fast qualifier bits\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 397, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
398 | Mask = (Mask & ~FastMask) | mask; | ||||||
399 | } | ||||||
400 | void removeFastQualifiers(unsigned mask) { | ||||||
401 | assert(!(mask & ~FastMask) && "bitmask contains non-fast qualifier bits")(static_cast <bool> (!(mask & ~FastMask) && "bitmask contains non-fast qualifier bits") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!(mask & ~FastMask) && \"bitmask contains non-fast qualifier bits\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 401, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
402 | Mask &= ~mask; | ||||||
403 | } | ||||||
404 | void removeFastQualifiers() { | ||||||
405 | removeFastQualifiers(FastMask); | ||||||
406 | } | ||||||
407 | void addFastQualifiers(unsigned mask) { | ||||||
408 | assert(!(mask & ~FastMask) && "bitmask contains non-fast qualifier bits")(static_cast <bool> (!(mask & ~FastMask) && "bitmask contains non-fast qualifier bits") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!(mask & ~FastMask) && \"bitmask contains non-fast qualifier bits\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 408, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
409 | Mask |= mask; | ||||||
410 | } | ||||||
411 | |||||||
412 | /// Return true if the set contains any qualifiers which require an ExtQuals | ||||||
413 | /// node to be allocated. | ||||||
414 | bool hasNonFastQualifiers() const { return Mask & ~FastMask; } | ||||||
415 | Qualifiers getNonFastQualifiers() const { | ||||||
416 | Qualifiers Quals = *this; | ||||||
417 | Quals.setFastQualifiers(0); | ||||||
418 | return Quals; | ||||||
419 | } | ||||||
420 | |||||||
421 | /// Return true if the set contains any qualifiers. | ||||||
422 | bool hasQualifiers() const { return Mask; } | ||||||
423 | bool empty() const { return !Mask; } | ||||||
424 | |||||||
425 | /// Add the qualifiers from the given set to this set. | ||||||
426 | void addQualifiers(Qualifiers Q) { | ||||||
427 | // If the other set doesn't have any non-boolean qualifiers, just | ||||||
428 | // bit-or it in. | ||||||
429 | if (!(Q.Mask & ~CVRMask)) | ||||||
430 | Mask |= Q.Mask; | ||||||
431 | else { | ||||||
432 | Mask |= (Q.Mask & CVRMask); | ||||||
433 | if (Q.hasAddressSpace()) | ||||||
434 | addAddressSpace(Q.getAddressSpace()); | ||||||
435 | if (Q.hasObjCGCAttr()) | ||||||
436 | addObjCGCAttr(Q.getObjCGCAttr()); | ||||||
437 | if (Q.hasObjCLifetime()) | ||||||
438 | addObjCLifetime(Q.getObjCLifetime()); | ||||||
439 | } | ||||||
440 | } | ||||||
441 | |||||||
442 | /// Remove the qualifiers from the given set from this set. | ||||||
443 | void removeQualifiers(Qualifiers Q) { | ||||||
444 | // If the other set doesn't have any non-boolean qualifiers, just | ||||||
445 | // bit-and the inverse in. | ||||||
446 | if (!(Q.Mask & ~CVRMask)) | ||||||
447 | Mask &= ~Q.Mask; | ||||||
448 | else { | ||||||
449 | Mask &= ~(Q.Mask & CVRMask); | ||||||
450 | if (getObjCGCAttr() == Q.getObjCGCAttr()) | ||||||
451 | removeObjCGCAttr(); | ||||||
452 | if (getObjCLifetime() == Q.getObjCLifetime()) | ||||||
453 | removeObjCLifetime(); | ||||||
454 | if (getAddressSpace() == Q.getAddressSpace()) | ||||||
455 | removeAddressSpace(); | ||||||
456 | } | ||||||
457 | } | ||||||
458 | |||||||
459 | /// Add the qualifiers from the given set to this set, given that | ||||||
460 | /// they don't conflict. | ||||||
461 | void addConsistentQualifiers(Qualifiers qs) { | ||||||
462 | assert(getAddressSpace() == qs.getAddressSpace() ||(static_cast <bool> (getAddressSpace() == qs.getAddressSpace () || !hasAddressSpace() || !qs.hasAddressSpace()) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("getAddressSpace() == qs.getAddressSpace() || !hasAddressSpace() || !qs.hasAddressSpace()" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 463, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||
463 | !hasAddressSpace() || !qs.hasAddressSpace())(static_cast <bool> (getAddressSpace() == qs.getAddressSpace () || !hasAddressSpace() || !qs.hasAddressSpace()) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("getAddressSpace() == qs.getAddressSpace() || !hasAddressSpace() || !qs.hasAddressSpace()" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 463, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
464 | assert(getObjCGCAttr() == qs.getObjCGCAttr() ||(static_cast <bool> (getObjCGCAttr() == qs.getObjCGCAttr () || !hasObjCGCAttr() || !qs.hasObjCGCAttr()) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("getObjCGCAttr() == qs.getObjCGCAttr() || !hasObjCGCAttr() || !qs.hasObjCGCAttr()" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 465, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||
465 | !hasObjCGCAttr() || !qs.hasObjCGCAttr())(static_cast <bool> (getObjCGCAttr() == qs.getObjCGCAttr () || !hasObjCGCAttr() || !qs.hasObjCGCAttr()) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("getObjCGCAttr() == qs.getObjCGCAttr() || !hasObjCGCAttr() || !qs.hasObjCGCAttr()" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 465, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
466 | assert(getObjCLifetime() == qs.getObjCLifetime() ||(static_cast <bool> (getObjCLifetime() == qs.getObjCLifetime () || !hasObjCLifetime() || !qs.hasObjCLifetime()) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("getObjCLifetime() == qs.getObjCLifetime() || !hasObjCLifetime() || !qs.hasObjCLifetime()" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 467, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||
467 | !hasObjCLifetime() || !qs.hasObjCLifetime())(static_cast <bool> (getObjCLifetime() == qs.getObjCLifetime () || !hasObjCLifetime() || !qs.hasObjCLifetime()) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("getObjCLifetime() == qs.getObjCLifetime() || !hasObjCLifetime() || !qs.hasObjCLifetime()" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 467, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
468 | Mask |= qs.Mask; | ||||||
469 | } | ||||||
470 | |||||||
471 | /// Returns true if address space A is equal to or a superset of B. | ||||||
472 | /// OpenCL v2.0 defines conversion rules (OpenCLC v2.0 s6.5.5) and notion of | ||||||
473 | /// overlapping address spaces. | ||||||
474 | /// CL1.1 or CL1.2: | ||||||
475 | /// every address space is a superset of itself. | ||||||
476 | /// CL2.0 adds: | ||||||
477 | /// __generic is a superset of any address space except for __constant. | ||||||
478 | static bool isAddressSpaceSupersetOf(LangAS A, LangAS B) { | ||||||
479 | // Address spaces must match exactly. | ||||||
480 | return A == B || | ||||||
481 | // Otherwise in OpenCLC v2.0 s6.5.5: every address space except | ||||||
482 | // for __constant can be used as __generic. | ||||||
483 | (A == LangAS::opencl_generic && B != LangAS::opencl_constant) || | ||||||
484 | // We also define global_device and global_host address spaces, | ||||||
485 | // to distinguish global pointers allocated on host from pointers | ||||||
486 | // allocated on device, which are a subset of __global. | ||||||
487 | (A == LangAS::opencl_global && (B == LangAS::opencl_global_device || | ||||||
488 | B == LangAS::opencl_global_host)) || | ||||||
489 | (A == LangAS::sycl_global && (B == LangAS::sycl_global_device || | ||||||
490 | B == LangAS::sycl_global_host)) || | ||||||
491 | // Consider pointer size address spaces to be equivalent to default. | ||||||
492 | ((isPtrSizeAddressSpace(A) || A == LangAS::Default) && | ||||||
493 | (isPtrSizeAddressSpace(B) || B == LangAS::Default)) || | ||||||
494 | // Default is a superset of SYCL address spaces. | ||||||
495 | (A == LangAS::Default && | ||||||
496 | (B == LangAS::sycl_private || B == LangAS::sycl_local || | ||||||
497 | B == LangAS::sycl_global || B == LangAS::sycl_global_device || | ||||||
498 | B == LangAS::sycl_global_host)) || | ||||||
499 | // In HIP device compilation, any cuda address space is allowed | ||||||
500 | // to implicitly cast into the default address space. | ||||||
501 | (A == LangAS::Default && | ||||||
502 | (B == LangAS::cuda_constant || B == LangAS::cuda_device || | ||||||
503 | B == LangAS::cuda_shared)); | ||||||
504 | } | ||||||
505 | |||||||
506 | /// Returns true if the address space in these qualifiers is equal to or | ||||||
507 | /// a superset of the address space in the argument qualifiers. | ||||||
508 | bool isAddressSpaceSupersetOf(Qualifiers other) const { | ||||||
509 | return isAddressSpaceSupersetOf(getAddressSpace(), other.getAddressSpace()); | ||||||
510 | } | ||||||
511 | |||||||
512 | /// Determines if these qualifiers compatibly include another set. | ||||||
513 | /// Generally this answers the question of whether an object with the other | ||||||
514 | /// qualifiers can be safely used as an object with these qualifiers. | ||||||
515 | bool compatiblyIncludes(Qualifiers other) const { | ||||||
516 | return isAddressSpaceSupersetOf(other) && | ||||||
517 | // ObjC GC qualifiers can match, be added, or be removed, but can't | ||||||
518 | // be changed. | ||||||
519 | (getObjCGCAttr() == other.getObjCGCAttr() || !hasObjCGCAttr() || | ||||||
520 | !other.hasObjCGCAttr()) && | ||||||
521 | // ObjC lifetime qualifiers must match exactly. | ||||||
522 | getObjCLifetime() == other.getObjCLifetime() && | ||||||
523 | // CVR qualifiers may subset. | ||||||
524 | (((Mask & CVRMask) | (other.Mask & CVRMask)) == (Mask & CVRMask)) && | ||||||
525 | // U qualifier may superset. | ||||||
526 | (!other.hasUnaligned() || hasUnaligned()); | ||||||
527 | } | ||||||
528 | |||||||
529 | /// Determines if these qualifiers compatibly include another set of | ||||||
530 | /// qualifiers from the narrow perspective of Objective-C ARC lifetime. | ||||||
531 | /// | ||||||
532 | /// One set of Objective-C lifetime qualifiers compatibly includes the other | ||||||
533 | /// if the lifetime qualifiers match, or if both are non-__weak and the | ||||||
534 | /// including set also contains the 'const' qualifier, or both are non-__weak | ||||||
535 | /// and one is None (which can only happen in non-ARC modes). | ||||||
536 | bool compatiblyIncludesObjCLifetime(Qualifiers other) const { | ||||||
537 | if (getObjCLifetime() == other.getObjCLifetime()) | ||||||
538 | return true; | ||||||
539 | |||||||
540 | if (getObjCLifetime() == OCL_Weak || other.getObjCLifetime() == OCL_Weak) | ||||||
541 | return false; | ||||||
542 | |||||||
543 | if (getObjCLifetime() == OCL_None || other.getObjCLifetime() == OCL_None) | ||||||
544 | return true; | ||||||
545 | |||||||
546 | return hasConst(); | ||||||
547 | } | ||||||
548 | |||||||
549 | /// Determine whether this set of qualifiers is a strict superset of | ||||||
550 | /// another set of qualifiers, not considering qualifier compatibility. | ||||||
551 | bool isStrictSupersetOf(Qualifiers Other) const; | ||||||
552 | |||||||
553 | bool operator==(Qualifiers Other) const { return Mask == Other.Mask; } | ||||||
554 | bool operator!=(Qualifiers Other) const { return Mask != Other.Mask; } | ||||||
555 | |||||||
556 | explicit operator bool() const { return hasQualifiers(); } | ||||||
557 | |||||||
558 | Qualifiers &operator+=(Qualifiers R) { | ||||||
559 | addQualifiers(R); | ||||||
560 | return *this; | ||||||
561 | } | ||||||
562 | |||||||
563 | // Union two qualifier sets. If an enumerated qualifier appears | ||||||
564 | // in both sets, use the one from the right. | ||||||
565 | friend Qualifiers operator+(Qualifiers L, Qualifiers R) { | ||||||
566 | L += R; | ||||||
567 | return L; | ||||||
568 | } | ||||||
569 | |||||||
570 | Qualifiers &operator-=(Qualifiers R) { | ||||||
571 | removeQualifiers(R); | ||||||
572 | return *this; | ||||||
573 | } | ||||||
574 | |||||||
575 | /// Compute the difference between two qualifier sets. | ||||||
576 | friend Qualifiers operator-(Qualifiers L, Qualifiers R) { | ||||||
577 | L -= R; | ||||||
578 | return L; | ||||||
579 | } | ||||||
580 | |||||||
581 | std::string getAsString() const; | ||||||
582 | std::string getAsString(const PrintingPolicy &Policy) const; | ||||||
583 | |||||||
584 | static std::string getAddrSpaceAsString(LangAS AS); | ||||||
585 | |||||||
586 | bool isEmptyWhenPrinted(const PrintingPolicy &Policy) const; | ||||||
587 | void print(raw_ostream &OS, const PrintingPolicy &Policy, | ||||||
588 | bool appendSpaceIfNonEmpty = false) const; | ||||||
589 | |||||||
590 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) const { | ||||||
591 | ID.AddInteger(Mask); | ||||||
592 | } | ||||||
593 | |||||||
594 | private: | ||||||
595 | // bits: |0 1 2|3|4 .. 5|6 .. 8|9 ... 31| | ||||||
596 | // |C R V|U|GCAttr|Lifetime|AddressSpace| | ||||||
597 | uint32_t Mask = 0; | ||||||
598 | |||||||
599 | static const uint32_t UMask = 0x8; | ||||||
600 | static const uint32_t UShift = 3; | ||||||
601 | static const uint32_t GCAttrMask = 0x30; | ||||||
602 | static const uint32_t GCAttrShift = 4; | ||||||
603 | static const uint32_t LifetimeMask = 0x1C0; | ||||||
604 | static const uint32_t LifetimeShift = 6; | ||||||
605 | static const uint32_t AddressSpaceMask = | ||||||
606 | ~(CVRMask | UMask | GCAttrMask | LifetimeMask); | ||||||
607 | static const uint32_t AddressSpaceShift = 9; | ||||||
608 | }; | ||||||
609 | |||||||
610 | /// A std::pair-like structure for storing a qualified type split | ||||||
611 | /// into its local qualifiers and its locally-unqualified type. | ||||||
612 | struct SplitQualType { | ||||||
613 | /// The locally-unqualified type. | ||||||
614 | const Type *Ty = nullptr; | ||||||
615 | |||||||
616 | /// The local qualifiers. | ||||||
617 | Qualifiers Quals; | ||||||
618 | |||||||
619 | SplitQualType() = default; | ||||||
620 | SplitQualType(const Type *ty, Qualifiers qs) : Ty(ty), Quals(qs) {} | ||||||
621 | |||||||
622 | SplitQualType getSingleStepDesugaredType() const; // end of this file | ||||||
623 | |||||||
624 | // Make std::tie work. | ||||||
625 | std::pair<const Type *,Qualifiers> asPair() const { | ||||||
626 | return std::pair<const Type *, Qualifiers>(Ty, Quals); | ||||||
627 | } | ||||||
628 | |||||||
629 | friend bool operator==(SplitQualType a, SplitQualType b) { | ||||||
630 | return a.Ty == b.Ty && a.Quals == b.Quals; | ||||||
631 | } | ||||||
632 | friend bool operator!=(SplitQualType a, SplitQualType b) { | ||||||
633 | return a.Ty != b.Ty || a.Quals != b.Quals; | ||||||
634 | } | ||||||
635 | }; | ||||||
636 | |||||||
637 | /// The kind of type we are substituting Objective-C type arguments into. | ||||||
638 | /// | ||||||
639 | /// The kind of substitution affects the replacement of type parameters when | ||||||
640 | /// no concrete type information is provided, e.g., when dealing with an | ||||||
641 | /// unspecialized type. | ||||||
642 | enum class ObjCSubstitutionContext { | ||||||
643 | /// An ordinary type. | ||||||
644 | Ordinary, | ||||||
645 | |||||||
646 | /// The result type of a method or function. | ||||||
647 | Result, | ||||||
648 | |||||||
649 | /// The parameter type of a method or function. | ||||||
650 | Parameter, | ||||||
651 | |||||||
652 | /// The type of a property. | ||||||
653 | Property, | ||||||
654 | |||||||
655 | /// The superclass of a type. | ||||||
656 | Superclass, | ||||||
657 | }; | ||||||
658 | |||||||
659 | /// A (possibly-)qualified type. | ||||||
660 | /// | ||||||
661 | /// For efficiency, we don't store CV-qualified types as nodes on their | ||||||
662 | /// own: instead each reference to a type stores the qualifiers. This | ||||||
663 | /// greatly reduces the number of nodes we need to allocate for types (for | ||||||
664 | /// example we only need one for 'int', 'const int', 'volatile int', | ||||||
665 | /// 'const volatile int', etc). | ||||||
666 | /// | ||||||
667 | /// As an added efficiency bonus, instead of making this a pair, we | ||||||
668 | /// just store the two bits we care about in the low bits of the | ||||||
669 | /// pointer. To handle the packing/unpacking, we make QualType be a | ||||||
670 | /// simple wrapper class that acts like a smart pointer. A third bit | ||||||
671 | /// indicates whether there are extended qualifiers present, in which | ||||||
672 | /// case the pointer points to a special structure. | ||||||
673 | class QualType { | ||||||
674 | friend class QualifierCollector; | ||||||
675 | |||||||
676 | // Thankfully, these are efficiently composable. | ||||||
677 | llvm::PointerIntPair<llvm::PointerUnion<const Type *, const ExtQuals *>, | ||||||
678 | Qualifiers::FastWidth> Value; | ||||||
679 | |||||||
680 | const ExtQuals *getExtQualsUnsafe() const { | ||||||
681 | return Value.getPointer().get<const ExtQuals*>(); | ||||||
682 | } | ||||||
683 | |||||||
684 | const Type *getTypePtrUnsafe() const { | ||||||
685 | return Value.getPointer().get<const Type*>(); | ||||||
686 | } | ||||||
687 | |||||||
688 | const ExtQualsTypeCommonBase *getCommonPtr() const { | ||||||
689 | assert(!isNull() && "Cannot retrieve a NULL type pointer")(static_cast <bool> (!isNull() && "Cannot retrieve a NULL type pointer" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!isNull() && \"Cannot retrieve a NULL type pointer\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 689, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
690 | auto CommonPtrVal = reinterpret_cast<uintptr_t>(Value.getOpaqueValue()); | ||||||
691 | CommonPtrVal &= ~(uintptr_t)((1 << TypeAlignmentInBits) - 1); | ||||||
692 | return reinterpret_cast<ExtQualsTypeCommonBase*>(CommonPtrVal); | ||||||
693 | } | ||||||
694 | |||||||
695 | public: | ||||||
696 | QualType() = default; | ||||||
697 | QualType(const Type *Ptr, unsigned Quals) : Value(Ptr, Quals) {} | ||||||
698 | QualType(const ExtQuals *Ptr, unsigned Quals) : Value(Ptr, Quals) {} | ||||||
699 | |||||||
700 | unsigned getLocalFastQualifiers() const { return Value.getInt(); } | ||||||
701 | void setLocalFastQualifiers(unsigned Quals) { Value.setInt(Quals); } | ||||||
702 | |||||||
703 | /// Retrieves a pointer to the underlying (unqualified) type. | ||||||
704 | /// | ||||||
705 | /// This function requires that the type not be NULL. If the type might be | ||||||
706 | /// NULL, use the (slightly less efficient) \c getTypePtrOrNull(). | ||||||
707 | const Type *getTypePtr() const; | ||||||
708 | |||||||
709 | const Type *getTypePtrOrNull() const; | ||||||
710 | |||||||
711 | /// Retrieves a pointer to the name of the base type. | ||||||
712 | const IdentifierInfo *getBaseTypeIdentifier() const; | ||||||
713 | |||||||
714 | /// Divides a QualType into its unqualified type and a set of local | ||||||
715 | /// qualifiers. | ||||||
716 | SplitQualType split() const; | ||||||
717 | |||||||
718 | void *getAsOpaquePtr() const { return Value.getOpaqueValue(); } | ||||||
719 | |||||||
720 | static QualType getFromOpaquePtr(const void *Ptr) { | ||||||
721 | QualType T; | ||||||
722 | T.Value.setFromOpaqueValue(const_cast<void*>(Ptr)); | ||||||
723 | return T; | ||||||
724 | } | ||||||
725 | |||||||
726 | const Type &operator*() const { | ||||||
727 | return *getTypePtr(); | ||||||
728 | } | ||||||
729 | |||||||
730 | const Type *operator->() const { | ||||||
731 | return getTypePtr(); | ||||||
732 | } | ||||||
733 | |||||||
734 | bool isCanonical() const; | ||||||
735 | bool isCanonicalAsParam() const; | ||||||
736 | |||||||
737 | /// Return true if this QualType doesn't point to a type yet. | ||||||
738 | bool isNull() const { | ||||||
739 | return Value.getPointer().isNull(); | ||||||
740 | } | ||||||
741 | |||||||
742 | /// Determine whether this particular QualType instance has the | ||||||
743 | /// "const" qualifier set, without looking through typedefs that may have | ||||||
744 | /// added "const" at a different level. | ||||||
745 | bool isLocalConstQualified() const { | ||||||
746 | return (getLocalFastQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Const); | ||||||
747 | } | ||||||
748 | |||||||
749 | /// Determine whether this type is const-qualified. | ||||||
750 | bool isConstQualified() const; | ||||||
751 | |||||||
752 | /// Determine whether this particular QualType instance has the | ||||||
753 | /// "restrict" qualifier set, without looking through typedefs that may have | ||||||
754 | /// added "restrict" at a different level. | ||||||
755 | bool isLocalRestrictQualified() const { | ||||||
756 | return (getLocalFastQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Restrict); | ||||||
757 | } | ||||||
758 | |||||||
759 | /// Determine whether this type is restrict-qualified. | ||||||
760 | bool isRestrictQualified() const; | ||||||
761 | |||||||
762 | /// Determine whether this particular QualType instance has the | ||||||
763 | /// "volatile" qualifier set, without looking through typedefs that may have | ||||||
764 | /// added "volatile" at a different level. | ||||||
765 | bool isLocalVolatileQualified() const { | ||||||
766 | return (getLocalFastQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Volatile); | ||||||
767 | } | ||||||
768 | |||||||
769 | /// Determine whether this type is volatile-qualified. | ||||||
770 | bool isVolatileQualified() const; | ||||||
771 | |||||||
772 | /// Determine whether this particular QualType instance has any | ||||||
773 | /// qualifiers, without looking through any typedefs that might add | ||||||
774 | /// qualifiers at a different level. | ||||||
775 | bool hasLocalQualifiers() const { | ||||||
776 | return getLocalFastQualifiers() || hasLocalNonFastQualifiers(); | ||||||
777 | } | ||||||
778 | |||||||
779 | /// Determine whether this type has any qualifiers. | ||||||
780 | bool hasQualifiers() const; | ||||||
781 | |||||||
782 | /// Determine whether this particular QualType instance has any | ||||||
783 | /// "non-fast" qualifiers, e.g., those that are stored in an ExtQualType | ||||||
784 | /// instance. | ||||||
785 | bool hasLocalNonFastQualifiers() const { | ||||||
786 | return Value.getPointer().is<const ExtQuals*>(); | ||||||
787 | } | ||||||
788 | |||||||
789 | /// Retrieve the set of qualifiers local to this particular QualType | ||||||
790 | /// instance, not including any qualifiers acquired through typedefs or | ||||||
791 | /// other sugar. | ||||||
792 | Qualifiers getLocalQualifiers() const; | ||||||
793 | |||||||
794 | /// Retrieve the set of qualifiers applied to this type. | ||||||
795 | Qualifiers getQualifiers() const; | ||||||
796 | |||||||
797 | /// Retrieve the set of CVR (const-volatile-restrict) qualifiers | ||||||
798 | /// local to this particular QualType instance, not including any qualifiers | ||||||
799 | /// acquired through typedefs or other sugar. | ||||||
800 | unsigned getLocalCVRQualifiers() const { | ||||||
801 | return getLocalFastQualifiers(); | ||||||
802 | } | ||||||
803 | |||||||
804 | /// Retrieve the set of CVR (const-volatile-restrict) qualifiers | ||||||
805 | /// applied to this type. | ||||||
806 | unsigned getCVRQualifiers() const; | ||||||
807 | |||||||
808 | bool isConstant(const ASTContext& Ctx) const { | ||||||
809 | return QualType::isConstant(*this, Ctx); | ||||||
810 | } | ||||||
811 | |||||||
812 | /// Determine whether this is a Plain Old Data (POD) type (C++ 3.9p10). | ||||||
813 | bool isPODType(const ASTContext &Context) const; | ||||||
814 | |||||||
815 | /// Return true if this is a POD type according to the rules of the C++98 | ||||||
816 | /// standard, regardless of the current compilation's language. | ||||||
817 | bool isCXX98PODType(const ASTContext &Context) const; | ||||||
818 | |||||||
819 | /// Return true if this is a POD type according to the more relaxed rules | ||||||
820 | /// of the C++11 standard, regardless of the current compilation's language. | ||||||
821 | /// (C++0x [basic.types]p9). Note that, unlike | ||||||
822 | /// CXXRecordDecl::isCXX11StandardLayout, this takes DRs into account. | ||||||
823 | bool isCXX11PODType(const ASTContext &Context) const; | ||||||
824 | |||||||
825 | /// Return true if this is a trivial type per (C++0x [basic.types]p9) | ||||||
826 | bool isTrivialType(const ASTContext &Context) const; | ||||||
827 | |||||||
828 | /// Return true if this is a trivially copyable type (C++0x [basic.types]p9) | ||||||
829 | bool isTriviallyCopyableType(const ASTContext &Context) const; | ||||||
830 | |||||||
831 | |||||||
832 | /// Returns true if it is a class and it might be dynamic. | ||||||
833 | bool mayBeDynamicClass() const; | ||||||
834 | |||||||
835 | /// Returns true if it is not a class or if the class might not be dynamic. | ||||||
836 | bool mayBeNotDynamicClass() const; | ||||||
837 | |||||||
838 | // Don't promise in the API that anything besides 'const' can be | ||||||
839 | // easily added. | ||||||
840 | |||||||
841 | /// Add the `const` type qualifier to this QualType. | ||||||
842 | void addConst() { | ||||||
843 | addFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Const); | ||||||
844 | } | ||||||
845 | QualType withConst() const { | ||||||
846 | return withFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Const); | ||||||
847 | } | ||||||
848 | |||||||
849 | /// Add the `volatile` type qualifier to this QualType. | ||||||
850 | void addVolatile() { | ||||||
851 | addFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Volatile); | ||||||
852 | } | ||||||
853 | QualType withVolatile() const { | ||||||
854 | return withFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Volatile); | ||||||
855 | } | ||||||
856 | |||||||
857 | /// Add the `restrict` qualifier to this QualType. | ||||||
858 | void addRestrict() { | ||||||
859 | addFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Restrict); | ||||||
860 | } | ||||||
861 | QualType withRestrict() const { | ||||||
862 | return withFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Restrict); | ||||||
863 | } | ||||||
864 | |||||||
865 | QualType withCVRQualifiers(unsigned CVR) const { | ||||||
866 | return withFastQualifiers(CVR); | ||||||
867 | } | ||||||
868 | |||||||
869 | void addFastQualifiers(unsigned TQs) { | ||||||
870 | assert(!(TQs & ~Qualifiers::FastMask)(static_cast <bool> (!(TQs & ~Qualifiers::FastMask) && "non-fast qualifier bits set in mask!") ? void (0 ) : __assert_fail ("!(TQs & ~Qualifiers::FastMask) && \"non-fast qualifier bits set in mask!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 871, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||
871 | && "non-fast qualifier bits set in mask!")(static_cast <bool> (!(TQs & ~Qualifiers::FastMask) && "non-fast qualifier bits set in mask!") ? void (0 ) : __assert_fail ("!(TQs & ~Qualifiers::FastMask) && \"non-fast qualifier bits set in mask!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 871, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
872 | Value.setInt(Value.getInt() | TQs); | ||||||
873 | } | ||||||
874 | |||||||
875 | void removeLocalConst(); | ||||||
876 | void removeLocalVolatile(); | ||||||
877 | void removeLocalRestrict(); | ||||||
878 | void removeLocalCVRQualifiers(unsigned Mask); | ||||||
879 | |||||||
880 | void removeLocalFastQualifiers() { Value.setInt(0); } | ||||||
881 | void removeLocalFastQualifiers(unsigned Mask) { | ||||||
882 | assert(!(Mask & ~Qualifiers::FastMask) && "mask has non-fast qualifiers")(static_cast <bool> (!(Mask & ~Qualifiers::FastMask ) && "mask has non-fast qualifiers") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!(Mask & ~Qualifiers::FastMask) && \"mask has non-fast qualifiers\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 882, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
883 | Value.setInt(Value.getInt() & ~Mask); | ||||||
884 | } | ||||||
885 | |||||||
886 | // Creates a type with the given qualifiers in addition to any | ||||||
887 | // qualifiers already on this type. | ||||||
888 | QualType withFastQualifiers(unsigned TQs) const { | ||||||
889 | QualType T = *this; | ||||||
890 | T.addFastQualifiers(TQs); | ||||||
891 | return T; | ||||||
892 | } | ||||||
893 | |||||||
894 | // Creates a type with exactly the given fast qualifiers, removing | ||||||
895 | // any existing fast qualifiers. | ||||||
896 | QualType withExactLocalFastQualifiers(unsigned TQs) const { | ||||||
897 | return withoutLocalFastQualifiers().withFastQualifiers(TQs); | ||||||
898 | } | ||||||
899 | |||||||
900 | // Removes fast qualifiers, but leaves any extended qualifiers in place. | ||||||
901 | QualType withoutLocalFastQualifiers() const { | ||||||
902 | QualType T = *this; | ||||||
903 | T.removeLocalFastQualifiers(); | ||||||
904 | return T; | ||||||
905 | } | ||||||
906 | |||||||
907 | QualType getCanonicalType() const; | ||||||
908 | |||||||
909 | /// Return this type with all of the instance-specific qualifiers | ||||||
910 | /// removed, but without removing any qualifiers that may have been applied | ||||||
911 | /// through typedefs. | ||||||
912 | QualType getLocalUnqualifiedType() const { return QualType(getTypePtr(), 0); } | ||||||
913 | |||||||
914 | /// Retrieve the unqualified variant of the given type, | ||||||
915 | /// removing as little sugar as possible. | ||||||
916 | /// | ||||||
917 | /// This routine looks through various kinds of sugar to find the | ||||||
918 | /// least-desugared type that is unqualified. For example, given: | ||||||
919 | /// | ||||||
920 | /// \code | ||||||
921 | /// typedef int Integer; | ||||||
922 | /// typedef const Integer CInteger; | ||||||
923 | /// typedef CInteger DifferenceType; | ||||||
924 | /// \endcode | ||||||
925 | /// | ||||||
926 | /// Executing \c getUnqualifiedType() on the type \c DifferenceType will | ||||||
927 | /// desugar until we hit the type \c Integer, which has no qualifiers on it. | ||||||
928 | /// | ||||||
929 | /// The resulting type might still be qualified if it's sugar for an array | ||||||
930 | /// type. To strip qualifiers even from within a sugared array type, use | ||||||
931 | /// ASTContext::getUnqualifiedArrayType. | ||||||
932 | inline QualType getUnqualifiedType() const; | ||||||
933 | |||||||
934 | /// Retrieve the unqualified variant of the given type, removing as little | ||||||
935 | /// sugar as possible. | ||||||
936 | /// | ||||||
937 | /// Like getUnqualifiedType(), but also returns the set of | ||||||
938 | /// qualifiers that were built up. | ||||||
939 | /// | ||||||
940 | /// The resulting type might still be qualified if it's sugar for an array | ||||||
941 | /// type. To strip qualifiers even from within a sugared array type, use | ||||||
942 | /// ASTContext::getUnqualifiedArrayType. | ||||||
943 | inline SplitQualType getSplitUnqualifiedType() const; | ||||||
944 | |||||||
945 | /// Determine whether this type is more qualified than the other | ||||||
946 | /// given type, requiring exact equality for non-CVR qualifiers. | ||||||
947 | bool isMoreQualifiedThan(QualType Other) const; | ||||||
948 | |||||||
949 | /// Determine whether this type is at least as qualified as the other | ||||||
950 | /// given type, requiring exact equality for non-CVR qualifiers. | ||||||
951 | bool isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(QualType Other) const; | ||||||
952 | |||||||
953 | QualType getNonReferenceType() const; | ||||||
954 | |||||||
955 | /// Determine the type of a (typically non-lvalue) expression with the | ||||||
956 | /// specified result type. | ||||||
957 | /// | ||||||
958 | /// This routine should be used for expressions for which the return type is | ||||||
959 | /// explicitly specified (e.g., in a cast or call) and isn't necessarily | ||||||
960 | /// an lvalue. It removes a top-level reference (since there are no | ||||||
961 | /// expressions of reference type) and deletes top-level cvr-qualifiers | ||||||
962 | /// from non-class types (in C++) or all types (in C). | ||||||
963 | QualType getNonLValueExprType(const ASTContext &Context) const; | ||||||
964 | |||||||
965 | /// Remove an outer pack expansion type (if any) from this type. Used as part | ||||||
966 | /// of converting the type of a declaration to the type of an expression that | ||||||
967 | /// references that expression. It's meaningless for an expression to have a | ||||||
968 | /// pack expansion type. | ||||||
969 | QualType getNonPackExpansionType() const; | ||||||
970 | |||||||
971 | /// Return the specified type with any "sugar" removed from | ||||||
972 | /// the type. This takes off typedefs, typeof's etc. If the outer level of | ||||||
973 | /// the type is already concrete, it returns it unmodified. This is similar | ||||||
974 | /// to getting the canonical type, but it doesn't remove *all* typedefs. For | ||||||
975 | /// example, it returns "T*" as "T*", (not as "int*"), because the pointer is | ||||||
976 | /// concrete. | ||||||
977 | /// | ||||||
978 | /// Qualifiers are left in place. | ||||||
979 | QualType getDesugaredType(const ASTContext &Context) const { | ||||||
980 | return getDesugaredType(*this, Context); | ||||||
981 | } | ||||||
982 | |||||||
983 | SplitQualType getSplitDesugaredType() const { | ||||||
984 | return getSplitDesugaredType(*this); | ||||||
985 | } | ||||||
986 | |||||||
987 | /// Return the specified type with one level of "sugar" removed from | ||||||
988 | /// the type. | ||||||
989 | /// | ||||||
990 | /// This routine takes off the first typedef, typeof, etc. If the outer level | ||||||
991 | /// of the type is already concrete, it returns it unmodified. | ||||||
992 | QualType getSingleStepDesugaredType(const ASTContext &Context) const { | ||||||
993 | return getSingleStepDesugaredTypeImpl(*this, Context); | ||||||
994 | } | ||||||
995 | |||||||
996 | /// Returns the specified type after dropping any | ||||||
997 | /// outer-level parentheses. | ||||||
998 | QualType IgnoreParens() const { | ||||||
999 | if (isa<ParenType>(*this)) | ||||||
1000 | return QualType::IgnoreParens(*this); | ||||||
1001 | return *this; | ||||||
1002 | } | ||||||
1003 | |||||||
1004 | /// Indicate whether the specified types and qualifiers are identical. | ||||||
1005 | friend bool operator==(const QualType &LHS, const QualType &RHS) { | ||||||
1006 | return LHS.Value == RHS.Value; | ||||||
1007 | } | ||||||
1008 | friend bool operator!=(const QualType &LHS, const QualType &RHS) { | ||||||
1009 | return LHS.Value != RHS.Value; | ||||||
1010 | } | ||||||
1011 | friend bool operator<(const QualType &LHS, const QualType &RHS) { | ||||||
1012 | return LHS.Value < RHS.Value; | ||||||
1013 | } | ||||||
1014 | |||||||
1015 | static std::string getAsString(SplitQualType split, | ||||||
1016 | const PrintingPolicy &Policy) { | ||||||
1017 | return getAsString(split.Ty, split.Quals, Policy); | ||||||
1018 | } | ||||||
1019 | static std::string getAsString(const Type *ty, Qualifiers qs, | ||||||
1020 | const PrintingPolicy &Policy); | ||||||
1021 | |||||||
1022 | std::string getAsString() const; | ||||||
1023 | std::string getAsString(const PrintingPolicy &Policy) const; | ||||||
1024 | |||||||
1025 | void print(raw_ostream &OS, const PrintingPolicy &Policy, | ||||||
1026 | const Twine &PlaceHolder = Twine(), | ||||||
1027 | unsigned Indentation = 0) const; | ||||||
1028 | |||||||
1029 | static void print(SplitQualType split, raw_ostream &OS, | ||||||
1030 | const PrintingPolicy &policy, const Twine &PlaceHolder, | ||||||
1031 | unsigned Indentation = 0) { | ||||||
1032 | return print(split.Ty, split.Quals, OS, policy, PlaceHolder, Indentation); | ||||||
1033 | } | ||||||
1034 | |||||||
1035 | static void print(const Type *ty, Qualifiers qs, | ||||||
1036 | raw_ostream &OS, const PrintingPolicy &policy, | ||||||
1037 | const Twine &PlaceHolder, | ||||||
1038 | unsigned Indentation = 0); | ||||||
1039 | |||||||
1040 | void getAsStringInternal(std::string &Str, | ||||||
1041 | const PrintingPolicy &Policy) const; | ||||||
1042 | |||||||
1043 | static void getAsStringInternal(SplitQualType split, std::string &out, | ||||||
1044 | const PrintingPolicy &policy) { | ||||||
1045 | return getAsStringInternal(split.Ty, split.Quals, out, policy); | ||||||
1046 | } | ||||||
1047 | |||||||
1048 | static void getAsStringInternal(const Type *ty, Qualifiers qs, | ||||||
1049 | std::string &out, | ||||||
1050 | const PrintingPolicy &policy); | ||||||
1051 | |||||||
1052 | class StreamedQualTypeHelper { | ||||||
1053 | const QualType &T; | ||||||
1054 | const PrintingPolicy &Policy; | ||||||
1055 | const Twine &PlaceHolder; | ||||||
1056 | unsigned Indentation; | ||||||
1057 | |||||||
1058 | public: | ||||||
1059 | StreamedQualTypeHelper(const QualType &T, const PrintingPolicy &Policy, | ||||||
1060 | const Twine &PlaceHolder, unsigned Indentation) | ||||||
1061 | : T(T), Policy(Policy), PlaceHolder(PlaceHolder), | ||||||
1062 | Indentation(Indentation) {} | ||||||
1063 | |||||||
1064 | friend raw_ostream &operator<<(raw_ostream &OS, | ||||||
1065 | const StreamedQualTypeHelper &SQT) { | ||||||
1066 | SQT.T.print(OS, SQT.Policy, SQT.PlaceHolder, SQT.Indentation); | ||||||
1067 | return OS; | ||||||
1068 | } | ||||||
1069 | }; | ||||||
1070 | |||||||
1071 | StreamedQualTypeHelper stream(const PrintingPolicy &Policy, | ||||||
1072 | const Twine &PlaceHolder = Twine(), | ||||||
1073 | unsigned Indentation = 0) const { | ||||||
1074 | return StreamedQualTypeHelper(*this, Policy, PlaceHolder, Indentation); | ||||||
1075 | } | ||||||
1076 | |||||||
1077 | void dump(const char *s) const; | ||||||
1078 | void dump() const; | ||||||
1079 | void dump(llvm::raw_ostream &OS, const ASTContext &Context) const; | ||||||
1080 | |||||||
1081 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) const { | ||||||
1082 | ID.AddPointer(getAsOpaquePtr()); | ||||||
1083 | } | ||||||
1084 | |||||||
1085 | /// Check if this type has any address space qualifier. | ||||||
1086 | inline bool hasAddressSpace() const; | ||||||
1087 | |||||||
1088 | /// Return the address space of this type. | ||||||
1089 | inline LangAS getAddressSpace() const; | ||||||
1090 | |||||||
1091 | /// Returns true if address space qualifiers overlap with T address space | ||||||
1092 | /// qualifiers. | ||||||
1093 | /// OpenCL C defines conversion rules for pointers to different address spaces | ||||||
1094 | /// and notion of overlapping address spaces. | ||||||
1095 | /// CL1.1 or CL1.2: | ||||||
1096 | /// address spaces overlap iff they are they same. | ||||||
1097 | /// OpenCL C v2.0 s6.5.5 adds: | ||||||
1098 | /// __generic overlaps with any address space except for __constant. | ||||||
1099 | bool isAddressSpaceOverlapping(QualType T) const { | ||||||
1100 | Qualifiers Q = getQualifiers(); | ||||||
1101 | Qualifiers TQ = T.getQualifiers(); | ||||||
1102 | // Address spaces overlap if at least one of them is a superset of another | ||||||
1103 | return Q.isAddressSpaceSupersetOf(TQ) || TQ.isAddressSpaceSupersetOf(Q); | ||||||
1104 | } | ||||||
1105 | |||||||
1106 | /// Returns gc attribute of this type. | ||||||
1107 | inline Qualifiers::GC getObjCGCAttr() const; | ||||||
1108 | |||||||
1109 | /// true when Type is objc's weak. | ||||||
1110 | bool isObjCGCWeak() const { | ||||||
1111 | return getObjCGCAttr() == Qualifiers::Weak; | ||||||
1112 | } | ||||||
1113 | |||||||
1114 | /// true when Type is objc's strong. | ||||||
1115 | bool isObjCGCStrong() const { | ||||||
1116 | return getObjCGCAttr() == Qualifiers::Strong; | ||||||
1117 | } | ||||||
1118 | |||||||
1119 | /// Returns lifetime attribute of this type. | ||||||
1120 | Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime getObjCLifetime() const { | ||||||
1121 | return getQualifiers().getObjCLifetime(); | ||||||
1122 | } | ||||||
1123 | |||||||
1124 | bool hasNonTrivialObjCLifetime() const { | ||||||
1125 | return getQualifiers().hasNonTrivialObjCLifetime(); | ||||||
1126 | } | ||||||
1127 | |||||||
1128 | bool hasStrongOrWeakObjCLifetime() const { | ||||||
1129 | return getQualifiers().hasStrongOrWeakObjCLifetime(); | ||||||
1130 | } | ||||||
1131 | |||||||
1132 | // true when Type is objc's weak and weak is enabled but ARC isn't. | ||||||
1133 | bool isNonWeakInMRRWithObjCWeak(const ASTContext &Context) const; | ||||||
1134 | |||||||
1135 | enum PrimitiveDefaultInitializeKind { | ||||||
1136 | /// The type does not fall into any of the following categories. Note that | ||||||
1137 | /// this case is zero-valued so that values of this enum can be used as a | ||||||
1138 | /// boolean condition for non-triviality. | ||||||
1139 | PDIK_Trivial, | ||||||
1140 | |||||||
1141 | /// The type is an Objective-C retainable pointer type that is qualified | ||||||
1142 | /// with the ARC __strong qualifier. | ||||||
1143 | PDIK_ARCStrong, | ||||||
1144 | |||||||
1145 | /// The type is an Objective-C retainable pointer type that is qualified | ||||||
1146 | /// with the ARC __weak qualifier. | ||||||
1147 | PDIK_ARCWeak, | ||||||
1148 | |||||||
1149 | /// The type is a struct containing a field whose type is not PCK_Trivial. | ||||||
1150 | PDIK_Struct | ||||||
1151 | }; | ||||||
1152 | |||||||
1153 | /// Functions to query basic properties of non-trivial C struct types. | ||||||
1154 | |||||||
1155 | /// Check if this is a non-trivial type that would cause a C struct | ||||||
1156 | /// transitively containing this type to be non-trivial to default initialize | ||||||
1157 | /// and return the kind. | ||||||
1158 | PrimitiveDefaultInitializeKind | ||||||
1159 | isNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitialize() const; | ||||||
1160 | |||||||
1161 | enum PrimitiveCopyKind { | ||||||
1162 | /// The type does not fall into any of the following categories. Note that | ||||||
1163 | /// this case is zero-valued so that values of this enum can be used as a | ||||||
1164 | /// boolean condition for non-triviality. | ||||||
1165 | PCK_Trivial, | ||||||
1166 | |||||||
1167 | /// The type would be trivial except that it is volatile-qualified. Types | ||||||
1168 | /// that fall into one of the other non-trivial cases may additionally be | ||||||
1169 | /// volatile-qualified. | ||||||
1170 | PCK_VolatileTrivial, | ||||||
1171 | |||||||
1172 | /// The type is an Objective-C retainable pointer type that is qualified | ||||||
1173 | /// with the ARC __strong qualifier. | ||||||
1174 | PCK_ARCStrong, | ||||||
1175 | |||||||
1176 | /// The type is an Objective-C retainable pointer type that is qualified | ||||||
1177 | /// with the ARC __weak qualifier. | ||||||
1178 | PCK_ARCWeak, | ||||||
1179 | |||||||
1180 | /// The type is a struct containing a field whose type is neither | ||||||
1181 | /// PCK_Trivial nor PCK_VolatileTrivial. | ||||||
1182 | /// Note that a C++ struct type does not necessarily match this; C++ copying | ||||||
1183 | /// semantics are too complex to express here, in part because they depend | ||||||
1184 | /// on the exact constructor or assignment operator that is chosen by | ||||||
1185 | /// overload resolution to do the copy. | ||||||
1186 | PCK_Struct | ||||||
1187 | }; | ||||||
1188 | |||||||
1189 | /// Check if this is a non-trivial type that would cause a C struct | ||||||
1190 | /// transitively containing this type to be non-trivial to copy and return the | ||||||
1191 | /// kind. | ||||||
1192 | PrimitiveCopyKind isNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopy() const; | ||||||
1193 | |||||||
1194 | /// Check if this is a non-trivial type that would cause a C struct | ||||||
1195 | /// transitively containing this type to be non-trivial to destructively | ||||||
1196 | /// move and return the kind. Destructive move in this context is a C++-style | ||||||
1197 | /// move in which the source object is placed in a valid but unspecified state | ||||||
1198 | /// after it is moved, as opposed to a truly destructive move in which the | ||||||
1199 | /// source object is placed in an uninitialized state. | ||||||
1200 | PrimitiveCopyKind isNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructiveMove() const; | ||||||
1201 | |||||||
1202 | enum DestructionKind { | ||||||
1203 | DK_none, | ||||||
1204 | DK_cxx_destructor, | ||||||
1205 | DK_objc_strong_lifetime, | ||||||
1206 | DK_objc_weak_lifetime, | ||||||
1207 | DK_nontrivial_c_struct | ||||||
1208 | }; | ||||||
1209 | |||||||
1210 | /// Returns a nonzero value if objects of this type require | ||||||
1211 | /// non-trivial work to clean up after. Non-zero because it's | ||||||
1212 | /// conceivable that qualifiers (objc_gc(weak)?) could make | ||||||
1213 | /// something require destruction. | ||||||
1214 | DestructionKind isDestructedType() const { | ||||||
1215 | return isDestructedTypeImpl(*this); | ||||||
1216 | } | ||||||
1217 | |||||||
1218 | /// Check if this is or contains a C union that is non-trivial to | ||||||
1219 | /// default-initialize, which is a union that has a member that is non-trivial | ||||||
1220 | /// to default-initialize. If this returns true, | ||||||
1221 | /// isNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitialize returns PDIK_Struct. | ||||||
1222 | bool hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion() const; | ||||||
1223 | |||||||
1224 | /// Check if this is or contains a C union that is non-trivial to destruct, | ||||||
1225 | /// which is a union that has a member that is non-trivial to destruct. If | ||||||
1226 | /// this returns true, isDestructedType returns DK_nontrivial_c_struct. | ||||||
1227 | bool hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion() const; | ||||||
1228 | |||||||
1229 | /// Check if this is or contains a C union that is non-trivial to copy, which | ||||||
1230 | /// is a union that has a member that is non-trivial to copy. If this returns | ||||||
1231 | /// true, isNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopy returns PCK_Struct. | ||||||
1232 | bool hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion() const; | ||||||
1233 | |||||||
1234 | /// Determine whether expressions of the given type are forbidden | ||||||
1235 | /// from being lvalues in C. | ||||||
1236 | /// | ||||||
1237 | /// The expression types that are forbidden to be lvalues are: | ||||||
1238 | /// - 'void', but not qualified void | ||||||
1239 | /// - function types | ||||||
1240 | /// | ||||||
1241 | /// The exact rule here is C99 6.3.2.1: | ||||||
1242 | /// An lvalue is an expression with an object type or an incomplete | ||||||
1243 | /// type other than void. | ||||||
1244 | bool isCForbiddenLValueType() const; | ||||||
1245 | |||||||
1246 | /// Substitute type arguments for the Objective-C type parameters used in the | ||||||
1247 | /// subject type. | ||||||
1248 | /// | ||||||
1249 | /// \param ctx ASTContext in which the type exists. | ||||||
1250 | /// | ||||||
1251 | /// \param typeArgs The type arguments that will be substituted for the | ||||||
1252 | /// Objective-C type parameters in the subject type, which are generally | ||||||
1253 | /// computed via \c Type::getObjCSubstitutions. If empty, the type | ||||||
1254 | /// parameters will be replaced with their bounds or id/Class, as appropriate | ||||||
1255 | /// for the context. | ||||||
1256 | /// | ||||||
1257 | /// \param context The context in which the subject type was written. | ||||||
1258 | /// | ||||||
1259 | /// \returns the resulting type. | ||||||
1260 | QualType substObjCTypeArgs(ASTContext &ctx, | ||||||
1261 | ArrayRef<QualType> typeArgs, | ||||||
1262 | ObjCSubstitutionContext context) const; | ||||||
1263 | |||||||
1264 | /// Substitute type arguments from an object type for the Objective-C type | ||||||
1265 | /// parameters used in the subject type. | ||||||
1266 | /// | ||||||
1267 | /// This operation combines the computation of type arguments for | ||||||
1268 | /// substitution (\c Type::getObjCSubstitutions) with the actual process of | ||||||
1269 | /// substitution (\c QualType::substObjCTypeArgs) for the convenience of | ||||||
1270 | /// callers that need to perform a single substitution in isolation. | ||||||
1271 | /// | ||||||
1272 | /// \param objectType The type of the object whose member type we're | ||||||
1273 | /// substituting into. For example, this might be the receiver of a message | ||||||
1274 | /// or the base of a property access. | ||||||
1275 | /// | ||||||
1276 | /// \param dc The declaration context from which the subject type was | ||||||
1277 | /// retrieved, which indicates (for example) which type parameters should | ||||||
1278 | /// be substituted. | ||||||
1279 | /// | ||||||
1280 | /// \param context The context in which the subject type was written. | ||||||
1281 | /// | ||||||
1282 | /// \returns the subject type after replacing all of the Objective-C type | ||||||
1283 | /// parameters with their corresponding arguments. | ||||||
1284 | QualType substObjCMemberType(QualType objectType, | ||||||
1285 | const DeclContext *dc, | ||||||
1286 | ObjCSubstitutionContext context) const; | ||||||
1287 | |||||||
1288 | /// Strip Objective-C "__kindof" types from the given type. | ||||||
1289 | QualType stripObjCKindOfType(const ASTContext &ctx) const; | ||||||
1290 | |||||||
1291 | /// Remove all qualifiers including _Atomic. | ||||||
1292 | QualType getAtomicUnqualifiedType() const; | ||||||
1293 | |||||||
1294 | private: | ||||||
1295 | // These methods are implemented in a separate translation unit; | ||||||
1296 | // "static"-ize them to avoid creating temporary QualTypes in the | ||||||
1297 | // caller. | ||||||
1298 | static bool isConstant(QualType T, const ASTContext& Ctx); | ||||||
1299 | static QualType getDesugaredType(QualType T, const ASTContext &Context); | ||||||
1300 | static SplitQualType getSplitDesugaredType(QualType T); | ||||||
1301 | static SplitQualType getSplitUnqualifiedTypeImpl(QualType type); | ||||||
1302 | static QualType getSingleStepDesugaredTypeImpl(QualType type, | ||||||
1303 | const ASTContext &C); | ||||||
1304 | static QualType IgnoreParens(QualType T); | ||||||
1305 | static DestructionKind isDestructedTypeImpl(QualType type); | ||||||
1306 | |||||||
1307 | /// Check if \param RD is or contains a non-trivial C union. | ||||||
1308 | static bool hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion(const RecordDecl *RD); | ||||||
1309 | static bool hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion(const RecordDecl *RD); | ||||||
1310 | static bool hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion(const RecordDecl *RD); | ||||||
1311 | }; | ||||||
1312 | |||||||
1313 | } // namespace clang | ||||||
1314 | |||||||
1315 | namespace llvm { | ||||||
1316 | |||||||
1317 | /// Implement simplify_type for QualType, so that we can dyn_cast from QualType | ||||||
1318 | /// to a specific Type class. | ||||||
1319 | template<> struct simplify_type< ::clang::QualType> { | ||||||
1320 | using SimpleType = const ::clang::Type *; | ||||||
1321 | |||||||
1322 | static SimpleType getSimplifiedValue(::clang::QualType Val) { | ||||||
1323 | return Val.getTypePtr(); | ||||||
1324 | } | ||||||
1325 | }; | ||||||
1326 | |||||||
1327 | // Teach SmallPtrSet that QualType is "basically a pointer". | ||||||
1328 | template<> | ||||||
1329 | struct PointerLikeTypeTraits<clang::QualType> { | ||||||
1330 | static inline void *getAsVoidPointer(clang::QualType P) { | ||||||
1331 | return P.getAsOpaquePtr(); | ||||||
1332 | } | ||||||
1333 | |||||||
1334 | static inline clang::QualType getFromVoidPointer(void *P) { | ||||||
1335 | return clang::QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(P); | ||||||
1336 | } | ||||||
1337 | |||||||
1338 | // Various qualifiers go in low bits. | ||||||
1339 | static constexpr int NumLowBitsAvailable = 0; | ||||||
1340 | }; | ||||||
1341 | |||||||
1342 | } // namespace llvm | ||||||
1343 | |||||||
1344 | namespace clang { | ||||||
1345 | |||||||
1346 | /// Base class that is common to both the \c ExtQuals and \c Type | ||||||
1347 | /// classes, which allows \c QualType to access the common fields between the | ||||||
1348 | /// two. | ||||||
1349 | class ExtQualsTypeCommonBase { | ||||||
1350 | friend class ExtQuals; | ||||||
1351 | friend class QualType; | ||||||
1352 | friend class Type; | ||||||
1353 | |||||||
1354 | /// The "base" type of an extended qualifiers type (\c ExtQuals) or | ||||||
1355 | /// a self-referential pointer (for \c Type). | ||||||
1356 | /// | ||||||
1357 | /// This pointer allows an efficient mapping from a QualType to its | ||||||
1358 | /// underlying type pointer. | ||||||
1359 | const Type *const BaseType; | ||||||
1360 | |||||||
1361 | /// The canonical type of this type. A QualType. | ||||||
1362 | QualType CanonicalType; | ||||||
1363 | |||||||
1364 | ExtQualsTypeCommonBase(const Type *baseType, QualType canon) | ||||||
1365 | : BaseType(baseType), CanonicalType(canon) {} | ||||||
1366 | }; | ||||||
1367 | |||||||
1368 | /// We can encode up to four bits in the low bits of a | ||||||
1369 | /// type pointer, but there are many more type qualifiers that we want | ||||||
1370 | /// to be able to apply to an arbitrary type. Therefore we have this | ||||||
1371 | /// struct, intended to be heap-allocated and used by QualType to | ||||||
1372 | /// store qualifiers. | ||||||
1373 | /// | ||||||
1374 | /// The current design tags the 'const', 'restrict', and 'volatile' qualifiers | ||||||
1375 | /// in three low bits on the QualType pointer; a fourth bit records whether | ||||||
1376 | /// the pointer is an ExtQuals node. The extended qualifiers (address spaces, | ||||||
1377 | /// Objective-C GC attributes) are much more rare. | ||||||
1378 | class ExtQuals : public ExtQualsTypeCommonBase, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { | ||||||
1379 | // NOTE: changing the fast qualifiers should be straightforward as | ||||||
1380 | // long as you don't make 'const' non-fast. | ||||||
1381 | // 1. Qualifiers: | ||||||
1382 | // a) Modify the bitmasks (Qualifiers::TQ and DeclSpec::TQ). | ||||||
1383 | // Fast qualifiers must occupy the low-order bits. | ||||||
1384 | // b) Update Qualifiers::FastWidth and FastMask. | ||||||
1385 | // 2. QualType: | ||||||
1386 | // a) Update is{Volatile,Restrict}Qualified(), defined inline. | ||||||
1387 | // b) Update remove{Volatile,Restrict}, defined near the end of | ||||||
1388 | // this header. | ||||||
1389 | // 3. ASTContext: | ||||||
1390 | // a) Update get{Volatile,Restrict}Type. | ||||||
1391 | |||||||
1392 | /// The immutable set of qualifiers applied by this node. Always contains | ||||||
1393 | /// extended qualifiers. | ||||||
1394 | Qualifiers Quals; | ||||||
1395 | |||||||
1396 | ExtQuals *this_() { return this; } | ||||||
1397 | |||||||
1398 | public: | ||||||
1399 | ExtQuals(const Type *baseType, QualType canon, Qualifiers quals) | ||||||
1400 | : ExtQualsTypeCommonBase(baseType, | ||||||
1401 | canon.isNull() ? QualType(this_(), 0) : canon), | ||||||
1402 | Quals(quals) { | ||||||
1403 | assert(Quals.hasNonFastQualifiers()(static_cast <bool> (Quals.hasNonFastQualifiers() && "ExtQuals created with no fast qualifiers") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Quals.hasNonFastQualifiers() && \"ExtQuals created with no fast qualifiers\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 1404, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||
1404 | && "ExtQuals created with no fast qualifiers")(static_cast <bool> (Quals.hasNonFastQualifiers() && "ExtQuals created with no fast qualifiers") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Quals.hasNonFastQualifiers() && \"ExtQuals created with no fast qualifiers\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 1404, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
1405 | assert(!Quals.hasFastQualifiers()(static_cast <bool> (!Quals.hasFastQualifiers() && "ExtQuals created with fast qualifiers") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!Quals.hasFastQualifiers() && \"ExtQuals created with fast qualifiers\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 1406, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||
1406 | && "ExtQuals created with fast qualifiers")(static_cast <bool> (!Quals.hasFastQualifiers() && "ExtQuals created with fast qualifiers") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!Quals.hasFastQualifiers() && \"ExtQuals created with fast qualifiers\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 1406, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
1407 | } | ||||||
1408 | |||||||
1409 | Qualifiers getQualifiers() const { return Quals; } | ||||||
1410 | |||||||
1411 | bool hasObjCGCAttr() const { return Quals.hasObjCGCAttr(); } | ||||||
1412 | Qualifiers::GC getObjCGCAttr() const { return Quals.getObjCGCAttr(); } | ||||||
1413 | |||||||
1414 | bool hasObjCLifetime() const { return Quals.hasObjCLifetime(); } | ||||||
1415 | Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime getObjCLifetime() const { | ||||||
1416 | return Quals.getObjCLifetime(); | ||||||
1417 | } | ||||||
1418 | |||||||
1419 | bool hasAddressSpace() const { return Quals.hasAddressSpace(); } | ||||||
1420 | LangAS getAddressSpace() const { return Quals.getAddressSpace(); } | ||||||
1421 | |||||||
1422 | const Type *getBaseType() const { return BaseType; } | ||||||
1423 | |||||||
1424 | public: | ||||||
1425 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) const { | ||||||
1426 | Profile(ID, getBaseType(), Quals); | ||||||
1427 | } | ||||||
1428 | |||||||
1429 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, | ||||||
1430 | const Type *BaseType, | ||||||
1431 | Qualifiers Quals) { | ||||||
1432 | assert(!Quals.hasFastQualifiers() && "fast qualifiers in ExtQuals hash!")(static_cast <bool> (!Quals.hasFastQualifiers() && "fast qualifiers in ExtQuals hash!") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!Quals.hasFastQualifiers() && \"fast qualifiers in ExtQuals hash!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 1432, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
1433 | ID.AddPointer(BaseType); | ||||||
1434 | Quals.Profile(ID); | ||||||
1435 | } | ||||||
1436 | }; | ||||||
1437 | |||||||
1438 | /// The kind of C++11 ref-qualifier associated with a function type. | ||||||
1439 | /// This determines whether a member function's "this" object can be an | ||||||
1440 | /// lvalue, rvalue, or neither. | ||||||
1441 | enum RefQualifierKind { | ||||||
1442 | /// No ref-qualifier was provided. | ||||||
1443 | RQ_None = 0, | ||||||
1444 | |||||||
1445 | /// An lvalue ref-qualifier was provided (\c &). | ||||||
1446 | RQ_LValue, | ||||||
1447 | |||||||
1448 | /// An rvalue ref-qualifier was provided (\c &&). | ||||||
1449 | RQ_RValue | ||||||
1450 | }; | ||||||
1451 | |||||||
1452 | /// Which keyword(s) were used to create an AutoType. | ||||||
1453 | enum class AutoTypeKeyword { | ||||||
1454 | /// auto | ||||||
1455 | Auto, | ||||||
1456 | |||||||
1457 | /// decltype(auto) | ||||||
1458 | DecltypeAuto, | ||||||
1459 | |||||||
1460 | /// __auto_type (GNU extension) | ||||||
1461 | GNUAutoType | ||||||
1462 | }; | ||||||
1463 | |||||||
1464 | /// The base class of the type hierarchy. | ||||||
1465 | /// | ||||||
1466 | /// A central concept with types is that each type always has a canonical | ||||||
1467 | /// type. A canonical type is the type with any typedef names stripped out | ||||||
1468 | /// of it or the types it references. For example, consider: | ||||||
1469 | /// | ||||||
1470 | /// typedef int foo; | ||||||
1471 | /// typedef foo* bar; | ||||||
1472 | /// 'int *' 'foo *' 'bar' | ||||||
1473 | /// | ||||||
1474 | /// There will be a Type object created for 'int'. Since int is canonical, its | ||||||
1475 | /// CanonicalType pointer points to itself. There is also a Type for 'foo' (a | ||||||
1476 | /// TypedefType). Its CanonicalType pointer points to the 'int' Type. Next | ||||||
1477 | /// there is a PointerType that represents 'int*', which, like 'int', is | ||||||
1478 | /// canonical. Finally, there is a PointerType type for 'foo*' whose canonical | ||||||
1479 | /// type is 'int*', and there is a TypedefType for 'bar', whose canonical type | ||||||
1480 | /// is also 'int*'. | ||||||
1481 | /// | ||||||
1482 | /// Non-canonical types are useful for emitting diagnostics, without losing | ||||||
1483 | /// information about typedefs being used. Canonical types are useful for type | ||||||
1484 | /// comparisons (they allow by-pointer equality tests) and useful for reasoning | ||||||
1485 | /// about whether something has a particular form (e.g. is a function type), | ||||||
1486 | /// because they implicitly, recursively, strip all typedefs out of a type. | ||||||
1487 | /// | ||||||
1488 | /// Types, once created, are immutable. | ||||||
1489 | /// | ||||||
1490 | class alignas(8) Type : public ExtQualsTypeCommonBase { | ||||||
1491 | public: | ||||||
1492 | enum TypeClass { | ||||||
1493 | #define TYPE(Class, Base) Class, | ||||||
1494 | #define LAST_TYPE(Class) TypeLast = Class | ||||||
1495 | #define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base) | ||||||
1496 | #include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.inc" | ||||||
1497 | }; | ||||||
1498 | |||||||
1499 | private: | ||||||
1500 | /// Bitfields required by the Type class. | ||||||
1501 | class TypeBitfields { | ||||||
1502 | friend class Type; | ||||||
1503 | template <class T> friend class TypePropertyCache; | ||||||
1504 | |||||||
1505 | /// TypeClass bitfield - Enum that specifies what subclass this belongs to. | ||||||
1506 | unsigned TC : 8; | ||||||
1507 | |||||||
1508 | /// Store information on the type dependency. | ||||||
1509 | unsigned Dependence : llvm::BitWidth<TypeDependence>; | ||||||
1510 | |||||||
1511 | /// True if the cache (i.e. the bitfields here starting with | ||||||
1512 | /// 'Cache') is valid. | ||||||
1513 | mutable unsigned CacheValid : 1; | ||||||
1514 | |||||||
1515 | /// Linkage of this type. | ||||||
1516 | mutable unsigned CachedLinkage : 3; | ||||||
1517 | |||||||
1518 | /// Whether this type involves and local or unnamed types. | ||||||
1519 | mutable unsigned CachedLocalOrUnnamed : 1; | ||||||
1520 | |||||||
1521 | /// Whether this type comes from an AST file. | ||||||
1522 | mutable unsigned FromAST : 1; | ||||||
1523 | |||||||
1524 | bool isCacheValid() const { | ||||||
1525 | return CacheValid; | ||||||
1526 | } | ||||||
1527 | |||||||
1528 | Linkage getLinkage() const { | ||||||
1529 | assert(isCacheValid() && "getting linkage from invalid cache")(static_cast <bool> (isCacheValid() && "getting linkage from invalid cache" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("isCacheValid() && \"getting linkage from invalid cache\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 1529, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
1530 | return static_cast<Linkage>(CachedLinkage); | ||||||
1531 | } | ||||||
1532 | |||||||
1533 | bool hasLocalOrUnnamedType() const { | ||||||
1534 | assert(isCacheValid() && "getting linkage from invalid cache")(static_cast <bool> (isCacheValid() && "getting linkage from invalid cache" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("isCacheValid() && \"getting linkage from invalid cache\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 1534, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
1535 | return CachedLocalOrUnnamed; | ||||||
1536 | } | ||||||
1537 | }; | ||||||
1538 | enum { NumTypeBits = 8 + llvm::BitWidth<TypeDependence> + 6 }; | ||||||
1539 | |||||||
1540 | protected: | ||||||
1541 | // These classes allow subclasses to somewhat cleanly pack bitfields | ||||||
1542 | // into Type. | ||||||
1543 | |||||||
1544 | class ArrayTypeBitfields { | ||||||
1545 | friend class ArrayType; | ||||||
1546 | |||||||
1547 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; | ||||||
1548 | |||||||
1549 | /// CVR qualifiers from declarations like | ||||||
1550 | /// 'int X[static restrict 4]'. For function parameters only. | ||||||
1551 | unsigned IndexTypeQuals : 3; | ||||||
1552 | |||||||
1553 | /// Storage class qualifiers from declarations like | ||||||
1554 | /// 'int X[static restrict 4]'. For function parameters only. | ||||||
1555 | /// Actually an ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier. | ||||||
1556 | unsigned SizeModifier : 3; | ||||||
1557 | }; | ||||||
1558 | |||||||
1559 | class ConstantArrayTypeBitfields { | ||||||
1560 | friend class ConstantArrayType; | ||||||
1561 | |||||||
1562 | unsigned : NumTypeBits + 3 + 3; | ||||||
1563 | |||||||
1564 | /// Whether we have a stored size expression. | ||||||
1565 | unsigned HasStoredSizeExpr : 1; | ||||||
1566 | }; | ||||||
1567 | |||||||
1568 | class BuiltinTypeBitfields { | ||||||
1569 | friend class BuiltinType; | ||||||
1570 | |||||||
1571 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; | ||||||
1572 | |||||||
1573 | /// The kind (BuiltinType::Kind) of builtin type this is. | ||||||
1574 | unsigned Kind : 8; | ||||||
1575 | }; | ||||||
1576 | |||||||
1577 | /// FunctionTypeBitfields store various bits belonging to FunctionProtoType. | ||||||
1578 | /// Only common bits are stored here. Additional uncommon bits are stored | ||||||
1579 | /// in a trailing object after FunctionProtoType. | ||||||
1580 | class FunctionTypeBitfields { | ||||||
1581 | friend class FunctionProtoType; | ||||||
1582 | friend class FunctionType; | ||||||
1583 | |||||||
1584 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; | ||||||
1585 | |||||||
1586 | /// Extra information which affects how the function is called, like | ||||||
1587 | /// regparm and the calling convention. | ||||||
1588 | unsigned ExtInfo : 13; | ||||||
1589 | |||||||
1590 | /// The ref-qualifier associated with a \c FunctionProtoType. | ||||||
1591 | /// | ||||||
1592 | /// This is a value of type \c RefQualifierKind. | ||||||
1593 | unsigned RefQualifier : 2; | ||||||
1594 | |||||||
1595 | /// Used only by FunctionProtoType, put here to pack with the | ||||||
1596 | /// other bitfields. | ||||||
1597 | /// The qualifiers are part of FunctionProtoType because... | ||||||
1598 | /// | ||||||
1599 | /// C++ 8.3.5p4: The return type, the parameter type list and the | ||||||
1600 | /// cv-qualifier-seq, [...], are part of the function type. | ||||||
1601 | unsigned FastTypeQuals : Qualifiers::FastWidth; | ||||||
1602 | /// Whether this function has extended Qualifiers. | ||||||
1603 | unsigned HasExtQuals : 1; | ||||||
1604 | |||||||
1605 | /// The number of parameters this function has, not counting '...'. | ||||||
1606 | /// According to [implimits] 8 bits should be enough here but this is | ||||||
1607 | /// somewhat easy to exceed with metaprogramming and so we would like to | ||||||
1608 | /// keep NumParams as wide as reasonably possible. | ||||||
1609 | unsigned NumParams : 16; | ||||||
1610 | |||||||
1611 | /// The type of exception specification this function has. | ||||||
1612 | unsigned ExceptionSpecType : 4; | ||||||
1613 | |||||||
1614 | /// Whether this function has extended parameter information. | ||||||
1615 | unsigned HasExtParameterInfos : 1; | ||||||
1616 | |||||||
1617 | /// Whether the function is variadic. | ||||||
1618 | unsigned Variadic : 1; | ||||||
1619 | |||||||
1620 | /// Whether this function has a trailing return type. | ||||||
1621 | unsigned HasTrailingReturn : 1; | ||||||
1622 | }; | ||||||
1623 | |||||||
1624 | class ObjCObjectTypeBitfields { | ||||||
1625 | friend class ObjCObjectType; | ||||||
1626 | |||||||
1627 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; | ||||||
1628 | |||||||
1629 | /// The number of type arguments stored directly on this object type. | ||||||
1630 | unsigned NumTypeArgs : 7; | ||||||
1631 | |||||||
1632 | /// The number of protocols stored directly on this object type. | ||||||
1633 | unsigned NumProtocols : 6; | ||||||
1634 | |||||||
1635 | /// Whether this is a "kindof" type. | ||||||
1636 | unsigned IsKindOf : 1; | ||||||
1637 | }; | ||||||
1638 | |||||||
1639 | class ReferenceTypeBitfields { | ||||||
1640 | friend class ReferenceType; | ||||||
1641 | |||||||
1642 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; | ||||||
1643 | |||||||
1644 | /// True if the type was originally spelled with an lvalue sigil. | ||||||
1645 | /// This is never true of rvalue references but can also be false | ||||||
1646 | /// on lvalue references because of C++0x [dcl.typedef]p9, | ||||||
1647 | /// as follows: | ||||||
1648 | /// | ||||||
1649 | /// typedef int &ref; // lvalue, spelled lvalue | ||||||
1650 | /// typedef int &&rvref; // rvalue | ||||||
1651 | /// ref &a; // lvalue, inner ref, spelled lvalue | ||||||
1652 | /// ref &&a; // lvalue, inner ref | ||||||
1653 | /// rvref &a; // lvalue, inner ref, spelled lvalue | ||||||
1654 | /// rvref &&a; // rvalue, inner ref | ||||||
1655 | unsigned SpelledAsLValue : 1; | ||||||
1656 | |||||||
1657 | /// True if the inner type is a reference type. This only happens | ||||||
1658 | /// in non-canonical forms. | ||||||
1659 | unsigned InnerRef : 1; | ||||||
1660 | }; | ||||||
1661 | |||||||
1662 | class TypeWithKeywordBitfields { | ||||||
1663 | friend class TypeWithKeyword; | ||||||
1664 | |||||||
1665 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; | ||||||
1666 | |||||||
1667 | /// An ElaboratedTypeKeyword. 8 bits for efficient access. | ||||||
1668 | unsigned Keyword : 8; | ||||||
1669 | }; | ||||||
1670 | |||||||
1671 | enum { NumTypeWithKeywordBits = 8 }; | ||||||
1672 | |||||||
1673 | class ElaboratedTypeBitfields { | ||||||
1674 | friend class ElaboratedType; | ||||||
1675 | |||||||
1676 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; | ||||||
1677 | unsigned : NumTypeWithKeywordBits; | ||||||
1678 | |||||||
1679 | /// Whether the ElaboratedType has a trailing OwnedTagDecl. | ||||||
1680 | unsigned HasOwnedTagDecl : 1; | ||||||
1681 | }; | ||||||
1682 | |||||||
1683 | class VectorTypeBitfields { | ||||||
1684 | friend class VectorType; | ||||||
1685 | friend class DependentVectorType; | ||||||
1686 | |||||||
1687 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; | ||||||
1688 | |||||||
1689 | /// The kind of vector, either a generic vector type or some | ||||||
1690 | /// target-specific vector type such as for AltiVec or Neon. | ||||||
1691 | unsigned VecKind : 3; | ||||||
1692 | /// The number of elements in the vector. | ||||||
1693 | uint32_t NumElements; | ||||||
1694 | }; | ||||||
1695 | |||||||
1696 | class AttributedTypeBitfields { | ||||||
1697 | friend class AttributedType; | ||||||
1698 | |||||||
1699 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; | ||||||
1700 | |||||||
1701 | /// An AttributedType::Kind | ||||||
1702 | unsigned AttrKind : 32 - NumTypeBits; | ||||||
1703 | }; | ||||||
1704 | |||||||
1705 | class AutoTypeBitfields { | ||||||
1706 | friend class AutoType; | ||||||
1707 | |||||||
1708 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; | ||||||
1709 | |||||||
1710 | /// Was this placeholder type spelled as 'auto', 'decltype(auto)', | ||||||
1711 | /// or '__auto_type'? AutoTypeKeyword value. | ||||||
1712 | unsigned Keyword : 2; | ||||||
1713 | |||||||
1714 | /// The number of template arguments in the type-constraints, which is | ||||||
1715 | /// expected to be able to hold at least 1024 according to [implimits]. | ||||||
1716 | /// However as this limit is somewhat easy to hit with template | ||||||
1717 | /// metaprogramming we'd prefer to keep it as large as possible. | ||||||
1718 | /// At the moment it has been left as a non-bitfield since this type | ||||||
1719 | /// safely fits in 64 bits as an unsigned, so there is no reason to | ||||||
1720 | /// introduce the performance impact of a bitfield. | ||||||
1721 | unsigned NumArgs; | ||||||
1722 | }; | ||||||
1723 | |||||||
1724 | class SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypeBitfields { | ||||||
1725 | friend class SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType; | ||||||
1726 | |||||||
1727 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; | ||||||
1728 | |||||||
1729 | /// The number of template arguments in \c Arguments, which is | ||||||
1730 | /// expected to be able to hold at least 1024 according to [implimits]. | ||||||
1731 | /// However as this limit is somewhat easy to hit with template | ||||||
1732 | /// metaprogramming we'd prefer to keep it as large as possible. | ||||||
1733 | /// At the moment it has been left as a non-bitfield since this type | ||||||
1734 | /// safely fits in 64 bits as an unsigned, so there is no reason to | ||||||
1735 | /// introduce the performance impact of a bitfield. | ||||||
1736 | unsigned NumArgs; | ||||||
1737 | }; | ||||||
1738 | |||||||
1739 | class TemplateSpecializationTypeBitfields { | ||||||
1740 | friend class TemplateSpecializationType; | ||||||
1741 | |||||||
1742 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; | ||||||
1743 | |||||||
1744 | /// Whether this template specialization type is a substituted type alias. | ||||||
1745 | unsigned TypeAlias : 1; | ||||||
1746 | |||||||
1747 | /// The number of template arguments named in this class template | ||||||
1748 | /// specialization, which is expected to be able to hold at least 1024 | ||||||
1749 | /// according to [implimits]. However, as this limit is somewhat easy to | ||||||
1750 | /// hit with template metaprogramming we'd prefer to keep it as large | ||||||
1751 | /// as possible. At the moment it has been left as a non-bitfield since | ||||||
1752 | /// this type safely fits in 64 bits as an unsigned, so there is no reason | ||||||
1753 | /// to introduce the performance impact of a bitfield. | ||||||
1754 | unsigned NumArgs; | ||||||
1755 | }; | ||||||
1756 | |||||||
1757 | class DependentTemplateSpecializationTypeBitfields { | ||||||
1758 | friend class DependentTemplateSpecializationType; | ||||||
1759 | |||||||
1760 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; | ||||||
1761 | unsigned : NumTypeWithKeywordBits; | ||||||
1762 | |||||||
1763 | /// The number of template arguments named in this class template | ||||||
1764 | /// specialization, which is expected to be able to hold at least 1024 | ||||||
1765 | /// according to [implimits]. However, as this limit is somewhat easy to | ||||||
1766 | /// hit with template metaprogramming we'd prefer to keep it as large | ||||||
1767 | /// as possible. At the moment it has been left as a non-bitfield since | ||||||
1768 | /// this type safely fits in 64 bits as an unsigned, so there is no reason | ||||||
1769 | /// to introduce the performance impact of a bitfield. | ||||||
1770 | unsigned NumArgs; | ||||||
1771 | }; | ||||||
1772 | |||||||
1773 | class PackExpansionTypeBitfields { | ||||||
1774 | friend class PackExpansionType; | ||||||
1775 | |||||||
1776 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; | ||||||
1777 | |||||||
1778 | /// The number of expansions that this pack expansion will | ||||||
1779 | /// generate when substituted (+1), which is expected to be able to | ||||||
1780 | /// hold at least 1024 according to [implimits]. However, as this limit | ||||||
1781 | /// is somewhat easy to hit with template metaprogramming we'd prefer to | ||||||
1782 | /// keep it as large as possible. At the moment it has been left as a | ||||||
1783 | /// non-bitfield since this type safely fits in 64 bits as an unsigned, so | ||||||
1784 | /// there is no reason to introduce the performance impact of a bitfield. | ||||||
1785 | /// | ||||||
1786 | /// This field will only have a non-zero value when some of the parameter | ||||||
1787 | /// packs that occur within the pattern have been substituted but others | ||||||
1788 | /// have not. | ||||||
1789 | unsigned NumExpansions; | ||||||
1790 | }; | ||||||
1791 | |||||||
1792 | union { | ||||||
1793 | TypeBitfields TypeBits; | ||||||
1794 | ArrayTypeBitfields ArrayTypeBits; | ||||||
1795 | ConstantArrayTypeBitfields ConstantArrayTypeBits; | ||||||
1796 | AttributedTypeBitfields AttributedTypeBits; | ||||||
1797 | AutoTypeBitfields AutoTypeBits; | ||||||
1798 | BuiltinTypeBitfields BuiltinTypeBits; | ||||||
1799 | FunctionTypeBitfields FunctionTypeBits; | ||||||
1800 | ObjCObjectTypeBitfields ObjCObjectTypeBits; | ||||||
1801 | ReferenceTypeBitfields ReferenceTypeBits; | ||||||
1802 | TypeWithKeywordBitfields TypeWithKeywordBits; | ||||||
1803 | ElaboratedTypeBitfields ElaboratedTypeBits; | ||||||
1804 | VectorTypeBitfields VectorTypeBits; | ||||||
1805 | SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypeBitfields SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypeBits; | ||||||
1806 | TemplateSpecializationTypeBitfields TemplateSpecializationTypeBits; | ||||||
1807 | DependentTemplateSpecializationTypeBitfields | ||||||
1808 | DependentTemplateSpecializationTypeBits; | ||||||
1809 | PackExpansionTypeBitfields PackExpansionTypeBits; | ||||||
1810 | }; | ||||||
1811 | |||||||
1812 | private: | ||||||
1813 | template <class T> friend class TypePropertyCache; | ||||||
1814 | |||||||
1815 | /// Set whether this type comes from an AST file. | ||||||
1816 | void setFromAST(bool V = true) const { | ||||||
1817 | TypeBits.FromAST = V; | ||||||
1818 | } | ||||||
1819 | |||||||
1820 | protected: | ||||||
1821 | friend class ASTContext; | ||||||
1822 | |||||||
1823 | Type(TypeClass tc, QualType canon, TypeDependence Dependence) | ||||||
1824 | : ExtQualsTypeCommonBase(this, | ||||||
1825 | canon.isNull() ? QualType(this_(), 0) : canon) { | ||||||
1826 | static_assert(sizeof(*this) <= 8 + sizeof(ExtQualsTypeCommonBase), | ||||||
1827 | "changing bitfields changed sizeof(Type)!"); | ||||||
1828 | static_assert(alignof(decltype(*this)) % sizeof(void *) == 0, | ||||||
1829 | "Insufficient alignment!"); | ||||||
1830 | TypeBits.TC = tc; | ||||||
1831 | TypeBits.Dependence = static_cast<unsigned>(Dependence); | ||||||
1832 | TypeBits.CacheValid = false; | ||||||
1833 | TypeBits.CachedLocalOrUnnamed = false; | ||||||
1834 | TypeBits.CachedLinkage = NoLinkage; | ||||||
1835 | TypeBits.FromAST = false; | ||||||
1836 | } | ||||||
1837 | |||||||
1838 | // silence VC++ warning C4355: 'this' : used in base member initializer list | ||||||
1839 | Type *this_() { return this; } | ||||||
1840 | |||||||
1841 | void setDependence(TypeDependence D) { | ||||||
1842 | TypeBits.Dependence = static_cast<unsigned>(D); | ||||||
1843 | } | ||||||
1844 | |||||||
1845 | void addDependence(TypeDependence D) { setDependence(getDependence() | D); } | ||||||
1846 | |||||||
1847 | public: | ||||||
1848 | friend class ASTReader; | ||||||
1849 | friend class ASTWriter; | ||||||
1850 | template <class T> friend class serialization::AbstractTypeReader; | ||||||
1851 | template <class T> friend class serialization::AbstractTypeWriter; | ||||||
1852 | |||||||
1853 | Type(const Type &) = delete; | ||||||
1854 | Type(Type &&) = delete; | ||||||
1855 | Type &operator=(const Type &) = delete; | ||||||
1856 | Type &operator=(Type &&) = delete; | ||||||
1857 | |||||||
1858 | TypeClass getTypeClass() const { return static_cast<TypeClass>(TypeBits.TC); } | ||||||
1859 | |||||||
1860 | /// Whether this type comes from an AST file. | ||||||
1861 | bool isFromAST() const { return TypeBits.FromAST; } | ||||||
1862 | |||||||
1863 | /// Whether this type is or contains an unexpanded parameter | ||||||
1864 | /// pack, used to support C++0x variadic templates. | ||||||
1865 | /// | ||||||
1866 | /// A type that contains a parameter pack shall be expanded by the | ||||||
1867 | /// ellipsis operator at some point. For example, the typedef in the | ||||||
1868 | /// following example contains an unexpanded parameter pack 'T': | ||||||
1869 | /// | ||||||
1870 | /// \code | ||||||
1871 | /// template<typename ...T> | ||||||
1872 | /// struct X { | ||||||
1873 | /// typedef T* pointer_types; // ill-formed; T is a parameter pack. | ||||||
1874 | /// }; | ||||||
1875 | /// \endcode | ||||||
1876 | /// | ||||||
1877 | /// Note that this routine does not specify which | ||||||
1878 | bool containsUnexpandedParameterPack() const { | ||||||
1879 | return getDependence() & TypeDependence::UnexpandedPack; | ||||||
1880 | } | ||||||
1881 | |||||||
1882 | /// Determines if this type would be canonical if it had no further | ||||||
1883 | /// qualification. | ||||||
1884 | bool isCanonicalUnqualified() const { | ||||||
1885 | return CanonicalType == QualType(this, 0); | ||||||
1886 | } | ||||||
1887 | |||||||
1888 | /// Pull a single level of sugar off of this locally-unqualified type. | ||||||
1889 | /// Users should generally prefer SplitQualType::getSingleStepDesugaredType() | ||||||
1890 | /// or QualType::getSingleStepDesugaredType(const ASTContext&). | ||||||
1891 | QualType getLocallyUnqualifiedSingleStepDesugaredType() const; | ||||||
1892 | |||||||
1893 | /// As an extension, we classify types as one of "sized" or "sizeless"; | ||||||
1894 | /// every type is one or the other. Standard types are all sized; | ||||||
1895 | /// sizeless types are purely an extension. | ||||||
1896 | /// | ||||||
1897 | /// Sizeless types contain data with no specified size, alignment, | ||||||
1898 | /// or layout. | ||||||
1899 | bool isSizelessType() const; | ||||||
1900 | bool isSizelessBuiltinType() const; | ||||||
1901 | |||||||
1902 | /// Determines if this is a sizeless type supported by the | ||||||
1903 | /// 'arm_sve_vector_bits' type attribute, which can be applied to a single | ||||||
1904 | /// SVE vector or predicate, excluding tuple types such as svint32x4_t. | ||||||
1905 | bool isVLSTBuiltinType() const; | ||||||
1906 | |||||||
1907 | /// Returns the representative type for the element of an SVE builtin type. | ||||||
1908 | /// This is used to represent fixed-length SVE vectors created with the | ||||||
1909 | /// 'arm_sve_vector_bits' type attribute as VectorType. | ||||||
1910 | QualType getSveEltType(const ASTContext &Ctx) const; | ||||||
1911 | |||||||
1912 | /// Types are partitioned into 3 broad categories (C99 6.2.5p1): | ||||||
1913 | /// object types, function types, and incomplete types. | ||||||
1914 | |||||||
1915 | /// Return true if this is an incomplete type. | ||||||
1916 | /// A type that can describe objects, but which lacks information needed to | ||||||
1917 | /// determine its size (e.g. void, or a fwd declared struct). Clients of this | ||||||
1918 | /// routine will need to determine if the size is actually required. | ||||||
1919 | /// | ||||||
1920 | /// Def If non-null, and the type refers to some kind of declaration | ||||||
1921 | /// that can be completed (such as a C struct, C++ class, or Objective-C | ||||||
1922 | /// class), will be set to the declaration. | ||||||
1923 | bool isIncompleteType(NamedDecl **Def = nullptr) const; | ||||||
1924 | |||||||
1925 | /// Return true if this is an incomplete or object | ||||||
1926 | /// type, in other words, not a function type. | ||||||
1927 | bool isIncompleteOrObjectType() const { | ||||||
1928 | return !isFunctionType(); | ||||||
1929 | } | ||||||
1930 | |||||||
1931 | /// Determine whether this type is an object type. | ||||||
1932 | bool isObjectType() const { | ||||||
1933 | // C++ [basic.types]p8: | ||||||
1934 | // An object type is a (possibly cv-qualified) type that is not a | ||||||
1935 | // function type, not a reference type, and not a void type. | ||||||
1936 | return !isReferenceType() && !isFunctionType() && !isVoidType(); | ||||||
1937 | } | ||||||
1938 | |||||||
1939 | /// Return true if this is a literal type | ||||||
1940 | /// (C++11 [basic.types]p10) | ||||||
1941 | bool isLiteralType(const ASTContext &Ctx) const; | ||||||
1942 | |||||||
1943 | /// Determine if this type is a structural type, per C++20 [temp.param]p7. | ||||||
1944 | bool isStructuralType() const; | ||||||
1945 | |||||||
1946 | /// Test if this type is a standard-layout type. | ||||||
1947 | /// (C++0x [basic.type]p9) | ||||||
1948 | bool isStandardLayoutType() const; | ||||||
1949 | |||||||
1950 | /// Helper methods to distinguish type categories. All type predicates | ||||||
1951 | /// operate on the canonical type, ignoring typedefs and qualifiers. | ||||||
1952 | |||||||
1953 | /// Returns true if the type is a builtin type. | ||||||
1954 | bool isBuiltinType() const; | ||||||
1955 | |||||||
1956 | /// Test for a particular builtin type. | ||||||
1957 | bool isSpecificBuiltinType(unsigned K) const; | ||||||
1958 | |||||||
1959 | /// Test for a type which does not represent an actual type-system type but | ||||||
1960 | /// is instead used as a placeholder for various convenient purposes within | ||||||
1961 | /// Clang. All such types are BuiltinTypes. | ||||||
1962 | bool isPlaceholderType() const; | ||||||
1963 | const BuiltinType *getAsPlaceholderType() const; | ||||||
1964 | |||||||
1965 | /// Test for a specific placeholder type. | ||||||
1966 | bool isSpecificPlaceholderType(unsigned K) const; | ||||||
1967 | |||||||
1968 | /// Test for a placeholder type other than Overload; see | ||||||
1969 | /// BuiltinType::isNonOverloadPlaceholderType. | ||||||
1970 | bool isNonOverloadPlaceholderType() const; | ||||||
1971 | |||||||
1972 | /// isIntegerType() does *not* include complex integers (a GCC extension). | ||||||
1973 | /// isComplexIntegerType() can be used to test for complex integers. | ||||||
1974 | bool isIntegerType() const; // C99 6.2.5p17 (int, char, bool, enum) | ||||||
1975 | bool isEnumeralType() const; | ||||||
1976 | |||||||
1977 | /// Determine whether this type is a scoped enumeration type. | ||||||
1978 | bool isScopedEnumeralType() const; | ||||||
1979 | bool isBooleanType() const; | ||||||
1980 | bool isCharType() const; | ||||||
1981 | bool isWideCharType() const; | ||||||
1982 | bool isChar8Type() const; | ||||||
1983 | bool isChar16Type() const; | ||||||
1984 | bool isChar32Type() const; | ||||||
1985 | bool isAnyCharacterType() const; | ||||||
1986 | bool isIntegralType(const ASTContext &Ctx) const; | ||||||
1987 | |||||||
1988 | /// Determine whether this type is an integral or enumeration type. | ||||||
1989 | bool isIntegralOrEnumerationType() const; | ||||||
1990 | |||||||
1991 | /// Determine whether this type is an integral or unscoped enumeration type. | ||||||
1992 | bool isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType() const; | ||||||
1993 | bool isUnscopedEnumerationType() const; | ||||||
1994 | |||||||
1995 | /// Floating point categories. | ||||||
1996 | bool isRealFloatingType() const; // C99 6.2.5p10 (float, double, long double) | ||||||
1997 | /// isComplexType() does *not* include complex integers (a GCC extension). | ||||||
1998 | /// isComplexIntegerType() can be used to test for complex integers. | ||||||
1999 | bool isComplexType() const; // C99 6.2.5p11 (complex) | ||||||
2000 | bool isAnyComplexType() const; // C99 6.2.5p11 (complex) + Complex Int. | ||||||
2001 | bool isFloatingType() const; // C99 6.2.5p11 (real floating + complex) | ||||||
2002 | bool isHalfType() const; // OpenCL 6.1.1.1, NEON (IEEE 754-2008 half) | ||||||
2003 | bool isFloat16Type() const; // C11 extension ISO/IEC TS 18661 | ||||||
2004 | bool isBFloat16Type() const; | ||||||
2005 | bool isFloat128Type() const; | ||||||
2006 | bool isRealType() const; // C99 6.2.5p17 (real floating + integer) | ||||||
2007 | bool isArithmeticType() const; // C99 6.2.5p18 (integer + floating) | ||||||
2008 | bool isVoidType() const; // C99 6.2.5p19 | ||||||
2009 | bool isScalarType() const; // C99 6.2.5p21 (arithmetic + pointers) | ||||||
2010 | bool isAggregateType() const; | ||||||
2011 | bool isFundamentalType() const; | ||||||
2012 | bool isCompoundType() const; | ||||||
2013 | |||||||
2014 | // Type Predicates: Check to see if this type is structurally the specified | ||||||
2015 | // type, ignoring typedefs and qualifiers. | ||||||
2016 | bool isFunctionType() const; | ||||||
2017 | bool isFunctionNoProtoType() const { return getAs<FunctionNoProtoType>(); } | ||||||
2018 | bool isFunctionProtoType() const { return getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); } | ||||||
2019 | bool isPointerType() const; | ||||||
2020 | bool isAnyPointerType() const; // Any C pointer or ObjC object pointer | ||||||
2021 | bool isBlockPointerType() const; | ||||||
2022 | bool isVoidPointerType() const; | ||||||
2023 | bool isReferenceType() const; | ||||||
2024 | bool isLValueReferenceType() const; | ||||||
2025 | bool isRValueReferenceType() const; | ||||||
2026 | bool isObjectPointerType() const; | ||||||
2027 | bool isFunctionPointerType() const; | ||||||
2028 | bool isFunctionReferenceType() const; | ||||||
2029 | bool isMemberPointerType() const; | ||||||
2030 | bool isMemberFunctionPointerType() const; | ||||||
2031 | bool isMemberDataPointerType() const; | ||||||
2032 | bool isArrayType() const; | ||||||
2033 | bool isConstantArrayType() const; | ||||||
2034 | bool isIncompleteArrayType() const; | ||||||
2035 | bool isVariableArrayType() const; | ||||||
2036 | bool isDependentSizedArrayType() const; | ||||||
2037 | bool isRecordType() const; | ||||||
2038 | bool isClassType() const; | ||||||
2039 | bool isStructureType() const; | ||||||
2040 | bool isObjCBoxableRecordType() const; | ||||||
2041 | bool isInterfaceType() const; | ||||||
2042 | bool isStructureOrClassType() const; | ||||||
2043 | bool isUnionType() const; | ||||||
2044 | bool isComplexIntegerType() const; // GCC _Complex integer type. | ||||||
2045 | bool isVectorType() const; // GCC vector type. | ||||||
2046 | bool isExtVectorType() const; // Extended vector type. | ||||||
2047 | bool isMatrixType() const; // Matrix type. | ||||||
2048 | bool isConstantMatrixType() const; // Constant matrix type. | ||||||
2049 | bool isDependentAddressSpaceType() const; // value-dependent address space qualifier | ||||||
2050 | bool isObjCObjectPointerType() const; // pointer to ObjC object | ||||||
2051 | bool isObjCRetainableType() const; // ObjC object or block pointer | ||||||
2052 | bool isObjCLifetimeType() const; // (array of)* retainable type | ||||||
2053 | bool isObjCIndirectLifetimeType() const; // (pointer to)* lifetime type | ||||||
2054 | bool isObjCNSObjectType() const; // __attribute__((NSObject)) | ||||||
2055 | bool isObjCIndependentClassType() const; // __attribute__((objc_independent_class)) | ||||||
2056 | // FIXME: change this to 'raw' interface type, so we can used 'interface' type | ||||||
2057 | // for the common case. | ||||||
2058 | bool isObjCObjectType() const; // NSString or typeof(*(id)0) | ||||||
2059 | bool isObjCQualifiedInterfaceType() const; // NSString<foo> | ||||||
2060 | bool isObjCQualifiedIdType() const; // id<foo> | ||||||
2061 | bool isObjCQualifiedClassType() const; // Class<foo> | ||||||
2062 | bool isObjCObjectOrInterfaceType() const; | ||||||
2063 | bool isObjCIdType() const; // id | ||||||
2064 | bool isDecltypeType() const; | ||||||
2065 | /// Was this type written with the special inert-in-ARC __unsafe_unretained | ||||||
2066 | /// qualifier? | ||||||
2067 | /// | ||||||
2068 | /// This approximates the answer to the following question: if this | ||||||
2069 | /// translation unit were compiled in ARC, would this type be qualified | ||||||
2070 | /// with __unsafe_unretained? | ||||||
2071 | bool isObjCInertUnsafeUnretainedType() const { | ||||||
2072 | return hasAttr(attr::ObjCInertUnsafeUnretained); | ||||||
2073 | } | ||||||
2074 | |||||||
2075 | /// Whether the type is Objective-C 'id' or a __kindof type of an | ||||||
2076 | /// object type, e.g., __kindof NSView * or __kindof id | ||||||
2077 | /// <NSCopying>. | ||||||
2078 | /// | ||||||
2079 | /// \param bound Will be set to the bound on non-id subtype types, | ||||||
2080 | /// which will be (possibly specialized) Objective-C class type, or | ||||||
2081 | /// null for 'id. | ||||||
2082 | bool isObjCIdOrObjectKindOfType(const ASTContext &ctx, | ||||||
2083 | const ObjCObjectType *&bound) const; | ||||||
2084 | |||||||
2085 | bool isObjCClassType() const; // Class | ||||||
2086 | |||||||
2087 | /// Whether the type is Objective-C 'Class' or a __kindof type of an | ||||||
2088 | /// Class type, e.g., __kindof Class <NSCopying>. | ||||||
2089 | /// | ||||||
2090 | /// Unlike \c isObjCIdOrObjectKindOfType, there is no relevant bound | ||||||
2091 | /// here because Objective-C's type system cannot express "a class | ||||||
2092 | /// object for a subclass of NSFoo". | ||||||
2093 | bool isObjCClassOrClassKindOfType() const; | ||||||
2094 | |||||||
2095 | bool isBlockCompatibleObjCPointerType(ASTContext &ctx) const; | ||||||
2096 | bool isObjCSelType() const; // Class | ||||||
2097 | bool isObjCBuiltinType() const; // 'id' or 'Class' | ||||||
2098 | bool isObjCARCBridgableType() const; | ||||||
2099 | bool isCARCBridgableType() const; | ||||||
2100 | bool isTemplateTypeParmType() const; // C++ template type parameter | ||||||
2101 | bool isNullPtrType() const; // C++11 std::nullptr_t | ||||||
2102 | bool isNothrowT() const; // C++ std::nothrow_t | ||||||
2103 | bool isAlignValT() const; // C++17 std::align_val_t | ||||||
2104 | bool isStdByteType() const; // C++17 std::byte | ||||||
2105 | bool isAtomicType() const; // C11 _Atomic() | ||||||
2106 | bool isUndeducedAutoType() const; // C++11 auto or | ||||||
2107 | // C++14 decltype(auto) | ||||||
2108 | bool isTypedefNameType() const; // typedef or alias template | ||||||
2109 | |||||||
2110 | #define IMAGE_TYPE(ImgType, Id, SingletonId, Access, Suffix) \ | ||||||
2111 | bool is##Id##Type() const; | ||||||
2112 | #include "clang/Basic/OpenCLImageTypes.def" | ||||||
2113 | |||||||
2114 | bool isImageType() const; // Any OpenCL image type | ||||||
2115 | |||||||
2116 | bool isSamplerT() const; // OpenCL sampler_t | ||||||
2117 | bool isEventT() const; // OpenCL event_t | ||||||
2118 | bool isClkEventT() const; // OpenCL clk_event_t | ||||||
2119 | bool isQueueT() const; // OpenCL queue_t | ||||||
2120 | bool isReserveIDT() const; // OpenCL reserve_id_t | ||||||
2121 | |||||||
2122 | #define EXT_OPAQUE_TYPE(ExtType, Id, Ext) \ | ||||||
2123 | bool is##Id##Type() const; | ||||||
2124 | #include "clang/Basic/OpenCLExtensionTypes.def" | ||||||
2125 | // Type defined in cl_intel_device_side_avc_motion_estimation OpenCL extension | ||||||
2126 | bool isOCLIntelSubgroupAVCType() const; | ||||||
2127 | bool isOCLExtOpaqueType() const; // Any OpenCL extension type | ||||||
2128 | |||||||
2129 | bool isPipeType() const; // OpenCL pipe type | ||||||
2130 | bool isExtIntType() const; // Extended Int Type | ||||||
2131 | bool isOpenCLSpecificType() const; // Any OpenCL specific type | ||||||
2132 | |||||||
2133 | /// Determines if this type, which must satisfy | ||||||
2134 | /// isObjCLifetimeType(), is implicitly __unsafe_unretained rather | ||||||
2135 | /// than implicitly __strong. | ||||||
2136 | bool isObjCARCImplicitlyUnretainedType() const; | ||||||
2137 | |||||||
2138 | /// Check if the type is the CUDA device builtin surface type. | ||||||
2139 | bool isCUDADeviceBuiltinSurfaceType() const; | ||||||
2140 | /// Check if the type is the CUDA device builtin texture type. | ||||||
2141 | bool isCUDADeviceBuiltinTextureType() const; | ||||||
2142 | |||||||
2143 | /// Return the implicit lifetime for this type, which must not be dependent. | ||||||
2144 | Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime getObjCARCImplicitLifetime() const; | ||||||
2145 | |||||||
2146 | enum ScalarTypeKind { | ||||||
2147 | STK_CPointer, | ||||||
2148 | STK_BlockPointer, | ||||||
2149 | STK_ObjCObjectPointer, | ||||||
2150 | STK_MemberPointer, | ||||||
2151 | STK_Bool, | ||||||
2152 | STK_Integral, | ||||||
2153 | STK_Floating, | ||||||
2154 | STK_IntegralComplex, | ||||||
2155 | STK_FloatingComplex, | ||||||
2156 | STK_FixedPoint | ||||||
2157 | }; | ||||||
2158 | |||||||
2159 | /// Given that this is a scalar type, classify it. | ||||||
2160 | ScalarTypeKind getScalarTypeKind() const; | ||||||
2161 | |||||||
2162 | TypeDependence getDependence() const { | ||||||
2163 | return static_cast<TypeDependence>(TypeBits.Dependence); | ||||||
2164 | } | ||||||
2165 | |||||||
2166 | /// Whether this type is an error type. | ||||||
2167 | bool containsErrors() const { | ||||||
2168 | return getDependence() & TypeDependence::Error; | ||||||
2169 | } | ||||||
2170 | |||||||
2171 | /// Whether this type is a dependent type, meaning that its definition | ||||||
2172 | /// somehow depends on a template parameter (C++ [temp.dep.type]). | ||||||
2173 | bool isDependentType() const { | ||||||
2174 | return getDependence() & TypeDependence::Dependent; | ||||||
2175 | } | ||||||
2176 | |||||||
2177 | /// Determine whether this type is an instantiation-dependent type, | ||||||
2178 | /// meaning that the type involves a template parameter (even if the | ||||||
2179 | /// definition does not actually depend on the type substituted for that | ||||||
2180 | /// template parameter). | ||||||
2181 | bool isInstantiationDependentType() const { | ||||||
2182 | return getDependence() & TypeDependence::Instantiation; | ||||||
2183 | } | ||||||
2184 | |||||||
2185 | /// Determine whether this type is an undeduced type, meaning that | ||||||
2186 | /// it somehow involves a C++11 'auto' type or similar which has not yet been | ||||||
2187 | /// deduced. | ||||||
2188 | bool isUndeducedType() const; | ||||||
2189 | |||||||
2190 | /// Whether this type is a variably-modified type (C99 6.7.5). | ||||||
2191 | bool isVariablyModifiedType() const { | ||||||
2192 | return getDependence() & TypeDependence::VariablyModified; | ||||||
2193 | } | ||||||
2194 | |||||||
2195 | /// Whether this type involves a variable-length array type | ||||||
2196 | /// with a definite size. | ||||||
2197 | bool hasSizedVLAType() const; | ||||||
2198 | |||||||
2199 | /// Whether this type is or contains a local or unnamed type. | ||||||
2200 | bool hasUnnamedOrLocalType() const; | ||||||
2201 | |||||||
2202 | bool isOverloadableType() const; | ||||||
2203 | |||||||
2204 | /// Determine wither this type is a C++ elaborated-type-specifier. | ||||||
2205 | bool isElaboratedTypeSpecifier() const; | ||||||
2206 | |||||||
2207 | bool canDecayToPointerType() const; | ||||||
2208 | |||||||
2209 | /// Whether this type is represented natively as a pointer. This includes | ||||||
2210 | /// pointers, references, block pointers, and Objective-C interface, | ||||||
2211 | /// qualified id, and qualified interface types, as well as nullptr_t. | ||||||
2212 | bool hasPointerRepresentation() const; | ||||||
2213 | |||||||
2214 | /// Whether this type can represent an objective pointer type for the | ||||||
2215 | /// purpose of GC'ability | ||||||
2216 | bool hasObjCPointerRepresentation() const; | ||||||
2217 | |||||||
2218 | /// Determine whether this type has an integer representation | ||||||
2219 | /// of some sort, e.g., it is an integer type or a vector. | ||||||
2220 | bool hasIntegerRepresentation() const; | ||||||
2221 | |||||||
2222 | /// Determine whether this type has an signed integer representation | ||||||
2223 | /// of some sort, e.g., it is an signed integer type or a vector. | ||||||
2224 | bool hasSignedIntegerRepresentation() const; | ||||||
2225 | |||||||
2226 | /// Determine whether this type has an unsigned integer representation | ||||||
2227 | /// of some sort, e.g., it is an unsigned integer type or a vector. | ||||||
2228 | bool hasUnsignedIntegerRepresentation() const; | ||||||
2229 | |||||||
2230 | /// Determine whether this type has a floating-point representation | ||||||
2231 | /// of some sort, e.g., it is a floating-point type or a vector thereof. | ||||||
2232 | bool hasFloatingRepresentation() const; | ||||||
2233 | |||||||
2234 | // Type Checking Functions: Check to see if this type is structurally the | ||||||
2235 | // specified type, ignoring typedefs and qualifiers, and return a pointer to | ||||||
2236 | // the best type we can. | ||||||
2237 | const RecordType *getAsStructureType() const; | ||||||
2238 | /// NOTE: getAs*ArrayType are methods on ASTContext. | ||||||
2239 | const RecordType *getAsUnionType() const; | ||||||
2240 | const ComplexType *getAsComplexIntegerType() const; // GCC complex int type. | ||||||
2241 | const ObjCObjectType *getAsObjCInterfaceType() const; | ||||||
2242 | |||||||
2243 | // The following is a convenience method that returns an ObjCObjectPointerType | ||||||
2244 | // for object declared using an interface. | ||||||
2245 | const ObjCObjectPointerType *getAsObjCInterfacePointerType() const; | ||||||
2246 | const ObjCObjectPointerType *getAsObjCQualifiedIdType() const; | ||||||
2247 | const ObjCObjectPointerType *getAsObjCQualifiedClassType() const; | ||||||
2248 | const ObjCObjectType *getAsObjCQualifiedInterfaceType() const; | ||||||
2249 | |||||||
2250 | /// Retrieves the CXXRecordDecl that this type refers to, either | ||||||
2251 | /// because the type is a RecordType or because it is the injected-class-name | ||||||
2252 | /// type of a class template or class template partial specialization. | ||||||
2253 | CXXRecordDecl *getAsCXXRecordDecl() const; | ||||||
2254 | |||||||
2255 | /// Retrieves the RecordDecl this type refers to. | ||||||
2256 | RecordDecl *getAsRecordDecl() const; | ||||||
2257 | |||||||
2258 | /// Retrieves the TagDecl that this type refers to, either | ||||||
2259 | /// because the type is a TagType or because it is the injected-class-name | ||||||
2260 | /// type of a class template or class template partial specialization. | ||||||
2261 | TagDecl *getAsTagDecl() const; | ||||||
2262 | |||||||
2263 | /// If this is a pointer or reference to a RecordType, return the | ||||||
2264 | /// CXXRecordDecl that the type refers to. | ||||||
2265 | /// | ||||||
2266 | /// If this is not a pointer or reference, or the type being pointed to does | ||||||
2267 | /// not refer to a CXXRecordDecl, returns NULL. | ||||||
2268 | const CXXRecordDecl *getPointeeCXXRecordDecl() const; | ||||||
2269 | |||||||
2270 | /// Get the DeducedType whose type will be deduced for a variable with | ||||||
2271 | /// an initializer of this type. This looks through declarators like pointer | ||||||
2272 | /// types, but not through decltype or typedefs. | ||||||
2273 | DeducedType *getContainedDeducedType() const; | ||||||
2274 | |||||||
2275 | /// Get the AutoType whose type will be deduced for a variable with | ||||||
2276 | /// an initializer of this type. This looks through declarators like pointer | ||||||
2277 | /// types, but not through decltype or typedefs. | ||||||
2278 | AutoType *getContainedAutoType() const { | ||||||
2279 | return dyn_cast_or_null<AutoType>(getContainedDeducedType()); | ||||||
2280 | } | ||||||
2281 | |||||||
2282 | /// Determine whether this type was written with a leading 'auto' | ||||||
2283 | /// corresponding to a trailing return type (possibly for a nested | ||||||
2284 | /// function type within a pointer to function type or similar). | ||||||
2285 | bool hasAutoForTrailingReturnType() const; | ||||||
2286 | |||||||
2287 | /// Member-template getAs<specific type>'. Look through sugar for | ||||||
2288 | /// an instance of \<specific type>. This scheme will eventually | ||||||
2289 | /// replace the specific getAsXXXX methods above. | ||||||
2290 | /// | ||||||
2291 | /// There are some specializations of this member template listed | ||||||
2292 | /// immediately following this class. | ||||||
2293 | template <typename T> const T *getAs() const; | ||||||
2294 | |||||||
2295 | /// Member-template getAsAdjusted<specific type>. Look through specific kinds | ||||||
2296 | /// of sugar (parens, attributes, etc) for an instance of \<specific type>. | ||||||
2297 | /// This is used when you need to walk over sugar nodes that represent some | ||||||
2298 | /// kind of type adjustment from a type that was written as a \<specific type> | ||||||
2299 | /// to another type that is still canonically a \<specific type>. | ||||||
2300 | template <typename T> const T *getAsAdjusted() const; | ||||||
2301 | |||||||
2302 | /// A variant of getAs<> for array types which silently discards | ||||||
2303 | /// qualifiers from the outermost type. | ||||||
2304 | const ArrayType *getAsArrayTypeUnsafe() const; | ||||||
2305 | |||||||
2306 | /// Member-template castAs<specific type>. Look through sugar for | ||||||
2307 | /// the underlying instance of \<specific type>. | ||||||
2308 | /// | ||||||
2309 | /// This method has the same relationship to getAs<T> as cast<T> has | ||||||
2310 | /// to dyn_cast<T>; which is to say, the underlying type *must* | ||||||
2311 | /// have the intended type, and this method will never return null. | ||||||
2312 | template <typename T> const T *castAs() const; | ||||||
2313 | |||||||
2314 | /// A variant of castAs<> for array type which silently discards | ||||||
2315 | /// qualifiers from the outermost type. | ||||||
2316 | const ArrayType *castAsArrayTypeUnsafe() const; | ||||||
2317 | |||||||
2318 | /// Determine whether this type had the specified attribute applied to it | ||||||
2319 | /// (looking through top-level type sugar). | ||||||
2320 | bool hasAttr(attr::Kind AK) const; | ||||||
2321 | |||||||
2322 | /// Get the base element type of this type, potentially discarding type | ||||||
2323 | /// qualifiers. This should never be used when type qualifiers | ||||||
2324 | /// are meaningful. | ||||||
2325 | const Type *getBaseElementTypeUnsafe() const; | ||||||
2326 | |||||||
2327 | /// If this is an array type, return the element type of the array, | ||||||
2328 | /// potentially with type qualifiers missing. | ||||||
2329 | /// This should never be used when type qualifiers are meaningful. | ||||||
2330 | const Type *getArrayElementTypeNoTypeQual() const; | ||||||
2331 | |||||||
2332 | /// If this is a pointer type, return the pointee type. | ||||||
2333 | /// If this is an array type, return the array element type. | ||||||
2334 | /// This should never be used when type qualifiers are meaningful. | ||||||
2335 | const Type *getPointeeOrArrayElementType() const; | ||||||
2336 | |||||||
2337 | /// If this is a pointer, ObjC object pointer, or block | ||||||
2338 | /// pointer, this returns the respective pointee. | ||||||
2339 | QualType getPointeeType() const; | ||||||
2340 | |||||||
2341 | /// Return the specified type with any "sugar" removed from the type, | ||||||
2342 | /// removing any typedefs, typeofs, etc., as well as any qualifiers. | ||||||
2343 | const Type *getUnqualifiedDesugaredType() const; | ||||||
2344 | |||||||
2345 | /// More type predicates useful for type checking/promotion | ||||||
2346 | bool isPromotableIntegerType() const; // C99 6.3.1.1p2 | ||||||
2347 | |||||||
2348 | /// Return true if this is an integer type that is | ||||||
2349 | /// signed, according to C99 6.2.5p4 [char, signed char, short, int, long..], | ||||||
2350 | /// or an enum decl which has a signed representation. | ||||||
2351 | bool isSignedIntegerType() const; | ||||||
2352 | |||||||
2353 | /// Return true if this is an integer type that is | ||||||
2354 | /// unsigned, according to C99 6.2.5p6 [which returns true for _Bool], | ||||||
2355 | /// or an enum decl which has an unsigned representation. | ||||||
2356 | bool isUnsignedIntegerType() const; | ||||||
2357 | |||||||
2358 | /// Determines whether this is an integer type that is signed or an | ||||||
2359 | /// enumeration types whose underlying type is a signed integer type. | ||||||
2360 | bool isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType() const; | ||||||
2361 | |||||||
2362 | /// Determines whether this is an integer type that is unsigned or an | ||||||
2363 | /// enumeration types whose underlying type is a unsigned integer type. | ||||||
2364 | bool isUnsignedIntegerOrEnumerationType() const; | ||||||
2365 | |||||||
2366 | /// Return true if this is a fixed point type according to | ||||||
2367 | /// ISO/IEC JTC1 SC22 WG14 N1169. | ||||||
2368 | bool isFixedPointType() const; | ||||||
2369 | |||||||
2370 | /// Return true if this is a fixed point or integer type. | ||||||
2371 | bool isFixedPointOrIntegerType() const; | ||||||
2372 | |||||||
2373 | /// Return true if this is a saturated fixed point type according to | ||||||
2374 | /// ISO/IEC JTC1 SC22 WG14 N1169. This type can be signed or unsigned. | ||||||
2375 | bool isSaturatedFixedPointType() const; | ||||||
2376 | |||||||
2377 | /// Return true if this is a saturated fixed point type according to | ||||||
2378 | /// ISO/IEC JTC1 SC22 WG14 N1169. This type can be signed or unsigned. | ||||||
2379 | bool isUnsaturatedFixedPointType() const; | ||||||
2380 | |||||||
2381 | /// Return true if this is a fixed point type that is signed according | ||||||
2382 | /// to ISO/IEC JTC1 SC22 WG14 N1169. This type can also be saturated. | ||||||
2383 | bool isSignedFixedPointType() const; | ||||||
2384 | |||||||
2385 | /// Return true if this is a fixed point type that is unsigned according | ||||||
2386 | /// to ISO/IEC JTC1 SC22 WG14 N1169. This type can also be saturated. | ||||||
2387 | bool isUnsignedFixedPointType() const; | ||||||
2388 | |||||||
2389 | /// Return true if this is not a variable sized type, | ||||||
2390 | /// according to the rules of C99 6.7.5p3. It is not legal to call this on | ||||||
2391 | /// incomplete types. | ||||||
2392 | bool isConstantSizeType() const; | ||||||
2393 | |||||||
2394 | /// Returns true if this type can be represented by some | ||||||
2395 | /// set of type specifiers. | ||||||
2396 | bool isSpecifierType() const; | ||||||
2397 | |||||||
2398 | /// Determine the linkage of this type. | ||||||
2399 | Linkage getLinkage() const; | ||||||
2400 | |||||||
2401 | /// Determine the visibility of this type. | ||||||
2402 | Visibility getVisibility() const { | ||||||
2403 | return getLinkageAndVisibility().getVisibility(); | ||||||
2404 | } | ||||||
2405 | |||||||
2406 | /// Return true if the visibility was explicitly set is the code. | ||||||
2407 | bool isVisibilityExplicit() const { | ||||||
2408 | return getLinkageAndVisibility().isVisibilityExplicit(); | ||||||
2409 | } | ||||||
2410 | |||||||
2411 | /// Determine the linkage and visibility of this type. | ||||||
2412 | LinkageInfo getLinkageAndVisibility() const; | ||||||
2413 | |||||||
2414 | /// True if the computed linkage is valid. Used for consistency | ||||||
2415 | /// checking. Should always return true. | ||||||
2416 | bool isLinkageValid() const; | ||||||
2417 | |||||||
2418 | /// Determine the nullability of the given type. | ||||||
2419 | /// | ||||||
2420 | /// Note that nullability is only captured as sugar within the type | ||||||
2421 | /// system, not as part of the canonical type, so nullability will | ||||||
2422 | /// be lost by canonicalization and desugaring. | ||||||
2423 | Optional<NullabilityKind> getNullability(const ASTContext &context) const; | ||||||
2424 | |||||||
2425 | /// Determine whether the given type can have a nullability | ||||||
2426 | /// specifier applied to it, i.e., if it is any kind of pointer type. | ||||||
2427 | /// | ||||||
2428 | /// \param ResultIfUnknown The value to return if we don't yet know whether | ||||||
2429 | /// this type can have nullability because it is dependent. | ||||||
2430 | bool canHaveNullability(bool ResultIfUnknown = true) const; | ||||||
2431 | |||||||
2432 | /// Retrieve the set of substitutions required when accessing a member | ||||||
2433 | /// of the Objective-C receiver type that is declared in the given context. | ||||||
2434 | /// | ||||||
2435 | /// \c *this is the type of the object we're operating on, e.g., the | ||||||
2436 | /// receiver for a message send or the base of a property access, and is | ||||||
2437 | /// expected to be of some object or object pointer type. | ||||||
2438 | /// | ||||||
2439 | /// \param dc The declaration context for which we are building up a | ||||||
2440 | /// substitution mapping, which should be an Objective-C class, extension, | ||||||
2441 | /// category, or method within. | ||||||
2442 | /// | ||||||
2443 | /// \returns an array of type arguments that can be substituted for | ||||||
2444 | /// the type parameters of the given declaration context in any type described | ||||||
2445 | /// within that context, or an empty optional to indicate that no | ||||||
2446 | /// substitution is required. | ||||||
2447 | Optional<ArrayRef<QualType>> | ||||||
2448 | getObjCSubstitutions(const DeclContext *dc) const; | ||||||
2449 | |||||||
2450 | /// Determines if this is an ObjC interface type that may accept type | ||||||
2451 | /// parameters. | ||||||
2452 | bool acceptsObjCTypeParams() const; | ||||||
2453 | |||||||
2454 | const char *getTypeClassName() const; | ||||||
2455 | |||||||
2456 | QualType getCanonicalTypeInternal() const { | ||||||
2457 | return CanonicalType; | ||||||
2458 | } | ||||||
2459 | |||||||
2460 | CanQualType getCanonicalTypeUnqualified() const; // in CanonicalType.h | ||||||
2461 | void dump() const; | ||||||
2462 | void dump(llvm::raw_ostream &OS, const ASTContext &Context) const; | ||||||
2463 | }; | ||||||
2464 | |||||||
2465 | /// This will check for a TypedefType by removing any existing sugar | ||||||
2466 | /// until it reaches a TypedefType or a non-sugared type. | ||||||
2467 | template <> const TypedefType *Type::getAs() const; | ||||||
2468 | |||||||
2469 | /// This will check for a TemplateSpecializationType by removing any | ||||||
2470 | /// existing sugar until it reaches a TemplateSpecializationType or a | ||||||
2471 | /// non-sugared type. | ||||||
2472 | template <> const TemplateSpecializationType *Type::getAs() const; | ||||||
2473 | |||||||
2474 | /// This will check for an AttributedType by removing any existing sugar | ||||||
2475 | /// until it reaches an AttributedType or a non-sugared type. | ||||||
2476 | template <> const AttributedType *Type::getAs() const; | ||||||
2477 | |||||||
2478 | // We can do canonical leaf types faster, because we don't have to | ||||||
2479 | // worry about preserving child type decoration. | ||||||
2480 | #define TYPE(Class, Base) | ||||||
2481 | #define LEAF_TYPE(Class) \ | ||||||
2482 | template <> inline const Class##Type *Type::getAs() const { \ | ||||||
2483 | return dyn_cast<Class##Type>(CanonicalType); \ | ||||||
2484 | } \ | ||||||
2485 | template <> inline const Class##Type *Type::castAs() const { \ | ||||||
2486 | return cast<Class##Type>(CanonicalType); \ | ||||||
2487 | } | ||||||
2488 | #include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.inc" | ||||||
2489 | |||||||
2490 | /// This class is used for builtin types like 'int'. Builtin | ||||||
2491 | /// types are always canonical and have a literal name field. | ||||||
2492 | class BuiltinType : public Type { | ||||||
2493 | public: | ||||||
2494 | enum Kind { | ||||||
2495 | // OpenCL image types | ||||||
2496 | #define IMAGE_TYPE(ImgType, Id, SingletonId, Access, Suffix) Id, | ||||||
2497 | #include "clang/Basic/OpenCLImageTypes.def" | ||||||
2498 | // OpenCL extension types | ||||||
2499 | #define EXT_OPAQUE_TYPE(ExtType, Id, Ext) Id, | ||||||
2500 | #include "clang/Basic/OpenCLExtensionTypes.def" | ||||||
2501 | // SVE Types | ||||||
2502 | #define SVE_TYPE(Name, Id, SingletonId) Id, | ||||||
2503 | #include "clang/Basic/AArch64SVEACLETypes.def" | ||||||
2504 | // PPC MMA Types | ||||||
2505 | #define PPC_VECTOR_TYPE(Name, Id, Size) Id, | ||||||
2506 | #include "clang/Basic/PPCTypes.def" | ||||||
2507 | // RVV Types | ||||||
2508 | #define RVV_TYPE(Name, Id, SingletonId) Id, | ||||||
2509 | #include "clang/Basic/RISCVVTypes.def" | ||||||
2510 | // All other builtin types | ||||||
2511 | #define BUILTIN_TYPE(Id, SingletonId) Id, | ||||||
2512 | #define LAST_BUILTIN_TYPE(Id) LastKind = Id | ||||||
2513 | #include "clang/AST/BuiltinTypes.def" | ||||||
2514 | }; | ||||||
2515 | |||||||
2516 | private: | ||||||
2517 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. | ||||||
2518 | |||||||
2519 | BuiltinType(Kind K) | ||||||
2520 | : Type(Builtin, QualType(), | ||||||
2521 | K == Dependent ? TypeDependence::DependentInstantiation | ||||||
2522 | : TypeDependence::None) { | ||||||
2523 | BuiltinTypeBits.Kind = K; | ||||||
2524 | } | ||||||
2525 | |||||||
2526 | public: | ||||||
2527 | Kind getKind() const { return static_cast<Kind>(BuiltinTypeBits.Kind); } | ||||||
2528 | StringRef getName(const PrintingPolicy &Policy) const; | ||||||
2529 | |||||||
2530 | const char *getNameAsCString(const PrintingPolicy &Policy) const { | ||||||
2531 | // The StringRef is null-terminated. | ||||||
2532 | StringRef str = getName(Policy); | ||||||
2533 | assert(!str.empty() && str.data()[str.size()] == '\0')(static_cast <bool> (!str.empty() && str.data() [str.size()] == '\0') ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!str.empty() && str.data()[str.size()] == '\\0'" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 2533, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
2534 | return str.data(); | ||||||
2535 | } | ||||||
2536 | |||||||
2537 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } | ||||||
2538 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } | ||||||
2539 | |||||||
2540 | bool isInteger() const { | ||||||
2541 | return getKind() >= Bool && getKind() <= Int128; | ||||||
2542 | } | ||||||
2543 | |||||||
2544 | bool isSignedInteger() const { | ||||||
2545 | return getKind() >= Char_S && getKind() <= Int128; | ||||||
2546 | } | ||||||
2547 | |||||||
2548 | bool isUnsignedInteger() const { | ||||||
2549 | return getKind() >= Bool && getKind() <= UInt128; | ||||||
2550 | } | ||||||
2551 | |||||||
2552 | bool isFloatingPoint() const { | ||||||
2553 | return getKind() >= Half && getKind() <= Float128; | ||||||
2554 | } | ||||||
2555 | |||||||
2556 | /// Determines whether the given kind corresponds to a placeholder type. | ||||||
2557 | static bool isPlaceholderTypeKind(Kind K) { | ||||||
2558 | return K >= Overload; | ||||||
2559 | } | ||||||
2560 | |||||||
2561 | /// Determines whether this type is a placeholder type, i.e. a type | ||||||
2562 | /// which cannot appear in arbitrary positions in a fully-formed | ||||||
2563 | /// expression. | ||||||
2564 | bool isPlaceholderType() const { | ||||||
2565 | return isPlaceholderTypeKind(getKind()); | ||||||
2566 | } | ||||||
2567 | |||||||
2568 | /// Determines whether this type is a placeholder type other than | ||||||
2569 | /// Overload. Most placeholder types require only syntactic | ||||||
2570 | /// information about their context in order to be resolved (e.g. | ||||||
2571 | /// whether it is a call expression), which means they can (and | ||||||
2572 | /// should) be resolved in an earlier "phase" of analysis. | ||||||
2573 | /// Overload expressions sometimes pick up further information | ||||||
2574 | /// from their context, like whether the context expects a | ||||||
2575 | /// specific function-pointer type, and so frequently need | ||||||
2576 | /// special treatment. | ||||||
2577 | bool isNonOverloadPlaceholderType() const { | ||||||
2578 | return getKind() > Overload; | ||||||
2579 | } | ||||||
2580 | |||||||
2581 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Builtin; } | ||||||
2582 | }; | ||||||
2583 | |||||||
2584 | /// Complex values, per C99 6.2.5p11. This supports the C99 complex | ||||||
2585 | /// types (_Complex float etc) as well as the GCC integer complex extensions. | ||||||
2586 | class ComplexType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { | ||||||
2587 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. | ||||||
2588 | |||||||
2589 | QualType ElementType; | ||||||
2590 | |||||||
2591 | ComplexType(QualType Element, QualType CanonicalPtr) | ||||||
2592 | : Type(Complex, CanonicalPtr, Element->getDependence()), | ||||||
2593 | ElementType(Element) {} | ||||||
2594 | |||||||
2595 | public: | ||||||
2596 | QualType getElementType() const { return ElementType; } | ||||||
2597 | |||||||
2598 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } | ||||||
2599 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } | ||||||
2600 | |||||||
2601 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { | ||||||
2602 | Profile(ID, getElementType()); | ||||||
2603 | } | ||||||
2604 | |||||||
2605 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Element) { | ||||||
2606 | ID.AddPointer(Element.getAsOpaquePtr()); | ||||||
2607 | } | ||||||
2608 | |||||||
2609 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Complex; } | ||||||
2610 | }; | ||||||
2611 | |||||||
2612 | /// Sugar for parentheses used when specifying types. | ||||||
2613 | class ParenType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { | ||||||
2614 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. | ||||||
2615 | |||||||
2616 | QualType Inner; | ||||||
2617 | |||||||
2618 | ParenType(QualType InnerType, QualType CanonType) | ||||||
2619 | : Type(Paren, CanonType, InnerType->getDependence()), Inner(InnerType) {} | ||||||
2620 | |||||||
2621 | public: | ||||||
2622 | QualType getInnerType() const { return Inner; } | ||||||
2623 | |||||||
2624 | bool isSugared() const { return true; } | ||||||
2625 | QualType desugar() const { return getInnerType(); } | ||||||
2626 | |||||||
2627 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { | ||||||
2628 | Profile(ID, getInnerType()); | ||||||
2629 | } | ||||||
2630 | |||||||
2631 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Inner) { | ||||||
2632 | Inner.Profile(ID); | ||||||
2633 | } | ||||||
2634 | |||||||
2635 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Paren; } | ||||||
2636 | }; | ||||||
2637 | |||||||
2638 | /// PointerType - C99 6.7.5.1 - Pointer Declarators. | ||||||
2639 | class PointerType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { | ||||||
2640 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. | ||||||
2641 | |||||||
2642 | QualType PointeeType; | ||||||
2643 | |||||||
2644 | PointerType(QualType Pointee, QualType CanonicalPtr) | ||||||
2645 | : Type(Pointer, CanonicalPtr, Pointee->getDependence()), | ||||||
2646 | PointeeType(Pointee) {} | ||||||
2647 | |||||||
2648 | public: | ||||||
2649 | QualType getPointeeType() const { return PointeeType; } | ||||||
2650 | |||||||
2651 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } | ||||||
2652 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } | ||||||
2653 | |||||||
2654 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { | ||||||
2655 | Profile(ID, getPointeeType()); | ||||||
2656 | } | ||||||
2657 | |||||||
2658 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Pointee) { | ||||||
2659 | ID.AddPointer(Pointee.getAsOpaquePtr()); | ||||||
2660 | } | ||||||
2661 | |||||||
2662 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Pointer; } | ||||||
2663 | }; | ||||||
2664 | |||||||
2665 | /// Represents a type which was implicitly adjusted by the semantic | ||||||
2666 | /// engine for arbitrary reasons. For example, array and function types can | ||||||
2667 | /// decay, and function types can have their calling conventions adjusted. | ||||||
2668 | class AdjustedType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { | ||||||
2669 | QualType OriginalTy; | ||||||
2670 | QualType AdjustedTy; | ||||||
2671 | |||||||
2672 | protected: | ||||||
2673 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. | ||||||
2674 | |||||||
2675 | AdjustedType(TypeClass TC, QualType OriginalTy, QualType AdjustedTy, | ||||||
2676 | QualType CanonicalPtr) | ||||||
2677 | : Type(TC, CanonicalPtr, OriginalTy->getDependence()), | ||||||
2678 | OriginalTy(OriginalTy), AdjustedTy(AdjustedTy) {} | ||||||
2679 | |||||||
2680 | public: | ||||||
2681 | QualType getOriginalType() const { return OriginalTy; } | ||||||
2682 | QualType getAdjustedType() const { return AdjustedTy; } | ||||||
2683 | |||||||
2684 | bool isSugared() const { return true; } | ||||||
2685 | QualType desugar() const { return AdjustedTy; } | ||||||
2686 | |||||||
2687 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { | ||||||
2688 | Profile(ID, OriginalTy, AdjustedTy); | ||||||
2689 | } | ||||||
2690 | |||||||
2691 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Orig, QualType New) { | ||||||
2692 | ID.AddPointer(Orig.getAsOpaquePtr()); | ||||||
2693 | ID.AddPointer(New.getAsOpaquePtr()); | ||||||
2694 | } | ||||||
2695 | |||||||
2696 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { | ||||||
2697 | return T->getTypeClass() == Adjusted || T->getTypeClass() == Decayed; | ||||||
2698 | } | ||||||
2699 | }; | ||||||
2700 | |||||||
2701 | /// Represents a pointer type decayed from an array or function type. | ||||||
2702 | class DecayedType : public AdjustedType { | ||||||
2703 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. | ||||||
2704 | |||||||
2705 | inline | ||||||
2706 | DecayedType(QualType OriginalType, QualType Decayed, QualType Canonical); | ||||||
2707 | |||||||
2708 | public: | ||||||
2709 | QualType getDecayedType() const { return getAdjustedType(); } | ||||||
2710 | |||||||
2711 | inline QualType getPointeeType() const; | ||||||
2712 | |||||||
2713 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Decayed; } | ||||||
2714 | }; | ||||||
2715 | |||||||
2716 | /// Pointer to a block type. | ||||||
2717 | /// This type is to represent types syntactically represented as | ||||||
2718 | /// "void (^)(int)", etc. Pointee is required to always be a function type. | ||||||
2719 | class BlockPointerType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { | ||||||
2720 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. | ||||||
2721 | |||||||
2722 | // Block is some kind of pointer type | ||||||
2723 | QualType PointeeType; | ||||||
2724 | |||||||
2725 | BlockPointerType(QualType Pointee, QualType CanonicalCls) | ||||||
2726 | : Type(BlockPointer, CanonicalCls, Pointee->getDependence()), | ||||||
2727 | PointeeType(Pointee) {} | ||||||
2728 | |||||||
2729 | public: | ||||||
2730 | // Get the pointee type. Pointee is required to always be a function type. | ||||||
2731 | QualType getPointeeType() const { return PointeeType; } | ||||||
2732 | |||||||
2733 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } | ||||||
2734 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } | ||||||
2735 | |||||||
2736 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { | ||||||
2737 | Profile(ID, getPointeeType()); | ||||||
2738 | } | ||||||
2739 | |||||||
2740 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Pointee) { | ||||||
2741 | ID.AddPointer(Pointee.getAsOpaquePtr()); | ||||||
2742 | } | ||||||
2743 | |||||||
2744 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { | ||||||
2745 | return T->getTypeClass() == BlockPointer; | ||||||
2746 | } | ||||||
2747 | }; | ||||||
2748 | |||||||
2749 | /// Base for LValueReferenceType and RValueReferenceType | ||||||
2750 | class ReferenceType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { | ||||||
2751 | QualType PointeeType; | ||||||
2752 | |||||||
2753 | protected: | ||||||
2754 | ReferenceType(TypeClass tc, QualType Referencee, QualType CanonicalRef, | ||||||
2755 | bool SpelledAsLValue) | ||||||
2756 | : Type(tc, CanonicalRef, Referencee->getDependence()), | ||||||
2757 | PointeeType(Referencee) { | ||||||
2758 | ReferenceTypeBits.SpelledAsLValue = SpelledAsLValue; | ||||||
2759 | ReferenceTypeBits.InnerRef = Referencee->isReferenceType(); | ||||||
2760 | } | ||||||
2761 | |||||||
2762 | public: | ||||||
2763 | bool isSpelledAsLValue() const { return ReferenceTypeBits.SpelledAsLValue; } | ||||||
2764 | bool isInnerRef() const { return ReferenceTypeBits.InnerRef; } | ||||||
2765 | |||||||
2766 | QualType getPointeeTypeAsWritten() const { return PointeeType; } | ||||||
2767 | |||||||
2768 | QualType getPointeeType() const { | ||||||
2769 | // FIXME: this might strip inner qualifiers; okay? | ||||||
2770 | const ReferenceType *T = this; | ||||||
2771 | while (T->isInnerRef()) | ||||||
2772 | T = T->PointeeType->castAs<ReferenceType>(); | ||||||
2773 | return T->PointeeType; | ||||||
2774 | } | ||||||
2775 | |||||||
2776 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { | ||||||
2777 | Profile(ID, PointeeType, isSpelledAsLValue()); | ||||||
2778 | } | ||||||
2779 | |||||||
2780 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, | ||||||
2781 | QualType Referencee, | ||||||
2782 | bool SpelledAsLValue) { | ||||||
2783 | ID.AddPointer(Referencee.getAsOpaquePtr()); | ||||||
2784 | ID.AddBoolean(SpelledAsLValue); | ||||||
2785 | } | ||||||
2786 | |||||||
2787 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { | ||||||
2788 | return T->getTypeClass() == LValueReference || | ||||||
2789 | T->getTypeClass() == RValueReference; | ||||||
2790 | } | ||||||
2791 | }; | ||||||
2792 | |||||||
2793 | /// An lvalue reference type, per C++11 [dcl.ref]. | ||||||
2794 | class LValueReferenceType : public ReferenceType { | ||||||
2795 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these | ||||||
2796 | |||||||
2797 | LValueReferenceType(QualType Referencee, QualType CanonicalRef, | ||||||
2798 | bool SpelledAsLValue) | ||||||
2799 | : ReferenceType(LValueReference, Referencee, CanonicalRef, | ||||||
2800 | SpelledAsLValue) {} | ||||||
2801 | |||||||
2802 | public: | ||||||
2803 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } | ||||||
2804 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } | ||||||
2805 | |||||||
2806 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { | ||||||
2807 | return T->getTypeClass() == LValueReference; | ||||||
2808 | } | ||||||
2809 | }; | ||||||
2810 | |||||||
2811 | /// An rvalue reference type, per C++11 [dcl.ref]. | ||||||
2812 | class RValueReferenceType : public ReferenceType { | ||||||
2813 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these | ||||||
2814 | |||||||
2815 | RValueReferenceType(QualType Referencee, QualType CanonicalRef) | ||||||
2816 | : ReferenceType(RValueReference, Referencee, CanonicalRef, false) {} | ||||||
2817 | |||||||
2818 | public: | ||||||
2819 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } | ||||||
2820 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } | ||||||
2821 | |||||||
2822 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { | ||||||
2823 | return T->getTypeClass() == RValueReference; | ||||||
2824 | } | ||||||
2825 | }; | ||||||
2826 | |||||||
2827 | /// A pointer to member type per C++ 8.3.3 - Pointers to members. | ||||||
2828 | /// | ||||||
2829 | /// This includes both pointers to data members and pointer to member functions. | ||||||
2830 | class MemberPointerType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { | ||||||
2831 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. | ||||||
2832 | |||||||
2833 | QualType PointeeType; | ||||||
2834 | |||||||
2835 | /// The class of which the pointee is a member. Must ultimately be a | ||||||
2836 | /// RecordType, but could be a typedef or a template parameter too. | ||||||
2837 | const Type *Class; | ||||||
2838 | |||||||
2839 | MemberPointerType(QualType Pointee, const Type *Cls, QualType CanonicalPtr) | ||||||
2840 | : Type(MemberPointer, CanonicalPtr, | ||||||
2841 | (Cls->getDependence() & ~TypeDependence::VariablyModified) | | ||||||
2842 | Pointee->getDependence()), | ||||||
2843 | PointeeType(Pointee), Class(Cls) {} | ||||||
2844 | |||||||
2845 | public: | ||||||
2846 | QualType getPointeeType() const { return PointeeType; } | ||||||
2847 | |||||||
2848 | /// Returns true if the member type (i.e. the pointee type) is a | ||||||
2849 | /// function type rather than a data-member type. | ||||||
2850 | bool isMemberFunctionPointer() const { | ||||||
2851 | return PointeeType->isFunctionProtoType(); | ||||||
2852 | } | ||||||
2853 | |||||||
2854 | /// Returns true if the member type (i.e. the pointee type) is a | ||||||
2855 | /// data type rather than a function type. | ||||||
2856 | bool isMemberDataPointer() const { | ||||||
2857 | return !PointeeType->isFunctionProtoType(); | ||||||
2858 | } | ||||||
2859 | |||||||
2860 | const Type *getClass() const { return Class; } | ||||||
2861 | CXXRecordDecl *getMostRecentCXXRecordDecl() const; | ||||||
2862 | |||||||
2863 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } | ||||||
2864 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } | ||||||
2865 | |||||||
2866 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { | ||||||
2867 | Profile(ID, getPointeeType(), getClass()); | ||||||
2868 | } | ||||||
2869 | |||||||
2870 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Pointee, | ||||||
2871 | const Type *Class) { | ||||||
2872 | ID.AddPointer(Pointee.getAsOpaquePtr()); | ||||||
2873 | ID.AddPointer(Class); | ||||||
2874 | } | ||||||
2875 | |||||||
2876 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { | ||||||
2877 | return T->getTypeClass() == MemberPointer; | ||||||
2878 | } | ||||||
2879 | }; | ||||||
2880 | |||||||
2881 | /// Represents an array type, per C99 6.7.5.2 - Array Declarators. | ||||||
2882 | class ArrayType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { | ||||||
2883 | public: | ||||||
2884 | /// Capture whether this is a normal array (e.g. int X[4]) | ||||||
2885 | /// an array with a static size (e.g. int X[static 4]), or an array | ||||||
2886 | /// with a star size (e.g. int X[*]). | ||||||
2887 | /// 'static' is only allowed on function parameters. | ||||||
2888 | enum ArraySizeModifier { | ||||||
2889 | Normal, Static, Star | ||||||
2890 | }; | ||||||
2891 | |||||||
2892 | private: | ||||||
2893 | /// The element type of the array. | ||||||
2894 | QualType ElementType; | ||||||
2895 | |||||||
2896 | protected: | ||||||
2897 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. | ||||||
2898 | |||||||
2899 | ArrayType(TypeClass tc, QualType et, QualType can, ArraySizeModifier sm, | ||||||
2900 | unsigned tq, const Expr *sz = nullptr); | ||||||
2901 | |||||||
2902 | public: | ||||||
2903 | QualType getElementType() const { return ElementType; } | ||||||
2904 | |||||||
2905 | ArraySizeModifier getSizeModifier() const { | ||||||
2906 | return ArraySizeModifier(ArrayTypeBits.SizeModifier); | ||||||
2907 | } | ||||||
2908 | |||||||
2909 | Qualifiers getIndexTypeQualifiers() const { | ||||||
2910 | return Qualifiers::fromCVRMask(getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers()); | ||||||
2911 | } | ||||||
2912 | |||||||
2913 | unsigned getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers() const { | ||||||
2914 | return ArrayTypeBits.IndexTypeQuals; | ||||||
2915 | } | ||||||
2916 | |||||||
2917 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { | ||||||
2918 | return T->getTypeClass() == ConstantArray || | ||||||
2919 | T->getTypeClass() == VariableArray || | ||||||
2920 | T->getTypeClass() == IncompleteArray || | ||||||
2921 | T->getTypeClass() == DependentSizedArray; | ||||||
2922 | } | ||||||
2923 | }; | ||||||
2924 | |||||||
2925 | /// Represents the canonical version of C arrays with a specified constant size. | ||||||
2926 | /// For example, the canonical type for 'int A[4 + 4*100]' is a | ||||||
2927 | /// ConstantArrayType where the element type is 'int' and the size is 404. | ||||||
2928 | class ConstantArrayType final | ||||||
2929 | : public ArrayType, | ||||||
2930 | private llvm::TrailingObjects<ConstantArrayType, const Expr *> { | ||||||
2931 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. | ||||||
2932 | friend TrailingObjects; | ||||||
2933 | |||||||
2934 | llvm::APInt Size; // Allows us to unique the type. | ||||||
2935 | |||||||
2936 | ConstantArrayType(QualType et, QualType can, const llvm::APInt &size, | ||||||
2937 | const Expr *sz, ArraySizeModifier sm, unsigned tq) | ||||||
2938 | : ArrayType(ConstantArray, et, can, sm, tq, sz), Size(size) { | ||||||
2939 | ConstantArrayTypeBits.HasStoredSizeExpr = sz != nullptr; | ||||||
2940 | if (ConstantArrayTypeBits.HasStoredSizeExpr) { | ||||||
2941 | assert(!can.isNull() && "canonical constant array should not have size")(static_cast <bool> (!can.isNull() && "canonical constant array should not have size" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!can.isNull() && \"canonical constant array should not have size\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 2941, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
2942 | *getTrailingObjects<const Expr*>() = sz; | ||||||
2943 | } | ||||||
2944 | } | ||||||
2945 | |||||||
2946 | unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<const Expr*>) const { | ||||||
2947 | return ConstantArrayTypeBits.HasStoredSizeExpr; | ||||||
2948 | } | ||||||
2949 | |||||||
2950 | public: | ||||||
2951 | const llvm::APInt &getSize() const { return Size; } | ||||||
2952 | const Expr *getSizeExpr() const { | ||||||
2953 | return ConstantArrayTypeBits.HasStoredSizeExpr | ||||||
2954 | ? *getTrailingObjects<const Expr *>() | ||||||
2955 | : nullptr; | ||||||
2956 | } | ||||||
2957 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } | ||||||
2958 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } | ||||||
2959 | |||||||
2960 | /// Determine the number of bits required to address a member of | ||||||
2961 | // an array with the given element type and number of elements. | ||||||
2962 | static unsigned getNumAddressingBits(const ASTContext &Context, | ||||||
2963 | QualType ElementType, | ||||||
2964 | const llvm::APInt &NumElements); | ||||||
2965 | |||||||
2966 | /// Determine the maximum number of active bits that an array's size | ||||||
2967 | /// can require, which limits the maximum size of the array. | ||||||
2968 | static unsigned getMaxSizeBits(const ASTContext &Context); | ||||||
2969 | |||||||
2970 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Ctx) { | ||||||
2971 | Profile(ID, Ctx, getElementType(), getSize(), getSizeExpr(), | ||||||
2972 | getSizeModifier(), getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers()); | ||||||
2973 | } | ||||||
2974 | |||||||
2975 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Ctx, | ||||||
2976 | QualType ET, const llvm::APInt &ArraySize, | ||||||
2977 | const Expr *SizeExpr, ArraySizeModifier SizeMod, | ||||||
2978 | unsigned TypeQuals); | ||||||
2979 | |||||||
2980 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { | ||||||
2981 | return T->getTypeClass() == ConstantArray; | ||||||
2982 | } | ||||||
2983 | }; | ||||||
2984 | |||||||
2985 | /// Represents a C array with an unspecified size. For example 'int A[]' has | ||||||
2986 | /// an IncompleteArrayType where the element type is 'int' and the size is | ||||||
2987 | /// unspecified. | ||||||
2988 | class IncompleteArrayType : public ArrayType { | ||||||
2989 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. | ||||||
2990 | |||||||
2991 | IncompleteArrayType(QualType et, QualType can, | ||||||
2992 | ArraySizeModifier sm, unsigned tq) | ||||||
2993 | : ArrayType(IncompleteArray, et, can, sm, tq) {} | ||||||
2994 | |||||||
2995 | public: | ||||||
2996 | friend class StmtIteratorBase; | ||||||
2997 | |||||||
2998 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } | ||||||
2999 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } | ||||||
3000 | |||||||
3001 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { | ||||||
3002 | return T->getTypeClass() == IncompleteArray; | ||||||
3003 | } | ||||||
3004 | |||||||
3005 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { | ||||||
3006 | Profile(ID, getElementType(), getSizeModifier(), | ||||||
3007 | getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers()); | ||||||
3008 | } | ||||||
3009 | |||||||
3010 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType ET, | ||||||
3011 | ArraySizeModifier SizeMod, unsigned TypeQuals) { | ||||||
3012 | ID.AddPointer(ET.getAsOpaquePtr()); | ||||||
3013 | ID.AddInteger(SizeMod); | ||||||
3014 | ID.AddInteger(TypeQuals); | ||||||
3015 | } | ||||||
3016 | }; | ||||||
3017 | |||||||
3018 | /// Represents a C array with a specified size that is not an | ||||||
3019 | /// integer-constant-expression. For example, 'int s[x+foo()]'. | ||||||
3020 | /// Since the size expression is an arbitrary expression, we store it as such. | ||||||
3021 | /// | ||||||
3022 | /// Note: VariableArrayType's aren't uniqued (since the expressions aren't) and | ||||||
3023 | /// should not be: two lexically equivalent variable array types could mean | ||||||
3024 | /// different things, for example, these variables do not have the same type | ||||||
3025 | /// dynamically: | ||||||
3026 | /// | ||||||
3027 | /// void foo(int x) { | ||||||
3028 | /// int Y[x]; | ||||||
3029 | /// ++x; | ||||||
3030 | /// int Z[x]; | ||||||
3031 | /// } | ||||||
3032 | class VariableArrayType : public ArrayType { | ||||||
3033 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. | ||||||
3034 | |||||||
3035 | /// An assignment-expression. VLA's are only permitted within | ||||||
3036 | /// a function block. | ||||||
3037 | Stmt *SizeExpr; | ||||||
3038 | |||||||
3039 | /// The range spanned by the left and right array brackets. | ||||||
3040 | SourceRange Brackets; | ||||||
3041 | |||||||
3042 | VariableArrayType(QualType et, QualType can, Expr *e, | ||||||
3043 | ArraySizeModifier sm, unsigned tq, | ||||||
3044 | SourceRange brackets) | ||||||
3045 | : ArrayType(VariableArray, et, can, sm, tq, e), | ||||||
3046 | SizeExpr((Stmt*) e), Brackets(brackets) {} | ||||||
3047 | |||||||
3048 | public: | ||||||
3049 | friend class StmtIteratorBase; | ||||||
3050 | |||||||
3051 | Expr *getSizeExpr() const { | ||||||
3052 | // We use C-style casts instead of cast<> here because we do not wish | ||||||
3053 | // to have a dependency of Type.h on Stmt.h/Expr.h. | ||||||
3054 | return (Expr*) SizeExpr; | ||||||
3055 | } | ||||||
3056 | |||||||
3057 | SourceRange getBracketsRange() const { return Brackets; } | ||||||
3058 | SourceLocation getLBracketLoc() const { return Brackets.getBegin(); } | ||||||
3059 | SourceLocation getRBracketLoc() const { return Brackets.getEnd(); } | ||||||
3060 | |||||||
3061 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } | ||||||
3062 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } | ||||||
3063 | |||||||
3064 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { | ||||||
3065 | return T->getTypeClass() == VariableArray; | ||||||
3066 | } | ||||||
3067 | |||||||
3068 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { | ||||||
3069 | llvm_unreachable("Cannot unique VariableArrayTypes.")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Cannot unique VariableArrayTypes." , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 3069); | ||||||
3070 | } | ||||||
3071 | }; | ||||||
3072 | |||||||
3073 | /// Represents an array type in C++ whose size is a value-dependent expression. | ||||||
3074 | /// | ||||||
3075 | /// For example: | ||||||
3076 | /// \code | ||||||
3077 | /// template<typename T, int Size> | ||||||
3078 | /// class array { | ||||||
3079 | /// T data[Size]; | ||||||
3080 | /// }; | ||||||
3081 | /// \endcode | ||||||
3082 | /// | ||||||
3083 | /// For these types, we won't actually know what the array bound is | ||||||
3084 | /// until template instantiation occurs, at which point this will | ||||||
3085 | /// become either a ConstantArrayType or a VariableArrayType. | ||||||
3086 | class DependentSizedArrayType : public ArrayType { | ||||||
3087 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. | ||||||
3088 | |||||||
3089 | const ASTContext &Context; | ||||||
3090 | |||||||
3091 | /// An assignment expression that will instantiate to the | ||||||
3092 | /// size of the array. | ||||||
3093 | /// | ||||||
3094 | /// The expression itself might be null, in which case the array | ||||||
3095 | /// type will have its size deduced from an initializer. | ||||||
3096 | Stmt *SizeExpr; | ||||||
3097 | |||||||
3098 | /// The range spanned by the left and right array brackets. | ||||||
3099 | SourceRange Brackets; | ||||||
3100 | |||||||
3101 | DependentSizedArrayType(const ASTContext &Context, QualType et, QualType can, | ||||||
3102 | Expr *e, ArraySizeModifier sm, unsigned tq, | ||||||
3103 | SourceRange brackets); | ||||||
3104 | |||||||
3105 | public: | ||||||
3106 | friend class StmtIteratorBase; | ||||||
3107 | |||||||
3108 | Expr *getSizeExpr() const { | ||||||
3109 | // We use C-style casts instead of cast<> here because we do not wish | ||||||
3110 | // to have a dependency of Type.h on Stmt.h/Expr.h. | ||||||
3111 | return (Expr*) SizeExpr; | ||||||
3112 | } | ||||||
3113 | |||||||
3114 | SourceRange getBracketsRange() const { return Brackets; } | ||||||
3115 | SourceLocation getLBracketLoc() const { return Brackets.getBegin(); } | ||||||
3116 | SourceLocation getRBracketLoc() const { return Brackets.getEnd(); } | ||||||
3117 | |||||||
3118 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } | ||||||
3119 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } | ||||||
3120 | |||||||
3121 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { | ||||||
3122 | return T->getTypeClass() == DependentSizedArray; | ||||||
3123 | } | ||||||
3124 | |||||||
3125 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { | ||||||
3126 | Profile(ID, Context, getElementType(), | ||||||
3127 | getSizeModifier(), getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(), getSizeExpr()); | ||||||
3128 | } | ||||||
3129 | |||||||
3130 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context, | ||||||
3131 | QualType ET, ArraySizeModifier SizeMod, | ||||||
3132 | unsigned TypeQuals, Expr *E); | ||||||
3133 | }; | ||||||
3134 | |||||||
3135 | /// Represents an extended address space qualifier where the input address space | ||||||
3136 | /// value is dependent. Non-dependent address spaces are not represented with a | ||||||
3137 | /// special Type subclass; they are stored on an ExtQuals node as part of a QualType. | ||||||
3138 | /// | ||||||
3139 | /// For example: | ||||||
3140 | /// \code | ||||||
3141 | /// template<typename T, int AddrSpace> | ||||||
3142 | /// class AddressSpace { | ||||||
3143 | /// typedef T __attribute__((address_space(AddrSpace))) type; | ||||||
3144 | /// } | ||||||
3145 | /// \endcode | ||||||
3146 | class DependentAddressSpaceType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { | ||||||
3147 | friend class ASTContext; | ||||||
3148 | |||||||
3149 | const ASTContext &Context; | ||||||
3150 | Expr *AddrSpaceExpr; | ||||||
3151 | QualType PointeeType; | ||||||
3152 | SourceLocation loc; | ||||||
3153 | |||||||
3154 | DependentAddressSpaceType(const ASTContext &Context, QualType PointeeType, | ||||||
3155 | QualType can, Expr *AddrSpaceExpr, | ||||||
3156 | SourceLocation loc); | ||||||
3157 | |||||||
3158 | public: | ||||||
3159 | Expr *getAddrSpaceExpr() const { return AddrSpaceExpr; } | ||||||
3160 | QualType getPointeeType() const { return PointeeType; } | ||||||
3161 | SourceLocation getAttributeLoc() const { return loc; } | ||||||
3162 | |||||||
3163 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } | ||||||
3164 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } | ||||||
3165 | |||||||
3166 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { | ||||||
3167 | return T->getTypeClass() == DependentAddressSpace; | ||||||
3168 | } | ||||||
3169 | |||||||
3170 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { | ||||||
3171 | Profile(ID, Context, getPointeeType(), getAddrSpaceExpr()); | ||||||
3172 | } | ||||||
3173 | |||||||
3174 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context, | ||||||
3175 | QualType PointeeType, Expr *AddrSpaceExpr); | ||||||
3176 | }; | ||||||
3177 | |||||||
3178 | /// Represents an extended vector type where either the type or size is | ||||||
3179 | /// dependent. | ||||||
3180 | /// | ||||||
3181 | /// For example: | ||||||
3182 | /// \code | ||||||
3183 | /// template<typename T, int Size> | ||||||
3184 | /// class vector { | ||||||
3185 | /// typedef T __attribute__((ext_vector_type(Size))) type; | ||||||
3186 | /// } | ||||||
3187 | /// \endcode | ||||||
3188 | class DependentSizedExtVectorType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { | ||||||
3189 | friend class ASTContext; | ||||||
3190 | |||||||
3191 | const ASTContext &Context; | ||||||
3192 | Expr *SizeExpr; | ||||||
3193 | |||||||
3194 | /// The element type of the array. | ||||||
3195 | QualType ElementType; | ||||||
3196 | |||||||
3197 | SourceLocation loc; | ||||||
3198 | |||||||
3199 | DependentSizedExtVectorType(const ASTContext &Context, QualType ElementType, | ||||||
3200 | QualType can, Expr *SizeExpr, SourceLocation loc); | ||||||
3201 | |||||||
3202 | public: | ||||||
3203 | Expr *getSizeExpr() const { return SizeExpr; } | ||||||
3204 | QualType getElementType() const { return ElementType; } | ||||||
3205 | SourceLocation getAttributeLoc() const { return loc; } | ||||||
3206 | |||||||
3207 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } | ||||||
3208 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } | ||||||
3209 | |||||||
3210 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { | ||||||
3211 | return T->getTypeClass() == DependentSizedExtVector; | ||||||
3212 | } | ||||||
3213 | |||||||
3214 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { | ||||||
3215 | Profile(ID, Context, getElementType(), getSizeExpr()); | ||||||
3216 | } | ||||||
3217 | |||||||
3218 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context, | ||||||
3219 | QualType ElementType, Expr *SizeExpr); | ||||||
3220 | }; | ||||||
3221 | |||||||
3222 | |||||||
3223 | /// Represents a GCC generic vector type. This type is created using | ||||||
3224 | /// __attribute__((vector_size(n)), where "n" specifies the vector size in | ||||||
3225 | /// bytes; or from an Altivec __vector or vector declaration. | ||||||
3226 | /// Since the constructor takes the number of vector elements, the | ||||||
3227 | /// client is responsible for converting the size into the number of elements. | ||||||
3228 | class VectorType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { | ||||||
3229 | public: | ||||||
3230 | enum VectorKind { | ||||||
3231 | /// not a target-specific vector type | ||||||
3232 | GenericVector, | ||||||
3233 | |||||||
3234 | /// is AltiVec vector | ||||||
3235 | AltiVecVector, | ||||||
3236 | |||||||
3237 | /// is AltiVec 'vector Pixel' | ||||||
3238 | AltiVecPixel, | ||||||
3239 | |||||||
3240 | /// is AltiVec 'vector bool ...' | ||||||
3241 | AltiVecBool, | ||||||
3242 | |||||||
3243 | /// is ARM Neon vector | ||||||
3244 | NeonVector, | ||||||
3245 | |||||||
3246 | /// is ARM Neon polynomial vector | ||||||
3247 | NeonPolyVector, | ||||||
3248 | |||||||
3249 | /// is AArch64 SVE fixed-length data vector | ||||||
3250 | SveFixedLengthDataVector, | ||||||
3251 | |||||||
3252 | /// is AArch64 SVE fixed-length predicate vector | ||||||
3253 | SveFixedLengthPredicateVector | ||||||
3254 | }; | ||||||
3255 | |||||||
3256 | protected: | ||||||
3257 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. | ||||||
3258 | |||||||
3259 | /// The element type of the vector. | ||||||
3260 | QualType ElementType; | ||||||
3261 | |||||||
3262 | VectorType(QualType vecType, unsigned nElements, QualType canonType, | ||||||
3263 | VectorKind vecKind); | ||||||
3264 | |||||||
3265 | VectorType(TypeClass tc, QualType vecType, unsigned nElements, | ||||||
3266 | QualType canonType, VectorKind vecKind); | ||||||
3267 | |||||||
3268 | public: | ||||||
3269 | QualType getElementType() const { return ElementType; } | ||||||
3270 | unsigned getNumElements() const { return VectorTypeBits.NumElements; } | ||||||
3271 | |||||||
3272 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } | ||||||
3273 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } | ||||||
3274 | |||||||
3275 | VectorKind getVectorKind() const { | ||||||
3276 | return VectorKind(VectorTypeBits.VecKind); | ||||||
3277 | } | ||||||
3278 | |||||||
3279 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { | ||||||
3280 | Profile(ID, getElementType(), getNumElements(), | ||||||
3281 | getTypeClass(), getVectorKind()); | ||||||
3282 | } | ||||||
3283 | |||||||
3284 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType ElementType, | ||||||
3285 | unsigned NumElements, TypeClass TypeClass, | ||||||
3286 | VectorKind VecKind) { | ||||||
3287 | ID.AddPointer(ElementType.getAsOpaquePtr()); | ||||||
3288 | ID.AddInteger(NumElements); | ||||||
3289 | ID.AddInteger(TypeClass); | ||||||
3290 | ID.AddInteger(VecKind); | ||||||
3291 | } | ||||||
3292 | |||||||
3293 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { | ||||||
3294 | return T->getTypeClass() == Vector || T->getTypeClass() == ExtVector; | ||||||
3295 | } | ||||||
3296 | }; | ||||||
3297 | |||||||
3298 | /// Represents a vector type where either the type or size is dependent. | ||||||
3299 | //// | ||||||
3300 | /// For example: | ||||||
3301 | /// \code | ||||||
3302 | /// template<typename T, int Size> | ||||||
3303 | /// class vector { | ||||||
3304 | /// typedef T __attribute__((vector_size(Size))) type; | ||||||
3305 | /// } | ||||||
3306 | /// \endcode | ||||||
3307 | class DependentVectorType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { | ||||||
3308 | friend class ASTContext; | ||||||
3309 | |||||||
3310 | const ASTContext &Context; | ||||||
3311 | QualType ElementType; | ||||||
3312 | Expr *SizeExpr; | ||||||
3313 | SourceLocation Loc; | ||||||
3314 | |||||||
3315 | DependentVectorType(const ASTContext &Context, QualType ElementType, | ||||||
3316 | QualType CanonType, Expr *SizeExpr, | ||||||
3317 | SourceLocation Loc, VectorType::VectorKind vecKind); | ||||||
3318 | |||||||
3319 | public: | ||||||
3320 | Expr *getSizeExpr() const { return SizeExpr; } | ||||||
3321 | QualType getElementType() const { return ElementType; } | ||||||
3322 | SourceLocation getAttributeLoc() const { return Loc; } | ||||||
3323 | VectorType::VectorKind getVectorKind() const { | ||||||
3324 | return VectorType::VectorKind(VectorTypeBits.VecKind); | ||||||
3325 | } | ||||||
3326 | |||||||
3327 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } | ||||||
3328 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } | ||||||
3329 | |||||||
3330 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { | ||||||
3331 | return T->getTypeClass() == DependentVector; | ||||||
3332 | } | ||||||
3333 | |||||||
3334 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { | ||||||
3335 | Profile(ID, Context, getElementType(), getSizeExpr(), getVectorKind()); | ||||||
3336 | } | ||||||
3337 | |||||||
3338 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context, | ||||||
3339 | QualType ElementType, const Expr *SizeExpr, | ||||||
3340 | VectorType::VectorKind VecKind); | ||||||
3341 | }; | ||||||
3342 | |||||||
3343 | /// ExtVectorType - Extended vector type. This type is created using | ||||||
3344 | /// __attribute__((ext_vector_type(n)), where "n" is the number of elements. | ||||||
3345 | /// Unlike vector_size, ext_vector_type is only allowed on typedef's. This | ||||||
3346 | /// class enables syntactic extensions, like Vector Components for accessing | ||||||
3347 | /// points (as .xyzw), colors (as .rgba), and textures (modeled after OpenGL | ||||||
3348 | /// Shading Language). | ||||||
3349 | class ExtVectorType : public VectorType { | ||||||
3350 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. | ||||||
3351 | |||||||
3352 | ExtVectorType(QualType vecType, unsigned nElements, QualType canonType) | ||||||
3353 | : VectorType(ExtVector, vecType, nElements, canonType, GenericVector) {} | ||||||
3354 | |||||||
3355 | public: | ||||||
3356 | static int getPointAccessorIdx(char c) { | ||||||
3357 | switch (c) { | ||||||
3358 | default: return -1; | ||||||
3359 | case 'x': case 'r': return 0; | ||||||
3360 | case 'y': case 'g': return 1; | ||||||
3361 | case 'z': case 'b': return 2; | ||||||
3362 | case 'w': case 'a': return 3; | ||||||
3363 | } | ||||||
3364 | } | ||||||
3365 | |||||||
3366 | static int getNumericAccessorIdx(char c) { | ||||||
3367 | switch (c) { | ||||||
3368 | default: return -1; | ||||||
3369 | case '0': return 0; | ||||||
3370 | case '1': return 1; | ||||||
3371 | case '2': return 2; | ||||||
3372 | case '3': return 3; | ||||||
3373 | case '4': return 4; | ||||||
3374 | case '5': return 5; | ||||||
3375 | case '6': return 6; | ||||||
3376 | case '7': return 7; | ||||||
3377 | case '8': return 8; | ||||||
3378 | case '9': return 9; | ||||||
3379 | case 'A': | ||||||
3380 | case 'a': return 10; | ||||||
3381 | case 'B': | ||||||
3382 | case 'b': return 11; | ||||||
3383 | case 'C': | ||||||
3384 | case 'c': return 12; | ||||||
3385 | case 'D': | ||||||
3386 | case 'd': return 13; | ||||||
3387 | case 'E': | ||||||
3388 | case 'e': return 14; | ||||||
3389 | case 'F': | ||||||
3390 | case 'f': return 15; | ||||||
3391 | } | ||||||
3392 | } | ||||||
3393 | |||||||
3394 | static int getAccessorIdx(char c, bool isNumericAccessor) { | ||||||
3395 | if (isNumericAccessor) | ||||||
3396 | return getNumericAccessorIdx(c); | ||||||
3397 | else | ||||||
3398 | return getPointAccessorIdx(c); | ||||||
3399 | } | ||||||
3400 | |||||||
3401 | bool isAccessorWithinNumElements(char c, bool isNumericAccessor) const { | ||||||
3402 | if (int idx = getAccessorIdx(c, isNumericAccessor)+1) | ||||||
3403 | return unsigned(idx-1) < getNumElements(); | ||||||
3404 | return false; | ||||||
3405 | } | ||||||
3406 | |||||||
3407 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } | ||||||
3408 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } | ||||||
3409 | |||||||
3410 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { | ||||||
3411 | return T->getTypeClass() == ExtVector; | ||||||
3412 | } | ||||||
3413 | }; | ||||||
3414 | |||||||
3415 | /// Represents a matrix type, as defined in the Matrix Types clang extensions. | ||||||
3416 | /// __attribute__((matrix_type(rows, columns))), where "rows" specifies | ||||||
3417 | /// number of rows and "columns" specifies the number of columns. | ||||||
3418 | class MatrixType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { | ||||||
3419 | protected: | ||||||
3420 | friend class ASTContext; | ||||||
3421 | |||||||
3422 | /// The element type of the matrix. | ||||||
3423 | QualType ElementType; | ||||||
3424 | |||||||
3425 | MatrixType(QualType ElementTy, QualType CanonElementTy); | ||||||
3426 | |||||||
3427 | MatrixType(TypeClass TypeClass, QualType ElementTy, QualType CanonElementTy, | ||||||
3428 | const Expr *RowExpr = nullptr, const Expr *ColumnExpr = nullptr); | ||||||
3429 | |||||||
3430 | public: | ||||||
3431 | /// Returns type of the elements being stored in the matrix | ||||||
3432 | QualType getElementType() const { return ElementType; } | ||||||
3433 | |||||||
3434 | /// Valid elements types are the following: | ||||||
3435 | /// * an integer type (as in C2x 6.2.5p19), but excluding enumerated types | ||||||
3436 | /// and _Bool | ||||||
3437 | /// * the standard floating types float or double | ||||||
3438 | /// * a half-precision floating point type, if one is supported on the target | ||||||
3439 | static bool isValidElementType(QualType T) { | ||||||
3440 | return T->isDependentType() || | ||||||
3441 | (T->isRealType() && !T->isBooleanType() && !T->isEnumeralType()); | ||||||
3442 | } | ||||||
3443 | |||||||
3444 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } | ||||||
3445 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } | ||||||
3446 | |||||||
3447 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { | ||||||
3448 | return T->getTypeClass() == ConstantMatrix || | ||||||
3449 | T->getTypeClass() == DependentSizedMatrix; | ||||||
3450 | } | ||||||
3451 | }; | ||||||
3452 | |||||||
3453 | /// Represents a concrete matrix type with constant number of rows and columns | ||||||
3454 | class ConstantMatrixType final : public MatrixType { | ||||||
3455 | protected: | ||||||
3456 | friend class ASTContext; | ||||||
3457 | |||||||
3458 | /// Number of rows and columns. | ||||||
3459 | unsigned NumRows; | ||||||
3460 | unsigned NumColumns; | ||||||
3461 | |||||||
3462 | static constexpr unsigned MaxElementsPerDimension = (1 << 20) - 1; | ||||||
3463 | |||||||
3464 | ConstantMatrixType(QualType MatrixElementType, unsigned NRows, | ||||||
3465 | unsigned NColumns, QualType CanonElementType); | ||||||
3466 | |||||||
3467 | ConstantMatrixType(TypeClass typeClass, QualType MatrixType, unsigned NRows, | ||||||
3468 | unsigned NColumns, QualType CanonElementType); | ||||||
3469 | |||||||
3470 | public: | ||||||
3471 | /// Returns the number of rows in the matrix. | ||||||
3472 | unsigned getNumRows() const { return NumRows; } | ||||||
3473 | |||||||
3474 | /// Returns the number of columns in the matrix. | ||||||
3475 | unsigned getNumColumns() const { return NumColumns; } | ||||||
3476 | |||||||
3477 | /// Returns the number of elements required to embed the matrix into a vector. | ||||||
3478 | unsigned getNumElementsFlattened() const { | ||||||
3479 | return getNumRows() * getNumColumns(); | ||||||
3480 | } | ||||||
3481 | |||||||
3482 | /// Returns true if \p NumElements is a valid matrix dimension. | ||||||
3483 | static constexpr bool isDimensionValid(size_t NumElements) { | ||||||
3484 | return NumElements > 0 && NumElements <= MaxElementsPerDimension; | ||||||
3485 | } | ||||||
3486 | |||||||
3487 | /// Returns the maximum number of elements per dimension. | ||||||
3488 | static constexpr unsigned getMaxElementsPerDimension() { | ||||||
3489 | return MaxElementsPerDimension; | ||||||
3490 | } | ||||||
3491 | |||||||
3492 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { | ||||||
3493 | Profile(ID, getElementType(), getNumRows(), getNumColumns(), | ||||||
3494 | getTypeClass()); | ||||||
3495 | } | ||||||
3496 | |||||||
3497 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType ElementType, | ||||||
3498 | unsigned NumRows, unsigned NumColumns, | ||||||
3499 | TypeClass TypeClass) { | ||||||
3500 | ID.AddPointer(ElementType.getAsOpaquePtr()); | ||||||
3501 | ID.AddInteger(NumRows); | ||||||
3502 | ID.AddInteger(NumColumns); | ||||||
3503 | ID.AddInteger(TypeClass); | ||||||
3504 | } | ||||||
3505 | |||||||
3506 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { | ||||||
3507 | return T->getTypeClass() == ConstantMatrix; | ||||||
3508 | } | ||||||
3509 | }; | ||||||
3510 | |||||||
3511 | /// Represents a matrix type where the type and the number of rows and columns | ||||||
3512 | /// is dependent on a template. | ||||||
3513 | class DependentSizedMatrixType final : public MatrixType { | ||||||
3514 | friend class ASTContext; | ||||||
3515 | |||||||
3516 | const ASTContext &Context; | ||||||
3517 | Expr *RowExpr; | ||||||
3518 | Expr *ColumnExpr; | ||||||
3519 | |||||||
3520 | SourceLocation loc; | ||||||
3521 | |||||||
3522 | DependentSizedMatrixType(const ASTContext &Context, QualType ElementType, | ||||||
3523 | QualType CanonicalType, Expr *RowExpr, | ||||||
3524 | Expr *ColumnExpr, SourceLocation loc); | ||||||
3525 | |||||||
3526 | public: | ||||||
3527 | QualType getElementType() const { return ElementType; } | ||||||
3528 | Expr *getRowExpr() const { return RowExpr; } | ||||||
3529 | Expr *getColumnExpr() const { return ColumnExpr; } | ||||||
3530 | SourceLocation getAttributeLoc() const { return loc; } | ||||||
3531 | |||||||
3532 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } | ||||||
3533 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } | ||||||
3534 | |||||||
3535 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { | ||||||
3536 | return T->getTypeClass() == DependentSizedMatrix; | ||||||
3537 | } | ||||||
3538 | |||||||
3539 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { | ||||||
3540 | Profile(ID, Context, getElementType(), getRowExpr(), getColumnExpr()); | ||||||
3541 | } | ||||||
3542 | |||||||
3543 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context, | ||||||
3544 | QualType ElementType, Expr *RowExpr, Expr *ColumnExpr); | ||||||
3545 | }; | ||||||
3546 | |||||||
3547 | /// FunctionType - C99 6.7.5.3 - Function Declarators. This is the common base | ||||||
3548 | /// class of FunctionNoProtoType and FunctionProtoType. | ||||||
3549 | class FunctionType : public Type { | ||||||
3550 | // The type returned by the function. | ||||||
3551 | QualType ResultType; | ||||||
3552 | |||||||
3553 | public: | ||||||
3554 | /// Interesting information about a specific parameter that can't simply | ||||||
3555 | /// be reflected in parameter's type. This is only used by FunctionProtoType | ||||||
3556 | /// but is in FunctionType to make this class available during the | ||||||
3557 | /// specification of the bases of FunctionProtoType. | ||||||
3558 | /// | ||||||
3559 | /// It makes sense to model language features this way when there's some | ||||||
3560 | /// sort of parameter-specific override (such as an attribute) that | ||||||
3561 | /// affects how the function is called. For example, the ARC ns_consumed | ||||||
3562 | /// attribute changes whether a parameter is passed at +0 (the default) | ||||||
3563 | /// or +1 (ns_consumed). This must be reflected in the function type, | ||||||
3564 | /// but isn't really a change to the parameter type. | ||||||
3565 | /// | ||||||
3566 | /// One serious disadvantage of modelling language features this way is | ||||||
3567 | /// that they generally do not work with language features that attempt | ||||||
3568 | /// to destructure types. For example, template argument deduction will | ||||||
3569 | /// not be able to match a parameter declared as | ||||||
3570 | /// T (*)(U) | ||||||
3571 | /// against an argument of type | ||||||
3572 | /// void (*)(__attribute__((ns_consumed)) id) | ||||||
3573 | /// because the substitution of T=void, U=id into the former will | ||||||
3574 | /// not produce the latter. | ||||||
3575 | class ExtParameterInfo { | ||||||
3576 | enum { | ||||||
3577 | ABIMask = 0x0F, | ||||||
3578 | IsConsumed = 0x10, | ||||||
3579 | HasPassObjSize = 0x20, | ||||||
3580 | IsNoEscape = 0x40, | ||||||
3581 | }; | ||||||
3582 | unsigned char Data = 0; | ||||||
3583 | |||||||
3584 | public: | ||||||
3585 | ExtParameterInfo() = default; | ||||||
3586 | |||||||
3587 | /// Return the ABI treatment of this parameter. | ||||||
3588 | ParameterABI getABI() const { return ParameterABI(Data & ABIMask); } | ||||||
3589 | ExtParameterInfo withABI(ParameterABI kind) const { | ||||||
3590 | ExtParameterInfo copy = *this; | ||||||
3591 | copy.Data = (copy.Data & ~ABIMask) | unsigned(kind); | ||||||
3592 | return copy; | ||||||
3593 | } | ||||||
3594 | |||||||
3595 | /// Is this parameter considered "consumed" by Objective-C ARC? | ||||||
3596 | /// Consumed parameters must have retainable object type. | ||||||
3597 | bool isConsumed() const { return (Data & IsConsumed); } | ||||||
3598 | ExtParameterInfo withIsConsumed(bool consumed) const { | ||||||
3599 | ExtParameterInfo copy = *this; | ||||||
3600 | if (consumed) | ||||||
3601 | copy.Data |= IsConsumed; | ||||||
3602 | else | ||||||
3603 | copy.Data &= ~IsConsumed; | ||||||
3604 | return copy; | ||||||
3605 | } | ||||||
3606 | |||||||
3607 | bool hasPassObjectSize() const { return Data & HasPassObjSize; } | ||||||
3608 | ExtParameterInfo withHasPassObjectSize() const { | ||||||
3609 | ExtParameterInfo Copy = *this; | ||||||
3610 | Copy.Data |= HasPassObjSize; | ||||||
3611 | return Copy; | ||||||
3612 | } | ||||||
3613 | |||||||
3614 | bool isNoEscape() const { return Data & IsNoEscape; } | ||||||
3615 | ExtParameterInfo withIsNoEscape(bool NoEscape) const { | ||||||
3616 | ExtParameterInfo Copy = *this; | ||||||
3617 | if (NoEscape) | ||||||
3618 | Copy.Data |= IsNoEscape; | ||||||
3619 | else | ||||||
3620 | Copy.Data &= ~IsNoEscape; | ||||||
3621 | return Copy; | ||||||
3622 | } | ||||||
3623 | |||||||
3624 | unsigned char getOpaqueValue() const { return Data; } | ||||||
3625 | static ExtParameterInfo getFromOpaqueValue(unsigned char data) { | ||||||
3626 | ExtParameterInfo result; | ||||||
3627 | result.Data = data; | ||||||
3628 | return result; | ||||||
3629 | } | ||||||
3630 | |||||||
3631 | friend bool operator==(ExtParameterInfo lhs, ExtParameterInfo rhs) { | ||||||
3632 | return lhs.Data == rhs.Data; | ||||||
3633 | } | ||||||
3634 | |||||||
3635 | friend bool operator!=(ExtParameterInfo lhs, ExtParameterInfo rhs) { | ||||||
3636 | return lhs.Data != rhs.Data; | ||||||
3637 | } | ||||||
3638 | }; | ||||||
3639 | |||||||
3640 | /// A class which abstracts out some details necessary for | ||||||
3641 | /// making a call. | ||||||
3642 | /// | ||||||
3643 | /// It is not actually used directly for storing this information in | ||||||
3644 | /// a FunctionType, although FunctionType does currently use the | ||||||
3645 | /// same bit-pattern. | ||||||
3646 | /// | ||||||
3647 | // If you add a field (say Foo), other than the obvious places (both, | ||||||
3648 | // constructors, compile failures), what you need to update is | ||||||
3649 | // * Operator== | ||||||
3650 | // * getFoo | ||||||
3651 | // * withFoo | ||||||
3652 | // * functionType. Add Foo, getFoo. | ||||||
3653 | // * ASTContext::getFooType | ||||||
3654 | // * ASTContext::mergeFunctionTypes | ||||||
3655 | // * FunctionNoProtoType::Profile | ||||||
3656 | // * FunctionProtoType::Profile | ||||||
3657 | // * TypePrinter::PrintFunctionProto | ||||||
3658 | // * AST read and write | ||||||
3659 | // * Codegen | ||||||
3660 | class ExtInfo { | ||||||
3661 | friend class FunctionType; | ||||||
3662 | |||||||
3663 | // Feel free to rearrange or add bits, but if you go over 16, you'll need to | ||||||
3664 | // adjust the Bits field below, and if you add bits, you'll need to adjust | ||||||
3665 | // Type::FunctionTypeBitfields::ExtInfo as well. | ||||||
3666 | |||||||
3667 | // | CC |noreturn|produces|nocallersavedregs|regparm|nocfcheck|cmsenscall| | ||||||
3668 | // |0 .. 4| 5 | 6 | 7 |8 .. 10| 11 | 12 | | ||||||
3669 | // | ||||||
3670 | // regparm is either 0 (no regparm attribute) or the regparm value+1. | ||||||
3671 | enum { CallConvMask = 0x1F }; | ||||||
3672 | enum { NoReturnMask = 0x20 }; | ||||||
3673 | enum { ProducesResultMask = 0x40 }; | ||||||
3674 | enum { NoCallerSavedRegsMask = 0x80 }; | ||||||
3675 | enum { | ||||||
3676 | RegParmMask = 0x700, | ||||||
3677 | RegParmOffset = 8 | ||||||
3678 | }; | ||||||
3679 | enum { NoCfCheckMask = 0x800 }; | ||||||
3680 | enum { CmseNSCallMask = 0x1000 }; | ||||||
3681 | uint16_t Bits = CC_C; | ||||||
3682 | |||||||
3683 | ExtInfo(unsigned Bits) : Bits(static_cast<uint16_t>(Bits)) {} | ||||||
3684 | |||||||
3685 | public: | ||||||
3686 | // Constructor with no defaults. Use this when you know that you | ||||||
3687 | // have all the elements (when reading an AST file for example). | ||||||
3688 | ExtInfo(bool noReturn, bool hasRegParm, unsigned regParm, CallingConv cc, | ||||||
3689 | bool producesResult, bool noCallerSavedRegs, bool NoCfCheck, | ||||||
3690 | bool cmseNSCall) { | ||||||
3691 | assert((!hasRegParm || regParm < 7) && "Invalid regparm value")(static_cast <bool> ((!hasRegParm || regParm < 7) && "Invalid regparm value") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("(!hasRegParm || regParm < 7) && \"Invalid regparm value\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 3691, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
3692 | Bits = ((unsigned)cc) | (noReturn ? NoReturnMask : 0) | | ||||||
3693 | (producesResult ? ProducesResultMask : 0) | | ||||||
3694 | (noCallerSavedRegs ? NoCallerSavedRegsMask : 0) | | ||||||
3695 | (hasRegParm ? ((regParm + 1) << RegParmOffset) : 0) | | ||||||
3696 | (NoCfCheck ? NoCfCheckMask : 0) | | ||||||
3697 | (cmseNSCall ? CmseNSCallMask : 0); | ||||||
3698 | } | ||||||
3699 | |||||||
3700 | // Constructor with all defaults. Use when for example creating a | ||||||
3701 | // function known to use defaults. | ||||||
3702 | ExtInfo() = default; | ||||||
3703 | |||||||
3704 | // Constructor with just the calling convention, which is an important part | ||||||
3705 | // of the canonical type. | ||||||
3706 | ExtInfo(CallingConv CC) : Bits(CC) {} | ||||||
3707 | |||||||
3708 | bool getNoReturn() const { return Bits & NoReturnMask; } | ||||||
3709 | bool getProducesResult() const { return Bits & ProducesResultMask; } | ||||||
3710 | bool getCmseNSCall() const { return Bits & CmseNSCallMask; } | ||||||
3711 | bool getNoCallerSavedRegs() const { return Bits & NoCallerSavedRegsMask; } | ||||||
3712 | bool getNoCfCheck() const { return Bits & NoCfCheckMask; } | ||||||
3713 | bool getHasRegParm() const { return ((Bits & RegParmMask) >> RegParmOffset) != 0; } | ||||||
3714 | |||||||
3715 | unsigned getRegParm() const { | ||||||
3716 | unsigned RegParm = (Bits & RegParmMask) >> RegParmOffset; | ||||||
3717 | if (RegParm > 0) | ||||||
3718 | --RegParm; | ||||||
3719 | return RegParm; | ||||||
3720 | } | ||||||
3721 | |||||||
3722 | CallingConv getCC() const { return CallingConv(Bits & CallConvMask); } | ||||||
3723 | |||||||
3724 | bool operator==(ExtInfo Other) const { | ||||||
3725 | return Bits == Other.Bits; | ||||||
3726 | } | ||||||
3727 | bool operator!=(ExtInfo Other) const { | ||||||
3728 | return Bits != Other.Bits; | ||||||
3729 | } | ||||||
3730 | |||||||
3731 | // Note that we don't have setters. That is by design, use | ||||||
3732 | // the following with methods instead of mutating these objects. | ||||||
3733 | |||||||
3734 | ExtInfo withNoReturn(bool noReturn) const { | ||||||
3735 | if (noReturn) | ||||||
3736 | return ExtInfo(Bits | NoReturnMask); | ||||||
3737 | else | ||||||
3738 | return ExtInfo(Bits & ~NoReturnMask); | ||||||
3739 | } | ||||||
3740 | |||||||
3741 | ExtInfo withProducesResult(bool producesResult) const { | ||||||
3742 | if (producesResult) | ||||||
3743 | return ExtInfo(Bits | ProducesResultMask); | ||||||
3744 | else | ||||||
3745 | return ExtInfo(Bits & ~ProducesResultMask); | ||||||
3746 | } | ||||||
3747 | |||||||
3748 | ExtInfo withCmseNSCall(bool cmseNSCall) const { | ||||||
3749 | if (cmseNSCall) | ||||||
3750 | return ExtInfo(Bits | CmseNSCallMask); | ||||||
3751 | else | ||||||
3752 | return ExtInfo(Bits & ~CmseNSCallMask); | ||||||
3753 | } | ||||||
3754 | |||||||
3755 | ExtInfo withNoCallerSavedRegs(bool noCallerSavedRegs) const { | ||||||
3756 | if (noCallerSavedRegs) | ||||||
3757 | return ExtInfo(Bits | NoCallerSavedRegsMask); | ||||||
3758 | else | ||||||
3759 | return ExtInfo(Bits & ~NoCallerSavedRegsMask); | ||||||
3760 | } | ||||||
3761 | |||||||
3762 | ExtInfo withNoCfCheck(bool noCfCheck) const { | ||||||
3763 | if (noCfCheck) | ||||||
3764 | return ExtInfo(Bits | NoCfCheckMask); | ||||||
3765 | else | ||||||
3766 | return ExtInfo(Bits & ~NoCfCheckMask); | ||||||
3767 | } | ||||||
3768 | |||||||
3769 | ExtInfo withRegParm(unsigned RegParm) const { | ||||||
3770 | assert(RegParm < 7 && "Invalid regparm value")(static_cast <bool> (RegParm < 7 && "Invalid regparm value" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("RegParm < 7 && \"Invalid regparm value\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 3770, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
3771 | return ExtInfo((Bits & ~RegParmMask) | | ||||||
3772 | ((RegParm + 1) << RegParmOffset)); | ||||||
3773 | } | ||||||
3774 | |||||||
3775 | ExtInfo withCallingConv(CallingConv cc) const { | ||||||
3776 | return ExtInfo((Bits & ~CallConvMask) | (unsigned) cc); | ||||||
3777 | } | ||||||
3778 | |||||||
3779 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) const { | ||||||
3780 | ID.AddInteger(Bits); | ||||||
3781 | } | ||||||
3782 | }; | ||||||
3783 | |||||||
3784 | /// A simple holder for a QualType representing a type in an | ||||||
3785 | /// exception specification. Unfortunately needed by FunctionProtoType | ||||||
3786 | /// because TrailingObjects cannot handle repeated types. | ||||||
3787 | struct ExceptionType { QualType Type; }; | ||||||
3788 | |||||||
3789 | /// A simple holder for various uncommon bits which do not fit in | ||||||
3790 | /// FunctionTypeBitfields. Aligned to alignof(void *) to maintain the | ||||||
3791 | /// alignment of subsequent objects in TrailingObjects. You must update | ||||||
3792 | /// hasExtraBitfields in FunctionProtoType after adding extra data here. | ||||||
3793 | struct alignas(void *) FunctionTypeExtraBitfields { | ||||||
3794 | /// The number of types in the exception specification. | ||||||
3795 | /// A whole unsigned is not needed here and according to | ||||||
3796 | /// [implimits] 8 bits would be enough here. | ||||||
3797 | unsigned NumExceptionType; | ||||||
3798 | }; | ||||||
3799 | |||||||
3800 | protected: | ||||||
3801 | FunctionType(TypeClass tc, QualType res, QualType Canonical, | ||||||
3802 | TypeDependence Dependence, ExtInfo Info) | ||||||
3803 | : Type(tc, Canonical, Dependence), ResultType(res) { | ||||||
3804 | FunctionTypeBits.ExtInfo = Info.Bits; | ||||||
3805 | } | ||||||
3806 | |||||||
3807 | Qualifiers getFastTypeQuals() const { | ||||||
3808 | return Qualifiers::fromFastMask(FunctionTypeBits.FastTypeQuals); | ||||||
3809 | } | ||||||
3810 | |||||||
3811 | public: | ||||||
3812 | QualType getReturnType() const { return ResultType; } | ||||||
3813 | |||||||
3814 | bool getHasRegParm() const { return getExtInfo().getHasRegParm(); } | ||||||
3815 | unsigned getRegParmType() const { return getExtInfo().getRegParm(); } | ||||||
3816 | |||||||
3817 | /// Determine whether this function type includes the GNU noreturn | ||||||
3818 | /// attribute. The C++11 [[noreturn]] attribute does not affect the function | ||||||
3819 | /// type. | ||||||
3820 | bool getNoReturnAttr() const { return getExtInfo().getNoReturn(); } | ||||||
3821 | |||||||
3822 | bool getCmseNSCallAttr() const { return getExtInfo().getCmseNSCall(); } | ||||||
3823 | CallingConv getCallConv() const { return getExtInfo().getCC(); } | ||||||
3824 | ExtInfo getExtInfo() const { return ExtInfo(FunctionTypeBits.ExtInfo); } | ||||||
3825 | |||||||
3826 | static_assert((~Qualifiers::FastMask & Qualifiers::CVRMask) == 0, | ||||||
3827 | "Const, volatile and restrict are assumed to be a subset of " | ||||||
3828 | "the fast qualifiers."); | ||||||
3829 | |||||||
3830 | bool isConst() const { return getFastTypeQuals().hasConst(); } | ||||||
3831 | bool isVolatile() const { return getFastTypeQuals().hasVolatile(); } | ||||||
3832 | bool isRestrict() const { return getFastTypeQuals().hasRestrict(); } | ||||||
3833 | |||||||
3834 | /// Determine the type of an expression that calls a function of | ||||||
3835 | /// this type. | ||||||
3836 | QualType getCallResultType(const ASTContext &Context) const { | ||||||
3837 | return getReturnType().getNonLValueExprType(Context); | ||||||
3838 | } | ||||||
3839 | |||||||
3840 | static StringRef getNameForCallConv(CallingConv CC); | ||||||
3841 | |||||||
3842 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { | ||||||
3843 | return T->getTypeClass() == FunctionNoProto || | ||||||
3844 | T->getTypeClass() == FunctionProto; | ||||||
3845 | } | ||||||
3846 | }; | ||||||
3847 | |||||||
3848 | /// Represents a K&R-style 'int foo()' function, which has | ||||||
3849 | /// no information available about its arguments. | ||||||
3850 | class FunctionNoProtoType : public FunctionType, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { | ||||||
3851 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. | ||||||
3852 | |||||||
3853 | FunctionNoProtoType(QualType Result, QualType Canonical, ExtInfo Info) | ||||||
3854 | : FunctionType(FunctionNoProto, Result, Canonical, | ||||||
3855 | Result->getDependence() & | ||||||
3856 | ~(TypeDependence::DependentInstantiation | | ||||||
3857 | TypeDependence::UnexpandedPack), | ||||||
3858 | Info) {} | ||||||
3859 | |||||||
3860 | public: | ||||||
3861 | // No additional state past what FunctionType provides. | ||||||
3862 | |||||||
3863 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } | ||||||
3864 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } | ||||||
3865 | |||||||
3866 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { | ||||||
3867 | Profile(ID, getReturnType(), getExtInfo()); | ||||||
3868 | } | ||||||
3869 | |||||||
3870 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType ResultType, | ||||||
3871 | ExtInfo Info) { | ||||||
3872 | Info.Profile(ID); | ||||||
3873 | ID.AddPointer(ResultType.getAsOpaquePtr()); | ||||||
3874 | } | ||||||
3875 | |||||||
3876 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { | ||||||
3877 | return T->getTypeClass() == FunctionNoProto; | ||||||
3878 | } | ||||||
3879 | }; | ||||||
3880 | |||||||
3881 | /// Represents a prototype with parameter type info, e.g. | ||||||
3882 | /// 'int foo(int)' or 'int foo(void)'. 'void' is represented as having no | ||||||
3883 | /// parameters, not as having a single void parameter. Such a type can have | ||||||
3884 | /// an exception specification, but this specification is not part of the | ||||||
3885 | /// canonical type. FunctionProtoType has several trailing objects, some of | ||||||
3886 | /// which optional. For more information about the trailing objects see | ||||||
3887 | /// the first comment inside FunctionProtoType. | ||||||
3888 | class FunctionProtoType final | ||||||
3889 | : public FunctionType, | ||||||
3890 | public llvm::FoldingSetNode, | ||||||
3891 | private llvm::TrailingObjects< | ||||||
3892 | FunctionProtoType, QualType, SourceLocation, | ||||||
3893 | FunctionType::FunctionTypeExtraBitfields, FunctionType::ExceptionType, | ||||||
3894 | Expr *, FunctionDecl *, FunctionType::ExtParameterInfo, Qualifiers> { | ||||||
3895 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. | ||||||
3896 | friend TrailingObjects; | ||||||
3897 | |||||||
3898 | // FunctionProtoType is followed by several trailing objects, some of | ||||||
3899 | // which optional. They are in order: | ||||||
3900 | // | ||||||
3901 | // * An array of getNumParams() QualType holding the parameter types. | ||||||
3902 | // Always present. Note that for the vast majority of FunctionProtoType, | ||||||
3903 | // these will be the only trailing objects. | ||||||
3904 | // | ||||||
3905 | // * Optionally if the function is variadic, the SourceLocation of the | ||||||
3906 | // ellipsis. | ||||||
3907 | // | ||||||
3908 | // * Optionally if some extra data is stored in FunctionTypeExtraBitfields | ||||||
3909 | // (see FunctionTypeExtraBitfields and FunctionTypeBitfields): | ||||||
3910 | // a single FunctionTypeExtraBitfields. Present if and only if | ||||||
3911 | // hasExtraBitfields() is true. | ||||||
3912 | // | ||||||
3913 | // * Optionally exactly one of: | ||||||
3914 | // * an array of getNumExceptions() ExceptionType, | ||||||
3915 | // * a single Expr *, | ||||||
3916 | // * a pair of FunctionDecl *, | ||||||
3917 | // * a single FunctionDecl * | ||||||
3918 | // used to store information about the various types of exception | ||||||
3919 | // specification. See getExceptionSpecSize for the details. | ||||||
3920 | // | ||||||
3921 | // * Optionally an array of getNumParams() ExtParameterInfo holding | ||||||
3922 | // an ExtParameterInfo for each of the parameters. Present if and | ||||||
3923 | // only if hasExtParameterInfos() is true. | ||||||
3924 | // | ||||||
3925 | // * Optionally a Qualifiers object to represent extra qualifiers that can't | ||||||
3926 | // be represented by FunctionTypeBitfields.FastTypeQuals. Present if and only | ||||||
3927 | // if hasExtQualifiers() is true. | ||||||
3928 | // | ||||||
3929 | // The optional FunctionTypeExtraBitfields has to be before the data | ||||||
3930 | // related to the exception specification since it contains the number | ||||||
3931 | // of exception types. | ||||||
3932 | // | ||||||
3933 | // We put the ExtParameterInfos last. If all were equal, it would make | ||||||
3934 | // more sense to put these before the exception specification, because | ||||||
3935 | // it's much easier to skip past them compared to the elaborate switch | ||||||
3936 | // required to skip the exception specification. However, all is not | ||||||
3937 | // equal; ExtParameterInfos are used to model very uncommon features, | ||||||
3938 | // and it's better not to burden the more common paths. | ||||||
3939 | |||||||
3940 | public: | ||||||
3941 | /// Holds information about the various types of exception specification. | ||||||
3942 | /// ExceptionSpecInfo is not stored as such in FunctionProtoType but is | ||||||
3943 | /// used to group together the various bits of information about the | ||||||
3944 | /// exception specification. | ||||||
3945 | struct ExceptionSpecInfo { | ||||||
3946 | /// The kind of exception specification this is. | ||||||
3947 | ExceptionSpecificationType Type = EST_None; | ||||||
3948 | |||||||
3949 | /// Explicitly-specified list of exception types. | ||||||
3950 | ArrayRef<QualType> Exceptions; | ||||||
3951 | |||||||
3952 | /// Noexcept expression, if this is a computed noexcept specification. | ||||||
3953 | Expr *NoexceptExpr = nullptr; | ||||||
3954 | |||||||
3955 | /// The function whose exception specification this is, for | ||||||
3956 | /// EST_Unevaluated and EST_Uninstantiated. | ||||||
3957 | FunctionDecl *SourceDecl = nullptr; | ||||||
3958 | |||||||
3959 | /// The function template whose exception specification this is instantiated | ||||||
3960 | /// from, for EST_Uninstantiated. | ||||||
3961 | FunctionDecl *SourceTemplate = nullptr; | ||||||
3962 | |||||||
3963 | ExceptionSpecInfo() = default; | ||||||
3964 | |||||||
3965 | ExceptionSpecInfo(ExceptionSpecificationType EST) : Type(EST) {} | ||||||
3966 | }; | ||||||
3967 | |||||||
3968 | /// Extra information about a function prototype. ExtProtoInfo is not | ||||||
3969 | /// stored as such in FunctionProtoType but is used to group together | ||||||
3970 | /// the various bits of extra information about a function prototype. | ||||||
3971 | struct ExtProtoInfo { | ||||||
3972 | FunctionType::ExtInfo ExtInfo; | ||||||
3973 | bool Variadic : 1; | ||||||
3974 | bool HasTrailingReturn : 1; | ||||||
3975 | Qualifiers TypeQuals; | ||||||
3976 | RefQualifierKind RefQualifier = RQ_None; | ||||||
3977 | ExceptionSpecInfo ExceptionSpec; | ||||||
3978 | const ExtParameterInfo *ExtParameterInfos = nullptr; | ||||||
3979 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc; | ||||||
3980 | |||||||
3981 | ExtProtoInfo() : Variadic(false), HasTrailingReturn(false) {} | ||||||
3982 | |||||||
3983 | ExtProtoInfo(CallingConv CC) | ||||||
3984 | : ExtInfo(CC), Variadic(false), HasTrailingReturn(false) {} | ||||||
3985 | |||||||
3986 | ExtProtoInfo withExceptionSpec(const ExceptionSpecInfo &ESI) { | ||||||
3987 | ExtProtoInfo Result(*this); | ||||||
3988 | Result.ExceptionSpec = ESI; | ||||||
3989 | return Result; | ||||||
3990 | } | ||||||
3991 | }; | ||||||
3992 | |||||||
3993 | private: | ||||||
3994 | unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<QualType>) const { | ||||||
3995 | return getNumParams(); | ||||||
3996 | } | ||||||
3997 | |||||||
3998 | unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<SourceLocation>) const { | ||||||
3999 | return isVariadic(); | ||||||
4000 | } | ||||||
4001 | |||||||
4002 | unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<FunctionTypeExtraBitfields>) const { | ||||||
4003 | return hasExtraBitfields(); | ||||||
4004 | } | ||||||
4005 | |||||||
4006 | unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<ExceptionType>) const { | ||||||
4007 | return getExceptionSpecSize().NumExceptionType; | ||||||
4008 | } | ||||||
4009 | |||||||
4010 | unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<Expr *>) const { | ||||||
4011 | return getExceptionSpecSize().NumExprPtr; | ||||||
4012 | } | ||||||
4013 | |||||||
4014 | unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<FunctionDecl *>) const { | ||||||
4015 | return getExceptionSpecSize().NumFunctionDeclPtr; | ||||||
4016 | } | ||||||
4017 | |||||||
4018 | unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<ExtParameterInfo>) const { | ||||||
4019 | return hasExtParameterInfos() ? getNumParams() : 0; | ||||||
4020 | } | ||||||
4021 | |||||||
4022 | /// Determine whether there are any argument types that | ||||||
4023 | /// contain an unexpanded parameter pack. | ||||||
4024 | static bool containsAnyUnexpandedParameterPack(const QualType *ArgArray, | ||||||
4025 | unsigned numArgs) { | ||||||
4026 | for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < numArgs; ++Idx) | ||||||
4027 | if (ArgArray[Idx]->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()) | ||||||
4028 | return true; | ||||||
4029 | |||||||
4030 | return false; | ||||||
4031 | } | ||||||
4032 | |||||||
4033 | FunctionProtoType(QualType result, ArrayRef<QualType> params, | ||||||
4034 | QualType canonical, const ExtProtoInfo &epi); | ||||||
4035 | |||||||
4036 | /// This struct is returned by getExceptionSpecSize and is used to | ||||||
4037 | /// translate an ExceptionSpecificationType to the number and kind | ||||||
4038 | /// of trailing objects related to the exception specification. | ||||||
4039 | struct ExceptionSpecSizeHolder { | ||||||
4040 | unsigned NumExceptionType; | ||||||
4041 | unsigned NumExprPtr; | ||||||
4042 | unsigned NumFunctionDeclPtr; | ||||||
4043 | }; | ||||||
4044 | |||||||
4045 | /// Return the number and kind of trailing objects | ||||||
4046 | /// related to the exception specification. | ||||||
4047 | static ExceptionSpecSizeHolder | ||||||
4048 | getExceptionSpecSize(ExceptionSpecificationType EST, unsigned NumExceptions) { | ||||||
4049 | switch (EST) { | ||||||
4050 | case EST_None: | ||||||
4051 | case EST_DynamicNone: | ||||||
4052 | case EST_MSAny: | ||||||
4053 | case EST_BasicNoexcept: | ||||||
4054 | case EST_Unparsed: | ||||||
4055 | case EST_NoThrow: | ||||||
4056 | return {0, 0, 0}; | ||||||
4057 | |||||||
4058 | case EST_Dynamic: | ||||||
4059 | return {NumExceptions, 0, 0}; | ||||||
4060 | |||||||
4061 | case EST_DependentNoexcept: | ||||||
4062 | case EST_NoexceptFalse: | ||||||
4063 | case EST_NoexceptTrue: | ||||||
4064 | return {0, 1, 0}; | ||||||
4065 | |||||||
4066 | case EST_Uninstantiated: | ||||||
4067 | return {0, 0, 2}; | ||||||
4068 | |||||||
4069 | case EST_Unevaluated: | ||||||
4070 | return {0, 0, 1}; | ||||||
4071 | } | ||||||
4072 | llvm_unreachable("bad exception specification kind")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("bad exception specification kind" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 4072); | ||||||
4073 | } | ||||||
4074 | |||||||
4075 | /// Return the number and kind of trailing objects | ||||||
4076 | /// related to the exception specification. | ||||||
4077 | ExceptionSpecSizeHolder getExceptionSpecSize() const { | ||||||
4078 | return getExceptionSpecSize(getExceptionSpecType(), getNumExceptions()); | ||||||
4079 | } | ||||||
4080 | |||||||
4081 | /// Whether the trailing FunctionTypeExtraBitfields is present. | ||||||
4082 | static bool hasExtraBitfields(ExceptionSpecificationType EST) { | ||||||
4083 | // If the exception spec type is EST_Dynamic then we have > 0 exception | ||||||
4084 | // types and the exact number is stored in FunctionTypeExtraBitfields. | ||||||
4085 | return EST == EST_Dynamic; | ||||||
4086 | } | ||||||
4087 | |||||||
4088 | /// Whether the trailing FunctionTypeExtraBitfields is present. | ||||||
4089 | bool hasExtraBitfields() const { | ||||||
4090 | return hasExtraBitfields(getExceptionSpecType()); | ||||||
4091 | } | ||||||
4092 | |||||||
4093 | bool hasExtQualifiers() const { | ||||||
4094 | return FunctionTypeBits.HasExtQuals; | ||||||
4095 | } | ||||||
4096 | |||||||
4097 | public: | ||||||
4098 | unsigned getNumParams() const { return FunctionTypeBits.NumParams; } | ||||||
4099 | |||||||
4100 | QualType getParamType(unsigned i) const { | ||||||
4101 | assert(i < getNumParams() && "invalid parameter index")(static_cast <bool> (i < getNumParams() && "invalid parameter index" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("i < getNumParams() && \"invalid parameter index\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 4101, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
4102 | return param_type_begin()[i]; | ||||||
4103 | } | ||||||
4104 | |||||||
4105 | ArrayRef<QualType> getParamTypes() const { | ||||||
4106 | return llvm::makeArrayRef(param_type_begin(), param_type_end()); | ||||||
4107 | } | ||||||
4108 | |||||||
4109 | ExtProtoInfo getExtProtoInfo() const { | ||||||
4110 | ExtProtoInfo EPI; | ||||||
4111 | EPI.ExtInfo = getExtInfo(); | ||||||
4112 | EPI.Variadic = isVariadic(); | ||||||
4113 | EPI.EllipsisLoc = getEllipsisLoc(); | ||||||
4114 | EPI.HasTrailingReturn = hasTrailingReturn(); | ||||||
4115 | EPI.ExceptionSpec = getExceptionSpecInfo(); | ||||||
4116 | EPI.TypeQuals = getMethodQuals(); | ||||||
4117 | EPI.RefQualifier = getRefQualifier(); | ||||||
4118 | EPI.ExtParameterInfos = getExtParameterInfosOrNull(); | ||||||
4119 | return EPI; | ||||||
4120 | } | ||||||
4121 | |||||||
4122 | /// Get the kind of exception specification on this function. | ||||||
4123 | ExceptionSpecificationType getExceptionSpecType() const { | ||||||
4124 | return static_cast<ExceptionSpecificationType>( | ||||||
4125 | FunctionTypeBits.ExceptionSpecType); | ||||||
4126 | } | ||||||
4127 | |||||||
4128 | /// Return whether this function has any kind of exception spec. | ||||||
4129 | bool hasExceptionSpec() const { return getExceptionSpecType() != EST_None; } | ||||||
4130 | |||||||
4131 | /// Return whether this function has a dynamic (throw) exception spec. | ||||||
4132 | bool hasDynamicExceptionSpec() const { | ||||||
4133 | return isDynamicExceptionSpec(getExceptionSpecType()); | ||||||
4134 | } | ||||||
4135 | |||||||
4136 | /// Return whether this function has a noexcept exception spec. | ||||||
4137 | bool hasNoexceptExceptionSpec() const { | ||||||
4138 | return isNoexceptExceptionSpec(getExceptionSpecType()); | ||||||
4139 | } | ||||||
4140 | |||||||
4141 | /// Return whether this function has a dependent exception spec. | ||||||
4142 | bool hasDependentExceptionSpec() const; | ||||||
4143 | |||||||
4144 | /// Return whether this function has an instantiation-dependent exception | ||||||
4145 | /// spec. | ||||||
4146 | bool hasInstantiationDependentExceptionSpec() const; | ||||||
4147 | |||||||
4148 | /// Return all the available information about this type's exception spec. | ||||||
4149 | ExceptionSpecInfo getExceptionSpecInfo() const { | ||||||
4150 | ExceptionSpecInfo Result; | ||||||
4151 | Result.Type = getExceptionSpecType(); | ||||||
4152 | if (Result.Type == EST_Dynamic) { | ||||||
4153 | Result.Exceptions = exceptions(); | ||||||
4154 | } else if (isComputedNoexcept(Result.Type)) { | ||||||
4155 | Result.NoexceptExpr = getNoexceptExpr(); | ||||||
4156 | } else if (Result.Type == EST_Uninstantiated) { | ||||||
4157 | Result.SourceDecl = getExceptionSpecDecl(); | ||||||
4158 | Result.SourceTemplate = getExceptionSpecTemplate(); | ||||||
4159 | } else if (Result.Type == EST_Unevaluated) { | ||||||
4160 | Result.SourceDecl = getExceptionSpecDecl(); | ||||||
4161 | } | ||||||
4162 | return Result; | ||||||
4163 | } | ||||||
4164 | |||||||
4165 | /// Return the number of types in the exception specification. | ||||||
4166 | unsigned getNumExceptions() const { | ||||||
4167 | return getExceptionSpecType() == EST_Dynamic | ||||||
4168 | ? getTrailingObjects<FunctionTypeExtraBitfields>() | ||||||
4169 | ->NumExceptionType | ||||||
4170 | : 0; | ||||||
4171 | } | ||||||
4172 | |||||||
4173 | /// Return the ith exception type, where 0 <= i < getNumExceptions(). | ||||||
4174 | QualType getExceptionType(unsigned i) const { | ||||||
4175 | assert(i < getNumExceptions() && "Invalid exception number!")(static_cast <bool> (i < getNumExceptions() && "Invalid exception number!") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("i < getNumExceptions() && \"Invalid exception number!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 4175, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
4176 | return exception_begin()[i]; | ||||||
4177 | } | ||||||
4178 | |||||||
4179 | /// Return the expression inside noexcept(expression), or a null pointer | ||||||
4180 | /// if there is none (because the exception spec is not of this form). | ||||||
4181 | Expr *getNoexceptExpr() const { | ||||||
4182 | if (!isComputedNoexcept(getExceptionSpecType())) | ||||||
4183 | return nullptr; | ||||||
4184 | return *getTrailingObjects<Expr *>(); | ||||||
4185 | } | ||||||
4186 | |||||||
4187 | /// If this function type has an exception specification which hasn't | ||||||
4188 | /// been determined yet (either because it has not been evaluated or because | ||||||
4189 | /// it has not been instantiated), this is the function whose exception | ||||||
4190 | /// specification is represented by this type. | ||||||
4191 | FunctionDecl *getExceptionSpecDecl() const { | ||||||
4192 | if (getExceptionSpecType() != EST_Uninstantiated && | ||||||
4193 | getExceptionSpecType() != EST_Unevaluated) | ||||||
4194 | return nullptr; | ||||||
4195 | return getTrailingObjects<FunctionDecl *>()[0]; | ||||||
4196 | } | ||||||
4197 | |||||||
4198 | /// If this function type has an uninstantiated exception | ||||||
4199 | /// specification, this is the function whose exception specification | ||||||
4200 | /// should be instantiated to find the exception specification for | ||||||
4201 | /// this type. | ||||||
4202 | FunctionDecl *getExceptionSpecTemplate() const { | ||||||
4203 | if (getExceptionSpecType() != EST_Uninstantiated) | ||||||
4204 | return nullptr; | ||||||
4205 | return getTrailingObjects<FunctionDecl *>()[1]; | ||||||
4206 | } | ||||||
4207 | |||||||
4208 | /// Determine whether this function type has a non-throwing exception | ||||||
4209 | /// specification. | ||||||
4210 | CanThrowResult canThrow() const; | ||||||
4211 | |||||||
4212 | /// Determine whether this function type has a non-throwing exception | ||||||
4213 | /// specification. If this depends on template arguments, returns | ||||||
4214 | /// \c ResultIfDependent. | ||||||
4215 | bool isNothrow(bool ResultIfDependent = false) const { | ||||||
4216 | return ResultIfDependent ? canThrow() != CT_Can : canThrow() == CT_Cannot; | ||||||
4217 | } | ||||||
4218 | |||||||
4219 | /// Whether this function prototype is variadic. | ||||||
4220 | bool isVariadic() const { return FunctionTypeBits.Variadic; } | ||||||
4221 | |||||||
4222 | SourceLocation getEllipsisLoc() const { | ||||||
4223 | return isVariadic() ? *getTrailingObjects<SourceLocation>() | ||||||
4224 | : SourceLocation(); | ||||||
4225 | } | ||||||
4226 | |||||||
4227 | /// Determines whether this function prototype contains a | ||||||
4228 | /// parameter pack at the end. | ||||||
4229 | /// | ||||||
4230 | /// A function template whose last parameter is a parameter pack can be | ||||||
4231 | /// called with an arbitrary number of arguments, much like a variadic | ||||||
4232 | /// function. | ||||||
4233 | bool isTemplateVariadic() const; | ||||||
4234 | |||||||
4235 | /// Whether this function prototype has a trailing return type. | ||||||
4236 | bool hasTrailingReturn() const { return FunctionTypeBits.HasTrailingReturn; } | ||||||
4237 | |||||||
4238 | Qualifiers getMethodQuals() const { | ||||||
4239 | if (hasExtQualifiers()) | ||||||
4240 | return *getTrailingObjects<Qualifiers>(); | ||||||
4241 | else | ||||||
4242 | return getFastTypeQuals(); | ||||||
4243 | } | ||||||
4244 | |||||||
4245 | /// Retrieve the ref-qualifier associated with this function type. | ||||||
4246 | RefQualifierKind getRefQualifier() const { | ||||||
4247 | return static_cast<RefQualifierKind>(FunctionTypeBits.RefQualifier); | ||||||
4248 | } | ||||||
4249 | |||||||
4250 | using param_type_iterator = const QualType *; | ||||||
4251 | using param_type_range = llvm::iterator_range<param_type_iterator>; | ||||||
4252 | |||||||
4253 | param_type_range param_types() const { | ||||||
4254 | return param_type_range(param_type_begin(), param_type_end()); | ||||||
4255 | } | ||||||
4256 | |||||||
4257 | param_type_iterator param_type_begin() const { | ||||||
4258 | return getTrailingObjects<QualType>(); | ||||||
4259 | } | ||||||
4260 | |||||||
4261 | param_type_iterator param_type_end() const { | ||||||
4262 | return param_type_begin() + getNumParams(); | ||||||
4263 | } | ||||||
4264 | |||||||
4265 | using exception_iterator = const QualType *; | ||||||
4266 | |||||||
4267 | ArrayRef<QualType> exceptions() const { | ||||||
4268 | return llvm::makeArrayRef(exception_begin(), exception_end()); | ||||||
4269 | } | ||||||
4270 | |||||||
4271 | exception_iterator exception_begin() const { | ||||||
4272 | return reinterpret_cast<exception_iterator>( | ||||||
4273 | getTrailingObjects<ExceptionType>()); | ||||||
4274 | } | ||||||
4275 | |||||||
4276 | exception_iterator exception_end() const { | ||||||
4277 | return exception_begin() + getNumExceptions(); | ||||||
4278 | } | ||||||
4279 | |||||||
4280 | /// Is there any interesting extra information for any of the parameters | ||||||
4281 | /// of this function type? | ||||||
4282 | bool hasExtParameterInfos() const { | ||||||
4283 | return FunctionTypeBits.HasExtParameterInfos; | ||||||
4284 | } | ||||||
4285 | |||||||
4286 | ArrayRef<ExtParameterInfo> getExtParameterInfos() const { | ||||||
4287 | assert(hasExtParameterInfos())(static_cast <bool> (hasExtParameterInfos()) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("hasExtParameterInfos()", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 4287, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
4288 | return ArrayRef<ExtParameterInfo>(getTrailingObjects<ExtParameterInfo>(), | ||||||
4289 | getNumParams()); | ||||||
4290 | } | ||||||
4291 | |||||||
4292 | /// Return a pointer to the beginning of the array of extra parameter | ||||||
4293 | /// information, if present, or else null if none of the parameters | ||||||
4294 | /// carry it. This is equivalent to getExtProtoInfo().ExtParameterInfos. | ||||||
4295 | const ExtParameterInfo *getExtParameterInfosOrNull() const { | ||||||
4296 | if (!hasExtParameterInfos()) | ||||||
4297 | return nullptr; | ||||||
4298 | return getTrailingObjects<ExtParameterInfo>(); | ||||||
4299 | } | ||||||
4300 | |||||||
4301 | ExtParameterInfo getExtParameterInfo(unsigned I) const { | ||||||
4302 | assert(I < getNumParams() && "parameter index out of range")(static_cast <bool> (I < getNumParams() && "parameter index out of range" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("I < getNumParams() && \"parameter index out of range\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 4302, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
4303 | if (hasExtParameterInfos()) | ||||||
4304 | return getTrailingObjects<ExtParameterInfo>()[I]; | ||||||
4305 | return ExtParameterInfo(); | ||||||
4306 | } | ||||||
4307 | |||||||
4308 | ParameterABI getParameterABI(unsigned I) const { | ||||||
4309 | assert(I < getNumParams() && "parameter index out of range")(static_cast <bool> (I < getNumParams() && "parameter index out of range" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("I < getNumParams() && \"parameter index out of range\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 4309, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
4310 | if (hasExtParameterInfos()) | ||||||
4311 | return getTrailingObjects<ExtParameterInfo>()[I].getABI(); | ||||||
4312 | return ParameterABI::Ordinary; | ||||||
4313 | } | ||||||
4314 | |||||||
4315 | bool isParamConsumed(unsigned I) const { | ||||||
4316 | assert(I < getNumParams() && "parameter index out of range")(static_cast <bool> (I < getNumParams() && "parameter index out of range" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("I < getNumParams() && \"parameter index out of range\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 4316, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
4317 | if (hasExtParameterInfos()) | ||||||
4318 | return getTrailingObjects<ExtParameterInfo>()[I].isConsumed(); | ||||||
4319 | return false; | ||||||
4320 | } | ||||||
4321 | |||||||
4322 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } | ||||||
4323 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } | ||||||
4324 | |||||||
4325 | void printExceptionSpecification(raw_ostream &OS, | ||||||
4326 | const PrintingPolicy &Policy) const; | ||||||
4327 | |||||||
4328 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { | ||||||
4329 | return T->getTypeClass() == FunctionProto; | ||||||
4330 | } | ||||||
4331 | |||||||
4332 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Ctx); | ||||||
4333 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Result, | ||||||
4334 | param_type_iterator ArgTys, unsigned NumArgs, | ||||||
4335 | const ExtProtoInfo &EPI, const ASTContext &Context, | ||||||
4336 | bool Canonical); | ||||||
4337 | }; | ||||||
4338 | |||||||
4339 | /// Represents the dependent type named by a dependently-scoped | ||||||
4340 | /// typename using declaration, e.g. | ||||||
4341 | /// using typename Base<T>::foo; | ||||||
4342 | /// | ||||||
4343 | /// Template instantiation turns these into the underlying type. | ||||||
4344 | class UnresolvedUsingType : public Type { | ||||||
4345 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. | ||||||
4346 | |||||||
4347 | UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl *Decl; | ||||||
4348 | |||||||
4349 | UnresolvedUsingType(const UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl *D) | ||||||
4350 | : Type(UnresolvedUsing, QualType(), | ||||||
4351 | TypeDependence::DependentInstantiation), | ||||||
4352 | Decl(const_cast<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl *>(D)) {} | ||||||
4353 | |||||||
4354 | public: | ||||||
4355 | UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl *getDecl() const { return Decl; } | ||||||
4356 | |||||||
4357 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } | ||||||
4358 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } | ||||||
4359 | |||||||
4360 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { | ||||||
4361 | return T->getTypeClass() == UnresolvedUsing; | ||||||
4362 | } | ||||||
4363 | |||||||
4364 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { | ||||||
4365 | return Profile(ID, Decl); | ||||||
4366 | } | ||||||
4367 | |||||||
4368 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, | ||||||
4369 | UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl *D) { | ||||||
4370 | ID.AddPointer(D); | ||||||
4371 | } | ||||||
4372 | }; | ||||||
4373 | |||||||
4374 | class TypedefType : public Type { | ||||||
4375 | TypedefNameDecl *Decl; | ||||||
4376 | |||||||
4377 | private: | ||||||
4378 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. | ||||||
4379 | |||||||
4380 | TypedefType(TypeClass tc, const TypedefNameDecl *D, QualType underlying, | ||||||
4381 | QualType can); | ||||||
4382 | |||||||
4383 | public: | ||||||
4384 | TypedefNameDecl *getDecl() const { return Decl; } | ||||||
4385 | |||||||
4386 | bool isSugared() const { return true; } | ||||||
4387 | QualType desugar() const; | ||||||
4388 | |||||||
4389 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Typedef; } | ||||||
4390 | }; | ||||||
4391 | |||||||
4392 | /// Sugar type that represents a type that was qualified by a qualifier written | ||||||
4393 | /// as a macro invocation. | ||||||
4394 | class MacroQualifiedType : public Type { | ||||||
4395 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. | ||||||
4396 | |||||||
4397 | QualType UnderlyingTy; | ||||||
4398 | const IdentifierInfo *MacroII; | ||||||
4399 | |||||||
4400 | MacroQualifiedType(QualType UnderlyingTy, QualType CanonTy, | ||||||
4401 | const IdentifierInfo *MacroII) | ||||||
4402 | : Type(MacroQualified, CanonTy, UnderlyingTy->getDependence()), | ||||||
4403 | UnderlyingTy(UnderlyingTy), MacroII(MacroII) { | ||||||
4404 | assert(isa<AttributedType>(UnderlyingTy) &&(static_cast <bool> (isa<AttributedType>(UnderlyingTy ) && "Expected a macro qualified type to only wrap attributed types." ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<AttributedType>(UnderlyingTy) && \"Expected a macro qualified type to only wrap attributed types.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 4405, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||
4405 | "Expected a macro qualified type to only wrap attributed types.")(static_cast <bool> (isa<AttributedType>(UnderlyingTy ) && "Expected a macro qualified type to only wrap attributed types." ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<AttributedType>(UnderlyingTy) && \"Expected a macro qualified type to only wrap attributed types.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 4405, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
4406 | } | ||||||
4407 | |||||||
4408 | public: | ||||||
4409 | const IdentifierInfo *getMacroIdentifier() const { return MacroII; } | ||||||
4410 | QualType getUnderlyingType() const { return UnderlyingTy; } | ||||||
4411 | |||||||
4412 | /// Return this attributed type's modified type with no qualifiers attached to | ||||||
4413 | /// it. | ||||||
4414 | QualType getModifiedType() const; | ||||||
4415 | |||||||
4416 | bool isSugared() const { return true; } | ||||||
4417 | QualType desugar() const; | ||||||
4418 | |||||||
4419 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { | ||||||
4420 | return T->getTypeClass() == MacroQualified; | ||||||
4421 | } | ||||||
4422 | }; | ||||||
4423 | |||||||
4424 | /// Represents a `typeof` (or __typeof__) expression (a GCC extension). | ||||||
4425 | class TypeOfExprType : public Type { | ||||||
4426 | Expr *TOExpr; | ||||||
4427 | |||||||
4428 | protected: | ||||||
4429 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. | ||||||
4430 | |||||||
4431 | TypeOfExprType(Expr *E, QualType can = QualType()); | ||||||
4432 | |||||||
4433 | public: | ||||||
4434 | Expr *getUnderlyingExpr() const { return TOExpr; } | ||||||
4435 | |||||||
4436 | /// Remove a single level of sugar. | ||||||
4437 | QualType desugar() const; | ||||||
4438 | |||||||
4439 | /// Returns whether this type directly provides sugar. | ||||||
4440 | bool isSugared() const; | ||||||
4441 | |||||||
4442 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == TypeOfExpr; } | ||||||
4443 | }; | ||||||
4444 | |||||||
4445 | /// Internal representation of canonical, dependent | ||||||
4446 | /// `typeof(expr)` types. | ||||||
4447 | /// | ||||||
4448 | /// This class is used internally by the ASTContext to manage | ||||||
4449 | /// canonical, dependent types, only. Clients will only see instances | ||||||
4450 | /// of this class via TypeOfExprType nodes. | ||||||
4451 | class DependentTypeOfExprType | ||||||
4452 | : public TypeOfExprType, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { | ||||||
4453 | const ASTContext &Context; | ||||||
4454 | |||||||
4455 | public: | ||||||
4456 | DependentTypeOfExprType(const ASTContext &Context, Expr *E) | ||||||
4457 | : TypeOfExprType(E), Context(Context) {} | ||||||
4458 | |||||||
4459 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { | ||||||
4460 | Profile(ID, Context, getUnderlyingExpr()); | ||||||
4461 | } | ||||||
4462 | |||||||
4463 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context, | ||||||
4464 | Expr *E); | ||||||
4465 | }; | ||||||
4466 | |||||||
4467 | /// Represents `typeof(type)`, a GCC extension. | ||||||
4468 | class TypeOfType : public Type { | ||||||
4469 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. | ||||||
4470 | |||||||
4471 | QualType TOType; | ||||||
4472 | |||||||
4473 | TypeOfType(QualType T, QualType can) | ||||||
4474 | : Type(TypeOf, can, T->getDependence()), TOType(T) { | ||||||
4475 | assert(!isa<TypedefType>(can) && "Invalid canonical type")(static_cast <bool> (!isa<TypedefType>(can) && "Invalid canonical type") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!isa<TypedefType>(can) && \"Invalid canonical type\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 4475, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
4476 | } | ||||||
4477 | |||||||
4478 | public: | ||||||
4479 | QualType getUnderlyingType() const { return TOType; } | ||||||
4480 | |||||||
4481 | /// Remove a single level of sugar. | ||||||
4482 | QualType desugar() const { return getUnderlyingType(); } | ||||||
4483 | |||||||
4484 | /// Returns whether this type directly provides sugar. | ||||||
4485 | bool isSugared() const { return true; } | ||||||
4486 | |||||||
4487 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == TypeOf; } | ||||||
4488 | }; | ||||||
4489 | |||||||
4490 | /// Represents the type `decltype(expr)` (C++11). | ||||||
4491 | class DecltypeType : public Type { | ||||||
4492 | Expr *E; | ||||||
4493 | QualType UnderlyingType; | ||||||
4494 | |||||||
4495 | protected: | ||||||
4496 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. | ||||||
4497 | |||||||
4498 | DecltypeType(Expr *E, QualType underlyingType, QualType can = QualType()); | ||||||
4499 | |||||||
4500 | public: | ||||||
4501 | Expr *getUnderlyingExpr() const { return E; } | ||||||
4502 | QualType getUnderlyingType() const { return UnderlyingType; } | ||||||
4503 | |||||||
4504 | /// Remove a single level of sugar. | ||||||
4505 | QualType desugar() const; | ||||||
4506 | |||||||
4507 | /// Returns whether this type directly provides sugar. | ||||||
4508 | bool isSugared() const; | ||||||
4509 | |||||||
4510 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Decltype; } | ||||||
4511 | }; | ||||||
4512 | |||||||
4513 | /// Internal representation of canonical, dependent | ||||||
4514 | /// decltype(expr) types. | ||||||
4515 | /// | ||||||
4516 | /// This class is used internally by the ASTContext to manage | ||||||
4517 | /// canonical, dependent types, only. Clients will only see instances | ||||||
4518 | /// of this class via DecltypeType nodes. | ||||||
4519 | class DependentDecltypeType : public DecltypeType, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { | ||||||
4520 | const ASTContext &Context; | ||||||
4521 | |||||||
4522 | public: | ||||||
4523 | DependentDecltypeType(const ASTContext &Context, Expr *E); | ||||||
4524 | |||||||
4525 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { | ||||||
4526 | Profile(ID, Context, getUnderlyingExpr()); | ||||||
4527 | } | ||||||
4528 | |||||||
4529 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context, | ||||||
4530 | Expr *E); | ||||||
4531 | }; | ||||||
4532 | |||||||
4533 | /// A unary type transform, which is a type constructed from another. | ||||||
4534 | class UnaryTransformType : public Type { | ||||||
4535 | public: | ||||||
4536 | enum UTTKind { | ||||||
4537 | EnumUnderlyingType | ||||||
4538 | }; | ||||||
4539 | |||||||
4540 | private: | ||||||
4541 | /// The untransformed type. | ||||||
4542 | QualType BaseType; | ||||||
4543 | |||||||
4544 | /// The transformed type if not dependent, otherwise the same as BaseType. | ||||||
4545 | QualType UnderlyingType; | ||||||
4546 | |||||||
4547 | UTTKind UKind; | ||||||
4548 | |||||||
4549 | protected: | ||||||
4550 | friend class ASTContext; | ||||||
4551 | |||||||
4552 | UnaryTransformType(QualType BaseTy, QualType UnderlyingTy, UTTKind UKind, | ||||||
4553 | QualType CanonicalTy); | ||||||
4554 | |||||||
4555 | public: | ||||||
4556 | bool isSugared() const { return !isDependentType(); } | ||||||
4557 | QualType desugar() const { return UnderlyingType; } | ||||||
4558 | |||||||
4559 | QualType getUnderlyingType() const { return UnderlyingType; } | ||||||
4560 | QualType getBaseType() const { return BaseType; } | ||||||
4561 | |||||||
4562 | UTTKind getUTTKind() const { return UKind; } | ||||||
4563 | |||||||
4564 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { | ||||||
4565 | return T->getTypeClass() == UnaryTransform; | ||||||
4566 | } | ||||||
4567 | }; | ||||||
4568 | |||||||
4569 | /// Internal representation of canonical, dependent | ||||||
4570 | /// __underlying_type(type) types. | ||||||
4571 | /// | ||||||
4572 | /// This class is used internally by the ASTContext to manage | ||||||
4573 | /// canonical, dependent types, only. Clients will only see instances | ||||||
4574 | /// of this class via UnaryTransformType nodes. | ||||||
4575 | class DependentUnaryTransformType : public UnaryTransformType, | ||||||
4576 | public llvm::FoldingSetNode { | ||||||
4577 | public: | ||||||
4578 | DependentUnaryTransformType(const ASTContext &C, QualType BaseType, | ||||||
4579 | UTTKind UKind); | ||||||
4580 | |||||||
4581 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { | ||||||
4582 | Profile(ID, getBaseType(), getUTTKind()); | ||||||
4583 | } | ||||||
4584 | |||||||
4585 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType BaseType, | ||||||
4586 | UTTKind UKind) { | ||||||
4587 | ID.AddPointer(BaseType.getAsOpaquePtr()); | ||||||
4588 | ID.AddInteger((unsigned)UKind); | ||||||
4589 | } | ||||||
4590 | }; | ||||||
4591 | |||||||
4592 | class TagType : public Type { | ||||||
4593 | friend class ASTReader; | ||||||
4594 | template <class T> friend class serialization::AbstractTypeReader; | ||||||
4595 | |||||||
4596 | /// Stores the TagDecl associated with this type. The decl may point to any | ||||||
4597 | /// TagDecl that declares the entity. | ||||||
4598 | TagDecl *decl; | ||||||
4599 | |||||||
4600 | protected: | ||||||
4601 | TagType(TypeClass TC, const TagDecl *D, QualType can); | ||||||
4602 | |||||||
4603 | public: | ||||||
4604 | TagDecl *getDecl() const; | ||||||
4605 | |||||||
4606 | /// Determines whether this type is in the process of being defined. | ||||||
4607 | bool isBeingDefined() const; | ||||||
4608 | |||||||
4609 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { | ||||||
4610 | return T->getTypeClass() == Enum || T->getTypeClass() == Record; | ||||||
4611 | } | ||||||
4612 | }; | ||||||
4613 | |||||||
4614 | /// A helper class that allows the use of isa/cast/dyncast | ||||||
4615 | /// to detect TagType objects of structs/unions/classes. | ||||||
4616 | class RecordType : public TagType { | ||||||
4617 | protected: | ||||||
4618 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. | ||||||
4619 | |||||||
4620 | explicit RecordType(const RecordDecl *D) | ||||||
4621 | : TagType(Record, reinterpret_cast<const TagDecl*>(D), QualType()) {} | ||||||
4622 | explicit RecordType(TypeClass TC, RecordDecl *D) | ||||||
4623 | : TagType(TC, reinterpret_cast<const TagDecl*>(D), QualType()) {} | ||||||
4624 | |||||||
4625 | public: | ||||||
4626 | RecordDecl *getDecl() const { | ||||||
4627 | return reinterpret_cast<RecordDecl*>(TagType::getDecl()); | ||||||
4628 | } | ||||||
4629 | |||||||
4630 | /// Recursively check all fields in the record for const-ness. If any field | ||||||
4631 | /// is declared const, return true. Otherwise, return false. | ||||||
4632 | bool hasConstFields() const; | ||||||
4633 | |||||||
4634 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } | ||||||
4635 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } | ||||||
4636 | |||||||
4637 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Record; } | ||||||
4638 | }; | ||||||
4639 | |||||||
4640 | /// A helper class that allows the use of isa/cast/dyncast | ||||||
4641 | /// to detect TagType objects of enums. | ||||||
4642 | class EnumType : public TagType { | ||||||
4643 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. | ||||||
4644 | |||||||
4645 | explicit EnumType(const EnumDecl *D) | ||||||
4646 | : TagType(Enum, reinterpret_cast<const TagDecl*>(D), QualType()) {} | ||||||
4647 | |||||||
4648 | public: | ||||||
4649 | EnumDecl *getDecl() const { | ||||||
4650 | return reinterpret_cast<EnumDecl*>(TagType::getDecl()); | ||||||
4651 | } | ||||||
4652 | |||||||
4653 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } | ||||||
4654 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } | ||||||
4655 | |||||||
4656 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Enum; } | ||||||
4657 | }; | ||||||
4658 | |||||||
4659 | /// An attributed type is a type to which a type attribute has been applied. | ||||||
4660 | /// | ||||||
4661 | /// The "modified type" is the fully-sugared type to which the attributed | ||||||
4662 | /// type was applied; generally it is not canonically equivalent to the | ||||||
4663 | /// attributed type. The "equivalent type" is the minimally-desugared type | ||||||
4664 | /// which the type is canonically equivalent to. | ||||||
4665 | /// | ||||||
4666 | /// For example, in the following attributed type: | ||||||
4667 | /// int32_t __attribute__((vector_size(16))) | ||||||
4668 | /// - the modified type is the TypedefType for int32_t | ||||||
4669 | /// - the equivalent type is VectorType(16, int32_t) | ||||||
4670 | /// - the canonical type is VectorType(16, int) | ||||||
4671 | class AttributedType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { | ||||||
4672 | public: | ||||||
4673 | using Kind = attr::Kind; | ||||||
4674 | |||||||
4675 | private: | ||||||
4676 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these | ||||||
4677 | |||||||
4678 | QualType ModifiedType; | ||||||
4679 | QualType EquivalentType; | ||||||
4680 | |||||||
4681 | AttributedType(QualType canon, attr::Kind attrKind, QualType modified, | ||||||
4682 | QualType equivalent) | ||||||
4683 | : Type(Attributed, canon, equivalent->getDependence()), | ||||||
4684 | ModifiedType(modified), EquivalentType(equivalent) { | ||||||
4685 | AttributedTypeBits.AttrKind = attrKind; | ||||||
4686 | } | ||||||
4687 | |||||||
4688 | public: | ||||||
4689 | Kind getAttrKind() const { | ||||||
4690 | return static_cast<Kind>(AttributedTypeBits.AttrKind); | ||||||
4691 | } | ||||||
4692 | |||||||
4693 | QualType getModifiedType() const { return ModifiedType; } | ||||||
4694 | QualType getEquivalentType() const { return EquivalentType; } | ||||||
4695 | |||||||
4696 | bool isSugared() const { return true; } | ||||||
4697 | QualType desugar() const { return getEquivalentType(); } | ||||||
4698 | |||||||
4699 | /// Does this attribute behave like a type qualifier? | ||||||
4700 | /// | ||||||
4701 | /// A type qualifier adjusts a type to provide specialized rules for | ||||||
4702 | /// a specific object, like the standard const and volatile qualifiers. | ||||||
4703 | /// This includes attributes controlling things like nullability, | ||||||
4704 | /// address spaces, and ARC ownership. The value of the object is still | ||||||
4705 | /// largely described by the modified type. | ||||||
4706 | /// | ||||||
4707 | /// In contrast, many type attributes "rewrite" their modified type to | ||||||
4708 | /// produce a fundamentally different type, not necessarily related in any | ||||||
4709 | /// formalizable way to the original type. For example, calling convention | ||||||
4710 | /// and vector attributes are not simple type qualifiers. | ||||||
4711 | /// | ||||||
4712 | /// Type qualifiers are often, but not always, reflected in the canonical | ||||||
4713 | /// type. | ||||||
4714 | bool isQualifier() const; | ||||||
4715 | |||||||
4716 | bool isMSTypeSpec() const; | ||||||
4717 | |||||||
4718 | bool isCallingConv() const; | ||||||
4719 | |||||||
4720 | llvm::Optional<NullabilityKind> getImmediateNullability() const; | ||||||
4721 | |||||||
4722 | /// Retrieve the attribute kind corresponding to the given | ||||||
4723 | /// nullability kind. | ||||||
4724 | static Kind getNullabilityAttrKind(NullabilityKind kind) { | ||||||
4725 | switch (kind) { | ||||||
4726 | case NullabilityKind::NonNull: | ||||||
4727 | return attr::TypeNonNull; | ||||||
4728 | |||||||
4729 | case NullabilityKind::Nullable: | ||||||
4730 | return attr::TypeNullable; | ||||||
4731 | |||||||
4732 | case NullabilityKind::NullableResult: | ||||||
4733 | return attr::TypeNullableResult; | ||||||
4734 | |||||||
4735 | case NullabilityKind::Unspecified: | ||||||
4736 | return attr::TypeNullUnspecified; | ||||||
4737 | } | ||||||
4738 | llvm_unreachable("Unknown nullability kind.")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Unknown nullability kind." , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 4738); | ||||||
4739 | } | ||||||
4740 | |||||||
4741 | /// Strip off the top-level nullability annotation on the given | ||||||
4742 | /// type, if it's there. | ||||||
4743 | /// | ||||||
4744 | /// \param T The type to strip. If the type is exactly an | ||||||
4745 | /// AttributedType specifying nullability (without looking through | ||||||
4746 | /// type sugar), the nullability is returned and this type changed | ||||||
4747 | /// to the underlying modified type. | ||||||
4748 | /// | ||||||
4749 | /// \returns the top-level nullability, if present. | ||||||
4750 | static Optional<NullabilityKind> stripOuterNullability(QualType &T); | ||||||
4751 | |||||||
4752 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { | ||||||
4753 | Profile(ID, getAttrKind(), ModifiedType, EquivalentType); | ||||||
4754 | } | ||||||
4755 | |||||||
4756 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, Kind attrKind, | ||||||
4757 | QualType modified, QualType equivalent) { | ||||||
4758 | ID.AddInteger(attrKind); | ||||||
4759 | ID.AddPointer(modified.getAsOpaquePtr()); | ||||||
4760 | ID.AddPointer(equivalent.getAsOpaquePtr()); | ||||||
4761 | } | ||||||
4762 | |||||||
4763 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { | ||||||
4764 | return T->getTypeClass() == Attributed; | ||||||
4765 | } | ||||||
4766 | }; | ||||||
4767 | |||||||
4768 | class TemplateTypeParmType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { | ||||||
4769 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these | ||||||
4770 | |||||||
4771 | // Helper data collector for canonical types. | ||||||
4772 | struct CanonicalTTPTInfo { | ||||||
4773 | unsigned Depth : 15; | ||||||
4774 | unsigned ParameterPack : 1; | ||||||
4775 | unsigned Index : 16; | ||||||
4776 | }; | ||||||
4777 | |||||||
4778 | union { | ||||||
4779 | // Info for the canonical type. | ||||||
4780 | CanonicalTTPTInfo CanTTPTInfo; | ||||||
4781 | |||||||
4782 | // Info for the non-canonical type. | ||||||
4783 | TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTPDecl; | ||||||
4784 | }; | ||||||
4785 | |||||||
4786 | /// Build a non-canonical type. | ||||||
4787 | TemplateTypeParmType(TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTPDecl, QualType Canon) | ||||||
4788 | : Type(TemplateTypeParm, Canon, | ||||||
4789 | TypeDependence::DependentInstantiation | | ||||||
4790 | (Canon->getDependence() & TypeDependence::UnexpandedPack)), | ||||||
4791 | TTPDecl(TTPDecl) {} | ||||||
4792 | |||||||
4793 | /// Build the canonical type. | ||||||
4794 | TemplateTypeParmType(unsigned D, unsigned I, bool PP) | ||||||
4795 | : Type(TemplateTypeParm, QualType(this, 0), | ||||||
4796 | TypeDependence::DependentInstantiation | | ||||||
4797 | (PP ? TypeDependence::UnexpandedPack : TypeDependence::None)) { | ||||||
4798 | CanTTPTInfo.Depth = D; | ||||||
4799 | CanTTPTInfo.Index = I; | ||||||
4800 | CanTTPTInfo.ParameterPack = PP; | ||||||
4801 | } | ||||||
4802 | |||||||
4803 | const CanonicalTTPTInfo& getCanTTPTInfo() const { | ||||||
4804 | QualType Can = getCanonicalTypeInternal(); | ||||||
4805 | return Can->castAs<TemplateTypeParmType>()->CanTTPTInfo; | ||||||
4806 | } | ||||||
4807 | |||||||
4808 | public: | ||||||
4809 | unsigned getDepth() const { return getCanTTPTInfo().Depth; } | ||||||
4810 | unsigned getIndex() const { return getCanTTPTInfo().Index; } | ||||||
4811 | bool isParameterPack() const { return getCanTTPTInfo().ParameterPack; } | ||||||
4812 | |||||||
4813 | TemplateTypeParmDecl *getDecl() const { | ||||||
4814 | return isCanonicalUnqualified() ? nullptr : TTPDecl; | ||||||
4815 | } | ||||||
4816 | |||||||
4817 | IdentifierInfo *getIdentifier() const; | ||||||
4818 | |||||||
4819 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } | ||||||
4820 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } | ||||||
4821 | |||||||
4822 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { | ||||||
4823 | Profile(ID, getDepth(), getIndex(), isParameterPack(), getDecl()); | ||||||
4824 | } | ||||||
4825 | |||||||
4826 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, unsigned Depth, | ||||||
4827 | unsigned Index, bool ParameterPack, | ||||||
4828 | TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTPDecl) { | ||||||
4829 | ID.AddInteger(Depth); | ||||||
4830 | ID.AddInteger(Index); | ||||||
4831 | ID.AddBoolean(ParameterPack); | ||||||
4832 | ID.AddPointer(TTPDecl); | ||||||
4833 | } | ||||||
4834 | |||||||
4835 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { | ||||||
4836 | return T->getTypeClass() == TemplateTypeParm; | ||||||
4837 | } | ||||||
4838 | }; | ||||||
4839 | |||||||
4840 | /// Represents the result of substituting a type for a template | ||||||
4841 | /// type parameter. | ||||||
4842 | /// | ||||||
4843 | /// Within an instantiated template, all template type parameters have | ||||||
4844 | /// been replaced with these. They are used solely to record that a | ||||||
4845 | /// type was originally written as a template type parameter; | ||||||
4846 | /// therefore they are never canonical. | ||||||
4847 | class SubstTemplateTypeParmType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { | ||||||
4848 | friend class ASTContext; | ||||||
4849 | |||||||
4850 | // The original type parameter. | ||||||
4851 | const TemplateTypeParmType *Replaced; | ||||||
4852 | |||||||
4853 | SubstTemplateTypeParmType(const TemplateTypeParmType *Param, QualType Canon) | ||||||
4854 | : Type(SubstTemplateTypeParm, Canon, Canon->getDependence()), | ||||||
4855 | Replaced(Param) {} | ||||||
4856 | |||||||
4857 | public: | ||||||
4858 | /// Gets the template parameter that was substituted for. | ||||||
4859 | const TemplateTypeParmType *getReplacedParameter() const { | ||||||
4860 | return Replaced; | ||||||
4861 | } | ||||||
4862 | |||||||
4863 | /// Gets the type that was substituted for the template | ||||||
4864 | /// parameter. | ||||||
4865 | QualType getReplacementType() const { | ||||||
4866 | return getCanonicalTypeInternal(); | ||||||
4867 | } | ||||||
4868 | |||||||
4869 | bool isSugared() const { return true; } | ||||||
4870 | QualType desugar() const { return getReplacementType(); } | ||||||
4871 | |||||||
4872 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { | ||||||
4873 | Profile(ID, getReplacedParameter(), getReplacementType()); | ||||||
4874 | } | ||||||
4875 | |||||||
4876 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, | ||||||
4877 | const TemplateTypeParmType *Replaced, | ||||||
4878 | QualType Replacement) { | ||||||
4879 | ID.AddPointer(Replaced); | ||||||
4880 | ID.AddPointer(Replacement.getAsOpaquePtr()); | ||||||
4881 | } | ||||||
4882 | |||||||
4883 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { | ||||||
4884 | return T->getTypeClass() == SubstTemplateTypeParm; | ||||||
4885 | } | ||||||
4886 | }; | ||||||
4887 | |||||||
4888 | /// Represents the result of substituting a set of types for a template | ||||||
4889 | /// type parameter pack. | ||||||
4890 | /// | ||||||
4891 | /// When a pack expansion in the source code contains multiple parameter packs | ||||||
4892 | /// and those parameter packs correspond to different levels of template | ||||||
4893 | /// parameter lists, this type node is used to represent a template type | ||||||
4894 | /// parameter pack from an outer level, which has already had its argument pack | ||||||
4895 | /// substituted but that still lives within a pack expansion that itself | ||||||
4896 | /// could not be instantiated. When actually performing a substitution into | ||||||
4897 | /// that pack expansion (e.g., when all template parameters have corresponding | ||||||
4898 | /// arguments), this type will be replaced with the \c SubstTemplateTypeParmType | ||||||
4899 | /// at the current pack substitution index. | ||||||
4900 | class SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { | ||||||
4901 | friend class ASTContext; | ||||||
4902 | |||||||
4903 | /// The original type parameter. | ||||||
4904 | const TemplateTypeParmType *Replaced; | ||||||
4905 | |||||||
4906 | /// A pointer to the set of template arguments that this | ||||||
4907 | /// parameter pack is instantiated with. | ||||||
4908 | const TemplateArgument *Arguments; | ||||||
4909 | |||||||
4910 | SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType(const TemplateTypeParmType *Param, | ||||||
4911 | QualType Canon, | ||||||
4912 | const TemplateArgument &ArgPack); | ||||||
4913 | |||||||
4914 | public: | ||||||
4915 | IdentifierInfo *getIdentifier() const { return Replaced->getIdentifier(); } | ||||||
4916 | |||||||
4917 | /// Gets the template parameter that was substituted for. | ||||||
4918 | const TemplateTypeParmType *getReplacedParameter() const { | ||||||
4919 | return Replaced; | ||||||
4920 | } | ||||||
4921 | |||||||
4922 | unsigned getNumArgs() const { | ||||||
4923 | return SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypeBits.NumArgs; | ||||||
4924 | } | ||||||
4925 | |||||||
4926 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } | ||||||
4927 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } | ||||||
4928 | |||||||
4929 | TemplateArgument getArgumentPack() const; | ||||||
4930 | |||||||
4931 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID); | ||||||
4932 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, | ||||||
4933 | const TemplateTypeParmType *Replaced, | ||||||
4934 | const TemplateArgument &ArgPack); | ||||||
4935 | |||||||
4936 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { | ||||||
4937 | return T->getTypeClass() == SubstTemplateTypeParmPack; | ||||||
4938 | } | ||||||
4939 | }; | ||||||
4940 | |||||||
4941 | /// Common base class for placeholders for types that get replaced by | ||||||
4942 | /// placeholder type deduction: C++11 auto, C++14 decltype(auto), C++17 deduced | ||||||
4943 | /// class template types, and constrained type names. | ||||||
4944 | /// | ||||||
4945 | /// These types are usually a placeholder for a deduced type. However, before | ||||||
4946 | /// the initializer is attached, or (usually) if the initializer is | ||||||
4947 | /// type-dependent, there is no deduced type and the type is canonical. In | ||||||
4948 | /// the latter case, it is also a dependent type. | ||||||
4949 | class DeducedType : public Type { | ||||||
4950 | protected: | ||||||
4951 | DeducedType(TypeClass TC, QualType DeducedAsType, | ||||||
4952 | TypeDependence ExtraDependence) | ||||||
4953 | : Type(TC, | ||||||
4954 | // FIXME: Retain the sugared deduced type? | ||||||
4955 | DeducedAsType.isNull() ? QualType(this, 0) | ||||||
4956 | : DeducedAsType.getCanonicalType(), | ||||||
4957 | ExtraDependence | (DeducedAsType.isNull() | ||||||
4958 | ? TypeDependence::None | ||||||
4959 | : DeducedAsType->getDependence() & | ||||||
4960 | ~TypeDependence::VariablyModified)) {} | ||||||
4961 | |||||||
4962 | public: | ||||||
4963 | bool isSugared() const { return !isCanonicalUnqualified(); } | ||||||
4964 | QualType desugar() const { return getCanonicalTypeInternal(); } | ||||||
4965 | |||||||
4966 | /// Get the type deduced for this placeholder type, or null if it's | ||||||
4967 | /// either not been deduced or was deduced to a dependent type. | ||||||
4968 | QualType getDeducedType() const { | ||||||
4969 | return !isCanonicalUnqualified() ? getCanonicalTypeInternal() : QualType(); | ||||||
4970 | } | ||||||
4971 | bool isDeduced() const { | ||||||
4972 | return !isCanonicalUnqualified() || isDependentType(); | ||||||
4973 | } | ||||||
4974 | |||||||
4975 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { | ||||||
4976 | return T->getTypeClass() == Auto || | ||||||
4977 | T->getTypeClass() == DeducedTemplateSpecialization; | ||||||
4978 | } | ||||||
4979 | }; | ||||||
4980 | |||||||
4981 | /// Represents a C++11 auto or C++14 decltype(auto) type, possibly constrained | ||||||
4982 | /// by a type-constraint. | ||||||
4983 | class alignas(8) AutoType : public DeducedType, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { | ||||||
4984 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these | ||||||
4985 | |||||||
4986 | ConceptDecl *TypeConstraintConcept; | ||||||
4987 | |||||||
4988 | AutoType(QualType DeducedAsType, AutoTypeKeyword Keyword, | ||||||
4989 | TypeDependence ExtraDependence, ConceptDecl *CD, | ||||||
4990 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TypeConstraintArgs); | ||||||
4991 | |||||||
4992 | const TemplateArgument *getArgBuffer() const { | ||||||
4993 | return reinterpret_cast<const TemplateArgument*>(this+1); | ||||||
4994 | } | ||||||
4995 | |||||||
4996 | TemplateArgument *getArgBuffer() { | ||||||
4997 | return reinterpret_cast<TemplateArgument*>(this+1); | ||||||
4998 | } | ||||||
4999 | |||||||
5000 | public: | ||||||
5001 | /// Retrieve the template arguments. | ||||||
5002 | const TemplateArgument *getArgs() const { | ||||||
5003 | return getArgBuffer(); | ||||||
5004 | } | ||||||
5005 | |||||||
5006 | /// Retrieve the number of template arguments. | ||||||
5007 | unsigned getNumArgs() const { | ||||||
5008 | return AutoTypeBits.NumArgs; | ||||||
5009 | } | ||||||
5010 | |||||||
5011 | const TemplateArgument &getArg(unsigned Idx) const; // in TemplateBase.h | ||||||
5012 | |||||||
5013 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> getTypeConstraintArguments() const { | ||||||
5014 | return {getArgs(), getNumArgs()}; | ||||||
5015 | } | ||||||
5016 | |||||||
5017 | ConceptDecl *getTypeConstraintConcept() const { | ||||||
5018 | return TypeConstraintConcept; | ||||||
5019 | } | ||||||
5020 | |||||||
5021 | bool isConstrained() const { | ||||||
5022 | return TypeConstraintConcept != nullptr; | ||||||
5023 | } | ||||||
5024 | |||||||
5025 | bool isDecltypeAuto() const { | ||||||
5026 | return getKeyword() == AutoTypeKeyword::DecltypeAuto; | ||||||
5027 | } | ||||||
5028 | |||||||
5029 | AutoTypeKeyword getKeyword() const { | ||||||
5030 | return (AutoTypeKeyword)AutoTypeBits.Keyword; | ||||||
5031 | } | ||||||
5032 | |||||||
5033 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context) { | ||||||
5034 | Profile(ID, Context, getDeducedType(), getKeyword(), isDependentType(), | ||||||
5035 | getTypeConstraintConcept(), getTypeConstraintArguments()); | ||||||
5036 | } | ||||||
5037 | |||||||
5038 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context, | ||||||
5039 | QualType Deduced, AutoTypeKeyword Keyword, | ||||||
5040 | bool IsDependent, ConceptDecl *CD, | ||||||
5041 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> Arguments); | ||||||
5042 | |||||||
5043 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { | ||||||
5044 | return T->getTypeClass() == Auto; | ||||||
5045 | } | ||||||
5046 | }; | ||||||
5047 | |||||||
5048 | /// Represents a C++17 deduced template specialization type. | ||||||
5049 | class DeducedTemplateSpecializationType : public DeducedType, | ||||||
5050 | public llvm::FoldingSetNode { | ||||||
5051 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these | ||||||
5052 | |||||||
5053 | /// The name of the template whose arguments will be deduced. | ||||||
5054 | TemplateName Template; | ||||||
5055 | |||||||
5056 | DeducedTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template, | ||||||
5057 | QualType DeducedAsType, | ||||||
5058 | bool IsDeducedAsDependent) | ||||||
5059 | : DeducedType(DeducedTemplateSpecialization, DeducedAsType, | ||||||
5060 | toTypeDependence(Template.getDependence()) | | ||||||
5061 | (IsDeducedAsDependent | ||||||
5062 | ? TypeDependence::DependentInstantiation | ||||||
5063 | : TypeDependence::None)), | ||||||
5064 | Template(Template) {} | ||||||
5065 | |||||||
5066 | public: | ||||||
5067 | /// Retrieve the name of the template that we are deducing. | ||||||
5068 | TemplateName getTemplateName() const { return Template;} | ||||||
5069 | |||||||
5070 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { | ||||||
5071 | Profile(ID, getTemplateName(), getDeducedType(), isDependentType()); | ||||||
5072 | } | ||||||
5073 | |||||||
5074 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, TemplateName Template, | ||||||
5075 | QualType Deduced, bool IsDependent) { | ||||||
5076 | Template.Profile(ID); | ||||||
5077 | ID.AddPointer(Deduced.getAsOpaquePtr()); | ||||||
5078 | ID.AddBoolean(IsDependent); | ||||||
5079 | } | ||||||
5080 | |||||||
5081 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { | ||||||
5082 | return T->getTypeClass() == DeducedTemplateSpecialization; | ||||||
5083 | } | ||||||
5084 | }; | ||||||
5085 | |||||||
5086 | /// Represents a type template specialization; the template | ||||||
5087 | /// must be a class template, a type alias template, or a template | ||||||
5088 | /// template parameter. A template which cannot be resolved to one of | ||||||
5089 | /// these, e.g. because it is written with a dependent scope | ||||||
5090 | /// specifier, is instead represented as a | ||||||
5091 | /// @c DependentTemplateSpecializationType. | ||||||
5092 | /// | ||||||
5093 | /// A non-dependent template specialization type is always "sugar", | ||||||
5094 | /// typically for a \c RecordType. For example, a class template | ||||||
5095 | /// specialization type of \c vector<int> will refer to a tag type for | ||||||
5096 | /// the instantiation \c std::vector<int, std::allocator<int>> | ||||||
5097 | /// | ||||||
5098 | /// Template specializations are dependent if either the template or | ||||||
5099 | /// any of the template arguments are dependent, in which case the | ||||||
5100 | /// type may also be canonical. | ||||||
5101 | /// | ||||||
5102 | /// Instances of this type are allocated with a trailing array of | ||||||
5103 | /// TemplateArguments, followed by a QualType representing the | ||||||
5104 | /// non-canonical aliased type when the template is a type alias | ||||||
5105 | /// template. | ||||||
5106 | class alignas(8) TemplateSpecializationType | ||||||
5107 | : public Type, | ||||||
5108 | public llvm::FoldingSetNode { | ||||||
5109 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these | ||||||
5110 | |||||||
5111 | /// The name of the template being specialized. This is | ||||||
5112 | /// either a TemplateName::Template (in which case it is a | ||||||
5113 | /// ClassTemplateDecl*, a TemplateTemplateParmDecl*, or a | ||||||
5114 | /// TypeAliasTemplateDecl*), a | ||||||
5115 | /// TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParmPack, or a | ||||||
5116 | /// TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParm (in which case the | ||||||
5117 | /// replacement must, recursively, be one of these). | ||||||
5118 | TemplateName Template; | ||||||
5119 | |||||||
5120 | TemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName T, | ||||||
5121 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> Args, | ||||||
5122 | QualType Canon, | ||||||
5123 | QualType Aliased); | ||||||
5124 | |||||||
5125 | public: | ||||||
5126 | /// Determine whether any of the given template arguments are dependent. | ||||||
5127 | /// | ||||||
5128 | /// The converted arguments should be supplied when known; whether an | ||||||
5129 | /// argument is dependent can depend on the conversions performed on it | ||||||
5130 | /// (for example, a 'const int' passed as a template argument might be | ||||||
5131 | /// dependent if the parameter is a reference but non-dependent if the | ||||||
5132 | /// parameter is an int). | ||||||
5133 | /// | ||||||
5134 | /// Note that the \p Args parameter is unused: this is intentional, to remind | ||||||
5135 | /// the caller that they need to pass in the converted arguments, not the | ||||||
5136 | /// specified arguments. | ||||||
5137 | static bool | ||||||
5138 | anyDependentTemplateArguments(ArrayRef<TemplateArgumentLoc> Args, | ||||||
5139 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> Converted); | ||||||
5140 | static bool | ||||||
5141 | anyDependentTemplateArguments(const TemplateArgumentListInfo &, | ||||||
5142 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> Converted); | ||||||
5143 | static bool anyInstantiationDependentTemplateArguments( | ||||||
5144 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgumentLoc> Args); | ||||||
5145 | |||||||
5146 | /// True if this template specialization type matches a current | ||||||
5147 | /// instantiation in the context in which it is found. | ||||||
5148 | bool isCurrentInstantiation() const { | ||||||
5149 | return isa<InjectedClassNameType>(getCanonicalTypeInternal()); | ||||||
5150 | } | ||||||
5151 | |||||||
5152 | /// Determine if this template specialization type is for a type alias | ||||||
5153 | /// template that has been substituted. | ||||||
5154 | /// | ||||||
5155 | /// Nearly every template specialization type whose template is an alias | ||||||
5156 | /// template will be substituted. However, this is not the case when | ||||||
5157 | /// the specialization contains a pack expansion but the template alias | ||||||
5158 | /// does not have a corresponding parameter pack, e.g., | ||||||
5159 | /// | ||||||
5160 | /// \code | ||||||
5161 | /// template<typename T, typename U, typename V> struct S; | ||||||
5162 | /// template<typename T, typename U> using A = S<T, int, U>; | ||||||
5163 | /// template<typename... Ts> struct X { | ||||||
5164 | /// typedef A<Ts...> type; // not a type alias | ||||||
5165 | /// }; | ||||||
5166 | /// \endcode | ||||||
5167 | bool isTypeAlias() const { return TemplateSpecializationTypeBits.TypeAlias; } | ||||||
5168 | |||||||
5169 | /// Get the aliased type, if this is a specialization of a type alias | ||||||
5170 | /// template. | ||||||
5171 | QualType getAliasedType() const { | ||||||
5172 | assert(isTypeAlias() && "not a type alias template specialization")(static_cast <bool> (isTypeAlias() && "not a type alias template specialization" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("isTypeAlias() && \"not a type alias template specialization\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 5172, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
5173 | return *reinterpret_cast<const QualType*>(end()); | ||||||
5174 | } | ||||||
5175 | |||||||
5176 | using iterator = const TemplateArgument *; | ||||||
5177 | |||||||
5178 | iterator begin() const { return getArgs(); } | ||||||
5179 | iterator end() const; // defined inline in TemplateBase.h | ||||||
5180 | |||||||
5181 | /// Retrieve the name of the template that we are specializing. | ||||||
5182 | TemplateName getTemplateName() const { return Template; } | ||||||
5183 | |||||||
5184 | /// Retrieve the template arguments. | ||||||
5185 | const TemplateArgument *getArgs() const { | ||||||
5186 | return reinterpret_cast<const TemplateArgument *>(this + 1); | ||||||
5187 | } | ||||||
5188 | |||||||
5189 | /// Retrieve the number of template arguments. | ||||||
5190 | unsigned getNumArgs() const { | ||||||
5191 | return TemplateSpecializationTypeBits.NumArgs; | ||||||
5192 | } | ||||||
5193 | |||||||
5194 | /// Retrieve a specific template argument as a type. | ||||||
5195 | /// \pre \c isArgType(Arg) | ||||||
5196 | const TemplateArgument &getArg(unsigned Idx) const; // in TemplateBase.h | ||||||
5197 | |||||||
5198 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> template_arguments() const { | ||||||
5199 | return {getArgs(), getNumArgs()}; | ||||||
5200 | } | ||||||
5201 | |||||||
5202 | bool isSugared() const { | ||||||
5203 | return !isDependentType() || isCurrentInstantiation() || isTypeAlias(); | ||||||
5204 | } | ||||||
5205 | |||||||
5206 | QualType desugar() const { | ||||||
5207 | return isTypeAlias() ? getAliasedType() : getCanonicalTypeInternal(); | ||||||
5208 | } | ||||||
5209 | |||||||
5210 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Ctx) { | ||||||
5211 | Profile(ID, Template, template_arguments(), Ctx); | ||||||
5212 | if (isTypeAlias()) | ||||||
5213 | getAliasedType().Profile(ID); | ||||||
5214 | } | ||||||
5215 | |||||||
5216 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, TemplateName T, | ||||||
5217 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> Args, | ||||||
5218 | const ASTContext &Context); | ||||||
5219 | |||||||
5220 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { | ||||||
5221 | return T->getTypeClass() == TemplateSpecialization; | ||||||
5222 | } | ||||||
5223 | }; | ||||||
5224 | |||||||
5225 | /// Print a template argument list, including the '<' and '>' | ||||||
5226 | /// enclosing the template arguments. | ||||||
5227 | void printTemplateArgumentList(raw_ostream &OS, | ||||||
5228 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> Args, | ||||||
5229 | const PrintingPolicy &Policy, | ||||||
5230 | const TemplateParameterList *TPL = nullptr); | ||||||
5231 | |||||||
5232 | void printTemplateArgumentList(raw_ostream &OS, | ||||||
5233 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgumentLoc> Args, | ||||||
5234 | const PrintingPolicy &Policy, | ||||||
5235 | const TemplateParameterList *TPL = nullptr); | ||||||
5236 | |||||||
5237 | void printTemplateArgumentList(raw_ostream &OS, | ||||||
5238 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args, | ||||||
5239 | const PrintingPolicy &Policy, | ||||||
5240 | const TemplateParameterList *TPL = nullptr); | ||||||
5241 | |||||||
5242 | /// The injected class name of a C++ class template or class | ||||||
5243 | /// template partial specialization. Used to record that a type was | ||||||
5244 | /// spelled with a bare identifier rather than as a template-id; the | ||||||
5245 | /// equivalent for non-templated classes is just RecordType. | ||||||
5246 | /// | ||||||
5247 | /// Injected class name types are always dependent. Template | ||||||
5248 | /// instantiation turns these into RecordTypes. | ||||||
5249 | /// | ||||||
5250 | /// Injected class name types are always canonical. This works | ||||||
5251 | /// because it is impossible to compare an injected class name type | ||||||
5252 | /// with the corresponding non-injected template type, for the same | ||||||
5253 | /// reason that it is impossible to directly compare template | ||||||
5254 | /// parameters from different dependent contexts: injected class name | ||||||
5255 | /// types can only occur within the scope of a particular templated | ||||||
5256 | /// declaration, and within that scope every template specialization | ||||||
5257 | /// will canonicalize to the injected class name (when appropriate | ||||||
5258 | /// according to the rules of the language). | ||||||
5259 | class InjectedClassNameType : public Type { | ||||||
5260 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. | ||||||
5261 | friend class ASTNodeImporter; | ||||||
5262 | friend class ASTReader; // FIXME: ASTContext::getInjectedClassNameType is not | ||||||
5263 | // currently suitable for AST reading, too much | ||||||
5264 | // interdependencies. | ||||||
5265 | template <class T> friend class serialization::AbstractTypeReader; | ||||||
5266 | |||||||
5267 | CXXRecordDecl *Decl; | ||||||
5268 | |||||||
5269 | /// The template specialization which this type represents. | ||||||
5270 | /// For example, in | ||||||
5271 | /// template <class T> class A { ... }; | ||||||
5272 | /// this is A<T>, whereas in | ||||||
5273 | /// template <class X, class Y> class A<B<X,Y> > { ... }; | ||||||
5274 | /// this is A<B<X,Y> >. | ||||||
5275 | /// | ||||||
5276 | /// It is always unqualified, always a template specialization type, | ||||||
5277 | /// and always dependent. | ||||||
5278 | QualType InjectedType; | ||||||
5279 | |||||||
5280 | InjectedClassNameType(CXXRecordDecl *D, QualType TST) | ||||||
5281 | : Type(InjectedClassName, QualType(), | ||||||
5282 | TypeDependence::DependentInstantiation), | ||||||
5283 | Decl(D), InjectedType(TST) { | ||||||
5284 | assert(isa<TemplateSpecializationType>(TST))(static_cast <bool> (isa<TemplateSpecializationType> (TST)) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<TemplateSpecializationType>(TST)" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 5284, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
5285 | assert(!TST.hasQualifiers())(static_cast <bool> (!TST.hasQualifiers()) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!TST.hasQualifiers()", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 5285, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
5286 | assert(TST->isDependentType())(static_cast <bool> (TST->isDependentType()) ? void ( 0) : __assert_fail ("TST->isDependentType()", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 5286, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
5287 | } | ||||||
5288 | |||||||
5289 | public: | ||||||
5290 | QualType getInjectedSpecializationType() const { return InjectedType; } | ||||||
5291 | |||||||
5292 | const TemplateSpecializationType *getInjectedTST() const { | ||||||
5293 | return cast<TemplateSpecializationType>(InjectedType.getTypePtr()); | ||||||
5294 | } | ||||||
5295 | |||||||
5296 | TemplateName getTemplateName() const { | ||||||
5297 | return getInjectedTST()->getTemplateName(); | ||||||
5298 | } | ||||||
5299 | |||||||
5300 | CXXRecordDecl *getDecl() const; | ||||||
5301 | |||||||
5302 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } | ||||||
5303 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } | ||||||
5304 | |||||||
5305 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { | ||||||
5306 | return T->getTypeClass() == InjectedClassName; | ||||||
5307 | } | ||||||
5308 | }; | ||||||
5309 | |||||||
5310 | /// The kind of a tag type. | ||||||
5311 | enum TagTypeKind { | ||||||
5312 | /// The "struct" keyword. | ||||||
5313 | TTK_Struct, | ||||||
5314 | |||||||
5315 | /// The "__interface" keyword. | ||||||
5316 | TTK_Interface, | ||||||
5317 | |||||||
5318 | /// The "union" keyword. | ||||||
5319 | TTK_Union, | ||||||
5320 | |||||||
5321 | /// The "class" keyword. | ||||||
5322 | TTK_Class, | ||||||
5323 | |||||||
5324 | /// The "enum" keyword. | ||||||
5325 | TTK_Enum | ||||||
5326 | }; | ||||||
5327 | |||||||
5328 | /// The elaboration keyword that precedes a qualified type name or | ||||||
5329 | /// introduces an elaborated-type-specifier. | ||||||
5330 | enum ElaboratedTypeKeyword { | ||||||
5331 | /// The "struct" keyword introduces the elaborated-type-specifier. | ||||||
5332 | ETK_Struct, | ||||||
5333 | |||||||
5334 | /// The "__interface" keyword introduces the elaborated-type-specifier. | ||||||
5335 | ETK_Interface, | ||||||
5336 | |||||||
5337 | /// The "union" keyword introduces the elaborated-type-specifier. | ||||||
5338 | ETK_Union, | ||||||
5339 | |||||||
5340 | /// The "class" keyword introduces the elaborated-type-specifier. | ||||||
5341 | ETK_Class, | ||||||
5342 | |||||||
5343 | /// The "enum" keyword introduces the elaborated-type-specifier. | ||||||
5344 | ETK_Enum, | ||||||
5345 | |||||||
5346 | /// The "typename" keyword precedes the qualified type name, e.g., | ||||||
5347 | /// \c typename T::type. | ||||||
5348 | ETK_Typename, | ||||||
5349 | |||||||
5350 | /// No keyword precedes the qualified type name. | ||||||
5351 | ETK_None | ||||||
5352 | }; | ||||||
5353 | |||||||
5354 | /// A helper class for Type nodes having an ElaboratedTypeKeyword. | ||||||
5355 | /// The keyword in stored in the free bits of the base class. | ||||||
5356 | /// Also provides a few static helpers for converting and printing | ||||||
5357 | /// elaborated type keyword and tag type kind enumerations. | ||||||
5358 | class TypeWithKeyword : public Type { | ||||||
5359 | protected: | ||||||
5360 | TypeWithKeyword(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, TypeClass tc, | ||||||
5361 | QualType Canonical, TypeDependence Dependence) | ||||||
5362 | : Type(tc, Canonical, Dependence) { | ||||||
5363 | TypeWithKeywordBits.Keyword = Keyword; | ||||||
5364 | } | ||||||
5365 | |||||||
5366 | public: | ||||||
5367 | ElaboratedTypeKeyword getKeyword() const { | ||||||
5368 | return static_cast<ElaboratedTypeKeyword>(TypeWithKeywordBits.Keyword); | ||||||
5369 | } | ||||||
5370 | |||||||
5371 | /// Converts a type specifier (DeclSpec::TST) into an elaborated type keyword. | ||||||
5372 | static ElaboratedTypeKeyword getKeywordForTypeSpec(unsigned TypeSpec); | ||||||
5373 | |||||||
5374 | /// Converts a type specifier (DeclSpec::TST) into a tag type kind. | ||||||
5375 | /// It is an error to provide a type specifier which *isn't* a tag kind here. | ||||||
5376 | static TagTypeKind getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(unsigned TypeSpec); | ||||||
5377 | |||||||
5378 | /// Converts a TagTypeKind into an elaborated type keyword. | ||||||
5379 | static ElaboratedTypeKeyword getKeywordForTagTypeKind(TagTypeKind Tag); | ||||||
5380 | |||||||
5381 | /// Converts an elaborated type keyword into a TagTypeKind. | ||||||
5382 | /// It is an error to provide an elaborated type keyword | ||||||
5383 | /// which *isn't* a tag kind here. | ||||||
5384 | static TagTypeKind getTagTypeKindForKeyword(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword); | ||||||
5385 | |||||||
5386 | static bool KeywordIsTagTypeKind(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword); | ||||||
5387 | |||||||
5388 | static StringRef getKeywordName(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword); | ||||||
5389 | |||||||
5390 | static StringRef getTagTypeKindName(TagTypeKind Kind) { | ||||||
5391 | return getKeywordName(getKeywordForTagTypeKind(Kind)); | ||||||
5392 | } | ||||||
5393 | |||||||
5394 | class CannotCastToThisType {}; | ||||||
5395 | static CannotCastToThisType classof(const Type *); | ||||||
5396 | }; | ||||||
5397 | |||||||
5398 | /// Represents a type that was referred to using an elaborated type | ||||||
5399 | /// keyword, e.g., struct S, or via a qualified name, e.g., N::M::type, | ||||||
5400 | /// or both. | ||||||
5401 | /// | ||||||
5402 | /// This type is used to keep track of a type name as written in the | ||||||
5403 | /// source code, including tag keywords and any nested-name-specifiers. | ||||||
5404 | /// The type itself is always "sugar", used to express what was written | ||||||
5405 | /// in the source code but containing no additional semantic information. | ||||||
5406 | class ElaboratedType final | ||||||
5407 | : public TypeWithKeyword, | ||||||
5408 | public llvm::FoldingSetNode, | ||||||
5409 | private llvm::TrailingObjects<ElaboratedType, TagDecl *> { | ||||||
5410 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these | ||||||
5411 | friend TrailingObjects; | ||||||
5412 | |||||||
5413 | /// The nested name specifier containing the qualifier. | ||||||
5414 | NestedNameSpecifier *NNS; | ||||||
5415 | |||||||
5416 | /// The type that this qualified name refers to. | ||||||
5417 | QualType NamedType; | ||||||
5418 | |||||||
5419 | /// The (re)declaration of this tag type owned by this occurrence is stored | ||||||
5420 | /// as a trailing object if there is one. Use getOwnedTagDecl to obtain | ||||||
5421 | /// it, or obtain a null pointer if there is none. | ||||||
5422 | |||||||
5423 | ElaboratedType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, | ||||||
5424 | QualType NamedType, QualType CanonType, TagDecl *OwnedTagDecl) | ||||||
5425 | : TypeWithKeyword(Keyword, Elaborated, CanonType, | ||||||
5426 | // Any semantic dependence on the qualifier will have | ||||||
5427 | // been incorporated into NamedType. We still need to | ||||||
5428 | // track syntactic (instantiation / error / pack) | ||||||
5429 | // dependence on the qualifier. | ||||||
5430 | NamedType->getDependence() | | ||||||
5431 | (NNS ? toSyntacticDependence( | ||||||
5432 | toTypeDependence(NNS->getDependence())) | ||||||
5433 | : TypeDependence::None)), | ||||||
5434 | NNS(NNS), NamedType(NamedType) { | ||||||
5435 | ElaboratedTypeBits.HasOwnedTagDecl = false; | ||||||
5436 | if (OwnedTagDecl) { | ||||||
5437 | ElaboratedTypeBits.HasOwnedTagDecl = true; | ||||||
5438 | *getTrailingObjects<TagDecl *>() = OwnedTagDecl; | ||||||
5439 | } | ||||||
5440 | assert(!(Keyword == ETK_None && NNS == nullptr) &&(static_cast <bool> (!(Keyword == ETK_None && NNS == nullptr) && "ElaboratedType cannot have elaborated type keyword " "and name qualifier both null.") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ( "!(Keyword == ETK_None && NNS == nullptr) && \"ElaboratedType cannot have elaborated type keyword \" \"and name qualifier both null.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 5442, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||
5441 | "ElaboratedType cannot have elaborated type keyword "(static_cast <bool> (!(Keyword == ETK_None && NNS == nullptr) && "ElaboratedType cannot have elaborated type keyword " "and name qualifier both null.") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ( "!(Keyword == ETK_None && NNS == nullptr) && \"ElaboratedType cannot have elaborated type keyword \" \"and name qualifier both null.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 5442, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||
5442 | "and name qualifier both null.")(static_cast <bool> (!(Keyword == ETK_None && NNS == nullptr) && "ElaboratedType cannot have elaborated type keyword " "and name qualifier both null.") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ( "!(Keyword == ETK_None && NNS == nullptr) && \"ElaboratedType cannot have elaborated type keyword \" \"and name qualifier both null.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 5442, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
5443 | } | ||||||
5444 | |||||||
5445 | public: | ||||||
5446 | /// Retrieve the qualification on this type. | ||||||
5447 | NestedNameSpecifier *getQualifier() const { return NNS; } | ||||||
5448 | |||||||
5449 | /// Retrieve the type named by the qualified-id. | ||||||
5450 | QualType getNamedType() const { return NamedType; } | ||||||
5451 | |||||||
5452 | /// Remove a single level of sugar. | ||||||
5453 | QualType desugar() const { return getNamedType(); } | ||||||
5454 | |||||||
5455 | /// Returns whether this type directly provides sugar. | ||||||
5456 | bool isSugared() const { return true; } | ||||||
5457 | |||||||
5458 | /// Return the (re)declaration of this type owned by this occurrence of this | ||||||
5459 | /// type, or nullptr if there is none. | ||||||
5460 | TagDecl *getOwnedTagDecl() const { | ||||||
5461 | return ElaboratedTypeBits.HasOwnedTagDecl ? *getTrailingObjects<TagDecl *>() | ||||||
5462 | : nullptr; | ||||||
5463 | } | ||||||
5464 | |||||||
5465 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { | ||||||
5466 | Profile(ID, getKeyword(), NNS, NamedType, getOwnedTagDecl()); | ||||||
5467 | } | ||||||
5468 | |||||||
5469 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, | ||||||
5470 | NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, QualType NamedType, | ||||||
5471 | TagDecl *OwnedTagDecl) { | ||||||
5472 | ID.AddInteger(Keyword); | ||||||
5473 | ID.AddPointer(NNS); | ||||||
5474 | NamedType.Profile(ID); | ||||||
5475 | ID.AddPointer(OwnedTagDecl); | ||||||
5476 | } | ||||||
5477 | |||||||
5478 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Elaborated; } | ||||||
5479 | }; | ||||||
5480 | |||||||
5481 | /// Represents a qualified type name for which the type name is | ||||||
5482 | /// dependent. | ||||||
5483 | /// | ||||||
5484 | /// DependentNameType represents a class of dependent types that involve a | ||||||
5485 | /// possibly dependent nested-name-specifier (e.g., "T::") followed by a | ||||||
5486 | /// name of a type. The DependentNameType may start with a "typename" (for a | ||||||
5487 | /// typename-specifier), "class", "struct", "union", or "enum" (for a | ||||||
5488 | /// dependent elaborated-type-specifier), or nothing (in contexts where we | ||||||
5489 | /// know that we must be referring to a type, e.g., in a base class specifier). | ||||||
5490 | /// Typically the nested-name-specifier is dependent, but in MSVC compatibility | ||||||
5491 | /// mode, this type is used with non-dependent names to delay name lookup until | ||||||
5492 | /// instantiation. | ||||||
5493 | class DependentNameType : public TypeWithKeyword, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { | ||||||
5494 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these | ||||||
5495 | |||||||
5496 | /// The nested name specifier containing the qualifier. | ||||||
5497 | NestedNameSpecifier *NNS; | ||||||
5498 | |||||||
5499 | /// The type that this typename specifier refers to. | ||||||
5500 | const IdentifierInfo *Name; | ||||||
5501 | |||||||
5502 | DependentNameType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, | ||||||
5503 | const IdentifierInfo *Name, QualType CanonType) | ||||||
5504 | : TypeWithKeyword(Keyword, DependentName, CanonType, | ||||||
5505 | TypeDependence::DependentInstantiation | | ||||||
5506 | toTypeDependence(NNS->getDependence())), | ||||||
5507 | NNS(NNS), Name(Name) {} | ||||||
5508 | |||||||
5509 | public: | ||||||
5510 | /// Retrieve the qualification on this type. | ||||||
5511 | NestedNameSpecifier *getQualifier() const { return NNS; } | ||||||
5512 | |||||||
5513 | /// Retrieve the type named by the typename specifier as an identifier. | ||||||
5514 | /// | ||||||
5515 | /// This routine will return a non-NULL identifier pointer when the | ||||||
5516 | /// form of the original typename was terminated by an identifier, | ||||||
5517 | /// e.g., "typename T::type". | ||||||
5518 | const IdentifierInfo *getIdentifier() const { | ||||||
5519 | return Name; | ||||||
5520 | } | ||||||
5521 | |||||||
5522 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } | ||||||
5523 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } | ||||||
5524 | |||||||
5525 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { | ||||||
5526 | Profile(ID, getKeyword(), NNS, Name); | ||||||
5527 | } | ||||||
5528 | |||||||
5529 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, | ||||||
5530 | NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, const IdentifierInfo *Name) { | ||||||
5531 | ID.AddInteger(Keyword); | ||||||
5532 | ID.AddPointer(NNS); | ||||||
5533 | ID.AddPointer(Name); | ||||||
5534 | } | ||||||
5535 | |||||||
5536 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { | ||||||
5537 | return T->getTypeClass() == DependentName; | ||||||
5538 | } | ||||||
5539 | }; | ||||||
5540 | |||||||
5541 | /// Represents a template specialization type whose template cannot be | ||||||
5542 | /// resolved, e.g. | ||||||
5543 | /// A<T>::template B<T> | ||||||
5544 | class alignas(8) DependentTemplateSpecializationType | ||||||
5545 | : public TypeWithKeyword, | ||||||
5546 | public llvm::FoldingSetNode { | ||||||
5547 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these | ||||||
5548 | |||||||
5549 | /// The nested name specifier containing the qualifier. | ||||||
5550 | NestedNameSpecifier *NNS; | ||||||
5551 | |||||||
5552 | /// The identifier of the template. | ||||||
5553 | const IdentifierInfo *Name; | ||||||
5554 | |||||||
5555 | DependentTemplateSpecializationType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, | ||||||
5556 | NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, | ||||||
5557 | const IdentifierInfo *Name, | ||||||
5558 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> Args, | ||||||
5559 | QualType Canon); | ||||||
5560 | |||||||
5561 | const TemplateArgument *getArgBuffer() const { | ||||||
5562 | return reinterpret_cast<const TemplateArgument*>(this+1); | ||||||
5563 | } | ||||||
5564 | |||||||
5565 | TemplateArgument *getArgBuffer() { | ||||||
5566 | return reinterpret_cast<TemplateArgument*>(this+1); | ||||||
5567 | } | ||||||
5568 | |||||||
5569 | public: | ||||||
5570 | NestedNameSpecifier *getQualifier() const { return NNS; } | ||||||
5571 | const IdentifierInfo *getIdentifier() const { return Name; } | ||||||
5572 | |||||||
5573 | /// Retrieve the template arguments. | ||||||
5574 | const TemplateArgument *getArgs() const { | ||||||
5575 | return getArgBuffer(); | ||||||
5576 | } | ||||||
5577 | |||||||
5578 | /// Retrieve the number of template arguments. | ||||||
5579 | unsigned getNumArgs() const { | ||||||
5580 | return DependentTemplateSpecializationTypeBits.NumArgs; | ||||||
5581 | } | ||||||
5582 | |||||||
5583 | const TemplateArgument &getArg(unsigned Idx) const; // in TemplateBase.h | ||||||
5584 | |||||||
5585 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> template_arguments() const { | ||||||
5586 | return {getArgs(), getNumArgs()}; | ||||||
5587 | } | ||||||
5588 | |||||||
5589 | using iterator = const TemplateArgument *; | ||||||
5590 | |||||||
5591 | iterator begin() const { return getArgs(); } | ||||||
5592 | iterator end() const; // inline in TemplateBase.h | ||||||
5593 | |||||||
5594 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } | ||||||
5595 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } | ||||||
5596 | |||||||
5597 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context) { | ||||||
5598 | Profile(ID, Context, getKeyword(), NNS, Name, {getArgs(), getNumArgs()}); | ||||||
5599 | } | ||||||
5600 | |||||||
5601 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, | ||||||
5602 | const ASTContext &Context, | ||||||
5603 | ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, | ||||||
5604 | NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier, | ||||||
5605 | const IdentifierInfo *Name, | ||||||
5606 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> Args); | ||||||
5607 | |||||||
5608 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { | ||||||
5609 | return T->getTypeClass() == DependentTemplateSpecialization; | ||||||
5610 | } | ||||||
5611 | }; | ||||||
5612 | |||||||
5613 | /// Represents a pack expansion of types. | ||||||
5614 | /// | ||||||
5615 | /// Pack expansions are part of C++11 variadic templates. A pack | ||||||
5616 | /// expansion contains a pattern, which itself contains one or more | ||||||
5617 | /// "unexpanded" parameter packs. When instantiated, a pack expansion | ||||||
5618 | /// produces a series of types, each instantiated from the pattern of | ||||||
5619 | /// the expansion, where the Ith instantiation of the pattern uses the | ||||||
5620 | /// Ith arguments bound to each of the unexpanded parameter packs. The | ||||||
5621 | /// pack expansion is considered to "expand" these unexpanded | ||||||
5622 | /// parameter packs. | ||||||
5623 | /// | ||||||
5624 | /// \code | ||||||
5625 | /// template<typename ...Types> struct tuple; | ||||||
5626 | /// | ||||||
5627 | /// template<typename ...Types> | ||||||
5628 | /// struct tuple_of_references { | ||||||
5629 | /// typedef tuple<Types&...> type; | ||||||
5630 | /// }; | ||||||
5631 | /// \endcode | ||||||
5632 | /// | ||||||
5633 | /// Here, the pack expansion \c Types&... is represented via a | ||||||
5634 | /// PackExpansionType whose pattern is Types&. | ||||||
5635 | class PackExpansionType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { | ||||||
5636 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these | ||||||
5637 | |||||||
5638 | /// The pattern of the pack expansion. | ||||||
5639 | QualType Pattern; | ||||||
5640 | |||||||
5641 | PackExpansionType(QualType Pattern, QualType Canon, | ||||||
5642 | Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions) | ||||||
5643 | : Type(PackExpansion, Canon, | ||||||
5644 | (Pattern->getDependence() | TypeDependence::Dependent | | ||||||
5645 | TypeDependence::Instantiation) & | ||||||
5646 | ~TypeDependence::UnexpandedPack), | ||||||
5647 | Pattern(Pattern) { | ||||||
5648 | PackExpansionTypeBits.NumExpansions = | ||||||
5649 | NumExpansions ? *NumExpansions + 1 : 0; | ||||||
5650 | } | ||||||
5651 | |||||||
5652 | public: | ||||||
5653 | /// Retrieve the pattern of this pack expansion, which is the | ||||||
5654 | /// type that will be repeatedly instantiated when instantiating the | ||||||
5655 | /// pack expansion itself. | ||||||
5656 | QualType getPattern() const { return Pattern; } | ||||||
5657 | |||||||
5658 | /// Retrieve the number of expansions that this pack expansion will | ||||||
5659 | /// generate, if known. | ||||||
5660 | Optional<unsigned> getNumExpansions() const { | ||||||
5661 | if (PackExpansionTypeBits.NumExpansions) | ||||||
5662 | return PackExpansionTypeBits.NumExpansions - 1; | ||||||
5663 | return None; | ||||||
5664 | } | ||||||
5665 | |||||||
5666 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } | ||||||
5667 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } | ||||||
5668 | |||||||
5669 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { | ||||||
5670 | Profile(ID, getPattern(), getNumExpansions()); | ||||||
5671 | } | ||||||
5672 | |||||||
5673 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Pattern, | ||||||
5674 | Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions) { | ||||||
5675 | ID.AddPointer(Pattern.getAsOpaquePtr()); | ||||||
5676 | ID.AddBoolean(NumExpansions.hasValue()); | ||||||
5677 | if (NumExpansions) | ||||||
5678 | ID.AddInteger(*NumExpansions); | ||||||
5679 | } | ||||||
5680 | |||||||
5681 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { | ||||||
5682 | return T->getTypeClass() == PackExpansion; | ||||||
5683 | } | ||||||
5684 | }; | ||||||
5685 | |||||||
5686 | /// This class wraps the list of protocol qualifiers. For types that can | ||||||
5687 | /// take ObjC protocol qualifers, they can subclass this class. | ||||||
5688 | template <class T> | ||||||
5689 | class ObjCProtocolQualifiers { | ||||||
5690 | protected: | ||||||
5691 | ObjCProtocolQualifiers() = default; | ||||||
5692 | |||||||
5693 | ObjCProtocolDecl * const *getProtocolStorage() const { | ||||||
5694 | return const_cast<ObjCProtocolQualifiers*>(this)->getProtocolStorage(); | ||||||
5695 | } | ||||||
5696 | |||||||
5697 | ObjCProtocolDecl **getProtocolStorage() { | ||||||
5698 | return static_cast<T*>(this)->getProtocolStorageImpl(); | ||||||
5699 | } | ||||||
5700 | |||||||
5701 | void setNumProtocols(unsigned N) { | ||||||
5702 | static_cast<T*>(this)->setNumProtocolsImpl(N); | ||||||
5703 | } | ||||||
5704 | |||||||
5705 | void initialize(ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> protocols) { | ||||||
5706 | setNumProtocols(protocols.size()); | ||||||
5707 | assert(getNumProtocols() == protocols.size() &&(static_cast <bool> (getNumProtocols() == protocols.size () && "bitfield overflow in protocol count") ? void ( 0) : __assert_fail ("getNumProtocols() == protocols.size() && \"bitfield overflow in protocol count\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 5708, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||
5708 | "bitfield overflow in protocol count")(static_cast <bool> (getNumProtocols() == protocols.size () && "bitfield overflow in protocol count") ? void ( 0) : __assert_fail ("getNumProtocols() == protocols.size() && \"bitfield overflow in protocol count\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 5708, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
5709 | if (!protocols.empty()) | ||||||
5710 | memcpy(getProtocolStorage(), protocols.data(), | ||||||
5711 | protocols.size() * sizeof(ObjCProtocolDecl*)); | ||||||
5712 | } | ||||||
5713 | |||||||
5714 | public: | ||||||
5715 | using qual_iterator = ObjCProtocolDecl * const *; | ||||||
5716 | using qual_range = llvm::iterator_range<qual_iterator>; | ||||||
5717 | |||||||
5718 | qual_range quals() const { return qual_range(qual_begin(), qual_end()); } | ||||||
5719 | qual_iterator qual_begin() const { return getProtocolStorage(); } | ||||||
5720 | qual_iterator qual_end() const { return qual_begin() + getNumProtocols(); } | ||||||
5721 | |||||||
5722 | bool qual_empty() const { return getNumProtocols() == 0; } | ||||||
5723 | |||||||
5724 | /// Return the number of qualifying protocols in this type, or 0 if | ||||||
5725 | /// there are none. | ||||||
5726 | unsigned getNumProtocols() const { | ||||||
5727 | return static_cast<const T*>(this)->getNumProtocolsImpl(); | ||||||
5728 | } | ||||||
5729 | |||||||
5730 | /// Fetch a protocol by index. | ||||||
5731 | ObjCProtocolDecl *getProtocol(unsigned I) const { | ||||||
5732 | assert(I < getNumProtocols() && "Out-of-range protocol access")(static_cast <bool> (I < getNumProtocols() && "Out-of-range protocol access") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ( "I < getNumProtocols() && \"Out-of-range protocol access\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 5732, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
5733 | return qual_begin()[I]; | ||||||
5734 | } | ||||||
5735 | |||||||
5736 | /// Retrieve all of the protocol qualifiers. | ||||||
5737 | ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> getProtocols() const { | ||||||
5738 | return ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *>(qual_begin(), getNumProtocols()); | ||||||
5739 | } | ||||||
5740 | }; | ||||||
5741 | |||||||
5742 | /// Represents a type parameter type in Objective C. It can take | ||||||
5743 | /// a list of protocols. | ||||||
5744 | class ObjCTypeParamType : public Type, | ||||||
5745 | public ObjCProtocolQualifiers<ObjCTypeParamType>, | ||||||
5746 | public llvm::FoldingSetNode { | ||||||
5747 | friend class ASTContext; | ||||||
5748 | friend class ObjCProtocolQualifiers<ObjCTypeParamType>; | ||||||
5749 | |||||||
5750 | /// The number of protocols stored on this type. | ||||||
5751 | unsigned NumProtocols : 6; | ||||||
5752 | |||||||
5753 | ObjCTypeParamDecl *OTPDecl; | ||||||
5754 | |||||||
5755 | /// The protocols are stored after the ObjCTypeParamType node. In the | ||||||
5756 | /// canonical type, the list of protocols are sorted alphabetically | ||||||
5757 | /// and uniqued. | ||||||
5758 | ObjCProtocolDecl **getProtocolStorageImpl(); | ||||||
5759 | |||||||
5760 | /// Return the number of qualifying protocols in this interface type, | ||||||
5761 | /// or 0 if there are none. | ||||||
5762 | unsigned getNumProtocolsImpl() const { | ||||||
5763 | return NumProtocols; | ||||||
5764 | } | ||||||
5765 | |||||||
5766 | void setNumProtocolsImpl(unsigned N) { | ||||||
5767 | NumProtocols = N; | ||||||
5768 | } | ||||||
5769 | |||||||
5770 | ObjCTypeParamType(const ObjCTypeParamDecl *D, | ||||||
5771 | QualType can, | ||||||
5772 | ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> protocols); | ||||||
5773 | |||||||
5774 | public: | ||||||
5775 | bool isSugared() const { return true; } | ||||||
5776 | QualType desugar() const { return getCanonicalTypeInternal(); } | ||||||
5777 | |||||||
5778 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { | ||||||
5779 | return T->getTypeClass() == ObjCTypeParam; | ||||||
5780 | } | ||||||
5781 | |||||||
5782 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID); | ||||||
5783 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, | ||||||
5784 | const ObjCTypeParamDecl *OTPDecl, | ||||||
5785 | QualType CanonicalType, | ||||||
5786 | ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> protocols); | ||||||
5787 | |||||||
5788 | ObjCTypeParamDecl *getDecl() const { return OTPDecl; } | ||||||
5789 | }; | ||||||
5790 | |||||||
5791 | /// Represents a class type in Objective C. | ||||||
5792 | /// | ||||||
5793 | /// Every Objective C type is a combination of a base type, a set of | ||||||
5794 | /// type arguments (optional, for parameterized classes) and a list of | ||||||
5795 | /// protocols. | ||||||
5796 | /// | ||||||
5797 | /// Given the following declarations: | ||||||
5798 | /// \code | ||||||
5799 | /// \@class C<T>; | ||||||
5800 | /// \@protocol P; | ||||||
5801 | /// \endcode | ||||||
5802 | /// | ||||||
5803 | /// 'C' is an ObjCInterfaceType C. It is sugar for an ObjCObjectType | ||||||
5804 | /// with base C and no protocols. | ||||||
5805 | /// | ||||||
5806 | /// 'C<P>' is an unspecialized ObjCObjectType with base C and protocol list [P]. | ||||||
5807 | /// 'C<C*>' is a specialized ObjCObjectType with type arguments 'C*' and no | ||||||
5808 | /// protocol list. | ||||||
5809 | /// 'C<C*><P>' is a specialized ObjCObjectType with base C, type arguments 'C*', | ||||||
5810 | /// and protocol list [P]. | ||||||
5811 | /// | ||||||
5812 | /// 'id' is a TypedefType which is sugar for an ObjCObjectPointerType whose | ||||||
5813 | /// pointee is an ObjCObjectType with base BuiltinType::ObjCIdType | ||||||
5814 | /// and no protocols. | ||||||
5815 | /// | ||||||
5816 | /// 'id<P>' is an ObjCObjectPointerType whose pointee is an ObjCObjectType | ||||||
5817 | /// with base BuiltinType::ObjCIdType and protocol list [P]. Eventually | ||||||
5818 | /// this should get its own sugar class to better represent the source. | ||||||
5819 | class ObjCObjectType : public Type, | ||||||
5820 | public ObjCProtocolQualifiers<ObjCObjectType> { | ||||||
5821 | friend class ObjCProtocolQualifiers<ObjCObjectType>; | ||||||
5822 | |||||||
5823 | // ObjCObjectType.NumTypeArgs - the number of type arguments stored | ||||||
5824 | // after the ObjCObjectPointerType node. | ||||||
5825 | // ObjCObjectType.NumProtocols - the number of protocols stored | ||||||
5826 | // after the type arguments of ObjCObjectPointerType node. | ||||||
5827 | // | ||||||
5828 | // These protocols are those written directly on the type. If | ||||||
5829 | // protocol qualifiers ever become additive, the iterators will need | ||||||
5830 | // to get kindof complicated. | ||||||
5831 | // | ||||||
5832 | // In the canonical object type, these are sorted alphabetically | ||||||
5833 | // and uniqued. | ||||||
5834 | |||||||
5835 | /// Either a BuiltinType or an InterfaceType or sugar for either. | ||||||
5836 | QualType BaseType; | ||||||
5837 | |||||||
5838 | /// Cached superclass type. | ||||||
5839 | mutable llvm::PointerIntPair<const ObjCObjectType *, 1, bool> | ||||||
5840 | CachedSuperClassType; | ||||||
5841 | |||||||
5842 | QualType *getTypeArgStorage(); | ||||||
5843 | const QualType *getTypeArgStorage() const { | ||||||
5844 | return const_cast<ObjCObjectType *>(this)->getTypeArgStorage(); | ||||||
5845 | } | ||||||
5846 | |||||||
5847 | ObjCProtocolDecl **getProtocolStorageImpl(); | ||||||
5848 | /// Return the number of qualifying protocols in this interface type, | ||||||
5849 | /// or 0 if there are none. | ||||||
5850 | unsigned getNumProtocolsImpl() const { | ||||||
5851 | return ObjCObjectTypeBits.NumProtocols; | ||||||
5852 | } | ||||||
5853 | void setNumProtocolsImpl(unsigned N) { | ||||||
5854 | ObjCObjectTypeBits.NumProtocols = N; | ||||||
5855 | } | ||||||
5856 | |||||||
5857 | protected: | ||||||
5858 | enum Nonce_ObjCInterface { Nonce_ObjCInterface }; | ||||||
5859 | |||||||
5860 | ObjCObjectType(QualType Canonical, QualType Base, | ||||||
5861 | ArrayRef<QualType> typeArgs, | ||||||
5862 | ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> protocols, | ||||||
5863 | bool isKindOf); | ||||||
5864 | |||||||
5865 | ObjCObjectType(enum Nonce_ObjCInterface) | ||||||
5866 | : Type(ObjCInterface, QualType(), TypeDependence::None), | ||||||
5867 | BaseType(QualType(this_(), 0)) { | ||||||
5868 | ObjCObjectTypeBits.NumProtocols = 0; | ||||||
5869 | ObjCObjectTypeBits.NumTypeArgs = 0; | ||||||
5870 | ObjCObjectTypeBits.IsKindOf = 0; | ||||||
5871 | } | ||||||
5872 | |||||||
5873 | void computeSuperClassTypeSlow() const; | ||||||
5874 | |||||||
5875 | public: | ||||||
5876 | /// Gets the base type of this object type. This is always (possibly | ||||||
5877 | /// sugar for) one of: | ||||||
5878 | /// - the 'id' builtin type (as opposed to the 'id' type visible to the | ||||||
5879 | /// user, which is a typedef for an ObjCObjectPointerType) | ||||||
5880 | /// - the 'Class' builtin type (same caveat) | ||||||
5881 | /// - an ObjCObjectType (currently always an ObjCInterfaceType) | ||||||
5882 | QualType getBaseType() const { return BaseType; } | ||||||
5883 | |||||||
5884 | bool isObjCId() const { | ||||||
5885 | return getBaseType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ObjCId); | ||||||
5886 | } | ||||||
5887 | |||||||
5888 | bool isObjCClass() const { | ||||||
5889 | return getBaseType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ObjCClass); | ||||||
5890 | } | ||||||
5891 | |||||||
5892 | bool isObjCUnqualifiedId() const { return qual_empty() && isObjCId(); } | ||||||
5893 | bool isObjCUnqualifiedClass() const { return qual_empty() && isObjCClass(); } | ||||||
5894 | bool isObjCUnqualifiedIdOrClass() const { | ||||||
5895 | if (!qual_empty()) return false; | ||||||
5896 | if (const BuiltinType *T = getBaseType()->getAs<BuiltinType>()) | ||||||
5897 | return T->getKind() == BuiltinType::ObjCId || | ||||||
5898 | T->getKind() == BuiltinType::ObjCClass; | ||||||
5899 | return false; | ||||||
5900 | } | ||||||
5901 | bool isObjCQualifiedId() const { return !qual_empty() && isObjCId(); } | ||||||
5902 | bool isObjCQualifiedClass() const { return !qual_empty() && isObjCClass(); } | ||||||
5903 | |||||||
5904 | /// Gets the interface declaration for this object type, if the base type | ||||||
5905 | /// really is an interface. | ||||||
5906 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *getInterface() const; | ||||||
5907 | |||||||
5908 | /// Determine whether this object type is "specialized", meaning | ||||||
5909 | /// that it has type arguments. | ||||||
5910 | bool isSpecialized() const; | ||||||
5911 | |||||||
5912 | /// Determine whether this object type was written with type arguments. | ||||||
5913 | bool isSpecializedAsWritten() const { | ||||||
5914 | return ObjCObjectTypeBits.NumTypeArgs > 0; | ||||||
5915 | } | ||||||
5916 | |||||||
5917 | /// Determine whether this object type is "unspecialized", meaning | ||||||
5918 | /// that it has no type arguments. | ||||||
5919 | bool isUnspecialized() const { return !isSpecialized(); } | ||||||
5920 | |||||||
5921 | /// Determine whether this object type is "unspecialized" as | ||||||
5922 | /// written, meaning that it has no type arguments. | ||||||
5923 | bool isUnspecializedAsWritten() const { return !isSpecializedAsWritten(); } | ||||||
5924 | |||||||
5925 | /// Retrieve the type arguments of this object type (semantically). | ||||||
5926 | ArrayRef<QualType> getTypeArgs() const; | ||||||
5927 | |||||||
5928 | /// Retrieve the type arguments of this object type as they were | ||||||
5929 | /// written. | ||||||
5930 | ArrayRef<QualType> getTypeArgsAsWritten() const { | ||||||
5931 | return llvm::makeArrayRef(getTypeArgStorage(), | ||||||
5932 | ObjCObjectTypeBits.NumTypeArgs); | ||||||
5933 | } | ||||||
5934 | |||||||
5935 | /// Whether this is a "__kindof" type as written. | ||||||
5936 | bool isKindOfTypeAsWritten() const { return ObjCObjectTypeBits.IsKindOf; } | ||||||
5937 | |||||||
5938 | /// Whether this ia a "__kindof" type (semantically). | ||||||
5939 | bool isKindOfType() const; | ||||||
5940 | |||||||
5941 | /// Retrieve the type of the superclass of this object type. | ||||||
5942 | /// | ||||||
5943 | /// This operation substitutes any type arguments into the | ||||||
5944 | /// superclass of the current class type, potentially producing a | ||||||
5945 | /// specialization of the superclass type. Produces a null type if | ||||||
5946 | /// there is no superclass. | ||||||
5947 | QualType getSuperClassType() const { | ||||||
5948 | if (!CachedSuperClassType.getInt()) | ||||||
5949 | computeSuperClassTypeSlow(); | ||||||
5950 | |||||||
5951 | assert(CachedSuperClassType.getInt() && "Superclass not set?")(static_cast <bool> (CachedSuperClassType.getInt() && "Superclass not set?") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("CachedSuperClassType.getInt() && \"Superclass not set?\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 5951, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
5952 | return QualType(CachedSuperClassType.getPointer(), 0); | ||||||
5953 | } | ||||||
5954 | |||||||
5955 | /// Strip off the Objective-C "kindof" type and (with it) any | ||||||
5956 | /// protocol qualifiers. | ||||||
5957 | QualType stripObjCKindOfTypeAndQuals(const ASTContext &ctx) const; | ||||||
5958 | |||||||
5959 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } | ||||||
5960 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } | ||||||
5961 | |||||||
5962 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { | ||||||
5963 | return T->getTypeClass() == ObjCObject || | ||||||
5964 | T->getTypeClass() == ObjCInterface; | ||||||
5965 | } | ||||||
5966 | }; | ||||||
5967 | |||||||
5968 | /// A class providing a concrete implementation | ||||||
5969 | /// of ObjCObjectType, so as to not increase the footprint of | ||||||
5970 | /// ObjCInterfaceType. Code outside of ASTContext and the core type | ||||||
5971 | /// system should not reference this type. | ||||||
5972 | class ObjCObjectTypeImpl : public ObjCObjectType, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { | ||||||
5973 | friend class ASTContext; | ||||||
5974 | |||||||
5975 | // If anyone adds fields here, ObjCObjectType::getProtocolStorage() | ||||||
5976 | // will need to be modified. | ||||||
5977 | |||||||
5978 | ObjCObjectTypeImpl(QualType Canonical, QualType Base, | ||||||
5979 | ArrayRef<QualType> typeArgs, | ||||||
5980 | ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> protocols, | ||||||
5981 | bool isKindOf) | ||||||
5982 | : ObjCObjectType(Canonical, Base, typeArgs, protocols, isKindOf) {} | ||||||
5983 | |||||||
5984 | public: | ||||||
5985 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID); | ||||||
5986 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, | ||||||
5987 | QualType Base, | ||||||
5988 | ArrayRef<QualType> typeArgs, | ||||||
5989 | ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> protocols, | ||||||
5990 | bool isKindOf); | ||||||
5991 | }; | ||||||
5992 | |||||||
5993 | inline QualType *ObjCObjectType::getTypeArgStorage() { | ||||||
5994 | return reinterpret_cast<QualType *>(static_cast<ObjCObjectTypeImpl*>(this)+1); | ||||||
5995 | } | ||||||
5996 | |||||||
5997 | inline ObjCProtocolDecl **ObjCObjectType::getProtocolStorageImpl() { | ||||||
5998 | return reinterpret_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl**>( | ||||||
5999 | getTypeArgStorage() + ObjCObjectTypeBits.NumTypeArgs); | ||||||
6000 | } | ||||||
6001 | |||||||
6002 | inline ObjCProtocolDecl **ObjCTypeParamType::getProtocolStorageImpl() { | ||||||
6003 | return reinterpret_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl**>( | ||||||
6004 | static_cast<ObjCTypeParamType*>(this)+1); | ||||||
6005 | } | ||||||
6006 | |||||||
6007 | /// Interfaces are the core concept in Objective-C for object oriented design. | ||||||
6008 | /// They basically correspond to C++ classes. There are two kinds of interface | ||||||
6009 | /// types: normal interfaces like `NSString`, and qualified interfaces, which | ||||||
6010 | /// are qualified with a protocol list like `NSString<NSCopyable, NSAmazing>`. | ||||||
6011 | /// | ||||||
6012 | /// ObjCInterfaceType guarantees the following properties when considered | ||||||
6013 | /// as a subtype of its superclass, ObjCObjectType: | ||||||
6014 | /// - There are no protocol qualifiers. To reinforce this, code which | ||||||
6015 | /// tries to invoke the protocol methods via an ObjCInterfaceType will | ||||||
6016 | /// fail to compile. | ||||||
6017 | /// - It is its own base type. That is, if T is an ObjCInterfaceType*, | ||||||
6018 | /// T->getBaseType() == QualType(T, 0). | ||||||
6019 | class ObjCInterfaceType : public ObjCObjectType { | ||||||
6020 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. | ||||||
6021 | friend class ASTReader; | ||||||
6022 | friend class ObjCInterfaceDecl; | ||||||
6023 | template <class T> friend class serialization::AbstractTypeReader; | ||||||
6024 | |||||||
6025 | mutable ObjCInterfaceDecl *Decl; | ||||||
6026 | |||||||
6027 | ObjCInterfaceType(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *D) | ||||||
6028 | : ObjCObjectType(Nonce_ObjCInterface), | ||||||
6029 | Decl(const_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl*>(D)) {} | ||||||
6030 | |||||||
6031 | public: | ||||||
6032 | /// Get the declaration of this interface. | ||||||
6033 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *getDecl() const { return Decl; } | ||||||
6034 | |||||||
6035 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } | ||||||
6036 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } | ||||||
6037 | |||||||
6038 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { | ||||||
6039 | return T->getTypeClass() == ObjCInterface; | ||||||
6040 | } | ||||||
6041 | |||||||
6042 | // Nonsense to "hide" certain members of ObjCObjectType within this | ||||||
6043 | // class. People asking for protocols on an ObjCInterfaceType are | ||||||
6044 | // not going to get what they want: ObjCInterfaceTypes are | ||||||
6045 | // guaranteed to have no protocols. | ||||||
6046 | enum { | ||||||
6047 | qual_iterator, | ||||||
6048 | qual_begin, | ||||||
6049 | qual_end, | ||||||
6050 | getNumProtocols, | ||||||
6051 | getProtocol | ||||||
6052 | }; | ||||||
6053 | }; | ||||||
6054 | |||||||
6055 | inline ObjCInterfaceDecl *ObjCObjectType::getInterface() const { | ||||||
6056 | QualType baseType = getBaseType(); | ||||||
6057 | while (const auto *ObjT = baseType->getAs<ObjCObjectType>()) { | ||||||
6058 | if (const auto *T = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceType>(ObjT)) | ||||||
6059 | return T->getDecl(); | ||||||
6060 | |||||||
6061 | baseType = ObjT->getBaseType(); | ||||||
6062 | } | ||||||
6063 | |||||||
6064 | return nullptr; | ||||||
6065 | } | ||||||
6066 | |||||||
6067 | /// Represents a pointer to an Objective C object. | ||||||
6068 | /// | ||||||
6069 | /// These are constructed from pointer declarators when the pointee type is | ||||||
6070 | /// an ObjCObjectType (or sugar for one). In addition, the 'id' and 'Class' | ||||||
6071 | /// types are typedefs for these, and the protocol-qualified types 'id<P>' | ||||||
6072 | /// and 'Class<P>' are translated into these. | ||||||
6073 | /// | ||||||
6074 | /// Pointers to pointers to Objective C objects are still PointerTypes; | ||||||
6075 | /// only the first level of pointer gets it own type implementation. | ||||||
6076 | class ObjCObjectPointerType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { | ||||||
6077 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. | ||||||
6078 | |||||||
6079 | QualType PointeeType; | ||||||
6080 | |||||||
6081 | ObjCObjectPointerType(QualType Canonical, QualType Pointee) | ||||||
6082 | : Type(ObjCObjectPointer, Canonical, Pointee->getDependence()), | ||||||
6083 | PointeeType(Pointee) {} | ||||||
6084 | |||||||
6085 | public: | ||||||
6086 | /// Gets the type pointed to by this ObjC pointer. | ||||||
6087 | /// The result will always be an ObjCObjectType or sugar thereof. | ||||||
6088 | QualType getPointeeType() const { return PointeeType; } | ||||||
6089 | |||||||
6090 | /// Gets the type pointed to by this ObjC pointer. Always returns non-null. | ||||||
6091 | /// | ||||||
6092 | /// This method is equivalent to getPointeeType() except that | ||||||
6093 | /// it discards any typedefs (or other sugar) between this | ||||||
6094 | /// type and the "outermost" object type. So for: | ||||||
6095 | /// \code | ||||||
6096 | /// \@class A; \@protocol P; \@protocol Q; | ||||||
6097 | /// typedef A<P> AP; | ||||||
6098 | /// typedef A A1; | ||||||
6099 | /// typedef A1<P> A1P; | ||||||
6100 | /// typedef A1P<Q> A1PQ; | ||||||
6101 | /// \endcode | ||||||
6102 | /// For 'A*', getObjectType() will return 'A'. | ||||||
6103 | /// For 'A<P>*', getObjectType() will return 'A<P>'. | ||||||
6104 | /// For 'AP*', getObjectType() will return 'A<P>'. | ||||||
6105 | /// For 'A1*', getObjectType() will return 'A'. | ||||||
6106 | /// For 'A1<P>*', getObjectType() will return 'A1<P>'. | ||||||
6107 | /// For 'A1P*', getObjectType() will return 'A1<P>'. | ||||||
6108 | /// For 'A1PQ*', getObjectType() will return 'A1<Q>', because | ||||||
6109 | /// adding protocols to a protocol-qualified base discards the | ||||||
6110 | /// old qualifiers (for now). But if it didn't, getObjectType() | ||||||
6111 | /// would return 'A1P<Q>' (and we'd have to make iterating over | ||||||
6112 | /// qualifiers more complicated). | ||||||
6113 | const ObjCObjectType *getObjectType() const { | ||||||
6114 | return PointeeType->castAs<ObjCObjectType>(); | ||||||
6115 | } | ||||||
6116 | |||||||
6117 | /// If this pointer points to an Objective C | ||||||
6118 | /// \@interface type, gets the type for that interface. Any protocol | ||||||
6119 | /// qualifiers on the interface are ignored. | ||||||
6120 | /// | ||||||
6121 | /// \return null if the base type for this pointer is 'id' or 'Class' | ||||||
6122 | const ObjCInterfaceType *getInterfaceType() const; | ||||||
6123 | |||||||
6124 | /// If this pointer points to an Objective \@interface | ||||||
6125 | /// type, gets the declaration for that interface. | ||||||
6126 | /// | ||||||
6127 | /// \return null if the base type for this pointer is 'id' or 'Class' | ||||||
6128 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *getInterfaceDecl() const { | ||||||
6129 | return getObjectType()->getInterface(); | ||||||
6130 | } | ||||||
6131 | |||||||
6132 | /// True if this is equivalent to the 'id' type, i.e. if | ||||||
6133 | /// its object type is the primitive 'id' type with no protocols. | ||||||
6134 | bool isObjCIdType() const { | ||||||
6135 | return getObjectType()->isObjCUnqualifiedId(); | ||||||
6136 | } | ||||||
6137 | |||||||
6138 | /// True if this is equivalent to the 'Class' type, | ||||||
6139 | /// i.e. if its object tive is the primitive 'Class' type with no protocols. | ||||||
6140 | bool isObjCClassType() const { | ||||||
6141 | return getObjectType()->isObjCUnqualifiedClass(); | ||||||
6142 | } | ||||||
6143 | |||||||
6144 | /// True if this is equivalent to the 'id' or 'Class' type, | ||||||
6145 | bool isObjCIdOrClassType() const { | ||||||
6146 | return getObjectType()->isObjCUnqualifiedIdOrClass(); | ||||||
6147 | } | ||||||
6148 | |||||||
6149 | /// True if this is equivalent to 'id<P>' for some non-empty set of | ||||||
6150 | /// protocols. | ||||||
6151 | bool isObjCQualifiedIdType() const { | ||||||
6152 | return getObjectType()->isObjCQualifiedId(); | ||||||
6153 | } | ||||||
6154 | |||||||
6155 | /// True if this is equivalent to 'Class<P>' for some non-empty set of | ||||||
6156 | /// protocols. | ||||||
6157 | bool isObjCQualifiedClassType() const { | ||||||
6158 | return getObjectType()->isObjCQualifiedClass(); | ||||||
6159 | } | ||||||
6160 | |||||||
6161 | /// Whether this is a "__kindof" type. | ||||||
6162 | bool isKindOfType() const { return getObjectType()->isKindOfType(); } | ||||||
6163 | |||||||
6164 | /// Whether this type is specialized, meaning that it has type arguments. | ||||||
6165 | bool isSpecialized() const { return getObjectType()->isSpecialized(); } | ||||||
6166 | |||||||
6167 | /// Whether this type is specialized, meaning that it has type arguments. | ||||||
6168 | bool isSpecializedAsWritten() const { | ||||||
6169 | return getObjectType()->isSpecializedAsWritten(); | ||||||
6170 | } | ||||||
6171 | |||||||
6172 | /// Whether this type is unspecialized, meaning that is has no type arguments. | ||||||
6173 | bool isUnspecialized() const { return getObjectType()->isUnspecialized(); } | ||||||
6174 | |||||||
6175 | /// Determine whether this object type is "unspecialized" as | ||||||
6176 | /// written, meaning that it has no type arguments. | ||||||
6177 | bool isUnspecializedAsWritten() const { return !isSpecializedAsWritten(); } | ||||||
6178 | |||||||
6179 | /// Retrieve the type arguments for this type. | ||||||
6180 | ArrayRef<QualType> getTypeArgs() const { | ||||||
6181 | return getObjectType()->getTypeArgs(); | ||||||
6182 | } | ||||||
6183 | |||||||
6184 | /// Retrieve the type arguments for this type. | ||||||
6185 | ArrayRef<QualType> getTypeArgsAsWritten() const { | ||||||
6186 | return getObjectType()->getTypeArgsAsWritten(); | ||||||
6187 | } | ||||||
6188 | |||||||
6189 | /// An iterator over the qualifiers on the object type. Provided | ||||||
6190 | /// for convenience. This will always iterate over the full set of | ||||||
6191 | /// protocols on a type, not just those provided directly. | ||||||
6192 | using qual_iterator = ObjCObjectType::qual_iterator; | ||||||
6193 | using qual_range = llvm::iterator_range<qual_iterator>; | ||||||
6194 | |||||||
6195 | qual_range quals() const { return qual_range(qual_begin(), qual_end()); } | ||||||
6196 | |||||||
6197 | qual_iterator qual_begin() const { | ||||||
6198 | return getObjectType()->qual_begin(); | ||||||
6199 | } | ||||||
6200 | |||||||
6201 | qual_iterator qual_end() const { | ||||||
6202 | return getObjectType()->qual_end(); | ||||||
6203 | } | ||||||
6204 | |||||||
6205 | bool qual_empty() const { return getObjectType()->qual_empty(); } | ||||||
6206 | |||||||
6207 | /// Return the number of qualifying protocols on the object type. | ||||||
6208 | unsigned getNumProtocols() const { | ||||||
6209 | return getObjectType()->getNumProtocols(); | ||||||
6210 | } | ||||||
6211 | |||||||
6212 | /// Retrieve a qualifying protocol by index on the object type. | ||||||
6213 | ObjCProtocolDecl *getProtocol(unsigned I) const { | ||||||
6214 | return getObjectType()->getProtocol(I); | ||||||
6215 | } | ||||||
6216 | |||||||
6217 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } | ||||||
6218 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } | ||||||
6219 | |||||||
6220 | /// Retrieve the type of the superclass of this object pointer type. | ||||||
6221 | /// | ||||||
6222 | /// This operation substitutes any type arguments into the | ||||||
6223 | /// superclass of the current class type, potentially producing a | ||||||
6224 | /// pointer to a specialization of the superclass type. Produces a | ||||||
6225 | /// null type if there is no superclass. | ||||||
6226 | QualType getSuperClassType() const; | ||||||
6227 | |||||||
6228 | /// Strip off the Objective-C "kindof" type and (with it) any | ||||||
6229 | /// protocol qualifiers. | ||||||
6230 | const ObjCObjectPointerType *stripObjCKindOfTypeAndQuals( | ||||||
6231 | const ASTContext &ctx) const; | ||||||
6232 | |||||||
6233 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { | ||||||
6234 | Profile(ID, getPointeeType()); | ||||||
6235 | } | ||||||
6236 | |||||||
6237 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType T) { | ||||||
6238 | ID.AddPointer(T.getAsOpaquePtr()); | ||||||
6239 | } | ||||||
6240 | |||||||
6241 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { | ||||||
6242 | return T->getTypeClass() == ObjCObjectPointer; | ||||||
6243 | } | ||||||
6244 | }; | ||||||
6245 | |||||||
6246 | class AtomicType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { | ||||||
6247 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. | ||||||
6248 | |||||||
6249 | QualType ValueType; | ||||||
6250 | |||||||
6251 | AtomicType(QualType ValTy, QualType Canonical) | ||||||
6252 | : Type(Atomic, Canonical, ValTy->getDependence()), ValueType(ValTy) {} | ||||||
6253 | |||||||
6254 | public: | ||||||
6255 | /// Gets the type contained by this atomic type, i.e. | ||||||
6256 | /// the type returned by performing an atomic load of this atomic type. | ||||||
6257 | QualType getValueType() const { return ValueType; } | ||||||
6258 | |||||||
6259 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } | ||||||
6260 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } | ||||||
6261 | |||||||
6262 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { | ||||||
6263 | Profile(ID, getValueType()); | ||||||
6264 | } | ||||||
6265 | |||||||
6266 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType T) { | ||||||
6267 | ID.AddPointer(T.getAsOpaquePtr()); | ||||||
6268 | } | ||||||
6269 | |||||||
6270 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { | ||||||
6271 | return T->getTypeClass() == Atomic; | ||||||
6272 | } | ||||||
6273 | }; | ||||||
6274 | |||||||
6275 | /// PipeType - OpenCL20. | ||||||
6276 | class PipeType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { | ||||||
6277 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. | ||||||
6278 | |||||||
6279 | QualType ElementType; | ||||||
6280 | bool isRead; | ||||||
6281 | |||||||
6282 | PipeType(QualType elemType, QualType CanonicalPtr, bool isRead) | ||||||
6283 | : Type(Pipe, CanonicalPtr, elemType->getDependence()), | ||||||
6284 | ElementType(elemType), isRead(isRead) {} | ||||||
6285 | |||||||
6286 | public: | ||||||
6287 | QualType getElementType() const { return ElementType; } | ||||||
6288 | |||||||
6289 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } | ||||||
6290 | |||||||
6291 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } | ||||||
6292 | |||||||
6293 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { | ||||||
6294 | Profile(ID, getElementType(), isReadOnly()); | ||||||
6295 | } | ||||||
6296 | |||||||
6297 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType T, bool isRead) { | ||||||
6298 | ID.AddPointer(T.getAsOpaquePtr()); | ||||||
6299 | ID.AddBoolean(isRead); | ||||||
6300 | } | ||||||
6301 | |||||||
6302 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { | ||||||
6303 | return T->getTypeClass() == Pipe; | ||||||
6304 | } | ||||||
6305 | |||||||
6306 | bool isReadOnly() const { return isRead; } | ||||||
6307 | }; | ||||||
6308 | |||||||
6309 | /// A fixed int type of a specified bitwidth. | ||||||
6310 | class ExtIntType final : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { | ||||||
6311 | friend class ASTContext; | ||||||
6312 | unsigned IsUnsigned : 1; | ||||||
6313 | unsigned NumBits : 24; | ||||||
6314 | |||||||
6315 | protected: | ||||||
6316 | ExtIntType(bool isUnsigned, unsigned NumBits); | ||||||
6317 | |||||||
6318 | public: | ||||||
6319 | bool isUnsigned() const { return IsUnsigned; } | ||||||
6320 | bool isSigned() const { return !IsUnsigned; } | ||||||
6321 | unsigned getNumBits() const { return NumBits; } | ||||||
6322 | |||||||
6323 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } | ||||||
6324 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } | ||||||
6325 | |||||||
6326 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { | ||||||
6327 | Profile(ID, isUnsigned(), getNumBits()); | ||||||
6328 | } | ||||||
6329 | |||||||
6330 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, bool IsUnsigned, | ||||||
6331 | unsigned NumBits) { | ||||||
6332 | ID.AddBoolean(IsUnsigned); | ||||||
6333 | ID.AddInteger(NumBits); | ||||||
6334 | } | ||||||
6335 | |||||||
6336 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == ExtInt; } | ||||||
6337 | }; | ||||||
6338 | |||||||
6339 | class DependentExtIntType final : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { | ||||||
6340 | friend class ASTContext; | ||||||
6341 | const ASTContext &Context; | ||||||
6342 | llvm::PointerIntPair<Expr*, 1, bool> ExprAndUnsigned; | ||||||
6343 | |||||||
6344 | protected: | ||||||
6345 | DependentExtIntType(const ASTContext &Context, bool IsUnsigned, | ||||||
6346 | Expr *NumBits); | ||||||
6347 | |||||||
6348 | public: | ||||||
6349 | bool isUnsigned() const; | ||||||
6350 | bool isSigned() const { return !isUnsigned(); } | ||||||
6351 | Expr *getNumBitsExpr() const; | ||||||
6352 | |||||||
6353 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } | ||||||
6354 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } | ||||||
6355 | |||||||
6356 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { | ||||||
6357 | Profile(ID, Context, isUnsigned(), getNumBitsExpr()); | ||||||
6358 | } | ||||||
6359 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context, | ||||||
6360 | bool IsUnsigned, Expr *NumBitsExpr); | ||||||
6361 | |||||||
6362 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { | ||||||
6363 | return T->getTypeClass() == DependentExtInt; | ||||||
6364 | } | ||||||
6365 | }; | ||||||
6366 | |||||||
6367 | /// A qualifier set is used to build a set of qualifiers. | ||||||
6368 | class QualifierCollector : public Qualifiers { | ||||||
6369 | public: | ||||||
6370 | QualifierCollector(Qualifiers Qs = Qualifiers()) : Qualifiers(Qs) {} | ||||||
6371 | |||||||
6372 | /// Collect any qualifiers on the given type and return an | ||||||
6373 | /// unqualified type. The qualifiers are assumed to be consistent | ||||||
6374 | /// with those already in the type. | ||||||
6375 | const Type *strip(QualType type) { | ||||||
6376 | addFastQualifiers(type.getLocalFastQualifiers()); | ||||||
6377 | if (!type.hasLocalNonFastQualifiers()) | ||||||
6378 | return type.getTypePtrUnsafe(); | ||||||
6379 | |||||||
6380 | const ExtQuals *extQuals = type.getExtQualsUnsafe(); | ||||||
6381 | addConsistentQualifiers(extQuals->getQualifiers()); | ||||||
6382 | return extQuals->getBaseType(); | ||||||
6383 | } | ||||||
6384 | |||||||
6385 | /// Apply the collected qualifiers to the given type. | ||||||
6386 | QualType apply(const ASTContext &Context, QualType QT) const; | ||||||
6387 | |||||||
6388 | /// Apply the collected qualifiers to the given type. | ||||||
6389 | QualType apply(const ASTContext &Context, const Type* T) const; | ||||||
6390 | }; | ||||||
6391 | |||||||
6392 | /// A container of type source information. | ||||||
6393 | /// | ||||||
6394 | /// A client can read the relevant info using TypeLoc wrappers, e.g: | ||||||
6395 | /// @code | ||||||
6396 | /// TypeLoc TL = TypeSourceInfo->getTypeLoc(); | ||||||
6397 | /// TL.getBeginLoc().print(OS, SrcMgr); | ||||||
6398 | /// @endcode | ||||||
6399 | class alignas(8) TypeSourceInfo { | ||||||
6400 | // Contains a memory block after the class, used for type source information, | ||||||
6401 | // allocated by ASTContext. | ||||||
6402 | friend class ASTContext; | ||||||
6403 | |||||||
6404 | QualType Ty; | ||||||
6405 | |||||||
6406 | TypeSourceInfo(QualType ty) : Ty(ty) {} | ||||||
6407 | |||||||
6408 | public: | ||||||
6409 | /// Return the type wrapped by this type source info. | ||||||
6410 | QualType getType() const { return Ty; } | ||||||
6411 | |||||||
6412 | /// Return the TypeLoc wrapper for the type source info. | ||||||
6413 | TypeLoc getTypeLoc() const; // implemented in TypeLoc.h | ||||||
6414 | |||||||
6415 | /// Override the type stored in this TypeSourceInfo. Use with caution! | ||||||
6416 | void overrideType(QualType T) { Ty = T; } | ||||||
6417 | }; | ||||||
6418 | |||||||
6419 | // Inline function definitions. | ||||||
6420 | |||||||
6421 | inline SplitQualType SplitQualType::getSingleStepDesugaredType() const { | ||||||
6422 | SplitQualType desugar = | ||||||
6423 | Ty->getLocallyUnqualifiedSingleStepDesugaredType().split(); | ||||||
6424 | desugar.Quals.addConsistentQualifiers(Quals); | ||||||
6425 | return desugar; | ||||||
6426 | } | ||||||
6427 | |||||||
6428 | inline const Type *QualType::getTypePtr() const { | ||||||
6429 | return getCommonPtr()->BaseType; | ||||||
6430 | } | ||||||
6431 | |||||||
6432 | inline const Type *QualType::getTypePtrOrNull() const { | ||||||
6433 | return (isNull() ? nullptr : getCommonPtr()->BaseType); | ||||||
6434 | } | ||||||
6435 | |||||||
6436 | inline SplitQualType QualType::split() const { | ||||||
6437 | if (!hasLocalNonFastQualifiers()) | ||||||
6438 | return SplitQualType(getTypePtrUnsafe(), | ||||||
6439 | Qualifiers::fromFastMask(getLocalFastQualifiers())); | ||||||
6440 | |||||||
6441 | const ExtQuals *eq = getExtQualsUnsafe(); | ||||||
6442 | Qualifiers qs = eq->getQualifiers(); | ||||||
6443 | qs.addFastQualifiers(getLocalFastQualifiers()); | ||||||
6444 | return SplitQualType(eq->getBaseType(), qs); | ||||||
6445 | } | ||||||
6446 | |||||||
6447 | inline Qualifiers QualType::getLocalQualifiers() const { | ||||||
6448 | Qualifiers Quals; | ||||||
6449 | if (hasLocalNonFastQualifiers()) | ||||||
6450 | Quals = getExtQualsUnsafe()->getQualifiers(); | ||||||
6451 | Quals.addFastQualifiers(getLocalFastQualifiers()); | ||||||
6452 | return Quals; | ||||||
6453 | } | ||||||
6454 | |||||||
6455 | inline Qualifiers QualType::getQualifiers() const { | ||||||
6456 | Qualifiers quals = getCommonPtr()->CanonicalType.getLocalQualifiers(); | ||||||
6457 | quals.addFastQualifiers(getLocalFastQualifiers()); | ||||||
6458 | return quals; | ||||||
6459 | } | ||||||
6460 | |||||||
6461 | inline unsigned QualType::getCVRQualifiers() const { | ||||||
6462 | unsigned cvr = getCommonPtr()->CanonicalType.getLocalCVRQualifiers(); | ||||||
6463 | cvr |= getLocalCVRQualifiers(); | ||||||
6464 | return cvr; | ||||||
6465 | } | ||||||
6466 | |||||||
6467 | inline QualType QualType::getCanonicalType() const { | ||||||
6468 | QualType canon = getCommonPtr()->CanonicalType; | ||||||
6469 | return canon.withFastQualifiers(getLocalFastQualifiers()); | ||||||
6470 | } | ||||||
6471 | |||||||
6472 | inline bool QualType::isCanonical() const { | ||||||
6473 | return getTypePtr()->isCanonicalUnqualified(); | ||||||
6474 | } | ||||||
6475 | |||||||
6476 | inline bool QualType::isCanonicalAsParam() const { | ||||||
6477 | if (!isCanonical()) return false; | ||||||
6478 | if (hasLocalQualifiers()) return false; | ||||||
6479 | |||||||
6480 | const Type *T = getTypePtr(); | ||||||
6481 | if (T->isVariablyModifiedType() && T->hasSizedVLAType()) | ||||||
6482 | return false; | ||||||
6483 | |||||||
6484 | return !isa<FunctionType>(T) && !isa<ArrayType>(T); | ||||||
6485 | } | ||||||
6486 | |||||||
6487 | inline bool QualType::isConstQualified() const { | ||||||
6488 | return isLocalConstQualified() || | ||||||
6489 | getCommonPtr()->CanonicalType.isLocalConstQualified(); | ||||||
6490 | } | ||||||
6491 | |||||||
6492 | inline bool QualType::isRestrictQualified() const { | ||||||
6493 | return isLocalRestrictQualified() || | ||||||
6494 | getCommonPtr()->CanonicalType.isLocalRestrictQualified(); | ||||||
6495 | } | ||||||
6496 | |||||||
6497 | |||||||
6498 | inline bool QualType::isVolatileQualified() const { | ||||||
6499 | return isLocalVolatileQualified() || | ||||||
6500 | getCommonPtr()->CanonicalType.isLocalVolatileQualified(); | ||||||
6501 | } | ||||||
6502 | |||||||
6503 | inline bool QualType::hasQualifiers() const { | ||||||
6504 | return hasLocalQualifiers() || | ||||||
6505 | getCommonPtr()->CanonicalType.hasLocalQualifiers(); | ||||||
6506 | } | ||||||
6507 | |||||||
6508 | inline QualType QualType::getUnqualifiedType() const { | ||||||
6509 | if (!getTypePtr()->getCanonicalTypeInternal().hasLocalQualifiers()) | ||||||
6510 | return QualType(getTypePtr(), 0); | ||||||
6511 | |||||||
6512 | return QualType(getSplitUnqualifiedTypeImpl(*this).Ty, 0); | ||||||
6513 | } | ||||||
6514 | |||||||
6515 | inline SplitQualType QualType::getSplitUnqualifiedType() const { | ||||||
6516 | if (!getTypePtr()->getCanonicalTypeInternal().hasLocalQualifiers()) | ||||||
6517 | return split(); | ||||||
6518 | |||||||
6519 | return getSplitUnqualifiedTypeImpl(*this); | ||||||
6520 | } | ||||||
6521 | |||||||
6522 | inline void QualType::removeLocalConst() { | ||||||
6523 | removeLocalFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Const); | ||||||
6524 | } | ||||||
6525 | |||||||
6526 | inline void QualType::removeLocalRestrict() { | ||||||
6527 | removeLocalFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Restrict); | ||||||
6528 | } | ||||||
6529 | |||||||
6530 | inline void QualType::removeLocalVolatile() { | ||||||
6531 | removeLocalFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Volatile); | ||||||
6532 | } | ||||||
6533 | |||||||
6534 | inline void QualType::removeLocalCVRQualifiers(unsigned Mask) { | ||||||
6535 | assert(!(Mask & ~Qualifiers::CVRMask) && "mask has non-CVR bits")(static_cast <bool> (!(Mask & ~Qualifiers::CVRMask) && "mask has non-CVR bits") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!(Mask & ~Qualifiers::CVRMask) && \"mask has non-CVR bits\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 6535, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
6536 | static_assert((int)Qualifiers::CVRMask == (int)Qualifiers::FastMask, | ||||||
6537 | "Fast bits differ from CVR bits!"); | ||||||
6538 | |||||||
6539 | // Fast path: we don't need to touch the slow qualifiers. | ||||||
6540 | removeLocalFastQualifiers(Mask); | ||||||
6541 | } | ||||||
6542 | |||||||
6543 | /// Check if this type has any address space qualifier. | ||||||
6544 | inline bool QualType::hasAddressSpace() const { | ||||||
6545 | return getQualifiers().hasAddressSpace(); | ||||||
6546 | } | ||||||
6547 | |||||||
6548 | /// Return the address space of this type. | ||||||
6549 | inline LangAS QualType::getAddressSpace() const { | ||||||
6550 | return getQualifiers().getAddressSpace(); | ||||||
6551 | } | ||||||
6552 | |||||||
6553 | /// Return the gc attribute of this type. | ||||||
6554 | inline Qualifiers::GC QualType::getObjCGCAttr() const { | ||||||
6555 | return getQualifiers().getObjCGCAttr(); | ||||||
6556 | } | ||||||
6557 | |||||||
6558 | inline bool QualType::hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion() const { | ||||||
6559 | if (auto *RD = getTypePtr()->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe()->getAsRecordDecl()) | ||||||
6560 | return hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion(RD); | ||||||
6561 | return false; | ||||||
6562 | } | ||||||
6563 | |||||||
6564 | inline bool QualType::hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion() const { | ||||||
6565 | if (auto *RD = getTypePtr()->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe()->getAsRecordDecl()) | ||||||
6566 | return hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion(RD); | ||||||
6567 | return false; | ||||||
6568 | } | ||||||
6569 | |||||||
6570 | inline bool QualType::hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion() const { | ||||||
6571 | if (auto *RD = getTypePtr()->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe()->getAsRecordDecl()) | ||||||
6572 | return hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion(RD); | ||||||
6573 | return false; | ||||||
6574 | } | ||||||
6575 | |||||||
6576 | inline FunctionType::ExtInfo getFunctionExtInfo(const Type &t) { | ||||||
6577 | if (const auto *PT = t.getAs<PointerType>()) { | ||||||
6578 | if (const auto *FT = PT->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>()) | ||||||
6579 | return FT->getExtInfo(); | ||||||
6580 | } else if (const auto *FT = t.getAs<FunctionType>()) | ||||||
6581 | return FT->getExtInfo(); | ||||||
6582 | |||||||
6583 | return FunctionType::ExtInfo(); | ||||||
6584 | } | ||||||
6585 | |||||||
6586 | inline FunctionType::ExtInfo getFunctionExtInfo(QualType t) { | ||||||
6587 | return getFunctionExtInfo(*t); | ||||||
6588 | } | ||||||
6589 | |||||||
6590 | /// Determine whether this type is more | ||||||
6591 | /// qualified than the Other type. For example, "const volatile int" | ||||||
6592 | /// is more qualified than "const int", "volatile int", and | ||||||
6593 | /// "int". However, it is not more qualified than "const volatile | ||||||
6594 | /// int". | ||||||
6595 | inline bool QualType::isMoreQualifiedThan(QualType other) const { | ||||||
6596 | Qualifiers MyQuals = getQualifiers(); | ||||||
6597 | Qualifiers OtherQuals = other.getQualifiers(); | ||||||
6598 | return (MyQuals != OtherQuals && MyQuals.compatiblyIncludes(OtherQuals)); | ||||||
6599 | } | ||||||
6600 | |||||||
6601 | /// Determine whether this type is at last | ||||||
6602 | /// as qualified as the Other type. For example, "const volatile | ||||||
6603 | /// int" is at least as qualified as "const int", "volatile int", | ||||||
6604 | /// "int", and "const volatile int". | ||||||
6605 | inline bool QualType::isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(QualType other) const { | ||||||
6606 | Qualifiers OtherQuals = other.getQualifiers(); | ||||||
6607 | |||||||
6608 | // Ignore __unaligned qualifier if this type is a void. | ||||||
6609 | if (getUnqualifiedType()->isVoidType()) | ||||||
6610 | OtherQuals.removeUnaligned(); | ||||||
6611 | |||||||
6612 | return getQualifiers().compatiblyIncludes(OtherQuals); | ||||||
6613 | } | ||||||
6614 | |||||||
6615 | /// If Type is a reference type (e.g., const | ||||||
6616 | /// int&), returns the type that the reference refers to ("const | ||||||
6617 | /// int"). Otherwise, returns the type itself. This routine is used | ||||||
6618 | /// throughout Sema to implement C++ 5p6: | ||||||
6619 | /// | ||||||
6620 | /// If an expression initially has the type "reference to T" (8.3.2, | ||||||
6621 | /// 8.5.3), the type is adjusted to "T" prior to any further | ||||||
6622 | /// analysis, the expression designates the object or function | ||||||
6623 | /// denoted by the reference, and the expression is an lvalue. | ||||||
6624 | inline QualType QualType::getNonReferenceType() const { | ||||||
6625 | if (const auto *RefType = (*this)->getAs<ReferenceType>()) | ||||||
6626 | return RefType->getPointeeType(); | ||||||
6627 | else | ||||||
6628 | return *this; | ||||||
6629 | } | ||||||
6630 | |||||||
6631 | inline bool QualType::isCForbiddenLValueType() const { | ||||||
6632 | return ((getTypePtr()->isVoidType() && !hasQualifiers()) || | ||||||
6633 | getTypePtr()->isFunctionType()); | ||||||
6634 | } | ||||||
6635 | |||||||
6636 | /// Tests whether the type is categorized as a fundamental type. | ||||||
6637 | /// | ||||||
6638 | /// \returns True for types specified in C++0x [basic.fundamental]. | ||||||
6639 | inline bool Type::isFundamentalType() const { | ||||||
6640 | return isVoidType() || | ||||||
6641 | isNullPtrType() || | ||||||
6642 | // FIXME: It's really annoying that we don't have an | ||||||
6643 | // 'isArithmeticType()' which agrees with the standard definition. | ||||||
6644 | (isArithmeticType() && !isEnumeralType()); | ||||||
6645 | } | ||||||
6646 | |||||||
6647 | /// Tests whether the type is categorized as a compound type. | ||||||
6648 | /// | ||||||
6649 | /// \returns True for types specified in C++0x [basic.compound]. | ||||||
6650 | inline bool Type::isCompoundType() const { | ||||||
6651 | // C++0x [basic.compound]p1: | ||||||
6652 | // Compound types can be constructed in the following ways: | ||||||
6653 | // -- arrays of objects of a given type [...]; | ||||||
6654 | return isArrayType() || | ||||||
6655 | // -- functions, which have parameters of given types [...]; | ||||||
6656 | isFunctionType() || | ||||||
6657 | // -- pointers to void or objects or functions [...]; | ||||||
6658 | isPointerType() || | ||||||
6659 | // -- references to objects or functions of a given type. [...] | ||||||
6660 | isReferenceType() || | ||||||
6661 | // -- classes containing a sequence of objects of various types, [...]; | ||||||
6662 | isRecordType() || | ||||||
6663 | // -- unions, which are classes capable of containing objects of different | ||||||
6664 | // types at different times; | ||||||
6665 | isUnionType() || | ||||||
6666 | // -- enumerations, which comprise a set of named constant values. [...]; | ||||||
6667 | isEnumeralType() || | ||||||
6668 | // -- pointers to non-static class members, [...]. | ||||||
6669 | isMemberPointerType(); | ||||||
6670 | } | ||||||
6671 | |||||||
6672 | inline bool Type::isFunctionType() const { | ||||||
6673 | return isa<FunctionType>(CanonicalType); | ||||||
6674 | } | ||||||
6675 | |||||||
6676 | inline bool Type::isPointerType() const { | ||||||
6677 | return isa<PointerType>(CanonicalType); | ||||||
6678 | } | ||||||
6679 | |||||||
6680 | inline bool Type::isAnyPointerType() const { | ||||||
6681 | return isPointerType() || isObjCObjectPointerType(); | ||||||
6682 | } | ||||||
6683 | |||||||
6684 | inline bool Type::isBlockPointerType() const { | ||||||
6685 | return isa<BlockPointerType>(CanonicalType); | ||||||
6686 | } | ||||||
6687 | |||||||
6688 | inline bool Type::isReferenceType() const { | ||||||
6689 | return isa<ReferenceType>(CanonicalType); | ||||||
6690 | } | ||||||
6691 | |||||||
6692 | inline bool Type::isLValueReferenceType() const { | ||||||
6693 | return isa<LValueReferenceType>(CanonicalType); | ||||||
6694 | } | ||||||
6695 | |||||||
6696 | inline bool Type::isRValueReferenceType() const { | ||||||
6697 | return isa<RValueReferenceType>(CanonicalType); | ||||||
6698 | } | ||||||
6699 | |||||||
6700 | inline bool Type::isObjectPointerType() const { | ||||||
6701 | // Note: an "object pointer type" is not the same thing as a pointer to an | ||||||
6702 | // object type; rather, it is a pointer to an object type or a pointer to cv | ||||||
6703 | // void. | ||||||
6704 | if (const auto *T = getAs<PointerType>()) | ||||||
6705 | return !T->getPointeeType()->isFunctionType(); | ||||||
6706 | else | ||||||
6707 | return false; | ||||||
6708 | } | ||||||
6709 | |||||||
6710 | inline bool Type::isFunctionPointerType() const { | ||||||
6711 | if (const auto *T = getAs<PointerType>()) | ||||||
6712 | return T->getPointeeType()->isFunctionType(); | ||||||
6713 | else | ||||||
6714 | return false; | ||||||
6715 | } | ||||||
6716 | |||||||
6717 | inline bool Type::isFunctionReferenceType() const { | ||||||
6718 | if (const auto *T = getAs<ReferenceType>()) | ||||||
6719 | return T->getPointeeType()->isFunctionType(); | ||||||
6720 | else | ||||||
6721 | return false; | ||||||
6722 | } | ||||||
6723 | |||||||
6724 | inline bool Type::isMemberPointerType() const { | ||||||
6725 | return isa<MemberPointerType>(CanonicalType); | ||||||
6726 | } | ||||||
6727 | |||||||
6728 | inline bool Type::isMemberFunctionPointerType() const { | ||||||
6729 | if (const auto *T = getAs<MemberPointerType>()) | ||||||
6730 | return T->isMemberFunctionPointer(); | ||||||
6731 | else | ||||||
6732 | return false; | ||||||
6733 | } | ||||||
6734 | |||||||
6735 | inline bool Type::isMemberDataPointerType() const { | ||||||
6736 | if (const auto *T = getAs<MemberPointerType>()) | ||||||
6737 | return T->isMemberDataPointer(); | ||||||
6738 | else | ||||||
6739 | return false; | ||||||
6740 | } | ||||||
6741 | |||||||
6742 | inline bool Type::isArrayType() const { | ||||||
6743 | return isa<ArrayType>(CanonicalType); | ||||||
6744 | } | ||||||
6745 | |||||||
6746 | inline bool Type::isConstantArrayType() const { | ||||||
6747 | return isa<ConstantArrayType>(CanonicalType); | ||||||
6748 | } | ||||||
6749 | |||||||
6750 | inline bool Type::isIncompleteArrayType() const { | ||||||
6751 | return isa<IncompleteArrayType>(CanonicalType); | ||||||
6752 | } | ||||||
6753 | |||||||
6754 | inline bool Type::isVariableArrayType() const { | ||||||
6755 | return isa<VariableArrayType>(CanonicalType); | ||||||
6756 | } | ||||||
6757 | |||||||
6758 | inline bool Type::isDependentSizedArrayType() const { | ||||||
6759 | return isa<DependentSizedArrayType>(CanonicalType); | ||||||
6760 | } | ||||||
6761 | |||||||
6762 | inline bool Type::isBuiltinType() const { | ||||||
6763 | return isa<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType); | ||||||
6764 | } | ||||||
6765 | |||||||
6766 | inline bool Type::isRecordType() const { | ||||||
6767 | return isa<RecordType>(CanonicalType); | ||||||
6768 | } | ||||||
6769 | |||||||
6770 | inline bool Type::isEnumeralType() const { | ||||||
6771 | return isa<EnumType>(CanonicalType); | ||||||
6772 | } | ||||||
6773 | |||||||
6774 | inline bool Type::isAnyComplexType() const { | ||||||
6775 | return isa<ComplexType>(CanonicalType); | ||||||
6776 | } | ||||||
6777 | |||||||
6778 | inline bool Type::isVectorType() const { | ||||||
6779 | return isa<VectorType>(CanonicalType); | ||||||
6780 | } | ||||||
6781 | |||||||
6782 | inline bool Type::isExtVectorType() const { | ||||||
6783 | return isa<ExtVectorType>(CanonicalType); | ||||||
6784 | } | ||||||
6785 | |||||||
6786 | inline bool Type::isMatrixType() const { | ||||||
6787 | return isa<MatrixType>(CanonicalType); | ||||||
6788 | } | ||||||
6789 | |||||||
6790 | inline bool Type::isConstantMatrixType() const { | ||||||
6791 | return isa<ConstantMatrixType>(CanonicalType); | ||||||
6792 | } | ||||||
6793 | |||||||
6794 | inline bool Type::isDependentAddressSpaceType() const { | ||||||
6795 | return isa<DependentAddressSpaceType>(CanonicalType); | ||||||
6796 | } | ||||||
6797 | |||||||
6798 | inline bool Type::isObjCObjectPointerType() const { | ||||||
6799 | return isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(CanonicalType); | ||||||
6800 | } | ||||||
6801 | |||||||
6802 | inline bool Type::isObjCObjectType() const { | ||||||
6803 | return isa<ObjCObjectType>(CanonicalType); | ||||||
6804 | } | ||||||
6805 | |||||||
6806 | inline bool Type::isObjCObjectOrInterfaceType() const { | ||||||
6807 | return isa<ObjCInterfaceType>(CanonicalType) || | ||||||
6808 | isa<ObjCObjectType>(CanonicalType); | ||||||
6809 | } | ||||||
6810 | |||||||
6811 | inline bool Type::isAtomicType() const { | ||||||
6812 | return isa<AtomicType>(CanonicalType); | ||||||
6813 | } | ||||||
6814 | |||||||
6815 | inline bool Type::isUndeducedAutoType() const { | ||||||
6816 | return isa<AutoType>(CanonicalType); | ||||||
6817 | } | ||||||
6818 | |||||||
6819 | inline bool Type::isObjCQualifiedIdType() const { | ||||||
6820 | if (const auto *OPT = getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) | ||||||
6821 | return OPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType(); | ||||||
6822 | return false; | ||||||
6823 | } | ||||||
6824 | |||||||
6825 | inline bool Type::isObjCQualifiedClassType() const { | ||||||
6826 | if (const auto *OPT = getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) | ||||||
6827 | return OPT->isObjCQualifiedClassType(); | ||||||
6828 | return false; | ||||||
6829 | } | ||||||
6830 | |||||||
6831 | inline bool Type::isObjCIdType() const { | ||||||
6832 | if (const auto *OPT = getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) | ||||||
6833 | return OPT->isObjCIdType(); | ||||||
6834 | return false; | ||||||
6835 | } | ||||||
6836 | |||||||
6837 | inline bool Type::isObjCClassType() const { | ||||||
6838 | if (const auto *OPT = getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) | ||||||
6839 | return OPT->isObjCClassType(); | ||||||
6840 | return false; | ||||||
6841 | } | ||||||
6842 | |||||||
6843 | inline bool Type::isObjCSelType() const { | ||||||
6844 | if (const auto *OPT = getAs<PointerType>()) | ||||||
6845 | return OPT->getPointeeType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ObjCSel); | ||||||
6846 | return false; | ||||||
6847 | } | ||||||
6848 | |||||||
6849 | inline bool Type::isObjCBuiltinType() const { | ||||||
6850 | return isObjCIdType() || isObjCClassType() || isObjCSelType(); | ||||||
6851 | } | ||||||
6852 | |||||||
6853 | inline bool Type::isDecltypeType() const { | ||||||
6854 | return isa<DecltypeType>(this); | ||||||
6855 | } | ||||||
6856 | |||||||
6857 | #define IMAGE_TYPE(ImgType, Id, SingletonId, Access, Suffix) \ | ||||||
6858 | inline bool Type::is##Id##Type() const { \ | ||||||
6859 | return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Id); \ | ||||||
6860 | } | ||||||
6861 | #include "clang/Basic/OpenCLImageTypes.def" | ||||||
6862 | |||||||
6863 | inline bool Type::isSamplerT() const { | ||||||
6864 | return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::OCLSampler); | ||||||
6865 | } | ||||||
6866 | |||||||
6867 | inline bool Type::isEventT() const { | ||||||
6868 | return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::OCLEvent); | ||||||
6869 | } | ||||||
6870 | |||||||
6871 | inline bool Type::isClkEventT() const { | ||||||
6872 | return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::OCLClkEvent); | ||||||
6873 | } | ||||||
6874 | |||||||
6875 | inline bool Type::isQueueT() const { | ||||||
6876 | return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::OCLQueue); | ||||||
6877 | } | ||||||
6878 | |||||||
6879 | inline bool Type::isReserveIDT() const { | ||||||
6880 | return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::OCLReserveID); | ||||||
6881 | } | ||||||
6882 | |||||||
6883 | inline bool Type::isImageType() const { | ||||||
6884 | #define IMAGE_TYPE(ImgType, Id, SingletonId, Access, Suffix) is##Id##Type() || | ||||||
6885 | return | ||||||
6886 | #include "clang/Basic/OpenCLImageTypes.def" | ||||||
6887 | false; // end boolean or operation | ||||||
6888 | } | ||||||
6889 | |||||||
6890 | inline bool Type::isPipeType() const { | ||||||
6891 | return isa<PipeType>(CanonicalType); | ||||||
6892 | } | ||||||
6893 | |||||||
6894 | inline bool Type::isExtIntType() const { | ||||||
6895 | return isa<ExtIntType>(CanonicalType); | ||||||
6896 | } | ||||||
6897 | |||||||
6898 | #define EXT_OPAQUE_TYPE(ExtType, Id, Ext) \ | ||||||
6899 | inline bool Type::is##Id##Type() const { \ | ||||||
6900 | return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Id); \ | ||||||
6901 | } | ||||||
6902 | #include "clang/Basic/OpenCLExtensionTypes.def" | ||||||
6903 | |||||||
6904 | inline bool Type::isOCLIntelSubgroupAVCType() const { | ||||||
6905 | #define INTEL_SUBGROUP_AVC_TYPE(ExtType, Id) \ | ||||||
6906 | isOCLIntelSubgroupAVC##Id##Type() || | ||||||
6907 | return | ||||||
6908 | #include "clang/Basic/OpenCLExtensionTypes.def" | ||||||
6909 | false; // end of boolean or operation | ||||||
6910 | } | ||||||
6911 | |||||||
6912 | inline bool Type::isOCLExtOpaqueType() const { | ||||||
6913 | #define EXT_OPAQUE_TYPE(ExtType, Id, Ext) is##Id##Type() || | ||||||
6914 | return | ||||||
6915 | #include "clang/Basic/OpenCLExtensionTypes.def" | ||||||
6916 | false; // end of boolean or operation | ||||||
6917 | } | ||||||
6918 | |||||||
6919 | inline bool Type::isOpenCLSpecificType() const { | ||||||
6920 | return isSamplerT() || isEventT() || isImageType() || isClkEventT() || | ||||||
6921 | isQueueT() || isReserveIDT() || isPipeType() || isOCLExtOpaqueType(); | ||||||
6922 | } | ||||||
6923 | |||||||
6924 | inline bool Type::isTemplateTypeParmType() const { | ||||||
6925 | return isa<TemplateTypeParmType>(CanonicalType); | ||||||
6926 | } | ||||||
6927 | |||||||
6928 | inline bool Type::isSpecificBuiltinType(unsigned K) const { | ||||||
6929 | if (const BuiltinType *BT = getAs<BuiltinType>()) { | ||||||
6930 | return BT->getKind() == static_cast<BuiltinType::Kind>(K); | ||||||
6931 | } | ||||||
6932 | return false; | ||||||
6933 | } | ||||||
6934 | |||||||
6935 | inline bool Type::isPlaceholderType() const { | ||||||
6936 | if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(this)) | ||||||
6937 | return BT->isPlaceholderType(); | ||||||
6938 | return false; | ||||||
6939 | } | ||||||
6940 | |||||||
6941 | inline const BuiltinType *Type::getAsPlaceholderType() const { | ||||||
6942 | if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(this)) | ||||||
6943 | if (BT->isPlaceholderType()) | ||||||
6944 | return BT; | ||||||
6945 | return nullptr; | ||||||
6946 | } | ||||||
6947 | |||||||
6948 | inline bool Type::isSpecificPlaceholderType(unsigned K) const { | ||||||
6949 | assert(BuiltinType::isPlaceholderTypeKind((BuiltinType::Kind) K))(static_cast <bool> (BuiltinType::isPlaceholderTypeKind ((BuiltinType::Kind) K)) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("BuiltinType::isPlaceholderTypeKind((BuiltinType::Kind) K)" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 6949, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
6950 | return isSpecificBuiltinType(K); | ||||||
6951 | } | ||||||
6952 | |||||||
6953 | inline bool Type::isNonOverloadPlaceholderType() const { | ||||||
6954 | if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(this)) | ||||||
6955 | return BT->isNonOverloadPlaceholderType(); | ||||||
6956 | return false; | ||||||
6957 | } | ||||||
6958 | |||||||
6959 | inline bool Type::isVoidType() const { | ||||||
6960 | return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Void); | ||||||
6961 | } | ||||||
6962 | |||||||
6963 | inline bool Type::isHalfType() const { | ||||||
6964 | // FIXME: Should we allow complex __fp16? Probably not. | ||||||
6965 | return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Half); | ||||||
6966 | } | ||||||
6967 | |||||||
6968 | inline bool Type::isFloat16Type() const { | ||||||
6969 | return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Float16); | ||||||
6970 | } | ||||||
6971 | |||||||
6972 | inline bool Type::isBFloat16Type() const { | ||||||
6973 | return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::BFloat16); | ||||||
6974 | } | ||||||
6975 | |||||||
6976 | inline bool Type::isFloat128Type() const { | ||||||
6977 | return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Float128); | ||||||
6978 | } | ||||||
6979 | |||||||
6980 | inline bool Type::isNullPtrType() const { | ||||||
6981 | return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::NullPtr); | ||||||
6982 | } | ||||||
6983 | |||||||
6984 | bool IsEnumDeclComplete(EnumDecl *); | ||||||
6985 | bool IsEnumDeclScoped(EnumDecl *); | ||||||
6986 | |||||||
6987 | inline bool Type::isIntegerType() const { | ||||||
6988 | if (const auto *BT
| ||||||
6989 | return BT->getKind() >= BuiltinType::Bool && | ||||||
6990 | BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::Int128; | ||||||
6991 | if (const EnumType *ET
| ||||||
6992 | // Incomplete enum types are not treated as integer types. | ||||||
6993 | // FIXME: In C++, enum types are never integer types. | ||||||
6994 | return IsEnumDeclComplete(ET->getDecl()) && | ||||||
6995 | !IsEnumDeclScoped(ET->getDecl()); | ||||||
6996 | } | ||||||
6997 | return isExtIntType(); | ||||||
6998 | } | ||||||
6999 | |||||||
7000 | inline bool Type::isFixedPointType() const { | ||||||
7001 | if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType)) { | ||||||
7002 | return BT->getKind() >= BuiltinType::ShortAccum && | ||||||
7003 | BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::SatULongFract; | ||||||
7004 | } | ||||||
7005 | return false; | ||||||
7006 | } | ||||||
7007 | |||||||
7008 | inline bool Type::isFixedPointOrIntegerType() const { | ||||||
7009 | return isFixedPointType() || isIntegerType(); | ||||||
7010 | } | ||||||
7011 | |||||||
7012 | inline bool Type::isSaturatedFixedPointType() const { | ||||||
7013 | if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType)) { | ||||||
7014 | return BT->getKind() >= BuiltinType::SatShortAccum && | ||||||
7015 | BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::SatULongFract; | ||||||
7016 | } | ||||||
7017 | return false; | ||||||
7018 | } | ||||||
7019 | |||||||
7020 | inline bool Type::isUnsaturatedFixedPointType() const { | ||||||
7021 | return isFixedPointType() && !isSaturatedFixedPointType(); | ||||||
7022 | } | ||||||
7023 | |||||||
7024 | inline bool Type::isSignedFixedPointType() const { | ||||||
7025 | if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType)) { | ||||||
7026 | return ((BT->getKind() >= BuiltinType::ShortAccum && | ||||||
7027 | BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::LongAccum) || | ||||||
7028 | (BT->getKind() >= BuiltinType::ShortFract && | ||||||
7029 | BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::LongFract) || | ||||||
7030 | (BT->getKind() >= BuiltinType::SatShortAccum && | ||||||
7031 | BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::SatLongAccum) || | ||||||
7032 | (BT->getKind() >= BuiltinType::SatShortFract && | ||||||
7033 | BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::SatLongFract)); | ||||||
7034 | } | ||||||
7035 | return false; | ||||||
7036 | } | ||||||
7037 | |||||||
7038 | inline bool Type::isUnsignedFixedPointType() const { | ||||||
7039 | return isFixedPointType() && !isSignedFixedPointType(); | ||||||
7040 | } | ||||||
7041 | |||||||
7042 | inline bool Type::isScalarType() const { | ||||||
7043 | if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType)) | ||||||
7044 | return BT->getKind() > BuiltinType::Void && | ||||||
7045 | BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::NullPtr; | ||||||
7046 | if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(CanonicalType)) | ||||||
7047 | // Enums are scalar types, but only if they are defined. Incomplete enums | ||||||
7048 | // are not treated as scalar types. | ||||||
7049 | return IsEnumDeclComplete(ET->getDecl()); | ||||||
7050 | return isa<PointerType>(CanonicalType) || | ||||||
7051 | isa<BlockPointerType>(CanonicalType) || | ||||||
7052 | isa<MemberPointerType>(CanonicalType) || | ||||||
7053 | isa<ComplexType>(CanonicalType) || | ||||||
7054 | isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(CanonicalType) || | ||||||
7055 | isExtIntType(); | ||||||
7056 | } | ||||||
7057 | |||||||
7058 | inline bool Type::isIntegralOrEnumerationType() const { | ||||||
7059 | if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType)) | ||||||
7060 | return BT->getKind() >= BuiltinType::Bool && | ||||||
7061 | BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::Int128; | ||||||
7062 | |||||||
7063 | // Check for a complete enum type; incomplete enum types are not properly an | ||||||
7064 | // enumeration type in the sense required here. | ||||||
7065 | if (const auto *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(CanonicalType)) | ||||||
7066 | return IsEnumDeclComplete(ET->getDecl()); | ||||||
7067 | |||||||
7068 | return isExtIntType(); | ||||||
7069 | } | ||||||
7070 | |||||||
7071 | inline bool Type::isBooleanType() const { | ||||||
7072 | if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType)) | ||||||
7073 | return BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Bool; | ||||||
7074 | return false; | ||||||
7075 | } | ||||||
7076 | |||||||
7077 | inline bool Type::isUndeducedType() const { | ||||||
7078 | auto *DT = getContainedDeducedType(); | ||||||
7079 | return DT && !DT->isDeduced(); | ||||||
7080 | } | ||||||
7081 | |||||||
7082 | /// Determines whether this is a type for which one can define | ||||||
7083 | /// an overloaded operator. | ||||||
7084 | inline bool Type::isOverloadableType() const { | ||||||
7085 | return isDependentType() || isRecordType() || isEnumeralType(); | ||||||
7086 | } | ||||||
7087 | |||||||
7088 | /// Determines whether this type is written as a typedef-name. | ||||||
7089 | inline bool Type::isTypedefNameType() const { | ||||||
7090 | if (getAs<TypedefType>()) | ||||||
7091 | return true; | ||||||
7092 | if (auto *TST = getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>()) | ||||||
7093 | return TST->isTypeAlias(); | ||||||
7094 | return false; | ||||||
7095 | } | ||||||
7096 | |||||||
7097 | /// Determines whether this type can decay to a pointer type. | ||||||
7098 | inline bool Type::canDecayToPointerType() const { | ||||||
7099 | return isFunctionType() || isArrayType(); | ||||||
7100 | } | ||||||
7101 | |||||||
7102 | inline bool Type::hasPointerRepresentation() const { | ||||||
7103 | return (isPointerType() || isReferenceType() || isBlockPointerType() || | ||||||
7104 | isObjCObjectPointerType() || isNullPtrType()); | ||||||
7105 | } | ||||||
7106 | |||||||
7107 | inline bool Type::hasObjCPointerRepresentation() const { | ||||||
7108 | return isObjCObjectPointerType(); | ||||||
7109 | } | ||||||
7110 | |||||||
7111 | inline const Type *Type::getBaseElementTypeUnsafe() const { | ||||||
7112 | const Type *type = this; | ||||||
7113 | while (const ArrayType *arrayType = type->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe()) | ||||||
7114 | type = arrayType->getElementType().getTypePtr(); | ||||||
7115 | return type; | ||||||
7116 | } | ||||||
7117 | |||||||
7118 | inline const Type *Type::getPointeeOrArrayElementType() const { | ||||||
7119 | const Type *type = this; | ||||||
7120 | if (type->isAnyPointerType()) | ||||||
7121 | return type->getPointeeType().getTypePtr(); | ||||||
7122 | else if (type->isArrayType()) | ||||||
7123 | return type->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe(); | ||||||
7124 | return type; | ||||||
7125 | } | ||||||
7126 | /// Insertion operator for partial diagnostics. This allows sending adress | ||||||
7127 | /// spaces into a diagnostic with <<. | ||||||
7128 | inline const StreamingDiagnostic &operator<<(const StreamingDiagnostic &PD, | ||||||
7129 | LangAS AS) { | ||||||
7130 | PD.AddTaggedVal(static_cast<std::underlying_type_t<LangAS>>(AS), | ||||||
7131 | DiagnosticsEngine::ArgumentKind::ak_addrspace); | ||||||
7132 | return PD; | ||||||
7133 | } | ||||||
7134 | |||||||
7135 | /// Insertion operator for partial diagnostics. This allows sending Qualifiers | ||||||
7136 | /// into a diagnostic with <<. | ||||||
7137 | inline const StreamingDiagnostic &operator<<(const StreamingDiagnostic &PD, | ||||||
7138 | Qualifiers Q) { | ||||||
7139 | PD.AddTaggedVal(Q.getAsOpaqueValue(), | ||||||
7140 | DiagnosticsEngine::ArgumentKind::ak_qual); | ||||||
7141 | return PD; | ||||||
7142 | } | ||||||
7143 | |||||||
7144 | /// Insertion operator for partial diagnostics. This allows sending QualType's | ||||||
7145 | /// into a diagnostic with <<. | ||||||
7146 | inline const StreamingDiagnostic &operator<<(const StreamingDiagnostic &PD, | ||||||
7147 | QualType T) { | ||||||
7148 | PD.AddTaggedVal(reinterpret_cast<intptr_t>(T.getAsOpaquePtr()), | ||||||
7149 | DiagnosticsEngine::ak_qualtype); | ||||||
7150 | return PD; | ||||||
7151 | } | ||||||
7152 | |||||||
7153 | // Helper class template that is used by Type::getAs to ensure that one does | ||||||
7154 | // not try to look through a qualified type to get to an array type. | ||||||
7155 | template <typename T> | ||||||
7156 | using TypeIsArrayType = | ||||||
7157 | std::integral_constant<bool, std::is_same<T, ArrayType>::value || | ||||||
7158 | std::is_base_of<ArrayType, T>::value>; | ||||||
7159 | |||||||
7160 | // Member-template getAs<specific type>'. | ||||||
7161 | template <typename T> const T *Type::getAs() const { | ||||||
7162 | static_assert(!TypeIsArrayType<T>::value, | ||||||
7163 | "ArrayType cannot be used with getAs!"); | ||||||
7164 | |||||||
7165 | // If this is directly a T type, return it. | ||||||
7166 | if (const auto *Ty = dyn_cast<T>(this)) | ||||||
7167 | return Ty; | ||||||
7168 | |||||||
7169 | // If the canonical form of this type isn't the right kind, reject it. | ||||||
7170 | if (!isa<T>(CanonicalType)) | ||||||
7171 | return nullptr; | ||||||
7172 | |||||||
7173 | // If this is a typedef for the type, strip the typedef off without | ||||||
7174 | // losing all typedef information. | ||||||
7175 | return cast<T>(getUnqualifiedDesugaredType()); | ||||||
7176 | } | ||||||
7177 | |||||||
7178 | template <typename T> const T *Type::getAsAdjusted() const { | ||||||
7179 | static_assert(!TypeIsArrayType<T>::value, "ArrayType cannot be used with getAsAdjusted!"); | ||||||
7180 | |||||||
7181 | // If this is directly a T type, return it. | ||||||
7182 | if (const auto *Ty = dyn_cast<T>(this)) | ||||||
7183 | return Ty; | ||||||
7184 | |||||||
7185 | // If the canonical form of this type isn't the right kind, reject it. | ||||||
7186 | if (!isa<T>(CanonicalType)) | ||||||
7187 | return nullptr; | ||||||
7188 | |||||||
7189 | // Strip off type adjustments that do not modify the underlying nature of the | ||||||
7190 | // type. | ||||||
7191 | const Type *Ty = this; | ||||||
7192 | while (Ty) { | ||||||
7193 | if (const auto *A = dyn_cast<AttributedType>(Ty)) | ||||||
7194 | Ty = A->getModifiedType().getTypePtr(); | ||||||
7195 | else if (const auto *E = dyn_cast<ElaboratedType>(Ty)) | ||||||
7196 | Ty = E->desugar().getTypePtr(); | ||||||
7197 | else if (const auto *P = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) | ||||||
7198 | Ty = P->desugar().getTypePtr(); | ||||||
7199 | else if (const auto *A = dyn_cast<AdjustedType>(Ty)) | ||||||
7200 | Ty = A->desugar().getTypePtr(); | ||||||
7201 | else if (const auto *M = dyn_cast<MacroQualifiedType>(Ty)) | ||||||
7202 | Ty = M->desugar().getTypePtr(); | ||||||
7203 | else | ||||||
7204 | break; | ||||||
7205 | } | ||||||
7206 | |||||||
7207 | // Just because the canonical type is correct does not mean we can use cast<>, | ||||||
7208 | // since we may not have stripped off all the sugar down to the base type. | ||||||
7209 | return dyn_cast<T>(Ty); | ||||||
7210 | } | ||||||
7211 | |||||||
7212 | inline const ArrayType *Type::getAsArrayTypeUnsafe() const { | ||||||
7213 | // If this is directly an array type, return it. | ||||||
7214 | if (const auto *arr = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(this)) | ||||||
7215 | return arr; | ||||||
7216 | |||||||
7217 | // If the canonical form of this type isn't the right kind, reject it. | ||||||
7218 | if (!isa<ArrayType>(CanonicalType)) | ||||||
7219 | return nullptr; | ||||||
7220 | |||||||
7221 | // If this is a typedef for the type, strip the typedef off without | ||||||
7222 | // losing all typedef information. | ||||||
7223 | return cast<ArrayType>(getUnqualifiedDesugaredType()); | ||||||
7224 | } | ||||||
7225 | |||||||
7226 | template <typename T> const T *Type::castAs() const { | ||||||
7227 | static_assert(!TypeIsArrayType<T>::value, | ||||||
7228 | "ArrayType cannot be used with castAs!"); | ||||||
7229 | |||||||
7230 | if (const auto *ty = dyn_cast<T>(this)) return ty; | ||||||
7231 | assert(isa<T>(CanonicalType))(static_cast <bool> (isa<T>(CanonicalType)) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<T>(CanonicalType)", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 7231, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
7232 | return cast<T>(getUnqualifiedDesugaredType()); | ||||||
7233 | } | ||||||
7234 | |||||||
7235 | inline const ArrayType *Type::castAsArrayTypeUnsafe() const { | ||||||
7236 | assert(isa<ArrayType>(CanonicalType))(static_cast <bool> (isa<ArrayType>(CanonicalType )) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<ArrayType>(CanonicalType)" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 7236, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
7237 | if (const auto *arr = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(this)) return arr; | ||||||
7238 | return cast<ArrayType>(getUnqualifiedDesugaredType()); | ||||||
7239 | } | ||||||
7240 | |||||||
7241 | DecayedType::DecayedType(QualType OriginalType, QualType DecayedPtr, | ||||||
7242 | QualType CanonicalPtr) | ||||||
7243 | : AdjustedType(Decayed, OriginalType, DecayedPtr, CanonicalPtr) { | ||||||
7244 | #ifndef NDEBUG | ||||||
7245 | QualType Adjusted = getAdjustedType(); | ||||||
7246 | (void)AttributedType::stripOuterNullability(Adjusted); | ||||||
7247 | assert(isa<PointerType>(Adjusted))(static_cast <bool> (isa<PointerType>(Adjusted)) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<PointerType>(Adjusted)" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 7247, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||
7248 | #endif | ||||||
7249 | } | ||||||
7250 | |||||||
7251 | QualType DecayedType::getPointeeType() const { | ||||||
7252 | QualType Decayed = getDecayedType(); | ||||||
7253 | (void)AttributedType::stripOuterNullability(Decayed); | ||||||
7254 | return cast<PointerType>(Decayed)->getPointeeType(); | ||||||
7255 | } | ||||||
7256 | |||||||
7257 | // Get the decimal string representation of a fixed point type, represented | ||||||
7258 | // as a scaled integer. | ||||||
7259 | // TODO: At some point, we should change the arguments to instead just accept an | ||||||
7260 | // APFixedPoint instead of APSInt and scale. | ||||||
7261 | void FixedPointValueToString(SmallVectorImpl<char> &Str, llvm::APSInt Val, | ||||||
7262 | unsigned Scale); | ||||||
7263 | |||||||
7264 | } // namespace clang | ||||||
7265 | |||||||
7266 | #endif // LLVM_CLANG_AST_TYPE_H |
1 | //===- llvm/Support/Casting.h - Allow flexible, checked, casts --*- C++ -*-===// |
2 | // |
3 | // Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions. |
4 | // See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information. |
5 | // SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception |
6 | // |
7 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
8 | // |
9 | // This file defines the isa<X>(), cast<X>(), dyn_cast<X>(), cast_or_null<X>(), |
10 | // and dyn_cast_or_null<X>() templates. |
11 | // |
12 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
13 | |
14 | #ifndef LLVM_SUPPORT_CASTING_H |
15 | #define LLVM_SUPPORT_CASTING_H |
16 | |
17 | #include "llvm/Support/Compiler.h" |
18 | #include "llvm/Support/type_traits.h" |
19 | #include <cassert> |
20 | #include <memory> |
21 | #include <type_traits> |
22 | |
23 | namespace llvm { |
24 | |
25 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
26 | // isa<x> Support Templates |
27 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
28 | |
29 | // Define a template that can be specialized by smart pointers to reflect the |
30 | // fact that they are automatically dereferenced, and are not involved with the |
31 | // template selection process... the default implementation is a noop. |
32 | // |
33 | template<typename From> struct simplify_type { |
34 | using SimpleType = From; // The real type this represents... |
35 | |
36 | // An accessor to get the real value... |
37 | static SimpleType &getSimplifiedValue(From &Val) { return Val; } |
38 | }; |
39 | |
40 | template<typename From> struct simplify_type<const From> { |
41 | using NonConstSimpleType = typename simplify_type<From>::SimpleType; |
42 | using SimpleType = |
43 | typename add_const_past_pointer<NonConstSimpleType>::type; |
44 | using RetType = |
45 | typename add_lvalue_reference_if_not_pointer<SimpleType>::type; |
46 | |
47 | static RetType getSimplifiedValue(const From& Val) { |
48 | return simplify_type<From>::getSimplifiedValue(const_cast<From&>(Val)); |
49 | } |
50 | }; |
51 | |
52 | // The core of the implementation of isa<X> is here; To and From should be |
53 | // the names of classes. This template can be specialized to customize the |
54 | // implementation of isa<> without rewriting it from scratch. |
55 | template <typename To, typename From, typename Enabler = void> |
56 | struct isa_impl { |
57 | static inline bool doit(const From &Val) { |
58 | return To::classof(&Val); |
59 | } |
60 | }; |
61 | |
62 | /// Always allow upcasts, and perform no dynamic check for them. |
63 | template <typename To, typename From> |
64 | struct isa_impl<To, From, std::enable_if_t<std::is_base_of<To, From>::value>> { |
65 | static inline bool doit(const From &) { return true; } |
66 | }; |
67 | |
68 | template <typename To, typename From> struct isa_impl_cl { |
69 | static inline bool doit(const From &Val) { |
70 | return isa_impl<To, From>::doit(Val); |
71 | } |
72 | }; |
73 | |
74 | template <typename To, typename From> struct isa_impl_cl<To, const From> { |
75 | static inline bool doit(const From &Val) { |
76 | return isa_impl<To, From>::doit(Val); |
77 | } |
78 | }; |
79 | |
80 | template <typename To, typename From> |
81 | struct isa_impl_cl<To, const std::unique_ptr<From>> { |
82 | static inline bool doit(const std::unique_ptr<From> &Val) { |
83 | assert(Val && "isa<> used on a null pointer")(static_cast <bool> (Val && "isa<> used on a null pointer" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Val && \"isa<> used on a null pointer\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/include/llvm/Support/Casting.h" , 83, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
84 | return isa_impl_cl<To, From>::doit(*Val); |
85 | } |
86 | }; |
87 | |
88 | template <typename To, typename From> struct isa_impl_cl<To, From*> { |
89 | static inline bool doit(const From *Val) { |
90 | assert(Val && "isa<> used on a null pointer")(static_cast <bool> (Val && "isa<> used on a null pointer" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Val && \"isa<> used on a null pointer\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/include/llvm/Support/Casting.h" , 90, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
91 | return isa_impl<To, From>::doit(*Val); |
92 | } |
93 | }; |
94 | |
95 | template <typename To, typename From> struct isa_impl_cl<To, From*const> { |
96 | static inline bool doit(const From *Val) { |
97 | assert(Val && "isa<> used on a null pointer")(static_cast <bool> (Val && "isa<> used on a null pointer" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Val && \"isa<> used on a null pointer\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/include/llvm/Support/Casting.h" , 97, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
98 | return isa_impl<To, From>::doit(*Val); |
99 | } |
100 | }; |
101 | |
102 | template <typename To, typename From> struct isa_impl_cl<To, const From*> { |
103 | static inline bool doit(const From *Val) { |
104 | assert(Val && "isa<> used on a null pointer")(static_cast <bool> (Val && "isa<> used on a null pointer" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Val && \"isa<> used on a null pointer\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/include/llvm/Support/Casting.h" , 104, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
105 | return isa_impl<To, From>::doit(*Val); |
106 | } |
107 | }; |
108 | |
109 | template <typename To, typename From> struct isa_impl_cl<To, const From*const> { |
110 | static inline bool doit(const From *Val) { |
111 | assert(Val && "isa<> used on a null pointer")(static_cast <bool> (Val && "isa<> used on a null pointer" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Val && \"isa<> used on a null pointer\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/include/llvm/Support/Casting.h" , 111, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
112 | return isa_impl<To, From>::doit(*Val); |
113 | } |
114 | }; |
115 | |
116 | template<typename To, typename From, typename SimpleFrom> |
117 | struct isa_impl_wrap { |
118 | // When From != SimplifiedType, we can simplify the type some more by using |
119 | // the simplify_type template. |
120 | static bool doit(const From &Val) { |
121 | return isa_impl_wrap<To, SimpleFrom, |
122 | typename simplify_type<SimpleFrom>::SimpleType>::doit( |
123 | simplify_type<const From>::getSimplifiedValue(Val)); |
124 | } |
125 | }; |
126 | |
127 | template<typename To, typename FromTy> |
128 | struct isa_impl_wrap<To, FromTy, FromTy> { |
129 | // When From == SimpleType, we are as simple as we are going to get. |
130 | static bool doit(const FromTy &Val) { |
131 | return isa_impl_cl<To,FromTy>::doit(Val); |
132 | } |
133 | }; |
134 | |
135 | // isa<X> - Return true if the parameter to the template is an instance of one |
136 | // of the template type arguments. Used like this: |
137 | // |
138 | // if (isa<Type>(myVal)) { ... } |
139 | // if (isa<Type0, Type1, Type2>(myVal)) { ... } |
140 | // |
141 | template <class X, class Y> LLVM_NODISCARD[[clang::warn_unused_result]] inline bool isa(const Y &Val) { |
142 | return isa_impl_wrap<X, const Y, |
143 | typename simplify_type<const Y>::SimpleType>::doit(Val); |
144 | } |
145 | |
146 | template <typename First, typename Second, typename... Rest, typename Y> |
147 | LLVM_NODISCARD[[clang::warn_unused_result]] inline bool isa(const Y &Val) { |
148 | return isa<First>(Val) || isa<Second, Rest...>(Val); |
149 | } |
150 | |
151 | // isa_and_nonnull<X> - Functionally identical to isa, except that a null value |
152 | // is accepted. |
153 | // |
154 | template <typename... X, class Y> |
155 | LLVM_NODISCARD[[clang::warn_unused_result]] inline bool isa_and_nonnull(const Y &Val) { |
156 | if (!Val) |
157 | return false; |
158 | return isa<X...>(Val); |
159 | } |
160 | |
161 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
162 | // cast<x> Support Templates |
163 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
164 | |
165 | template<class To, class From> struct cast_retty; |
166 | |
167 | // Calculate what type the 'cast' function should return, based on a requested |
168 | // type of To and a source type of From. |
169 | template<class To, class From> struct cast_retty_impl { |
170 | using ret_type = To &; // Normal case, return Ty& |
171 | }; |
172 | template<class To, class From> struct cast_retty_impl<To, const From> { |
173 | using ret_type = const To &; // Normal case, return Ty& |
174 | }; |
175 | |
176 | template<class To, class From> struct cast_retty_impl<To, From*> { |
177 | using ret_type = To *; // Pointer arg case, return Ty* |
178 | }; |
179 | |
180 | template<class To, class From> struct cast_retty_impl<To, const From*> { |
181 | using ret_type = const To *; // Constant pointer arg case, return const Ty* |
182 | }; |
183 | |
184 | template<class To, class From> struct cast_retty_impl<To, const From*const> { |
185 | using ret_type = const To *; // Constant pointer arg case, return const Ty* |
186 | }; |
187 | |
188 | template <class To, class From> |
189 | struct cast_retty_impl<To, std::unique_ptr<From>> { |
190 | private: |
191 | using PointerType = typename cast_retty_impl<To, From *>::ret_type; |
192 | using ResultType = std::remove_pointer_t<PointerType>; |
193 | |
194 | public: |
195 | using ret_type = std::unique_ptr<ResultType>; |
196 | }; |
197 | |
198 | template<class To, class From, class SimpleFrom> |
199 | struct cast_retty_wrap { |
200 | // When the simplified type and the from type are not the same, use the type |
201 | // simplifier to reduce the type, then reuse cast_retty_impl to get the |
202 | // resultant type. |
203 | using ret_type = typename cast_retty<To, SimpleFrom>::ret_type; |
204 | }; |
205 | |
206 | template<class To, class FromTy> |
207 | struct cast_retty_wrap<To, FromTy, FromTy> { |
208 | // When the simplified type is equal to the from type, use it directly. |
209 | using ret_type = typename cast_retty_impl<To,FromTy>::ret_type; |
210 | }; |
211 | |
212 | template<class To, class From> |
213 | struct cast_retty { |
214 | using ret_type = typename cast_retty_wrap< |
215 | To, From, typename simplify_type<From>::SimpleType>::ret_type; |
216 | }; |
217 | |
218 | // Ensure the non-simple values are converted using the simplify_type template |
219 | // that may be specialized by smart pointers... |
220 | // |
221 | template<class To, class From, class SimpleFrom> struct cast_convert_val { |
222 | // This is not a simple type, use the template to simplify it... |
223 | static typename cast_retty<To, From>::ret_type doit(From &Val) { |
224 | return cast_convert_val<To, SimpleFrom, |
225 | typename simplify_type<SimpleFrom>::SimpleType>::doit( |
226 | simplify_type<From>::getSimplifiedValue(Val)); |
227 | } |
228 | }; |
229 | |
230 | template<class To, class FromTy> struct cast_convert_val<To,FromTy,FromTy> { |
231 | // This _is_ a simple type, just cast it. |
232 | static typename cast_retty<To, FromTy>::ret_type doit(const FromTy &Val) { |
233 | typename cast_retty<To, FromTy>::ret_type Res2 |
234 | = (typename cast_retty<To, FromTy>::ret_type)const_cast<FromTy&>(Val); |
235 | return Res2; |
236 | } |
237 | }; |
238 | |
239 | template <class X> struct is_simple_type { |
240 | static const bool value = |
241 | std::is_same<X, typename simplify_type<X>::SimpleType>::value; |
242 | }; |
243 | |
244 | // cast<X> - Return the argument parameter cast to the specified type. This |
245 | // casting operator asserts that the type is correct, so it does not return null |
246 | // on failure. It does not allow a null argument (use cast_or_null for that). |
247 | // It is typically used like this: |
248 | // |
249 | // cast<Instruction>(myVal)->getParent() |
250 | // |
251 | template <class X, class Y> |
252 | inline std::enable_if_t<!is_simple_type<Y>::value, |
253 | typename cast_retty<X, const Y>::ret_type> |
254 | cast(const Y &Val) { |
255 | assert(isa<X>(Val) && "cast<Ty>() argument of incompatible type!")(static_cast <bool> (isa<X>(Val) && "cast<Ty>() argument of incompatible type!" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<X>(Val) && \"cast<Ty>() argument of incompatible type!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/include/llvm/Support/Casting.h" , 255, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
256 | return cast_convert_val< |
257 | X, const Y, typename simplify_type<const Y>::SimpleType>::doit(Val); |
258 | } |
259 | |
260 | template <class X, class Y> |
261 | inline typename cast_retty<X, Y>::ret_type cast(Y &Val) { |
262 | assert(isa<X>(Val) && "cast<Ty>() argument of incompatible type!")(static_cast <bool> (isa<X>(Val) && "cast<Ty>() argument of incompatible type!" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<X>(Val) && \"cast<Ty>() argument of incompatible type!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/include/llvm/Support/Casting.h" , 262, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
263 | return cast_convert_val<X, Y, |
264 | typename simplify_type<Y>::SimpleType>::doit(Val); |
265 | } |
266 | |
267 | template <class X, class Y> |
268 | inline typename cast_retty<X, Y *>::ret_type cast(Y *Val) { |
269 | assert(isa<X>(Val) && "cast<Ty>() argument of incompatible type!")(static_cast <bool> (isa<X>(Val) && "cast<Ty>() argument of incompatible type!" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<X>(Val) && \"cast<Ty>() argument of incompatible type!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/include/llvm/Support/Casting.h" , 269, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
270 | return cast_convert_val<X, Y*, |
271 | typename simplify_type<Y*>::SimpleType>::doit(Val); |
272 | } |
273 | |
274 | template <class X, class Y> |
275 | inline typename cast_retty<X, std::unique_ptr<Y>>::ret_type |
276 | cast(std::unique_ptr<Y> &&Val) { |
277 | assert(isa<X>(Val.get()) && "cast<Ty>() argument of incompatible type!")(static_cast <bool> (isa<X>(Val.get()) && "cast<Ty>() argument of incompatible type!") ? void (0 ) : __assert_fail ("isa<X>(Val.get()) && \"cast<Ty>() argument of incompatible type!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/include/llvm/Support/Casting.h" , 277, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
278 | using ret_type = typename cast_retty<X, std::unique_ptr<Y>>::ret_type; |
279 | return ret_type( |
280 | cast_convert_val<X, Y *, typename simplify_type<Y *>::SimpleType>::doit( |
281 | Val.release())); |
282 | } |
283 | |
284 | // cast_or_null<X> - Functionally identical to cast, except that a null value is |
285 | // accepted. |
286 | // |
287 | template <class X, class Y> |
288 | LLVM_NODISCARD[[clang::warn_unused_result]] inline std::enable_if_t< |
289 | !is_simple_type<Y>::value, typename cast_retty<X, const Y>::ret_type> |
290 | cast_or_null(const Y &Val) { |
291 | if (!Val) |
292 | return nullptr; |
293 | assert(isa<X>(Val) && "cast_or_null<Ty>() argument of incompatible type!")(static_cast <bool> (isa<X>(Val) && "cast_or_null<Ty>() argument of incompatible type!" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<X>(Val) && \"cast_or_null<Ty>() argument of incompatible type!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/include/llvm/Support/Casting.h" , 293, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
294 | return cast<X>(Val); |
295 | } |
296 | |
297 | template <class X, class Y> |
298 | LLVM_NODISCARD[[clang::warn_unused_result]] inline std::enable_if_t<!is_simple_type<Y>::value, |
299 | typename cast_retty<X, Y>::ret_type> |
300 | cast_or_null(Y &Val) { |
301 | if (!Val) |
302 | return nullptr; |
303 | assert(isa<X>(Val) && "cast_or_null<Ty>() argument of incompatible type!")(static_cast <bool> (isa<X>(Val) && "cast_or_null<Ty>() argument of incompatible type!" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<X>(Val) && \"cast_or_null<Ty>() argument of incompatible type!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/include/llvm/Support/Casting.h" , 303, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
304 | return cast<X>(Val); |
305 | } |
306 | |
307 | template <class X, class Y> |
308 | LLVM_NODISCARD[[clang::warn_unused_result]] inline typename cast_retty<X, Y *>::ret_type |
309 | cast_or_null(Y *Val) { |
310 | if (!Val) return nullptr; |
311 | assert(isa<X>(Val) && "cast_or_null<Ty>() argument of incompatible type!")(static_cast <bool> (isa<X>(Val) && "cast_or_null<Ty>() argument of incompatible type!" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<X>(Val) && \"cast_or_null<Ty>() argument of incompatible type!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/include/llvm/Support/Casting.h" , 311, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
312 | return cast<X>(Val); |
313 | } |
314 | |
315 | template <class X, class Y> |
316 | inline typename cast_retty<X, std::unique_ptr<Y>>::ret_type |
317 | cast_or_null(std::unique_ptr<Y> &&Val) { |
318 | if (!Val) |
319 | return nullptr; |
320 | return cast<X>(std::move(Val)); |
321 | } |
322 | |
323 | // dyn_cast<X> - Return the argument parameter cast to the specified type. This |
324 | // casting operator returns null if the argument is of the wrong type, so it can |
325 | // be used to test for a type as well as cast if successful. This should be |
326 | // used in the context of an if statement like this: |
327 | // |
328 | // if (const Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(myVal)) { ... } |
329 | // |
330 | |
331 | template <class X, class Y> |
332 | LLVM_NODISCARD[[clang::warn_unused_result]] inline std::enable_if_t< |
333 | !is_simple_type<Y>::value, typename cast_retty<X, const Y>::ret_type> |
334 | dyn_cast(const Y &Val) { |
335 | return isa<X>(Val) ? cast<X>(Val) : nullptr; |
336 | } |
337 | |
338 | template <class X, class Y> |
339 | LLVM_NODISCARD[[clang::warn_unused_result]] inline typename cast_retty<X, Y>::ret_type dyn_cast(Y &Val) { |
340 | return isa<X>(Val) ? cast<X>(Val) : nullptr; |
341 | } |
342 | |
343 | template <class X, class Y> |
344 | LLVM_NODISCARD[[clang::warn_unused_result]] inline typename cast_retty<X, Y *>::ret_type dyn_cast(Y *Val) { |
345 | return isa<X>(Val) ? cast<X>(Val) : nullptr; |
346 | } |
347 | |
348 | // dyn_cast_or_null<X> - Functionally identical to dyn_cast, except that a null |
349 | // value is accepted. |
350 | // |
351 | template <class X, class Y> |
352 | LLVM_NODISCARD[[clang::warn_unused_result]] inline std::enable_if_t< |
353 | !is_simple_type<Y>::value, typename cast_retty<X, const Y>::ret_type> |
354 | dyn_cast_or_null(const Y &Val) { |
355 | return (Val && isa<X>(Val)) ? cast<X>(Val) : nullptr; |
356 | } |
357 | |
358 | template <class X, class Y> |
359 | LLVM_NODISCARD[[clang::warn_unused_result]] inline std::enable_if_t<!is_simple_type<Y>::value, |
360 | typename cast_retty<X, Y>::ret_type> |
361 | dyn_cast_or_null(Y &Val) { |
362 | return (Val && isa<X>(Val)) ? cast<X>(Val) : nullptr; |
363 | } |
364 | |
365 | template <class X, class Y> |
366 | LLVM_NODISCARD[[clang::warn_unused_result]] inline typename cast_retty<X, Y *>::ret_type |
367 | dyn_cast_or_null(Y *Val) { |
368 | return (Val && isa<X>(Val)) ? cast<X>(Val) : nullptr; |
369 | } |
370 | |
371 | // unique_dyn_cast<X> - Given a unique_ptr<Y>, try to return a unique_ptr<X>, |
372 | // taking ownership of the input pointer iff isa<X>(Val) is true. If the |
373 | // cast is successful, From refers to nullptr on exit and the casted value |
374 | // is returned. If the cast is unsuccessful, the function returns nullptr |
375 | // and From is unchanged. |
376 | template <class X, class Y> |
377 | LLVM_NODISCARD[[clang::warn_unused_result]] inline auto unique_dyn_cast(std::unique_ptr<Y> &Val) |
378 | -> decltype(cast<X>(Val)) { |
379 | if (!isa<X>(Val)) |
380 | return nullptr; |
381 | return cast<X>(std::move(Val)); |
382 | } |
383 | |
384 | template <class X, class Y> |
385 | LLVM_NODISCARD[[clang::warn_unused_result]] inline auto unique_dyn_cast(std::unique_ptr<Y> &&Val) { |
386 | return unique_dyn_cast<X, Y>(Val); |
387 | } |
388 | |
389 | // dyn_cast_or_null<X> - Functionally identical to unique_dyn_cast, except that |
390 | // a null value is accepted. |
391 | template <class X, class Y> |
392 | LLVM_NODISCARD[[clang::warn_unused_result]] inline auto unique_dyn_cast_or_null(std::unique_ptr<Y> &Val) |
393 | -> decltype(cast<X>(Val)) { |
394 | if (!Val) |
395 | return nullptr; |
396 | return unique_dyn_cast<X, Y>(Val); |
397 | } |
398 | |
399 | template <class X, class Y> |
400 | LLVM_NODISCARD[[clang::warn_unused_result]] inline auto unique_dyn_cast_or_null(std::unique_ptr<Y> &&Val) { |
401 | return unique_dyn_cast_or_null<X, Y>(Val); |
402 | } |
403 | |
404 | } // end namespace llvm |
405 | |
406 | #endif // LLVM_SUPPORT_CASTING_H |